© Siemens 2024

SIMATIC PCS 7

SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
Volume 1: System components
siemens.com/simatic-pcs7

&DWDORJ (GLWLRQ
673&6 
 © Siemens 2024

Related catalogs
Catalogs for Process Automation FI 01
Process Automation Products for
Process Instrumentation

www.siemens.com/pa-catalogs PDF (E86060-K6201-A101-C4-7600)

SIMATIC ST PCS 7 T Process Automation AP 01

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Process Analytical Instruments
Vol. 2: Technology components

PDF (E86060-K4678-A141-A5-7600) PDF (E86060-K3501-A101-B5-7600)

SIMATIC ST PCS 7 AO Process Automation WT 10

SIMATIC PCS 7 Products for Weighing Technology
Process Control System
Vol. 3: Add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7

PDF (E86060-K4678-A121-B5-7600) PDF (E86060-K6410-A101-A8-7600)

SIMATIC ST 70 SITRAIN
Products for Digital Industry Academy
Totally Integrated Automation

PDF (E86060-K4670-A101-C1-7600) www.siemens.com/sitrain

SIMATIC HMI / ST 80/ST PC SiePortal

PC-based Automation Information and Ordering Platform
Human Machine Interface Systems on the Internet
PC-based Automation

PDF (E86060-K4680-A101-D1-7600) sieportal.siemens.com

8

SITOP KT 10.1 Contact

SITOP Your personal contact can be found in our
Power Supply Contacts Database at:

PDF (E86060-D4001-A510-E0) www.siemens.com/automation-contact

f
 © Siemens 2024

SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Process Control System

System components
SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media and Logistics
1
System Administration
2
Engineering System
3
SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator
4
Operator System
5
Process data archiving and reporting
6
Plant Device Management
Catalog ST PCS 7 · 2024 7
Supersedes:
Batch automation
Catalog ST PCS 7 · 2016 8
Catalog ST PCS 7 · 2017
Catalog ST PCS 7 · April 2021
Route Control
Refer to SiePortal for current updates of this catalog: 9
sieportal.siemens.com
and as PDF at the following address: Safety Integrated for Process Automation
www.siemens.com/stpcs7 10
© Siemens AG 2024
Industrial Security
11
Process Control System IPC
12
Automation systems
13
Industrial communication
14
Process I/O
15
Update/upgrade packages
16
Services for SIMATIC PCS 7
17
Appendix
18
The products and systems described in
this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
management system in accordance with
DIN EN ISO 9001 (Certified Registration
No. 000656 QM08). The certificate is
recognized by all IQNet countries.
 © Siemens 2024

2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens 2024
3 Governance – Verantwortungs bewusste Geschäftspraktiken Compliance

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Distributed Control System has

proven itself in countless plants worldwide. It's a true
all-rounder and convinces with suitable applications
for integrated engineering and integrated operation.
Its innovative hardware platform opens up new
perspectives for a digital future.”

Time-to-market
Seamless data integration transfer from process design to plant engineering

Quality
Designed and built to meet the rigid requirements of the automation market

Costs
Templates and libraries ensure consistency and reduce costs

Cybersecurity
Ensures system’s integrity through built-in safety-certified security features

Increased Flexibility
Scalable from small to large projects

Operational Efficiency
Asset management tools ensure lower maintenance costs

Increased Productivity
System reliability and redundancy reduce unplanned downtime

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3

 © Siemens 2024

6,0$7,&3&6
3URYHQSHUIRUPDQFHIRUSURFHVVFRQWURO

$ODUPVWUHQGV 0RELOH
.3,V &OLHQW
2SHUDWRU6\VWHP 26&OLHQW
6LQJOH6WDWLRQ ' 26%DWFK5RXWH&RQWURO0DLQWHQDQFHFOLHQWV

26VHUYHU
%DWFKVHUYHU5RXWH
&RQWUROVHUYHU
0DLQWHQDQFHVHUYHU ,QGXVWULDO
3URFHVV+LVWRULDQ :LUHOHVV/$1
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW

3&6%2; $66
VWDQGDUGDXWRPDWLRQV\VWHPV

(7SUR

S1
Zone 2 Zone 1
&RPSDFWV\VWHPV

MRP

([RSHUDWRU
WHUPLQDO
(763+$

MRP 0HGLD5HGXQGDQF\3URWRFRO

S1 1RV\VWHPUHGXQGDQF\
6&$/$1&(;
6LQJOH352),1(7FRQILJXUDWLRQ VZLWFK
ZLWKV\VWHPUHGXQGDQF\
S2

,(3%/,1.
R 1 5HGXQGDQW352),1(7FRQILJXUDWLRQ '33$FRXSOHU $)' $)'L6'

352),%863$

,QWHJUDWHGSRZHU
PDQDJHPHQW

,(3%/,1.
352),%86'3

,QWHJUDWHG
GULYHV
,QWHJUDWHG 0RELOH3'0
352),1(7

GULYHV 6HUYLFH6WDWLRQ

44 SiemensST
Siemens STPCS
PCS7 ·72024
· 2024
 © Siemens 2024

:HE&OLHQW (53;+40LQGVSKHUH
26
0DLQWHQDQFH 0LQG6SKHUH
,QIRUPDWLRQ

2SWLRQDOVHUYHUV
(WKHUQHW2IILFH/$1
:HE6HUYHU
2SHQ3&6
)URQW ,QIRUPDWLRQ6HUYHU
)LUHZDOO

2SWLRQDOFOLHQWV (QJLQHHULQJ6WDWLRQV
6LPXODWLRQZLWK6,0,7 3ODQW$XWRPDWLRQ$FFHOHUDWRU
1HWZRUN 0(60,6ZLWK6,0$7,&,7 0DQDJHPHQW 6,0$7,&3'0
SULQWHU &20263ODQW/LIHF\FOH0DQDJHPHQW &RQVROH

%DFN
)LUHZDOO

&RQWUROOHU6)+)+( &RQWUROOHU6)+)+(
2QH&38IRUDOODSSOLFDWLRQV 2QH&38IRUDOODSSOLFDWLRQV
LQFOVDIHW\ LQFOVDIHW\

%$1<$JHQW

R 1 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 1

(763+$
6&$/$1&(
;)%$ (70

07$
352),1(7

352),%86'3L6

(7L63
(7SUR
;)%$'1$ (763 <OLQN
<6ZLWFK
;&

&)83$ *DVDQDO\VLV

;3 3$/LQN&RPSDFW))/LQN

352),%863$ $)6 $)' $)'L6'

S2 ,(3%/,1.
352),%86'3 3$))+

,QWHJUDWHG
MRP

GULYHV 3$/LQN&RPSDFW))/LQN
(70
:HLJKLQJV\VWHPV 3$))+
352),%86'3

$)' $)'L6'
352),1(7

*B3&6B;;B

$6,QWHUIDFH
0RGEXVVHULDOFRQQHFWLRQ

Siemens STST
Siemens PCS
PCS77· ·2024
2024 55
 © Siemens 2024

SIMATIC PCS 7 – the process control system

with proven performance
SIMATIC PCS 7 has already proven itself SIMATIC PCS 7 benefits from its seamless An essential advantage of the consis-
in tens of thousands of installations with integration in Siemens Totally Integrated tency of the product and system
countless satisfied customers worldwide. Automation (TIA), a complete range of spectrum and the solutions based upon
Its system architecture is characterized matched products, systems, and solu- this spectrum is that faster and more
by standardized and efficient engineering. tions for all hierarchy levels of industrial precise control sequences, as well as
The control system is a real all-rounder and automation - from the enterprise man- integrated security functions of shared
ensures maximum safety in plant opera- agement level, to the control level, all hardware, engineering, and engineering
tion thanks to its integrated and optimally the way down to the field level. tools can be used for automation of
tailored applications. Thanks to its clear This enables integrate, customized auto- continuous and discontinuous
visualization, it also offers intuitive opera- mation in all sectors of the process and processes.
bility. Already a powerful solution today, hybrid industry.
SIMATIC PCS 7 also paves the way for the
digital future of process control technology
with its innovative hardware platform.

66 SiemensST
Siemens STPCS
PCS7 ·72024
· 2024
 © Siemens 2024

More flexibility in process automation

In process plants, the process control Flexibility through integration Horizontal integration
system is the starting point for optimal A system for integrated automation of
value added: All procedures and pro- Integration is one of the special the entire process chain, from incoming
cesses can be operated, monitored and strengths of SIMATIC PCS 7. It has raw materials to outgoing goods – this is
influenced with the process control sys- numerous aspects: one of the decisive advantages resulting
tem. from the seamless integration of
• Horizontal integration into TIA SIMATIC PCS 7 into Totally Integrated
The higher the performance of the pro- • Vertical integration into hierarchical Automation.
cess control system, the more effectively communication
this potential can be used. For this rea- • System-integrated tools for The process control system is mainly
son, performance is in the foreground engineering tasks responsible for automating the primary
with SIMATIC PCS 7, alongside scalabil- • Integration of the field level, including processes here, but it can do very much
ity, flexibility and integration. drives, switchgear, etc. more: All ancillary facilities such as the
Starting with planning and engineering, • Integrated functions, e.g. for batch electrical infrastructure in the form of
SIMATIC PCS 7 offers powerful tools, process automation, route control, low-voltage or medium-voltage switch-
functions and features for cost-effective process safety, energy management, gear or the building management sys-
and efficient plant operation through all telecontrol tasks, etc. tem, can also be integrated into the sys-
phases of the plant life cycle. tem.

Integration of selected SIMATIC standard

components – automation systems,
industrial PCs, network components, or
distributed process I/O – into the process
control system ensures optimum inter-
action, and secures economic benefits
such as ease of selection, reduced stock
keeping, and global support.

Siemens STST
Siemens PCS
PCS77· ·2024
2024 77
 © Siemens 2024

Life cycle and Integrated Plant asset

Remote services engineering management
APC
Simulation Optimization
FAT/OTS

Energy
Information
management
management

SIMATIC PCS 7
Integration of Batch
switchgears automation

Integration of
Material
package units
transport
Integrated Integrated
Safety
field devices telecontrol
Integrated

Vertical integration Central engineering Functional diversity

The hierarchal communication of a com- Impressive features of SIMATIC PCS 7 Depending on the typical process
pany encompasses the field level, the include graded functional diversity, con- automation or customized require-
control level and the process level, up to sistent operator control philosophy and ments, the SIMATIC PCS 7 functions can
management and enterprise resource uniformly structured engineering and be expanded by the following,
planning (ERP). Thanks to standardized management tools. A central engineer- for example:
interfaces – based on international ing system with a coordinated range of
industry standards as well as internal tools for integrated system engineering • Batch process automation
interfaces – SIMATIC PCS 7 is able to pro- and configuring of batch automation, (SIMATIC BATCH)
vide process data for analysis, planning, safety functions, material transport or • Functional safety and protection
coordination, and optimization of plant telecontrol systems creates value added functions (Safety Integrated for Pro-
sequences or production and business over the entire life cycle. Reductions in cess Automation)
processes – in real time, and at any loca- configuring and training costs minimize • Route control for material transport
tion in the company. the total cost of ownership (TCO) over (SIMATIC Route Control)
the entire plant life cycle. • Telecontrol of remote units
(SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl)
• Automation of electrical switchgear
(SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerControl)

Further additional functions that are also

integrated or can be integrated, seam-
lessly into the control system make opti-
mization of processes and reductions in
operating costs possible. SIMATIC PCS 7
features, for example, tools for energy
and asset management and it offers
higher quality closed-loop control func-
tions, as well as industry-specific auto-
mation solutions and libraries.

88 SiemensST
Siemens STPCS
PCS7 ·72024
· 2024
 © Siemens 2024

Custom automation Use the opportunities offered by the Flexibility and performance in
object-oriented type and instance engineering
Thanks to its unique scalable system concept of SIMATIC PCS 7. The techno-
architecture, SIMATIC PCS 7 provides the logical connections, variant formation The workflow in engineering for process
ideal basis for cost-effective implemen- and bidirectional comparison of the plants is and remains a challenge:
tation of individual automation solutions types with the instances make the Multiple participants, many different
and economic operation of processes. control module types (CMT) even more data formats and multiple interfaces
powerful compared to the original frequently result in transmission errors
SIMATIC PCS 7 users derive sustained function block templates. The techno- and system discontinuity and thus to
profit from a modular system platform logical connections of a Control Module greater time input and costs. Infor-
based on standard SIMATIC components. such as parameters, signals or messages mation generally gets lost or needs to
Its uniformity enables flexible scaling of can be provided with attributes and used be corrected manually when data
hardware and software, as well as per- via drag and drop, e.g. on an SFC plan. exchanged between multiple disciplines.
fect interaction both within the system In turn, options and variants can be used
and beyond system limits. The architec- to extend the core function of the CMT For the first time, a fully integrated
ture of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Con- with specific modules or functions, solution is now available for planning
trol System is designed in such a manner which can be activated individually for and documenting plant projects:
that instrumentation and control can be each instance. This minimizes the the SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation
configured in accordance with customer number of types required and thus Accelerator. Customers benefit in
requirements and optimally matched to reduces the effort for maintenance and particular from consistent engineering
the dimensions of the plant. The control service. For the technological content of without system discontinuities between
system can be subsequently expanded the CM types, the future-oriented automation planning and the control
or reconfigured at any time if there is an Adanced Process Library (APL) is included system.
increase in capacity or a technological in the standard of SIMATIC PCS 7.
modification. Another major advantage resulting from The object-based approach of the
the comprehensive type and instance SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation
When the plant grows, SIMATIC PCS 7 concept is the seamless integration into Accelerator allows you to work on a
simply grows along with it – without the other tools like SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant central data platform, ensuring fully
provision of expensive reserve capaci- Automation Accelerator or SIMIT. integrated planning – from plant
ties! engineering through to automation –
based on an electronic workflow.

Siemens STST
Siemens PCS
PCS77· ·2024
2024 99
 © Siemens 2024

This workflow ranges from planning

to issuing offers, including bills of
materials, the automatic generation
of process control data for the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
from electrical engineering, to controlled
mass data engineering and direct as-in
documentation of the plant. This
modular engineering approach increases
overall project efficiency and minimizes
risks. High standardization and simple
configuration also save time and costs in
engineering during the implementation
phase. Simple synchronization between
planning and engineering avoids
duplicate input and interface losses and
reduces project runtimes.

Flexibility in operation

Process control is also becoming increas-

ingly complex due to the multi-layer
nature of automation engineering and
increased merging with information
technology. Intuitive and fault free oper-
ation is therefore more important than Ergonomic symbols, task-oriented The Control Performance Monitoring
ever with regard to efficient working and faceplates, uniform representation of function monitors and signals the
the minimization of downtimes and ser- status information, and optimized alarm control quality of the closed-loop control
vicing requirements. Using effective functions allow safe process control. block. If the performance declines, the
Advanced Process Control (APC) func- The alarm management function inte- controller can be optimized in good time
tions and an excellent operator system, grated in SIMATIC PCS 7 is able to focus or specific maintenance measures can be
SIMATIC PCS 7 supports both optimiza- on essential alarms and to specifically initiated.
tion and user-friendly, safe control of the guide the operator in exceptional cir-
process. Monitoring of product quality cumstances. In this way, it systematically The integrated I&C libraries of
and performance indicators additionally reduces the workload of operating staff. SIMATIC PCS 7 also provide higher
allows the process to be operated more quality closed-loop control functions
economically. SIMATIC PCS 7 excels with Preventive and predictive maintenance with which cost-effective Advanced
its flexibility, plant availability, and strategies reduce total cost of owner- Process Control applications can be
investment security. ship. With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Mainte- implemented: Multi-variable control,
nance Station, maintenance personnel predictive control, or override control.
Process control and maintenance always have a watchful eye on critical It is thus possible to effectively improve
The SIMATIC PCS 7 operator system is production equipment such as pumps, profitability, product quality, safety, and
used to monitor process operation using valves, distillation columns or motors, environmental protection in small and
various views, and permits interventions and can carry out the relevant mainte- medium-sized plants.
when necessary. Its architecture is nance measures in good time before ser-
flexible and scalable – from single-user vicing is required – independent of the Current and historic process data form
systems up to multi-user systems with a maintenance plan and without the risk the basis of all optimization. Secure and
redundant client/server architecture. The of an unscheduled plant standstill. user-friendly real-time data storage and
operator interface takes account of the analysis is handled using the Process
current specifications of NAMUR (user Process optimization Historian. The process values, messages,
association of automation technology in SIMATIC PCS 7 supports process optimi- and batch data managed in the database
the process industries) and PI (Profibus zation in many different ways, including: of the Process Historian can be called
International) and offers a high level of extremely rapidly. User-specific
user-friendliness for simple, intuitive • Control Performance Monitoring processing and visualization of this
interaction with the plant. • Advanced Process Control historic data are supported by the infor-
• Process Historian mation server, which is a reporting
system based on the Microsoft Reporting
Services.

10
10 SiemensST
Siemens STPCS
PCS7 ·72024
· 2024
 © Siemens 2024

SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0

The new version of our established • System-wide audit trail and electronic Of course, we all use digitization in our
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system is signatures ensure GMP conformity SIMATIC PCS 7 software innovations:
another building block for the digital • By using the SIMATIC Compact Field our digital software portfolio and digital
enterprise. Unit with configurable I/Os, we services for process automation there-
achieve maximum flexibility by keep- fore have and continue to be part an
SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 facilitates the route ing hardware engineering indepen- ongoing strategic development process,
to digital transformation for the process dent from application engineering not least in the light of cloud applica-
industry – step by step. With its hardware • Improved MTP support with the ability tions.
and software innovations, the new ver- to control MTP services, set service pa-
sion of our established process control rameters, and interlink process values The result: SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 offers
system makes the step into digitalization from SFC, CFC, or SIMATIC Batch our customers room for new perspec-
even more secure and easier to plan. • Efficient support for service requests tives – for greater flexibility in process
by leveraging plant information via a automation.
From enhanced security measures and unique system ID (SID)
GMP-relevant audit functions to Modular
Type Package (MTP) enhancements and SIMATIC PCS 7 is based wholly on
seamless integration of new Microsoft PROFINET. The leading international
Windows operating systems - our latest Industrial Ethernet standard represents
release is designed to optimize your the high-performance real-time commu-
plant's performance and protect it from nication required in the era of big data,
cyber threats. right into the field. Rapid, reliable,
redundant and high-performance,
New features of Version 10.0 in a PROFINET gives our customers new
nutshell: options for integrated diagnostics,
monitoring and evaluation of their data.
• Increased plant security through It also enables flexible and easily scalable
secure communication protocols, network structures and enormous costs
improved integrity checks and central savings throughout the life cycle thanks
management of Microsoft update to a huge reduction in cabling required.
deployment

Siemens STST
Siemens PCS
PCS77· ·2024
2024 11
11
 © Siemens 2024

• Flexible, high-performance
Manufacturing Execution System
(MES)
• System expansion for operator
systems for the integration of third-
party controllers, programmable logic
controllers and package units
• Products for migration of the process
control systems APACS+/QUADLOG
or Bailey INFI 90/NET 90 with
SIMATIC PCS 7

SIMATIC PCS 7 technology components

have been released for all versions and
service packs of SIMATIC PCS 7 system
components. The development and
testing of SIMATIC PCS 7 technology
components are dependent on the
corresponding SIMATIC PCS 7 system
components, so versioning and release
is normally offset by approximately
SIMATIC PCS 7 system and • Industry-specific automation systems 3 to 6 months.
technology components for the cement and mining industries,
as well as for laboratory and training Additional functionality can be
With the rugged, high-performance facilities integrated using add-on products
SIMATIC PCS 7 system components • Graphical objects for task-oriented
from Catalog ST PCS 7, you already have optimization of process visualization Modularity, flexibility, scalability, and the
a versatile platform for cost-effective • Block libraries for technological openness of SIMATIC PCS 7 offer optimal
implementation and economical opera- functions, package unit and panel prerequisites for integrating supplemen-
tion of your process control systems. integration, monitoring and analyzing tary components and solutions in the
Perfect interplay of these system compo- mechanical assets, as well as for process control system in an applicative
nents makes it possible for you to sustain building automation systems manner and thus extend and round off
high-quality production and to establish (heating, ventilation, air-conditioning its functionality.
new products significantly faster on the – FMCS/HVAC)
market. • Editors and function blocks for the Many supplementary add-on products
efficient configuration of small or for SIMATIC PCS 7 have been developed
With SIMATIC PCS 7 technology medium-sized automation systems by Siemens as well as by external part-
components from Catalog ST PCS 7 T with simple parameter control and ners (see Catalog ST PCS 7, Add-ons for
that can be seamlessly integrated into materials management the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control Sys-
the process control system, you can • Process analytical technology for tem). These software packages and
expand the functional scope of the quality assurance through optimiza- hardware components authorized by the
system components in a carefully tion of development and production system manufacturer enable cost-effec-
targeted manner for specific automation processes based on up-to-date mea- tive implementation of SIMATIC PCS 7 for
tasks. surements, and critical quality and special automation tasks.
performance attributes
This covers a wide spectrum, for • Simulation system for testing and
example: commissioning of plant-specific
application software
• Telecontrol for monitoring and
controlling remote plant units
• Automation technology for electrical
low-voltage or medium-voltage
switchgear

12
12 SiemensST
Siemens STPCS
PCS7 ·72024
· 2024
 1
© Siemens AG 2024

Software Media and Logistics

1/2 PCS 7 software packages

1/4 Software Update Service
1/8 System documentation
 © Siemens AG 2024
Design
PCS 7 software packages

Software Media and Logistics

PCS 7 software packages

Design

Product categories for SIMATIC PCS 7 software ages, which are not merged into a single delivery unit when sup­
Generally, the SIMATIC PCS 7 and TIA software products offered in plied in package form:
Catalog ST PCS 7 can be categorized as follows: • SIMATIC PCS 7 core products
• Core products (single, floating or rental license) with (installation software provided as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package or SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA)
- Installation Software (software media package)
• SIMATIC PDM, SIMATIC S7 F systems and SIMATIC S7 Safety Mat­
- License key for software licensing rix
• Secondary products (single, floating or rental license) with (installation software provided as product-specific software media
package)
- License key for licensing of installation software is delivered with a
core product or supplied separately The installation software (software media package) is provided
once for each ordered item for these products. When ordering
• Cumulative volume licenses (quantity options) with more than one item, you can influence the number of software
- License keys for a specific license volume in the form of process media packages using the order item. For example, if you order
objects (POs), archive tags, TAGs, agents, clients, sources or units three SIMATIC PCS 7 OS single station software products as a single
ordered item, you will receive only one Software Media Package.
All software products categorized in this way are available as pack­ However, if your order is divided into three ordered items, you will
ages. As an alternative to this physical form of delivery, the installa­ receive a software media package for each of the three software
tion software and the software and volume licenses are available licenses.
online as well. Additional software media packages and volume licenses specified
The available types of delivery for each product are explicitly specified for the corresponding product can be ordered separately depend­
in the ordering data and identified by different article numbers. ing on the requirement.
Goods delivery The following table illustrates these ordering and delivery logistics:
The products are delivered in a form and package suitable for parcel
shipment by conventional means of transportation to the shipping
address of the customer.
The installation software (software media packages) and product-spe­
cific software licenses for the following products are separate pack­

Ordering of 3 units with one order item Scope of supply

Item No. Quant­ Product name Article No. Quantity Components
ity
010 3 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Single Station 6ES7658-2AA78-0YA0 3 License key USB flash drive, Certificate of
V10.0 incl. 100 OS Runtime PO License
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package

Ordering of 3 units with three order items Scope of supply

Item No. Quant­ Product name Article No. Quantity Components
ity
010 1 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Single Station 6ES7658-2AA78-0YA0 1 License key USB flash drive, Certificate of
V10.0 incl. 100 OS Runtime PO License
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
020 1 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Single Station 6ES7658-2AA78-0YA0 1 License key USB flash drive, Certificate of
V10.0 incl. 100 OS Runtime PO License
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
030 1 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Single Station 6ES7658-2AA78-0YA0 1 License key USB flash drive, Certificate of
V10.0 incl. 100 OS Runtime PO License
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package

These ordering and delivery logistics are not relevant for products that The software products and licenses that can be downloaded have
are typically supplied without a software media package. They different article numbers. They are ordered through the normal
include: channels, e.g. the Industry Mall.
• Secondary products When ordering via the Industry Mall, you can filter out the ordering
data of those products that can be delivered online with reference
• Core products with rental license to the selected branch of the product and offering tree. This can be
• Client software done by selecting "Online delivery" from a drop-down list on the
right of the screen. This way you will achieve a better overview of
Online delivery the online offering.
We offer you online delivery for SIMATIC PCS 7 software and license When ordering a product that can be delivered online, the email
keys. The decisive advantage over the delivery of goods lies in the fact address of the ship-to party must be provided. The recipient of the
that the software and licenses are available immediately and are easi­ goods is informed by email at this address as soon as the ordered
er to manage. products are available for downloading. The email message with

1/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Software Media and Logistics

PCS 7 software packages

Design (continued)

the availability information also contains the login data. Parallel deliv­ ative, the access data to the Industry Mall account can be used for
ery on a data storage medium does not take place. logging in.
The software, license key and associated documents, e.g. the online Apart from the download, ALM also supports license management.
Certificate of License (eCoL), are downloaded in the Automation You can, for example, get an overview of the available licenses or
License Manager (ALM). A license key can be downloaded once only. those obtained online, allocate licenses, and run a hardware-specif­
To log in, the login data received in the email is required. As an altern­ ic license analysis.

Selection and ordering data More information

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­ Regional product versions

ages
All SIMATIC PCS 7 software products are designed for international
Runs with the following operating sys­ use, in other words there is only one product version for worldwide
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme and use and this is offered in up to 6 languages: English, German,
the product licenses for more details): French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. However, the number of sup­
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTS ported languages is not standard; it can vary from product to
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­ product.
tion In addition, a regional "ASIA" product version will also be offered for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package and specific SIMATIC
Package V10.01) PCS 7 software products of the "Engineering System" and "Operator
Installation software and electronic System" system components. The ASIA products are available in two
documentation on USB flash drive, languages: English and Chinese (simplified). They are explicitly iden­
incl. Trial License for 14 days tified in the name by the suffix "ASIA".
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), software If a product listed in this catalog does not have the suffix "ASIA" in its
class A name, it can always be used globally. However, the following restric­
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-4XX68-0YT8 tion applies: If a regional ASIA product is offered, the pendant for
USB flash drive, Certificate of international use does not support the Asian languages (currently
License Chinese simplified) present in the ASIA product.
• Online delivery 6ES7658-4XX68-0YG8 The products for international use, i.e. products without the suffix
Software download, online Certific­ "ASIA", are not intended as the basis for runtime systems with fonts
ate of License in Asian languages.
: Email address required!
The following special points must be observed as a result of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media definition of separate products for installation software and licenses.
Package ASIA V10.01) The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available in the form of
Installation software and electronic
two data medium packages:
documentation on USB flash drive,
incl. Trial License for 14 days • SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
ware class A • SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-4XX68-0CT8
The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with the
USB flash drive, Certificate of SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA. SIMATIC PCS 7 soft­
License
ware licenses for which there is no ASIA pendant can be used with
1) Permanent use of SIMATIC PCS 7 software requires valid software licenses. both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 1/3

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Software Update Service

Software Media and Logistics

Software Update Service

Overview

the SIMATIC PCS 7 software you are using, and are always in pos­
session of the latest release versions. You can join the Software
Update Service for SIMATIC PCS 7 by purchasing SUS packages, and
this is only possible on the basis of the current software versions at
the time of purchase.
The SUS packages represent a structural division of the SIMATIC
PCS 7 software product range using functional and system-specific
aspects. The number and composition of the package components
identified as list elements depend mainly on license aspects. A list
element can represent a single software product or be a synonym
for several products of the same type.
When purchasing one SUS package, you automatically receive all
upgrades and ServicePacks for the software referred to in this pack­
age for one year. Within this period of one year, you are therefore
authorized to update one corresponding license from your stock for
each list element in this package. The total number of SUS pack­
ages of one type which you require is therefore determined by the
list element which includes most of the software licenses you use.
An example of the SUS OS Server package should make this clear
Software Update Service for SIMATIC PCS 7
once again based on a fictitious license inventory:
Siemens offers a cost-effective Software Update Service (SUS) for
international SIMATIC PCS 7 software products (except for specially
marked regional variants, such as products with the "ASIA" label). If
you utilize this service, you participate in the further development of

Software products in inventory License inventory License inventory per list Number of SUS packages
item
3 × PCS 7 AS/OS Engineering software 3 4 4
1 × PCS 7 AS Engineering software 1 - -
1 × Version Cross Manager 1 1 -
3 × PCS 7 SFC Visualization 3 3 -

For a list item that represents several products, existing licenses of SUS Compact reduces the scope of the package for the Software
these products are to be added in the inventory first. In the example, Update Service for multiple workstations and simplifies the central
these are the licenses of the "PCS 7 AS/OS​ Engineering Software" and management of licenses.
"PCS 7 AS Engineering Software" for the first list element of the SUS If you order SUS Compact n times, you will receive only one pack­
Engineering AS/OS. ing unit. This packing unit contains
The license inventory is defined by a single product for the other list • Initial delivery: n Certificates of Contract
items. The list item that combines the most licenses is ultimately
decisive in determining the number of required SUS packages. Based • Upgrade delivery: 1 data storage medium set, 1 license key USB
on the example, you would therefore need to order 4 SUS Engineer­ flash drive with n licenses
ing AS/OS packages.
SUS Compact is offered for the following SIMATIC PCS 7 SUS pack­
Duration of subscription, cancellation ages:
Delivery is to the address entered in the order. An SUS is automatically • SUS OS single station
extended for a further year unless canceled no later than 3 months
prior to expiration. Cancellation must be made in writing, and must be • SUS OS server
sent to the dispatch center with reference to the contract number or
can be made using the SUS Manager (http://www.siemens.com/sus­ • SUS OS Client, SFC Visualization
manager). • SUS SIMATIC BATCH Server/Single Station
SUS editions
• SUS SIMATIC BATCH Client
SUS packages are available as:
SUS Download, which is delivered over the internet, has the
• SUS package advantage that software and licenses are available more rapidly
• SUS Compact than with goods delivery, and can also be managed more easily.
A recipient email address is required for delivery of SUS Download.
• SUS Download An order item can only be assigned to a single email address. The
SUS package is the most comprehensive package form. If you order consignee is informed by email as soon as the Certificates of Con­
this package n times, you will receive n number of packing units. tract or the software and licenses are available for downloading.
Each of these packing units contains Downloading of software, license keys, and associated documents
is carried out in the Automation License Manager (ALM).
• Initial delivery: 1 Certificate of Contract
• Upgrade delivery: 1 data storage medium set, 1 license key USB
flash drive with one license

1/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Software Media and Logistics

Software Update Service

Overview (continued)

SUS Manager The following table uses an example to clarify the differences
It is easy to manage SUS contracts, e.g. change the delivery form, between the SUS editions:
with the SUS Manager:
http://www.siemens.com/susmanager

Edition SUS package SUS Compact SUS Download

Type of delivery Goods delivery Goods delivery Online delivery
Order 25 × SUS package in one order item 25 × SUS Compact in one order item 25 × SUS Download in one order item
First delivery 25 × packing units with: 1 × packing unit with: 1 × email message for
• 1 × Certificate of Contract (CoC) • 25 × Certificate of Contract (CoC) • 25 × Online Certificate of Contract
(ECoC)
Subsequent delivery of 25 × Service Pack (data storage medium 1 × Service Pack (data storage medium 1 × Service Pack (download)
Service Packs set) set)
Subsequent delivery of 25 × packing units with: 1 × packing unit with: 1 × email message for
upgrades • 1 × data storage medium set • 1 × data storage medium set • Software download
• 1 × license key USB flash drive with • 1 × license key USB flash drive with • 1 × license key download for 25 licenses
1 license 25 licenses • 1 × online Certificate of License for
• 1 × Certificate of License (CoL) • 25 × Certificate of License (CoL) 25 CoL (zip file)
Billing 1 bill 1 bill 1 bill

If a comparable product exists in a different edition for an existing context (CFC, SIMATIC PDM) within the scope of Totally Integrated
SUS package, the existing SUS contract can be modified accordingly if Automation (TIA). The SIMATIC PDM packages SUS PDM Basic and
required. SUS PDM Complete are identical for both cases.
Software Update Service for TIA products The SUS for SIMATIC S7 products that are used in the context of
In addition to the SUS for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, SIMATIC PCS 7, e.g. SUS S7‑PLCSIM, round out the SUS offer.
there is also the SUS for SIMATIC PCS 7 products used in a different

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 1/5

 © Siemens AG 2024

Software Media and Logistics

Software Update Service

Design Design (continued)

Structure and content of the SUS packages for the SIMATIC PCS 7 SUS SIMATIC BATCH Client • PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Client
Software Update Service • PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System
Note: SUS SIMATIC Route • PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Engineering
Control
Each item of an SUS package (element in list) represents a software • PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Center
license. • PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Server
• PCS 7 BCE
SUS Engineering AS/OS • PCS 7 AS/OS Engineering Software, • IE S7 license for communication via CP 1623/CP 1628
PCS 7 AS Engineering Software
• PCS 7 ES Single Station (AS/OS: 250 POs) 1) Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM such as PDM Extended,
• PCS 7 Management Console PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7, PDM Routing, PDM Server and PDM Com­
munication FOUNDATION Fieldbus are each included in a product package
• PCS 7 Import-Export Assistant
listed in the SUS PDM Basic or SUS PDM Complete and are implicitly author­
• Version Cross Manager ized to be updated via the corresponding license. You need to change from
• Version Trail SUS PDM Basic to SUS PDM Complete to use the PDM Server or PDM Com­
• PCS 7 SFC Visualization munication FOUNDATION Fieldbus product components.
• PCS 7 BCE
• IE S7 license for communication via CP 1623/CP 1628
SUS Logic Matrix • PCS 7 Logic Matrix Viewer
SUS PDM Basic1) • PDM Basic
PDM Service
PDM S7
PDM PCS 7
• PDM HART Server
SUS PDM Complete1) • PDM stand-alone server
PDM PCS 7 server
PDM PCS 7-FF
• PDM HART Server
SUS OS single station • PCS 7 OS Software Single Station,
(2 SUS packages are PCS 7 OS Software Single Station Redundancy (for one
required for a redundant single station)
pair)
• PCS 7 OpenPCS 7/OS Client
• PCS 7 OpenPCS 7
• PCS 7 SFC Visualization
• PCS 7 BCE
• IE S7 license for communication via CP 1623/CP 1628
SUS OS server • PCS 7 OS Software Server,
(2 SUS packages are PCS 7 OS Software Server Redundancy (for one server)
required for a redundant
• PCS 7 OpenPCS 7/OS Client
pair)
• PCS 7 OpenPCS 7
• PCS 7 SFC Visualization
• PCS 7 BCE
• IE S7 license for communication via CP 1623/CP 1628
SUS Process Historian, • PCS 7 Process Historian Basic Package,
Information Server PCS 7 Process Historian Redundancy (for one server)
(2 SUS packages are PCS 7 Process Historian and Information Server Basic Pack­
required for a redundant age
pair)
• PCS 7 Process Historian Archive BATCH
• PCS 7 Process Historian OPC UA Server
• PCS 7 Information Server Basic Package
SUS OS Client, SFC • PCS 7 OS Software Client
Visualization
• PCS 7 SFC Visualization
SUS Web Server • PCS 7 Web Server
• PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server
• PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Client
SUS Maintenance Station • PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering
• PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime Basic Package
• PCS 7 OS Software Client
SUS SIMATIC BATCH • PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Server
Server/Single Station
• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package
• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Basic
• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH API
• PCS 7 BCE
• IE S7 license for communication via CP 1623/CP 1628

1/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Software Media and Logistics

Software Update Service

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

SUS package SUS Download

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Update SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Update

Service, package Service, Download
Subscription for 1 year with automatic Subscription for 1 year with automatic
extension; requirement: Current soft­ extension; requirement: current soft­
ware version; goods delivery ware version; delivery form: online
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-1XX00-0YL8 Note: Email address required!
Engineering AS/OS • PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-1XX00-0YV8
Engineering AS/OS
• PCS 7 Software Update Service Logic 6ES7658-1JX00-0YL8
Matrix • PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2AX00-0YV8
OS Single Station
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2AX00-0YL8
OS Single Station • PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2BX00-0YV8
OS Server
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2BX00-0YL8
OS Server • PCS 7 Software Update Service Pro­ 6ES7652-7XX00-0YV8
cess Historian, Information Server
• PCS 7 Software Update Service Pro­ 6ES7652-7XX00-0YL8
cess Historian, Information Server • PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2CX00-0YV8
OS Client, SFC Visualization
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2CX00-0YL8
OS Client, SFC Visualization • PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2GX00-2YV8
Web Server
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2GX00-2YL8
Web Server • PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-7GX00-0YV8
Maintenance Station
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-7GX00-0YL8
Maintenance Station • PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7657-0SA00-0YV8
SIMATIC BATCH Server/Single Station
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7657-0SA00-0YL8
SIMATIC BATCH Server/Single Station • PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7657-0XX00-2YV8
SIMATIC BATCH Client
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7657-0XX00-2YL8
SIMATIC BATCH Client • PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-7DX00-0YV8
SIMATIC Route Control
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-7DX00-0YL8
SIMATIC Route Control • SIMATIC PDM Basic Software Update 6ES7658-3XX01-0YV8
Service
Software Update Service for TIA
products, package • SIMATIC PDM Complete Software 6ES7658-3XX02-0YV8
(SIMATIC PCS 7 products used in a dif­ Update Service
ferent context, as well as SIMATIC S7
products used with SIMATIC PCS 7)
Subscription for 1 year with automatic
extension; requirement: current soft­
ware version
• SIMATIC PDM Basic Software Update 6ES7658-3XX01-0YL8
Service
• SIMATIC PDM Complete Software 6ES7658-3XX02-0YL8
Update Service
• S7-PLCSIM Software Update Service 6ES7841-0CA01-0YX2

SUS Compact

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Update

Service, Compact
Subscription for 1 year with automatic
extension; requirement: Current soft­
ware version; goods delivery
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2AX00-0YM8
OS Single Station
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2BX00-0YM8
OS Server
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7658-2CX00-0YM8
OS Client, SFC Visualization
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7657-0SA00-0YM8
SIMATIC BATCH Server/Single Station
• PCS 7 Software Update Service for 6ES7657-0XX00-2YM8
SIMATIC BATCH Client

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 1/7

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
System documentation

Software Media and Logistics

System documentation

Overview More information

PCS 7 online help is supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7. This is made avail­
able in the Plant and User Documentation Manager, a modern con­ The "SIMATIC documentation" page site in Siemens Industry Online
tent delivery portal. It can be accessed via the Desktop as well as via Support directs you straight to the complete range of technical doc­
the SIMATIC Manager. It is possible to add additional SIMATIC PCS 7 umentation available for SIMATIC products and systems. You can
documents to the provided documentation specific to the user. select individual documents from this range for viewing or down­
The SIMATIC PCS 7 documentation is provided free of charge and in loading.
multilingual form on the Internet via the My Documentation Man­ Additional information is available on the Internet at:
ager. http://www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
My Documentation Manager not only enables you to view docu­
ments, you can also collect them in your own library and generate
your own documents. Information about using these functions as
well as FAQs are available in My Documentation Manager.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation provides both beginners
and experienced users with valuable information on all aspects of
the process control system. The range extends from the system
introduction, covers initial steps and cross-system topics, up to a
description of individual system components. With the "Getting Star­
ted" documentation you can gain initial practical experience using
example projects.
In order to use this, select the manuals for your SIMATIC PCS 7 ver­
sion on the website for SIMATIC PCS 7 technical documentation:
http://www.siemens.com/pcs7-documentation
You can open the available SIMATIC PCS 7 manuals directly in the
My Documentation Manager, or first start the My Documentation
Manager and then select the desired documentation in the integ­
rated Siemens library.
In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation, the
Siemens library in the My Documentation Manager provides access
to the technical documentation of other products and systems from
the SIMATIC range of products.
Latest information on SIMATIC PCS 7 in the Readme file
The PCS 7 online Readme files can also be opened at the Internet
address provided above. There you will find information on the
approved operating systems for PCS 7 software, for example. On the
"Technical Documentation SIMATIC PCS 7" page, select "Software
Manuals SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0". All PCS 7 Readme files in Siemens
Industry Online Support can be opened on the following page.

1/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 2
© Siemens AG 2024

System administration

2/2 Management Console

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Management Console

System administration
Management Console

Overview

SIMATIC Management Console: Overview of installed software status

A process control system includes numerous heterogeneous com­

ponents with specific parameters and settings. It is also subject to a
dynamic change process due to updates, upgrades as well as mod­
ernization measures and expansion. As the plant gets older, it
becomes more difficult for you to keep track of the current state of
hardware and software. What is more, establishing and maintaining
transparency without system support is very time-consuming.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console enables you to reduce the
work for managing your SIMATIC PCS 7 plant to a minimum. You
also have the latest status of the installed hardware and software
components immediately at hand.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console enables:
• Centralized, standardized administration of SIMATIC PCS 7 soft­
ware
• Inventory of all installed hardware and software components of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 plant

2/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

System administration
Management Console

Design

PCS 7 PH/IS PCS 7 clients PCS 7 Engineering Station PCS 7 Management Console

Terminal bus

PCS 7 server

Plant bus

AS 416 PCS 7 AS RTX AS 410FH

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUS DP
ET 200M ET 200SP ET 200iSP
PROFINET

FF Links (redundant)
PA Link PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
AFD AFD
AFDiSD
Y-Link

G_PCS7_XX_00332
Example of a SIMATIC PCS 7 plant with a stand-alone SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console enables you to manage Secure authentication of communication between the SIMATIC
either individual SIMATIC PCS 7 plants or multiple plants of a SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console and the Management Console agents
PCS 7 plant network. is ensured by the Kerberos protocol.
For small and medium-sized SIMATIC PCS 7 plants with up to 25 work­ Note:
stations, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console can be installed and A reduced range of services of the Management Console, which
operated on a SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering station. enables inventory, can be used without licenses. To make use of
For medium-sized and large SIMATIC PCS 7 plants and SIMATIC PCS 7 the full scope of performance of the Management Console, in addi­
plant networks with a total of more than 25 workstations, however, tion to a "SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console" license an addition­
we recommend a stand-alone SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console. al "Management Console Agent" license is required for each SIMAT­
For the single-station or server versions of SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial IC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation managed using Management Con­
Workstation that are suitable as the basic hardware for such an exclus­ sole. The Management Console Agents are available in cumulative
ive SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console, see "Industrial Worksta­ sets with 10, 50 and 100 licenses. Unlimited use of the system
tion/IPC". inventory function is possible even without licenses.
The central SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console communicates with
"agents" on the relevant SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations in a
SIMATIC PCS 7 plant. These Management Console agents run local
SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console jobs and return the results.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 2/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

System administration
Management Console

Function Function (continued)

Central administration of SIMATIC PCS 7 software SIMATIC PCS 7 system components in the named levels, e.g. SIMAT­
The central administration of the software versions of all stations of IC PCS 7 workstations, Industrial Ethernet switches, automation sys­
a SIMATIC PCS 7 system significantly reduces the administrative tems (controllers), remote I/Os, links, field devices, drives, etc. For
effort. SIMATIC PCS 7 installations, updates and Service Packs are the AS 410 automation systems configured in the SIMATIC PCS 7
subject to administration. In addition to the current SIMATIC PCS 7 system, the number of available and used process objects is also
software version, upgrades to the current software version are sup­ determined in the inventory.
ported. The software can be installed on an individual target station SIMATIC PCS 7 system inventory includes:
or on multiple target stations in parallel using setup packages. The • Central acquisition of inventory data by reading it from the data­
installation on the target station does not require active participa­ base of the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system or directly from the
tion of the user. Thanks to the upstream security mechanisms, unin­ components
tended adverse effects on runtime operation can be prevented.
Setup management • Generation of an inventory report in Microsoft Excel format
• Provision of SIMATIC PCS 7 installation files on a dedicated file - Combination of filter results with user-defined categories
server or combined on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console - Colored marking of filtered data
• Addition/removal of SIMATIC PCS 7 setups in the central setup • Generation of an inventory report in iBase format
management of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Management Console
- Upload of inventory data to the central database for Service and
• Creation of pre-configured setup packages based on plant/user- Support
specific aspects (e.g. OS Client package)
• Comparison with the latest software version
• Display and editing of SIMATIC PCS 7 setups and setup packages
for preparing for installation • Comparison with the latest hardware and firmware version
• Rollout of pre-configured setup packages to target stations • Creation of a license certificate in the form of a list of installed soft­
- Addition of software packages during installation ware licenses and their uses

- Editing of setups or setup packages

Status monitoring of the target stations
• Check of target stations for installation readiness by determining
and displaying the operating state or role (e.g. OS runtime act­
ive/inactive, redundancy mode)
• Implicit, remote disabling of a station in preparation for the start of
a SIMATIC PCS 7 update installation
• Status monitoring of the entire SIMATIC PCS 7 installation (e.g.
resumption of the installation after restart or network interruption)
• Implicit, remote enabling of a station after completion of a SIMAT­
IC PCS 7 update installation
Installation of Microsoft software updates
Provided there is an existing connection to a Microsoft WSUS that
provides Microsoft software updates, the Management Console sup­
ports the central installation of Microsoft software updates on all
administered computers. Comparable to the rollout of SIMATIC
PCS 7 software, the updates can be installed on individual com­
puters or on several computers simultaneously in parallel.
MS Defender Antivirus messages
MS Defender events on target computers are recorded on the Man­
agement Console, even if no SMMC user is logged in at the time.
Depending on the importance of the events, a notification is sent by
email, immediately or at fixed times, to one or more email recipi­
ents. Regular reports with MS Defender events covering a definable
period of time can be automatically generated as an Excel file via a
scheduler.
SIMATIC PCS 7 system inventory
General inventory taking of installed hardware and software com­
ponents from a central location offers the following advantages, for
example:
• Quick analysis of the installed components as preparation for
replacement actions or upgrades
• Simple creation of a detailed inventory report
The SIMATIC PCS 7 system inventory spans all levels of a SIMATIC
PCS 7 system (management level, control level, field level). It covers

2/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

System administration
Management Console

Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC PCS 7 Management

Console V10.0
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows Server
2019/2022 Standard Edition (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for the latest
information1)), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-5BX78-2YB5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7658-5BX78-2YH5
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
Management Console Agents2)
Independent of language, software
class A, floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
- 10 agents 6ES7658-5BA00-2YB5

- 50 agents 6ES7658-5BB00-2YB5

- 100 agents 6ES7658-5BC00-2YB5

• Online delivery
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
- 10 agents 6ES7658-5BA00-2YH5

- 50 agents 6ES7658-5BB00-2YH5

- 100 agents 6ES7658-5BC00-2YH5

1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"

2) An agent is required for each SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation man­
aged by the Management Console.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 2/5

 3
© Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system

3/1 Introduction
3/3 ES software
3/5 Standard engineering software
3/15 SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix
3/16 SIMATIC Version Cross Manager
3/17 Version Trail
3/18 Import/Export Assistant
3/19 Simulation
3/19 Simulation with S7-PLCSIM
3/20 SIMIT Simulation
3/20 SIMIT Simulation Platform
3/27 SIMIT Unit
3/30 Virtual Controller
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Introduction

Engineering system
Introduction

Overview Design

The architecture of the Engineering System depends on how the

SIMATIC PCS 7 project is processed:
• Locally, on a central Engineering Station
• In the engineering network (concurrent engineering)
Central Engineering Station
Hardware platform for the central Engineering Station is the SIMAT­
IC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation for ES/OS single station. This is
based on a SIMATIC IPC of Rack PC design which is prepared for
installation in 19" rack systems. Two variants are available for com­
munication link to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus:
• Communication over BCE
Connection to plant bus with 10/100/1 000 Mbps RJ45 network
adapter and Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) for communica­
tion with up to 8 automation systems (no redundancy stations)
• Communication over Industrial Ethernet
The engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system Connection to plant bus with CP 1623/1628 communications mod­
is based on the high-performance SIMATIC PCS7 Industrial Worksta­ ule for communication with up to 64 automation systems
tion, which can be used either in office applications or in industrial Two onboard 10/100/1 000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 ports are available
environments. for connecting to the terminal bus.
The engineering software run on this hardware can be optimally The Microsoft Windows 10 operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7
matched to different customer requirements and tasks. The basic engineering software for AS/OS are pre-installed on the SIMATIC
functionality defined by the standard engineering software can be PCS 7 Industrial Workstation on delivery. The scope of performance
optionally expanded depending on the project-specific task and its of the pre-installed SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering software is defined
implementation. by installation of the purchased software licenses.
The software licenses provided for the engineering system can be Engineering network
used to configure two system variants for different applications
With concurrent engineering in an engineering network, the project
areas:
is localized on one of the participating Engineering Stations, the
• Classic, dedicated engineering station "Project server". The Engineering Stations working as "project clients"
allows in addition to engineering a 2-hour OS test mode, but no can access the project server data over LAN/WAN. Every Engineering
productive operation as an operator station Station in the network (project server/client) is able to download
configuration data to a SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystem provided it has the
• Combined engineering/operator station for small applications required communication connections.
allows in addition to engineering also process control for small In this architecture, it is sensible to install the project server on a
plants in productive operation SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation for OS servers. The
Microsoft Windows Server operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Software server are pre-installed on this when delivered (scal­
ing/expansion of SIMATIC PCS 7 installation required).
Two variants are also available for the communication link to the
Industrial Ethernet plant bus with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Work­
station for OS servers:
• Communication over BCE
Connection to plant bus with 10/100/1 000 Mbps RJ45 network
adapter and Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) for communica­
tion with up to 8 automation systems (no redundancy stations)
• Communication over Industrial Ethernet
Connection to plant bus with CP 1623/1628 communications mod­
ule for communication with up to 64 automation systems
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation for ES/OS single sta­
tions, you can use the same hardware platform for the project cli­
ents as for the central Engineering Station.
Configuration can be made easier by multi-monitor mode with up to
4 process monitors, both for a central Engineering Station and for
individual stations in an engineering network.
See section "Industrial Workstation/IPC" for ordering data and
detailed information on the scope of delivery and technology of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations as well as available
options/expansions.

3/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
ES software

Engineering system
ES software

Overview

The functionality of the engineering system is largely covered by the

standard engineering software. The following software options are
available in addition for special functions:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix
• SIMATIC Version Cross Manager
• SIMATIC Version Trail
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant
• SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager for SIMATIC PCS 7 (see
"Plant device management")
• Engineering Process Safety (see Section "Safety Integrated for Pro­
cess Automation")
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering (see section "Plant
Device Management")
• SIMATIC Route Control Engineering (see section "Route Control")
• SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl OS Engineering (see Technology com­
ponents, "Telecontrol technology" in the ST PCS 7 T catalog)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerControl OS Engineering (see Technology com­
ponents, "Switchgear automation" in the ST PCS 7 T catalog)
• S7-PLCSIM for the functional testing of CFC/SFC programs

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
ES software

Design

SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System

Versions Classic, exclusively engineering station Combined
engineering/oper­
ator station for
small applications
Productive operation as an operator station possible – ●
Version Project server Project client Single station Single station
BCE IE BCE IE BCE IE BCE IE
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation incl. operating system
Industrial Workstation for ES/OS single station BCE communication1) – – ● – ● – ● –
IE communication – – – ● – ● – ●
Industrial Workstation for OS server BCE communication1) ● – – – – – – –
IE communication – ● – – – – – –
Additional Industrial Ethernet communications software
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 REDCONNECT PowerPack for IE – ● – ● – ● – ●
communication with redundant automation systems (additive to
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7)
Standard engineering software, alternatives
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Software, unlimited POs AS and OS, incl. 2‑hour OS test ● ● ● –
mode
AS ● ● ● –
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES single station, with 250 AS/OS Runtime POs – – – ●
Supplementary engineering software (optional)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix
• Version Cross Manager
• Version Trail
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Access Accelerator
• Import/Export Assistant
• Engineering Process Safety (SIMATIC S7 F Systems, SIMATIC S7
Safety Matrix Tool)
• PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering
• SIMATIC Route Control Engineering
• SIMATIC PDM
• SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl OS Engineering2)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerControl OS Engineering2)
• Simulation with S7-PLCSIM

Hardware and software components of the engineering system, as well as possible configurations
1) Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) for up to 8 automation systems (no redundant systems)
2) Products can be found in Catalog ST PCS 7 T, SIMATIC PCS 7 technology components

Note on Microsoft SQL Server software tem. It must not be used in any other context without previous
The "SQL Server" software from Microsoft which is delivered together written approval by Siemens.
with SIMATIC PCS 7 is exclusively intended for this process control sys­

3/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
ES software

Engineering system
Standard engineering software
ES software
Standard engineering software

Overview Application

The standard engineering software provides the basic functionality Classic, exclusive engineering station with unlimited number of
for configuration of SIMATIC PCS 7 plants with: process objects for engineering (Engineering unlimited POs)
• Automation systems Two software versions with unlimited engineering POs are available
for the classical engineering station:
• Process I/O
• AS/OS – for engineering of automation systems (AS) and Operator
• Field devices Systems (OS)
• Communication networks • AS – only for AS engineering
• Operator systems With the AS/OS software version, the OS configuration can be tested
in an OS test mode limited to 2 hours. This OS test mode is not suit­
• Maintenance station able for productive operation. After 2 hours, the engineering station
• SIMATIC BATCH automatically switches to demonstration mode.

• SIMATIC Route Control Rental License

A 30-day or 50-hour rental license for AS engineering (unlimited
• SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl POs) gives you a cost-effective alternative for short-term projects or
• SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerControl short-term capacity bottlenecks.
The licenses for 30 days and 50 hours differ as follows with regard
Licensing of the standard engineering software depends on use of to runtime billing:
the engineering station as:
• With the 30-day license, the uninterruptible timer starts at the time
• Classic, dedicated engineering station (not suitable for productive of first usage. Time billing is thus independent of usage.
operation as an operator station)
• With the 50-hour license, only the actual period of use is billed.
• Combined engineering/operator station for small applications (suit­ The timer stops when the SIMATIC PCS 7 application is exited, and
able for productive operation as an operator station) restarts when the application is opened again.
Combined engineering/operator station for small applications
The combined engineering/operator station is designed to support
compact process control plants. This combines an unlimited AS/OS
Engineering license (unlimited POs) with an AS/OS Runtime license
for 250 POs. These licenses can only be used together on a station. It
is not possible to separate the Engineering and Runtime licenses for
use on different stations.
The runtime POs can be expanded with cumulative Runtime
licenses:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs,
see "Automation systems", "Modular AS 410‑5H and AS 410E sys­
tems".
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime license for 100, 1 000 or 5 000 POs, see
"Operator System", "OS software" under "OS standard software for
single station/server/client".
Division of work during engineering
To enable engineering to be carried out in the shortest possible
time, it is necessary to use resources optimally. The Engineering Sys­
tem of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system not only supports
uniform engineering of the project on an engineering station but
also provides various options for dividing the work.
Concurrent Engineering
With Concurrent Engineering multiple project engineers can work
concurrently on one project in CFC and SFC, without having to split
the project up into sub-projects beforehand. During commissioning,
for example, charts can be used in the online (debug) mode and at
the same time changes can be made to the project. The Graphics
Designer supports parallel working on a project even when creating
process pictures.
The project is localized on one of the participating engineering sta­
tions, the "project server". The engineering stations working as
"project clients" can access the project data via LAN/WAN. A specific
chart can be found very quickly using a cross-project search func­
tion.
CFC and SFC charts can be opened and viewed by several project
engineers concurrently. However, the system rejects concurrent
write accesses to the database. If the project engineer attempts to

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/5

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
ES software
Standard engineering software

Application (continued)

access a chart which is already being used, a corresponding warning

is output in a dialog window.
Every engineering station in the network (project server/client) is
able to download configuration data to a SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystem
provided it has the required communication connections.
Multiproject Engineering
Multiproject engineering allows a complex project to be divided into
multiple subprojects in accordance with technological criteria so that
several different teams can work on the project in parallel. To
achieve this, a host "Multiproject" is defined in the SIMATIC Man­
ager. The individual projects can be added or removed from a multi­
project at any time. Similarly, projects can be divided or combined
(Branch & Merge).
The subprojects in a multiproject are stored on a central server and
moved to the local engineering stations for editing. The engineering
performance is then not affected by network access.
Central configuration functions for multiprojects help to reduce the
configuration overhead. For example, a hierarchy folder can be cre­
ated in the current project and also automatically in all other
projects. It cannot be modified there, but objects can be inserted. All
block types used in a multiproject can also be updated centrally.

3/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
ES software
Standard engineering software

Function

Essential tools of the standard engineering software and their func­ with additional documentation, the configuring engineer implicitly
tions: determines the hierarchical assignment.
SIMATIC Logon Function blocks (FBs) and functions (FCs) can be encrypted and
SIMATIC Logon is a user administration and access control function decrypted with the S7-Block Privacy application to protect know-
integrated in the engineering system. Together with the detailed how. Following encryption, the blocks and their attributes can no
recording facilities provided by the change log, SIMATIC Logon offers longer be modified. Only the interfaces of the blocks are then vis­
plant owners exceptional system support when verifying changes. ible.
Using SIMATIC Logon, the administrator can assign specific access To implement the automation logic, standardized function blocks
privileges to groups of users, thus controlling the possibilities for data must be combined with other blocks in the graphic configuration
access. Access rights for stations of the process control system and tool CFC according to technological specifications. You can simply
operator privileges for blocks can both be set up. Configurable change select predefined blocks or charts for this purpose from a catalog
logs permit the recording of all access operations to the engineering and then position, graphically interconnect and configure them in
system as well as all online changes concerning the automation sys­ the working area. The process tag data relevant to operation and
tems, Operator Systems, SIMATIC BATCH or SIMATIC Route Control. monitoring, such as messages and variables, are generated at the
same time. The SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix can be used for fast and
If the modification reports are linked to the data of SIMATIC Logon easy creation of the interlock logic between various control mod­
during evaluation, it can be clearly proven who has carried out a spe­ ules/equipment modules.
cific modification and at what time. Such verifications are often the
object of special sector-specific requirements, formulated, for Sequential controls permit control and selective processing of the
example, in FDA 21 CFR Part 11 or GAMP. basic automation functions created per CFC by means of changes in
operating mode and status. Convenient editing functions for the
SIMATIC Manager graphic configuration of sequential controls as well as powerful test
The SIMATIC Manager is the control center of the engineering system. and commissioning functions are offered by the SFC editor.
It is the integration platform for the engineering toolset as well as the Complete SIMATIC PCS 7 projects or all project modifications can be
configuration basis for all engineering tasks of the SIMATIC PCS 7 pro­ compiled in one working step and downloaded to the target sys­
cess control system. All aspects of the SIMATIC PCS 7 project are cre­ tems involved, e.g. to automation systems, Operator Systems or
ated, managed, archived and documented here. SIMATIC BATCH. The engineering system automatically ensures that
The engineering toolset contains tools which are optimally matched the sequence is correct. The procedure is displayed and controlled
to one another for system-wide project-oriented engineering, and in a central dialog.
which simultaneously provide the basis for asset management of the A more effective method for less comprehensive changes to the
I&C equipment. These include tools for effective engineering of the standard automation, e.g. addition or modification of single pro­
following components: cess tags, is selective compilation and downloading at chart level.
• Control system hardware including distributed I/O and field devices This can be started from the technological hierarchy, from the CFC,
or from the chart folder.
• Communication networks The project engineer can recognize all changes since the last down­
• Automation functionality for continuous and batch processes (AS load by their color, and the current chart states by means of the
engineering) corresponding symbols. The project engineer can make a specific
choice in a dialog form for selective downloading. In association
• Operation and monitoring functionality (OS engineering) with the Version Trail, each download is automatically followed by
archiving.
• Mass data engineering and cooperation with CAD/CAE planning
tools In the case of blocks being executed on the AS 410 automation sys­
tem, it is even possible to change types during runtime by means of
• Diagnostics and asset management functionality seamless copying (TCiR).
• Batch processes, automated with SIMATIC BATCH The SIMATIC Manager can also be used to organize the project data
for engineering of the Operator Systems. All the process tag data
• Material transport, controlled by SIMATIC Route Control relevant to operation and monitoring is generated when the auto­
• Safety applications (Safety Integrated for Process Automation) mation function is defined. A powerful Graphics Designer is avail­
able for generation of the process pictures. The basis for generating
Technologists as well as process and production engineers can carry process pictures is provided by static symbols and dynamic block
out planning and configuration in their familiar environments when icons and faceplates that are organized in libraries and linked to the
using this range of tools as well as predefined blocks and charts. parameters of the function blocks.
The hardware required for use in a SIMATIC project, such as automa­
tion systems, communications components and process I/O, is stored
in an electronic catalog. The hardware can be configured and para­
meterized using the HW Config tool.
Creating hierarchy folders implements a project structure, the plant
hierarchy (PH). By storing CFCs and SFCs for automation systems and
pictures and reports for operator stations in a hierarchy folder along

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/7

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
ES software
Standard engineering software

Function (continued)

Component view: Hardware configuration in the SIMATIC Manager with HW Config

Process tags in the process object view

Project views parameters, signals, messages, picture objects, archive variables,

The various tasks for creating a plant project are supported by the fol­ hierarchy folders, equipment properties and global declarations).
lowing project views: This provides the technologist with fast orientation.
All objects in the marked branch of the hierarchy are displayed in
• Component view (HW Config) the table so that they can be directly processed with user-friendly
for configuration of hardware such as automation systems, bus edit, filter, replace, import and export functions. A special test
components or process I/O mode offers the facility for testing process tags and CFCs online
and for starting them up.
• Process object view
The OS areas and the image hierarchy for process control, as well
as the central development environment for all aspects of process
as the SIMATIC PCS 7 asset management, can be derived from the
tags/objects
technological hierarchy. Furthermore, it also forms the basis for the
The process object view supports the work carried out by a process plant-oriented identification of process objects.
engineer by providing a universal view of the process tag. It shows the Common displays can be positioned in pictures by means of the
plant hierarchy represented in tree form in combination with a tabular image hierarchy, and automatically linked to lower-level images.
view of all aspects of the process tag/object (general, charts, blocks,

3/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
ES software
Standard engineering software

Function (continued)

The configuration engineer is only responsible for the correct posi­ ondary importance to the safe and interference-free operation of
tioning. Since the number of common display fields and their the plant under certain plant conditions. Depending on the operat­
semantics can be configured, it is also possible to implement custom­ ing status of a plant unit (startup, service etc.), messages of the
ized alarm configurations. technological blocks grouped in this plant unit are shown or hidden
I&C and process messages are already pre-configured in the function in accordance with the previously set configuration. Alarms can be
blocks, and operator input messages are already pre-configured in the displayed or hidden separately for each of the maximum 32 operat­
faceplates. These are automatically generated when the triggering ing states through selection of check boxes in the alarm matrix of
event occurs. If required, message texts can be modified or message the process object view. Although hidden alarms are not signaled
priorities defined. visually and audibly, they are still logged and archived as before.
Using the process object view, "Smart Alarm Hiding" can also be con­
figured. This refers to the dynamic hiding of alarms that are of sec­

Continuous function chart

Continuous function chart (CFC) • Process tag type

The CFC editor permits graphic configuration of the continuous auto­ Process tag types implemented with function blocks each repres­
mation functions. In addition to convenient editing functions, its ent a standardized CFC for the basic automation of specific I&C
scope of functions also includes powerful test and commissioning functions, e.g. for a level controller. Their instances can be modi­
functions as well as individually configurable documentation func­ fied centrally by the type-instance concept, and also manually
tions. adapted and linked.
When creating a new CFC, a new runtime group with the same name • Control module type
as the chart is created. All the blocks that are subsequently entered in
the chart are automatically added to this runtime group. Each block is The control module type (CMT) marks a new type of standardized
therefore already assigned runtime properties when it is inserted, and software module that offers even more efficient engineering than
configuration engineers can optimize these properties by means of classic process tag types. A CMT can contain blocks, charts, con­
modifications in the runtime editor or by using algorithms. trol variables (block I/Os such as signals and parameters) and mes­
sages.
The algorithm first determines the optimum block sequence separ­
ately for each runtime group, and then the optimum sequence of : As the function "Control module adjustment" is based on a basic
runtime groups. functionality of the Version Cross Manager (VXM), you need a
VXM license to use this function. In the absence of a license, a
Instances of function block types can be positioned on CFCs, assigned message appears telling you to install Version Cross Manager.
parameters, and interconnected. Operator privilege levels can already This is not actually necessary, all you need to install is a valid VXM
be defined at block level for each block attribute so that finely granu­ license that will enable the relevant functionality on the engineer­
lar operator privileges can be implemented. ing station.
Additional potential for rationalization is offered by special configura­
tion techniques such as chart-in-chart for implementing hierarchical Note:
charts, or the multiple use of chart block types (individual control unit The CFC is not just a component in the standard engineering soft­
types and process tag types) or SFC types (standardized sequence ware of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. As a separate
controls) in the form of instances. product, it can also be used together with other SIMATIC products
The CFC editor supports the following types of standardized software in the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). This SIMATIC
modules: CFC is a component from the ST 70 catalog, "SIMATIC Software"
(article number of the current SIMATIC CFC V10.0, for goods deliv­
• Function block type ery: 6ES7658-1EX78-0YA5; for online delivery:
The function block types supplied with I&C libraries are used for I&C 6ES7658-1EX78-0YH5).
modeling of engineering equipment such as valves or motors. The
smallest standardized software modules for multiple usage have
connections for actuating and control signals and for parameter
assignment and monitoring functions. Some also contain interlock­
ing functions for automatic transition to defined safety settings.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/9

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
ES software
Standard engineering software

Function (continued)

Sequential function chart

Sequential function chart (SFC) • Advanced Process Library (current standard, pre-installed)
The SFC editor is used for the graphical configuration and commis­ • PCS 7 Standard Library (former standard, can be installed sub­
sioning of sequential controls for batch production operations. It pos­ sequently if required)
sesses convenient editing functions as well as powerful test and com­
missioning functions. An integrated graphical formula editor for arith­ Pre-configured and tested blocks, faceplates and symbols are
metic operations, Boolean algebra and mathematical functions organized in these libraries and form the basic elements for the
enables calculations within the SFC. graphic configuration of automation solutions.
Using a sequential control, basic automation functions usually created The comprehensive range of blocks can be categorized as follows:
using CFC are controlled and selectively processed by means of • Blocks for mathematical operations, analog and digital logic
changes in operating mode and status. Depending on the subsequent
use, the sequential controls can be created either as an SFC plan or • Interlocking modules
SFC type.
• Technological function blocks with integral display, operation and
SFC plan signaling functions, e.g.:
The SFC can be used to implement sequence controls which can be - Standard Control and Advanced Process Control blocks
applied once and which access several partial areas of the production
plant. Each SFC has standardized inputs and outputs for status inform­ - Motor and valve blocks
ation and for control by the user program or the user. The SFC plan
can be positioned and linked as a block in the CFC. The required CFC - Counter blocks
block connections are selected by simple operations and connected to - Dosing block
the steps or transitions of the step chains. A status management con­
forming to ISA 88 enables the configuration of up to 8 separate • Blocks for the integration of field devices
sequencers within a single SFC, e.g. for states such as RUNNING,
HOLDING or ABORTING, or for different operating modes. • Operator control and monitoring blocks
SFC type • Message and diagnostics blocks
SFC types are standardized sequential controls which can be applied Furthermore, pre-configured process tag types for process equip­
repeatedly and which access one partial area of the production plant. ment such as pumps, valves, dosing units and controllers (cascade,
They can be organized in libraries, and handled like normal function spit-range) etc. extend the scope of library elements.
blocks, i.e. they can be selected from a catalog and positioned, inter­
This is advantageous for adaptation of the user software following
connected and configured as an instance in a CFC plan.
a system upgrade so that multiple versions of a library can exist
Changes to the original automatically result in corresponding changes side by side.
in all instances. An SFC type may contain up to 32 sequences. Using
the function "Create/update block symbols", a block symbol is auto­
matically positioned and interconnected in the associated process pic­
ture for all SFC instances with HMI features.
I&C libraries
The use of library elements plays a major role in minimizing the
amount of engineering required and thus also the project costs.
Two process control libraries are integrated in the standard engineer­
ing software of SIMATIC PCS 7:

3/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
ES software
Standard engineering software

Function (continued)

Examples of OS standard faceplates from the SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Process Library, valves

Advanced Process Library • Customized online trends for display

The Advanced Process Library (APL) based on many years of experi­ • Reduced operator workload and faster operator control with pro­
ence of project engineers and plant owners takes into consideration cess tag groups assembled online for standard situations
current NAMUR recommendations and PNO specifications. Proven
functions as well as visually attractive GUIs for a high level of operator :
convenience facilitate and also force interaction of operators with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Process Graphics from catalog
plant. ST PCS 7 T (SIMATIC PCS 7 technology components) is required.
Alternative, small variants of function blocks reduced to core func­ Technology libraries
tions, whose block icons and faceplates occupy less space in the pro­
cess picture, improve clarity in complex process pictures. The additional technology libraries "Industry Library" and "Condition
Monitoring Library" offered in Catalog ST PCS 7 T (SIMATIC PCS 7
Other features worth mentioning are: technology components) expand the standard functionality of the
• Special operating modes: APL. All display icons, function blocks and faceplates of these librar­
ies are in APL design.
- "Local" for integration and application of local control options
The Industry Library contains blocks for:
- "Out of service" for deactivating a process tag for maintenance and • Building automation (heating, ventilation, air conditioning)
service
• Operator control and monitoring using SIMATIC HMI Comfort Pan­
• Several faceplate views: els
- "Preview" with information on the I/O signal status, automatic con­ • Integration of SIMATIC S7 Package Units and RTUs based on
trol, and possible/permissible operator inputs; display of real value
S7-300
for simulation
• Connection of external Advanced Process Control systems
- "Memo view" for temporary operator information
• Hierarchical multi-control room operation
• Convenient interlocking modules with initial signal information, can
be directly called from the technological function blocks, e.g. from a • Other technological functions, e.g. for expanding measured value
motor block monitoring, or specifying a setpoint trend
• Flexible adaptation of functions in the library blocks The Condition Monitoring Library contains blocks for:
• Commissioning support through direct simulation on the operator • Monitoring of centrifugal pumps (PumpMon)
station • Monitoring of control valves (VlvMon)
• Protection against operator errors as the result of detailed grading of • Online valve test during operation (PST)
user privileges
• Monitoring for pressure loss, and early detection of blockages
• Explicit enabling/disabling of operations for a process tag for indi­ (PressDropMon)
vidual operator stations of the plant using the function "Local oper­
ator enabling" • Detection of steady states of a dynamic process or steady state of
a signal
• Integration of any compact drives and switch/starter objects via
standard PROFIBUS profiles Advanced Process Control (APC) functions
• Coordination of multiple access operations, e.g. of SFC/SIMATIC In addition to numerous basic control functions, e.g. PID control,
cascade control, split range control and ratio control, the I&C librar­
BATCH, to equipment such as valves, dosing units or pumps
ies of SIMATIC PCS 7 also provide function blocks and templates for
• Tacking of operator input windows facilitates repeated, successive advanced control functions at no extra cost.
operations
• Browser for the process tag selection by status

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/11

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
ES software
Standard engineering software

Function (continued)

Gain scheduling Monitoring of the control quality

The GainSched block allows continuous adjustment of the controller The ConPerMon block determines the control quality of a controller
parameters in non-linear processes depending on the operating point. block (e.g. PID controller) on the basis of the online data of the set­
The block, which works in a similar manner to the polygon block, can point, actual value and manipulated variable. Depending on devi­
derive three separate output values from one input value (measured ation of the comparison value, e.g. the control quality at commis­
variable X), which serve as regulating parameters for an interconnec­ sioning, it can trigger a warning or an alarm. The faceplates of all
ted controller block. Depending on the characteristic of the measured control quality monitoring of a plant or a plant unit can be summar­
variable X, the GainSched changes the regulating parameters of the ized in OS screens, which enables problems to be detected early
combined closed-loop controller in a sliding manner. on, analyzed, and specifically corrected.
Override control Smith Predictor
The outputs of two or more controllers are connected to a common The Smith Predictor can significantly improve the control quality of
final controlling element. The decision concerning which controller processes with long and relatively constant dead times. By eliminat­
actually receives access to the final controlling element is made ing the dead time component using a process model running paral­
depending on the evaluation of the current process state. lel to the actual process, the controller can be designed for a pro­
Lead-lag/feed-forward control cess free of dead time, and thus set more effectively.
A strong interference which can be measured is compensated in Model-based predictive multi-variable control
advance by feed-forward control. The control is thus limited to model Model-based predictive multi-variable controllers (MPC) separately
uncertainties and non-measurable faults. analyze the behavior of several interdependent variables for com­
plex processes over a longer period. The results are used for optim­
ized control of these variables. They eliminate adverse interactions
which occur with separate control of the interdependent variables.
Using a mathematical model of the process dynamics, MPCs are
able to predict the future process response over a defined period of
time (prediction horizon) and optimize a quality criterion on this
basis.
The APL provides two multi-variable controllers with different func­
tionalities and performance:
• MPC4x4 (ModPreCon) for up to 4 coupled manipulated variables
and controlled variables
• MPC10x10 for up to 10 coupled manipulated variables and con­
trolled variables and up to 4 measurable disturbance variables
Note:
Model-based multi-variable controllers make high demands on
memory and processing time of the designated automation system.
For that reason, please check the resources of the designated auto­
mation system before using them.
Graphics Designer
The project data for the engineering of the Operator Systems are
organized with the SIMATIC Manager. All the data relevant to oper­
ation and monitoring of a process tag, such as messages and HMI
variables, are generated automatically during definition of the
PID tuning automation function. A powerful graphics designer is available for
The integrated PID Tuner is suitable for optimization of the CTRL_PID the generation of process pictures.
and CTRL_S software controllers in circuits with PID, PI, or P control.
On the basis of an experimentally determined model of the controlled
system, favorable controller parameters for an optimum disturbance
response or an optimum control response of the controller can be
determined according to the procedure of absolute value optimiza­
tion. Optimization can be carried out in manual or automatic mode.
The typical controller values (actual value, setpoint, manipulated vari­
able) are recorded by a trend function. The transient response of the
controllers with the determined parameters can be checked by defin­
ing jumps. The controller parameters can be saved, and recalled as
required.

3/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
ES software
Standard engineering software

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Standard engineering software Software for a combined engineer­

ing/operator station for small applic­
Runs with the following operating sys­ ations (suitable for productive oper­
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for ation as an operator station)
the latest information1)):
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station
LTSC V10.0
• Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­ Including 250 AS/OS Runtime POs
ard Edition 5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
Software for a classic, dedicated class A, single license for 1 installation
engineering station without quant­ With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
ity limitation (not suitable for pro­ Package
ductive operation as an operator
- Goods delivery 6ES7651-5AA78-0YA0
station)
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS/OS Engineering ficate of License, bundled with 1 ×
software V10.0 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
Unlimited POs, age per order item
activated for 2-hour OS test mode - Online delivery 6ES7651-5AA78-0YH0
5 languages (English, German, License key download and online
French, Italian, Spanish), software Certificate of License, combined
class A, floating license for 1 user with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package (software download and
Package online Certificate of License)
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-5AX78-0YA5 : Email address required!
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station
ficate of License, bundled with 1 ×
ASIA V10.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
Incl. 250 AS/OS Runtime POs
age per order item
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
• Online delivery 6ES7658-5AX78-0YH5 ware class A, single license for
License key download and online 1 installation
Certificate of License, combined With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
Package (software download and Goods delivery
online Certificate of License) ASIA license key on USB flash drive,
: Email address required! Certificate of License, bundled with
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS/OS Engineering Package ASIA per order item
software ASIA V10.0
• ASIA 6ES7651-5AA78-0CA0
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
ware class A, floating license for • SN ASIA (including SOFTNET RED­ 6ES7651-5AA78-6CA0
1 user CONNECT)
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA 1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-5AX78-0CA5 You can find more information on the Software Media Package in the section
ASIA license key on USB flash drive "Software Media and Logistics", subsection "PCS 7 Software Packages"
and Certificate of License, bundled
with 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA per order item
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Engineering
software V10.0
Unlimited POs
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
- Floating license for 1 user 6ES7658-1AX68-0YB5

- Rental license for 30 days (time 6ES7658-1AX78-0YA6

billing independent of use)
- Rental License for 50 hours (time 6ES7658-1AX78-0YB6
billing dependent on use)
• Online delivery
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
- Floating license for 1 user 6ES7658-1AX78-0YH5

- Rental license for 30 days (time 6ES7658-1AX78-0YH6

billing independent of use)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/13

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
ES software
Standard engineering software

More information

Regional product versions

All SIMATIC PCS 7 software products are designed for international
use, in other words there is only one product version for worldwide
use and this is offered in up to 6 languages: English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. However, the number of sup­
ported languages is not standard; it can vary from product to
product.
In addition, a regional "ASIA" product version will also be offered for
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package and specific SIMATIC
PCS 7 software products of the "Engineering System" and "Operator
System" system components. The ASIA products are available in two
languages: English and Chinese (simplified). They are explicitly iden­
tified in the name by the suffix "ASIA".
If a product listed in this catalog does not have the suffix "ASIA" in its
name, it can always be used globally. However, the following restric­
tion applies: If a regional ASIA product is offered, the pendant for
international use does not support the Asian languages (currently
Chinese simplified) present in the ASIA product.
The products for international use, i.e. products without the suffix
"ASIA", are not intended as the basis for runtime systems with fonts
in Asian languages.
The following special points must be observed as a result of the
definition of separate products for installation software and licenses.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available in the form of
two data medium packages:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA. SIMATIC PCS 7 soft­
ware licenses for which there is no ASIA pendant can be used with
both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages.

3/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
ES software

Engineering system
SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix
ES software
SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix

Overview Overview (continued)

Logic Matrix Editor within the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System

Faceplates of the Logic Matrix and the linked control module in the Logic
Matrix Viewer of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator Station
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix is based on the principle of logic cre­
ation with a cause and effect matrix—similar to the long-established
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix for safety-oriented applications. It enables
easy creation of the interlock logic between technological functions
(e.g. control modules or equipment modules) of the automation Selection and ordering data
project. There is no time-consuming configuring of the interlock
logic in the CFC. SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Tool, which can be opened from SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Viewer 6ES7658-1JB78-2YA0
SIMATIC Manager, is used to create and edit the Logic Matrix ori­ V10.0
ented to one controller in each case and then to integrate the cre­ Operator control and monitoring of
ated matrix data at the chart level in the CFC project. The APL-based the SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix via OS
single station/OS client
process tag types of the control module are linked with the cause or
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
effect blocks of the Logic Matrix by templates created with the Link lish, German), software class A
Type Editor of the Logic Matrix (Link Types). Runs with the following operating sys­
The matrix table is comparable to a spreadsheet program. The con­ tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for
figuration engineer first enters the possible events (inputs) in the the latest information1)):
horizontal lines, and then configures their type and number, logic • Windows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021
LTSC
operations, timings, alarms and possible bypass functions. He then
defines possible actions (outputs) to these events in the vertical • Windows Server 2019/2023 Stand­
columns. The events and reactions are linked by simply clicking the ard Edition
cell at the intersection of the row and column. Single license for 1 installation,
without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Safety Matrix Viewer enables operator control Media Package
and monitoring of the Logic Matrix on the operator station Goods delivery
(OS Single Station and OS Client). The Logic Matrix faceplate can License key on USB flash drive and
also be opened via the faceplates of the technology objects which Certificate of License
have been linked together via the cause and effect matrix. 1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"
Based on this causal chain, jumps from the Effect faceplate to the
Cause faceplate and vice versa are possible via the Logic Matrix face­
plate.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/15

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
ES software

Engineering system
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager
ES software
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC Version Cross Manager

V10.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A
Runs with the following operating sys­
tems (see VXM Readme in the
Siemens Industry Online Support for
the latest information)
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2021 LTSC
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
tion
• Windows Server 2022 Standard Edi­
tion
The SIMATIC Version Cross Manager is a user-friendly tool for Floating license for 1 user, without
determining the differences between various versions of individual SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age
projects or multiprojects by:
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-1CX78-2YA5
• Tracing missing, additional or differing objects by comparing hard­ License key on USB flash drive and
ware configuration, communication, plant hierarchy, CFC/SFC Certificate of License as well as TIA
charts, SFC details, block types, messages, global tags, signals and Engineering Toolset CD
run sequences • Online delivery 6ES7658-1CX78-2YH5
• Graphic display of comparison results in a combination of tree and License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License and TIA Engineer­
tabular formats ing Toolset (software download)
• Clear hierarchical structuring according to the technological hier­ : Email address required!
archy of the plant Upgrade package (only for TIA
applications)
• Color-coded identification of the differences
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager
Note: Upgrade from V9.0 to V10.0
As the function "Control module adjustment" is based on a basic 6 languages (English, German,
functionality of the Version Cross Manager (VXM), you need a VXM French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A
license to use this function. In the absence of a license, a message Runs with the following operating sys­
appears telling you to install Version Cross Manager. This is not actu­ tems
ally necessary, all you need to install is a valid VXM license that will • Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC
enable the relevant functionality on the engineering station.
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2021 LTSC
Floating license for 1 user, without
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-1CX78-2YE5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License and TIA Engineer­
ing Toolset CD
• Online delivery 6ES7658-1CX78-2YK5
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License and TIA Engineer­
ing Toolset (software download)
: Email address required!

More information

Upgrade
You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Systems with Engineer­
ing software V9.x to version 10.0 with SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Upgrade Packages AS/OS. The further developed SIMATIC Version
Cross Manager V10.0 is available for use in SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0.
The upgrade to SIMATIC Version Cross Manager V10.0 is part of the
Engineering Upgrade Package AS/OS V9.x to V10.0.
TIA applications
The Version Cross Manager is not only a software component of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System. As a separate product, it can
also be used together with other SIMATIC products in the context of
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA).

3/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
ES software

Engineering system
Version Trail
ES software
Version Trail

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC Version Trail V10.0

6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
Project software class A
Runs with the following operating sys­
Multi-project
Versioned project 1 tems (see VT Readme in the Siemens
Industry Online Support for the latest
information)
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2021 LTSC
Library
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
tion
Versioned project 2
• Windows Server 2022 Standard Edi­
tion
Floating license for 1 user, without
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age
SIMATIC Version Trail is a software option for engineering which, • Goods delivery 6ES7658-1FX78-2YA5
together with the SIMATIC Logon central user administration, can License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
assign a version history to libraries, projects and multiprojects. ficate of License and TIA Engineer­
ing Toolset CD
• Online delivery 6ES7658-1FX78-2YH5
Function License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License and TIA Engineer­
SIMATIC Version Trail tags the with a version ID when archiving, and ing Toolset (software download)
enters the following information in the version history: : Email address required!
• Version Upgrade package (only for TIA
applications)
• Version name
SIMATIC Version Trail Upgrade V9.0
• Date and time to V10.0
6 languages (English, German,
• User French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, for operating sys­
• Comment tems see above
Individual versions can be retrieved from the archive, and used fur­ Floating license for 1 user, without
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
ther. SIMATIC Logon organizes the access protection. age
Archiving and retrieval procedures can be automated on a time-driv­ • Goods delivery 6ES7658-1FX78-2YE5
en basis. Retrieval of block parameters from the automation system License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
can be coupled with the archiving procedure, but it can also be per­ ficate of License
formed independently of this on a time-driven basis and with ver­ 6ES7658-1FX78-2YK5
• Online delivery
sion assignment. License key download, online Certi­
The version history managed by Version Trail can be displayed and ficate of License and TIA Engineer­
printed. An already completed version cannot be modified at a later ing Toolset (software download)
date. In conjunction with the Version Cross Manager, an archived : Email address required!
version can be compared with an existing project or a second
archived version.

More information

Upgrade
You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Systems with Engineer­
ing software V9.x to version 10.0 with SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Upgrade Packages AS/OS. These upgrade packages include the
upgrade for SIMATIC Version Trail from V9.x to V10.0.
TIA applications
SIMATIC Version Trail is not only a software component of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System. It is also a separate product
which can be used in the context of Totally Integrated Automation
(TIA) together with other SIMATIC products.
Note:
Note that Version Trail cannot be used as a stand-alone application;
it only runs together with SIMATIC Logon (see "Industrial Security"
section, "SIMATIC Logon" subsection).

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/17

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
ES software

Engineering system
Import/Export Assistant
ES software
Import/Export Assistant

Overview Selection and ordering data

Typical libraries: SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export

Example solutions Assistant V10.0
Import/export 6 languages (English, German,
assistant and process object
types (e.g. control, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A
motor, valve)
Runs with the following operating sys­
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for
the latest information1)):
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2021 LTSC
Process
object plans • Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
tion
• Windows Server 2022 Standard Edi­
tion
Floating license for 1 user, without
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
OS display hierarchy age
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-1DX78-2YB5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
Technological
G_PCS7_XX_00115

hierarchy • Online delivery 6ES7658-1DX78-2YH5

OS displays License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"

Efficient processing of mass data

The Import/Export Assistant (IEA) can be used for the rational engin­ More information
eering of mass data. The IEA is based on the principle of multiple
application of process tag types and example solutions. It is particu­ Upgrade
larly suitable for plants with numerous process tags of the same type You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Systems with Engineer­
or with multiple plant components of the same type. ing software V9.x and V10.0 with SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Following exporting of the PCS 7 project, the data can be modified, Upgrade Packages AS/OS to version 10.0. These upgrade packages
duplicated, adapted and also reimported using the IEA editor or a include the upgrade for SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant from
spreadsheet program such as Microsoft Excel. V9.x to V10.0.
Comparison with the parameters optimized during commissioning is
possible at a later point in time.

Function
• Generation/modification of CM and EM/EPH instances via Plant
Generator
• Generation/modification of process tag types or example solutions
• Data import
• Data export
• Matching of process tags

3/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Simulation

Engineering system
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM
Simulation
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM

Overview Function

S7-PLCSIM simulates a SIMATIC S7 CPU with the associated process

OS clients / multi-clients images. The program to be tested is loaded into the simulated S7

G_PCS7_XX_00181
CPU in a manner identical to the procedure with real hardware, and
is executed there. S7-PLCSIM is completely integrated in STEP 7. Pro­
cess data can be exchanged between S7-PLCSIM and other Windows
applications via an interface.
OS server
Selection and ordering data

S7-PLCSIM V5.4 (including SP) 6ES7841-0CC05-0YA5

AS simulation Automation Functional testing on PC/PG of pro­
with S7-PLCSIM systems grams created with CFC/SFC
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish)
wyvmpi|zGkw Runs with the following operating sys­
tems:
Fieldbus
• Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit
simulation with • Windows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB
SIMIT ET 200M 64-bit
• Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard
Field devices
64-bit
Floating license for 1 user, without
Dynamic SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
plant simulation age
with SIMIT Goods delivery
LT
Software and electronic documenta­
T2659 tion on CD, license key on USB flash
WT
drive, Certificate of License

LT
More information
Reactor
Update/Upgrade
S7-PLCSIM Versions 3.x, 4.x, 5.0, 5.2 or 5.3 can be upgraded to Ver­
sion 5.4. In addition, a Software Update Service in the form of a sub­
Overview of simulation software for SIMATIC PCS 7 scription is offered for S7‑PLCSIM.
You can find more information in the section "Update/Upgrade Pack­
ages" under "Updates/Upgrades Asynchronous to the PCS 7 Version"
The S7-PLCSIM simulation software supports functional testing of
- "Upgrades for S7‑PLCSIM Simulation Software".
the user programs generated with CFC/SFC on a programming
device/PC, irrespective of the availability of the target hardware. Further test and simulation programs
Detection and elimination of programming errors is thereby shifted SIMIT Simulation Platform for testing and commissioning of project-
to an earlier development phase. This enables faster commissioning, specific user software on a partially virtual plant, see Catalog
reduces the costs and increases the program quality. ST PCS 7 T "SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System – Technology
Note: components" subsection in "Simulations and training systems" sec­
tion.
S7‑PLCSIM as of V5.4+SP8 is compatible with SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/19

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Simulation

Engineering system
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Simulation Platform
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Simulation Platform

Overview

Real plant environment Virtual plant environment

Operator Station Operator Station

Automation System Emulation of

Software-in-the-loop Hardware-in-the-loop
e.g. AS 410 SIMIT Virtual Real Controller
or S7-1500 Controller

SIMIT

Remote IO/ Signal level

periphery Simulation of signals

0 1 0,0 kg/s 20,0 kg/s

Actuators/ Device level

sensors Simulation of behavior
and reaction of drives
or sensors

Plant/ Process level

machine Simulation of
technological behavior

Simulated process data and conditions

SIMIT Simulation

Bringing products to the market faster and with consistently high • Application of correct identifications
quality requires an optimized engineering workflow in the automation
and the shortest possible assembly and commissioning times for new • Testing of interconnection or interlocking logic
production lines. The SIMIT simulation software permits real-time sim­ In this manner it is possible to optimize the quality of the configura­
ulation and emulation for comprehensive examination of automation tion process without a risk for the real plant.
solutions.
Note:
SIMIT simulates what SIMATIC automates
SIMIT V11.2 can be used in combination with the following
SIMIT is based on a uniform simulation platform that enables not only products:
the virtual commissioning of the automation engineering of systems,
machines and processes, but also realistic training environments for • SIMATIC PCS 7
plant operators. This can be easily done directly at the workplace, • SIMATIC PCS neo
even without requiring equipment or the need for in-depth know­
ledge of simulation. Either a real or virtual automation system is used • TIA Portal
for the control, for example, the SIMIT Virtual Controller.
• STEP 7
SIMIT Virtual Controller instances can emulate the SIMATIC
S7‑300/S7‑400 automation systems from the SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC Notice: Please observe compatibility.
PCS 7 product range used in an automation project.
Many efficient tests for detection and elimination of potential faults
can already be carried out before the real plant is even available, e.g.:

3/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Simulation Platform

Benefits Design
• Testing and training environments without real hardware SIMIT runs on the latest notebooks or desktop computers with the
Microsoft Windows operating system as well as on virtual systems
• Virtual controllers for emulation of automation systems (VMware ESXi Server V7.0). Flexible application is possible and
• Flexible simulation and emulation environment for projects of any integration is possible via open interfaces into the factory automa­
size tion with SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC WinCC or into the process auto­
mation with SIMATIC PCS 7 or SIMATIC PCS neo.
• Synchronized simulation and emulation in real-time or virtual time Since the models can be calculated in real time, SIMIT can be linked
• Testing of original automation project to the actual automation engineering ("hardware-in-the-loop"),
using the SIMIT unit for connection via the PROFINET or PROFIBUS
• Higher quality for automation engineering configuration interfaces. A "software-in-the-loop" test is also possible through vir­
tualization of the automation system using the S7‑PLCSIM or
• Reduced commissioning time and risk due to pretesting
S7‑PLCSIM Advanced emulation software, or the integrated SIMIT
• No simulation configuration in the automation project Virtual Controller.
Interfacing to the real automation system is usually made via
PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET IO, With interface modules (SIMIT units)
which simulate the devices on PROFIBUS DP/PROFINET IO.
Additional simulation models can be coupled to SIMIT:
• Data exchange via standardized interfaces such as OPC DA, OPC UA
and shared memory
• Data exchange via one freely programmable external coupling (by
the user)
• Synchronization via the remote control interface
In the case of coupling via the remote control interface, SIMIT can be
either the master or client (slave) for other simulations. Using virtual
time management, simulations can also be implemented faster or
slower than in real-time.
SIMIT Simulation Platform
SIMIT can be perfectly adapted to individual requirements with four
different software packages to suit the project size:

SIMIT Engineering S 4 000 simulation tags

SIMIT Engineering M 16 500 simulation tags
SIMIT Engineering L 200 000 simulation tags
SIMIT Engineering XL 1 000 000 simulation tags

SIMIT Engineering S - XL functional scope

• Portal view with workflow management for creation of simulation
project
• Standard component library
• 3D viewer based on VRML (Virtual Reality Modeling Language)
• Interfaces for PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO and PRODAVE
• Interface for SIMIT Virtual Controller and OPC
• Trends and messages (TME)
• Scripting environment
• Editor for creating macro components (MCE)
• Editor for creating dynamic graphics and animations (DGE)
• Automatic Control Interface (ACI)
• Automatic generation of signal lists from SIMATIC Manager data
• Runtime for components developed with the Component Type
Editor
• S7‑PLCSIM, S7‑PLCSIM Advanced, OPC and Remote Control inter­
faces
• Modification of simulation model during runtime
• Simulation in virtual time

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/21

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Simulation Platform

Design (continued)
• Engineering efficiency for SIMATIC PCS 7 (SMD)
• Automatic model generation based on templates
• Bulk engineering
• Shared memory interface for high-performance coupling
• XML interface for automatic generation of models and connections
SIMIT extension libraries
The following extension libraries make available specific technolo­
gical components:
• SIMIT FLOWNET Library
Library for simulation of flow networks with homogeneous media
(water/gases) including pressures, temperatures and flow rates.
• SIMIT CONTEC Library
Library for 2D simulation of material handling equipment.
• SIMIT CHEM BASIC Library
For simplified creation of simulations in the chemical and pharma­
ceutical industries. By connecting components of these libraries, a
SIMIT model of a pipeline network (so-called flow network) is cre­
ated and can be used to simulate the thermodynamic processes in
pipeline networks. The flow networks then connect components
with storage characteristics, e.g. containers. The CHEM BASIC lib­
rary enables use of a special solution method in SIMIT that calcu­
lates the flow rates, pressures and specific enthalpies during simu­
lation of pipeline networks.
SIMIT Component Type Editor
For creating library components according to your own require­
ments and functional expectations.

3/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Simulation Platform

Function

SIMIT, Graphical User Interface (GUI)

Component-based, signal flow oriented modeling of the plant is per­ The efficient simulation is based on the abstraction at three differ­
formed through the graphical user interface of SIMIT supported by ent levels: Signals, devices (e.g. actuators and sensors) and techno­
expandable base libraries. For this, pre-defined components are selec­ logical response. Here, the technological response is represented
ted from the library, placed on the graphic interface, connected with mathematically and logically or by additive libraries.
one another, and parameters are set. Beyond this, the simulation
model can be generated with an export of the engineering data from
COMOS. Special simulation skills are not required.

Physical plant Simulation with SIMIT

Field equipment Signals Import (e.g. symbol table)
Devices Base library for
PROFIBUS DP • DRIVES
• SENSORS
ET 200M

Technological plant/unit Technological response Additive libraries

• FLOWNET
T2659
LT

WT
• CHEM BASIC
LT

Production technology • CONTEC

Abstraction levels of the simulation • CONTEC can be used for simulation of material conveyor techno­
logy.
The signal couplings can be created easily by importing the symbol
table or a list of signal names. Files of the Import/Export Assistant, • With CHEM BASIC you can simulate models of pipeline networks
Control Module (CM) files (SIMATIC PCS 7), or suitable Microsoft Excel in the chemical and pharmaceutical industries quickly and easily.
files (SIMATIC S7) can be used together with simulation templates Using CHEM BASIC, the models from COMOS P&ID can be auto­
from the base library to simulate the devices. matically generated via the generic import.
Additive libraries support the simulation of the technological response • Device library for the creation of device simulation models (actu­
and round off the SIMIT offer: ators and sensors) in SIMIT as a counterpart to the PCS 7 / PCS neo
• FLOWNET can be used for rapid and simple simulation of the dynam­ / APL / TIA Portal and other drivers. Can be used for DCS engineer­
ic processes of pressures, flows and temperature distributions of ing, virtual commissioning or as the basis of an OTS simulation.
water in pipeline networks.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/23

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Simulation Platform

Function (continued)
• SIMIT Water Library as an add-on for the creation of process simula­ The user can also create custom components and templates that
tion models for the water industry (fresh water extraction, water enable effective customer-specific modeling.
transport and reverse osmosis systems). Can be used for DCS engin­
eering, virtual commissioning or as the basis of an OTS simulation.
Requirement: SIMIT FLOWNET LIBRARY

Engineering SIMATIC S7 / PCS 7

HW-Config IEA/CM files or

Microsoft Excel tables

Symbol table

Templates

G_PCS7_XX_00344
I/O signals Sensors / actuators Processes Visualization

Workflow to create a simulation

SIMIT supports two types of virtual commissioning: possible based on our decades of experience with simulation
Software in the loop: Pretesting without a physical plant projects. We offer:
When SIMIT is used in conjunction with the Virtual Controller or • Complete simulators and process models for virtual commission­
coupled to the S7‑PLCSIM or S7-PLCSIM Advanced emulation soft­ ing and training simulators
ware, the automation function can be tested in advance in the engin­ • High-precision process simulators for various industries
eering office without the physical hardware – from the sensor
through the automation system and back down to the actuator. • Customer-specific simulation libraries (e.g. pharmaceuticals,
The user program is loaded in SIMATIC Manager into the automation power generation and distribution, hydrogen, etc.)
system emulated by the SIMIT Virtual Controller, S7‑PLCSIM or SIMIT Consulting and Training Courses
S7‑PLCSIM Advanced without modifications and started. It obtains the
simulated I/O signals via the coupling of the emulated automation sys­ You or your customers require support or training for a simulation
tem from SIMIT. project based on SIMIT and the automation (SIMATIC S7/PCS 7)
with specific properties for Hardware-in-the-Loop or Software-in-
Hardware in the loop: Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) the-Loop. To help you complete your task optimally, we can sup­
The physical automation systems are loaded with the user program port and advise you during the corresponding phases of the auto­
for the Factory Acceptance Test (FAT). SIMIT simulates the I/O signals, mation project using our decades of experience in simulation
instrumentation and field devices. The simulation values are sent as projects. You can also have our experts support you with your sim­
message frames to the automation systems via the hardware inter­ ulation from the planning phase to project setup right up to auto­
face modules (simulation unit). When SIMIT also simulates the tech­ mation testing. We offer:
nological response of the plant, the FAT becomes a plant test. Com­ • Pre-defined consulting packages
missioning can be performed on the virtual process in an early phase
of the project. • Specific packages, depending on customer requirements
SIMIT Project Handling • Customer-specific trainings
You or your customers require a simulation solution based on SIMIT
SIMIT Rental Components
and the automation (SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC PCS 7 and SPPA-T3000)
with specific properties for Hardware-in-the-Loop or Software-in-the- The option of renting portfolio elements from the range of SIMIT
Loop. We execute the projects for you and achieve the best results products reduces the costs for a simulation environment. If these

3/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Simulation Platform

Function (continued)

components are required for validation or testing of the automation Siemens AG

for only a limited time, it is often more economical to rent them. The Digital Industries
rental components are always supplied with the latest hardware and Process Automation
software versions. We offer: DI PA SW ID MBS TS
• Rental licenses for SIMIT and SIMIT Virtual Controller Gerrit Wolf
Siemenspromenade 3
• Rental of SIMIT UNIT 91058 Erlangen
Germany
If you are interested in this offer and would like to receive more
information, please contact: Email: [email protected]

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMIT software packages SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0DL20-0AE5

Engineering XL
Note: Can only be used in conjunction Upgrade V11.1 -> V11.2
with a valid license/dongle V11.2
6DL8900-7XX00-0XB8-ZY01Y02
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0BL20-0AD5
SIMATIC License Carrier USB Stick Engineering Conversion Pack S -> M
SIMATIC License Carrier DL 6DL8900-7XX00-0XH8-ZY01Y02 V11.2
SIMATIC License USB Dongle 6DL8900-8XX00-0XB8-ZY01 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0CL20-0AD5
SIMATIC License USB Dongle (spare 6DL8900-8XX01-0XB8-ZY01 Engineering Conversion Pack M -> L
part) V11.2

SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0AL20-0AB5 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0DL20-0AD5
Engineering S V11.2 Engineering Conversion Pack L -> XL
V11.2
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0BL20-0AB5
Engineering M V11.2 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0AL20-0AK5
Engineering S
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0CL20-0AB5 Upgrade V11.1 -> V11.2 DL
Engineering L V11.2
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0BL20-0AK5
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0DL20-0AB5 Engineering M
Engineering XL V11.2 Upgrade V11.1 -> V11.2 DL
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0TL20-0AB5 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0CL20-0AK5
Player S V11.2 Engineering L
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0UL20-0AB5 Upgrade V11.1 -> V11.2 DL
Player M V11.2 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0DL20-0AK5
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0VL20-0AB5 Engineering XL
Player L V11.2 Upgrade V11.1 -> V11.2 DL
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0WL20-0AB5 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0BL20-0AJ5
Player XL V11.2 Engineering Conversion Pack S -
> M DL V11.2
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0AL20-0AH5
Engineering S DL V11.2 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0CL20-0AJ5
Engineering Conversion Pack M -
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0BL20-0AH5 > L DL V11.2
Engineering M DL V11.2
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0DL20-0AJ5
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0CL20-0AH5 Engineering Conversion Pack L -
Engineering L DL V11.2 > XL DL V11.2
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0DL20-0AH5 Extension libraries
Engineering XL DL V11.2
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0TL20-0AH5 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0EK20-0AB5
Player S DL V11.2 Component Type Editor
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0UL20-0AH5 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0FK20-0AB5
Player M DL V11.2 FLOWNET Library
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0VL20-0AH5 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0GK20-0AB5
Player L DL V11.2 CONTEC Library
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0WL20-0AH5 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0HK20-0AB5
Player XL DL V11.2 CHEM BASE Library
Upgrades SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0EK20-0AH5
Component Type Editor DL
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0AL20-0AE5 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0FK20-0AH5
Engineering S FLOWNET Library DL
Upgrade V11.1 -> V11.2
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0GK20-0AH5
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0BL20-0AE5 CONTEC Library DL
Engineering M
Upgrade V11.1 -> V11.2 SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0HK20-0AH5
CHEM BASE Library DL
SIMIT Simulation Platform Software 6DL8913-0CL20-0AE5
Engineering L
Upgrade V11.1 -> V11.2

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/25

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Simulation Platform

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

Software Update Service (SUS) SIMIT Simulation Software 6DL8913-0BX00-0AV8

Engineering M DL
Note: Under this contract, you receive Software Update Service for Simula­
all current software versions for a peri­ tion Software Engineering M; sub­
od of 1 year. The contract is automat­ scription contract for 1 year with auto­
ically extended by a further year matic renewal; requirement: current
unless canceled three months prior to software version
expiration. Period of delivery and ser­
vice: 1 year from date of invoice SIMIT Simulation Software 6DL8913-0CX00-0AV8
6DL8913-0AX00-0AL8
Engineering L DL
SIMIT Simulation Software Software Update Service for Simula­
Engineering S tion Software Engineering L; subscrip­
Software Update Service for Simula­ tion contract for 1 year with automatic
tion Software Engineering S; subscrip­ renewal; requirement: current soft­
tion contract for 1 year with automatic ware version
renewal; requirement: current soft­
ware version SIMIT Simulation Software 6DL8913-0DX00-0AV8
6DL8913-0BX00-0AL8
Engineering XL DL
SIMIT Simulation Software Software Update Service for Simula­
Engineering M tion Software Engineering XL; sub­
Software Update Service for Simula­ scription contract for 1 year with auto­
tion Software Engineering M; sub­ matic renewal; requirement: current
scription contract for 1 year with auto­ software version
matic renewal; requirement: current
software version SIMIT Simulation Software Player 6DL8913-0TX00-0AV8
6DL8913-0CX00-0AL8
S DL
SIMIT Simulation Software Software Update Service for Simula­
Engineering L tion Software Player S; subscription
Software Update Service for Simula­ contract for 1 year with automatic
tion Software Engineering L; subscrip­ renewal; requirement: current soft­
tion contract for 1 year with automatic ware version
renewal; requirement: current soft­
ware version SIMIT Simulation Software Player 6DL8913-0UX00-0AV8
6DL8913-0DX00-0AL8
M DL
SIMIT Simulation Software Software Update Service for Simula­
Engineering XL tion Software Player M; subscription
Software Update Service for Simula­ contract for 1 year with automatic
tion Software Engineering XL; sub­ renewal; requirement: current soft­
scription contract for 1 year with auto­ ware version
matic renewal; requirement: current
software version SIMIT Simulation Software Player 6DL8913-0VX00-0AV8
6DL8913-0TX00-0AL8
L DL
SIMIT Simulation Software Player S Software Update Service for Simula­
Software Update Service for Simula­ tion Software Player L; subscription
tion Software Player S; subscription contract for 1 year with automatic
contract for 1 year with automatic renewal; requirement: current soft­
renewal; requirement: current soft­ ware version
ware version
SIMIT Simulation Software Player 6DL8913-0WX00-0AV8
SIMIT Simulation Software Player M 6DL8913-0UX00-0AL8 XL DL
Software Update Service for Simula­ Software Update Service for Simula­
tion Software Player M; subscription tion Software Player XL; subscription
contract for 1 year with automatic contract for 1 year with automatic
renewal; requirement: current soft­ renewal; requirement: current soft­
ware version ware version
SIMIT Simulation Software Player L 6DL8913-0VX00-0AL8
Demonstration software
Software Update Service for Simula­
tion Software Player L; subscription Note: Limited functionality (see
contract for 1 year with automatic product information); no liability or
renewal; requirement: current soft­ warranty
ware version SIMIT demo version V11.2 Download in the Siemens Industry
SIMIT Simulation Software Player XL 6DL8913-0WX00-0AL8 Online Support Portal
Software Update Service for Simula­ Consulting and training offers
tion Software Player XL; subscription
contract for 1 year with automatic SIMIT Consulting 9AP1471-2AD00
renewal; requirement: current soft­ Consultation on analysis, design,
ware version project setup and test operation on a
SIMIT Simulation Software 6DL8913-0AX00-0AV8 daily basis
Engineering S DL Customer-specific training: Software-
Software Update Service for Simula­ in-the-loop simulation platform, hard­
tion Software Engineering S; subscrip­ ware-in-the-loop simulation platform
tion contract for 1 year with automatic and SIMIT VC interfaces
renewal; requirement: current soft­ Type of delivery: Written contract
ware version

More information

More information is available on the internet at:

http://www.siemens.com/simit

3/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Simulation

Engineering system
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Unit
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Unit

Overview Benefits

Bringing products to the market faster and with consistently high • Testing and training environments with real hardware (CPU)
quality requires an optimized engineering workflow in the automa­
tion and the shortest possible assembly and commissioning times • Flexible simulation and emulation environment for projects of any
for new production lines. The SIMIT simulation software permits size
real-time simulation and emulation for comprehensive examination • Synchronized simulation and emulation in real-time or virtual time
of automation solutions.
• Testing of original automation project
SIMIT simulates what SIMATIC automates
SIMIT is based on a uniform simulation platform that enables not • Higher quality for automation engineering configuration
only the virtual commissioning of the automation engineering of • Reduced commissioning time and risk due to pretesting
systems, machines and processes, but also realistic training environ­
ments for plant operators. This can be easily done directly at the • No simulation configuration in the automation project
workplace, even without requiring equipment or the need for in-
depth knowledge of simulation. Either a real or virtual automation
system can be used for the control.
Many efficient tests for detection and elimination of potential faults
can already be carried out before the real plant is even available,
e.g.:
• Application of correct identifications
• Testing of interconnection or interlocking logic
In this manner it is possible to optimize the quality of the configura­
tion process without a risk for the real plant.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/27

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Unit

Design

Since the models can be calculated in real time, SIMIT can be linked to are sent as message frames to the automation systems via the
the actual automation engineering ("hardware-in-the-loop"), using hardware interfaces (simulation unit). When SIMIT also simulates
the SIMIT unit for connection via the PROFINET or PROFIBUS inter­ the technological response of the system it becomes possible to
faces. The SIMIT units simulate the devices on PROFIB­ carry out a full system test, making it possible to perform commis­
US DP/PROFINET IO while the simulation values, influenced by SIMIT, sioning on the virtual model in an early phase of the project.

SIMATIC PCS 7
Operator station Engineering station

Industrial Ethernet

SIMATIC PCS 7/S7 SIMIT

Shared Memory/OPC

Remote Control
automation system Virtual Controller

Alternative
interfaces
PROFIBUS DP

PROFINET IO

(MPI/IE)
PRODAVE

PROFIBUS DP
SIMIT
ET 200M

Field
devices SIMIT
UNIT
Technological plant/unit

LT
T2659

G_PCS7_XX_00552
WT

LT

I/O signals Field devices Processes Visualization

Reactor
Manufacturing Process Real plant Simulated, virtual plant

SIMIT Simulation Platform for PCS 7

Function

Coupling with SIMIT allows an efficient engineering workflow for

hardware-in-the-loop simulation. The execution of load and safety
tests prior to actual commissioning adds greater protection for per­
sonnel and machines/plants and a time/cost reduction through early
error detection.
The following products are offered for simulating PROFINET and
PROFIBUS:
• SIMIT UNIT PB 2
• SIMIT UNIT PN 128
• SIMIT UNIT PN 256
PROFIBUS simulation
Using the SIMIT UNIT PB hardware interface, you can simulate the
complete behavior of up to 125 PROFIBUS slaves on the field bus,
reaction-free and in real time.
PROFINET simulation
Using the SIMIT UNIT PN hardware interface, you can simulate the
complete behavior of up to 256 PROFINET I/O devices on the field
bus, reaction-free and in real time.

3/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / SIMIT Unit

Selection and ordering data More information

SIMIT software packages More information is available on the internet at:

Note: Can only be used in conjunction http://www.siemens.com/simit
with a valid license/dongle V11.2
SIMIT UNIT PB 2 9AE4122-2AA00
2‑channel interface module for SIMIT
for simulation of PROFIBUS DP slaves
in a DP master system; maximum of
125 DP slaves per channel
SIMIT UNIT PN 128 9AE4120-2AA00
Single channel interface module for
SIMIT for simulation of 128 PROFINET
I/O devices
SIMIT UNIT PN 256 9AE4120-2AB00
Single channel interface module for
SIMIT for simulation of 256 PROFINET
I/O devices
Demonstration software
Note: Limited functionality (see
product information); no liability or
warranty
SIMIT demo version V11.0 Download in the Siemens Industry
Online Support Portal

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/29

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Simulation

Engineering system
SIMIT Simulation / Virtual Controller
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / Virtual Controller

Overview

SIMATIC PCS 7
Operator station Engineering station

Industrial Ethernet

SIMATIC PCS 7/S7 SIMIT

Shared Memory/OPC

Remote Control
automation system Virtual Controller

Alternative
interfaces
PROFIBUS DP

PROFINET IO

(MPI/IE)
PRODAVE
PROFIBUS DP
SIMIT
ET 200M

Field
devices SIMIT
UNIT
Technological plant/unit

LT
T2659

G_PCS7_XX_00552
WT

LT

I/O signals Field devices Processes Visualization

Reactor
Manufacturing Process Real plant Simulated, virtual plant

Application area and integration options of SIMIT

Bringing products to the market faster and with consistently high SIMIT Virtual Controller instances can emulate the SIMATIC
quality requires an optimized engineering workflow in the automation S7‑300/S7‑400 automation systems from the SIMATIC S7 and
and the shortest possible assembly and commissioning times for new SIMATIC PCS 7 product range used in an automation project.
production lines. The SIMIT simulation software permits real-time sim­ Many efficient tests for detection and elimination of potential faults
ulation and emulation for comprehensive examination of automation can already be carried out before the real plant is even available,
solutions. e.g.:
SIMIT simulates what SIMATIC automates • Application of correct identifications
SIMIT is based on a uniform simulation platform that enables not only
the virtual commissioning of the automation engineering of systems, • Testing of interconnection or interlocking logic
machines and processes, but also realistic training environments for In this manner it is possible to optimize the quality of the configura­
plant operators. This can be easily done directly at the workplace, tion process without a risk for the real plant.
even without requiring equipment or the need for in-depth know­
ledge of simulation. Either a real or virtual automation system is used
for the control, for example, the SIMIT Virtual Controller.

3/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / Virtual Controller

Benefits Design
• Testing and training environments without real hardware
• Virtual controllers for emulation of automation systems SIMATIC PCS 7/ Operator station Engineering station
WinCC
• Flexible simulation and emulation environment for projects of any
size
• Synchronized simulation and emulation in real-time or virtual time
• Testing of original automation project
Industrial Ethernet
• Higher quality for automation engineering configuration
• Reduced commissioning time and risk due to pretesting SIMIT Virtual Controller
• No simulation configuration in the automation project

Shared Memory/OPC

Remote Control
SIMIT Virtual Controller
SIMIT

G_PCS7_XX_00390
Simulated, virtual plant

SIMIT Virtual Controller

You can use SIMIT Virtual Controllers to implement testing and train­
ing systems of any size without physical hardware. This means you
can test the original automation programs completely before com­
missioning and train operators in the practical work with the con­
figured automation functions.
To do so, the SIMIT Engineering S–XL software package are exten­
ded with cumulative SIMIT Virtual Controller instances. SIMIT Virtual
Controller instances emulate the SIMATIC S7‑300, S7‑400 and
S7‑410 automation systems used in a SIMATIC S7 or SIMATIC PCS 7
automation project on the latest notebooks or desktop computers
with the Microsoft Windows operating system, or in a virtual envir­
onment (ESXi Server V7.0).
The following products are offered for emulation:
• SIMIT Virtual Controller software for 1 controller
• SIMIT Virtual Controller software for 5 controllers
Specification/Configuration
• Almost unlimited number of SIMIT Virtual Controllers, distributed
over multiple computers (max. 32 virtual controllers per SIMIT
Engineering)
• One SIMIT Engineering S–XL is required for each simulation system
(not included in the SIMIT Virtual Controller scope of supply)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/31

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / Virtual Controller

Function Selection and ordering data

When SIMIT is used in conjunction with the Virtual Controller, the SIMIT software packages
automation function can be tested in advance in the engineering
Note: Can only be used in conjunction
office without the physical hardware – from the sensor through the with a valid license/dongle V11.2
automation system and back down to the actuator.
SIMATIC License Carrier USB Stick 6DL8900-7XX00-0XB8-ZY01Y02
The user program is loaded in SIMATIC Manager into the automation
SIMATIC License Carrier DL 6DL8900-7XX00-0XH8-ZY01Y02
system emulated by the SIMIT Virtual Controller without modifica­
tions and started. It obtains the simulated I/O signals via the coup­ SIMATIC License USB Dongle 6DL8900-8XX00-0XB8-ZY01
ling of the emulated automation system from SIMIT. SIMATIC License USB Dongle (spare 6DL8900-8XX01-0XB8-ZY01
part)
SIMIT Virtual Controller
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0JL20-0AB5
SIMIT Virtual Controllers are high-performance emulation systems Full V11.2 (1 controller)
for the SIMATIC S7‑300, S7‑400 and S7‑410 automation systems
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0JL20-0AH5
which are integrated in SIMIT. Full V11.2 (1 controllers) DL
Special features SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0KL20-0AB5
• High degree of reusability of the information from the engineering Full V11.2 (5 controllers)
system SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0KL20-0AH5
Full V11.2 (5 controllers) DL
• SIMIT Virtual Controller are synchronized with each other SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0NL20-0AB5
• The automation system is loaded by means of the engineering sys­ 300 V11.2 (1 controller)
tem as in the actual automation system SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0NL20-0AH5
300 V11.2 (1 controller) DL
• Runtime is independent of the engineering system SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0PL20-0AB5
• Automation programs can run in virtual time (faster or slower than 300 V11.2 (5 controllers)
in real-time) SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0PL20-0AH5
300 V11.2 (5 controllers) DL
• Current states of the SIMIT Virtual Controller and the SIMIT simula­ SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0QL20-0AB5
tion model can be saved in the shared snapshot Entry / SIS V11.2 (1 controller)
System and communication functions SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0QL20-0AH5
Entry / SIS V11.2 (1 controller) DL
For detailed information on supported SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0RL20-0AB5
system and communication functions, as well as communication
Entry / SIS V11.2 (5 controllers)
services, see the SIMIT V11.2 manual:
(manual not yet available) SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0RL20-0AH5
Entry / SIS V11.2 (5 controllers) DL
Note:
Upgrades
The SIMIT Virtual Controller does not support, among others:
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0JL20-0AE5
• BRAUMAT Classic Full (1 controller) Upgrade
V11.1 > V11.2
• Data record communication
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0JL20-0AK5
• Named Connections via RFC1006 Full (1 controller) Upgrade
V11.1 > V11.2 DL
• Communication blocks TSEND, TRECV 6DL8913-0KL20-0AE5
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software
Full (5 controllers) Upgrade
V11.1 > V11.2
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0KL20-0AK5
Full (5 controllers) Upgrade
V11.1 > V11.2 DL
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0NL20-0AE5
300 (1 controller) Upgrade
V11.1 > V11.2
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0NL20-0AK5
300 (1 controller) Upgrade
V11.1 > V11.2 DL
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0PL20-0AE5
300 (5 controllers) Upgrade
V11.1 > V11.2
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0PL20-0AK5
300 (5 controllers) Upgrade
V11.1 > V11.2 DL
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0QL20-0AE5
Entry / SIS (1 controller) Upgrade
V11.1 > V11.2
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0QL20-0AK5
Entry / SIS (1 controller) Upgrade
V11.1 > V11.2 DL

3/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Engineering system
Simulation
SIMIT Simulation / Virtual Controller

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0RL20-0AE5 SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0QX00-0AL8
Entry / SIS (1 controller) Upgrade Entry / SIS (1 controller)
V11.1 > V11.2 Software Update Service for Virtual
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0RL20-0AK5 Controller Software Entry / SIS 1VC;
Entry / SIS (1 controller) Upgrade subscription contract for 1 year, with
V11.1 > V11.2 DL automatic renewal; requirement: cur­
rent software version
Software Update Service (SUS)
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0QX00-0AV8
Note: Under this contract, you receive Entry / SIS (1 controller) DL
all current software versions for a peri­ Software Update Service for Virtual
od of 1 year. The contract is automat­ Controller Software Entry / SIS 1VC;
ically extended by a further year subscription contract for 1 year, with
unless canceled three months prior to automatic renewal; requirement: cur­
expiration. Period of delivery and ser­ rent software version
vice: 1 year from date of invoice SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0RX00-0AL8
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software (1 6DL5260-0DA00-2YL8 Entry / SIS (5 controllers)
controller) Software Update Service for Virtual
Software Update Service for Virtual Controller Software Entry / SIS 5VC;
Controller Software Full 1VC; subscrip­ subscription contract for 1 year, with
tion contract for 1 year, with automat­ automatic renewal; requirement: cur­
ic renewal; requirement: current soft­ rent software version
ware version SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0RX00-0AV8
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL5260-0DA00-2YV8 Entry / SIS (5 controllers) DL
Full (1 controller) DL Software Update Service for Virtual
Software Update Service for Virtual Controller Software Entry / SIS 5VC;
Controller Software Full 1VC; subscrip­ subscription contract for 1 year, with
tion contract for 1 year, with automat­ automatic renewal; requirement: cur­
ic renewal; requirement: current soft­ rent software version
ware version Demonstration software
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software (5 6DL5260-0DB00-2YL8
controllers) Note: Limited functionality (see
Software Update Service for Virtual product information); no liability or
Controller Software Full 5VC; subscrip­ warranty
tion contract for 1 year, with automat­ SIMIT demo version V11.2 Download in the Siemens Industry
ic renewal; requirement: current soft­ Online Support Portal
ware version
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL5260-0DB00-2YV8
Full (5 controllers) DL
Software Update Service for Virtual More information
Controller Software Full 5VC; subscrip­
tion contract for 1 year, with automat­ More information is available on the internet at:
ic renewal; requirement: current soft­
ware version http://www.siemens.com/simit
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0NX00-0AL8
300 (1 controller)
Software Update Service for Virtual
Controller Software 300 1VC; sub­
scription contract for 1 year, with
automatic renewal; requirement: cur­
rent software version
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0NX00-0AV8
300 (1 controller) DL
Software Update Service for Virtual
Controller Software 300 1VC; sub­
scription contract for 1 year, with
automatic renewal; requirement: cur­
rent software version
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0PX00-0AL8
300 (5 controllers)
Software Update Service for Virtual
Controller Software 300 5VC; sub­
scription contract for 1 year, with
automatic renewal; requirement: cur­
rent software version
SIMIT Virtual Controller Software 6DL8913-0PX00-0AV8
300 (5 controllers) DL
Software Update Service for Virtual
Controller Software 300 5VC; sub­
scription contract for 1 year, with
automatic renewal; requirement: cur­
rent software version

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 3/33

 4
© Siemens AG 2024

SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator

4/2 SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accel­

erator
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator

SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator

SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator

Overview

Data
synchronization

Equipment Module Types

Control Module Types

Equipment Modules

Control Modules

Interlock Logic

Technological Hierarchy
SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC PCS 7
Hardware Configuration
PA Accelerator
Symbol Table

Data exchange between SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator and SIMATIC PCS 7

Performance in engineering
With regard to planning and engineering, performance can be
equated with minimizing time and costs. "Integrated Engineering"
offers a unique approach here: an integrated planning workflow from
the description of the process to the automation program.
Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator (PAA), both
engineers and planning offices and end users can significantly reduce
their configuration and commissioning costs while simultaneously
improving the quality of engineering.
PAA expands the functionality for plant configuration and documenta­
tion. To improve efficiency in plant engineering, the PAA provides
support generating offers with a plant topology plan and the bills of
materials to the automatic generation of SIMATIC PCS 7 data from
electrical and function diagrams.

Plant topology plan

4/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator

SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator

Overview (continued)

Electrical planning

If electrical planning has been carried out with planning tools from
other manufacturers, this data can be imported in Microsoft Excel
format using signal or process tag lists.

Bills of materials

Benefits
• Reduced customizing and planning time with integrated processes
for engineering, automation and operation
• Shorter project terms with consistent and simple data synchroniza­
tion between engineering and automation
• Increased plant availability with error-free data transfer and system
documentation that is always up-to-date
• Increased engineering efficiency and cost reductions with optim­
ized change management

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 4/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator

SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator

Function Function (continued)

Data changes can be undertaken at both ends and exchanged bid­

irectionally. If the user triggers data exchange, all changes are listed
in a comparison and the user can select which changes are to be
applied.
The automation hardware, the automation software and their inter­
connections are generated automatically when signal lists are expor­
ted from an external plan.

Function diagram

The PAA is thus the first product to offer the direct connection of a
DCS system (SIMATIC PCS 7) to an automation-neutral tool for plant
engineering (COMOS) and thus represents a significant step towards
the digital plant.

More information
Engineering wizard
Ordering information
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Plant Automation Accelerator (PAA) cannot be
Engineering wizards efficiently support hardware engineering. The ordered through this catalog or the Industry Mall. Please get in
PAA uses the complete basic functional scope of COMOS products touch with your regional contact.
with
• User administration
• Change management with working layers
• Scalability
The PAA automatically generates hardware and software documents
for redocumentation of existing SIMATIC PCS 7 projects.

Assembly plan

4/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 5
© Siemens AG 2024

Operator System

5/2 Introduction
5/5 OS software
5/6 OS standard software for single sta­
tion/server/client
5/11 SFC Visualization
5/12 OS redundancy
5/19 Operator control and monitoring via
Web
5/19 SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Introduction

Operator System
Introduction

Overview Benefits
• High-performance operator stations based on versatile, robust­
SIMATIC Process Control System IPC, optimized for use inIndustrial
environments
• Flexible, modular architecture with scalable hardware andsoftware
components for
- Single-user systems (OS single stations) with up to 8 500 process
objects
- Flat system configurations based on a redundantOS single station
pairs, expandable with reference stations onup to 8 OS single sta­
tions
- Client/server multi-user systems with up to 18 OS servers/server
pairsfor 12 000 process objects (PO) each and up to 40 OS clients
• High-performance archiving system based on Microsoft SQL Server
withcircular archives and integrated archive backup, optionally
expandablethrough long-term archiving with the Process Historian

The Operator System of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system • Self-diagnostics of important OS server applications
allows easy and safe control of the process by the operating person­ • Copying of modifications without interfering with ongoingopera­
nel. The operator can observe the process sequence by means of tion and online testing by selectively loading redundant servers
various views and intervene to control the system when necessary.
The operator system architecture is extremely variable and can be • Optimized AS/OS communication:
flexibly adapted to different plant architectures and customer Data transmission only following change in data, independent of
requirements. AS reply cycle;suppression of flutter messages
The basis is perfectly coordinated operator stations for single-user • User-friendly process control and high operational reliability with
systems (OS single stations) and for multi-user systems with cli­ supportof multi-screen technology
ent/server architecture.
The system software of the operator stations can be expanded by • Extended status displays through combination of status/analog val­
cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 and ueswith alarm information
5 000 process objects (PO) up to the following configuration limits: • Highly effective alarm management provides support for operating
• 8 500 PO per OS single station personnel

• 12 000 POs per OS server (with client/server architecture) - Assignment of priorities with up to 16 message priorities as addi­
tional attribute to the message classes
- Visual and acoustic suppression of messages that are irrelevant
depending on the operating status (dynamic or manual)
- Suppression of sensor/actuator alarms during commissioning or
in case of malfunction
• Central user administration with access control and electronic sig­
nature
• Sign-of-life monitoring for lower-level systems connected to the
plant bus
• System-wide time synchronization based on UTC (Universal Time
Coordinated)

5/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
Introduction

Design Design (continued)

All operator stations are based on modern SIMATIC Process Control Depending on the version (IE or BCE), the OS single station can be
System IPCs optimized for use as OS single station, OS client or connected to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus via one of the follow­
OS server. The SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs are suitable for ing network components:
use in harsh industrial environments and are characterized by • IE: CP 1623 communications module (preinstalled in SIMAT­
powerful industrial PC technology combined with a Windows
IC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation) for communication with max. 64
Desktop operating system (Windows 10 2019/2021 LTSC) or a Win­
automation systems
dows Server operating system (Windows Server 2019/2022) from
Microsoft. Standard components and interfaces from the PC world • BCE: Standard Ethernet network adapter (10/100/1000 Mbps) and
offer generous scope for system-, customer- or sector-specific Basic Communication Ethernet for communication with up to 8
options and expansions. automation systems (no redundancy stations)
The operating system and the following ES/OS software of the Two 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 ports are always integrated
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system are preinstalled: onboard for use as desired.
• Single station: PCS 7 Engineering Software for AS/OS including The OS engineering is located as standard in a separate engineering
OS Runtime software system.
• Server: PCS 7 OS Software Server Multi-user system with client/server architecture
• Client: PCS 7 OS Software Client
OS clients
You only need the corresponding software licenses in order to use
(max. 40 in multi-client mode)
the preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 software.
Depending on the customer's particular requirements, you can equip
an OS single station, OS server or OS client with optional hardware Archive Server
components, such as:
• Hardware and software components for redundant operation
• Smart card reader for access protection
Terminal bus
• Multi-monitor graphics card for operation of up to 4 process monit­
ors OS servers
(max. 18
• Process monitors for office and industrial environments

G_PCS7_XX_00071
redundant)
See section "Industrial Workstation/IPC" for ordering data and
detailed information on the scope of supply and technology of the
SIMATIC Process Control System IPC as well as available Industrial Ethernet
options/expansions. Automation systems

Single-user system (OS single station) Example of multi-user system

In a single station system architecture, all operation and monitoring
functions for a complete project (plant/unit) are concentrated in one
station. A multi-user system consists of operator stations (OS clients) which
receive data (project data, process values, archive data, alarms and
This OS single station can be operated on the plant bus together messages) from one or more OS servers over a terminal bus. The ter­
with other single-user systems or parallel to a multi-user system. minal bus can share the transmission medium with the plant bus or
Redundant operation of two OS single stations (SIMATIC PCS 7 it can be designed as a separate bus (Industrial Ethernet with
Single Station Redundancy) and their expansion with reference sta­ TCP/IP).
tions into a flat system configuration with up to 8 OS single stations
is also possible. In this architecture, redundant OS Servers may be set up to meet
higher availability requirements. Critical applications running on the
OS Server are monitored by Health Check for software faults that
OS Single OS Single OS Single may trigger redundancy failover. Synchronization of the redundant
Station 1 Station 2 Station 8 OS Servers takes place automatically and at high speed.
OS Clients can access the data of not only one OS Server/server pair,
but from several OS Servers/pairs of servers simultaneously (multi-
..... client mode). This makes it possible to divide a plant into technolo­
gical units and to distribute the data accordingly to several OS serv­
ers/pairs of servers. In addition to scalability, the advantage of dis­
tributed systems is the ability to decouple plant units from each oth­
Plant bus er, which results in higher availability.
The OS Servers are designed in addition with client functions which
permit them to access the data (archives, messages, tags, variables)
G_PCS7_XX_00343

from the other OS Servers of the multi-user system. This means that
process displays on one OS Server can also be linked with variables
on other OS Servers (area-independent displays).
Process Historian S7-400H Like the OS single stations, OS servers can be connected to the
Industrial Ethernet plant bus using one of the following network
components:
• IE: CP 1623 communications module (preinstalled in SIMAT­
Example of a flat system architecture
IC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation) for communication with max. 64
automation systems

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 5/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
Introduction

Design (continued) Technical specifications

• BCE: Standard Ethernet network adapter (10/100/1000 Mbps) and Definitions
Basic Communication Ethernet for communication with up to 8 OS tag An OS tag or parameter is a defined memory location required for
automation systems (no redundancy stations) operator control and monitoring with the Operator System; values
can be written into it and read from it (e.g. setpoint, actual value
Two 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 ports onboard can be used to etc.).
connect to the terminal bus. Process object A process object (PO) is synonymous with a block that can be
(PO) operated and monitored. A PO usually has several OS tags (which can
Data archiving be operated and monitored). The number of OS tags differs
The OS single stations and OS servers already include a high-per­ depending on the block type. For example, motors or valves require
fewer tags than closed-loop controls or dosing units.
formance archiving system, configurable in runtime, based on
Licensing Licensing and license verification of the OS software for
Microsoft SQL Server with circular archives for short-term archiving SIMATIC PCS 7 are based on the process objects.
of process values (typically for 1 to 4 weeks) and messages/events Every block fulfilling the following criteria is counted and calculated
(typically for 2 months). This may be combined with an external as a PO:
data archiving system for long-term data storage. The Process His­ • The block is not a driver block.
torian offered in the section "Process data archiving and reporting" is • The block can be operated and monitored.
available for this purpose. • This block can handle messages.
The license verification also takes into account the sum of all OS tags
The archive data can be saved on all memory media supported by used.
the operating system, for example on a NAS drive.

OS quantity framework
Max. number of OS single stations 8
Max. number of OS servers/pairs of servers 18
Max. number of automation systems per OS 64
server/pair of servers
Max. number of OS clients in multi-client 40
mode1) per multi-user system
Max. number of monitors per operator 4
station with multi-channel operation
Max. number of OS areas 64
Max. number of windows per monitor 1 to 16 (adjustable)
Number of trends per trend window 10
Selection time for OS area display <2s
(100 process symbols)
Max. number of configurable messages per 200 000
server
Max. number of configurable process objects Approx. 216 000
Max. number of configurable process tags Approx. 128 0002)
Integral high-performance archive system
(circular buffer), based on Microsoft SQL
server, for:
• Process value archiving (per OS serv­ Approx. 1 500/s
er/single station)
• Message archiving (per OS server/single Permanent load approx. 10/s
station) Reporting surge approx. 3 000 / 4 s

1) If every OS client has access to all OS servers/pairs of servers

2) Approx. 300 000 I/O

5/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
OS software

Operator System
OS software

Overview Design (continued)

The SIMATIC Process Control System IPC, the operating system, and Multi-user system with client/server architecture
the OS software are matched to one another in accordance with the Volume licenses (optional)
application as OS single station, OS server or OS client. SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime License for adding OS Runtime POs 1 2
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Archive for expansion of short-term circular 1 2
Design buffer archive
OS client
The OS standard software is pre-configured for the corresponding with Windows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC operating system;
OS single station, OS server or OS client as the target system, and connection for terminal bus onboard
preinstalled on it. You only need the corresponding software SIMATIC Process Control System IPC for OS client
licenses in order to use it. • SIMATIC Process Control System IPC for OS client, alternatively 1
with onboard standard graphics or with multi-monitor graphics
This basic level can be extended using additive software compon­ card
ents and licenses.
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client IPC BX-39A / PX-39A (Microbox) 1
You can equip OS single stations and OS clients, for example, with
OS standard software
SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization and SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix View­
er. SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client 1
Supplementary OS software (optional)
Redundant system configurations are also possible with OS single
SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization 1
stations and OS servers. See "OS redundancy" in the "Operator Sys­
tem" section for details. SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Viewer 1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Viewer (see "Engineering", 1
The following tables provide a selection aid for ordering an operator "SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix" section)
station. Depending on whether a redundant or non-redundant
design is selected, the tables indicate the respectively required num­
ber. Note on Microsoft SQL Server software
The "SQL Server" software from Microsoft which is delivered togeth­
• SIMATIC Process Control System IPC
er with SIMATIC PCS 7 is exclusively intended for this process control
• Licenses for OS standard software system.
• Volume licenses (quantity options)
• Licenses for optional supplementary OS software

Single-user system
OS single station Redundancy
with Windows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC operating system without with
SIMATIC Process Control System IPC for ES/OS single station
• With BCE communication for up to 8 automation systems 1 2

• With Industrial Ethernet (IE) communication 1 2

Additional IE communication software for SIMATIC Process
Control System IPC with IE communication
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack 1 2
OS standard software
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station 1 –
SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station Redundancy – 1
Volume licenses and supplementary OS software (optional)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime License for adding OS Runtime POs 1 2
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Archive for expansion of short-term circular 1 2
buffer archive
SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization 1 2
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Viewer 1 2

Multi-user system with client/server architecture

OS server Redundancy
with Windows Server 2019/2022 operating system without with
SIMATIC Process Control System IPC for OS server
• With BCE communication for up to 8 automation systems (no 1 2
redundancy stations)
• With Industrial Ethernet communication 1 2
Additional IE communication software for SIMATIC Process
Control System IPC with IE communication
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack 1 2
OS standard software
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Server 1 –
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Server Redundancy – 1

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 5/5

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
OS software

Operator System
OS standard software for single station/server/client
OS software
OS standard software for single station/server/client

Overview

PCS 7 software incl. packaging

The OS standard software is adapted to the SIMATIC Process Control

System IPCs offered (OS single station, OS server and OS client).
It can be adapted to plants of various sizes by adding cumulative
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime licenses for sets of 100, 1 000 and
5 000 process objects (PO). The expansion limits are
• 8 500 PO per OS single station
• 12 000 PO per OS server
The high-performance circular buffer archiving system integrated in
the OS standard software for OS single station and OS server for
temporary archiving can be expanded up to the maximum limit of
10 000 tags with cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 OS volume licenses.
The OS standard software for a redundant pair of OS servers or two
redundant OS single stations is combined in a package (SIMAT­
IC PCS 7 OS Software Server Redundancy or SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Soft­
ware Single Station Redundancy). See section "OS redundancy" for
details.
Subsequent conversion of the software license from OS Single
Station to OS Server
It frequently happens in practice that systems based on OS Single
Stations are later expanded to client-server configurations. The
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack Single Station to Server
allows you to subsequently convert the software license of your
existing OS single station to an OS server license.

5/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
OS software
OS standard software for single station/server/client

Function

OS process control with freely-positionable windows

Graphical user interface (GUI) TrendControls function for table displays and curve displays
The pre-defined user interface of the Operator System has all the fea­
tures typical of a control system. It is multilingual, clearly structured,
ergonomic and easy to understand. Operators can survey the process
extremely easily, and rapidly navigate between different views of the
plant. The system supports them in this process with hierarchical dis­
play structures that can be configured as required. These facilitate the
direct selection of lower-level areas during process control. The cur­
rent position within the hierarchy can always be recognized in a win­
dow of the Picture Tree Manager.
Process displays and process tags can also be called directly by their
name, or by a "Loop-in-alarm" starting from a selected message. An
online language selector permits the user to change the display lan­
guage during runtime.
The representative functional display of the plant is supported by a
high-quality, modern design. The global appearance can be set using
pre-defined or user-specific designs: color palette, colors, styles (fill
patterns), optical effects (2D/3D, shading, transparency, colored iden­
tification of an image object when selected, etc.). These can be
changed locally for each image object.
The design is also defined using a wide range of attractive elements
provided by the Graphics Designer during configuration in the engin­
eering system. Trend window on the operator station
Process tag browser
With TrendControls the operator can display archived values:
The SIMATIC PCS 7 process tag browser enables status information
from APL-based process tags to be displayed, filtered and sorted. Pro­ • Archive tags from the process value archive
cess tags that have a certain status can then be quickly identified and
selected. The faceplate of a process tag can be selected directly in the • Online values of process tags from tag management
process display via the Loop In function. The query results of the pro­ The display is in relation to time (table/trend window) or in relation
cess tag browser can be saved and printed out. to another value (function window).
The time can be defined statically (absolute, as configured) or
dynamically (in relation to the actual system time) as:
• Start and end times
• Start time and period
• Start time and number of measuring points
All TrendControls have scrolling functions and a function for dir­
ectly selecting the start or end.
During runtime, operators can individually adapt the TrendControls
functions which have already been pre-defined during plant config­
uration, and save the settings globally or user-specific. They are
able to change the data link during runtime, and to access other
data. It is also possible to integrate exported archive databases
online.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 5/7

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
OS software
OS standard software for single station/server/client

Function (continued)

APL Operator Trend Control • Message sequence log

The APL Operator Trend Control coordinated with the Advanced Pro­ • Message and archive log
cess Library offers another option to the operator for flexible online
compilation of trends. The values for the trend display are selected • Measured value log
with a simple mouse click, in which case the value range and unit are
• Operator activity log
adopted automatically by the process tag. The selection made can be
subsequently adjusted by adding and removing values. In addition, • System message log
messages corresponding to the trend selection can be called.
• User log
AlarmControl function for message display and processing
Up to 200 000 messages can be configured per OS single station / OS However, a page layout editor can be used to create completely
server: new page layouts or to individually adapt pre-defined ones. Log
objects to be printed are simply selected from the editor's object
Pre-defined system messages, triggered by a system event palette, positioned and configured.
• Individual or group messages, initiated by a change in process states Data archiving
• Operator input messages, resulting from the manual operation of The high-performance archiving system, configurable at runtime, in
objects the OS standard software of OS single stations and OS servers tem­
porarily records process values and messages/events (alarms) in cir­
The message system integrated in the Operator System records these cular archives. Intervals of approximately 1 to 4 weeks for process
process messages and local events, saves them in message archives, values and approximately 2 months for alarms are typical for this
and displays them using message lists. short-term archiving. Data from the circular archives can be expor­
Flexible setting options for audio output support message signaling ted time-controlled or event-controlled to the Process Historian for
with a sound card or by controlling external horns via a signal mod­ permanent archiving. See the "Process data archiving and report­
ule. ing" section for information on this
The "Loop-in-alarm" and "Select display using process tag" functions Central user administration, access control and electronic sig­
support the quick evaluation and resolution of faults. Using "Loop-in- nature
alarm", the operator can jump directly from a message selected in the
With SIMATIC Logon, the Operator System has central user adminis­
message window to the process display with the object which caused
tration with access control that complies with the validation
the fault, and can then call up the associated faceplate (loop display)
requirements of 21 CFR Part 11. The administrator can divide the
through the process tag whose block icon is colored (cyan). The face­
users into groups and assign differently defined access rights
plate window (loop display) can be anchored so that it remains visible
(roles) to these groups. The operator obtains the specific rights
even when the display is changed.
when logging on within the scope of the access control. Apart from
Group displays visually signal the messages currently present in the the keyboard, an optional smart card reader, for example, can be
process display. They also provide information on whether messages used as the logon device. In addition, SIMATIC Logon offers the
are disabled or not. "electronic signature" function.
SIMATIC Logon is fully integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7. In the context
of SIMATIC PCS 7, no software licenses need to be ordered for this.
For more information on SIMATIC Logon as well as ordering data
for an optional smart card reader, see "Expansion components,
Smart card reader" in the "Industrial Workstation/IPC" section.

Operator station message list

Reporting and logging system

The project created during configuration is documented with the
reporting system. The logging system allows an easy-to-read printout
of data acquired during operation. Different types of pre-defined logs
are available:

5/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
OS software
OS standard software for single station/server/client

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

OS software Single Station SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Server

ASIA V10.0
Runs with the following operating sys­ incl. 100 OS Runtime PO
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for 2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
the latest information1)): ware class A, single license for
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 1 installation
LTSC With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Single Package ASIA
Station V10.0 Goods delivery
incl. 100 OS Runtime PO ASIA license key on USB flash drive
5 languages (English, German, and Certificate of License, bundled
French, Italian, Spanish), software with 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
class A, single license for 1 installation Media Package ASIA per order item
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media • ASIA 6ES7658-2BA78-0CA0
Package
• SN ASIA (including SOFTNET RED­ 6ES7658-2BA78-6CA0
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2AA78-0YA0 CONNECT)
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License, bundled with 1 × Volume licenses (quantity options)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age per order item Runtime licenses for PO expansion for
OS software Single Station/OS software
6ES7658-2AA78-0YH0 Server
• Online delivery
License key download and online
Certificate of License, combined SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime License
with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media For extending the OS Runtime POs,
Package (software download and cumulative
online Certificate of License) Language-neutral, software class A,
: Email address required! single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Single Media Package
Station ASIA V10.0 • Goods delivery
incl. 100 OS Runtime PO License key on USB flash drive and
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­ Certificate of License
ware class A, single license for
1 installation - 100 POs 6ES7658-2XA00-0XB0
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
- 1 000 POs 6ES7658-2XB00-0XB0
Package ASIA
Goods delivery - 5 000 POs 6ES7658-2XC00-0XB0
ASIA license key on USB hardlock and
Certificate of License, bundled with • Online delivery
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media License key download and online
Package ASIA per order item Certificate of License
: Email address required!
• ASIA 6ES7658-2AA78-0CA0
- 100 POs 6ES7658-2XA00-0XH0
• SN ASIA (including SOFTNET RED­ 6ES7658-2AA78-6CA0
CONNECT) - 1 000 POs 6ES7658-2XB00-0XH0

OS software Server - 5 000 POs 6ES7658-2XC00-0XH0

Runs with the following operating sys­ Expansion of integrated high-perform­

tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for ance circular buffer archive (512 tags) of
OS Single Station and OS Server
the latest information1)):
• Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­ SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Archive
ard Edition Cumulative archive licenses, inde­
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Server pendent of language, software class
V10.0 A, single license for 1 installation
incl. 100 OS Runtime PO Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
5 languages (English, German, Media Package
French, Italian, Spanish), software • Goods delivery
class A, single license for 1 installation License key on USB flash drive and
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Certificate of License
Package
- 1 500 tags 6ES7658-2EA00-2YB0
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2BA78-0YA0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ - 5 000 tags 6ES7658-2EB00-2YB0
ficate of License, bundled with 1 × - 10 000 tags 6ES7658-2EC00-2YB0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age per order item - 30 000 tags 6ES7658-2ED00-2YB0

• Online delivery 6ES7658-2BA78-0YH0 • Online delivery

License key download and online License key download and online
Certificate of License, combined Certificate of License
with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media : Email address required!
Package (software download and
- 1 500 tags 6ES7658-2EA00-2YH0
online Certificate of License)
: Email address required! - 5 000 tags 6ES7658-2EB00-2YH0

- 10 000 tags 6ES7658-2EC00-2YH0

- 30 000 tags 6ES7658-2ED00-2YH0

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 5/9

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
OS software
OS standard software for single station/server/client

Selection and ordering data (continued) More information

OS software Client Regional product variants

Runs with the following operating sys­ All SIMATIC PCS 7 software products are designed for international
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for use, in other words there is only one product variant for worldwide
the latest information1)): use and this is offered in up to 5 languages: English, German,
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 French, Italian and Spanish. However, the number of supported lan­
LTSC guages is not standard; it can vary from product to product.
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client In addition, a regional "ASIA" product variant will also be offered for
V10.0 the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package and specific SIMAT­
5 languages (English, German,
IC PCS 7 software products of the "Engineering System" and "Operat­
French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, floating license for 1 user or System" system components. The ASIA products are available in
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software two languages: English and Chinese (simplified). They are explicitly
Media Package identified in the name by the suffix "ASIA". If a product listed in this
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2CX78-0YB5 catalog does not have the suffix "ASIA" in its name, it can always be
License key on USB flash drive and used globally. However, the following restriction applies: If a region­
Certificate of License al ASIA product is offered, the counterpart for international use does
6ES7658-2CX78-0YH5
not support the Asian languages (currently Chinese simplified)
• Online delivery
License key download and online present in the ASIA product. The products for international use, i.e.
Certificate of License products without the suffix "ASIA", are not intended as the basis for
: Email address required! Runtime systems with fonts in Asian languages.
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client The following special points must be observed as a result of the
ASIA V10.0 definition of separate products for installation software and licenses.
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­ The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available in the form of
ware class A, floating license for two data storage medium packages:
1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software • SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
Media Package ASIA
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2CX78-0CB5
ASIA license key on USB flash drive The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with the
and Certificate of License SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA. SIMATIC PCS 7 soft­
Conversion of the software license ware licenses for which there is no ASIA counterpart can be used
from OS single station to OS server with both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages
Runs with the following operating sys­
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for
the latest information1)):
• Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­
ard Edition
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software
ConversionPack Single Station to
Server V10.0
For conversion of an operator station
from OS single station to OS server
Supports all languages of the OS soft­
ware Single Station, software class A,
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2BA78-0YD0
License key on USB flash drive and
Certificate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7658-2BA78-0YJ0
License key download and online
Certificate of License
: Email address required!
1)See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"
For more information on the Software Media Package, see section "Software
Media and Logistics", under "Software Packages".

5/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
OS software

Operator System
SFC Visualization
OS software
SFC Visualization

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization

V10.0
For displaying and operating SFC
sequence controls on an operator sta­
tion
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A
Runs with the following operating sys­
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for
the latest information1)):
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021
LTSC
• Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­
ard Edition
Floating license for 1 user, without
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-0XD78-2YB5
License key on USB flash drive and
The OS standard software can be expanded with the SIMAT­ Certificate of License
IC PCS 7 SFC Visualization. This allows you to display and operate • Online delivery 6ES7652-0XD78-2YH5
configured sequential controls on the engineering system. License key download and online
In an overview display it is possible, for example, to open step and Certificate of License
transition displays and to present step comments or dynamically : Email address required!
supplied step enabling conditions. 1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 5/11

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
OS redundancy

Operator System
OS redundancy

Overview

SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator Station

OS single stations and OS servers can have a redundant design if

necessary. The following program packages are available:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station Redundancy for setup of redund­
antOS single stations
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Server Redundancy for setup of redundantOS serv­
ers
For optimizing internal communication, connect the two stations of
the redundant OS single station/OS server pair to each other via an
Ethernet cable, e.g. cross-over network cable with RJ45 connectors
(up to 100 m). The cable material is to be ordered separately in each
case:
Depending on the ambient conditions and the distance involved, the
Ethernet connection between the two redundant stations can be
implemented either as an electrical or optical connection. For more
information, refer to the "SIMATIC PCS 7 High Availability Process
Control Systems" manual; for suitable cable material and other
accessories, see Catalog IK PI (Industrial Communication).
What further components are required depends on the plant archi­
tecture. The design of the plant bus and terminal bus is of particular
importance, as well as the type and number of subordinate automa­
tion systems. The maximum requirements are determined by the
redundant configuration shown in the figure with a fault-tolerant
automation system and two redundant rings each for the plant bus
and terminal bus.

5/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
OS redundancy

Design

The following table provides an overview of which components are required for a redundant OS Single Station or OS pair of servers depend­
ing on certain criteria:

Hardware and software components Up to 8 AS per Single 9 to 64 AS per Single Min. 1 redundant AS
Station or server pair Station or server pair
SIMATIC Process Control System IPC, version ES/OS single station or
OS server

• Incl. Ethernet network adapter 10/100/1000 Mbps and BCE communication 2 – –

• Incl. CP 1623 and SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 2 (alternative to BCE) 2 2
Software

SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station/Server Redundancy 1 1 1

SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack – – 2
Connection to redundant plant bus

• BCE Desktop adapter network adapter 2 – –

• CP 1623 Communications module 2 (alternative to BCE) 2 2
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 2 (alternative to BCE) 2 2
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT (1 ring) – – 2
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT (2 rings) 2 2 2
Connection to redundant terminal bus with PRP (2 rings)

SOFTNET‑IE RNA communication software 1 × per PCS 7 station on 1 × per PCS 7 station on 1 × per PCS 7 station on
the terminal bus the terminal bus the terminal bus
Integration of non-PRP-enabled terminal devices in redundant terminal
bus with PRP

SCALANCE X204RNA 1 × for 2 terminal devices 1 × for 2 terminal devices 1 × for 2 terminal devices

Connection to plant bus

Redundant OS single stations / OS servers Redundant OS single stations / OS servers

with BCE communication with CP 1623 communication

• FastEthernet card • CP 1623 • CP 1623

• PCS 7 single station • SIMATIC NET • SIMATIC NET
redundancy or HARDNET-IE S7 HARDNET-IE S7 software
PCS 7 server software + SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
redundancy • PCS 7 single station S7-REDCONNECT
redundancy or PowerPack
PCS 7 server • PCS 7 single station
redundancy redundancy or
PCS 7 server redundancy

Plant bus Plant bus Plant bus

G_PCS7_XX_00143

Max. 8 automation systems Max. 64 automation systems Redundant

per single station/pair of servers per single station/pair of servers automation systems

Components for connection of redundant OS Single Stations / OS Servers on the plant bus

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 5/13

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
OS redundancy

Design (continued)

Connection to terminal bus

Redundant
servers
Client Client

Redundant Industrial Ethernet

plant bus (double ring)
SCALANCE
X204RNA

G_PCS7_XX_00334
Terminal bus, ring 1 Terminal bus, ring 2
Redundant
automation
system

Redundant plant bus

G_PCS7_XX_00333
The Operator Systems (Single Stations or Servers) communicate with
the automation systems via the Industrial Ethernet plant bus. The fol­
lowing special points must be observed for redundant configurations:
Redundant
• In principle, BCE communication via a 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet servers
network adapter is also sufficient for redundant operator stations.
This allows up to 8 automation systems to be connected per server Redundant terminal bus
pair (AS single stations only, no AS redundancy stations).The BCE
license is included for the BCE variants of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industri­
al Workstation. It is also valid for an additional desktop adapter net­ You can connect clients and servers to the terminal bus using integ­
work card. rated Industrial Ethernet interface modules or a desktop adapter
network card.
• Industrial Ethernet communication via CP 1623 (in IE variant, the A configuration with two separate rings is recommended for the
SIMATIC Process Control System IPC is preinstalled) is required in the redundant, high-availability terminal bus. Communication is per­
following situations: formed in this case using the Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP) in
- The number of automation systems per OS is larger than 8. accordance with IEC 62439‑3. Each PCS 7 station should be connec­
ted to one of two Industrial Ethernet interface modules on each of
- Redundant automation systems (AS redundancy stations) are used. the two separate rings.
• The IE variants of the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC are The SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE RNA communication software on the
equipped with CP 1623 and SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 communic­ redundantly connected PCS 7 stations organizes communication
ation software, licensed for up to four CP 1623 (4x license). If lower- processes based on PRP. Therefore, SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA
level AS redundancy stations are to be connected, however, SIMAT­ communication software is required on each of the redundantly
IC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT is required. The SIMATIC NET connected PCS 7 stations.
HARDNET-IE S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack (4x license) product is suit­ Connecting non-PRP-enabled devices
able as a functional extension.
Non-PRP-enabled terminal devices, which only have an Industrial
• If an operator station with BCE communication is to be upgraded for Ethernet connection, can be integrated into a redundant, high-
operation with AS redundancy stations, a CP 1623 communications availability terminal bus with PRP protocol using the required
module is required in addition to the SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE RUGGEDCOM RSG900 switches. Two product variants of the
S7‑REDCONNECT (4x license). RUGGEDCOM RSG900 are available for this:
• If the plant bus is to be designed as a redundant dual ring, you • RUGGEDCOM RSG907R
require two interface modules (2 x Ethernet network adapters network access in metal enclosure with 4x optical ports for con­
10/100/1000 Mbps or 2 x CP 1623) per OS single station or OS serv­ nection of up to four non-PRP-enabled terminal devices and two
er. optical/electrical combo ports for network connection to redund­
ant networks
The communication software for CP 1623 is always supplied with the
SIMATIC PCS 7 software and is installed in line with the operating sys­ • RUGGEDCOM RSG909R
tem.
power access in metal enclosure with 6x electrical terminal ports
In order to activate this communication software, you may need addi­ and two optical/electrical combo ports for network connection of
tional licenses for the following communication products: up to two non-PRP-enabled terminal devices to redundant net­
• SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 works
RUGGEDCOM RSG900 is typically installed with the stations to be
• SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT
connected in a control cabinet.
• SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack. For more information and technical specifications for the two
RUGGEDCOM product variants, see Catalog IK PI.

5/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
OS redundancy

Design (continued)

For details on redundant SIMATIC PCS 7 configurations, refer to the • SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack 2x Server to Server
manual "High Availability Process Control Systems". Redundancy for the conversion of two OS servers to OS server
Subsequent conversions redundancy
It is common practice to retroactively change or expand a plant. The • SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack Single Station
following SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPacks support both Redundancy for the conversion of two redundant OS single sta­
retrofitting of the redundancy functionality and conversion from tions from OS single station redundancy to OS server redundancy
redundant OS single stations to redundant OS servers:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software ConversionPack 2x Single Station
toSingle Station Redundancy for the conversion of two OS single sta­
tions to OS single station redundancy

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 5/15

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
OS redundancy

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Setup of redundant OS Single Sta­ SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Server

tions Redundancy ASIA V10.0, inc.
100 OS Runtime PO
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single 2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
Station Redundancy V10.0, incl. ware class A, runs with Windows Serv­
100 OS Runtime PO er 2019/2022 Standard Edition (see
5 languages (English, German, SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for the latest
French, Italian, Spanish), software information1)), single license for
class A, runs with Windows 10 Enter­ 2 installations
prise 2019/2021 LTSC (see SIMATIC With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
PCS 7 Readme for the latest informa­ Package ASIA
tion1)), single license for 2 installations Goods delivery
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media ASIA license key on USB flash drive
Package and Certificate of License, bundled
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-3AA78-2YA0 with 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ Media Package ASIA per order item
ficate of License, bundled with 1 × • ASIA 6ES7652-3BA78-2CA0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
• SN ASIA (including SOFTNET RED­ 6ES7652-3BA78-6CA0
age per order item
CONNECT)
• Online delivery 6ES7652-3AA78-2YH0
License key download and online Volume licenses (quantity options)
Certificate of License, combined Runtime licenses for PO expansion for
with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station/OS Server
Package (software download and (cumulative); 2 required for each
online Certificate of License)
: Email address required! SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime License
For extending the OS Runtime POs,
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single cumulative
Station Redundancy ASIA V10.0, Language-neutral, software class A,
incl. 100 OS Runtime PO single license for 1 installation
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­ Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
ware class A, runs with Windows 10 Media Package
Enterprise 2019 LTSC (see SIMATIC
PCS 7 Readme for the latest informa­ • Goods delivery
tion1)), single license for 2 installations License key on USB flash drive and
Goods delivery Certificate of License
ASIA license key on USB flash drive - 100 POs 6ES7658-2XA00-0XB0
and Certificate of License, bundled
with 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software - 1 000 POs 6ES7658-2XB00-0XB0
Media Package ASIA per order item 6ES7658-2XC00-0XB0
- 5 000 POs
• ASIA 6ES7652-3AA78-2CA0
• Online delivery
• SN ASIA (includingSOFTNET RED­ 6ES7652-3AA78-6CA0 License key download and online
CONNECT) Certificate of License
: Email address required!
Setup of redundant OS servers
- 100 POs 6ES7658-2XA00-0XH0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Server
Redundancy V10.0, inc. - 1 000 POs 6ES7658-2XB00-0XH0
100 OS Runtime PO - 5 000 POs 6ES7658-2XC00-0XH0
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), software Expansion of integrated high-perform­
ance circular buffer archive (512 tags) of
class A, runs with Windows Server OS Single Station and OS Server;
2019/2022 Standard Edition (see 2 licenses required for each
SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for the latest
information1)), single license for SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Archive
2 installations Cumulative archive licenses, inde­
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media pendent of language, software class
Package A, single license for 1 installation
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-3BA78-2YA0 Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ Media Package
ficate of License, bundled with 1 × • Goods delivery
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­ License key on USB flash drive and
age per order item Certificate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-3BA78-2YH0 - 1 500 tags 6ES7658-2EA00-2YB0
License key download and online
- 5 000 tags 6ES7658-2EB00-2YB0
Certificate of License, combined
with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media - 10 000 tags 6ES7658-2EC00-2YB0
Package (software download and
online Certificate of License) - 30 000 tags 6ES7658-2ED00-2YB0
: Email address required!

5/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
OS redundancy

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

• Online delivery SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

License key download and online ConversionPack 2x Server to Server
Certificate of License Redundancy V10.0
: Email address required! For the conversion of two OS servers
to OS server redundancy
- 1 500 tags 6ES7658-2EA00-2YH0
Supports all languages of the OS soft­
- 5 000 tags 6ES7658-2EB00-2YH0 ware server, software class A, runs
with Windows Server 2019/2022
- 10 000 tags 6ES7658-2EC00-2YH0 Standard Edition (see SIMATIC PCS 7
- 30 000 tags 6ES7658-2ED00-2YH0 Readme for the latest information1)),
single license for 2 installations
Conversion of two OS single sta­ Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
tions to redundant OS single sta­ Media Package
tions • Goods delivery 6ES7652-3BA78-2YD0
License key on USB flash drive and
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Certificate of License
ConversionPack 2x Single Station to
Single Station Redundancy V10.0 • Online delivery 6ES7652-3BA78-2YJ0
For conversion of two OS single sta­ License key download and online
tions to OS single station redundancy Certificate of License
Supports all languages of the OS soft­ : Email address required!
ware single station, software class A,
runs with Windows 10 Enterprise Single components
2019/2021 LTSC (see SIMATIC PCS 7
Desktop adapter network adapter A5E02639550
Readme for the latest information1)),
single license for 2 installations for BCE and as spare part for redund­
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software ant terminal bus
Media Package INTEL PCI network card for connection
to Industrial Ethernet
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-3AA78-2YD0 (10/100/1000 Mbps), with RJ45 con­
License key on USB flash drive and nection and PCI express interface
Certificate of License Note: License for the BCE communica­
• Online delivery 6ES7652-3AA78-2YJ0 tion with SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
License key download and online Workstations with BCE communication
Certificate of License already included
: Email address required! System IPCs with BCE communication
included
Conversion of two redundant OS CP 1623 6GK1162-3AA00
single stations to redundant OS PCI Express x1 card for connection to
servers Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbps), with 2-port
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software switch (RJ45)
ConversionPack Single Station
Redundancy to Server Redundancy Licenses may be required for activ­
V10.0 ating the functionality of the
For the conversion of two redundant CP 1623
OS single stations from OS single sta­ (Communication software is part of
tion redundancy to OS server redund­ the SIMATIC PCS 7 software)
ancy
Supports all languages of the OS soft­ Activation license if no redundant AS are
used
ware Single Station Redundancy, soft­
ware class A, runs with Windows Serv­ SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 V18
er 2019/2022 Standard Edition (see Runtime software, 2 languages (Ger­
SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for the latest man/English), software class A license
information1)), single license for for up to 4 Industrial Ethernet CPs,
2 installations floating license for 1 user without
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
Media Package age
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-3BA78-2YC0 6GK1716-1CB18-0AA0
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive and Software and electronic manual on
Certificate of License DVD, license key USB flash drive
• Online delivery 6ES7652-3BA78-1YJ0 6GK1716-1CB18-0AK0
• Online delivery
License key download and online Software, manual and license key
Certificate of License download
: Email address required! : Email address required!
Activation licenses when using redund­
ant AS

Alternative license for SIMATIC NET

HARDNET‑IE S7:

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 5/17

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
OS redundancy

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE

1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"
S7‑REDCONNECT V18 You can find more information on the Software Media Package in the section
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­ "Software Media and Logistics", under "PCS 7 Software Packages".
lish, German), software class A
License for up to 4 Industrial Ethernet
CPs, floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software More information
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6GK1716-0HB18-0AA0 Regional product variants
Software and electronic manual on
All SIMATIC PCS 7 software products are designed for international
DVD, license key USB flash drive
use, in other words there is only one product variant for worldwide
• Online delivery 6GK1716-0HB18-0AK0 use and this is offered in up to 5 languages: English, German,
Software, manual and license key French, Italian and Spanish. However, the number of supported lan­
download guages is not standard; it can vary from product to product.
: Email address required!
In addition, a regional "ASIA" product variant will also be offered for
Additive license for SIMAT­
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package and specific SIMAT­
IC NET HARDNET‑IE S7:
IC PCS 7 software products of the "Engineering System" and "Operat­
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE or System" system components. The ASIA products are bilingual:
S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack V18
English and Chinese (simplified). They are explicitly identified in the
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
lish, German), software class A name by the suffix "ASIA".
License for up to 4 Industrial Ethernet If a product listed in this catalog does not have the suffix "ASIA" in its
CPs, floating license for 1 user name, it can always be used globally. However, the following restric­
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software tion applies: If a regional ASIA product is offered, the counterpart for
Media Package
international use does not support the Asian languages (currently
• Goods delivery 6GK1716-0HB18-0AC0 Chinese simplified) present in the ASIA product.
License key USB flash drive
The products for international use, i.e. products without the suffix
• Online delivery 6GK1716-0HB18-0AK1
"ASIA", are not intended as the basis for Runtime systems with fonts
License key download
in Asian languages.
: Email address required!
The following special points must be observed as a result of the
Components for connecting SIMAT­
IC PCS 7 stations to a redundant ter­
definition of separate products for installation software and licenses.
minal bus with PRP protocol The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available in the form of
two data storage medium packages:
SOFTNET-IE RNA V18 6GK1711-1EW18-0AA0
Software for connecting SIMATIC
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
PCS 7 stations to PRP-enabled net­ • SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
works with integrated SNMP
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­ The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with the
lish, German), software class A, runs SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA. SIMATIC PCS 7 soft­
with Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 ware licenses for which there is no ASIA counterpart can be used
LTSC, Windows Server 2019 Standard
Edition
with both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages.
Floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
Goods delivery
Software and electronic manual on
DVD, license key USB flash drive
Industrial Ethernet routers
RUGGEDCOM RSG900
• RUGGEDCOM RSG907R 6GK6490-7RB..-....
Industrial hardened fully-managed
Ethernet switch with 7 ports and
integrated HSR/PRP RedBox for use
in harsh industrial environments.
The product has 3x 1 Gbps SFP slots
and 4x 100 Mbps multimode LC
ports (max. 2 km). Operating tem­
perature from -40 to +85 °C
(without fan).
• RUGGEDCOM RSG909R 6GK6498-0RB..-....
Industrial hardened fully-managed
Ethernet switch with 9 ports and
integrated HSR/PRP RedBox for use
in harsh industrial environments.
The product has 3x 1 Gbps SFP slots
and 6x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 Eth­
ernet ports. Operating temperature
from -40 to +85 °C (without fan).
Accessories See section Communication, Industri­
such as cable material, connection al Ethernet, System Connection PCS 7
plugs and transceivers Systems

5/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Operator control and monitoring via Web

Operator System
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server
Operator control and monitoring via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server

Overview Function

PCS 7 Web

PCS 7 Web server

LAN LAN
INTERNET

Front
Firewall

Back
Firewall

Terminal bus

A plant can be operated and monitored via PCS 7 web clients in the
G_PCS7_XX_00116

Plant bus same manner as via the OS clients.

The process pictures are displayed on the PCS 7 web clients with
Internet Explorer. The PCS 7 web clients access the project data
provided by the PCS 7 Web Server via an intranet or the internet.
If PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH with the Batch OS Controls is also operated
via web clients, additional licenses are required (SIMATIC BATCH OS
Control Web Client). These licenses can be found in the section
The PCS 7 Web Server makes available the project data of the "Batch Automation".
OS servers for PCS 7 web clients and thus enables worldwide operat­
or control and monitoring of a plant via intranet/internet.
It does this by accessing project-specific process data in the lower-
level OS servers using the mechanisms of a multi-client. The integ­
rated OS user management guarantees a high degree of security
here.

Application

A differentiation is basically made between the following types of

application when operating and monitoring SIMATIC PCS 7 systems
via the Web:
• Standard:
Up to 100 PCS 7 web clients access the data of a PCS 7 Web Server
over intranet/internet.
• Diagnostics:
One or only a few PCS 7 web clients have access to several PCS 7
web servers/single station systems for remote operation, dia­
gnostics or monitoring.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 5/19

 © Siemens AG 2024

Operator System
Operator control and monitoring via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

"Standard" application SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics

Client V10.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server Basic 6 languages (English, German,
V10.0 French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
6 languages (English, German, software class A, runs with Windows
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), 10 Enterprise 2019/2022 LTSC (see
software class A, runs with Windows SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for the latest
Server 2019/2022 Standard Edition information1)), single license for
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for the 1 installations
latest information1)), single license for Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
1 installation Media Package
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software • Goods delivery 6ES7658-2JX78-2YB0
Media Package License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2GX78-2YB0 ficate of License
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
• Online delivery 6ES7658-2JX78-2YH0
ficate of License
License key download, online Certi­
• Online delivery 6ES7658-2GX78-2YH0 ficate of License
License key download, online Certi­ : Email address required!
ficate of License
: Email address required! Additive OS software Client license
for the "Standard" and "Diagnostics"
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server License applications
(cumulative)
Language-neutral, software class A, (required on the PCS 7 Web Server in
single license for 1 installation addition to SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software license or SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Dia­
Media Package gnostics Server license)

• Goods delivery SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client

License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ V10.02)
ficate of License 5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
- 1 client 6ES7658-2GE00-0XB0 class A, runs with Windows 10 Enter­
prise 2019/2021 LTSC (see SIMATIC
- 5 clients 6ES7658-2GF00-0XB0
PCS 7 Readme for the latest informa­
- 10 clients 6ES7658-2GG00-0XB0 tion1)), floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
• Online delivery Media Package
License key download, online Certi­
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2CX78-0YB5
ficate of License
: Email address required! License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
- 1 client 6ES7658-2GE00-0XH0
• Online delivery 6ES7658-2CX78-0YH5
- 5 clients 6ES7658-2GF00-0XH0 License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
- 10 clients 6ES7658-2GG00-0XH0
: Email address required!
"Diagnostics" application SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client
ASIA V10.01)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics 2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
Server V10.0 ware class A, runs with Windows 10
6 languages (English, German, Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC (see
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for the latest
software class A, runs with Windows information1)), floating license for
Server 2019/2022 Standard Edition 1 user
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for the Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
latest information1)), single license for Media Package ASIA
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software • Goods delivery 6ES7658-2CX78-0CB5
Media Package ASIA license key on USB flash drive,
Certificate of License
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2HX78-2YB0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ 1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"
ficate of License 2) Deviating from the specification in the ordering data, the license of the
• Online delivery 6ES7658-2HX78-2YH0 OS software Client in these special applications is also enabled for the serv­
License key download, online Certi­ er operating system Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition.
ficate of License
: Email address required!

More information

To ensure safe operation of the plant, you need to take suitable pro­
tective measures that also include IT security (e.g. network segment­
ation). For more information on the topic of Industrial Security, go
to:
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity

5/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 6
© Siemens AG 2024

Process data archiving and reporting

6/2 Introduction
6/3 Process Historian and Information Serv­
er
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Introduction

Process data archiving and reporting

Introduction

Overview Benefits

Process Historian
OS server / OS single station • Scalable high-performance archiving system in SIMATIC PCS 7
Short-term archiving
Process Historian • No restriction with respect to single stations, servers or server pairs
- Process values Long-term archiving that can be archived
- Messages
• May be combined with Information Server for the generation of
reports
- Process values
Batch server - Messages
- Batch data
- Batch data

Backup/restore
of complete database
or parts of the database G_PCS7_XX_00070

Backup archiving
on external media,
e. g. NAS

Short-term and long-term archiving

The Operator System already includes a high-performance archiving

system based on Microsoft SQL Server with cyclic logs for short-term
archiving of process values (typically 1 to 4 weeks) and messages
(typically 2 months). Data from the cyclic logs and batch data from
SIMATIC BATCH can be exported time-controlled or event-controlled
to the Process Historian for permanent archiving.
The Process Historian can be expanded by an Information Server to
work as a reporting system. The Information Server can optionally
access the archived data in the Process Historian and in the operator
stations in parallel.
Data managed in the Process Historian can be backed up on external
storage media such as an NAS or an SAN. This requires additional
hardware and software that the utilized operating system supports.
In addition, process values and messages from third-party sources
can be read and archived if they have an OPC UA server. This data is
read by the Process Historian OPC UA Data Collector during runtime
and archived in the Process Historian database. They are subject to
the same backup and recovery mechanisms as PCS 7 data. Here, too,
the Information Server is used as a reporting system
Process operating actions as well as messages that are marked as
relevant for Audit Trail are also archived separately as audit data.

6/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Process Historian and Information Server

Process data archiving and reporting

Process Historian and Information Server

Overview Design

Individual consultation on project-specific hardware configurations

is recommended. The PH-HW Advisor tool is provided to determine
Project A Project B the suitable hardware for the Process Historian:
OS clients
Information server https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/us/en/view/109740115
The PH Trend Viewer tool, which is part of the product, is helpful
during initial commissioning.
The Information Server can be installed and operated on the Process
Terminal bus Historian hardware or on separate hardware.
Process Historian and Information Server run with the Windows
OS single
station
Server 2019 and 2022 operating system; the Information Server can
also run on separate hardware with Windows 10.
- OS server Process Historian
- Batch server The Process Historian and Information Server do not need a connec­
tion to the plant bus. They can be connected to the OS and Batch
Servers of the SIMATIC PCS 7 system via terminal bus, e.g. via the
Plant bus G_PCS7_XX_00297
integrated network connection (Ethernet RJ45 port onboard) of the
server.
Configuration of the Process Historian
The licenses contained in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Basic
Automation Package or SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and Information Server
systems
Basic Package products are required for configuration of the Process
Historian as the long-term archive of a SIMATIC PCS 7 system. These
The Process Historian is used for long-term archiving of the follow­ licenses must always be stored on the Process Historian server. The
ing data from the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system: SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Archive BATCH software product for
archiving batch data from SIMATIC BATCH can be ordered optionally.
• OS archive data (process values and messages)
Configuration of applicative couplings with the Process Historian
• Batch data
The process values and messages exported from the OS archives, as Application 1 Application 2 Application 3
well as the batch data from SIMATIC BATCH are managed by the Pro­
cess Historian in a central database. They can be visualized on OS cli­ OPC UA Client OPC UA Client OPC UA Client
ents or OS single stations either directly or with the support of the
information server.

G_PCS7_XX_00383
PCS 7 Process Historian OPC UA Server
(Software + License)

Process Historian

Reading of Process Historian data via OPC UA

As an OPC UA Client, any applications can read the process values

and messages archived in the database of the Process Historian. A
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian OPC UA Server is required for this
on the Process Historian (software from SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package plus single license for one installation).

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 6/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process data archiving and reporting

Process Historian and Information Server

Design (continued)

Configuration of the Information Server

IS Client IS Client IS Client IS Client IS Client

Client Access Licenses

Information Server

Datasource Access License

no licence required

Process OS OS Single G_PCS7_XX_00337

Historian Server Station

In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Basic Package or

the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and Information Server Basic
Package, for configuration of the Information Server you require
cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Client Access licenses
corresponding to the number of clients that access the Information
Server.
The Information Server is able to access one or multiple data sources
in parallel. In addition to the Process Historian, this might also
include archive data from operator stations (OS Single Station,
OS Server). Unlike when you access the Process Historian, you need
cumulative licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Data
Source Access to read data from OS Single Stations and OS Servers.
The license volume depends on the number of sources.
The installation of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Client
Access and Data Source Access licenses is performed on the Informa­
tion Server.

6/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process data archiving and reporting

Process Historian and Information Server

Function

Archiving and visualization functions

• Real-time archiving of process values and messages from SIMATIC
PCS 7 Operator Systems (OS single stations and OS servers)
• Real-time archiving for the batch data of SIMATIC BATCH
• Real-time archiving of process values and messages from third-
party systems via OPC UA
• Conversion of Runtime segments to archive segments:
- Loss-free data compression
- Reduction of segment size in accordance with assignment and
release of unused storage space
• Support of multiple SIMATIC PCS 7 projects
• Scaling relative to the basic hardware used in terms of perform­
ance and configuration limits
• Export of all data as well as cataloging onto external storage
media
• Reading the swapped-out data and cataloging from external stor­
age media
• Bulk data export of process values and messages to text files
• Data visualization on the OS clients/OS single stations:
Process Historian - Configuration of views (picture windows and masks) including
The Process Historian can archive process values, messages, and batch the selection criteria for displaying the data
data from the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. It is configured
in a SIMATIC PCS 7 project similar to other stations of the SIMATIC - Visualizing of messages in table form dependent on filter func­
PCS 7 process control system (e.g. OS servers, Batch servers, Route tions
Control servers, OpenPCS 7 servers or all clients). - Displaying of process values in table or graphic form dependent
The process values and alarms managed in the database of the Pro­ on filter functions
cess Historian on the OS clients and OS single stations can be visual­
ized in a clear and user-friendly manner. Data selection is supported - Visualization of a batch overview (selecting the detailed log of a
by integrated filter functions. Messages and process values can be batch from the batch overview is possible)
shown in table form, and process values also in graphic form. Tables Information Server
of process values can be exported in CSV format for further processing
in other Windows applications, e.g. Microsoft Excel. The Information Server is the reporting system of the Process His­
torian. Based on the Microsoft Reporting Services, it offers web-
Any application can access the archived process values and messages based thin-client access to the historical data. An add-in for
in the Process Historian via OPC UA. Microsoft Excel provides additional access to the database of the
The data managed by Process Historian can be transferred to external Process Historian.
storage media (Backup/Restore). This requires additional hardware
and software suitable for the operating system of the Process Histori­
an, for example NAS.
The Process Historian also supports backup and restoring of the com­
plete database – both manually and automatically.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 6/5

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process data archiving and reporting

Process Historian and Information Server

Function (continued)

View in the Web browser

Add-ins for
Microsoft Word and Excel
IS client

Process Historian and

information server (IS)

G_PCS7_XX_00298
Reporting functions • Support of subscriptions for cyclic report generation including
• Frequently used report templates for process values, messages and email service
batches • Creation and storage of dashboards including interactive controls
• Open reporting system for creating any number of new report tem­ • Creation of Microsoft Excel reports for historical process values
plates and messages as well as storage of the Excel report templates on
• Storage of configured (parameterized) report templates for faster the Information Server
access • Support of subscriptions for Microsoft Excel report templates
• Report export in common document formats

6/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process data archiving and reporting

Process Historian and Information Server

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Process Historian and Information SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian

Server on shared hardware Server Redundancy V10.0
for redundant operation
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and 5 languages (English, German,
Information Server Basic Package French, Italian, Spanish), software
V10.0 class A, runs with Windows Server
For the shared installation of Process 2019/2022 Standard Edition (see
Historian and Information Server on SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for the
an Industrial Workstation latest information1)), single license for
5 languages (English, German, 1 installation
French, Italian, Spanish), software Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
class A, runs with Windows Server Media Package
2019/2022 Standard Edition (see • Goods delivery 6ES7652-7CX78-2YB0
SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for the License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
latest information1)), single license for ficate of License
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software • Online delivery 6ES7652-7CX78-2YH0
Media Package License key download, online Certi­
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-7AX78-2YB0 ficate of License
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ : Email address required!
ficate of License SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
• Online delivery 6ES7652-7AX78-2YH0 OPC UA Data Collector V10.0
License key download, online Certi­ for third-party data archiving
ficate of License 5 languages (English, German,
: Email address required! French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and 2019/2022 Standard Edition (see
Information Server Upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for the
Package V10.0 latest information1)), single license for
For the shared installation of Process 1 installation
Historian and Information Server on Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
an Industrial Workstation Media Package
5 languages (English, German, • Goods delivery 6ES7652-7GX78-2YB0
French, Italian, Spanish), software License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
class A, runs with Windows Server ficate of License
2019/2022 Standard Edition (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for the • Online delivery 6ES7652-7GX78-2YH0
latest information1)), single license for License key download, online Certi­
1 installation ficate of License
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software : Email address required!
Media Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-7AX78-2YE0 Archive Tags (1000 Tags)
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ for third-party data archiving
ficate of License 5 languages (English, German,
• Online delivery 6ES7652-7AX78-2YK0 French, Italian, Spanish), software
License key download, online Certi­ class A, runs with Windows Server
ficate of License 2019/2022 Standard Edition (see
: Email address required! SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for the
latest information1)), single license for
Process Historian on separate hard­ 1 installation
ware Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian 6ES7652-7HA00-2YB0
• Goods delivery
Basic Package V10.0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
For installation of the Process Histori­
ficate of License
an on a Server version of the Industrial
Workstation, separate from the • Online delivery 6ES7652-7HA00-2YH0
Information Server License key download, online Certi­
5 languages (English, German, ficate of License
French, Italian, Spanish), software : Email address required!
class A, runs with Windows Server
2019/2022 Standard Edition (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for the
latest information1)), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-7BX78-2YB0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-7BX78-2YH0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 6/7

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process data archiving and reporting

Process Historian and Information Server

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian

Upgrade Package V10.0 Archive AUDIT V10.0
For installation of the Process Histori­ 5 languages (English, German,
an on a Server version of the Industrial French, Italian, Spanish), software
Workstation, separate from the class A, runs with Windows Server
Information Server 2019/2022 Standard Edition (see
5 languages (English, German, SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for the
French, Italian, Spanish), software latest information1)), single license for
class A, runs with Windows Server 1 installation
2019/2022 Standard Edition (see Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for the Media Package
latest information1)), single license for • Goods delivery 6ES7652-7JX78-2YB0
1 installation License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software ficate of License
Media Package
• Online delivery 6ES7652-7JX78-2YH0
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-7BX78-2YE0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License ficate of License
: Email address required!
• Online delivery 6ES7652-7BX78-2YK0
License key download, online Certi­ Information Server on separate
ficate of License hardware
: Email address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server
Functional options for Process His­ Basic Package V10.0
torian For installation of the Information
Server on a single station or server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian version of the Industrial Workstation,
Archive BATCH V10.0 separate from the Process Historian
5 languages (English, German, 5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), software French, Italian, Spanish), software
class A, runs with Windows Server class A, runs with Windows 10 Enter­
2019/2022 Standard Edition (see prise 2019/2021 LTSC and Windows
SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for the Server 2019/2022 Standard Edition
latest information1)), single license for (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Readme for the
1 installation latest information10.01)),
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software single license for 1 installation
Media Package Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-7DX78-2YB0 Media Package
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ • Goods delivery 6ES7652-7EX78-2YB0
ficate of License License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-7DX78-2YH0
License key download, online Certi­ • Online delivery 6ES7652-7EX78-2YH0
ficate of License License key download, online Certi­
: Email address required! ficate of License
: Email address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
OPC UA Server V10.0
For connection to third-party system
5 languages (English, German, Quantity options for Information
French, Italian, Spanish), software Server
class A, runs with Windows Server
2019/2022 Standard Edition (see SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for the Client Access
latest information1)), single license for Cumulative Client Access licenses,
1 installation independent of language, software
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software class A, single license for 1 installation
Media Package Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-7FX78-2YB0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ • Goods delivery
ficate of License License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-7FX78-2YH0
License key download, online Certi­ - 1 client 6ES7652-7YA00-2YB0
ficate of License - 3 clients 6ES7652-7YB00-2YB0
: Email address required!
• Online delivery
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
- 1 client 6ES7652-7YA00-2YH0

- 3 clients 6ES7652-7YB00-2YH0

6/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process data archiving and reporting

Process Historian and Information Server

Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server

Data Source Access
License for direct access to the archive
data of operator stations (sources)
Cumulative source licenses, independ­
ent of language, software class A,
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
- 1 source 6ES7652-7YE00-2YB0

- 3 sources 6ES7652-7YF00-2YB0

• Online delivery
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
- 1 source 6ES7652-7YE00-2YH0

- 3 sources 6ES7652-7YF00-2YH0

1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 6/9

 7
© Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

7/2 SIMATIC PDM

7/14 SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
7/19 SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC PDM

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Overview

Central SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC PCS 7 Device on

service station engineering station maintenance station the workbench
with SIMATIC PDM client
Industrial Ethernet

S7-400 S7-400
PROFINET

ET 200M SIMOCODE
PROFIBUS PA
IE/PB Link PN IO
PA Link

PROFIBUS DP HART protocol

RS 232/RS 485
PA Link Compact ET 200M SIMOCODE ET 200iSP HART
FF Link multiplexer

PROFIBUS PA FF H1

HART
HART

G_PCS7_XX_00386
Connection point for
Field devices local service station

Configuration options with SIMATIC PDM

SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a universal, vendor-inde­ • Quantity options for
pendent tool for the configuration, parameter assignment, commis­
sioning, diagnostics and servicing of intelligent field devices (sensors - Transfer of parameters between devices
and actuators) and field components (remote I/Os, multiplexers, con­ - Transfer of parameter sets to the devices
trol room devices, compact controllers, compact modules), which in
the following sections will be referred to simply as devices. - Export and import functions
With one software product, SIMATIC PDM enables users to work with - Diagnostics update
over 4 500 devices and device variants of Siemens and over 200 oth­
er manufacturers worldwide on a single homogeneous user interface. SIMATIC PDM can be used extremely flexibly and tailored to a spe­
The user interface satisfies the requirements of the cific task for field device service:
VDI/VDE GMA 2187 and IEC 65/349/CD directives. Parameters and • Single-point station for point-to-point connection to field devices
functions for all supported devices are displayed in a consistent and
uniform fashion independent of their communications interface. Even • Local service and parameter assignment station with connection
complex devices with several hundred parameters can be represented to fieldbus segments
clearly and processed quickly. Using SIMATIC PDM it is very easy to • Central service and parameter assignment station with connec­
navigate in highly complex stations such as remote I/Os and even con­ tion to plant bus
nected field devices.
From the viewpoint of device integration, SIMATIC PDM is the most • Central HART service and parameter assignment station for HART
powerful open process device manager on the global market. Devices multiplexers and WirelessHART field devices
not previously supported can be integrated in SIMATIC PDM by • Integrated into the stand-alone SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Sta­
importing their device description packages (either EDD or FDI). This tion
provides security for your investment and saves you investment costs,
training expenses and follow-up costs. • Integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
SIMATIC PDM supports the operative system management in particu­ Maintenance personnel can assign field device parameters at
lar through: mobile and stationary workstations with SIMATIC PDM. Practically
• Uniform representation and operation of devices every workstation integrated in the production plant can be used
for configuration. Service personnel are thus able to work directly
• Uniform representation of diagnostics information at the location of the field device, while data is stored centrally in
the engineering station or maintenance station. This leads to a sig­
• Indicators for preventive maintenance and servicing nificant shortening of maintenance and travel times. Additional
• Detection of changes in the project and device device-independent system functions support higher-level main­
tenance stations for creating progress lists for work and servicing.
• Increasing the operational reliability When a maintenance station is configured in the SIMATIC PCS 7
• Reducing the investment, operating and maintenance costs process control system, SIMATIC PDM is integrated into it and trans­

7/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Overview (continued)

mits parameter data, diagnostic information and processing informa­ • Detailed diagnostics information (manufacturer information,
tion. You can switch directly to the SIMATIC PDM views from the dia­ information on error diagnostics and troubleshooting, further
gnostics faceplates in the maintenance station to perform diagnostics documentation)
and work on the device in more detail.
• Results of internal condition monitoring functions
A SIMATIC PDM user administration system based on SIMATIC Logon
is used to assign various roles with defined function privileges to • Status information (for example local configuration changes),
users. These function privileges refer to SIMATIC PDM system func­ device test completed
tions, e.g. writing to the device.
• Information on changes (Audit Trail report)
For all devices integrated with device description packages, SIMATIC
PDM provides a range of information for display and further pro­ • Parameter information
cessing on the maintenance station, for example:
• Device type information (electronic rating plate)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 7/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Design

Components Product packages

SIMATIC PDM Stand alone SIMATIC PDM System-integrated
Minimum Basic Service and parameter in the configuration environment
configura­ configura­ assignment station
tion tion local central SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC PCS 7
PDM PDM PDM PDM Stand PDM PDM PDM PCS 7
Single Point Basic Service alone Server S7 PCS 7 Server
SIMATIC PDM TAGs1) in scope of supply 1 4 4 + 50 4 + 100 4 + 100 4 + 100 4 + 100
SIMATIC PDM expansion options
Count Relevant - 10 TAGs Cannot be o o o o o o
Licenses expanded
(accumulative) - 100 TAGs
- 1 000 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM Basic ● ● ● ● ● ●
SIMATIC PDM Extended o o ● ● ● ●
SIMATIC PDM integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 o o o ● ● ●
SIMATIC PDM Routing2) o o o o ● ●
SIMATIC PDM Server o o ● o o o
SIMATIC PDM 1 Client3) o o ● (2 ×) o o o
SIMATIC PDM HART Server o o o o – –

SIMATIC PDM product structure

● Product component is part of the product package
o Optional product component for the product package; order additive
– Product component is not relevant for the product package or not available
1) For TAG definition, see Design section under "SIMATIC PDM TAGs"
2) Can only be operated in STEP 7/PCS 7 in combination with the SIMATIC PDM Integration option package
3) Can only be used in combination with the SIMATIC PDM Server option package

Customer-oriented product structure • SIMATIC PDM Stand alone Server for central service and paramet­
The customer-oriented product structure of SIMATIC PDM provides er assignment stations, e.g. for various plant units
optimal support for the named main use cases and enables you to SIMATIC PDM system-integrated product packages
adapt the scope of functions and performance to your individual
requirements. The product range is organized as follows: • SIMATIC PDM S7 for local SIMATIC S7 engineering and service sta­
tions
SIMATIC PDM Stand alone product packages
• SIMATIC PDM Single Point, a minimum configuration for single • Various configurations for central SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering and
device handling service stations:
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
• SIMATIC PDM Basic for local service and parameter assignment sta­
tions as well as basic configuration for individual product package - SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server (enables device parameter assign­
with optional product components ment and diagnostics on clients of the PCS 7 engineering station
and PCS 7 Maintenance Station)
• SIMATIC PDM Service for local service and parameter assignment
stations In some circumstances, the product packages can be expanded
with optional product components (for details, see the Design sec­
tion).

Product range SIMATIC PDM V9.3

Single Point Basic Service Stand alone S7 PCS 7 PCS 7 Server
Server
TAGs contained 1 4 4 + 50 4 + 100 4 + 100 4 + 100 4 + 100
Project: Create offline ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Project: Usable TAG extensions – ● ● ● ● ● ●
Project: Process device network view ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Project: Process device plant view ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Project: Export/import devices ● o o ● ● ● ●
Project: Export/import parameters ● o o ● ● ● ●
Project: HW Config – o o o ● ● ●
Project: Utilization of SIMATIC PDM options – ● ● ● ● ● ●
Project: Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 – o o o ● ● ●
Group operations – o o ● o ● ●
Setting device IDs – o o ● o ● ●
Communication: HART modem ● ● ● ● ● – –

Communication: HART interface ● ● ● ● ● – –

Communication: PROFIBUS DP/PA ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

7/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Design (continued)

Product range SIMATIC PDM V9.3

Single Point Basic Service Stand alone S7 PCS 7 PCS 7 Server
Server
Communication: HART over PROFIBUS DP ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Communication: FF H1 – – – – o o o
Communication: Modbus ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Communication: Ethernet ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Communication: PROFINET ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Communication: HART over PROFINET ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Devices: Export/import parameters – o o ● ● ● ●

Devices: Comparison of parameter values – o o ● ● ● ●

Devices: Saving parameters ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Devices: Change log (Audit Trail) – o o ● ● ● ●

Devices: Calibration report – o o ● ● ● ●
Devices: Print function ● o o ● ● ● ●
Devices: Document manager – o o ● ● ● ●
Lifelist: Basic functionality ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Lifelist: Expanded functionality (scan range, – o o ● ● ● ●
diagnostics, export, addressing)
Communication: Data record routing – o o o o ● ●
Communication: HART multiplexer – o o o o – –
Communication: WirelessHART – o o o o – –
Function: Device parameterization on PCS 7 – o o o o o ●
Maintenance Station Clients
Function: Device parameterization on – o o ● (2 ×) o o o
SIMATIC PDM Clients

SIMATIC PDM overview of functions and features

● Product component is part of the product package
o Optional product component for the product package; order additive
– Product component is not relevant for the product package or not available

SIMATIC PDM Stand alone product packages SIMATIC PDM Basic V9.3
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V9.3 SIMATIC PDM Basic is for local service and parameter assignment
This minimum configuration with handheld functionality is intended stations on any computers (IPC/notebook) with local connection to
for handling exactly one field device via point-to-point coupling. It bus segments or direct connection to the device.
cannot be expanded with functions or with SIMATIC PDM TAG or Supported communication types:
SIMATIC PDM 1 Client licenses. Upgrading to a different product vari­ • PROFIBUS DP/PA
ant, e.g. SIMATIC PDM Basic, or a different product version is also not
possible. • HART communication (modem, RS 232 and via PROFIB­
Supported communication types: US/PROFINET)
• PROFIBUS DP/PA • Modbus
• HART communication (modem, RS 232 and via PROFIBUS/PROFINET) • Ethernet
• Modbus • PROFINET
• Ethernet SIMATIC PDM Basic is equipped with all basic functions required for
operation and parameter assignment of devices. That is, compared
• PROFINET to SIMATIC PDM Single Point, it has the following additional func­
The functionality is matched accordingly. The device functions are tions:
supported as defined in the device description, for example: • Managing the device description library and unlimited device
• Managing the device description library and unlimited device selec­ selection
tion • Parameter assignment and diagnostics according to the device
• Parameter assignment and diagnostics according to the device description
description • Exporting and importing of parameter data
• Exporting and importing of parameter data • Device identification
• Device identification • LifeList
• LifeList • Memory function
• Printing the parameter list • Communication with HART field devices via remote I/Os

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 7/5

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Design (continued)
• Communication via station objects (routing) • SIMATIC PDM Basic (incl. 4 SIMATIC PDM TAGs)
As a basic block for an individual configuration, SIMATIC PDM Basic • SIMATIC PDM Extended
can be expanded with all functional SIMATIC PDM options (PDM Rout­
ing only required in combination with PDM Integration in • SIMATIC PDM Server
STEP 7/PCS 7) as well as with cumulative sets of 10, 100 or 1 000 • 2 × SIMATIC PDM 1 Client
SIMATIC PDM TAGs. Without TAG expansion, SIMATIC PDM Basic is
suitable for projects with up to 4 TAGs. SIMATIC PDM 1 Client licenses • 100 SIMATIC PDM TAGs
(sets of 1) can also be added in combination with the SIMATIC PDM
Server option. SIMATIC PDM Stand alone Server can be expanded with all func­
tional SIMATIC PDM options (PDM Routing only in combination with
The SIMATIC PDM Extended option allows the activation of additional PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 required) as well as with cumulat­
SIMATIC PDM system functions: ive sets of 10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC PDM TAGs and 1 SIMATIC PDM
• Change log 1 Client licenses (see "Optional product components"). The portals
opened on these clients (SIMATIC PDM sessions) must also be
• Calibration report licensed with the SIMATIC PDM 1 Client Licenses besides the SIMAT­
IC PDM Clients. For details about this, refer to "SIMATIC PDM 1 Cli­
• Extended information in the LifeList (diagnostics)
ent" under "Optional product components". For user management
• Exporting and importing functions of the SIMATIC PDM Clients, the SIMATIC Logon product is also
required. It is possible to upgrade to another product version.
• Print functions
Note: For use of gateways and for PROFINET or Ethernet commu­
• Document manager nication with field devices, SIMATIC PDM TAG licenses are charged
according to the objects configured in the process device plant
• Comparison function view (for details, see corresponding note under SIMATIC PDM Ser­
• Set operations vice V9.3).
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated product packages
• Parameter transfer function
SIMATIC PDM S7 V9.3
(For details, see Optional product components, SIMATIC PDM Exten­
ded V9.3). The SIMATIC PDM S7 product package designed for use in a SIMAT­
IC S7 configuration environment is intended for setup of a local
SIMATIC PDM Service V9.3 SIMATIC S7 engineering and service station. It requires the installa­
With this product package for extended service, local service and para­ tion of STEP 7 V5.5+SP4. It includes:
meter assignment stations can be realized on any type of computer • SIMATIC PDM Basic (incl. 4 SIMATIC PDM TAGs)
(IPC/notebook) with a local connection to a bus segment or direct con­
nection to field devices. • SIMATIC PDM Extended
It comprises: • SIMATIC PDM integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
• SIMATIC PDM Basic (incl. 4 SIMATIC PDM TAGs) • 100 SIMATIC PDM TAGs
• 50 SIMATIC PDM TAGs SIMATIC PDM S7 can be expanded with the functional options
Like SIMATIC PDM Basic, SIMATIC PDM Service can be expanded with SIMATIC PDM Routing, SIMATIC PDM Server, and SIMATIC PDM
all functional SIMATIC PDM options (PDM Routing only in combination HART Server as well as with cumulative SIMATIC PDM TAGs (sets of
with PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 required) as well as with cumu­ 10, 100 or 1 000) (see "Optional product components"). SIMATIC
lative SIMATIC PDM TAGs (sets of 10, 100 or 1 000) (see "Optional PDM 1 Client licenses (sets of 1) can also be added in combination
product components"). SIMATIC PDM 1 Client licenses (sets of 1) can with the SIMATIC PDM Server option.
also be added in combination with the SIMATIC PDM Server option. It SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V9.3
is permitted to upgrade to another product version.
The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 product package suitable for use in a
Note: For use of gateways and for PROFINET or Ethernet communica­ SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment is intended for use in a
tion with field devices, SIMATIC PDM TAG licenses are charged for central SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering and service station. It comprises:
according to the objects configured in the process device plant view
as follows: • SIMATIC PDM Basic (incl. 4 SIMATIC PDM TAGs)
• 10 SIMATIC PDM TAGs per S7 DSGW (data record gateway) with one • SIMATIC PDM Extended
PROFIBUS subnet
• SIMATIC PDM integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
• 20 SIMATIC PDM TAGs per S7 DSGW with more than one PROFIBUS
• SIMATIC PDM Routing
subnet
• 10 TAGs per IE/PB Link • 100 SIMATIC PDM TAGs
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 can be expanded with the functional options
• 1 TAG per field device (except in the case of special specifications) SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus and SIMATIC
SIMATIC PDM Stand alone Server V9.3 PDM Server as well as with cumulative SIMATIC PDM TAGs (sets of
10, 100 or 1000) (see "Optional product components"). SIMATIC
With the SIMATIC PDM Stand alone Server product package, you can
PDM 1 Client licenses (sets of 1) can also be added in combination
establish central service and parameter assignment stations that oper­
with the SIMATIC PDM Server option.
ate according to the client/server principle. Portals opened on licensed
SIMATIC PDM Clients (SIMATIC PDM sessions) enable handling of pro­ SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server V9.3
duction plant field devices via the SIMATIC PDM Server on the plant Instead of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7, the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server
bus assigned via registration. The product package can be used mul­ product package expanded with the SIMATIC PDM Server option
tiple times within a plant, e.g. for various plant units. It comprises: can also be used for a central SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering and ser­

7/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Design (continued)

vice station. Field devices integrated using an Electronic Device SIMATIC PDM Server V9.3 option
Description (EDD) can then be assigned parameters on any client of The server functionality can be activated in a local or central service
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station as well as on local SIMATIC station with this option. It enables parameter assignment of selec­
PDM Clients. The following are components of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 ted field devices on any client of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Server: Station as well as on local SIMATIC PDM Clients. This functionality is
• SIMATIC PDM Basic (incl. 4 SIMATIC PDM TAGs) already integrated in the SIMATIC PDM Stand alone Server and
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server. The SIMATIC PDM Clients as well as the
• SIMATIC PDM Extended portals opened on these clients (SIMATIC PDM sessions) must be
• SIMATIC PDM integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 licensed with SIMATIC PDM 1 Client licenses. For details about this,
refer to "SIMATIC PDM 1 Client" under "Optional product compon­
• SIMATIC PDM Routing ents".
• SIMATIC PDM Server SIMATIC PDM HART Server V9.3 option
This option permits the use of HART multiplexers from various
• 100 SIMATIC PDM TAGs
vendors in SIMATIC PDM. Furthermore, WirelessHART field devices
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server can be expanded with cumulative sets of can also be parameterized with SIMATIC PDM.
10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC PDM TAGs and 1 SIMATIC PDM 1 Client SIMATIC PDM Command Interface V9.3 option
licenses (see "Optional product components"). The portals opened on
these clients (SIMATIC PDM sessions) must also be licensed with the With this option, SIMATIC PDM configurations for stand-alone oper­
SIMATIC PDM 1 Client Licenses besides the SIMATIC PDM Clients. For ation (based on the SIMATIC PDM Basic or SIMATIC PDM Service
details about this, refer to "SIMATIC PDM 1 Client" under "Optional product package) can be remote-controlled with regard to config­
product components". uration and field device operation.
Optional product components Note: You cannot order the SIMATIC PDM Command Interface
option. It is only intended for project-specific use and not for mass
SIMATIC PDM Extended V9.3 option use. Programming knowledge is necessary.
The SIMATIC PDM Extended option enables you to unlock other sys­ SIMATIC PDM TAGs (version-independent)
tem functions for SIMATIC PDM Basic and SIMATIC PDM, for example:
Depending on the project size, the SIMATIC PDM TAGs supplied
• Change log with a product package (except SIMATIC PDM Single Point) can be
cumulatively expanded with sets of 10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC
• Calibration report
PDM TAGs.
• Extended information in the Lifelist A SIMATIC PDM TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object that rep­
• Export and import functions resents the individual field devices or field components within a
project, e.g. measuring instruments, positioners, switching devices
• Print functions or remote I/Os. SIMATIC PDM TAGs are also relevant for diagnostics
with the lifelist of SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered
• Document manager to be all recognized devices with diagnostics capability, whose
• Comparison function detailed diagnostics is effected through the device description
(EDD).
• Group operations SIMATIC PDM 1 Client (version-independent)
• Setting device IDs SIMATIC PDM 1 Client is a cumulative 1 Client license for SIMATIC
PDM configurations with SIMATIC PDM Server, for example SIMATIC
This functionality is already integrated in the following product pack­
PDM Stand alone Server or SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server. The license
ages: SIMATIC PDM Stand alone Server, SIMATIC PDM S7, SIMATIC
is used to activate registered SIMATIC PDM Clients and SIMATIC
PDM PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7‑FF.
PDM Sessions (opened portals) on these clients.
SIMATIC PDM Integration option in STEP 7/PCS 7 V9.3 Each "SIMATIC PDM 1 Client" license activates one SIMATIC PDM Cli­
This option is used for the integration of SIMATIC PDM in a SIMATIC S7 ent with one SIMATIC PDM session. A SIMATIC PDM session is
or SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment. SIMATIC PDM can then defined as one opened portal together with the parameter views of
be started directly from the hardware configurator (HW Config) in the field devices opened from the portal. Each additional simultan­
STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7. eously opened SIMATIC PDM session on this client requires its own
This functionality is already integrated in the product packages of cat­ "SIMATIC PDM 1 Client" license. For larger projects, up to
egory "SIMATIC PDM system-integrated" (SIMATIC PDM S7, SIMATIC 30 registered SIMATIC PDM Clients are possible.
PDM PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server). The "SIMATIC PDM 1 Client" license must be transferred to the com­
SIMATIC PDM Routing V9.3 option puter with the SIMATIC PDM Server. The SIMATIC PDM Stand alone
Server product package comes with 2 "SIMATIC PDM 1 Client"
If SIMATIC PDM is used on an engineering station, the SIMATIC PDM licenses.
Routing option enables handling of every device in the field that can
be configured per EDD throughout the plant and across different bus SIMATIC PDM Software Media Package V9.3
systems and remote I/Os. SIMATIC PDM Routing can be used in com­ The current SIMATIC PDM installation software is offered without a
bination with SIMATIC PDM Integration in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7. license in the form of the SIMATIC PDM Software Media Package.
Routing is already integrated in SIMATIC PDM PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM Purchasing of corresponding software licenses is necessary to
PCS 7 Server. SIMATIC PDM Routing can be additionally installed as an unlock the product-specific functionalities.
option on a local SIMATIC S7 engineering and service station with With SIMATIC PDM product packages, a SIMATIC PDM Software
SIMATIC PDM S7. Media Package is supplied together with each ordering item when
supplied via "goods delivery" (not with optional product compon­
ents). Further SIMATIC PDM Software Media Packages must be
ordered separately as required.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 7/7

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Design (continued)

The software of the SIMATIC PDM Media Package without a license Information on ordering and delivery
can be used for demonstration purposes in demo mode. The SIMATIC Installation software for the SIMATIC PDM is provided in the form of
PDM functionality is limited as follows in demo mode: a software media package. Software media packages and product-
• Stand alone mode specific software licenses are separate packages, which are not
merged into a single delivery unit for a goods delivery.
• Storage functions disabled
The number of delivered software media packages can be determ­
• Export and import functions disabled ined by the number of ordered items. You can find more informa­
tion under "Goods delivery" in the section "Software Media and
• Expanded functionality disabled Logistics", subsection "PCS 7 Software Packages" in the ST PCS 7
• Communication functions restricted catalog.

7/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Function Integration

Device integration
SIMATIC PDM supports all devices defined by the Electronic Device
Description (EDD) and devices described by Field Device Integration
Technology (FDI Technology V1.2). EDD is standardized to EN 50391
and IEC 61804. Internationally it is the most widely used standard­
ized technology for device integration. At the same time, it is the
guideline of the established organizations for
• PROFIBUS and PROFINET (PI – PROFIBUS & PROFINET International)
• HART (FCG: Field Communication Group)
• Foundation Fieldbus (FCG: Field Communication Group)
The devices are integrated directly in SIMATIC PDM through a com­
pany-specific EDD or through the libraries of the FCG. To achieve
improved transparency, they can be managed in project-specific
device libraries.
Field devices are described in the EDD or FDI device description pack­
ages in terms of functionality and construction using the Electronic
Device Description Language (EDDL). Using this description, SIMAT­
IC PDM automatically creates its user interfaces with the specific
device data. By simply importing the manufacturer's device-specific
device description packages, you can update existing devices and
integrate further devices in SIMATIC PDM.
Technical support
If you wish to use devices which cannot be found in the SIMATIC
PDM device description library, we would be pleased to help you
integrate them.
Support Request
You can request support by service specialists at Technical Support
by using a "Support Request" on the internet:
SIMATIC PDM, parameter view and trend window

Contacts in the Region

SIMATIC PDM core functions
The Technical Support responsible for your Region can be found on
• Creation of project-specific device libraries the internet at:
• Adjustment and modification of device parameters
• Comparing (e.g. project and device data)
• Plausibility testing of data input
• Device identification and testing
• Device status indication (operating modes, interrupts, states)
• Simulation
• Diagnostics (standard, detailed)
• Export/import (parameter data, logs, documents)
• Management (e.g. networks and PCs)
• Commissioning functions, e.g. measuring circuit tests of device
data
• Lifecycle management functions, e.g. for device replacement
• Global and device-specific modification logbook for user opera­
tions (audit trail)
• Device-specific calibration reports
• Graphic presentations of echo envelope curves, trend displays,
valve diagnosis results etc.
• Presentation of incorporated manuals
• Document manager for integration of up to 10 multimedia files

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 7/9

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PDM Stand alone product Configuration for a local service and para­
meter assignment station
packages
Minimum configuration SIMATIC PDM Service V9.3
Product package for service and meas­
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V9.3 uring circuit tests on a local service
including 1 TAG; product package for station, with
operation and configuration of one • SIMATIC PDM Basic incl. 4 TAGs
field device; communication via • 50 TAGs
PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART (modem,
6 languages (English, German,
RS 232, PROFIBUS/PROFINET), Mod­
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
bus, Ethernet or PROFINET
software class A, runs with Win­
Additional functions or SIMATIC PDM
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
TAGs are not possible
and Windows Server 2019/2022
6 languages (English, German,
Standard Edition, for operation within
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the
software class A, runs with Win­
specifications there take precedence
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for
and Windows Server 2019/2022
the latest information), floating
Standard Edition, for operation within
license for 1 user
the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
specifications there take precedence
Media Package
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for
the latest information), floating • Goods delivery 6ES7658-3JD88-0YA5
license for 1 user License key on USB flash drive and
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Certificate of License, bundled with
Media Package 1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media
6ES7658-3HA88-0YA5 Package per order item
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive and • Online delivery 6ES7658-3JD88-0YH5
Certificate of License, bundled with License key download and online
1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media Certificate of License combined with
Package per order item SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­
6ES7658-3HA88-0YH5 age (SIMATIC PDM and device library
• Online delivery
software download)
License key download and online
: Email address required!
Certificate of License combined with
SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­ Configuration for a central service and
age (SIMATIC PDM and device library parameter assignment station
software download)
: Email address required! SIMATIC PDM Stand alone Server
V9.3
Basic configuration for individual product Product package for service and
packages
device management in plant units,
with
SIMATIC PDM Basic V9.3
- SIMATIC PDM Basic incl. 4 TAGs
including 4 TAGs; product package for
- SIMATIC PDM Extended
operation and configuration of field
- SIMATIC PDM Server
devices and components; communica­
- 2 × SIMATIC PDM 1 Client
tion via PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART
- 100 TAGs
(modem, RS 232, PROFIB­
6 languages (English, German,
US/PROFINET), Modbus, Ethernet or
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
PROFINET
software class A, runs with Win­
6 languages (English, German,
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
and Windows Server 2019/2022
software class A, runs with Win­
Standard Edition, for operation within
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the
and Windows Server 2019/2022
specifications there take precedence
Standard Edition, for operation within
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for
the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the
the latest information), single license
specifications there take precedence
for 1 installation
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
the latest information), floating
Media Package
license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software • Goods delivery 6ES7658-3TX88-0YA5
Media Package License key on USB flash drive and
6ES7658-3AB88-0YA5 Certificate of License, bundled with
• Goods delivery
1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media
License key on USB flash drive and
Package per order item
Certificate of License, bundled with
1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media • Online delivery 6ES7658-3TX88-0YH5
Package per order item License key download and online
6ES7658-3AB88-0YH5 Certificate of License combined with
• Online delivery
SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­
License key download and online
age (SIMATIC PDM and device library
Certificate of License combined with
software download)
SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­
: Email address required!
age (SIMATIC PDM and device library
software download) SIMATIC PDM system-integrated
: Email address required! product packages

7/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)
Configuration for integration in SIMATIC SIMATIC PDM PCS 7‑FF V9.3
S7 configuration environment
Product package for use in a SIMATIC
PCS 7 configuration environment,
SIMATIC PDM S7 V9.3
including FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Product package for use in a SIMATIC
communication
S7 configuration environment, with
6 languages (English, German,
- SIMATIC PDM Basic incl. 4 TAGs
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
- SIMATIC PDM Extended
software class A, runs with Win­
- SIMATIC PDM Integration in
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
STEP 7/PCS 7
and Windows Server 2019/2022
- 100 TAGs
Standard Edition, for operation within
6 languages (English, German,
the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
specifications there take precedence
software class A, runs with Win­
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
the latest information)
and Windows Server 2019/2022
Floating license for 1 user, with
Standard Edition, for operation within
- SIMATIC PDM Basic incl. 4 TAGs
the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the
- SIMATIC PDM Extended
specifications there take precedence
- SIMATIC PDM Integration in
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for
STEP 7/PCS 7
the latest information), floating
- SIMATIC PDM Routing
license for 1 user
- SIMATIC PDM Communication
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Media Package
- 100 TAGs
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-3KD88-0YA5 Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
License key on USB flash drive and Media Package
Certificate of License, bundled with 6ES7658-3MD88-0YA5
• Goods delivery
1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media
License key on USB flash drive and
Package per order item
Certificate of License, bundled with
• Online delivery 6ES7658-3KD88-0YH5 1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media
License key download and online Package per order item
Certificate of License combined with 6ES7658-3MD88-0YH5
• Online delivery
SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­
License key download and online
age (SIMATIC PDM and device library
Certificate of License combined with
software download)
SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­
: Email address required!
age (SIMATIC PDM and device library
Configuration for integration in SIMAT­ software download)
IC PCS 7 configuration environment : Email address required!
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V9.3 SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server V9.3
Product package for use in a SIMATIC Product package for use in a SIMATIC
PCS 7 configuration environment PCS 7 configuration environment,
6 languages (English, German, including server functionality
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), 6 languages (English, German,
software class A, runs with Win­ French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC software class A, runs with Win­
and Windows Server 2019/2022 dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
Standard Edition, for operation within and Windows Server 2019/2022
the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the Standard Edition, for operation within
specifications there take precedence the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for specifications there take precedence
the latest information) (see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for
Floating license for 1 user, with the latest information)
- SIMATIC PDM Basic incl. 4 TAGs Single license for 1 installation, with
- SIMATIC PDM Extended - SIMATIC PDM Basic incl. 4 TAGs
- SIMATIC PDM Integration in - SIMATIC PDM Extended
STEP 7/PCS 7 - SIMATIC PDM Integration in
- SIMATIC PDM Routing STEP 7/PCS 7
- 100 TAGs - SIMATIC PDM Routing
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software - SIMATIC PDM Server
Media Package - 100 TAGs
6ES7658-3LD88-0YA5 Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
• Goods delivery
Media Package
License key on USB flash drive and
Certificate of License, bundled with • Goods delivery 6ES7658-3TD88-0YA5
1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media License key on USB flash drive and
Package per order item Certificate of License, bundled with
1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media
• Online delivery 6ES7658-3LD88-0YH5
Package per order item
License key download and online
Certificate of License combined with • Online delivery 6ES7658-3TD88-0YH5
SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­ License key download and online
age (SIMATIC PDM and device library Certificate of License combined with
software download) SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­
: Email address required! age (SIMATIC PDM and device library
software download)
: Email address required!

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 7/11

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM Server V9.3

SIMATIC PDM For activating the server functionality
6 languages (English, German,
SIMATIC PDM Extended V9.3 French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
For enabling additional system func­ software class A, runs with Win­
tions dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
6 languages (English, German, and Windows Server 2019/2022
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), Standard Edition, for operation within
software class A, runs with Win­ the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC specifications there take precedence
and Windows Server 2019/2022 (see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for
Standard Edition, for operation within the latest information), single license
the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the for 1 installation
specifications there take precedence Without SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMATIC PDM
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for Software Media Package
the latest information), floating • Goods delivery 6ES7658-3TX88-2YB5
license for 1 user License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
Without SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMATIC PDM ficate of License
Software Media Package
6ES7658-3NX88-2YB5 • Online delivery 6ES7658-3TX88-2YH5
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive and License key download and online
Certificate of License Certificate of License
: Email address required!
• Online delivery 6ES7658-3NX88-2YH5
(without SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMAT­ SIMATIC PDM Communication
IC PDM Software Media Package) FOUNDATION Fieldbus V9.3
License key download and online For communication with field devices
Certificate of License on FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
: Email address required! 6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
SIMATIC PDM Integration in STEP software class A, runs with Win­
7/SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.3 dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC,
For integration in a SIMATIC S7/SIMAT­ for operation within the SIMATIC
IC PCS 7 configuration environment PCS 7 product family, the specifica­
6 languages (English, German, tions there take precedence (see
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for the
software class A, runs with Win­ latest information), floating license for
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC 1 user
and Windows Server 2019/2022 Without SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMATIC PDM
Standard Edition, for operation within Software Media Package
the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the • Goods delivery 6ES7658-3QX88-2YB5
specifications there take precedence License key on USB flash drive and
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for Certificate of License
the latest information), floating
license for 1 user • Online delivery 6ES7658-3QX88-2YH5
Without SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMATIC PDM License key download and online
Software Media Package Certificate of License
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-3BX88-2YB5 : Email address required!
License key on USB flash drive and SIMATIC PDM HART Server V9.3
Certificate of License For using HART multiplexers as well as
• Online delivery 6ES7658-3BX88-2YH5 for configuration of WirelessHART field
License key download and online devices
Certificate of License 6 languages (English, German,
: Email address required! French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
SIMATIC PDM Routing V9.3 dows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2019 and
For plant-wide navigation to field LTSC 2021 64-bit, for operation within
devices the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the
6 languages (English, German, specifications there take precedence
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), (see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for
software class A, runs with Win­ the latest information), floating
dows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2019 and license for 1 user
LTSC 2021 64-bit, for operation within Without SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMATIC PDM
the SIMATIC PCS 7 product family, the Software Media Package
specifications there take precedence • Goods delivery 6ES7658-3EX88-2YB5
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for License key on USB flash drive and
the latest information), floating Certificate of License
license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMATIC PDM • Online delivery 6ES7658-3EX88-2YH5
Software Media Package License key download and online
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-3CX88-2YB5 Certificate of License
License key on USB flash drive and : Email address required!
Certificate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7658-3CX88-2YH5
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!

7/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM

Selection and ordering data (continued) Technical specifications

SIMATIC PDM Command Interface SIMATIC PDM V9.3

V9.3 Hardware • PG/PC/notebook with processor corres­
Use of remote control of SIMATIC PDM ponding to operating system requirements
with 1 × SIMATIC PDM 1 Client
Operating system (alternatives) • Windows 10 Professional
Note: Special conditions of purchase
and supply • Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-3SX88-2YB5 • When integrated, specifications for SIMAT­
(without SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMAT­ IC PCS 7 take precedence
IC PDM Software Media Package) Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 • SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.1/V8.2 (without Com­
License key on USB flash drive and munication FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Certificate of License • SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x
SIMATIC PDM 1 Client SIMATIC PDM Client • Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 or 11
Cumulative client license for SIMAT­ • Google Chrome
IC PDM configurations with SIMAT­
IC PDM Server, software class A, single
license for 1 installation
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-3UA00-2YB5 More information
License key on USB flash drive and
Certificate of License Update/Upgrade
• Online delivery 6ES7658-3UA00-2YH5
Existing installations based on SIMATIC PDM V8.x/V9.0 (including SP
License key download and online
in each case) can be upgraded straight to V9.3 with upgrade pack­
Certificate of License
: Email address required! ages.
SIMATIC PDM TAGs
Projects with SIMATIC PDM V7.0 can only be upgraded to version 9.3
TAG licenses for expanding the avail­ by first upgrading to version 8.0. Two upgrade packages are offered
able TAG volume, cumulative, soft­ for SIMATIC PDM V8.x/V9.0:
ware class A, floating license for • SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package Basic1) (with/without SIMATIC PDM
1 user
HART Server option in each case) for configurations based on:
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive and - SIMATIC PDM Basic
Certificate of License
- SIMATIC PDM Service
- 10 TAGs 6ES7658-3XC00-2YB5

6ES7658-3XD00-2YB5
- SIMATIC PDM S7
- 100 TAGs
- 1 000 TAGs 6ES7658-3XE00-2YB5 - SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
• Online delivery • SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package Complete1) for configurations
License key download and online based on:
Certificate of License
: Email address required! - SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server
- 10 TAGs 6ES7658-3XC00-2YH5 - SIMATIC PDM PCS 7‑FF
- 100 TAGs 6ES7658-3XD00-2YH5 1) Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM such as PDM Extended,
- 1 000 TAGs 6ES7658-3XE00-2YH5 PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7, PDM Routing, PDM Server and PDM Com­
munication FOUNDATION Fieldbus are each included in a product package
SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­ listed in the SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package Basic or SIMATIC PDM Upgrade
age Package Complete and are implicitly authorized to be updated via the cor­
responding license. The SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package Complete is
SIMATIC PDM Software Media required for use of the product components PDM Server or PDM Communic­
Package V9.3 ation FOUNDATION Fieldbus.
Installation software without license,
6 languages (English, German, You can find more information in the section "Update/Upgrade Pack­
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), ages" under "Updates/Upgrades Asynchronous to the PCS 7 Version"
software class A, runs with Win­ - "Upgrades SIMATIC PDM", as well as "Sales and delivery release:
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC, SIMATIC PDM V9.3"
for operation within the SIMAT­ https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109971621
IC PCS 7 product family, the specifica­
tions there take precedence (see
SIMATIC PDM V9.3 Readme for the
latest information)
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
Note:
Can only be used in conjunction with
a valid license or in demo mode!
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-3GX88-0YT8
SIMATIC PDM and device library soft­
ware on DVD
• Online delivery 6ES7658-3GX88-0YG8
SIMATIC PDM and device library soft­
ware download
: Email address required!

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 7/13

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Plant device management

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Overview Overview (continued)

Automation Maintenance SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Enterprise Resource Enterprise Asset

Planning Management
(ERP level) System

Manufacturing MES
Execution Systems Maintenance
(MES level) Operations

Controls Plant Asset

(Process and Manage-
field level) ment

The Maintenance Station is specialized for plant asset management

(also known as plant-floor asset management), i.e. the management
of company assets that are used as fixed assets for production. Its The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station makes additional hardware
tasks include efficient administration and management of equip­ or software components for plant asset management superfluous.
ment in technological systems, in particular the I&C equipment, with Fully integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7, it supplements the process control
the objective of maintaining and increasing the value. system with a valuable instrument for minimizing the total cost of
ownership over the complete life cycle of the plant.
The following maintenance strategies are used for this purpose:
Parallel to process control, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
• Corrective maintenance provides consistent maintenance information and functions for the
Response to pending error and diagnostic messages system components of the plant (assets):
- Failures are risked or minimized by redundant configurations • The plant operator receives all process-relevant information via the
operator system, as well as an overview of the diagnostics status of
- Maintenance in the form of repair or replacement the process control system.
• Preventive maintenance • The maintenance engineer checks the hardware of the automation
Preventive diagnostics and maintenance system using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station, and pro­
cesses its diagnostic messages and maintenance requests.
- Initiation of appropriate maintenance measures before a fault
actually occurs The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station provides maintenance and
service personnel access to:
- Maintenance in the form of time-dependent or status-dependent
• Components of the process control system, e.g. intelligent field
maintenance (depending on degree of wear)
devices and I/O modules, fieldbuses, controllers, network compon­
• Predictive maintenance ents and plant buses as well as Single Stations, Servers and Clients
Predictive diagnostics for timely detection of potential problems • Assets that do not directly belong to the process control system,
and determination of the remaining service life such as pumps, motors, centrifuges, heat exchangers (mechanical
Using the Maintenance Station, the maintenance engineer can assets) or control loops. They are represented by proxy objects in
check the hardware of the automation system, evaluate its diagnost­ which the diagnostics rules are stored.
ic messages and information and derive maintenance measures It is therefore no longer the case that maintenance functions and
from them. He or she is thus in a position to plan, control and docu­ information are only available in a separate level independent of the
ment the entire maintenance cycle - starting with the arrival of a dia­ production process.
gnostics message, continuing with the evaluation of detailed dia­ Plant operators and service personnel are thus able to constantly act
gnostics information and the planning, initiation and tracking of the following, for example:
maintenance measures, all the way to their completion.
• Service requests
• Service approvals
• Placing an asset in "In Service" status
• Information regarding a completed service measure

7/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Design

Architecture
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station uses hardware and soft­
ware components of the Engineering System (ES) and Operator
System (OS) for asset management. Depending on the project-spe­
cific SIMATIC PCS 7 architecture, it can be implemented on the
basis of a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX (PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS system or PCS
7 BOX ES/OS system), a SIMATIC PCS 7 ES single station, or a cli­
ent/server combination.
As a result of the close interlacing, ES, OS, and asset management
functions run on common hardware. Such a multi-functional sta­
tion cannot only be used for asset management, but also for sys­
tem engineering or HMI.
The following table shows possible hardware/software configura­
tions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station (MS).

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station as Single-user Single-user Multi-user system (client-server combination)
system system
Required SIMATIC PCS 7 hardware/software PCS 7 BOX PCS 7 ES PCS 7 PCS 7 MS Server PCS 7 ES Server or
Single Station MS/ES Client Single Station
Basic hardware
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS system or ● – – – –
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX ES/OS system
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation for ES/OS single sys­ – ● ● – ● (Single Station)
tem
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation for OS server – – – ● ● (Server)
Required SIMATIC PCS 7 software corresponding to
operating system of basic hardware
(without taking into account the quantity frameworks)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering software AS/OS – ● ● – ●
Optional1): SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server2) ● ● – – ●
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Server – – – ● –
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software Client – – ● – –
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering ● ● ● – ●
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime ● ● – ● –
(basic package and additional asset TAGs)
1) Only when you use intelligent field devices or the AssetMon functionality
2) Allows SIMATIC PDM to be started on every MS client

The MS Server can even be operated as a redundant pair of servers. access control for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is
The redundant MS servers must be configured like redundant OS serv­ handled by SIMATIC Logon integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7.
ers and expanded by the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime SIMATIC PDM supplies comprehensive device information for dis­
functionality. play and further processing on the Maintenance Station and can be
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime basic package called from any SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Client (MS Cli­
already contains 100 asset TAGs. These can be expanded by cumulat­ ent). The display of diagnostics displays structured according to the
ive SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime licenses for 100 or 1 plant hierarchy with the operating states of the SIMATIC PCS 7 com­
000 asset TAGs (Count Relevant Licenses). ponents is possible both on purely MS clients and combined
The signaling system, user interface, picture hierarchy and operator MS/OS clients. The faceplates of these stations can also display the
prompting are based on the HMI philosophy of the Operator System. enhanced diagnostics information determined by SIMATIC PDM. A
The diagnostics data of all assets are displayed on uniform faceplates device-specific call of SIMATIC PDM is also possible. However,
whose contents depend on the intelligence of the respective compon­ enhanced online diagnostics functions in conjunction with HW Con­
ent. This means that working with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance fig can only be called on stations that are both an MS client and
Station is simple and intuitive – a time-consuming training period is engineering station for SIMATIC PCS 7 at the same time.
not required. Configuration
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station uses the optional product The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is based on the hardware
package SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server for parameter assignment and and software project of the application which is generated during
diagnostics of the devices integrated via an Electronic Device Descrip­ the standard configuration with the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering sys­
tion (EDD). tem. With system support, all data relevant to the plant asset man­
For editing the devices, the user receives the functional rights corres­ agement are derived from the project data of the application, and
ponding to their role following identification. User management and the diagnostics screens are also generated, simply by pressing a

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 7/15

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Design (continued)

button. The procedure is simple, and requires no additional configura­ defined for systems for plant asset management and for status
tion work: messages from field devices:
• Generation of the hardware and software project of the application • NAMUR recommendation NE129 (requirements for systems for
plant asset management)
• Parameter assignment for optional functionalities
• NAMUR recommendation NE105 (requirements for the integra­
• System-supported generation of the diagnostics screens with all tion of field devices in engineering tools)
components present in the project, including the picture hierarchy
based on the project's hardware structure • NAMUR recommendation NE107 (status messages from field
devices "Device failure", "Maintenance requirements", "Function
• Compilation of the configuration data, and downloading to the check")
operator station and Maintenance Station with subsequent test and
commissioning phase In addition, it also observes IEC 61804-2 for describing devices by
means of the Electronic Device Description Language (EDDL) and
The names of imported pictures, icons, etc. can be permanently specifications made by the PROFIBUS & PROFINET International (PI)
changed for further use in the maintenance project. organization, e.g.:
Conformity to international standards, specifications, and recom­ • PROFIBUS Profile Guidelines Identification & Maintenance Func­
mendations tions
Plant asset management with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
conforms to international standards, specifications, and recommenda­ • PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process Control Devices
tions. It is based on the NAMUR requirements (process control stand­
ards committee in the chemical and pharmaceutical industries)

7/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Function Function (continued)

• Detailed diagnostics information
- Device-specific information from the manufacturer
- Information on fault diagnostics and troubleshooting
- Additional documentation
• Results of internal condition monitoring functions
• Status information, e.g. local configuration changes
• Information on changes (audit trail report)
• Parameter information
Visualization of the maintenance information

Good Maintenance Maintenance

requirement job unknown/
(low) not requested
Diagnostic message of a component in the "Identity" faceplate view
Simulation Maintenance Maintenance
request job

G_PCS7_XX_00072
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station provides maintenance (medium) requested
engineers with comprehensive maintenance information on the sys­
tem components (assets) of the plant. Starting from the overview Change in Maintenance Maintenance
display, maintenance engineers can navigate to the diagnostics configuration alarm job
screens of the subordinate hardware levels to obtain information on detected (high) in progress
the diagnostics status of individual plant areas or components. If a
fault is signaled in the overview display, the "Loop in alarm" function Uniform symbols for visualization of the maintenance status as well as
operator prompting
permits rapid switching to the diagnostics faceplate of the associ­
ated component.
The scope of information available depends on the individual possib­ The hierarchical structuring of information and the uniform symbols
ilities of the asset, and is filtered according to the user's area of support the overview, facilitate orientation, and permit the mainten­
responsibility. ance engineer to rapidly access detailed information starting from
the plant overview.
The following information is available, for example:
The symbol set defined for the plant asset management contains
• Display of diagnostics status detected by the system symbols which identify the diagnostic status of the devices/compon­
• Information on the component, such as process tag name, manu­ ents, the relevance of the maintenance request, and the status of
facturer or serial number the maintenance measure.
Group displays in the plant overview visualize the diagnostics status
• Display of diagnostic messages of an individual component of the subordinate structures/components according to a type of
• Visualization of the type and current state of the initiated mainten­ traffic light with red, yellow or green.
ance measure In line with their significance, the components described with a
device description package in SIMATIC PDM can be marked as fol­
Information on mechanical assets lows and also directly filtered using these features:
For mechanical assets without self-diagnostics (pumps, motors, • Normal
etc.), the AssetMon function block can determine inadmissible oper­
ating states from various measured values and their deviations from • Important
a defined normal status. These are displayed as maintenance alarms
on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station. AssetMon is able to pro­ • Safety Instrumented Function (SIF)
cess up to 3 analog values and up to 16 binary values. • Device checked
In addition, AssetMon is suitable for implementation of:
• Project-specific write protection
• Individual diagnostics structures
Diagnostics screens display the status of components and subordin­
• Project-specific diagnostics rules ate devices/components through standardized symbols with the fol­
lowing elements:
• Condition monitoring functions
• Bitmap of component
Enhanced information for assets according to IEC 61804‑2
More information can be called up for assets described by the elec­ • Tag identification of component
tronic device description (EDD) according to IEC 61804‑2. This • Maintenance status display
information is automatically read out of the components and made
available by SIMATIC PDM in the background. • Group display for diagnostics status of subordinate components
• Device type information (electronic rating plate) Clicking an element in the symbol display either opens the subordin­
ate hierarchy level or a component faceplate. The component face­
plate offers various views of the associated component with addi­
tional device-specific information, e.g. an identification, message or
maintenance view.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 7/17

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station • Online delivery 6ES7658-7GX78-0YH5

Runtime Basic Package V10.0 License key download, online Certi­
including SNMP OPC server license ficate of License
and 100 asset TAGs : Email address required!
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A Asset TAGs
Runs with the following operating sys­ Asset TAGs license the number of asset objects that are monitored
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0
with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station. An asset object repres­
Readme for latest information):
ents individual hardware components within a SIMATIC PCS 7
• Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2019
project, e.g.
• Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2021
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
• Measuring devices monitored per EDD, positioners, switching
tion devices, or remote I/O stations
• Windows Server 2022 Standard Edi­ • Basic devices or Ethernet components monitored per OPC coupling
tion in the Maintenance Station
Single license for 1 installation,
without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software The asset TAGs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime
Media Package licenses (sets of 100 and 1 000) are cumulative (Count Relevant
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-7GB78-0YB0 Licenses).
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7658-7GB78-0YH0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Runtime Asset TAGs
for adding asset TAGs, cumulative
Language-neutral, software class A,
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
- 100 asset TAGs 6ES7658-7GB00-2YB0

- 1 000 asset TAGs 6ES7658-7GC00-2YB0

• Online delivery
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
- 100 asset TAGs 6ES7658-7GB00-2YH0

- 1 000 asset TAGs 6ES7658-7GC00-2YH0

Maintenance Station Engineering

SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Engineering V10.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A
Runs with the following operating sys­
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0
Readme for latest information):
• Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2019
• Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2021
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
tion
• Windows Server 2022 Standard Edi­
tion
Floating license for 1 user, without
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-7GX78-0YB5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License

7/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station

Overview

Industrial Ethernet, plant bus

S7-15001) S7-3xx1) S7-4xx1) S7-4xxH1) S7-4xx1) IE/PB LINK

SIMATIC PDM
Maintenance Station

PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS DP

G_PCS7_XX_00293
HART HART

1) with integrated data set gateway (DSGW)

Integration of the system-independent SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station in SIMATIC and SIMATIC PCS 7 to connect to the plant bus

In contrast to SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station, which is seamlessly Note:

integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, SIMATIC The SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station is based on software com­
PDM Maintenance Station operates on separate hardware, independ­ ponents from SIMATIC PCS 7.
ent of the automation projects and the employed automation systems
(controllers). It integrates field devices and components via their Elec­ The device management and integration functions are based on
tronic Device Description and uses the communication paths of SIMATIC PDM.
SIMATIC PDM to exchange information.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 7/19

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station

Application Design

The SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station is suitable for all projects

which use communication modes supported by SIMATIC PDM as well
as field devices described by an Electronic Device Description
(EDD/FDI).
Field devices and field components which were integrated into
SIMATIC PDM using an EDD/FDI device description can be monitored
and evaluated.
It is also easy to monitor and diagnose HART field devices and field
components connected to HART multiplexers or communicating via
Wireless HART on site.
The SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station is especially suited to the fol­
lowing tasks:
• Implementation of small to medium-sized service projects. Up to
1000 devices can be managed per Maintenance Station. The SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station on a software package with
• Greater quantities can be attained by using multiple SIMATIC PDM the following contents:
Maintenance Stations. • SIMATIC PCS 7 Media Package for circulation media
• Configuration of unit-granular maintenance stations or stand- • SIMATIC PDM Device Description Library
alone solutions.
• License packages for PDM MS and SIMIT VC
• Formation of up to three field device groups for cyclic data export
functions. The SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station should ideally be operated
on a Microbox PCS IPC BX-39A (IPC427G), as it is suitable for 24-hour
• Maintenance station retrofitting in SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7 continuous operation at temperatures from 0 to 50 °C due to its
projects independent of the project version. excellent physical properties.
• Implementation of maintenance stations in SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC The PC Station should have the following minimum requirements:
PCS 7 projects without "Plant-wide data record routing" functional­ • 32 GB RAM
ity.
• 256 GB SSD space
• Separate technological projects and service projects.
Pre-installed software
• Implementation of maintenance stations in projects without
SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems (controllers). • Windows 10 Enterprise 2021 LTSC
Included software
• SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Media Package for SW Package Installation
• SIMATIC PDM Device Description Library 1#2024

7/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station

Function Selection and ordering data

The functionality of the SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station is largely SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station
based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station and the SIMAT­ Single Station V5.0 software
IC PDM Process Device Manager for stand-alone operation. The oper­ Software for engineering and opera­
ator interfaces are comparable with those of the SIMATIC PCS 7 tion; with virtual controller; with
Maintenance Station configured as single station. SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PCS 7 Media Package; SIMAT­
IC PDM, SIMATIC PDM Device Library
integrates the intelligent field devices (sensors/actuators) and field 1#2024
components (remote I/Os, multiplexers, control room devices, com­
pact controllers, etc.) via their Electronic Device Description (EDD). 5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish)
For communication with field devices/components, SIMATIC PDM Software class A, single license for
Maintenance Station uses the SIMATIC PDM communication paths 1 installation
over the following communication interfaces: With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
• Industrial Ethernet License frame for up to 1 000 objects
(OS RT PO, MS RT PO)
• PROFIBUS DP 104 PDM TAGs
License VC dongle VC V11.2
• PROFIBUS PA
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-5GX05-0YA5
• HART on PROFIBUS License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License;
• PROFINET Bundled with 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package per order
• HART Multiplexer item
• WirelessHART SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station
Upgrade Package V4.0 ⇒ V5.0
• MODBUS (on request) Software upgrade for engineering and
operation; with virtual controller; with
The diagnostic information is determined over a cyclic polling SIMATIC PCS 7 Media Package; SIMAT­
algorithm. Polling can be configured for each individual field device IC PDM, SIMATIC PDM Device Library
in the SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station in cycles of 1#2024
10 min/1 h/12 h/1 d. 5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish);
software class A; single license for 1
installation;
with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
License VC dongle VC V11.2
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-5GX05-0YE5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License;
Bundled with 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package per order
item
SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station
Software Update Service (SUS)
Subscription for 1 year with automatic
extension
Requirement: current software version
Software Media Package SIMATIC PCS
7
Software Media Package SIMATIC PDM
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-3XX03-0YL8
License key on USB flash drive and
Certificate of License

Add-on/expansion components

SIMATIC PDM TAGs

TAG licenses for expanding the avail­
able TAG volume, cumulative, soft­
ware class A, floating license for
1 user
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive and
Certificate of License
- 10 TAGs 6ES7658-3XC00-2YB5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 7/21

 © Siemens AG 2024

Plant device management

SIMATIC PDM Maintenance Station

Selection and ordering data (continued)

- 100 TAGs 6ES7658-3XD00-2YB5

- 1 000 TAGs 6ES7658-3XE00-2YB5

• Online delivery
License key download and online
Certificate of License
: Email address required!
- 10 TAGs 6ES7658-3XC00-2YH5

- 100 TAGs 6ES7658-3XD00-2YH5

- 1 000 TAGs 6ES7658-3XE00-2YH5

Keyboard/mouse

USB keyboard TKL-105

Color: black
• Keyboard layout, German 6AV6881-0AU14-0AA0

• Keyboard layout, US International 6AV6881-0AU14-1AA0

SIMATIC HMI USB mouse 6AV2181-8AT00-0AX0

Optical mouse with scroll wheel and
USB connection, color anthracite

7/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 8
© Siemens AG 2024

Batch automation

8/2 SIMATIC BATCH

8/4 SIMATIC BATCH software
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC BATCH

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH

Overview Design

SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH clients

operator station and OS clients

Engineering
System
Terminal bus

Batch server OS server

Plant bus

only on AS mode

Automation
systems

Scalability
SIMATIC BATCH is configured as a single station system or as a cli­
ent/server system and can be used in plants of any size due to its
modular architecture and scalability in cumulative SIMATIC BATCH
UNITs (sets of 1, 10 and 50 plant unit instances).
In the process industry, discontinuous processes – so-called batch
processes – are of great significance. Permanently shorter product Single-user system for small applications
lifecycles as well as the versatility required by consumers are two of For small batch applications, SIMATIC BATCH can be installed togeth­
the reasons for this. er with the OS software on a single station system.
Product quality that stays the same even in the umpteenth batch, Client/server configuration
quick response to changed market conditions, traceability for pro­
duction (FDA compliance), fulfillment of legal standards, as well as However, a characteristic feature of the automation of batch pro­
the economic and technical necessity to utilize production plants cesses using SIMATIC BATCH is client/server architectures in which
flexibly and optimally – all of this places high demands on plant one Batch server and multiple Batch clients together process a plant
automation. project. The Batch Server in such a configuration can also be con­
figured with redundancy in order to increase availability.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system with the SIMATIC BATCH
software package offers the right solution for low-cost and effective SIMATIC BATCH clients and OS clients can run on separate or com­
automation of batch processes. mon basic hardware.
SIMATIC BATCH is completely integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7, both in The Batch server software, SIMATIC BATCH Basic or SIMATIC BATCH
the visualization and in the engineering system. Thanks to the mod­ Server, provided for configuration of a Batch server usually runs on
ular design and the flexible scaling, it can be used in small test cen­ dedicated server hardware (Batch Server). Depending on the load on
ters as well as in production plants of any size. the Operator System, the OS Server and Batch Server software can
also be run on shared server hardware (OS/Batch Server).
The hardware configuration of the Batch Server depends on the
SIMATIC BATCH operating mode:
• In PC mode, the complete recipe logic is executed in the batch
server. If SIMATIC BATCH is only executed in PC mode, the Batch
server does not require a connection to the plant bus. Communica­
tion with the automation system is via the Operator System.
• In AS mode, the unit recipe logic is executed in the automation
system. Mixed operation with PC operating mode is also possible
within a batch where unit recipes are run on both the Batch Server
and on the automation system. In AS mode, the Batch Server
requires a connection to the plant bus for communication with the
automation system.
System connection
Batch single station and Batch server can be connected to the Indus­
trial Ethernet plant bus via a CP 1623 communications module or via
a simple FastEthernet network adapter with BCE (suitable for com­
munication with up to 8 automation systems; not redundant sys­
tems).
The IE variants of the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC for single
stations and servers are equipped with a CP 1623 communications
module with the SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 communication soft­
ware. When using redundant automation systems, the SIMATIC Pro­

8/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH

Design (continued) Integration

cess Control System IPC requires SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE

S7‑REDCONNECT communication software instead of the SIMATIC
NET HARDNET‑IE S7 communication software. SIMATIC NET HARD­
NET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack can be used to upgrade the
communication software. For order data on this, see "Industrial
Communication" section, "Industrial Ethernet, System Connection
PCS 7 Systems" subsection.
The 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 port is already onboard and
can be used for connecting to the terminal bus.
Redundancy
SIMATIC BATCH supports Batch server redundancy. The two Batch
Servers in a redundant pair of servers have identical configurations.
A separate Ethernet connection via separate network adapters/con­
nectors between these servers is used to optimize the internal com­
munication. This must always be provided as an Ethernet connec­
tion. This also applies if SIMATIC BATCH software and SIMATIC PCS 7
OS software are installed together on the redundant pair of servers. Process picture with integrated OS Control
The serial RS 232 connection described in the section "OS redund­
ancy" is not possible in this case.
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7
A redundant optical or electrical connection can be used depending
on the ambient conditions and the distance between the two Batch SIMATIC BATCH is completely integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7. The plant
Servers, for example up to 100 m per crossover network cable (RJ45 data can be configured entirely using the engineering system. The
plug). For details, refer to the "High Availability Process Control Sys­ engineering system transfers all data required for creating recipes to
tems" manual; for appropriate cable material and other accessories, the Batch server. It is therefore possible to edit recipes separate from
see Catalog IK PI. the engineering system. Changes to the configuration which are
made in the engineering system are available to the Batch server
Note: using an update function (online/offline).
Licenses for the server, API and UNITs and for SIMATIC BATCH OS SIMATIC BATCH supports the operation and monitoring of batch pro­
Control Web Client must be installed on both servers for the redund­ cesses by means of standard faceplates (faceplates and OS controls
ant version. integrated in the process picture). With SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0, opera­
Basic hardware tion is also possible using OS controls configured on a Web client.
The modularity and flexibility of SIMATIC BATCH are optimally sup­ The SIMATIC Logon integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7 uses SIMATIC
ported by the hardware available. The basic hardware spectrum BATCH for the following functions:
from the "Process Control System IPC" section can be used for • Central user administration with access control
SIMATIC BATCH. Please note that the operating system and the
ES/OS software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system are pre­ • "Electronic Signature" function
installed as standard on the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC of This means that actions cannot be performed until enabled by
the single station, server and client versions. If these basic devices authorized users/user groups.
are used for SIMATIC BATCH, it is possible to extend the existing
SIMATIC PCS 7 installation or restore it for the operating system A smart card reader that is suitable as a login device is offered in the
using the Restore DVD set. chapter "SIMATIC Process Control System IPC", section "Expansion
components, Smart card readers".
Expansion options
Communication with the automation systems
OS/Batch Single Station and Batch client can be optionally expanded
for multi-monitor mode with up to 4 monitors. Using multi-monitor Depending on the operating mode, SIMATIC BATCH communicates
mode, the visualization of a plant/unit can be divided among 2 to with the automation systems via the Operator System or directly via
4 process monitors per operator station using different views. These S7-DOS.
plant sections can all be operated using just one keyboard and one SFC instances derived from a SFC type template are generally used
mouse. as the interface to the subordinate automation level. The properties
Note: of the SFC type can be defined in a properties dialog, including:
Since all messages from SIMATIC BATCH are processed in the mes­ • Control strategies
sage system of the Operator System, the use of a signal module is • Setpoint/actual value
only recommendable with multi-function OS/Batch stations (clients,
single stations). • Instance parameters
• Timers
In addition to the SFC instances, individual unit parameters can be
described by parameter steps of the recipe.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 8/3

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC BATCH

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH software
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software

Overview

The product structure of the SIMATIC BATCH software is optimized for The SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package is intended for the
configuration of client-server systems and single station systems. BATCH single station. The SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System already
SIMATIC BATCH Basic and SIMATIC BATCH Server are two alternative integrated in the SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package must be
software products for the server installation, and differ in their func­ ordered separately for the stations of the client/server system. The
tional scope. SIMATIC BATCH API can be optionally used in both the BATCH single
Additional functions of SIMATIC BATCH Server compared to SIMATIC station and in BATCH servers.
BATCH Basic are, for example: The SIMATIC BATCH project can be matched quantitatively to the
• ROP Library plant size using SIMATIC BATCH UNITs (cumulative quantity options
for instances of plant units).
• Separation Procedures/Formulas SIMATIC BATCH Server Expansion Pack
• Electronic signature With highly complex process cells that can process a high volume
of batches, the total amount of main memory required by all
• MES High Level Synchronization batches together can exceed the level of 1.5 GB. No additional
• Route Control Integration batches can be released or started. This can be avoided by addition­
ally installing Server Expansion Packs, each of which provides an
In exceptional cases, the SIMATIC BATCH Client software can also be additional 500 MB of work memory.
operated on the BATCH server. However, the preferred target system
for the SIMATIC BATCH Client software is the standalone BATCH client.

Software products/licenses BATCH BATCH Redundant BATCH server pair BATCH

single station server Server A Server B client
Basic software
SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package1) ● – – – –
SIMATIC BATCH Basic2)6) – ● ● ● –
SIMATIC BATCH Server2)6) – ● ● ● –
SIMATIC BATCH Client3) – o o o ●
SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System – o o o o4)
SIMATIC BATCH API6) o o o o –
Quantity options: Cumulative objects6)
• SIMATIC BATCH UNITs5)
- 1 UNIT o o o o –
- 10 UNITs o o o o –
- 50 UNITs o o o o –
• SIMATIC BATCH OS Control Web Client
- 1 Web client o o o o –
- 5 Web clients o o o o –
• Server Expansion Pack
- 500 MB o o o o –

SIMATIC BATCH software products/licenses for BATCH single station, BATCH server and BATCH client
1) SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package License includes the server, client and recipe system functionalities. However, these cannot be extracted as individual
licenses and distributed over multiple computers.
2) Alternative BATCH server software: SIMATIC BATCH Server with full functionality or SIMATIC BATCH Basic with reduced range of functions.
3) A SIMATIC BATCH Client License is needed for the BATCH Control Center (BatchCC) and for the BATCH OS Controls. If both BatchCC and the BATCH OS Control
are being used on a PC, only 1 SIMATIC BATCH Client License has to be installed.
4) A client/server system is required on at least one client.
5) Instances of units; at least one SIMATIC BATCH UNIT License is required per project.
6) In a redundant configuration, the licenses must be installed on both servers.
● Software product/license required
o Software product/license optional
– Software product/license not required or not available

8/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software

Function

Recipe editor The Batch Recipe Editor can be started individually, but can also be
launched from the Batch Control Center (BatchCC). It possesses a
GUI, processing functions typical to Microsoft Windows for indi­
vidual and grouped objects, and a structural syntax check.
The recipe editor offers powerful functions for the following tasks:
• Creation of new master recipes and library operations
• Definition of user interface in the project settings
• Modification of existing master recipes and library operations
(changes in structure or parameters)
• Querying the states of recipe objects and process values in trans­
ition conditions
• Assignment of route control locations as transfer parameters
(source, target, via) to the transport phases, in order to direct
products of one batch to other units (local or external)
• Configuration of arithmetic expressions for calculating setpoints
for transitions and recipe parameters from recipe variables and
constants
• Documentation of master recipes and library operations
• Validation under inclusion of user-specific plausibility checks
• Selection of unit candidates via a class-based view or limitation of
the equipment properties
• Releasing master recipes and library operations for test or produc­
The recipe editor is integrated in the SIMATIC BATCH Single Station tion
Package and can be installed as a functional expansion component of
the SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System on a batch client and batch server.
It is used for easy, intuitive creation and modification of master
recipes and library operations. The basis for recipe creation are the
batch objects created from the plant configuration using the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Engineering System, e.g. units and equipment phases.

Hierarchical recipes according to ISA-88.01

Process cell Recipe

procedure

Unit Recipe unit

procedure

Equipment Recipe
module operation

Control Recipe
G_PCS7_XX_00102

module phase

Hierarchical recipes according to ISA-88.01

SIMATIC BATCH supports hierarchical recipes in accordance with the The hierarchical recipe structure is mapped on the plant module as
ISA-88.01 standard. SIMATIC BATCH and SIMATIC PCS 7 form a func­ follows:
tional unit that fully covers the models described in the standard.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 8/5

 © Siemens AG 2024

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software

Function (continued)
• Recipe procedure for controlling the process or the production in a The SIMATIC BATCH Batch Control Center (BatchCC) is the "com­
plant mand center" for monitoring and controlling batch processes with
SIMATIC BATCH. Using BatchCC you can manage all data relevant to
• Recipe unit procedure for controlling a process step in a plant unit SIMATIC BATCH through a graphical user interface.
• Recipe operation/function for the process engineering task/function BatchCC offers powerful functions for the following tasks:
in an equipment module
• Import and update of basic automation plant data
Recipe elements for handling of exceptions
• Definition of user privileges for all functions, for clients, or for
Monitoring of process states is possible during runtime by marking plant units of SIMATIC BATCH
freely selectable recipe sections. It is then possible to automatically
react to evaluated events or faults using a command block or jump • Definition of material names and codes
function in a special container.
• Management of master recipes
ROP Library
• Management of libraries with recipe elements (library operations)
Recipe operations managed in a user library (ROP library) can be
installed in the recipe procedures of hierarchical recipes as a reference • Editing of formula categories and management of associated for­
and thus modified centrally. mulas
This reduces the effort for engineering and validation. If the reference • Creation of master recipes from control recipe
link is broken, the recipe operation becomes a fixed component of the
recipe procedure, and is thus independent of further central modifica­ • Exporting and importing of master recipes, formulas and library
tions. objects
Separation Procedures/Formulas • Creation of batches with master recipes
• Starting of batch processing and controlling of batches
• Monitoring and diagnostics of batch processing
• Allocation strategy for recipe creation and unit allocation at batch
runtime
• Online modification, deletion or insertion of objects (RPH, ROP,
RUP) and structure elements (loops, transitions, etc.) of the recipe
Formula 1 Formula 2 Formula 3 (special privileges and explicit authorization required)
Quantity 1 000 kg 500 kg 900 kg
• Recording and archiving of recipes and batch data
Temperature 90 °C 80 °C 95 °C
Time 10 min 15 min 12 min
• Opening SFC visualization directly from the control recipe
Salt Yes Yes No
Pepper No No Yes Batch OS Control
Sugar 100 g 150 g 50 g

Master Recipe #1 Master Recipe #2 Master Recipe #3

G_PCS7_XX_00064

The flexibility achieved by recipes which are independent of specific

units can be increased even further if the procedure and parameter
sets (formulas) are separated from one another. Various master
recipes can be created by linking several formulas using 1 recipe pro­
cedure. This enables central modification of procedures. The formula
structure is determined by the formula category defined by the user.
Batch OS Control
Batch Control Center (BatchCC)

OS Controls which can be directly superimposed on the process dis­

play provide you with a practical alternative to BatchCC for the
operation and monitoring of batch processes.
The following OS controls are available:
• Unit overview
• ROP overview
• Batch creation
• Job and batch overview

8/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software

Function (continued)
• Batch operation and monitoring • Start mode (immediately, following operator input, or time-driv­
en)
The BATCH OS controls are also web-supported, i.e. operator control
and monitoring is possible on a PCS 7 Web Client. • Unit allocation
Batch planning • Formula
• Run sequence (chaining to previous or subsequent batch)
• Displaying the runtime of a batch
• Definition of minimum time interval for batch chaining
Batch planning and control are supported in a user-friendly manner
and simplified, thanks to special displays such as the order category
list, production order list, batch planning list, batch status list, or
batch results list.
All batches including their unit allocation can be clearly presented
in a combination of Gantt diagram and table. Time conflicts or
those resulting from multiple allocation of units are identified by
symbols. Time conflicts can be eliminated simply by shifting the
associated batches in the Gantt diagram.
Batch Control Center enables the creation of individual production SIMATIC Batch API
orders and batches. However, Batch Planning offers significantly more The SIMATIC BATCH API Application Programming Interface, which
planning functions. The batches for a large number of production is offered as an expansion component, is an open interface for cus­
orders can then be planned in advance. tomer-specific extensions. It provides users with access to data and
The functional scope not only includes planning, but also modifica­ functions of SIMATIC BATCH and enables programming of special
tion, cancellation, deletion and release of batches. Creation and distri­ applications for specific sectors or projects.
bution of the batches for a production order are possible manually,
but can also be carried out automatically depending on the definition
of the batch number or production quantity.
The following batch properties can be set and changed:
• Quantity

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 8/7

 © Siemens AG 2024

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Basic software for Batch Single Sta­ Functional add-on components

tion, Batch Server and Batch Client
Runs with the following operating sys­
Runs with the following operating sys­ tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for latest information):
Readme for the latest information1)): • Windows 10 2019/2021 LTSC
• Windows 10 2019/2021 LTSC • Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­
• Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­ ard Edition
ard Edition
SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System
SIMATIC BATCH Single Station V10.0
Package V10.0 For recipe creation; installation on at
6 languages (English, German, least one client of a client/server sys­
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), tem (alone or in combination with the
software class A, single license for SIMATIC BATCH client software)
1 installation 6 languages (English, German,
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
Media Package software class A, floating license for
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-0UX78-0YB0 1 user
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
ficate of License Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-0AX78-0YB5
• Online delivery 6ES7657-0UX78-0YH0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
License key download, online Certi­ ficate of License
ficate of License
: Email address required! • Online delivery 6ES7657-0AX78-0YH5
License key download, online Certi­
SIMATIC BATCH Basic V10.0 ficate of License
Batch server software with reduced : Email address required!
functionality
6 languages (English, German, SIMATIC BATCH API V10.0
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), 1 language (English), software class A,
software class A, single license for single license for 1 installation
1 installation Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
Media Package • Goods delivery 6ES7657-0MX78-2YB0
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-0YX78-0YB0 License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ ficate of License
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7657-0MX78-2YH0
• Online delivery 6ES7657-0YX78-0YH0 License key download, online Certi­
License key download, online Certi­ ficate of License
ficate of License : Email address required!
: Email address required!
Quantity options for Batch Single
SIMATIC BATCH Server V10.0 Station and Batch Server (cumulat­
6 languages (English, German, ive)
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, single license for SIMATIC BATCH UNITs2)
1 installation For SIMATIC BATCH Single Station
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Package/SIMATIC BATCH Server soft­
Media Package ware
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-0TX78-0YB0 Language-neutral, software class A,
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ single license for 1 installation
ficate of License Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Online delivery 6ES7657-0TX78-0YH0
• Goods delivery
License key download, online Certi­ License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License ficate of License
: Email address required!
- 1 UNIT 6ES7657-0XA00-0YB0
SIMATIC BATCH Client V10.0
6 languages (English, German, - 10 UNITs 6ES7657-0XB00-0YB0
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
- 50 UNITs 6ES7657-0XC00-0YB0
software class A, floating license for
1 user • Online delivery
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software License key download, online Certi­
Media Package ficate of License
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-0VX78-0YB5 : Email address required!
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ - 1 UNIT 6ES7657-0XA00-0YH0
ficate of License
- 10 UNITs 6ES7657-0XB00-0YH0
• Online delivery 6ES7657-0VX78-0YH5
License key download, online Certi­ - 50 UNITs 6ES7657-0XC00-0YH0
ficate of License
: Email address required!

8/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software

Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC BATCH OS Control Web

Client
For SIMATIC BATCH Single Station
Package/SIMATIC BATCH Server soft­
ware
Language-neutral, software class A,
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
- 1 Web Client 6ES7657-0XF00-0YB0

- 5 Web Clients 6ES7657-0XG00-0YB0

• Online delivery
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
- 1 Web Client 6ES7657-0XF00-0YH0

- 5 Web Clients 6ES7657-0XG00-0YH0

SIMATIC BATCH Server Expansion

Pack (500 MB)
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-0QX58-2YB0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7657-0QX58-2YH0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"
2) Instances of plant units

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 8/9

 9
© Siemens AG 2024

Route Control

9/2 SIMATIC Route Control

9/6 SIMATIC Route Control Runtime software
9/9 SIMATIC Route Control Engineering soft­
ware
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Route Control

Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control

Overview

)OH[LEOHURXWHPDQDJHPHQWZLWK6,0$7,&5RXWH&RQWURO

P&ID (Example) Multiplexing with Route Control

Operation Modes

ReqRoute

SrcReady

OpenLine

StartPump

Transfer

StopTransfer
Route example with partial route functions

StartPump

OpenLine OpenLine OpenLine OpenLine

G_PCS7_XX_00980
SrcReady

V310, V311 M110, V111 V201 V202

Management of route processes

With SIMATIC Route Control, the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control sys­ SIMATIC Route Control can be profitably used for a wide range of
tem offers an innovative and proven route management system at the applications. It significantly increases safe plant operation through
same time. Due to its flexibility and scalability, SIMATIC Route Control automated, controlled actuator activation with simultaneous mon­
can be used beneficially for almost any plant scale in a wide range of itoring of interlocks, limits and material compatibility. The very
industries. easy-to-use operator interface of SIMATIC Route Control signific­
Using SIMATIC Route Control, engineering and planning offices as antly reduces plant complexity for the plant operator and avoids
well as plant operators can significantly reduce project configuration operator errors. The optional redundancy of the Route Control Serv­
and commissioning costs and at the same time increase configuration ers and the automation system-based control of routes ensure the
quality. Thanks to the flexible "multiplexing" capability of SIMATIC high system availability required in many industries. The detailed
Route Control, plant expansions often no longer require new configur­ documentation of operator interventions and the system activities
ation. They can instead be configured during operation. Actuator con­ enable full tracking of routing processes, which is especially
trol can be rescheduled and adapted during runtime. SIMATIC Route required in validated environments.
Control thus offers the highest degree of flexibility with unconditional
assurance of plant safety.

9/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control

Application Design

SIMATIC Route Control can be profitably used for almost any plant
size in a wide range of applications in the process industries. SIMATIC Route Control clients and OS clients Engineering
SIMATIC Route Control shows its strengths in the following situ­ System
ations, among others:
• High plant safety combined with maximum flexibility for route
control required. Terminal bus
• Operator errors should be specifically avoided by employing auto­
matisms
• Frequent changes to the route network are necessary due to modi­
fications or expansion, including the involved actuators and Route Control OS server
sensors server

G_PCS7_XX_00052
• Materials used are incompatible or change frequently
Plant bus
• Source and destination (including reversal of direction for bidirec­
tional routes) should be able to be specified dynamically Automation
systems
• Routes are often controlled in parallel
• Plant projects are executed with SIMATIC BATCH
The modularity and flexibility of SIMATIC Route Control are optimally
supported by the hardware available. The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations from the "Industrial Workstation/IPC" section can be
used for SIMATIC Route Control.
Hardware for small plants
With small plants, SIMATIC Route Control Client and Server can be
installed together with the OS software on a single-station system to
save costs. You can select the hardware for this OS/RC single station
from the section "Industrial Workstation/IPC", under "SIMATIC Rack
PC".
Client/server configuration
In medium and large plants, the SIMATIC Route Control route man­
agement system is typically used as a distributed multi-station sys­
tem with client-server architecture. Depending on the application, it
is generally possible to operate SIMATIC Route Control Server,
SIMATIC Batch Server and SIMATIC OS Server on common basic
hardware. Taking into account the availability and performance
requirements of the respective application, it must be decided
whether separate server hardware must be provided for each com­
ponent.
The availability of the RC Server can be increased further by a
redundant design of the SIMATIC Route Control Server hardware.
SIMATIC PCS 7 supports a SIMATIC Route Control Server or pair of
SIMATIC Route Control Servers for each multi-user system.
The SIMATIC Route Control Client (RC Client) is represented by the
SIMATIC Route Control Center (RCC). The RCC can be installed on a
SIMATIC OS Client, a SIMATIC Batch Client or separate client hard­
ware.
Increasing plant availability due to the use of redundant SIMAT­
IC Route Control Servers
The SIMATIC Route Control Server software supports SIMATIC Route
Control Server redundancy. Additional software components or sep­
arate connection between the two servers are not required.
With the assistance of the SIMATIC Route Control Server software,
the two redundant SIMATIC Route Control Servers monitor each oth­
er during operation. If the active SIMATIC Route Control Server fails,
the redundant partner takes over operation. In this case, the SIMAT­
IC Route Control Clients are automatically switched to the new act­
ive SIMATIC Route Control Server. Once the failed SIMATIC Route
Control Server has resumed operation, data is synchronized with the
active SIMATIC Route Control Server.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 9/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control

Design (continued)

Supported automation systems

SIMATIC Route Control supports standard automation systems, fault-
tolerant and safety-related automation systems of the S7-400 range
based on to the following CPU types:
• CPU 416 3 (parallel control of up to 30 routes)
• CPU 417‑4 and CPU 417‑4H (parallel control of up to 300 routes)
• CPU 410 5H (parallel control of up to 300 routes)
• PCS 7 BOX

Configuration

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Route Control system has a modular design and without increased work. Changes in the SIMATIC Route Control
can be flexibly adapted to the respective application. In accordance engineering project can be recorded and documented with a
with the growing demand of a plant, the required number of routes change log.
can be flexibly adapted using additional SIMATIC Route Control Routes SIMATIC Route Control Runtime - Route management based on
software packages (10 and 50 route packages) up to the project upper
multiplexers
limit of 300 routes.
To control a route, the operator requests a route via SIMATIC Route
The data managed by SIMATIC Route Control is protected against
Control Center, specifying source, destination and optional waypo­
unauthorized access by a role/rights system. SIMATIC Logon as the
ints. Alternatively, the control of a route can also be automated
central SIMATIC PCS 7 component for user management ensures
(e.g. via SIMATIC Batch).
optimum user administration.
After successfully searching for a requested route, SIMATIC Route
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering – Individual interconnection Control Server is ready to control the route. The control of a route
of blocks no longer necessary takes place according to a defined function catalog, which contains
The central SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system also provides SIMATIC the sequence and configuration of the control functions (control
Route Control Engineering in addition to other things. This includes strategies). The SIMATIC Route Control Server (RC Server) supplies
the SIMATIC Route Control Library (for controlling route elements, the SIMATIC Route Control Clients (Route Control Center) with the
etc.) and the SIMATIC Route Control Wizard for automated support of necessary data and transfers their operating information to the
project configuration. automation systems.
To control and monitor elements of a plant, blocks from a SIMATIC The detailed operating messages generated by SIMATIC Route Con­
PCS 7 library are conventionally installed in CFCs in SIMATIC PCS 7 and trol allow all operating actions to be traced at any time (audit trail).
interconnected with plant control blocks according to the technologic­ SIMATIC Route Control can be used to request and safely perform
al requirements. Individual connection of the blocks is no longer maintenance work on automation systems. The automation sys­
necessary with SIMATIC Route Control (RC)! The standard blocks of tems involved can be specifically placed "in maintenance" (out of
the technological elements relevant for SIMATIC Route Control (RC service). SIMATIC Route Control waits for the termination of active
elements) are adapted via uniform, reduced interface blocks of the route controls for this.
SIMATIC Route Control Library. SIMATIC Route Control then takes of
the control and monitoring of the elements.
The advantages of controlling and monitoring technological elements
with SIMATIC Route Control are also possible in existing plants

Route Control master module

9/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control

Configuration (continued)

SIMATIC Route Control block icons representing a specific route can Route Control faceplate that displays detailed information about
be added to process pictures of SIMATIC PCS 7 operator stations. A the route and allows the route to be operated.
SIMATIC Route Control block icon references a corresponding SIMATIC

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 9/5

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Route Control

Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control Runtime software
SIMATIC Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control Runtime software

Overview

SIMATIC Route Control Center

Software components (runtime) RC Single Station RC Server single RC Server redundant RC Client
Server A Server B
SIMATIC Route Control Server ● ● ● ● –
SIMATIC Route Control Center ● – – – ●
Quantity options: cumulative SIMATIC Route Control
Routes1)
• 10 routes1) o o o o –
• 50 routes1) o o o o –

SIMATIC Route Control software for RC Single Station, RC Server, and RC Client
1) Number of simultaneous material transports; at least one "SIMATIC Route Control Routes" license (for sets of 10/50) is required per project, total project limit:
300 routes
● Software product/license required
o Software product/license optional
– Software product/license not required or not available

Due to its software structure, SIMATIC Route Control can be flexibly However, to further increase both the availability and the perform­
adapted to different plant sizes and architectures (single-user/multi- ance of the SIMATIC PCS 7 system, it is recommended to install the
user systems): respective server software on separate server hardware.
• SIMATIC Route Control Engineering (components of the SIMATIC The SIMATIC Route Control Center (RCC) can be installed on a
PCS 7 Engineering System) SIMATIC OS Client, a SIMATIC Batch Client or on separate SIMATIC
Route Control Client hardware.
• SIMATIC Route Control Server
In addition to the SIMATIC Route Control Server and SIMATIC Route
• SIMATIC Route Control Center (RCC) Control Center runtime software, SIMATIC Route Control software
packages that can be ordered separately are also required for a
SIMATIC Route Control and SIMATIC Operator System work together SIMATIC Route Control project, depending on the size of the plant.
harmoniously and efficiently. For small plants, this makes it possible This software licenses the use of a certain number of routes (cumu­
to install Route Control Center and Route Control Server together with lative 10 and 50 quantity options for the number of simultaneously
SIMATIC Operator System software on a Single Station. The ordering controlled routes). Several sets of 10 and 50 SIMATIC Route Control
data for the OS software can be found in the section "Operator Sys­ Routes licenses can be combined up to a total project limit of
tem". 300 routes.
In the case of multiple station systems with low configuration limits, it
is also possible to operate the SIMATIC Route Control Server, SIMATIC
Batch Server and SIMATIC OS Server on shared basic hardware.

9/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control Runtime software

Function

SIMATIC Route Control Server project configuration are made available to the SIMATIC Route Con­
The SIMATIC Route Control Server supplies the Route Control Clients trol Server by a simple loading and activation process and are then
(faceplate or SIMATIC Route Control Center) with data and forwards taken into account for new route searches.
operating information to the automation systems. When there is a Updating the Route Control Server configuration requires a com­
requested route search, the SIMATIC Route Control Server has the task ment from the user and triggers a corresponding WinCC message.
of finding an optimum route based on specified parameters (source, This also contributes to safe plant operation and traceability of sys­
destination, waypoints) and taking into account other parameters tem modifications.
(e.g. mode tables, function or material identifiers). Changes in the

SIMATIC Route Control Server

SIMATIC Route Control Center (RCC) • Extensive diagnostic options for route requests (e.g. detection of
The SIMATIC Route Control Center displays an overview of all routes request errors due to blocked elements or blocked partial routes,
known to the SIMATIC Route Control Server including all detailed detection of inconsistent actuations or prohibited follow-up
information. materials)
Key functional features are: • Extensive diagnostics of ongoing material transports (e.g. color
• Overview of all SIMATIC Route Control elements, partial routes and and textual status display of routes; detailed analyses by evaluat­
request details ing feedback from SIMATIC Route Control elements)

• Configuration and operation of the routes: • Operation of server functions (e.g. selecting SIMATIC Route Con­
trol Server, displaying its status and re-reading data)
- Selection of operating mode: Manual/automatic
• Display of operator who has logged on
- Request, start, stop, continue and terminate route in manual mode
• Definition of route parameters (source, destination, material,
- Set/modify request parameters (origin, destination, intermediate function ID etc.), and saving and loading these settings
points) as well as general properties (mode table, function ID,
material ID and "ignore error") in manual mode • Management of the maintenance function for automation sys­
tems
- Enable/disable sequence functions in manual mode

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 9/7

 © Siemens AG 2024

Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control Runtime software

Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC Route Control Server V10.0

for single station or client/server
configuration
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A
Runs with Windows 10 Enterprise
2019/2021 LTSC or Windows Server
2019/2022 Standard Edition 64-bit
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for
more information1))
Single license for 1 installation,
without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-7FX78-0YB0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7658-7FX78-0YH0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
Quantity options for single sta­
tion/server (cumulative)

SIMATIC Route Control Routes2)

For expansion of the SIMATIC Route
Control Server software for single sta­
tion or client/server configuration,
cumulative
Language-neutral, software class A,
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
- 10 routes2) 6ES7658-7FF00-0XB0

- 50 routes2) 6ES7658-7FG00-0XB0

• Online delivery
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
- 10 routes2) 6ES7658-7FF00-0XH0

- 50 routes2) 6ES7658-7FG00-0XH0

SIMATIC Route Control Center V10.0

6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A
Runs with Windows 10 Enterprise
2019/2021 LTSC or Windows Server
2019/2022 Standard Edition 64-bit
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for
more information1))
Floating license for 1 user, without
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-7EX78-0YB5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7658-7EX78-0YH5
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"
2) Number of simultaneous material transports; total project limit: 300 routes

9/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Route Control

Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering software
SIMATIC Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering software

Overview

SIMATIC Route Control Engineering

With SIMATIC Route Control Engineering, SIMATIC PCS 7 plant engin­

eering is extended by adapting technological elements relevant for
SIMATIC Route Control. This adaptation is a standardized process
requiring little effort. This procedure also enables the uncomplicated
extension of existing plants.
The adaptation is performed using the CFC Editor using standardized
interface blocks from the SIMATIC Route Control Library.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 9/9

 © Siemens AG 2024

Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering software

Function

In addition to the basic tools of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System • Interconnections:
(SIMATIC Manager, CFC, etc.), the following components from the The term "interconnection" refers to the installation of a SIMATIC
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering software package are available for Route Control element in a partial route. Through this process,
configuring SIMATIC Route Control applications: SIMATIC Route Control elements receive functions or properties of
SIMATIC Route Control Library the partial route (e.g. in the initial state: "close valve").
The SIMATIC Route Control Library contains blocks for configuring the • Function catalogs:
SIMATIC Route Control system and for route representation and
adaptation of the route elements. It is provided in the catalog of the A function catalog is a grouping of several related control
CFC editor. strategies (also referred to as function levels) - e.g. "Cleaning",
"Sterilization" or "Material transfer". The partial routes can be
SIMATIC Route Control Wizard assigned to function catalogs according to technological and
The SIMATIC Route Control Wizard supports and simplifies the SIMAT­ product-specific aspects. Function catalogs serve as search criteria
IC Route Control engineering process. It automatically recognizes the for route searches, for example.
configuration data of the SIMATIC PCS 7 project specific to SIMATIC • Function stages:
Route Control and prepares it for SIMATIC Route Control engineering.
In addition to incoming plausibility checks, it defines the communica­ Function catalogs can contain up to 32 function levels (control
tion links between AS-OS and AS-AS (NetPro and CFC) and configures strategies). The function levels are used to determine the control
the SIMATIC Route Control Server messages, for example. of the SIMATIC Route Control connected in partial routes (e.g.
basic position of the control elements, open source valve, switch
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering – Configuration of the route on pump).
management
The configuration of partial routes, function catalogs and function
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering is used to configure the objects levels is performed using a user-friendly matrix.
relevant for the route management system. This process takes place
after data preparation by the SIMATIC Route Control Wizard.
The following objects are relevant here:
• Partial routes:
Routes are made up of partial routes. Partial routes provide specific
information for the route search (e.g. flow direction, priority) and at
the same time increase the flexibility of the route search.

Graphical offline route search

Graphical offline route search for checking the route network

A route search independent of the runtime system is possible with Errors in the route network can be detected already during the
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering. Comparable to a navigation sys­ engineering phase. According to the preferences, a preferred route
tem, the graphically visualized offline route search determines pos­ can be selected from the offline route search results and saved as a
sible route options. static route.

9/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering software

Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC Route Control Engineering

V10.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A
Runs with Windows 10 Enterprise
2019/2021 LTSC or Windows Server
2019/2022 Standard Edition 64-bit
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for
the latest information1)
Floating license for 1 user, without
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-7DX78-0YB5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7658-7DX78-0YH5
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
1) See "Software Media and Logistics" section, under "System documentation"

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 9/11

 10
© Siemens AG 2024

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

10/2 Introduction
10/5 SIMATIC Safety Integrated
10/6 SIMATIC S7 F Systems
10/8 SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix
10/13 Functional Safety Services
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Introduction

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

Introduction

Overview Benefits

Safety Integrated for Process Automation enables full integration of

safety technology in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The
Basic Process Control System (BPCS) and Safety Instrumented Sys­
tem (SIS) combine seamlessly to form a uniform and innovative
complete system. The advantages of this fusion are quite clear:
• One common controller platform
• One common engineering system
• No separate safety bus – standard and safety-related communica­
tion take place on the same fieldbus (PROFIBUS/PROFINET with
PROFIsafe)
• Mixed operation of standard and safety-related I/O modules in
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, SIMATIC ET 200iSP and SIMATIC ET 200M
remote I/O stations
• Integrated data management – no complex data exchange
between BPCS and SIS
• Integration of safety-related applications into process visualization
Safety Integrated for Process Automation is the comprehensive
on the operator station
range of products and services from Siemens for safe, fault-tolerant
applications in the process industry. This is characterized by: • Automatic integration of safety-related fault messages with time
• Safety-related F/FH automation systems of the S7‑400 series (see stamping into the process control system
"Automation Systems" section) • Integration of safety-related hardware into the asset management
• Safe communication with the PROFIsafe profile via PROFIBUS (see with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station for diagnostics and
section "Industrial Communication, PROFIBUS") or PROFINET (see preventive maintenance
section "Industrial Communication, PROFINET")
• Fail-safe transmitters (SITRANS P DS III) on the PROFIBUS PA with
PROFIsafe (see Catalog FI 01, Field devices for process automation)
• ET 200SP HA, ET 200iSP and ET 200M distributed I/O systems with
safety-related F‑I/O modules/submodules (see "Process I/O" section)
• Fail-safe process instruments/devices for connection to ET 200 dis­
tributed I/O systems (see Catalog FI 01, Field Instruments for Pro­
cess Automation)
• SIMATIC Safety Integrated software for implementation and opera­
tion of safety applications, with additional components for the
Engineering System and the operator stations: SIMATIC S7 F sys­
tems, SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix
• Special applications, for example, Partial Stroke Test
• Safety Lifecycle Management with support by highly qualified solu­
tion partners: services for all phases in the lifecycle of a safety
instrumented system (analysis, implementation, and operation)

10/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

Introduction

Design

The PROFIsafe profile allows safety-related communication between • Redundant, fault-tolerant design
the automation system (controller) and the process I/O via either
Both design versions are extremely variable, and offer a large scope
PROFIBUS or PROFINET. The decision for choosing either PROFINET IO
for different customer requirements. Standard automation (basic
or the PROFIBUS DP/PA fieldbuses has a significant influence on the
process control) and safety-related functions can be combined flex­
architecture of the safety-related system.
ibly, not only in the area of distributed I/O. Even at the controller
Safety-related design versions with PROFIBUS level, they can be combined in one system or separated. In addi­
In the case of a safety-related system with PROFIBUS communication tion, there are numerous possibilities arising from the use of flex­
integrated into SIMATIC PCS 7, a distinction is made across all archi­ ible modular redundancy.
tecture levels between two design versions:
• Single-channel, non-redundant design

Single-channel, Redundant, high-availability Flexible Modular Redundancy

non-redundant configuration and fault-tolerant configuration at module or device level

Distributed I/O and Distributed I/O Direct fieldbus interfacing

direct fieldbus interfacing

AS Single Station AS Redundancy Station AS Redundancy Station

ET 200M PA Link
ET 200M PROFIBUS PA
F-modules
F-modules

ET 200M
ET 200M
PA Link
F- and standard modules
F- and standard modules with redundant
PA couplers
Active field
ET 200iSP ET 200iSP splitter

F- and standard modules

F- and standard modules

PA Link
PA Link ET 200M with redundant
Module or channel PA couplers
PROFIBUS PA redundancy over
several separate Active field distributors

G_PCS7_XX_00130
stations

F- and standard modules

ET 200pro PROFIBUS DP
F- and standard modules PROFIBUS PA

Safety-related design versions with PROFIBUS

At the individual architecture levels (controller, fieldbus, I/O), you

have the configuration alternatives shown in the figure in line with
the I/O used (ET 200SP HA, ET 200iSP, ET 200M remote I/O stations or
PROFIBUS PA devices with PA profile 3.0 or higher).
Safety-related design versions with PROFINET
Safety-related AS single stations (F systems) and AS redundancy sta­
tions (FH systems) from the S7‑400 series can be networked simply
and effectively with remote I/O stations via PROFINET IO. For this pur­
pose, the PN/IE interface integrated in the CPU and the corresponding
PROFINET interface module in the remote I/O stations (e.g. IM 155-6
PN HA for ET 200SP HA) are available on the automation system side.
The availability of the I/O devices on an AS Single Station (F-system)
can be increased by a ring topology with media redundancy. If the
transmission link in the ring is interrupted at one point, for example,
due to a break in the ring cable or the failure of a station, the redund­
ancy manager then immediately activates the alternative communica­
tion path.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 10/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

Introduction

Design (continued)

CPU 410-5H CPU 410-5H, red.

CPU 410E CPU 410E

ET 200SP HA

SB SB ET 200SP HA

SB

G_PCS7_XX_00974

G_PCS7_XX_00975
ET 200iSP ET 200iSP

Safety-related PROFINET IO communication with media redundancy

Safety-related PROFINET IO communication with system redundancy

The maximum availability with minimum fault reaction times is
achieved by the AS Redundancy Station (FH system) in conjunction
with the redundant PROFINET configuration R1. From the CPUs of the
H system onwards, the R1 devices are connected via two separate line
structures. In order to increase availability, we recommend reverse
cabling (as shown in the blueprint). In contrast to the single-sided I/O
device connection to only one CPU, failure of a CPU in this case does
not automatically lead to failure of the connected I/O devices.

10/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Safety Integrated

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC Safety Integrated

Overview

Together with the SIMATIC S7 F Systems and SIMATIC Safety Matrix

software, SIMATIC Safety Integrated supports the implementation
and operation of safety applications for process automation.
Using the SIMATIC S7 F Systems engineering tool, you can configure
the safety-related F/FH automation systems of the S7‑400 series as
well as the safety-related F‑modules from the ET 200 range.
You can also configure the safety-related applications simply, effi­
ciently and without any time-consuming familiarization using con­
tinuous function charts (CFC) and pre-defined function blocks from
the F‑block library of the SIMATIC S7 F systems. However, this is
even simpler, more convenient and faster using the Safety Matrix
Tool based on CFC. This tool works according to the principle of a
Cause&Effect matrix. Once you have defined reactions (effects) to all
events (causes) occurring during a process, the tool automatically
produces complex safety programs.
The Safety Matrix Viewer allows you to operate and monitor the
SIMATIC Safety Matrix from the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS single station or
from the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS client.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 10/5

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Safety Integrated

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC S7 F Systems
SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC S7 F Systems

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC S7 F Systems

SIMATIC S7 F Systems V6.4

Programming and configuration envir­
onment for creating and using safety-
oriented STEP 7 programs
2 languages (English, German), soft­
ware class A
Runs on the following operating sys­
tems
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB
(64-bit), Windows 10 Enterprise
2019 LTSC 64-bit, Windows Server
2016 Standard Edition 64-bit, Win­
dows Server 2016 Datacenter Edi­
tion 64-bit, Windows Server 2019
Standard Edition 64-bit, Windows
Server 2019 Datacenter Edition
64-bit
Floating license for 1 user, without
The SIMATIC S7 F Systems engineering tool for configuration of SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age
safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems and safety-related
• Goods delivery 6ES7833-1CC46-0YA5
F‑modules from the ET 200 range is integrated in the SIMATIC Man­
ager. SIMATIC S7 F Systems are based on pre-configured and Ger­ License key on USB flash drive and
Certificate of License, bundled with
man Technical Inspectorate certified blocks. The following functions 1 × SIMATIC S7 F Systems Software
are then available: Media Package per order item
• Parameterization of CPU and F signal modules • Online delivery 6ES7833-1CC46-0YH5
License key download and
• Creation of safety-related applications in the CFC online Certificate of License com­
bined with SIMATIC S7 F Systems
Software Media Package (software
Design download and online Certificate of
License)
Information on ordering and delivery : Email address required
Installation software for the SIMATIC S7 F Systems is provided in the SIMATIC S7 F Systems Software
form of a software media package. Software media packages and Media Package
product-specific software licenses are separate packages, which are
SIMATIC S7 F Systems Software
not merged into a single package item for a goods delivery.
Media Package V6.4
The number of delivered software media packages can be determ­ Installation software without license
ined by the number of ordered items. You can find more informa­ 2 languages (English, German), soft­
tion under "Goods delivery" in the "Software Media and Logistics" ware class A
section, subsection "PCS 7 software packages" of the Catalog Runs on the following operating sys­
ST PCS 7. tems:
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB
64-bit, Windows 10 Enterprise 2019
Configuration LTSC 64-bit, Windows Server 2016
Standard Edition 64-bit, Windows
SIMATIC S7 F Systems supports configuration using functions for: Server 2016 Datacenter Edition
64-bit, Windows Server 2019 Stand­
• Comparison of safety-related F programs ard Edition 64-bit, Windows Server
2019 Datacenter Edition 64-bit
• Recognition of changes in the F program using the checksum
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
• Separation of safety-related and standard functions. Media Package
Note: Can only be used in conjunction
Access to the F functions can be password-protected. with a valid license.
The F block library integrated in SIMATIC S7 F Systems contains pre- • Goods delivery 6ES7833-4CC46-0YT8
defined function blocks for generating safety-related applications Software on DVD and Certificate of
with the CFC or the CFC-based SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix. The certi­ License
fied F blocks are extremely robust and intercept programming errors • Online delivery 6ES7833-4CC46-0YG8
such as division by zero or out-of-range values. They avoid the need Software download and online Certi­
for diverse programming tasks for detecting and reacting to errors. ficate of License
: Email address required!
Note:
The SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT license for processing safety-related
user programs in the controller is already integrated in the "AS
bundles" of the safety-related automation systems. The article num­
ber for ordering further licenses can be found in the section "Auto­
mation systems" under "AS 410 modular systems", "Safety-related
automation systems" and under "Complementary S7‑400 systems".

10/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC S7 F Systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Upgrades for SIMATIC S7 F Systems

See "Upgrades for Safety Integrated
for Process Automation" in section
"Update/upgrade packages",
"Updates/upgrades asynchronous to
the PCS 7 version".
Note: With a SIMATIC S7 F Systems
Upgrade from V5.x to V6.x, the type
of SIMATIC S7 F Systems License
changes from single license to floating
license.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 10/7

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Safety Integrated

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix
SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix

Overview

Process image of an operator station with the SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Viewer displayed

The SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix, which can be used in addition to the The SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix means that programming of the
CFC, is an innovative safety lifecycle tool from Siemens that can be safety logic is not only significantly simpler and more convenient,
used not only for user-friendly configuration of safety applications, but also much faster than conventional processes. During the risk
but also for their operation and service. The tool, which is based on analysis of a plant, the configuration engineer can assign precisely
the proven principle of a cause & effect matrix, is ideally suited to pro­ defined reactions (effects) to events (causes) which may occur dur­
cesses where defined states require specific safety reactions. ing a process.

10/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix

Benefits Design

Advantages of the SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix in the implementa­ In the context of SIMATIC PCS 7, the following individual products
tion and operation phase are offered for the SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix:
Implementation phase SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Tool
• Direct further processing of safety specification possible Designed for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System; for creating,
configuring and compiling the SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix, as well as
• Simple programming with the cause & effect method for loading and operator control and monitoring of the safety-
related CFC program.
• No programming knowledge required
The application covers the complete safety lifecycle, from analysis
• Preprocessing of input values through implementation up to operation and maintenance.
• Alarm generation and provision of diagnostic information for each SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Viewer
individual cause & effect For the SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator System; for operator control and
monitoring of the SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix in the operating phase.
• Prealarm for analog values
The SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Viewer can be installed on the SIMAT­
• Free color selection for alarms and messages IC PCS 7 Operator Station, Single Station or Client version to allow
• Automatic generation of CFCs including driver blocks simple and intuitive operation and monitoring of the safety applica­
tion during operation.
• Matrix comparison on basis of created CFC charts Information on ordering and delivery
• Automatic version tracking Installation software for the SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix is provided in
the form of a software media package. Software media packages
• integrated change tracking and product-specific software licenses are separate packages, which
• 1-to-1 expression of the cause & effect matrix are not merged into a single package item for a goods delivery.
The number of delivered software media packages can be determ­
Operating phase ined by the number of ordered items. You can find more informa­
• Complete integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 tion under "Goods delivery" in the "Software Media and Logistics"
section, subsection "PCS 7 software packages" of the Catalog
• All relevant information can be seen at a glance in the template ST PCS 7.
• Cause & effect-dependent matrix and alarm display
• Tag display in the alarm
• Sequence of event display and saving
• First-up alarm display and saving
• Integral operating functions such as reset, override, and parameter
modification
• Automatic saving of operating interventions for the safety life-
cycle management
• Integral maintenance functions such as bypass and simulation
• Display of all relevant process values, also during maintenance
• Automatic version tracking
• Automatic documentation of modifications

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 10/9

 © Siemens AG 2024

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix

Function Function (continued)

During plant operation, the operator has direct access to the relev­
ant data with the viewer of the SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix. From the
overall view it can change directly to cause or effect related detailed
views and return from there. In the detailed views, alarm indications
corresponding with the respective cause or effect can be called up.

SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix: intersections define the linking of causes and

effects

The matrix table is comparable with a spreadsheet program, and the

project engineer first enters the possible process events (inputs) in
the horizontal lines, and then configures their type and number,
logical links, possible delays and interlocks, and any tolerable faults. Tag display in online mode with process value, simulation value and act­
ive value
The reactions (outputs) to a particular event are then defined in the
vertical columns.
The events and reactions are linked by simply clicking the cell at the The signal status is indicated online in the Cause & Effect matrix. The
intersection of the row and column. Using these data, the SIMAT­ process value, simulation value and active value are indicated on the
IC S7 Safety Matrix automatically generates complex, safety-related tag display in each case.
CFC programs. The project engineer requires no special program­ The SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix viewer enables the operator to display
ming skills and can completely concentrate on the safety require­ and save initial messages, as well as to record safety-relevant
ments of the plant. events. Changes in parameters are supported, as are bypass, reset
and override functions.

Input window for configuration of analog "causes" with process value

preprocessing

Each input value can be combined with a freely configurable prepro­

cessing if necessary without giving up the simulation option.
The alarm management is supported by collective alarms, alarm pri­
oritization and individually adjustable acknowledgement.
In addition to the alarms derived from process values, alarms can
also be generated and diagnostics information can be provided for
each individual cause and effect. Priorities and response behavior
can be defined in various profiles here. The color scheme for the
alarms and messages can be adapted on a customer- or country-spe­
cific basis.
For the Safety Life-cycle Management, functions are integrated for
the version management and for the documentation of program
changes and operator interventions.

10/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Viewer

V6.3
Runs with the following operating sys­ For operator control and monitoring
tems (see SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix of the SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix via
V6.3 Readme for the latest informa­ OS Single Station/OS Client
tion): Runtime software, 2 languages (Ger­
• MS Windows 7 Ultimate with SP1 man, English), software class A, float­
(64-bit) ing license for 1 user
• MS Windows 7 Enterprise with SP1 Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
(64-bit) Media Package
• MS Windows 7 Professional with SP1 • Goods delivery 6ES7833-1SM63-0YA5
(64-bit) License key on USB flash drive and
• MS Windows 10 Enterprise 2015 Certificate of License, bundled with
LTSB 1 × SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Soft­
ware Media Package per order item
• MS Windows 10 Enterprise 2019
LTSC (64-bit) • Online delivery 6ES7833-1SM63-0YH5
License key download and online
• MS Windows Server 2008 R2 with
Certificate of License, combined
SP1 (64-bit)
with SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Soft­
• MS Windows Server 2012 R2 Stand­ ware Media Package (software
ard download and online Certificate of
• MS Windows Server 2016 Standard License)
Edition (64-bit) : Email address required; installation
software also available separately as
• MS Windows Server 2016 Datacen­ SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Software
ter Edition (64-bit) Media Package.
• MS Windows Server 2019 Standard
Edition (64-bit) SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Software
Media Package
• MS Windows Server 2019 Datacen­
ter Edition (64-bit) SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Software
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Tool V6.3 Media Package V6.3 (incl. SP)
Creation, configuration, compilation Installation software without license,
and loading of the SIMATIC S7 Safety 2 languages (German, English), soft­
Matrix as well as operator control and ware class A
monitoring in a SIMATIC PCS 7 envir­ Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
onment Media Package
2 languages (German, English), soft­ Note: Can only be used in conjunction
ware class A, floating license for with a valid license.
1 user • Goods delivery 6ES7833-4SM36-0YT8
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Software on DVD and Certificate of
Media Package License
• Goods delivery 6ES7833-1SM03-0YA5 • Online delivery 6ES7833-4SM36-0YG8
License key on USB flash drive and Software download and online Certi­
Certificate of License, bundled with ficate of License
1 × SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Soft­ : Email address required!
ware Media Package per order item
Upgrades for SIMATIC S7 Safety
• Online delivery 6ES7833-1SM03-0YH5 Matrix Tool and SIMATIC S7 Safety
License key download and online Matrix Viewer
Certificate of License, combined See "Safety Integrated Upgrades for
with SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Soft­ Process Automation", chapter
ware Media Package (software "Update/upgrade packages", section
download and online Certificate of "Updates/upgrades asynchronous to
License) the PCS 7 version"
: Email address required; installation
software also available separately as
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Software
Media Package.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 10/11

 © Siemens AG 2024

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

SIMATIC Safety Integrated
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix

Technical specifications

Safety lifecycle Operating Hardware requirements Software requirements

support modes
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Complete lifecycle: Offline, online SIMATIC PCS 7 with safety-related automa­ Microsoft Windows operating system
Tool V6.3 • Analysis phase tion systems (SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT (depending on the software requirements
license integrated) of the SIMATIC PCS 7 version)
• Implementation phase
Installation basis: SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineer­ For offline testing: S7‑PLCSIM or SIMIT
• Operation and main­
ing Station SIMATIC S7 F systems as of V6.1 SP2
tenance phase
SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Operating phase (oper­ Online SIMATIC PCS 7 with safety-related automa­ Microsoft Windows operating system
Viewer V6.3 ator control and monit­ tion systems (SIMATIC S7 F Systems (depending on the software requirements
oring) RT license integrated) of the SIMATIC PCS 7 version)
Installation basis: SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator
Station, single station or client version
System requirements for SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix

10/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Functional Safety Services

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

Functional Safety Services

Overview

Hazard and Risk Assessment

Allocation of Safety Functions to Protection Layers Analysis

Functional Safety Assessment and Auditing

Safety Lifecycle Structure and Planning

Management of Functional Safety and

Safety Requirements Specification (SRS)

for the Safety Instrumented System (SIS)

Design and Engineering of Design and Development of

Verification
Safety Instrumented System (SIS) other means of Risk Reduction
Realization

Installation, Commissioning and Validation

Operation and Maintenance

G_PCS7_XX_00223
Operation
Modification

Decommissioning

Simplified representation of the safety lifecycle (IEC 61511)

Safety lifecycle services for the process industry in accordance The basis for these processes are:
with IEC 61511 • Safety Life Cycle (SLC)
The area of functional safety covers much more than just the Installa­
tion SIL-certified hardware and software components. It requires • Safety Integrity Level (SIL)
expert knowledge, always aware of latest directives and technologies. The safety life cycle reflects the life cycle of process plants and is
Plant operators, PLT protective devices for risk reduction - this includes divided into separate phases: Risk analysis, specification of the
operators of almost all chemical plants, refineries, distillation and safety requirements, planning, installation and commissioning,
combustion plants - must implement a system for management of operation, change as well as decommissioning. Errors in the early
functional safety. Operators are obliged to verify sufficient risk reduc­ stages of the project can often only be corrected later at great
tion. effort and cost. We systematically prevent errors in all project
phases using our standardized engineering guidelines and verifica­
In addition to the correct hardware and software, applied planning,
tion templates.
operating, and change processes are decisive in ensuring that these
systems effectively maintain their intended function throughout the
complete life cycle of the plant.

Benefits Application
• Standardized processes for faster and safer project implementation • Plant operators that use PLT protective equipment to reduce risks -
and commissioning this includes the operators of almost all chemical plants, all refiner­
ies, distillation and combustion plants.
• Uniform verification and validation documents
• SIMATIC PCS 7 plants with integrated safety technology using
• Reduction of development time and costs through interdisciplinary SIMATIC S7 F systems and the SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix, and in
team of experts with process and automation expertise which processing must be performed according to IEC 61511 or a
• Acceleration of the acceptance of plants by means of customized specific safety integrity level (SIL).
safety concepts

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 10/13

 © Siemens AG 2024

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

Functional Safety Services

Design More information

Our service offer Siemens AG

• Management and evaluation of functional safety and audits Engineering & Consulting
[email protected]
• Planning and configuration of the SLC (Safety Plan) Tel.: +49 (69) 797-84500
• Hazard and safety assessment More information is available on the internet at:
• Assignment of the safety functions to the protection levels
• Safety Requirement Specification (SRS)
• Verification and validation, e.g. SIL verification, hardware/software
audit
• Modification (Management of Change)
• Training (see also SITRAIN Digital Industry Academy - SITRAIN,
Siemens Training and IEC 61511 - Practical use (ST-WSPUP) -
SITRAIN Germany, Siemens Training)

10/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 11
© Siemens AG 2024

Industrial Security

11/2 Network Security

11/6 Industrial Cybersecurity Services
11/7 SIMATIC Logon
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Network Security

Industrial Security
Network Security

Overview

Web client ERP Domain controller

- OS
- Maintenance
- Information
Virus scan WSUS
server server

Ethernet, office LAN

Front-end
Domain MES/MIS COMOS plant firewall
controller SIMATIC IT lifecycle management

Web OpenPCS 7 Central archive

Back-end
server server
firewall

OS clients Domain controller

Engineering
station
Terminal bus

Plant bus

G_PCS7_XX_00145
Example of a defense in depth security architecture

With advancing standardization, openness and networking, the secur­ • Formation of a network architecture with defense in depth secur­
ity risks for process control systems have risen significantly. The ity, combined with segmenting of the plant into security cells
danger potential arising from malicious programs such as computer
viruses, worms and trojans or from access by unauthorized personnel • Network administration, assignment of IP addresses, and division
ranges from network overloads or failures and theft of passwords and into subnetworks
data to unauthorized interventions in the process automation. Apart • Operation of plants in Windows domains (active directory)
from property damage, targeted sabotage can also have dangerous
consequences for personnel and the environment. • Administration of Windows operator authorizations and SIMATIC
With the security concept developed for SIMATIC PCS 7, you have PCS 7 operator authorizations; integration of SIMATIC PCS 7 oper­
comprehensive protection for your process control system against ator authorizations into the Windows administration
these various dangers. Siemens supports you with additional services • Reliable control of time synchronization
as needed, including security assessment, security implementation
and security management during operation (for details, see "Industrial • Management of security patches for Microsoft products
Security Services" section).
• Use of virus scanners, allowlisting software and firewalls
SIMATIC PCS 7 security concept
The SIMATIC PCS 7 security concept, which is described in detail in the • Establishment and operation of support access and remote access
"PCS 7 Security Concept (Basic)" manual and in other documents, (VPN, IPSec)
provides far-reaching recommendations (best practices) for safe­ The manual "PCS 7 Security Concept (Basic)" is available from the
guarding process plants based on a defense in depth security architec­ Siemens Industry Online Support:
ture. It is not restricted to the use of individual security methods (e.g. https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/26462131
encryption) or devices (e.g. firewalls).
The strengths of this holistic concept lie rather in the interaction of a
host of security measures in the plant network:

11/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial Security
Network Security

Design Design (continued)

On the system side, SIMATIC PCS 7 supports implementation of • Very high demands on technology
guidelines and recommendations of the security concept by: - The use of the Industrial Next Generation Firewall enables data
• The compatibility statement with anti-virus software can be found analysis beyond the usual protocol and port checks up to the
in the compatibility tool: https://sup­ application layer (OSI Layer 7).
port.industry.siemens.com/kompatool/pages/main/index.jsf
• Segmenting of IT/OT networks
• Use of the local Windows firewall
- The Industrial DMZ Infrastructure protects the OT network and its
• Automatic setting of safety-related parameters during setup, e.g. production from unauthorized access from the internet and IT
Windows firewall networks by using (optionally redundant) front and back fire­
walls.
• Operator administration and authentication using SIMATIC Logon
(for details, see "SIMATIC Logon" section) • Virtualization
• Integration of the Industrial Security Appliance SCALANCE SC-600 - The security functions are provided virtualized on a dedicated vir­
tualization host, which makes it possible to extend the Industrial
• Industrial Next Generation Firewall: DMZ Infrastructure with further security functions in addition to
https://mall.industry.siemens.com/mall/en/b1/Cata­ the functions offered.
log/Products/10354142?tree=CatalogTree
Support in selecting the firewall as well as information on integrated
• Application allowlisting and additive services and the Industrial DMZ Infrastructure is avail­
Industrial Next Generation Firewall able at:
With the Industrial Next Generation Firewall (see: PCS 7 Add-Ons Customer Service
Catalog, "Industrial Cybersecurity Services" section), Siemens offers a Email: [email protected]
tested and validated firewall in different performance classes
(PA-440, PA-450, PA-460 and PA-1410). It is coordinated for use More information
with SIMATIC PCS 7 and WinCC. The Industrial Next Generation Fire­ More information is available online at:
wall works excellently with SIMATIC NET communication products. It www.siemens.com/idmz
features comprehensive hardware and software functions for
SIMATIC PCS 7 and WinCC projects. These functions include: SCALANCE SC Industrial Security Appliances
• Application layer / Stateful inspection firewall The SCALANCE S Industrial Security Appliances are used for protect­
ing devices and networks in automation engineering and industrial
• IPSec VPN gateway communication. They are distinguished, for example, by the follow­
ing features:
• Intrusion detection system
• Implementation of a cell protection concept and support in imple­
• File and data filtering menting the Siemens Defense in Depth security concept
• High availability (optional) • Checking and filtering of data traffic by integrated firewall and
The Industrial Next Generation Firewall has numerous advantages thus:
compared with conventional firewalls, e.g.: - Protection against operator mistakes
• Excellent price/performance ratio - Prevention of unauthorized access
• Partnership with Palo Alto Networks (repeated "Gartner Magic - Prevention of faults and communications overload
Quadrant Leader" for Enterprise Network Firewalls)
• Authentication of communication partners and encryption of
• Hardened operating system (on Linux-based PanOS) transmitted data via VPN, thus protecting communication against
• Secure system architecture (e.g. combination of OS and FW espionage and manipulation
updates in a single bundle) • Rugged, industry-compatible device design
• Detection of Layer 7 communication (e.g. start, stop, read, write to • Easy and clear configuration:
the S7 protocol and numerous other protocols)
The TIA Portal can be used to configure and diagnose all SIMATIC
• Extensibility with optional functions (e.g. virus and malware pro­ NET security products from a central point
tection, URL filtering, identification of compromised hosts)
• Protocol-agnostic communication security (e.g. independent of
More information PROFINET or other Ethernet-based fieldbus solutions)
More information is available online at: • Secure remote access via the internet possible with any provider
www.siemens.com/ngfw
Product variants:
Industrial DMZ Infrastructure
Industrial Firewall Appliances:
The Industrial DMZ Infrastructure is a turnkey concept with integ­
rated security functions for the segmentation of IT from OT net­ SCALANCE SC622-2C;
works. With the experience of Siemens experts in the fields of auto­ • Used for network separation according to PROFIsafe in order to
mation, digitalization and cybersecurity, this complete solution is make PROFIsafe address easier to manage
optimized for use in production networks and meets the highest
requirements in terms of both availability and security. • Uses stateful inspection firewall to protect network segments
against unauthorized access
The concept has the following properties, among others:
• Connection via 2x combo port, electrical with RJ45 (10/100/1 000
Mbps) or optical via SFPs (1 000 Mbps)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 11/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial Security
Network Security

Design (continued) Design (continued)

• Firewall data throughput up to 600 Mbps
• Connection to SINEMA Remote Connect via VPN
SCALANCE SC632-2C;
• Uses stateful inspection firewall to protect network segments
against unauthorized access
• Connection via 2x combo port, electrical with RJ45 (10/100/1 000
Mbps) or optical with SFPs (100 Mbps or 1 000 Mbps)
• Firewall data throughput up to 600 Mbps
• Connection to SINEMA Remote Connect via VPN SCALANCE S Industrial Security Appliance

SCALANCE SC636-2C;
• Uses stateful inspection firewall to protect network segments
against unauthorized access
• Connection via 4x port, electrical with RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbps)
and 2x combo port, electrical with RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbps) or
optical with SFPs (100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps)
• Firewall data throughput up to 600 Mbps
• Connection to SINEMA Remote Connect via VPN
Industrial VPN Appliances:
SCALANCE SC642-2C;
• Uses stateful inspection firewall to protect network segments
against unauthorized access
• Simultaneous operation of up to 200 VPN tunnels possible
• Connection via 2x combo port, electrical with RJ45 (10/100/1 000
Mbps) or optical with SFPs (100 Mbps or 1 000 Mbps)
• Firewall data throughput up to 600 Mbps
• VPN data throughput up to 120 Mbps
• Connection to SINEMA Remote Connect via VPN
SCALANCE SC646-2C;
• Uses stateful inspection firewall to protect network segments
against unauthorized access
• Simultaneous operation of up to 200 VPN tunnels possible
• Connection via 4x port, electrical with RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbps)
and 2x combo port, electrical with RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbps) or
optical with SFPs (100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps)
• Firewall data throughput up to 600 Mbps
• VPN data throughput up to 120 Mbps
• Connection to SINEMA Remote Connect via VPN
Note:
Configuration is carried out using the TIA Portal. This means that all
SIMATIC NET security products can be configured and diagnosed
from a central point. All the configuration data can be saved on the
optional C-plug removable data storage medium (not included in
scope of supply) so that the Industrial Security Appliance can be
replaced quickly in the event of a fault and without the need for a
programming device.
Configuration using Web Based Management (WBM), Command
Line Interface (CLI) or SNMP in addition to configuration via TIA
Portal.

11/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial Security
Network Security

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

SCALANCE S Industrial Security SCALANCE SC646-2C 6GK5646-2GS00-2AC2

Appliances Industrial Security Appliance; for pro­
For protecting devices and networks tecting devices and networks in dis­
in discrete manufacturing and the pro­ crete manufacturing and the process
cess industry used for securing indus­ industry for securing industrial com­
trial communication; Industrial Secur­ munication with firewall and VPN;
ity Appliances protect network seg­ additional functions: Flexible security
ments against unauthorized access zones, address translation
using a Stateful Inspection Firewall; (NAT/NAPT); 4x electrical with RJ45
choice of 10/100/1000 Mbps ports for (10/100/1 000 Mbps) and 2x combo
connection; electronic manual on port, electrical with RJ45
DVD; (10/100/1000 Mbps) or optical with
English, German SFPs (100 Mbps or 1 000 Mbps);
SCALANCE SC622-2C 6GK5622-2GS00-2AC2 integrated SINEMA RC device license

Industrial Security Appliance; for pro­ Accessories

tecting devices and networks in dis­ 6GK1900-0AB00
crete manufacturing and the process C-PLUG
industry for securing industrial com­ Removable data storage medium for
munication with firewall. simple replacement of devices in
Additional functions: Address transla­ event of fault; for saving of configura­
tion (NAT/NAPT); 2x combo port, elec­ tion and application data, can be used
trical with RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbps) in SIMATIC NET products with C‑PLUG
or optical with SFPs (1 000 Mbps); slot
hardware separation of ports; integ­ SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A 6EP1331-5BA00
rated SINEMA RC device license
1-phase power supply with wide-
SCALANCE SC632-2C 6GK5632-2GS00-2AC2
range input 85 to 264 V AC;
Industrial Security Appliance; for pro­ 110 to 300 V DC; stabilized output
tecting devices and networks in dis­ voltage 24 V, rated output current
crete manufacturing and the process value 0.6 A, slim design
industry for securing industrial com­
munication with firewall; additional
functions: Address translation Note:
(NAT/NAPT); 2x combo port, electrical For more components and accessories, especially cable material and
with RJ45 (10/100/1 000 Mbps) or connectors, as well as tools and supplementary material for
optical with SFPs (100 Mbps or 1000 assembly, see "Industrial communication - Industrial Ethernet ‑ Pass­
Mbps); integrated SINEMA RC device
license ive network components" in the sections "FastConnect", "ITP cables
and connectors" and "Fiber-optic cables" as well as Catalog IK PI.
SCALANCE SC636-2C 6GK5636-2GS00-2AC2
Industrial Security Appliance; for pro­
tecting devices and networks in dis­
crete manufacturing and the process
More information
industry for securing industrial com­
munication with firewall; additional Siemens provides automation and drive products with industrial
functions: Flexible security zones, security functions that support the secure operation of plants or
address translation (NAT/NAPT); 4x machines. They are an important component in a holistic industrial
electrical with RJ45 (10/100/1 000 security concept. With this in mind, our products undergo continu­
Mbps) and 2x combo port, electrical ous development. We therefore recommend that you keep yourself
with RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbps) or informed with respect to our product updates. Please find further
optical with SFPs (100 Mbps or 1 000
Mbps); integrated SINEMA RC device information and newsletters on this subject at:
license To ensure the secure operation of a plant or machine it is also neces­
SCALANCE SC642-2C 6GK5642-2GS00-2AC2 sary to take suitable preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept)
Industrial Security Appliance; for pro­
and to integrate the automation and drive components into a state-
tecting devices and networks in dis­ of-the-art holistic industrial security concept for the entire plant or
crete manufacturing and the process machine. Any third-party products that may be in use must also be
industry for securing industrial com­ taken into account. Please find further information at:
munication with firewall and VPN;
additional functions: Address transla­
tion (NAT/NAPT); 2x combo port, elec­
trical with RJ45 (10/100/1 000 Mbps)
or optical with SFPs (100 Mbps or
1000 Mbps); integrated SINEMA RC
device license

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 11/5

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Cybersecurity Services

Industrial Security
Industrial Cybersecurity Services

Overview Overview (continued)

Long-term protection through continuous security management

Industrial security is not a one-time action, but rather an ongoing
process. Service experts ensure that the security strategy and meas­
ures are constantly adapted to new circumstances, threats and regu­
latory requirements. Continuous monitoring leads to transparency
and early detection of cyber threats.

Selection and ordering data

The current selection and ordering data can be accessed directly in

the Siemens Industry Mall:
https://mall.industry.siemens.com/mall/en/WW/Cata­
log/Products/10368837?tree=CatalogTree

More information

More information on the Industrial Cybersecurity Services is avail­

The security requirements of an industrial control system differ sig­ able on the internet:
nificantly from those of office IT. This starts with the ultimate goal,
http://www.siemens.com/icss
the availability of the system, and ends with the constraints in the
industrial environment, such as systems that have long since been If you have any further questions, please contact:
totally discontinued. With Industrial Cybersecurity Services, Siemens Email: [email protected]
offers the answer for cybersecurity in the automation environment.
The comprehensive protection of your plant with Industrial Cyberse­
curity Services is based on the recommendations of international
standard IEC 62443. With "Defense in Depth," Siemens has
developed a multi-level security strategy that includes not only the
necessary hardware and software, but also service experts who com­
bine expertise in automation, digitalization and security. This is
where Industrial Cybersecurity Services come in, offering services for
plant security, network security and system integrity.
Plant Security Services:
• Security assessments according to IEC 624443 and NIS 2
• Industrial Security Consulting
• Remote Industrial Operations Services
Network Security Services:
• Industrial Next Generation Firewalls
• Industrial DMZ Infrastructure
• Remote Platform Software as a Service
System Integrity Services:
• Endpoint Protection
• Vilocify Vulnerability Services
• Patch Management
• Backup and Restore
Transparency of the current security status
Our security experts examine your system for specific vulnerabilities
and security risks. This is based on international standards such as
IEC 62443. On this basis, a security roadmap for the protection of
your system is created with your cooperation.
Increased security level through closing of security vulnerabilities
With the help of innovative state-of-the-art technologies, organiza­
tional measures and employee training, the service experts close
existing security vulnerabilities in your network and thus improve
the protection of your system against cyberattacks. Siemens also
relies on cooperation with competent, best-in-class partners to find
the optimal solution for your plant.

11/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Logon

Industrial Security
SIMATIC Logon

Overview Function

Users, roles, SIMATIC

7
authorizations application

Configuration 6 1 2

SIMATIC
Role Logon
5 Log Logon
administration service

Configuration 4 3

G_PCS7_XX_00618
Microsoft Windows user administration

User logon procedure using the SIMATIC Logon Service.

SIMATIC Logon role management SIMATIC Logon can be used to configure the associated roles and
functional authorizations (role management) for a SIMATIC applica­
tion. This configuration is stored in the database of the SIMATIC
Centralized user administration with access control and elec­
application.
tronic signature
SIMATIC Logon performs Windows user authentication during
SIMATIC Logon is a centralized user administration system with application runtime; the procedure is as follows:
access control that also supports an electronic signature. It is in a
position to work with applications in which roles have already been • When prompted by a SIMATIC application (1), the SIMATIC Logon
created or can be defined. Service opens a logon dialog (2). The user enters his or her name,
SIMATIC Logon facilitates the validation of plants in compliance with password and domain. The logon data are sent to the user admin­
FDA 21 CFR Part 11. istration of the operating system (3), which then reports the
authentication attempt event to the logon service (4).

Application • The logon service records all events in an event log (5), for
example successful logon, failed logon attempts, logoff by the
The SIMATIC Logon V2.0 software package is released for the user, automatic logoff and password change.
following systems: • If authentication is successful, the SIMATIC Logon Service sends
• SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System V9.1 and V10.0- SIMATIC this information, including the Windows group membership, to the
WinCC V8.0 SIMATIC application (6), which maps the roles and associated func­
tional rights within the application (7).
• SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Professional V19 (TIA Portal)
Electronic signature
• In conjunction with SIMATIC Logon Remote Access also SIMATIC The electronic signature means that operations cannot be per­
WinCC Runtime Advanced formed until enabled by a previously authorized user. Authorization
Note: is assigned in the application by associating the users grouped at
operating system level with the group with the operations.
The products listed here in the ordering data are not relevant for
SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0. The software and license of SIMATIC Logon Note:
V2.0 are integrated. At the moment this function is implemented as a system function
only on SIMATIC BATCH. The electronic signature can, however, also
Design be flexibly implemented for specific applications.
Development Kit
Logon devices The Development Kit uses an example to show the programmer how
The following logon devices are supported by SIMATIC Logon: to embed SIMATIC Logon into a customer application.
• Keyboard
• Smart card reader (see "SIMATIC Industrial Workstation/IPC" section
under "Expansion components")
Number of licenses
If SIMATIC Logon is not integrated on the system side, you require
the same number of SIMATIC Logon licenses as the number of Cli­
ents/Single Stations accessing the application for which SIMATIC
Logon is used as access protection.
SIMATIC Logon Upgrade
All previous versions can be upgraded to the current version.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 11/7

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial Security
SIMATIC Logon

Selection and ordering data

For TIA applications only

SIMATIC Logon V2.0 6ES7658-7BX02-0YA0

Single license for 1 installation, 7 lan­
guages (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese, Japanese),
software class A
Runs with the following operating sys­
tems:
• Windows 10
• Windows Server 2016
• Windows Server 2019
Type of delivery: 2× USB flash drive
Note: This product is not intended for
SIMATIC PCS 7 applications!
SIMATIC Logon Upgrade to V2.0 6ES7658-7BX02-0YE0
Single license for 1 installation, 7 lan­
guages (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese, Japanese),
software class A
For operating systems, see above
Type of delivery: 2× USB flash drive
Note: This product is not intended for
SIMATIC PCS 7 applications!
Additional components for SIMATIC
Logon with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
and WinCC TIA Portal

SIMATIC Logon Remote Access 6ES7658-7BA00-2YB0

(3 clients)
Remote access for 3 clients (con­
figured with WinCC flexible Version
2007 and higher or WinCC TIA Portal),
single license for 1 installation
Goods delivery: License key USB flash
drive, Certificate of License
SIMATIC Logon Remote Access 6ES7658-7BB00-2YB0
(10 clients)
Remote access for 10 clients (con­
figured with WinCC flexible Version
2007 and higher or WinCC TIA Portal),
single license for 1 installation
Goods delivery: License key USB flash
drive, Certificate of License

11/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 12
© Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

12/2 Introduction
12/3 SIMATIC Rack PC
12/6 IPC547J
12/12 IPC647E
12/21 IPC847E
12/30 SIMATIC Microbox PC
12/33 OS Client IPC427E
12/35 OS Client IPC477E
12/37 Expansion components
12/37 Mouse and keyboard
12/40 Smart card reader
12/41 Input tools

Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Introduction

Process Control System IPC

Introduction

Overview Options

We offer a select range of modern and powerful SIMATIC Process Notes on the use of other basic hardware and non-SIMATIC soft­
Control System IPCs for the system architecture located above the ware
controller level in the SIMATIC PCS 7 system architecture, e.g. for
Siemens guarantees the compatibility of hardware and software for
• Engineering system configurations based on components in this catalog.
• Operator control and monitoring (also via internet/intranet) The system test confirms that the system software of the SIMATIC
PCS 7 process control system can be run on the basic hardware
• Asset management offered in this catalog. Despite comprehensive tests, it cannot be
excluded that the function of a SIMATIC PCS 7 system could be dis­
• Batch automation turbed or interfered with as a result of additional non-SIMATIC soft­
• Route control ware, i.e. software which has not been explicitly approved for
SIMATIC PCS 7.
• Remote control
If you use hardware other than the basic hardware offered in this
• IT applications catalog, or additional non-SIMATIC software, this is at your own risk.
If compatibility problems arise as a result of these hardware/soft­
SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs based on a SIMATIC Rack PC of ware components, the support provided for their elimination is not
the type IPC 647E or IPC 847E are optimized for use as single station, free of charge.
server or client, and can be expanded in line with the system.
The licenses for plant bus communication via Industrial Ethernet, i.e.
As a supplement, the SIMATIC Microbox PC in the SIMATIC Process for Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) and CP 1623/1628 commu­
Control System Client IPC427E / IPC477E version provides low-cost nication (IE), are bound to the SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs.
client alternatives for operator control and monitoring and for batch Depending on the selected type of communication, the SIMATIC Pro­
automation. cess Control System IPCs for Single Stations and Servers are
delivered as standard with a network adapter plus BCE license or a
Application CP 1623 plus SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7 communication software.
SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V9.1 license
Basic hardware for single station/server
If you are using SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 on other computers (not SIMAT­
SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs of type IPC 647E or IPC 847E, IC Process Control System IPC), you also require a SIMATIC PCS 7
which are available for use as single stations or servers, vary in their BCE V9.1 license (Article No. 6ES7650-1CD68-2YB5 for goods deliv­
power, features, expansion spares, and length of product lifecycle. A ery; Article No. 6ES7650-1CD68-2YH5 for online delivery) for all
table compares the essential features of these types in the catalog Single Stations or Servers that are connected to the plant bus via a
section "SIMATIC Rack PC, introduction", allowing you to quickly nar­ standard network adapter and not via a CP 1623/CP 1628.
row down the search for your specific application. You can then use
the detailed technical data in the same catalog section to define this
preselection in detail. More information
Basic hardware for clients
Compared to the more compact SIMATIC Process Control System Cli­ Note:
ent IPC427E / IPC477E client versions, clients based on a SIMATIC All product information contained here on the subject of the Process
Rack PC have a larger number and greater variety of interfaces. They Control System IPC has not yet been updated and corresponds to the
therefore offer more expansion options and can be used more uni­ status of April 2024. A comprehensive update to version V10.0 of
versally. In multi-monitor mode, you can control up to four process the products and descriptions offered is expected to be released by
monitors with equivalent quality. September 2024.
The main advantage of the SIMATIC Process Control System Clients
IPC427E / IPC477E is their highly compact and rugged design which
allows continuous 24/7 maintenance-free operation without fans.
These clients are particularly resistant to vibration and shock in the
version with solid-state drive (SSD) because there are no rotating
storage media. The Process Control System Client IPC427E is a com­
puting unit without monitor in a compact metal enclosure. The
SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E was designed as
built-in unit with a 22" TFT Touch Panel and integrated computing
unit. The expansion options for both devices are limited due to their
design.

12/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Rack PC

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC

Overview

SIMATIC IPC647E and IPC847E

The SIMATIC Process Control System IPC is an excellent platform for

the configuration of single stations, servers and clients. With their
all-round capabilities they are ideally equipped for numerous applic­
ations in process automation.
Since the basic components such as chip set, processor and work
memory are identical, many technical specifications of the IPC647E
and IPC847E are comparable. The essential differences result from
the different overall heights. Since the IPC647E is only half as high
as IPC847E, the number and variety of free slots are reduced. On the
other hand, the more compact design requires significantly less
space and enables higher packing densities in the control cabinet.
This allows the realization of space-saving designs.
The IPC847E is the most powerful and best equipped SIMATIC Pro­
cess Control System IPC. Its numerous and varied slots provide a
great deal of potential for expansion. The IPC847E is predestined for
use as a server or single station. Since it would be over-dimensioned
as a client, IPC847E is not offered in this version.

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC

Application

Features SIMATIC Process Control System IPC

IPC647E IPC847E

Available SIMATIC PCS 7 pre-installations V9.1 ● ●

Available versions ES/OS single station ● ●
OS Server ● ●
OS Client ● ●
Height 2U 4U
ECC work memory ● ●
Onboard RAID controller RAID 1 (SATA HDD) ● ●
RAID 1 (SATA SSD) ● ●
RAID 5 (SATA SSD) – ●
Hardware RAID controller (PCI x8) RAID 1 (SAS HDD) ● ●
RAID 5 (SAS HDD) – ●
Hard disks or solid state drives (SSD) SATA/SAS HDD ●/● ●/●
SATA SSD ● ●
M.2 NVMe SSD ● ●
Redundant power supply With diagnostics ● ●
Without diagnostics – –
Lifecycle Marketing 5 years 5 years
Spare parts/repair 5 years 5 years

Specially optimized versions are available for operation as single sta­ Note:
tions, servers or clients. The operating system and the following Please note the standard installation when using the SIMATIC Pro­
ES/OS software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system are fact­ cess Control System IPC within the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
ory installed: system for other tasks, e.g. as basic hardware for SIMATIC BATCH,
• Single station: PCS 7 Engineering Software for AS/OS (including SIMATIC Route Control, PCS 7 TeleControl, PCS 7 PowerControl,
OS Runtime software) PCS 7 Process Historian, PCS 7 Information Server or PCS 7 Web
Server. You can then expand or discard the existing SIMATIC PCS 7
• Server: PCS 7 OS software Server pre-installation, or restore it using one of the Restore DVD sets
• Client: PCS 7 OS software Client included (for details, see "Restore DVD set" for the relevant IPC
type).
You only need the corresponding licenses in order to use the pre-
installed SIMATIC PCS 7 software.

12/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC

Design Design (continued)

Types of plant bus communication Multi-monitor mode can be selected when configuring the SIMATIC
A Process Control System IPC in the single station or server version Process Control System IPC using the selection table or configurator,
can be operated in a variety of ways on the Industrial Ethernet plant but it can also be installed and expanded later. The number of pro­
bus, depending on the type and number of automation systems con­ cess monitors that can be operated on a SIMATIC Process Control
nected: System IPC varies according to the IPC type and configuration. In the
maximum configuration, multi-monitor mode with 4 process monit­
Interface module Software for AS ors is possible depending on the IPC type.
communication
Communications module SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 with up to 64 AS single
CP 1623/CP 1628 communication software, stations
licensed for up to four (no AS redundancy stations)
CP 1623/CP 1628 (4x license)
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE with redundant automation
S7‑REDCONNECT systems (redundancy
communication software, stations)
licensed for up to four
CP 1623/CP 1628 (4x license)
Ethernet card BCE (Basic Communication with up to 8 AS single
Ethernet) license stations

The SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack is suit­

able for upgrading the SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 communication
software. For order data, see "Industrial Communication" section,
"Industrial Ethernet, System Connection PCS 7 Systems" subsection.
The Industrial Ethernet versions of the SIMATIC Process Control Sys­
tem IPC for single stations and servers are equipped as standard with
a CP 1623 communications module and SIMATIC NET
HARDNET‑IE S7 communication software. The BCE license is relevant
for the BCE versions of the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC.
Upgrade from BCE to CP 1623/1628 communication
OS single station and OS server with BCE communication can be
retro-upgraded for communication with CP 1623/1628. Items
required:
• Network card for connecting to Industrial Ethernet:
- CP 1623 with PCI Express interface or
- CP 1628 with PCI Express interface and additional security func­
tions
• S7 Communication Software for CP 1623/CP 1628
- SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 for communication with AS single
stations or
- SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 REDCONNECT for communication
with AS redundancy stations and AS single stations
You can find more information about the components and order
data in the "Industrial Communication" section, "Industrial Ethernet,
System Connection PCS 7 Systems" subsection.
Expansion components
The core component of the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC is a
SIMATIC industrial PC without mouse, keyboard or monitor. This
basic hardware can be expanded further with the following compon­
ents from this catalog depending on the environment of use and
customer requirements:
• Accessories
- Memory modules
- Country-specific power supply cord
- Tower kit (IPC847E only)
• Expansion components
- Mouse and keyboard
- Input tools (touch pens)
- Smart card reader

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/5

 © Siemens AG 2024
Selection and ordering data
SIMATIC Rack PC

Process Control System IPC

IPC547J
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547J

Selection and ordering data

Individually configurable SIMATIC Process Control System IPC547J

Article No.
SIMATIC Process Control System - IPC547J 6ES7660-
For ES/OS Single Station, OS client
8 • • • • - • • • •
(RACK PC, 19", 4 U)
Interfaces: 3 x Gbps Ethernet (RJ45);
1 x DVI-D; 2 x DisplayPort; 1 x COM (RS 232, 9-pin); audio;
6 x USB3.1 Gen2 on the rear (2 x Type C, 4 x Type A), 2 x USB3.1 Gen1 (Type A) on the front; 2 x USB2.0 internal;
7 slots: 5 x CI Express, 2 x PCI;
temperature and fan monitoring; watchdog; card retainer
Processor and system type
Core i3-10100E (4C/8T, 3.2 (3.8) GHz, 6 MB cache) / MB (chipset W480E)

• Core i3-10100E (4C/8T, 3.2 (3.8) GHz, 6 MB cache) / MB (chip set W480E) - PCS 7 ES/OS Single Station, OS client1) A
Core i5-10500E (6C/12T, 3.1 (4.2) GHz, 12 MB cache) / MB (chipset W480E), iAMT

• Core i5-10500E (6C/12T, 3.1 (4.2) GHz, 12 MB cache) / MB (chip set W480E), iAMT - PCS 7 ES/OS Single Station, OS client1) B
Core i7-10700E (8C/16T, 2.9 (4.5) GHz, 16 MB cache) / MB (chipset W480E), iAMT

• Core i7-10700E (8C/16T, 2.9 (4.5) GHz, 16 MB cache) / MB (chip set W480E), iAMT - PCS 7 ES/OS Single Station, OS client2) D
Xeon W-1270E (8C/16T, 3.4 (4.8) GHz, 16 MB cache) / MB (chipset W480E), iAMT

• Xeon W-1270E (8C/16T, 3.4 (4.8) GHz, 16 MB cache) / MB (chip set W480E), iAMT - PCS 7 ES/OS Single Station, OS client2) H
Drives:
(HDD)

• 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA A

• 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA B

• RAID1, 2 x 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA C

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA D

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA as Hot Spare E

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 480 GB 2.5" SSD SATA (for operating system if M.2 SSD not ordered) F
SSD

• 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA P

• 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA Q

• 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA R

• RAID1, 2 x 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA S

• RAID1, 2 x 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA T

• RAID1, 2 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA U

Without drives 3) X

Drive cage / M.2 memory

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock3) 0

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating sys­ 1
tem)
• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating 2
system)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front3) 4

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 5

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 6
Main memory / TPM
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 4 GB), dual channel 0

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel 1

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel 2

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 32 GB), dual channel 3

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel 4

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 5

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 6

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 32 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 7

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 8

12/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547J

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Software installation
• PCS 7 V9.1 preinstalled 1
Operating system / Restore data storage medium
• Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive (for processor Core A
i3 / i5)2)
• Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive (for processor Core i3 B
/ i5)2)
• Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive (for processor Core C
i7 / Xeon)1)
• Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive (for processor Core i7 D
/ Xeon)1)
Enclosure / Communication / Multi-monitor
• Blue chromated enclosure, without expansions A

• Blue chromated enclosure, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x B
mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Blue chromated enclosure, BCE C

• Blue chromated enclosure, BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card D
(3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Blue chromated enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) E

• Blue chromated enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard F
interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Painted enclosure, without expansions G

• Painted enclosure, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: H
3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Painted enclosure, BCE J

• Painted enclosure, BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x K
mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Painted enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) L

• Painted enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard inter­ M
faces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
Power supply / power supply cord
• 100/240 V AC industrial power supply unit
- Without power supply cord 0

- Power supply cord for Europe 1

- Power supply cord for USA 2

- Power supply cord for China 3

• 2 x 100/240 V AC redundant industrial power supply unit

- Without power supply cord 4

- Power supply cord for Europe 5

- Power supply cord for USA 6

- Power supply cord for China 7

1) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position A, B, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Operating system / Restore data storage medium", Posi­
tion C, D
2) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position D, H, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Operating system / Restore data storage medium", Posi­
tion A, B
3) Selection criterion "Drives", Position X, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 4

Article No.
SIMATIC Process Control System - IPC547J 6ES7660-
For OS server, engineering server, web server
8 • • • • - • • • •
(RACK PC, 19", 4 U)
Interfaces: 3 x Gbps Ethernet (RJ45);
1 x DVI-D; 2 x DisplayPort; 1 x COM (RS 232, 9-pin); audio;
6 x USB3.1 Gen2 on the rear (2 x Type C, 4 x Type A), 2 x USB3.1 Gen1 (Type A) on the front; 2 x USB2.0 internal;
7 slots: 5 x CI Express, 2 x PCI;
temperature and fan monitoring; watchdog; card retainer
Processor and system type
Xeon W-1270E (8C/16T, 3.4 (4.8) GHz, 16 MB cache) / MB (chipset W480E), iAMT

• Xeon W-1270E (8C/16T, 3.4 (4.8) GHz, 16 MB cache) / MB (chip set W480E), iAMT - PCS 7 OS server J

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/7

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547J

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Drives:
(HDD)

• 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA A

• 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA B

• RAID1, 2 x 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA C

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA D

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA as Hot Spare E

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 480 GB 2.5" SSD SATA (for operating system if M.2 SSD not ordered) F
SSD

• 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA P

• 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA Q

• 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA R

• RAID1, 2 x 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA S

• RAID1, 2 x 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA T

• RAID1, 2 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA U

Without drives 1) X

Drive cage / M.2 memory

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock1) 0

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating sys­ 1
tem)
• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating 2
system)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front1) 4

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 5

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 6
Main memory / TPM
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 4 GB), dual channel 0

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel 1

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel 2

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 32 GB), dual channel 3

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel 4

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 5

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 6

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 32 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 7

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 8

Software installation
• PCS 7 V9.1 preinstalled 1
Operating system / Restore data storage medium
• Windows Server IoT 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), without Restore USB P
flash drive
• Windows Server IoT 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), with Restore USB flash Q
drive
Enclosure / Communication / Multi-monitor
• Blue chromated enclosure, without expansions A

• Blue chromated enclosure, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x B
mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Blue chromated enclosure, BCE C

• Blue chromated enclosure, BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card D
(3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Blue chromated enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) E

• Blue chromated enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard F
interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Painted enclosure, without expansions G

• Painted enclosure, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: H
3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)

12/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547J

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• Painted enclosure, BCE J

• Painted enclosure, BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x K
mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Painted enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) L

• Painted enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard inter­ M
faces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
Power supply / power supply cord
• 100/240 V AC industrial power supply unit
- Without power supply cord 0

- Power supply cord for Europe 1

- Power supply cord for USA 2

- Power supply cord for China 3

• 2 x 100/240 V AC redundant industrial power supply unit

- Without power supply cord 4

- Power supply cord for Europe 5

- Power supply cord for USA 6

- Power supply cord for China 7

1) Selection criterion "Drives", Position X, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 4

SIMATIC Process Control System IPC547J as spare part

Article No.
SIMATIC Process Control System - IPC547J 6ES7660-
Spare part
8 • • • • - • • • •
(RACK PC, 19", 4 U)
Interfaces: 3 x Gbps Ethernet (RJ45);
1 x DVI-D; 2 x DisplayPort; 1 x COM (RS 232, 9-pin); audio;
6 x USB3.1 Gen2 on the rear (2 x Type C, 4 x Type A), 2 x USB3.1 Gen1 (Type A) on the front; 2 x USB2.0 internal;
7 slots: 5 x CI Express, 2 x PCI;
temperature and fan monitoring; watchdog; card retainer
Processor and system type
Core i3-10100E (4C/8T, 3.2 (3.8) GHz, 6 MB cache) / MB (chipset W480E)

• Core i3-10100E (4C/8T, 3.2 (3.8) GHz, 6 MB cache) / MB (chip set W480E) - spare part1)2) U
Core i5-10500E (6C/12T, 3.1 (4.2) GHz, 12 MB cache) / MB (chipset W480E), iAMT

• Core i5-10500E (6C/12T, 3.1 (4.2) GHz, 12 MB cache) / MB (chip set W480E), iAMT - spare part1)2) V
Core i7-10700E (8C/16T, 2.9 (4.5) GHz, 16 MB cache) / MB (chipset W480E), iAMT

• Core i7-10700E (8C/16T, 2.9 (4.5) GHz, 16 MB cache) / MB (chip set W480E), iAMT - spare part1)3) W
Xeon W-1270E (8C/16T, 3.4 (4.8) GHz, 16 MB cache) / MB (chipset W480E), iAMT

• Xeon W-1270E (8C/16T, 3.4 (4.8) GHz, 16 MB cache) / MB (chip set W480E), iAMT - spare part3) Y
Drives:
(HDD)

• 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA A

• 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA B

• RAID1, 2 x 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA C

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA D

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA as Hot Spare E

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 480 GB 2.5" SSD SATA (for operating system if M.2 SSD not ordered) F
SSD

• 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA P

• 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA Q

• 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA R

• RAID1, 2 x 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA S

• RAID1, 2 x 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA T

• RAID1, 2 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA U

Without drives 4) X

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/9

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547J

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Drive cage / M.2 memory
• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock4) 0

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating sys­ 1
tem)
• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating 2
system)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front4) 4

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 5

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 6
Main memory / TPM
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 4 GB), dual channel 0

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel 1

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel 2

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 32 GB), dual channel 3

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel 4

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 5

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 6

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 32 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 7

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel, TMP 2.0 8

Software installation
• Without preinstallation 8
Operating system / Restore data storage medium
• Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive (for processor Core A
i3 / i5)3)
• Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive (for processor Core i3 B
/ i5)3)
• Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive (for processor Core C
i7 / Xeon)2)
• Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive (for processor Core i7 D
/ Xeon)2)
• Windows Server IoT 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), without Restore USB P
flash drive1)
• Windows Server IoT 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), with Restore USB flash Q
drive1)
• Without operating system, without Restore USB flash drive X
Enclosure / Communication / Multi-monitor
• Blue chromated enclosure, without expansions A

• Blue chromated enclosure, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x B
mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Blue chromated enclosure, BCE C

• Blue chromated enclosure, BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card D
(3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Blue chromated enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) E

• Blue chromated enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard F
interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Painted enclosure, without expansions G

• Painted enclosure, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: H
3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Painted enclosure, BCE J

• Painted enclosure, BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x K
mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Painted enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) L

• Painted enclosure, Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard inter­ M
faces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
Power supply / power supply cord
• 100/240 V AC industrial power supply unit
- Without power supply cord 0

12/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC547J

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
- Power supply cord for Europe 1

- Power supply cord for USA 2

- Power supply cord for China 3

• 2 x 100/240 V AC redundant industrial power supply unit

- Without power supply cord 4

- Power supply cord for Europe 5

- Power supply cord for USA 6

- Power supply cord for China 7

1) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position U, V, W, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Operating system / Restore data storage medium",
Position P, Q
2) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position U, V, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Operating system / Restore data storage medium", Posi­
tion C, D
3) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position W, Y, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Operating system / Restore data storage medium", Pos­
ition A, B
4) Selection criterion "Drives", Position X, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 4

Add-on/expansion components
Add-on/expansion components
Add-on/expansion components • Mini DisplayPort to VGA for graphics 6ES7648-3AL00-0XA0
card
USB keyboard TKL-105
Color: black • Mini DisplayPort to DVI-D for graph­ 6ES7648-3AK00-0XA0
• Keyboard layout, German 6AV6881-0AU14-0AA0 ics card
• Mini DisplayPort to DVI-D for graph­ 6ES7648-3AK00-1XA0
• Keyboard layout, US International 6AV6881-0AU14-1AA0
ics card (3 units per pack)
SIMATIC HMI USB mouse 6AV2181-8AT00-0AX0
• Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort for 6ES7648-3AJ00-0XA0
Optical mouse with scroll wheel and
USB connection, color anthracite graphics card

Memory expansion • Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort for 6ES7648-3AJ00-1XA0

graphics card (3 units per pack)
• 4 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 4 GB) 6ES7648-2AL60-0QA0
Power supply cord, 3 m, for Rack PCs
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 8 GB) 6ES7648-2AL70-0QA0
• Europe (for Austria, Belgium, Fin­ 6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 16 GB) 6ES7648-2AL80-0QA0 land, France, Germany, the Nether­
6ES7648-2AL81-0QA0 lands, Spain, Sweden)
• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 32 GB)
• For the UK 6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
Retainer 6ES7648-1AA00-0XK0
For locking the internal USB interface • For Switzerland 6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
Tray for low-profile removable drive 6ES7648-0EH00-1BA0 • For the USA 6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
bay
For 3.5" hard disk (SATA/SAS) or 2.5" • For Italy 6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
SSD (SATA), without drive 6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
• For China
Adapter cable
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7
• DisplayPort to DVI-D for onboard 6ES7648-3AF00-0XA0
REDCONNECT PowerPack
graphics For communication with high-availab­
• DisplayPort to VGA for onboard 6ES7648-3AG00-0XA0 ility AS, see the "Industrial communic­
graphics ation" section under "Industrial Ether­
net – System connection PCS 7 sys­
tems".

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/11

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Rack PC

Process Control System IPC

IPC647E
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647E

Overview

SIMATIC IPC647E

Based on a SIMATIC Rack PC of type IPC647E, SIMATIC Process Con­

trol System IPCs in 19" format are extremely compact, rugged and
powerful. They are UL-certified and have the CE mark for use in
industry as well as residential, business and commercial environ­
ments. They are therefore ideally suited for use as a single station,
server or client in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. They
enable high packing density in the control cabinet and save a signi­
ficant amount of space in the control room due to their low overall
height (2 HU).

12/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647E

Design

The SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs of type IPC647E have a SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs of type IPC647E are suitable
painted all-metal enclosure in 19" rack design (2 U), which is specially for reliable 24‑hour continuous operation at ambient temperatures
protected against dust by a filter and overpressure ventilation. This between 5 and 50 °C. Shocks up to 5 g and vibrations up to 0.5 g
mechanically and electromechanically rugged enclosure has a service- can be tolerated during operation.
friendly design. Restore installations
SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs of type IPC647E are especially The operating system and SIMATIC PCS 7 software are pre-installed
suitable for space-saving mounting in 500-mm deep 19" control cab­ on the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC. The table below shows
inets due to their compact dimensions. They can be installed or posi­ the contents of the Restore installations and the pre-installed soft­
tioned horizontally. ware for each version of the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC.

SIMATIC Process Control System Restore installations Pre-installed on

IPC for PCS 7 V9.1 delivery
ES/OS single station, OS client

SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS single station, Restore Image 1: Operating system Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC 64-bit with –
OS client IPC647E (IE or BCE) default settings for optimal SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore Image 2: Can be selected during
commissioning
• Operating system Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC 64-bit plus software installa­ –
tion for operation as ES/OS single station
• Operating system Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC 64-bit plus software installa­ ●
tion for operation as OS Client
Server

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC647E Restore Image 1: Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit operating system with –
(IE or BCE) default settings for optimal SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore Image 2: Can be selected during
commissioning
• Operating system Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit plus software installa­ ●
tion for operation as OS Server
• Operating system Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit plus software installa­ –
tion for operation as engineering station
• Operating system Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit plus software installa­ –
tion for operation as SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server

Individual configuration of SIMATIC Process Control System IPC The SIMATIC Process Control System IPC647E configurator in the
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can individually con­ Industry Mall allows you to interactively select and directly order
figure the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC with the desired article the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC in the single station, server
numbers. Selection tables for single station, server and client versions or client version – either directly for the system or as replacement
are available in the "Ordering data" section (paper catalog). An addi­ part.
tional selection table enables you to order complete SIMATIC Process Individually configurable SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs are
Control System IPCs as a replacement part. only manufactured after the order is received (built to order).
Therefore the average delivery time for such an order is 15 working
days.

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/13

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647E

Selection and ordering data

Individually configurable SIMATIC Process Control System IPC647E

Article No.
SIMATIC Process Control System - IPC647E 6ES7661-
For ES/OS Single Station, OS client
0 • • • • - • • • •
(RACK PC, 19", 2 U)
Interfaces: 3 x Gbps Ethernet (IE/PN, RJ45); M.2 PCIe x4 (Key M) slot internal;
1 x DVI-D; 2 x DisplayPort; 1 x COM (RS 232, 9-pin); audio;
4 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type A), 2 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type C) on the rear side; 2 x USB3.1 Gen 1 (Type A) on the front; 1 x USB3.1
Gen2 (Type A) internal
Temperature and fan monitoring, watchdog, card retainer
Processor and system type
Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 ES/OS single station, OS client1) A
Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 ES/OS single station, OS client1) E
Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 ES/OS single station, OS client J
Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 ES/OS single station, OS client N
Drives:
(HDD)

• 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA A

• 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA B

• RAID1, 2 x 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA C

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA D

SSD

• 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA P

• 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA Q

• 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA R

• RAID1, 2 x 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA S

• RAID1, 2 x 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA T

• RAID1, 2 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA U

Without drives 2) X

Drive cage / M.2 memory

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock2) 0

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating sys­ 1
tem)
• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating 2
system)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front2) 4

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 5

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 6
Main memory
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 4 GB), dual channel 0

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel 1

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel 2

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), dual channel 3

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel 4

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 5

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 6

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 7
Software installation
• PCS 7 V9.1 preinstalled 1

12/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647E

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Operating system / Restore data storage medium / TPM
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive A

• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive, TPM 2.0 (not for B
China)
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive C

• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China) D
Bus module / Communication / Multi-monitor
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L) A

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 B
graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), BCE C

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + D
PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) E

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, F
combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCI x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L) G

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, onboard H
interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), BCE J

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, K
onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) L

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), M
multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to
DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
Power supply / power supply cord
• 100/240 V AC industrial power supply unit
- Without power supply cord 0

- Power supply cord for Europe 1

- Power supply cord for USA 2

- Power supply cord for China 3

• 2 x 100/240 V AC redundant industrial power supply unit

- Without power supply cord 4

- Power supply cord for Europe 5

- Power supply cord for USA 6

- Power supply cord for China 7

1) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position A, E, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Main memory", Position 5, 6, 7
2) Selection criterion "Drives", Position X, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 4

Article No.
SIMATIC Process Control System - IPC647E 6ES7661-
For OS Server, Engineering Server, Web Server
0 • • • • - • • • •
(RACK PC, 19", 2 U)
Interfaces: 3 x Gbps Ethernet (IE/PN, RJ45); M.2 PCIe x4 (Key M) slot internal;
1 x DVI-D; 2 x DisplayPort; 1 x COM (RS 232, 9-pin); audio;
4 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type A), 2 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type C) on the rear side; 2 x USB3.1 Gen 1 (Type A) on the front; 1 x USB3.1
Gen2 (Type A) internal
Temperature and fan monitoring, watchdog, card retainer
Processor and system type
Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 OS Server, Engineering Server, Web Server1) B
Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 OS Server, Engineering Server, Web Server1) F
Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 OS Server, Engineering Server, Web Server K
Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 OS Server, Engineering Server, Web Server P

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/15

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647E

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Drives:
(HDD)

• 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA A

• 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA B

• RAID1, 2 x 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA C

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA D

HW RAID, SAS

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS; PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. ZMCP module (1 slot occupied)2) G
SSD

• 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA P

• 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA Q

• 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA R

• RAID1, 2 x 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA S

• RAID1, 2 x 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA T

• RAID1, 2 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA U

Without drives 3) X

Drive cage / M.2 memory

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock2)3) 0

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating sys­ 1
tem)2)
• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating 2
system)2)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front3) 4

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 5

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 6
Main memory
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 4 GB), dual channel 0

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel 1

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel 2

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), dual channel 3

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel 4

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 5

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 6

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 7
Software installation
• PCS 7 V9.1 preinstalled 1
Operating system / Restore data storage medium / TPM
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), without Restore USB flash P
drive
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), without Restore USB flash Q
drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China)
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), with Restore USB flash R
drive
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), with Restore USB flash S
drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China)
Bus module / Communication / Multi-monitor
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L) A

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 B
graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), BCE C

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + D
PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) E

12/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647E

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, F
combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCI x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)2)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L) G

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, onboard H
interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), BCE J

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, K
onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) L

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), M
multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to
DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
Power supply / power supply cord
• 100/240 V AC industrial power supply unit
- Without power supply cord 0

- Power supply cord for Europe 1

- Power supply cord for USA 2

- Power supply cord for China 3

• 2 x 100/240 V AC redundant industrial power supply unit

- Without power supply cord 4

- Power supply cord for Europe 5

- Power supply cord for USA 6

- Power supply cord for China 7

1) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position B, F, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Main memory", Position 5, 6, 7
2) Selection criterion "Drives", Position G, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 1, 2, or with selection criterion "Bus
module / Communication / Multi-monitor", Position F
3) Selection criterion "Drives", Position X, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 4

SIMATIC Process Control System IPC647E as spare part

Article No.
SIMATIC Process Control System - IPC647E 6ES7661-
spare part
0 • • • • - • • • •
(RACK PC, 19", 2 U)
Interfaces: 3 x Gbps Ethernet (IE/PN, RJ45); M.2 PCIe x4 (Key M) slot internal;
1 x DVI-D; 2 x DisplayPort; 1 x COM (RS 232, 9-pin); audio;
4 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type A), 2 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type C) on the rear side; 2 x USB3.1 Gen 1 (Type A) on the front; 1 x USB3.1
Gen2 (Type A) internal
Temperature and fan monitoring, watchdog, card retainer
Processor and system type
Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT) - spare part1) V
Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - spare part1) W
Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - spare part X
Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT) - spare part Y
Drives:
(HDD)

• 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA A

• 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA B

• RAID1, 2 x 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA C

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA D

HW RAID, SAS

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS; PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. ZMCP module (1 slot occupied)2) G
SSD

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/17

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647E

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA P

• 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA Q

• 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA R

• RAID1, 2 x 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA S

• RAID1, 2 x 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA T

• RAID1, 2 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA U

Without drives 3) X

Drive cage / M.2 memory

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock2)3) 0

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating sys­ 1
tem)2)
• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating 2
system)2)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front3) 4

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 5

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) (for operating system) 6
Main memory
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 4 GB), dual channel 0

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel 1

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel 2

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), dual channel 3

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel 4

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 5

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 6

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 7
Software installation
• Without preinstallation 8
Operating system / Restore data storage medium / TPM
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive2) A

• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive, TPM 2.0 (not for B
China)2)
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive2) C

• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China)2) D

• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), without Restore USB flash P
drive
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), without Restore USB flash Q
drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China)
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), with Restore USB flash R
drive
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), with Restore USB flash S
drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China)
• Without operating system, without Restore USB flash drive X
Bus module / Communication / Multi-monitor
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L) A

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 B
graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), BCE C

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 displays, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + D
PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) E

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 displays, F
combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCI x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)2)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L) G

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, onboard H
interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)

12/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647E

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), BCE J

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, K
onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied) L

• Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 1 x PCIe x16 (1 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot occupied), M
multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to
DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
Power supply / power supply cord
• 100/240 V AC industrial power supply unit
- Without power supply cord 0

- Power supply cord for Europe 1

- Power supply cord for USA 2

- Power supply cord for China 3

• 2 x 100/240 V AC redundant industrial power supply unit

- Without power supply cord 4

- Power supply cord for Europe 5

- Power supply cord for USA 6

- Power supply cord for China 7

1) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position V, W, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Main memory", Position 5, 6, 7
2) Selection criterion "Drives", Position G, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 1, 2, with selection criterion "Operat­
ing system / Restore data storage medium / TPM", Position A, B, C, D, or with selection criterion "Bus module / Communication / Multi-monitor", Position F
3) Selection criterion "Drives", Position X, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 4

Add-on/expansion components
Add-on/expansion components
Add-on/expansion components • Mini DisplayPort to VGA for graphics 6ES7648-3AL00-0XA0
card
USB keyboard TKL-105
Color: black • Mini DisplayPort to DVI-D for graph­ 6ES7648-3AK00-0XA0
• Keyboard layout, German 6AV6881-0AU14-0AA0 ics card
• Mini DisplayPort to DVI-D for graph­ 6ES7648-3AK00-1XA0
• Keyboard layout, US International 6AV6881-0AU14-1AA0
ics card (3 units per pack)
SIMATIC HMI USB mouse 6AV2181-8AT00-0AX0
• Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort for 6ES7648-3AJ00-0XA0
Optical mouse with scroll wheel and
USB connection, color anthracite graphics card

Memory expansion • Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort for 6ES7648-3AJ00-1XA0

graphics card (3 units per pack)
• 4 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 4 GB) 6ES7648-2AL60-0QA0
Power supply cord, 3 m, for Rack PCs
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 8 GB) 6ES7648-2AL70-0QA0
• Europe (for Austria, Belgium, Fin­ 6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 16 GB) 6ES7648-2AL80-0QA0 land, France, Germany, the Nether­
6ES7648-2AL81-0QA0 lands, Spain, Sweden)
• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 32 GB)
• For the UK 6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
Retainer 6ES7648-1AA00-0XK0
For locking the internal USB interface • For Switzerland 6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
Tray for low-profile removable drive 6ES7648-0EH00-1BA0 • For the USA 6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
bay
For 3.5" hard disk (SATA/SAS) or 2.5" • For Italy 6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
SSD (SATA), without drive 6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
• For China
Adapter cable
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7
• DisplayPort to DVI-D for onboard 6ES7648-3AF00-0XA0
REDCONNECT PowerPack
graphics For communication with high-availab­
• DisplayPort to VGA for onboard 6ES7648-3AG00-0XA0 ility AS, see the "Industrial communic­
graphics ation" section under "Industrial Ether­
net – System connection PCS 7 sys­
tems".

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/19

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC647E

Accessories

Power supply cord for Rack PC

The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are always delivered with a
"European power supply cord". This can be used in Germany, France,
Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and Finland.
The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are required
for other countries. The following picture shows the design of a
number of power supply plugs:

Europe USA

Great Britain Italy

Switzerland China

Country-specific power supply cords for Rack PC

12/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Rack PC

Process Control System IPC

IPC847E
SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847E

Overview

SIMATIC IPC847E

The SIMATIC Process Control System IPC type IPC847E is the most
powerful and well equipped system platform. It satisfies all require­
ments for implementing complex server applications and for archiv­
ing process data.
Many basic components, such as chip set, processor, work memory,
etc. are largely identical to those of type IPC647E. As a result of the
double overall height, the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC of
type IPC847E has more slots and therefore ample potential for
expansions. Since it would be over-dimensioned as a client, it is only
offered as a single station and server.

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/21

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847E

Design

SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs type IPC847E are UL-certified SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs type IPC847E are suitable for
and have the CE marking for use in industry as well as residential, reliable 24‑hour continuous operation at ambient temperatures
business and commercial environments. between 5 and 50 °C. Shocks up to 5 g and vibrations up to 0.5 g
The painted all-metal enclosure in 19" mounting format (4 Us) is espe­ can be tolerated during operation.
cially protected against dust by a filter and overpressure ventilation. It Restore installations
features a mechanically and electromagnetically rugged design and is The operating system and SIMATIC PCS 7 software are pre-installed
very easy to service. on the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC. The table below shows
The SIMATIC Process Control System IPC of type IPC847E can be posi­ the contents of the Restore installations and the pre-installed soft­
tioned and installed horizontally or vertically. Using an optional tower ware for each version of the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC.
kit, the Rack PC can be converted into an industry tower. The dimen­
sions of the IPC847E also allow space-saving assembly in 500-mm
deep 19" control cabinets.

SIMATIC Process Control System Restore installations Pre-installed on

IPC for PCS 7 V9.1 delivery
ES/OS single station, OS client

SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS single station Restore Image 1: Operating system Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC 64-bit with –
OS client IPC847E (IE or BCE) default settings for optimal SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore Image 2: Can be selected during
commissioning
• Operating system Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC 64-bit plus software installa­ –
tion for operation as ES/OS single station
• Operating system Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 2019 LTSC 64-bit plus software installa­ ●
tion for operation as OS Client
Server

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC847E Restore Image 1: Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit operating system with –
(IE or BCE) default settings for optimal SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore Image 2: Can be selected during
commissioning
• Operating system Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit plus software installa­ ●
tion for operation as OS Server
• Operating system Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit plus software installa­ –
tion for operation as engineering station
• Operating system Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit plus software installa­ –
tion for operation as SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server

Individual configuration of SIMATIC Process Control System IPC The SIMATIC Process Control System IPC847E configurator in the
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can individually con­ Industry Mall allows you to interactively select and directly order
figure the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC with the desired article the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC in the single station or
numbers. Selection tables for single station, server and client are server version – either directly for the system or as replacement
available for this in the "Ordering data" (paper catalog) section. An part.
additional selection table enables you to order complete SIMATIC Pro­ Individually configurable SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs are
cess Control System IPCs as a replacement part. only manufactured after the order is received (built to order).
Therefore the average delivery time for such an order is 15 working
days.

12/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847E

Selection and ordering data

Individually configurable SIMATIC Process Control System IPC847E

Article No.
SIMATIC Process Control System - IPC847E 6ES7661-
For ES/OS single station, OS client
1 • • • • - • • • •
(RACK PC, 19", 4 U)
Interfaces: 3 x Gbps Ethernet (IE/PN, RJ45);
1 x DVI-D; 2 x DisplayPort; 1 x COM (RS 232, 9-pin); audio;
4 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type A), 2 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type C) on the rear side; 2 x USB3.1 Gen 1 (Type A) on the front; 1 x USB3.1
Gen2 (Type A) internal
Temperature and fan monitoring, watchdog, card retainer
Processor and system type
Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 ES/OS single station, OS client1) A
Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 ES/OS single station, OS client1) E
Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 ES/OS single station, OS client J
Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 ES/OS single station, OS client N
Drives:
(HDD)

• 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA A

• 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA B

• RAID1, 2 x 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA C

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA D

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA as HotSpare E

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 480 GB 2.5" SSD SATA (for operating system if M.2 SSD not ordered) F
SSD

• 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA P

• 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA Q

• 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA R

• RAID1, 2 x 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA S

• RAID1, 2 x 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA T

• RAID1, 2 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA U

• RAID5, approx. 3.8 TB (3 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA) V

• RAID5, approx. 5.7 TB (4 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA)2) W

Without drives 3) X

Drive cage / M.2 memory

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock2)3) 0

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occu­ 1
pied) (for operating system)2)
• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occu­ 2
pied) (for operating system)2)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front3) 4

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occupied) (for operat­ 5
ing system)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occupied) (for operat­ 6
ing system)
Main memory
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 4 GB), dual channel 0

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel 1

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel 2

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), dual channel 3

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel 4

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/23

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847E

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 5

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 6

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 7
Software installation
• PCS 7 V9.1 preinstalled 1
Operating system / Restore data storage medium / TPM
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive A

• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive, TPM 2.0 (not for B
China)
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive C

• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China) D
Bus module / Communication / Multi-monitor
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L) A

• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, B
onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), BCE C

• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 screens, com­ D
bined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot E
occupied)
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot F
occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x
adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
Power supply / power supply cord
• 100/240 V AC industrial power supply unit
- Without power supply cord 0

- Power supply cord for Europe 1

- Power supply cord for USA 2

- Power supply cord for China 3

• 2 x 100/240 V AC redundant industrial power supply unit

- Without power supply cord 4

- Power supply cord for Europe 5

- Power supply cord for USA 6

- Power supply cord for China 7

1) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position A, E, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Main memory", Position 5, 6, 7
2) Selection criterion "Drives", Position W, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 1, 2
3) Selection criterion "Drives", Position X, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 4

Article No.
SIMATIC Process Control System - IPC847E 6ES7661-
For OS Server, Engineering Server, Web Server
1 • • • • - • • • •
(RACK PC, 19", 4 U)
Interfaces: 3 x Gbps Ethernet (IE/PN, RJ45);
1 x DVI-D; 2 x DisplayPort; 1 x COM (RS 232, 9-pin); audio;
4 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type A), 2 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type C) on the rear side; 2 x USB3.1 Gen 1 (Type A) on the front; 1 x USB3.1
Gen2 (Type A) internal
Temperature and fan monitoring, watchdog, card retainer
Processor and system type
Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 OS Server, Engineering Server, Web Server1) B
Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 OS Server, Engineering Server, Web Server1) F
Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 OS Server, Engineering Server, Web Server K
Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT) - PCS 7 OS Server, Engineering Server, Web Server P

12/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847E

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Drives:
(HDD)

• 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA A

• 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA B

• RAID1, 2 x 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA C

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA D

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA as HotSpare E

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 480 GB 2.5" SSD SATA (for operating system if M.2 SSD not ordered) F
HW RAID, SAS

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS; PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. ZMCP module (1 slot occupied)2) G

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS; PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. ZMCP module (1 slot occupied) + 480 GB SSD 2.5" H
SATA2)
• RAID5, 4 TB (3 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS); PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. ZMCP module (1 slot occupied)2) J

• RAID5, 4 TB (3 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS) + 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS as HotSpare, PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. K
ZMCP module (1 slot occupied)2)
• RAID5, 6 TB (4 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS); PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. ZMCP module (1 slot occupied)2) L
SSD

• 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA P

• 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA Q

• 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA R

• RAID1, 2 x 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA S

• RAID1, 2 x 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA T

• RAID1, 2 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA U

• RAID5, approx. 3.8 TB (3 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA) V

• RAID5, approx. 5.7 TB (4 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA)4) W

Without drives 3) X

Drive cage / M.2 memory

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock2)3)4) 0

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occu­ 1
pied) (for operating system)2)4)
• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occu­ 2
pied) (for operating system)2)4)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front3) 4

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occupied) (for operat­ 5
ing system)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occupied) (for operat­ 6
ing system)
Main memory
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 4 GB), dual channel 0

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel 1

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel 2

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), dual channel 3

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel 4

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 5

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 6

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 7
Software installation
• PCS 7 V9.1 preinstalled 1
Operating system / Restore data storage medium / TPM
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), without Restore USB flash P
drive
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), without Restore USB flash Q
drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China)

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/25

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847E

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), with Restore USB flash R
drive
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), with Restore USB flash S
drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China)
Bus module / Communication / Multi-monitor
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L) A

• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, B
onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), BCE C

• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 screens, com­ D
bined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot E
occupied)
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot F
occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x
adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
Power supply / power supply cord
• 100/240 V AC industrial power supply unit
- Without power supply cord 0

- Power supply cord for Europe 1

- Power supply cord for USA 2

- Power supply cord for China 3

• 2 x 100/240 V AC redundant industrial power supply unit

- Without power supply cord 4

- Power supply cord for Europe 5

- Power supply cord for USA 6

- Power supply cord for China 7

1) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position B, F, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Main memory", Position 5, 6, 7
2) Selection criterion "Drives", Position G, H, J, K, L, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 1, 2
3) Selection criterion "Drives", Position X, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 4
4) Selection criterion "Drives", Position W, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 1, 2

SIMATIC Process Control System IPC847E as spare part

Article No.
SIMATIC Process Control System - IPC847E 6ES7661-
spare part
1 • • • • - • • • •
(RACK PC, 19", 4 U)
Interfaces: 3 x Gbps Ethernet (IE/PN, RJ45)
1 x DVI-D; 2 x DisplayPort; 1 x COM (RS 232, 9-pin); audio;
4 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type A), 2 x USB3.1 Gen2 (Type C) on the rear side; 2 x USB3.1 Gen 1 (Type A) on the front; 1 x USB3.1
Gen2 (Type A) internal
Temperature and fan monitoring, watchdog, card retainer
Processor and system type
Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i5-8500 (6C/6T, 3.0 (4.1) GHz, 9 MB cache, TB, AMT) - spare part1) V
Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Core i7-8700 (6C/12T, 3.2 (4.6) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - spare part1) W
Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2176G (6C/12T, 3.7 (4.7) GHz, 12 MB cache, TB, AMT) - spare part X
Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT)

• Xeon E-2278GE (8C/16T, 3.3 (4.7) GHz, 16 MB cache, TB, AMT) - spare part Y
Drives:
(HDD)

• 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA A

• 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA B

• RAID1, 2 x 1 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA C

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA D

12/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847E

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA as Hot Spare E

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SATA + 480 GB 2.5" SSD SATA (for operating system if M.2 SSD not ordered) F
HW RAID, SAS

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS; PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. ZMCP module (1 slot occupied)2) G

• RAID1, 2 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS; PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. ZMCP module (1 slot occupied) + 480 GB SSD 2.5" H
SATA2)
• RAID5, 4 TB (3 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS); PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. ZMCP module (1 slot occupied)2) J

• RAID5, 4 TB (3 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS) + 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS as HotSpare, PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. K
ZMCP module (1 slot occupied)2)
• RAID5, 6 TB (4 x 2 TB HDD [Enterprise] 3.5" SAS); PCIe x8 RAID controller incl. ZMCP module (1 slot occupied)2) L
SSD

• 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA P

• 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA Q

• 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA R

• RAID1, 2 x 480 GB SSD 2.5" SATA S

• RAID1, 2 x 960 GB SSD 2.5" SATA T

• RAID1, 2 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA U

• RAID5, approx. 3.8 TB (3 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA) V

• RAID5, approx. 5.7 TB (4 x 1920 GB SSD 2.5" SATA)4) W

Without drives 3) X

Drive cage / M.2 memory

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock2)3)4) 0

• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occu­ 1
pied) (for operating system)2)4)
• Drive cage for internal installation, 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occu­ 2
pied) (for operating system)2)4)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front3) 4

• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 512 GB SSD M.2 NVMe (M.2 slot occupied) on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot 5
occupied) (for operating system)
• Drive cage for removable trays, on the front, 1024 GB SSD M.2 NVMe on PCIe x4 adapter card (1 slot occupied) (for operat­ 6
ing system)
Main memory
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 4 GB), dual channel 0

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), dual channel 1

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), dual channel 2

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), dual channel 3

• 128 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 32 GB), dual channel 4

• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 8 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 5

• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (2 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 6

• 64 GB DDR4 SDRAM (4 × 16 GB), ECC, dual channel, (only with Xeon processor)1) 7
Software installation
• Without preinstallation 8
Operating system / Restore data storage medium / TPM
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive2) A

• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, without Restore USB flash drive, TPM 2.0 (not for B
China)2)
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive2) C

• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, MUI (en, de fr, it, sp, ch), 64-bit, with Restore USB flash drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China)2) D

• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), without Restore USB flash P
drive
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), without Restore USB flash Q
drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China)
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), with Restore USB flash R
drive
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edition incl. 16-core, 5 clients, 64-bit, MUI (en, de, fr, it, sp, ch), with Restore USB flash S
drive, TPM 2.0 (not for China)

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/27

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847E

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• Without operating system, without Restore USB flash drive X
Bus module / Communication / Multi-monitor
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L) A

• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, B
onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), BCE C

• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), BCE, multi-monitor 4-5 screens, com­ D
bined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot E
occupied)
• Bus module 11-slot: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16 (8 L), 5 x PCIe x16 (4 L), 2 x PCIe x4 (4 L), Industrial Ethernet (CP1623), (1 slot F
occupied), multi-monitor 4-5 screens, combined, onboard interfaces (2 x DP) + PCIe x16 graphics card (3 x mDP: 3 x
adapter mDP to DP), 2 GB (1 slot occupied)
Power supply / power supply cord
• 100/240 V AC industrial power supply unit
- Without power supply cord 0

- Power supply cord for Europe 1

- Power supply cord for USA 2

- Power supply cord for China 3

• 2 x 100/240 V AC redundant industrial power supply unit

- Without power supply cord 4

- Power supply cord for Europe 5

- Power supply cord for USA 6

- Power supply cord for China 7

1) Selection criterion "Processor / System type", Position V, W, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Main memory", Position 5, 6, 7
2) Selection criterion "Drives", Position G, H, J, K, L, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 1, 2, or with selection cri­
terion "Operating system / Restore data storage medium / TPM", position A, B, C, D
3) Selection criterion "Drives", Position X, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 4
4) Selection criterion "Drives", Position W, cannot be combined with selection criterion "Drive cage / M.2 memory", Position 0, 1, 2

Add-on/expansion components
Add-on/expansion components
Add-on/expansion components • Mini DisplayPort to VGA for graphics 6ES7648-3AL00-0XA0
card
USB keyboard TKL-105
Color: black • Mini DisplayPort to DVI-D for graph­ 6ES7648-3AK00-0XA0
• Keyboard layout, German 6AV6881-0AU14-0AA0 ics card
• Mini DisplayPort to DVI-D for graph­ 6ES7648-3AK00-1XA0
• Keyboard layout, US International 6AV6881-0AU14-1AA0
ics card (3 units per pack)
SIMATIC HMI USB mouse 6AV2181-8AT00-0AX0
• Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort for 6ES7648-3AJ00-0XA0
Optical mouse with scroll wheel and
USB connection, color anthracite graphics card

Memory expansion • Mini DisplayPort to DisplayPort for 6ES7648-3AJ00-1XA0

graphics card (3 units per pack)
• 4 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 4 GB) 6ES7648-2AL60-0QA0
Power supply cord, 3 m, for Rack PCs
• 8 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 8 GB) 6ES7648-2AL70-0QA0
• Europe (for Austria, Belgium, Fin­ 6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
• 16 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 16 GB) 6ES7648-2AL80-0QA0 land, France, Germany, the Nether­
6ES7648-2AL81-0QA0 lands, Spain, Sweden)
• 32 GB DDR4 SDRAM (1 × 32 GB)
• For the UK 6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
Retainer 6ES7648-1AA00-0XK0
For locking the internal USB interface • For Switzerland 6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
Tray for low-profile removable drive 6ES7648-0EH00-1BA0 • For the USA 6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
bay
For 3.5" hard disk (SATA/SAS) or 2.5" • For Italy 6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
SSD (SATA), without drive 6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
• For China
Adapter cable
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7
• DisplayPort to DVI-D for onboard 6ES7648-3AF00-0XA0
REDCONNECT PowerPack
graphics For communication with high-availab­
• DisplayPort to VGA for onboard 6ES7648-3AG00-0XA0 ility AS, see the "Industrial communic­
graphics ation" section under "Industrial Ether­
net – System connection PCS 7 sys­
tems".

12/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Rack PC
IPC847E

Accessories

Power supply cord for Rack PC

The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are always delivered with a
"European power supply cord". This can be used in Germany, France,
Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and Finland.
The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are required
for other countries. The following picture shows the design of a
number of power supply plugs:

Europe USA

Great Britain Italy

Switzerland China

Country-specific power supply cords for Rack PC

Tower kit for IPC847E

The tower kit enables conversion of a SIMATIC Process Control Sys­
tem IPC with Rack PC design to an industrial tower PC. A tower kit
can be ordered as an accessory for the SIMATIC Process Control Sys­
tem IPC of the type IPC847E.

Tower kit for IPC847E

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/29

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Microbox PC

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Microbox PC

Overview

SIMATIC IPC427E and SIMATIC IPC477E family

Clients based on the rugged SIMATIC Microbox PC can be used with­

in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system in the operator system
and in SIMATIC BATCH. With their compact design, they are a space-
saving alternative to clients based on a SIMATIC BOX PC or SIMATIC
Rack PC for these applications. However, the numbers of expansion
options and interfaces are comparatively lower.
Two designs are available:
• SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC427E
Computing unit (without monitor) in compact metal enclosure,
suitable for DIN rail and wall mounting, optional installation with
portrait mounting kit
• SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E
Built-in unit, consisting of 22" TFT single Touch Panel with integ­
rated computing unit, suitable for installation in mounting cutouts
such as in consoles or cabinets
Both designs are available with hard disk as well as solid state drive.
Due to their exceptional physical properties, both versions are suit­
able for continuous maintenance-free 24/7 operation without the
support of a fan.
For the SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC427E, visualization
of a project/subproject can be distributed to two process monitors
connected to the onboard interfaces in multi-monitor mode. For the
SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E, process control is
primarily via the integrated 22" display.

12/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Microbox PC

Technical specifications

Comparison of SIMATIC Process Control System Clients IPC427E and IPC477E

SIMATIC Process Control System Clients based on Microbox

Types SIMATIC Process Control System Client SIMATIC Process Control System Client
IPC427E IPC477E
Setup and equipment features

Design • Compact Microbox PC without Panel • Compact Panel PC, consisting of 22" TFT Single Touch
• DIN rail or wall mounting; horizontal (preferred) or Panel with integrated computing unit
vertical • Built-in unit for installation in mounting cutouts, for
• Portrait mounting; vertical example in consoles or cabinets; in landscape format
(vertical or max. ± 45° vertical incline)
• Fastening with mounting clips or mounting brackets
Degree of protection in accordance with IP20 IP65 on the front; IP20 on the rear side (enclosure)
IEC 60529
CPU Intel Core i5-6442EQ, 4C/4T, 1.9 (2.7) GHz, 6 MB Intel Core i5-6442EQ, 4C/4T, 1.9 (2.7) GHz, 6 MB
cache, iAMT cache, iAMT
Main memory 8 GB DDR4 SO-DIMM 8 GB DDR4 SO-DIMM
Max. 16 GB Max. 16 GB
Graphic controller Intel HD graphics controller Intel HD graphics controller
Memory media, alternative
• Hard disk 2.5" SATA-HDD 320 GB 2.5" SATA-HDD 320 GB
• Solid State Drive 2.5" SATA-SSD 240 GB 2.5" SATA-SSD 240 GB
Memory media, additive
• CD-ROM/DVD‑RW/diskette Connectable via USB (not included in scope of delivery) Connectable via USB (not included in scope of delivery)
Interfaces
• Ethernet 3 Ethernet ports (RJ45); 10/100/1000 Mbps, isolated, 3 Ethernet ports (RJ45); 10/100/1000 Mbps, isolated,
with teaming capability with teaming capability
• USB 4 high-speed USB 3.0 ports 4 high-speed USB 3.0 ports
• Graphics connection 2 × DisplayPort 2 × DisplayPort
• Keyboard, mouse Connectable via USB (keyboard and mouse not Connectable via USB (keyboard and mouse not
included in scope of delivery) included in scope of delivery)
Monitoring functions

• Temperature monitoring Yes –

• Watchdog Yes Yes
• Status LEDs Yes –
• Fan No –
Monitoring function via the network Optional –
Operating system, basic software

Operating system Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, 64-bit Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, 64-bit
System-tested SIMATIC industrial software SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor integrated in pre-installation SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor integrated in pre-installation
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

Interference emission over mains/AC power EN 61000‑6‑3, EN 61000‑6‑4, CISPR 22 class B, FCC EN 61000‑6‑3, EN 61000‑6‑4, CISPR 22 class B, FCC
supply class A class A
Immunity to conducted interference on the ±2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑4; burst) ±2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑4; burst)
supply lines ±1 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑5; symmetrical surge) ±1 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑5; symmetrical surge)
±2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑5; asymmetrical ±2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑5; asymmetrical
surge) surge)
Noise immunity on signal lines ±1 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑4; burst; length < 3 m) ±1 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑4; burst; length < 3 m)
±2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑4; burst; length > 3 m) ±2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑4; burst; length > 3 m)
±2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑5; surge; ±2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4‑5; surge;
length > 30 m) length > 30 m)
Immunity to static discharge in accordance ±6 kV contact discharge ±6 kV contact discharge
with IEC 61000‑4‑2 ±8 kV air discharge ±8 kV air discharge
Immunity to RF radiation 10 V/m for 80 to 1 000 MHz and 1.4 to 2 GHz, 80% AM 10 V/m for 80 to 1 000 MHz and 1.4 to 2 GHz, 80% AM
in accordance with IEC 61000‑4‑3 in accordance with IEC 61000‑4‑3
3 V/m for 2 to 2.7 GHz, 80% AM in accordance with 3 V/m for 2 to 2.7 GHz, 80% AM in accordance with
IEC 61000‑4‑3 IEC 61000‑4‑3
10 V for 10 kHz to 80 MHz, 80% AM in accordance with 10 V for 10 kHz to 80 MHz, 80% AM in accordance with
IEC 61000‑4‑6 IEC 61000‑4‑6
Immunity to magnetic fields at 50 Hz 100 A/m in accordance with IEC 61000-4-8 100 A/m in accordance with IEC 61000-4-8

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/31

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Microbox PC

Technical specifications (continued)

SIMATIC Process Control System Clients based on Microbox

Types SIMATIC Process Control System Client SIMATIC Process Control System Client
IPC427E IPC477E
Climatic conditions

Ambient temperature in operation 0 to +50 °C 0 to +45 °C

Relative humidity Tested according to IEC 60068‑2‑78, IEC 60068‑2‑30 Tested according to IEC 60068‑2‑78, IEC 60068‑2‑30
• Operation 5 ... 80% at 25 °C (no condensation) 5 ... 80% at 25 °C (no condensation)
• Storage 5 ... 95% at 25 °C (no condensation)
Mechanical ambient conditions

Vibration load Tested according to IEC 60068‑2‑6 Tested according to IEC 60068‑2‑6
• Operation 10 … 58 Hz: 0.075 mm 5 … 9 Hz: 3.5 mm; 9 … 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s² (with SSD);
58 ... 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s² (1 g) 10 ... 58 Hz 0.0375 mm; 58 ... 200 Hz: 4.9 m/s² (hard
disk)
Shock load Tested according to IEC 60068‑2‑29 Tested according to IEC 60068‑2‑27
• Operation 50 m/s² (5 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks 50 m/s², 30 ms (with hard disk)
150 m/s², 11 ms (without hard disk)
Standards, approvals and certificates

CE mark Yes Yes

CSA approval Yes
UL approval Yes Yes
• UL 508 Yes Yes
cULus Yes Yes
RCM (formerly C-TICK) Yes Yes
KC approval Yes Yes
FCC Yes Yes
EMC CE, EN 55022A, EN 61000‑6‑4, EN 61000‑6‑2 CE, EN 61000‑6‑4; CISPR 22:2004 class A; FCC class A
• EN 61000-6-2 Yes
Dimensions

Width × height × depth (in mm) 262 × 139.7 × 55.5 • 542 × 362 × 83
(installation dimensions, central configuration, no
optical drive)
• 542 × 362 × 76
(mounting cutout/device depth)
Operating unit (width × height in mm) -- 560 × 380

12/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Microbox PC

Process Control System IPC

OS Client IPC427E
SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client IPC427E

Overview Design

Both versions of the SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC427E

are suitable for continuous maintenance-free 24/7 operation
without the support of a fan.
The absence of rotating storage media means that the SSD version is
particularly resistant to vibration and shock. When operating in a
restricted access location (RAL), e.g. in a lockable control cabinet,
operating temperatures from 0 °C to +50 °C are permissible for this
version in a horizontal mounting position.
The compact design of the SIMATIC Process Control System Client
IPC427E (HDD/SSD) and the flexible mounting options (DIN rail, wall
or portrait mounting) either horizontally or vertically facilitate space-
saving installation.
Expansions/interfaces
The SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC427E (HDD/SSD) fea­
tures:
• 4 high-speed USB 3.0 ports
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client IPC427E
• 2 DisplayPorts (DVI with DPP-to-DVI adapter); can be used for
The SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC427E is offered in two multi-monitor mode with two screens
versions: • 3 Gigabit Ethernet ports (IE/PN)
• SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC427E (HDD) The integrated Ethernet ports are suitable for connection to a
With hard disk 2.5" SATA‑HDD, 320 GB redundant terminal bus over IE‑RNA (for details on implementation,
refer to the function manual "High-availability process control sys­
• SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC427E (SSD) tems", "Redundant, high availability terminal bus").
With solid state drive 2.5" SATA‑SSD, 240 GB The SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC427E (HDD/SSD) is
supplied without input/output devices. In addition to mouse and
keyboard, two other input/output devices can be externally connec­
ted via the provided USB ports, e.g. an optical drive (DVD-
ROM/DVD±RW) or smart card reader.
Monitoring functions
Configurable monitoring functions can be recorded and evaluated
via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Sta­
tion. These monitoring functions include:
• Program execution (watchdog)
• Processor and board temperatures
• Enhanced diagnostics/messages, e.g. operating hours counter,
hard disk status or system status, back-up battery status
The "Power" and "Watchdog" signals are displayed on LEDs.
Pre-installed software
The following software is pre-installed on the SIMATIC Process Con­
trol System Client IPC427E (HDD/SSD) on delivery:
• Operating system Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, 64-bit
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client
• SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/33

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client IPC427E

Selection and ordering data Accessories

SIMATIC Process Control System Portrait mounting kit

Client 427E based on The portrait assembly kit allows space-saving installation of the
SIMATIC IPC427E
SIMATIC IPC427E for use as SIMATIC SIMATIC Microbox PC in the control cabinet. The technical specifica­
PCS 7 OS Client/Batch Client tions of the SIMATIC Microbox PC correspond in this design form to
Intel Core i5‑6442EQ (up to 2.7 GHz, those with a vertical DIN rail assembly.
6 MB cache); 8 GB work memory; 3 × Portrait mounting reduces the mounting area required (W × H
Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN); 4 × high-
speed USB 3.0; 24 V DC power supply
in mm) from 262 × 133 to 61.5 × 315. Together with the kit, the
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics SIMATIC Microbox PC occupies an installation depth of 149.7 mm in
software and Restore USB sets; SIMAT­ the control cabinet. Since all interfaces of the SIMATIC Microbox PC
IC PCS 7 OS Software Client V9.1 pre- are accessible from the front, this type of assembly is very conveni­
installed ent for commissioning.
Note: Product package without optical
drive, mouse, keyboard or monitor When using the portrait assembly kit for the SIMATIC Microbox PC,
Operating system Windows 10 Enterprise
please also note the information on operation planning and device
2019 LTSC, 64-bit installation in the "SIMATIC IPC427E industrial PC" manual.
• SIMATIC Process Control System 6ES7650-0VG68-0YX0
Client IPC427E (HDD) Technical specifications
Version with hard disk 320 GB,
HDD SATA For detailed technical specifications of the SIMATIC Process Control
• SIMATIC Process Control System 6ES7650-0VG68-0YX1 System Client IPC427E, see "Comparison of SIMATIC Process Control
Client IPC427E (SSD) System Clients IPC427E and IPC477E" in the catalog section "SIMATIC
Version with 240 GB solid state Microbox PC".
drive, SSD SATA

Additional and expansion components

SIMATIC IPC, graphics adapter cable, 6ES7648-3AB00-0XA0

DVI-I to VGA
Length 250 mm
SIMATIC IPC, graphics adapter DPP 6ES7648-3AF00-0XA0
to DVI
Converts DisplayPort to DVI‑D
Keyboard/mouse

USB keyboard TKL-105

Color: black
• Keyboard layout, German 6AV6881-0AU14-0AA0

• Keyboard layout, US International 6AV6881-0AU14-1AA0

SIMATIC HMI USB mouse 6AV2181-8AT00-0AX0

Optical mouse with scroll wheel and
USB connection, color anthracite

Accessories

Portrait mounting

Portrait mounting kit 6ES7648-1AA20-0YP0

For space-saving installation of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427E (on the
front)

12/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC Microbox PC

Process Control System IPC

OS Client IPC477E
SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client IPC477E

Overview Design

The design of the SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E

has been optimized for installation in the mounting cutouts of cabin­
ets, enclosures and consoles.
Both versions of the SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E
are suitable for continuous maintenance-free 24/7 operation
without the support of a fan.
The more rugged SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E
with SSD can bear greater mechanical loads. With vertical installa­
tion in landscape format, it is approved for operating temperatures
of 0 to +45 °C.
Using a touch pen as an input tool protects the touch screen and
makes it easy to achieve pin-point accuracy when operating small
text boxes or buttons – especially when working with gloves.
On/off Power supply
switch 24 V DC
2 × DisplayPort

G_PCS7_XX_00633
SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E, from above and from 4 × USB 3.0 3 × Ethernet
front

The SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E consists of a 22"

TFT Single Touch Panel with an integrated computing unit. It is avail­
able in two versions.
• SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E (HDD)
With hard disk, 2.5" SATA HDD, 320 GB
IPC477E, 22", for SIMATIC PCS 7, with connections
• SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E (SSD)
With solid-state drive, 2.5" SATA SSD, 240 GB
Expansions/interfaces
The SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E (HDD/SSD) fea­
tures:
• 4 high-speed USB 3.0 ports, on the rear side
• 1 USB port, on the front
• 2 DisplayPort interfaces
• 3 Gigabit Ethernet ports (IE/PN)
The integrated Ethernet ports are suitable for connection to a
redundant terminal bus (for details on implementation, refer to the
function manual "High-availability process control systems",
"Redundant, high availability terminal bus").
The SIMATIC Process Control System Client IPC477E (HDD/SSD) is
supplied without input/output devices. In addition to mouse and
keyboard, two other input/output devices can be externally connec­
ted via the provided USB ports, e.g. an optical drive (DVD-
ROM/DVD±RW) or smart card reader.
Monitoring functions
Configurable monitoring functions can be recorded and evaluated
via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor and SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Sta­
tion. These monitoring functions include:
• Program execution (watchdog)
• Processor and board temperatures
• Enhanced diagnostics/messages, e.g. operating hours counter,
hard disk status or system status, back-up battery status
Pre-installed software
The following software is pre-installed on the SIMATIC Process Con­
trol System Client IPC477E (HDD/SSD) on delivery:
• Operating system Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC, 64-bit
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client
• SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/35

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client IPC477E

Selection and ordering data Technical specifications

SIMATIC Process Control System For detailed technical specifications of the SIMATIC Process Control
Client IPC477E based on SIMATIC System Client IPC477E, see "Comparison of SIMATIC Process Control
IPC477E System Clients IPC427E and IPC477E" in the catalog section "SIMATIC
SIMATIC IPC477E for use as SIMATIC Microbox PC".
PCS 7 OS Client/BATCH Client
22" Single Touch Panel; 1920 × 1080
pixels; Intel Core i5-6442EQ (up to
2.7 GHz, 6 MB cache); 8 GB work
memory; 3 × GB Ethernet (IE/PN);
4 × high-speed USB 3.0; 1 × USB 2.0;
24 V DC power supply
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics
software and Restore USB flash drive;
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client
V9.1 pre-installed
Note: Product package without optical
drive, mouse or keyboard
Operating system Windows 10 Enterprise
2019 LTSC, 64-bit

• SIMATIC Process Control System 6ES7650-0VG68-1YX0

Client IPC477E (HDD)
Version with hard disk 320 GB, HDD
SATA
• SIMATIC Process Control System 6ES7650-0VG68-1YX1
Client IPC477E (SSD)
Version with 240 GB solid state
drive, SSD SATA

Additional and expansion components

USB keyboard TKL-105

Color: black
• Keyboard layout, German 6AV6881-0AU14-0AA0

• Keyboard layout, US International 6AV6881-0AU14-1AA0

SIMATIC HMI USB mouse 6AV2181-8AT00-0AX0

Optical mouse with scroll wheel and
USB connection, color anthracite
Touch pen, thick, resistive 6AV7672-1JB00-0AA0
technology
For resistive touch screen, optimized
for operation with gloves, including
screw-on wall-mounting bracket

12/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Design
Expansion components

Process Control System IPC

Mouse and keyboard
Expansion components
Mouse and keyboard

Design Selection and ordering data

Mouse SIMATIC HMI USB mouse 6AV2181-8AT00-0AX0

Optical mouse with scroll wheel and
USB connection, color anthracite
USB keyboard TKL-105
Color: black
• Keyboard layout, German 6AV6881-0AU14-0AA0

• Keyboard layout, US International 6AV6881-0AU14-1AA0

SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs, SIMATIC PCS 7 compact sys­

tems as well as OS Clients based on SIMATIC Box/Microbox PC are
delivered without a mouse. The SIMATIC HMI USB mouse is recom­
mended as the input device for the operator-controlled stations of a
SIMATIC PCS 7 system.
Keyboard

SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs, SIMATIC PCS 7 compact sys­

tems as well as OS Clients based on SIMATIC BOX and Microbox PC
are delivered without a keyboard.
An example of a keyboard without additional special functions that
is suitable for process mode with SIMATIC PCS 7 is the USB keyboard
TKL-105.
The USB keyboard TKL-105 is a very rugged keyboard that is suitable
even for harsh environments. Thanks to its IP68 degree of protec­
tion, the keyboard can even be washed (dishwasher-proof). The new
black color fits optimally into all environments. The housing is made
of ABS with anti-microbial coating. The long-travel keys ensure
excellent tactile feel and fatigue-free typing.

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/37

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

Expansion components
Mouse and keyboard

Technical specifications

Article number 6AV6881-0AU14-0AA0 6AV6881-0AU14-1AA0

General information
Product type designation USB keyboard GERMAN USB keyboard international US
Control elements
Version of actuating element Long-stroke key with 4 mm contact travel Long-stroke key with 4 mm contact travel
Operating principle of the actuating element Keyboard with long-stroke keys with mem­ Keyboard with long-stroke keys with mem­
brane switching contacts brane switching contacts
• Input device
• Scroll wheel No No
• Movement tracking none none
• Keyboard fonts
• Design Keyboard with long-stroke keys Keyboard with long-stroke keys
• Keyboard assignment 105 keys, German layout 105 keys, international US layout
• Color of the buttons Black Black
• Color of the key inscription White White
• Key illumination No No
• Function keys Yes Yes
• Number of function keys 12 12
• Number of function keys with LEDs 0 0
• Programmable No No
• Number pad Yes; Free-standing Yes; Free-standing
• status LED displays Yes; Num, Caps and Scroll Yes; Num, Caps and Scroll
• for number pad Yes Yes
• for Shift keys Yes Yes
• Connection type
• USB Yes; USB 2.0 type A Yes; USB 2.0 type A
• PS/2 No No
• Cable length 0 m; See cable length 0 m; See cable length
• Frame size/design
• Standard Yes; For industrial applications Yes; For industrial applications
Installation type/mounting
Mounting Desktop Desktop
Mounting type none none
Supply voltage
Rated value (DC) 5 V; via USB 5 V; via USB
Battery
Battery-operated No; maintenance-free No; maintenance-free
Interfaces
Number of USB interfaces 1; USB 2.0 1; USB 2.0
Degree and class of protection
IP (all-round) IP68 all-round and dishwasher safe IP68 all-round and dishwasher safe
IP (at the front) USB connector without degree of protection USB connector without degree of protection
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark Yes Yes
UL approval Yes; cUL Yes; cUL
cULus Yes; cUL Yes; cUL
KC approval Yes Yes
EAC (formerly Gost-R) Yes Yes
BIS No; required for export to India No; required for export to India
RoHS conformity Yes Yes
Ambient conditions
Suited for indoor use Yes Yes
Suited for outdoor use No; possible under certain conditions No; possible under certain conditions

12/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

Expansion components
Mouse and keyboard

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6AV6881-0AU14-0AA0 6AV6881-0AU14-1AA0

• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. 0 °C 0 °C
• max. 70 °C 70 °C
• Relative humidity
• Operation, max. 80 %; no condensation 80 %; no condensation
• Condensation permissible No No
Operating systems
• Runs under operating system
• Windows CE Yes Yes
• Windows Vista Yes Yes
• Windows XP Yes Yes
• Windows 7 Yes Yes
• Windows 8 Yes Yes
• Windows 10 Yes Yes
Cables
Cable length 1.5 m; USB 1.5 m; USB
Mechanics/material
Material
• Plastic Yes; Black Yes; Black
Enclosure material (front)
• Plastic Yes; ABS with antimicrobial coating Yes; ABS with antimicrobial coating
Enclosure color (front) Black Black
Enclosure color (rear) Black Black
• Torques/forces
• Breakdown torque 0.53 N·m; Switching force buttons 0.53 N·m; Switching force buttons
• Service life
• Number of operating cycles, keys 10 000 000; Operations (minimum) 10 000 000; Operations (minimum)
Dimensions
Width 459 mm 459 mm
Height 35 mm 35 mm
Depth 174 mm 174 mm
Weights
Weight (without packaging) 800 g 800 g
Scope of supply
Delivery quantity in pieces 1 1
Other
printable with laser printer No No
Merchandise Yes; GETT TKL-105 Yes; GETT TKL-105
Manufacturer name GETT Gerätetechnik GmbH GETT Gerätetechnik GmbH
Manufacturer's address Mittlerer Ring 1, 08233 Treuen (Vogtland), Mittlerer Ring 1, 08233 Treuen (Vogtland),
Germany Germany
contacting the manufacturer Phone +49 37468 660-0, email: [email protected] Phone +49 37468 660-0, email: [email protected]
Target devices For SIMATIC HMI devices and IPCs with the For SIMATIC HMI devices and IPCs with the
appropriate slot appropriate slot
Note: Corresponds to KL21203 Corresponds to KL24603

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/39

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Expansion components

Process Control System IPC

Smart card reader
Expansion components
Smart card reader

Overview Technical specifications

Type USB smart card reader

Interface

Interface type USB 2.0 CCID (Chip Card Interface Device),

USB 1.1 compatible
Transmission rate 12 Mbps
Power supply Via USB
Design and equipment

Design Desktop unit with foot for vertical

positioning; adhesive pad at rear for
optional mounting
Material ABS
Color Two shades of gray
Status display Two-color LED
Connecting cable length 1.8 m
Dimensions and weights

Dimensions (L × W × D in mm) 80 × 67 × 28
Weight without foot 110 g
Weight with foot 141 g
A smart card reader can be used to check operator privileges on a Ambient conditions in operation
Single Station or Client. The smart card reader works with SIMATIC
Logon, the user administration and access control function integ­ Temperature 0 … 55 °C
rated in SIMATIC PCS 7 (see section "Industrial Security", paragraph Humidity 10 … 90 %
"SIMATIC Logon"). Service life/MTBF
The smart card has the function of a "key" for the operator station. Insertion cycles 100 000
Inputs are only permissible as long as it is inserted in the reader.
MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) 500 000 h
Such unambiguous identification is particularly necessary for plants
Test symbols / certifications • Microsoft WHQL (Windows Hardware
having to comply with validation requirements. Quality Lab)
• ISO 7816
Selection and ordering data • USB 2.0 (USB 1.1 compatible)
• CCID (Chip Card Interface Device)
USB smart card reader 6ES7652-0XX02-1XC0 • GSA Fips201 approved product list
Desktop unit with USB connecting
cable Safety/environmental standards • CE
SIMATIC PCS 7 TCOS 3.0 chip card 6ES7652-0XX00-1XD2 • WEEE
for chip card reader • FCC
Pack with 10 units; 1 card is required • UL
per user
• VCCI
• MIC
• RoHS

12/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Expansion components

Process Control System IPC

Input tools
Expansion components
Input tools

Overview Selection and ordering data

Touch pen, thick, resistive 6AV7672-1JB00-0AA0

technology
For resistive touch screen, optimized
for operation with gloves, including
screw-on wall-mounting bracket

Touch pen, thick, incl. wall bracket for screw mounting

Touch pens are effective input tools for operating the touch screen,
and are especially helpful when working with gloves or under
extreme ambient conditions.
You can use the touch pen to operate small buttons and input boxes
with pint-point accuracy and also avoid scratches and soiling.
The thick touch pen for resistive touch screens offered here is suit­
able for all SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Clients and SIMATIC PCS 7 compact
systems with TFT touch panels:
• PCS 7 OS Client IPC477E
• SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX in design variant with panel front

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/41

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

Expansion components
Input tools

Technical specifications

Article number 6AV6645-7AB14-0AS1 6AV6881-0AV21-0AA0 6AV6881-0AV22-0AA0

General information
Product type designation touch pen, thin, aluminum, resist­ universal touch pen system (resist­ universal touch pen system (resist­
ive technology ive/capacitive), including support ive/capacitive), including support
Control elements
• Touch operation
• operator help touch operation design (resistive) Yes Yes Yes
• operator help touch operation design (capacitive) No Yes Yes
• Frame size/design
• Standard Yes; For industrial applications Yes; For industrial applications Yes; For industrial applications
• Exceptional Yes; Spare caps can be stowed in Yes; Spare caps can be stowed in
the pen the pen
• Ergonomic Yes; With holder Yes; With holder
Installation type/mounting
Mounting type Wall-mounting bracket can be Wall-mounting bracket can be
mounted with mounting disk, 2x mounted with mounting disk, 2x
M3 screw or adhesive pads M3 screw or adhesive pads
Front mounting Yes; also optimized for PRO Exten­ Yes; also optimized for PRO Exten­
sion Unit 22.5 mm opening (from sion Unit 22.5 mm opening (from
HS01) HS01)
Wall mounting/direct mounting Yes; using approx. 35 cm retaining Yes; using approx. 60 cm retaining Yes; using approx. 60 cm retaining
cord cord cord
Degree and class of protection
IP (at the front) IP65 (depending on mounting) IP65 (depending on mounting)
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark No; No CE marking obligation No; No CE marking obligation No; No CE marking obligation
REACH Yes Yes; Threaded insert screw tip - Yes; Threaded insert screw tip -
according to Article 33 of the according to Article 33 of the
REACH Regulation, we hereby REACH Regulation, we hereby
inform you that the threaded insert inform you that the threaded insert
supplied by us contains a sub­ supplied by us contains a sub­
stance included on the REACH Can­ stance included on the REACH Can­
didate List (SVHC). The substance didate List (SVHC). The substance
in question is lead. CAS number: in question is lead. CAS number:
7439-92-1 / EC number: 231-100-4 7439-92-1 / EC number: 231-100-4
RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes
FDA-compliant Yes; the included adhesive pads
are RoHS compliant, but not
FDA§177.2600 compliant
Ambient conditions
Suited for indoor use Yes Yes Yes
Suited for outdoor use Yes Yes; only suitable under certain Yes; only suitable under certain
conditions due to different envir­ conditions due to different envir­
onmental conditions; replacement onmental conditions; replacement
cycle can be increased cycle can be increased
• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. -40 °C -40 °C; at temperatures below 10 -40 °C; at temperatures below 10
°C and above 30 °C, the use of suit­ °C and above 30 °C, the use of suit­
able gloves is recommended able gloves is recommended
• max. 80 °C 80 °C; at temperatures below 10 °C 80 °C; at temperatures below 10 °C
and above 30 °C, the use of suit­ and above 30 °C, the use of suit­
able gloves is recommended able gloves is recommended
• Relative humidity
• Operation, max. 90 % 95 % 95 %
Mechanics/material
Material
• Plastic Yes; Attachment cord Yes; Attachment cord
• Aluminum Yes; pen, anodized Yes; pen, anodized
• Stainless steel Yes; food safe, suitable for F&B
Enclosure material (front)

12/42 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 Status April 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process Control System IPC

Expansion components
Input tools

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6AV6645-7AB14-0AS1 6AV6881-0AV21-0AA0 6AV6881-0AV22-0AA0

• Plastic Yes; pen holder Yes; pen holder
Color Aluminum paint black, anodized stainless steel, polished
Enclosure color (front) Black Black
Dimensions
Length 125 mm 150 mm 150 mm
Diameter 8 mm 14 mm 14 mm
Enclosure diameter 37 mm; Diameter wall-mounting 37 mm; Diameter wall-mounting
bracket bracket
Mounting cutout, height 39 mm; Height wall-mounting 39 mm; Height wall-mounting
bracket bracket
Weights
Weight (without packaging) 0.13 kg 0.13 kg
Scope of supply
Delivery quantity in pieces 5; Incl. retaining cord for Mobile 1; 1x touch pen, 1x attachment 1; 1x touch pen, 1x attachment
Panel 277 10" cord, 1x resistive/capacitive cap, 1x cord, 1x resistive/capacitive cap, 1x
resistive cap (in the touch pen), 1x resistive cap (in the touch pen), 1x
complete wall bracket complete wall bracket
Other
Merchandise Yes; touch pen, thin, aluminum, Yes; ELO touch pen, small Yes; touch pen V2A
resistive technology
Manufacturer name QUERUM products UG QUERUM products UG QUERUM products UG
Manufacturer's address Wirtsstr. 23, 85110 Kipfenberg- Wirtsstr. 23, 85110 Kipfenberg- Wirtsstr. 23, 85110 Kipfenberg-
Böhming, Germany Böhming, Germany Böhming, Germany
contacting the manufacturer email: [email protected] email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
Target devices for resistive touch screens For common capacitive and resist­ For common capacitive and resist­
ive touch systems ive touch systems
Note: length of the interconnecting lead length of the interconnecting lead length of the interconnecting lead
approx. 35 cm approx. 55 cm ... 62 cm approx. 55 cm ... 62 cm

Status April 2024 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 12/43

 13
© Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems

13/2 Introduction
13/5 AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular sys­
tems
13/12 Standard automation systems
13/18 High-availability automation systems
13/26 Safety-related automation systems
13/36 Complementary S7‑400 systems
13/39 Standard automation systems
13/45 High-availability automation systems
13/53 Safety-related automation systems
13/61 SIPLUS automation systems
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Introduction

Automation systems
Introduction

Overview

SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems in various designs: Modular S7-400

systems plus Microbox system

Automation systems are available in different designs for the SIMAT­

IC PCS 7 process control system. The automation performance can
therefore be finely scaled within wide limits.
The automation systems offered can be classified as follows:
• Modular systems of the S7‑400 series with hardware controller in
the versions "Standard", "High availability" and "Safety-related"
- AS 410-5H/AS 410E automation systems
- Complementary S7‑400 systems

13/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Introduction

Application

Automation system AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS
with APL 412H 414‑3 414-3IE 414H 416-2 416-3 416-3IE 416H 417-4 417H
|←----- -------- -------- -------- AS 410 with CPU 410-5H -------- -------- -----→|
|←----- AS 410E 1) -----→|
Analog value measurements 10 150 150 100 300 500 500 400 800 600
Digital value measurements 20 300 300 250 600 1 000 1 000 800 1 400 1 000
PID controls 5 50 50 50 100 200 200 150 250 200
Motors 7 75 75 75 150 250 250 200 450 400
Valves 7 75 75 75 150 250 250 200 450 400
SFC 0 15 15 15 60 100 100 100 200 200
Steps 0 150 150 150 700 1 000 1 000 1 000 2 000 2 000
Dosing 0 5 5 3 20 25 25 25 50 50
Digital inputs DI 30 450 450 300 900 1 500 1 500 1 200 2 200 1 800
Digital outputs DO 10 150 150 110 300 500 500 400 750 650
Analog inputs AI 15 225 225 150 450 750 750 600 1 100 900
Analog outputs AO 5 75 75 50 150 250 250 200 350 350
Process objects (PO) 30 450 450 350 900 1 500 1 500 1 200 2 200 2 000

Typical mixed configuration limits for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems, The values quoted here are not AS-specific maximum values for the particular
item. Instead, they represent a typical distribution of the available total capa­
based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Process Library (APL)
city of the AS during mixed operation of all the items of a contiguous block.
1)Up to 200 process objects The number of process objects is not an absolute value, but depends on the
Note: library used as well as on the number and type of blocks used in the applica­
tion.

Modular automation systems of the S7‑400 range

AS type CPU Interfaces

PN/IE MPI/DP DP DP module
(2 ports) as optional plug-
in
Standard systems
AS 410S CPU 410-5H Process Automa­ 2 – 1 –
tion and CPU 410E
AS 414-3 CPU 414-3 – 1 1 1
AS 414-3IE CPU 414-3 PN/DP 1 1 – 1
AS 416-2 CPU 416-2 – 1 1 –
AS 416-3 CPU 416-3 – 1 1 1
AS 416-3IE CPU 416-3 PN/DP 1 1 – 1
AS 417-4 CPU 417-4 – 1 1 2
High availability and safety-oriented
systems
AS 410H/F/FH CPU 410-5H Process Automa­ 2 – 1 –
tion and CPU 410E (1 × or
2 ×)
AS 412H/F/FH CPU 412-5H (1 × or 2 ×) 1 1 1 –
AS 414H/F/FH CPU 414-5H (1 × or 2 ×) 1 1 1 –
AS 416H/F/FH CPU 416-5H (1 × or 2 ×) 1 1 1 –
AS 417H/F/FH CPU 417-5H (1 × or 2 ×) 1 1 1 –

The rugged automation systems of the S7-400 series are suitable for - Performance of the general-purpose CPU 410‑5H is scalable and
universal use. They are characterized by high processing and commu­ expandable based on the number of process objects
nication performance. The product range offered basically differs in
the following features: - Changes in the type of module during operation (TCiR) possible
together with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System V8.1 and
• AS 410‑5H/AS 410E automation systems
higher
- Preferred systems for new plants with SIMATIC PCS 7
- Redundant PROFINET configurations and configuration changes
- Suitable for SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V8.0+SP11) or as of V9.0 during operation for PROFINET in singular and redundant applic­
(AS 410E) ations
- Standard systems, fault-tolerant systems, and safety-oriented sys­
tems are based on the very same CPU

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Introduction

Application (continued)
• Complementary S7‑400 systems faces are possible directly on the CPU using additive IF 964 DP inter­
- Can be used in plants with SIMATIC PCS 7 V8/V7 face modules. If required, up to 10 PROFIBUS communications
modules can be additionally operated on each CPU.
- As an alternative to AS 410‑5H/AS 410E, primarily in systems with S7-400 automation systems can be integrated via a PROFINET inter­
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7 face into the CPU in PROFINET IO, some types via communications
- Scalable based on types of CPU differing in performance module CP 443-1 as well.
1) An additional Hardware Upgrade Package (HUP CPU 410-5H) is required
for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1
The CPU for all automation systems of the S7‑400 series is already
equipped as standard with the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus connection.
Depending on the type of CPU, one or two further PROFIBUS DP inter­

More information

Online configurators
Selected SIMATIC S7-400 components are combined as "AS bundles"
according to the task involved for the modular SIMATIC PCS 7 auto­
mation systems. Configurators are available in the Industry Mall help
you to assemble the AS bundles:
• Online configurators for AS 410 automation systems
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station configurator
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station configurator
• Online configurators for complementary S7‑400 systems
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station configurator

13/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Overview

AS 410S on CR3 rack

With the rugged all-round AS 410 system, the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system offers an exclusive automation system from the
SIMATIC S7-400 series, which can be used in all domains due to its
versatility.
The rugged AS 410 is a modern, future-oriented, all-round system
for the process industry. Its versatility means it can be used in all
areas – as a standard AS 410S system, as a high-availability AS 410H
or as safety-related AS 410F/FH. More and more innovative func­
tions are being exclusively combined with this automation system,
for example redundant PROFINET configurations and configuration
changes during operation for PROFINET in singular and redundant
applications
With its high-performance hardware and optimized firmware, the
innovative CPU 410‑5H Process Automation of the AS 410 covers
the entire performance range of conventional AS 412 to AS 417
automation systems. Its automation performance can be scaled with
System Expansion Cards based on the number of SIMATIC PCS 7 pro­
cess objects (POs) as follows:
• 100 POs
• 500 POs
• 1 000 POs
• 1 600 POs
• ≥ 2 000 POs (PO 2k+)
The type reduction to a single CPU offers numerous advantages. It
significantly simplifies selection and configuration of the automation
system as well as spare part inventory and plant expansion.
The AS 410E automation systems with CPU 410E Process Automa­
tion is a cost-saving alternative for applications with a few process
objects. Based on CPU 410-5H hardware, it offers the same benefits
for applications with up to 200 PO.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/5

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Design

Like all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems of the S7-400 series, CPU, aluminum rack (except UR1), optional redundancy or redund­
AS 410 automation systems are available as "AS bundles" as follows: ant power supply modules (in 4 A and 10 A variants), communica­
• Single components bundled per system in one delivery tions modules and sync modules of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410
bundles have an additional coating (conformal coating).
• Pre-assembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge com­ AS 410 bundles for operating temperatures up to 70 °C
pared to delivery of single components)
The AS 410 bundles are usually designed for operating temperat­
The AS bundles come furnished with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Runtime ures up to 60 °C. Additional designs are available for extreme con­
license for 100 process objects (PO). Building on this, the number of ditions; these are permitted for operating temperatures up to 70 °C.
process objects can be increased with cumulative AS Runtime licenses Their components mainly carry the designation "XTR" (extended
for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs. temperature range) in their names. All components of the "AS 410
The configuration of the AS bundles as well as the article numbers can bundles for the extended temperature range (XTR)" also have an
be defined by selecting pre-configured ordering units. System-specific additional coating (conformal coating).
ordering configurations are available in tabular form for this purpose The article numbers of the AS 410 bundles for the extended tem­
in the sections "Standard automation systems", "Fault-tolerant auto­ perature range (XTR) can be defined in the sections "Standard auto­
mation systems" and "Safety-related automation systems". mation systems", "High availability automation systems" and
For interactive configuration of AS bundles, there are also two online "Safety-related automation systems" by means of an individual con­
configurators available in the Industry Mall: figuration table.
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station configurator
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station configurator

Flexible and scalable availability

■ Single power supply ■ Double power supply ■ Single power supply ■ Double power supply
■ Single plant bus ■ Single plant bus ■ Double plant bus ■ Double plant bus
communication communication communication communication
(Single Controller)
Single Station

■ Double power supply ■ Quadruple power supply ■ Double power supply ■ Quadruple power supply
■ Double plant bus ■ Double plant bus ■ Quadruple plant bus ■ Quadruple plant bus
communication communication communication communication
Redundancy Station
(Dual Controller)

G_PCS7_XX_00185

A particular characteristic of the modular S7-400 systems is the flex­

ible and scalable availability of various components.
For a SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station of the AS 410 type, you have
the option of specifically increasing the availability by implementing a
redundant configuration of the power supply or the Industrial Ether­
net communications module, and combining these measures.
Even the AS Redundancy Station of the AS 410 type with its redund­
ant CPUs offers significantly higher availability. It operates according
to the 1oo2 principle, in which a switch is made from the active sub­
system to the standby system in the event of a fault. Starting from
here, you can double the power supply or the Industrial Ethernet com­
munications module for each subsystem, and combine these meas­
ures.

13/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Design (continued)

CPU 410-5H Process Automation: the "all-rounder" for process • High-precision time stamping
automation • Recessed RESET button
• Preset hardware parameters (PCS 7 skinning)
• Changes in the type of module during operation (TCiR) in associ­
ation with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System V8.1 and higher

PROFIBUS DP
PROFINET IO
(2-port switch)

2 slots for the PROFINET IO

G_PCS7_XX_00376

sync module (2-port switch)

CPU 410E for small applications

CPU 410-5H Process Automation
The cost-effective CPU 410E is available for applications with a few
process objects. for which it offers the same benefits as the
The CPU 410‑5H Process Automation is at the heart of the standard CPU 410‑5H in terms of
automation systems as well as the high-availability and safety-related
AS 410 automation systems. With Expansion Cards for 100 PO, • Flexibility
500 PO, 1 000 PO, 1 600 PO and PO 2k+ (corresponds to ≥ 2 600 PO), - Standard, high-availability and fail-safe applications
you can define your performance for your specific application with up
to around 2 600 PO. - Identical hardware as with CPU 410‑5H
If the performance limit defined by the System Expansion Card is • Ruggedness
reached during configuration, commissioning or operation, a sub­
sequent increase in performance is possible without replacing the - Conformal coating
hardware by using an appropriate number of CPU 410 Expansion
- Extended temperature range up to 70 °C
Packs 100 POs/500 POs.
As shown in the figure, CPU 410-5H Process Automation is equipped • Secure investment
with two PROFINET IO interfaces (2-port switch in each case) for up to
- 1 PROFIBUS and 2 PROFINET interfaces
250 I/O devices and a PROFIBUS DP interface for up to 96 PROFIBUS DP
slaves. Two integrated slots allow the synchronization of two redund­ - Innovations in firmware updates
ant subsystems via sync modules and sync cables (FOC).
Restrictions compared to CPU 410‑5H relate to the number of POs,
CPU 410‑5H Process Automation supports NTP as well as S7 time syn­
work memory and I/O data. The following table shows the main dif­
chronization.
ferences between and features common to the two CPUs.
Other features include:
• Integrated 48 MB load memory and 32 MB work memory each for
program and data
• Cycle time up to 10 ms/9 process tasks
• Total number of I/Os (on PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO) approx.
7 500, 16 KB each for inputs and outputs
• Additional protection of the circuit board with coating (conformal
coating)
• Expanded temperature range during operation up to 70 °C (as of
product version 2)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/7

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Design (continued)

CPU 410E CPU 410-5H

Work memory (for program and data) 4 MB 32 MB
Load memory (integrated, non-volatile) 48 MB 48 MB
CPU processing times for bit operations, typ. 7.5 ns 7.5 ns
I/O data 1536 bytes inputs/outputs 16 KB inputs/outputs
Number of process objects 200 or 500 100 to 2 k+

I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP You can additionally implement further PROFIBUS interfaces using
The distributed process I/O can be integrated into a PROFIBUS DP seg­ separately ordered CP 443‑5 Extended PROFIBUS DP interface mod­
ment either directly or via a lower-level fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA or ules (conformal coating). According to the manual, up to
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1). For details, see the "Industrial Communic­ 10 CP 443‑5 Extended modules can be operated in one automation
ation" chapter, "PROFIBUS DP", "PROFIBUS PA" and "FOUNDATION system.
Fieldbus H1" sections. I/O connection via PROFINET IO
PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/O can be operated It is easy to efficiently connect AS 410 automation systems to
on a PROFIBUS DP interface in the CPU and on additive CP 443-5 remote I/O stations via the PROFINET IO interfaces integrated in the
Extended (conformal coating) PROFIBUS DP interface modules. You CPU 410‑5H Process Automation, for example to remote ET 200M
can configure up to 4 individual or redundant CP 443‑5 Extended or ET 200SP HA I/O stations (see also "Industrial Communication"
PROFIBUS DP interface modules (conformal coating) for an automa­ chapter, "PROFINET" section). PROFINET IO interfaces made avail­
tion system using the configurators for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation sys­ able by additive communications modules of type CP 443‑1 cannot
tems in the Industry Mall as well as in the catalog sections "Standard be used.
automation systems", "Fault-tolerant automation systems" and
"Safety-related automation systems".

13/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0 6ES7410-5HM08-0AB0

General information
Product type designation CPU 410-5H CPU 410E
Design of PLC basic unit With Conformal Coating (ISA-S71.04 severity With Conformal Coating (ISA-S71.04 severity
level G1; G2; G3) and operating temperature level G1; G2; G3) and operating temperature
to 70 °C to 70 °C
• Product function
• SysLog Yes; via TCP; up to 4 receivers can be para­ Yes; via TCP; up to 4 receivers can be para­
meterized; buffer capacity max. 3 200 entries meterized; buffer capacity max. 3 200 entries
• Field interface security Yes Yes
• Engineering with
• Programming package SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 or higher SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 or higher
Processor
CPU speed 450 MHz; Multi-processor system 450 MHz; Multi-processor system
Memory
PCS 7 process objects 100 ... approx. 2 600, adjustable with System 200; max.
Expansion Card
• Work memory
• integrated 32 Mbyte; max., dependent on the System 4 Mbyte
Expansion Card used
• integrated (for program) Dependent on the System Expansion Card 4 Mbyte; max.
used
• integrated (for data) Dependent on the System Expansion Card 4 Mbyte; max.
used
• expandable Dependent on the System Expansion Card No
used
CPU processing times
average processing time of PCS 7 typicals 110 µs; with APL Typicals 110 µs; with APL Typicals
Process tasks, max. 9; Individually adjustable from 10 ms to 5 s 9; Individually adjustable from 10 ms to 5 s
Counters, timers and their retentivity
• IEC counter
• present Yes Yes
• IEC timer
• present Yes Yes
Data areas and their retentivity
• Flag
• Size, max. 16 384 byte 16 384 byte
Address area
• I/O address area
• Inputs 16 kbyte; max., dependent on the System 2 048 byte; max. 1 536 bytes for inputs or
Expansion Card used outputs per interface
• Outputs 16 kbyte; max., dependent on the System 2 048 byte; max. 1 536 bytes for inputs or
Expansion Card used outputs per interface
Time of day
• Clock
• Hardware clock (real-time) Yes Yes
• Operating hours counter
• Number 16 16
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 2 2
Number of RS 485 interfaces 1; PROFIBUS DP 1; PROFIBUS DP
Number of other interfaces 2; 2x synchronization 2; 2x synchronization
1. Interface
Interface type RS 485 / PROFIBUS RS 485 / PROFIBUS

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/9

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0 6ES7410-5HM08-0AB0

• Protocols
• PROFIBUS DP master Yes Yes
• PROFIBUS DP slave No No
• PROFIBUS DP master
• Number of DP slaves, max. 96 96
• Number of slots per interface, max. 1 632 1 632
2. Interface
Interface type PROFINET PROFINET
• Protocols
• PROFINET IO Controller Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO Device No No
• PROFINET CBA No No
• PROFINET IO Controller
• Services
• Number of connectable IO Devices, max. 250 250
• Number of connectable IO Devices for RT, max. 250 250
3. Interface
Interface type PROFINET PROFINET
• Protocols
• PROFINET IO Controller Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO Device No No
• PROFINET CBA No No
• PROFINET IO Controller
• Services
• Number of connectable IO Devices, max. 250 250
• Number of connectable IO Devices for RT, max. 250 250
4. Interface
Interface type Pluggable synchronization submodule (FO) Pluggable synchronization submodule (FO)
Plug-in interface modules Synchronization module Synchronization module
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0, 6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0,
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0 or 6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0 or
6ES7960-1AA08-0XA0 6ES7960-1AA08-0XA0
5. Interface
Interface type Pluggable synchronization submodule (FO) Pluggable synchronization submodule (FO)
Plug-in interface modules Synchronization module Synchronization module
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0, 6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0,
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0 or 6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0 or
6ES7960-1AA08-0XA0 6ES7960-1AA08-0XA0
Protocols
Supports protocol for PROFINET IO Yes Yes
PROFINET CBA No No
PROFIsafe Yes Yes
PROFIBUS Yes Yes
AS-Interface Yes; Via add-on Yes; Via add-on
• SIMATIC communication
• S7 routing Yes Yes
• Further protocols
• Foundation Fieldbus Yes; via DP/FF Link Yes; via DP/FF Link
• MODBUS Yes; Via add-on Yes; Via add-on
communication functions / header
PG/OP communication Yes Yes
Data record routing Yes Yes

13/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0 6ES7410-5HM08-0AB0

• S7 communication
• supported Yes Yes
• Number of connections
• overall 120 120
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. 0 °C 0 °C
• max. 70 °C 70 °C
configuration / header
• Know-how protection
• User program protection/password protection Yes Yes
• Block encryption Yes; With S7 block Privacy Yes; With S7 block Privacy
Dimensions
Width 50 mm 50 mm
Height 290 mm 290 mm
Depth 219 mm 219 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 1.1 kg 1.1 kg

Accessories

Backup batteries
Lithium backup batteries of type AA with 2.3 Ah are used in the
power supply modules of all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems of
the S7‑400 range (AS bundles). Since lithium batteries are easily
inflammable, more rigorous transport and storage regulations apply
to them.
To avoid subjecting the AS bundles to these more rigorous transport
and storage regulations, the backup batteries must be ordered and
delivered separately (Article No. 6ES7971-0BA00 or
6ES7971-0BA02).
The following backup batteries are required depending on the con­
figuration of the AS bundles:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station with
- 1 power supply module: 2 units
- 2 redundant power supply modules: 4 units
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station with
- 2 power supply modules: 4 units
- 2 x 2 redundant power supply modules: 8 units

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/11

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Automation systems
Standard automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Standard automation systems

Overview Design

Individual configuration of AS bundles

The configuration of the standard automation systems as well as the
article numbers can be defined by selecting pre-configured ordering
units.
Typical combinations can be selected from the tables in the "Order­
ing data" section of the printed catalog. The complete range is avail­
able to you via the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station online con­
figurator in the Industry Mall.
Subsequent increase in performance
If the performance limit defined by the ordered System Expansion
Card is reached during configuration, commissioning or operation, a
subsequent increase in performance is possible by using an appro­
priate number of CPU 410 Expansion Packs 100 POs/500 POs. Hard­
ware modifications are not necessary.
I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP
Several PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/Os can be
Standard AS 410S automation system operated on one standard automation system. A PROFIBUS DP inter­
face is already integrated in the CPU 410‑5H Process Automation. Up
to four additional PROFIBUS DP interfaces can be configured using
The AS 410S modular standard automation systems are suitable for additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules CP 443‑5.
general use. These are always your first choice if high availability
through redundancy and safety-related functions are not relevant I/O connection via PROFINET IO
for the application. Standard AS 410S automation systems can only be connected to
In the range from 100 to approx. 2 600 POs, their performance can remote I/O stations via the two PROFINET interfaces (each with
be customized to meet the task at hand using System Expansion 2‑port switch) integrated in the CPU 410‑5H Process Automation, for
Cards. example to remote ET 200M/ET 200SP HA I/O stations (see also
"Industrial Communication" chapter, "PROFINET" section).
An AS 410S is also the base system for a fault-tolerant (AS 410H) or
a safety-related automation system (AS 410F, AS 410FH). Your The availability of the I/O devices can be increased by a ring topology
decision for the AS 410S is therefore not final, you can remain flex­ with media redundancy (MRP). If the transmission link in the ring is
ible. If the task changes, the automation system can be used differ­ interrupted at a given location, for example, due to a break in the
ently at any time and the target system can be expanded accord­ ring cable or the failure of a station, the redundancy manager, e.g.
ingly. the CPU, immediately activates the alternative communication path.

AS Single Station
with PROFINET CPU

ET 200M ET 200M

SCALANCE X
G_PCS7_XX_00323

ET 200M ET 200M

Example for PROFINET IO communication with media redundancy

Communication via the Industrial Ethernet (IE) plant bus

If the PROFINET interfaces integrated in the CPU are not used for
PROFINET IO, they can then also be used for the connection to the
Industrial Ethernet plant bus. Otherwise, the AS 410S standard auto­
mation system can be connected to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus
via the CP 443-1 communications module (conformal coating). If
necessary, the availability of plant bus communication can be
increased by using a second CP 443‑1 communications module (con­
formal coating).
Redundant power supply
If you have two separate power supply networks for your plant, you
can increase the availability of the AS 410S standard automation sys­
tems by using two redundant power supplies.

13/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Standard automation systems

Design (continued)

Runtime licenses
The AS bundles come furnished with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Runtime
license for 100 POs. The number of process objects can be extended
by additional Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs. The
process objects of additional Runtime licenses can be added to pro­
cess objects which already exist. The number and type (e.g. 100 or
1 000) of additional Runtime licenses is irrelevant with regard to the
implementable quantity framework.

Selection and ordering data

Standard automation systems with CPU 410-5H

Article No.
AS 410S 6ES7654-
CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● C ● 0 ● - ● ● F ●
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

System Expansion Card
• System Expansion Card 100 POs J

• System Expansion Card 500 POs L

• System Expansion Card 1 000 POs N

• System Expansion Card 1 600 POs P

• System Expansion Card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000) Q

• System Expansion Card 0 PO (blank) R

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × CP 443‑12) 3

• 2 × CP 443‑12) 4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)2) 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel1) 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

• CR3 (4 slots), aluminum2)3) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 4 A for 120/230 V AC/DC2)4) A

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy2) C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant2) E

• 1 × PS 405, 4 A for 24 V DC2)4) F

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy2) H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant2) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443-5 Extended2) 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended2) 2

• 3 × CP 443-5 Extended2) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended2) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, or up to 3 CPs with a redundant power supply.
2) Conformal coating

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/13

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Standard automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

3) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
4) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Standard automation systems with CPU 410-5H for the expanded temperature range (XTR)

Article No.
AS 410S 6ES7654-
CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● C ● 0 ● - ● ● F ●
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

System Expansion Card
• System Expansion Card 100 POs J

• System Expansion Card 500 POs L

• System Expansion Card 1 000 POs N

• System Expansion Card 1 600 POs P

• System Expansion Card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000) Q

• System Expansion Card 0 PO (blank) R

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × CP 443‑1 3

• 2 × CP 443‑1 4
Racks
• UR2 XTR (9 slots), aluminum1) 3

• CR3 XTR, 4 slots, aluminum2) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 4 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC3) A

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant E

• 1 × PS 405, 4 A XTR for 24 V DC3) F

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, redundant K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

1) Only in conjunction with 10 A power supplies

2) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
3) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Standard automation systems with CPU 410E

Article No.
AS 410SE 6ES7654-
CPU 410E with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● E K 0 ● - ● ● F ●
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs and System
Expansion Card PO 200M
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × CP 443‑12) 3

• 2 × CP 443‑12) 4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)2) 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel1) 4

• CR3 (4 slots), aluminum2)3) 7

13/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Standard automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 4 A for 120/230 V AC/DC2)4) A

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy2) C

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant2) E

• 1 × PS 405, 4 A for 24 V DC2)4) F

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy2) H

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant2) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443-5 Extended2) 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended2) 2

• 3 × CP 443-5 Extended2) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended2) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, or up to 3 CPs with a redundant power supply.
2) Conformal coating
3) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
4) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Standard automation systems with CPU 410E for the expanded temperature range (XTR)

Article No.
AS 410SE 6ES7654-
CPU 410E with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● E K 0 ● - ● ● F ●
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs and System
Expansion Card PO 200M
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × CP 443‑1 3

• 2 × CP 443‑1 4
Racks
• UR2 XTR (9 slots), aluminum1) 3

• CR3 XTR, 4 slots, aluminum2) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 4 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC3) A

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant E

• 1 × PS 405, 4 A XTR for 24 V DC3) F

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, redundant K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

1) Only in conjunction with 10 A power supplies

2) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
3) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/15

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Standard automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Single components Single components

• 10 A XTR, optional redundancy 6ES7407-0KR02-0AA1
Single components (conformal coating; for operating
Single components for AS 410S temperature up to 70 °C)
standard automation systems 120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
CPU 410-5H Process Automation as 6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0 6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
• 20 A
spare part
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
Conformal coating; for operating tem­
24 V DC/1 A
perature up to 70 °C
32 MB work memory integrated PS 405 power supply module
(16 MB each for program and data); with battery compartment for
module occupies 2 slots 2 backup batteries, module occupies
CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CJ00-0XF0 2 slots
100 PO Bundle • 4 A XTR 6ES7405-0DA02-0AA1
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H (conformal coating; for operating
Process Automation and PCS 7 System temperature up to 70 °C)
Expansion Card for 100 PO 24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/4 A,
CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CL00-0XF0 24 V DC/0.5 A
500 PO Bundle • 10 A 6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H 24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
Process Automation and PCS 7 System 24 V DC/1 A
Expansion Card for 500 PO
• 10 A XTR, optional redundancy 6ES7405-0KR02-0AA1
CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CN00-0XF0
(conformal coating; for operating
1 000 PO Bundle temperature up to 70 °C)
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H 24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
Process Automation and PCS 7 System 24 V DC/1 A
Expansion Card for 1 000 PO
6ES7654-5CP00-0XF0 • 20 A 6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
1 600 PO Bundle 24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H 24 V DC/1 A; with battery compart­
Process Automation and PCS 7 System ment for 2 backup batteries, module
Expansion Card for 1 600 PO occupies 2 slots
CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CQ00-0XF0 Backup battery 6ES7971-0BA00
PO 2k+ Bundle For PS 405/407, type AA, 3.6 V, 2.3 Ah
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H XTR backup battery 6ES7971-0BA02
Process Automation and PCS 7 System For PS 405/407, type AA, 3.6 V,
Expansion Card for PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000) 2.3 Ah; for operating temperatures up
CPU 410 Expansion Pack to 70 °C
For subsequent increase in perform­ Aluminum rack
ance of the CPU 410‑5H process auto­
• UR1, 18 slots 6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
mation
Upgrade option for 1 installation, • UR2 XTR, 9 slots 6ES7400-1JA11-0AA1
independent of language (conformal coating; for operating
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software temperature up to 70 °C)
Media Package
• CR3 XTR, 4 slots 6ES7401-1DA01-0AA1
• Goods delivery (conformal coating; for operating
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ temperature up to 70 °C)
ficate of License
6ES7653-2CA00-0XE0
Steel rack
- 100 POs
• UR1, 18 slots 6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
- 500 POs 6ES7653-2CC00-0XE0
• UR2, 9 slots 6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
• Online delivery
License key download, online Certi­ Single components for AS 410E
ficate of License standard automation systems
: Email address required!
CPU 410E Process Automation as 6ES7410-5HM08-0AB0
- 100 POs 6ES7653-2CA00-0XK0 spare part
- 500 POs 6ES7653-2CC00-0XK0 Conformal coating; for operating tem­
perature up to 70 °C
PS 407 power supply module 4 MB work memory integrated (2 MB
with battery compartment for each for program and data); module
2 backup batteries, module occupies occupies 2 slots
2 slots
• 4 A XTR 6ES7407-0DA02-0AA1
(conformal coating; for operating
temperature up to 70 °C)
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/4 A,
24 V DC/0.5 A
• 10 A 6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A

13/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Standard automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Single components Single components

Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 - 100 POs 6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
automation systems
- 1 000 POs 6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
(can be added to existing licenses)
- 10 000 POs 6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license
Language-neutral, floating license for • Online delivery
1 user License key download, online Certi­
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software ficate of License
Media Package : Email address required!
• Goods delivery - 100 POs 6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
- 1 000 POs 6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
ficate of License
- 10 000 POs 6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/17

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Automation systems
High-availability automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
High-availability automation systems

Overview Design

The AS 410H, which consists of two redundant, galvanically isolated

subsystems, can be mounted on a UR2‑H compact rack with a split
backplane bus or on two separate racks (UR1 or UR2). The configura­
tion in two racks has the advantage that the redundant subsystems
are spatially separated (for example, by a fire-proof wall) and can be
located far apart from each other. Depending on the sync modules
used, distances up to 10 m or up to 10 km are possible between the
two subsystems. As a result of the electrical isolation, the system is
also resistant to EMC interference.
Individual configuration of AS bundles
The configuration of the high availability automation systems and
the article numbers can be defined by selecting pre-configured
ordering units.
Typical combinations can be selected from the tables in the "Order­
ing data" section of the printed catalog. The complete range for
selection is available via the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Sta­
tion online configurator in the Industry Mall.
Redundancy Station AS 410H
Ordering information:
High availability automation systems are used to reduce the risk of • For an AS 410H redundant configuration based on two AS Single
production failures. The higher investment costs for high availability Stations (AS 410S), you also require 4 sync modules (up to 10 m or
automation systems are frequently negligible compared to the costs up to 10 km) and 2 fiber-optic sync cables. The selection depends
resulting from production failures. The higher the costs of a produc­ on the distance between the two AS single stations.
tion failure, the more worthwhile it is to use a high availability sys­
tem.
• FO sync cables longer than 1 m must always be ordered separately
(2 cables required in each case).
High availability SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems can be used in a
system configuration on their own or together with standard and Subsequent increase in performance/
safety-related automation systems. use of redundant PROFINET (R1)
If the performance limit defined by the ordered System Expansion
Card is reached during configuration, commissioning or operation, a
subsequent increase in performance is possible by using an appro­
priate number of CPU 410 Expansion Packs 100 POs/500 POs. Hard­
ware modifications are not necessary.
Aside from increasing performance, the redundancy functions of
PROFINET can also be expanded. If a redundant PROFINET (R1) is to
be used in place of PROFINET system redundancy (S2), this function
can be expanded with the "CPU 410 Expansion Pack PN Red".
I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP
The distributed process I/O can be integrated into a PROFIBUS DP
segment either directly or via a lower-level fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1).
Several PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/Os can be
operated on an AS 410H high availability automation system. A
PROFIBUS DP interface is integrated in each of the two CPUs 410‑5H
Process Automation. Up to four more PROFIBUS DP interfaces with
add-on CP 443-5 PROFIBUS DP interface modules (conformal coat­
ing) can be configured for each redundant subsystem.
With redundant PROFIBUS DP lines, the process I/Os can be connec­
ted to an AS 410H as follows:
• ET 200M remote I/Os stations with two IM 153‑2 High Feature
interface modules on a special bus module
• ET 200iSP remote I/Os stations with two IM 152‑1 on a special ter­
minal module
• Field devices on the PROFIBUS PA over a PA link to two redundant
IM 153‑2 High Feature interface modules
• Field devices on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 via a redundant
Compact FF Link pair
• Non-redundant PROFIBUS DP devices, e.g. ET 200S or ET 200pro
remote I/O stations per Y‑Link

13/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
High-availability automation systems

Design (continued)

I/O connection via PROFINET IO

High-availability AS 410H automation systems can be connected via
PROFINET IO with remote I/O stations, for example, ET 200M or
ET 200SP remote I/O stations. Only the PROFINET interfaces integ­
rated in the CPUs can be used for this on the automation system.
The maximum availability with minimum fault reaction times is
achieved by the AS 410H when used in conjunction with system
redundancy of the I/O devices. System redundancy refers to a type
of PROFINET IO communication in which each I/O device establishes
a communication connection to each of the two CPUs of an AS 410H
over the topological network. Then, the failure of a CPU does not
automatically lead to failure of the connected I/O devices.

AS redundancy
station with
PROFINET CPU

ET 200M ET 200M

SCALANCE X
G_PCS7_XX_00322

ET 200M ET 200M

PROFINET IO communication with system redundancy

Communication via the Industrial Ethernet (IE) plant bus

If the PROFINET interfaces integrated in the CPUs of the AS 410H are
not used for PROFINET IO, they can then also be used for the con­
nection to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus. Otherwise, the two sub­
systems of the AS 410H can be connected to the plant bus using one
CP 443‑1 communications module (conformal coating) each.
The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,
which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the
availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant
rings it makes sense to configure two IE interface/communications
modules in each case and to distribute their connections between
the two rings (4-way connection). Double faults such as failure of
the switch on ring 1 with simultaneous interruption of the bus cable
on ring 2 can thus be tolerated.
Runtime licenses
The automation systems come furnished with the SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 process objects (PO). The number of pro­
cess objects can be extended by additional Runtime licenses for 100,
1 000 or 10 000 POs. The process objects of additional Runtime
licenses can be added to process objects which already exist. The
number and type (e.g. 100 or 1 000) of additional Runtime licenses
is irrelevant.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/19

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data

High-availability automation systems with CPU 410-5H

Article No.
AS 410H (redundancy station) 6ES7656-
2 × CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● C ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

System Expansion Card
• 2 × System Expansion Card 100 PO J

• 2 × System Expansion Card 500 PO L

• 2 × System Expansion Card 1 000 PO N

• 2 × System Expansion Card 1 600 PO P

• 2 × System Expansion Card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000) Q

• 2 × System Expansion Card 0 PO (empty) R

Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules2) for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 × 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 2 × 1 CP 443‑12) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑12) 4
Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum1)2) 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel1) 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)2) 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel1) 4

• 2 × CR3 (4 slots), aluminum2)3) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 4 A for 120/230 V AC/DC2)4) A

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy2) C

• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant2) E

• 2 × PS 405, 4 A for 24 V DC2)4) F

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy2) H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant2) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 2 × 1 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 4

1) In configurations with UR2/UR2‑H racks, up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be configured with a single power supply per subsystem, or up to 3 CPs
per subsystem with a redundant power supply.
2) Conformal coating
3) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
4) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

13/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

High-availability automation systems with CPU 410-5H for the expanded temperature range (XTR)

Article No.
AS 410H (redundancy station) 6ES7656-
2 × CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● C ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

System Expansion Card
• 2 × System Expansion Card 100 PO J

• 2 × System Expansion Card 500 PO L

• 2 × System Expansion Card 1 000 PO N

• 2 × System Expansion Card 1 600 PO P

• 2 × System Expansion Card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000) Q

• 2 × System Expansion Card 0 PO (empty) R

Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules V8 XTR for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3
Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × 2 CP 443‑1 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑1 4
Racks
• 1 × UR2-H XTR (2 × 9 slots), aluminum1) 1

• 2 × UR2 XTR (9 slots), aluminum1) 3

• 2 x CR3 XTR, 4 slots, aluminum2) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 4 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC3) A

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant E

• 2 × PS 405, 4 A XTR for 24 V DC3) F

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, redundant K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

1) Only in conjunction with 10 A power supplies

2) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
3) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

High-availability automation systems with CPU 410E

Article No.
AS 410HE (redundancy station) 6ES7656-
2 × CPU 410E with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● E K ● ● - ● ● F ●
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs and System
Expansion Card PO 200M
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules2) for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 × 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 2 × 1 CP 443‑12) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑12) 4

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/21

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum1)2) 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel1) 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)2) 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel1) 4

• 2 × CR3 (4 slots), aluminum2)3) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 4 A for 120/230 V AC/DC2)4) A

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy2) C

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant2) E

• 2 × PS 405, 4 A for 24 V DC2)4) F

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy2) H

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant2) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 2 × 1 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 4

1) In configurations with UR2/UR2‑H racks, up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be configured with a single power supply per subsystem, or up to 3 CPs
per subsystem with a redundant power supply.
2) Conformal coating
3) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
4) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

High-availability automation systems with CPU 410E for the expanded temperature range (XTR)

Article No.
AS 410HE (redundancy station) 6ES7656-
2 × CPU 410E with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● E K ● ● - ● ● F ●
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs and System
Expansion Card PO 200M
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules V8 XTR for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3
Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × 2 CP 443‑1 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑1 4
Racks
• 1 × UR2-H XTR (2 × 9 slots), aluminum1) 1

• 2 × UR2 XTR (9 slots), aluminum1) 3

• 2 x CR3 XTR, 4 slots, aluminum2) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 4 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC3) A

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant E

• 2 × PS 405, 4 A XTR for 24 V DC3) F

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, redundant K

13/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

1) Only in conjunction with 10 A power supplies

2) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
3) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Single components
Single components
Single components Sync set
For coupling two redundant CPUs; for
Single components of the high distances up to
availability SIMATIC PCS 7 automa­
tion systems AS 410H • 10 m, consisting of 4 sync modules 6ES7656-7XX30-0XE0
for up to 10 m and 2 FO sync cables,
CPU 410-5H Process Automation as 6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0 1 m each
spare part • 10 km, consisting of 4 sync modules 6ES7656-7XX40-0XE0
Conformal coating; for operating tem­ for up to 10 km
perature up to 70 °C : please order fiber-optic sync cables
32 MB work memory integrated (2 units) in the required length sep­
(16 MB each for program and data); arately.
module occupies 2 slots
CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CJ00-0XF0 Sync module
100 PO Bundle For coupling two redundant CPUs;
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H 2 modules required for each CPU; for
Process Automation and PCS 7 System distances up to
Expansion Card for 100 PO • 10 m 6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CL00-0XF0 • 10 km 6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
500 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H Sync module V8 XTR 6ES7960-1AA08-0XA0
Process Automation and PCS 7 System (Conformal coating; for operating
Expansion Card for 500 PO temperature up to 70 °C)
For coupling two redundant CPUs;
CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CN00-0XF0
2 modules required for each CPU; for
1 000 PO Bundle distances up to 10 m
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H
Process Automation and PCS 7 System Sync cable (fiber-optic connecting
Expansion Card for 1 000 PO cable)
For connecting two redundant CPUs,
CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CP00-0XF0
2 cables required for each redundant
1 600 PO Bundle automation system
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H
Process Automation and PCS 7 System •1m 6ES7960-1AA04-5AA0
Expansion Card for 1 600 PO •2m 6ES7960-1AA04-5BA0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CQ00-0XF0
• 10 m 6ES7960-1AA04-5KA0
PO 2k+ Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H Other lengths On request
Process Automation and PCS 7 System
Expansion Card for PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000) PS 407 power supply module
with battery compartment for
CPU 410 Expansion Pack 2 backup batteries, module occupies
For subsequent increase in perform­ 2 slots
ance of the CPU 410‑5H process auto­
• 4 A XTR 6ES7407-0DA02-0AA1
mation
Language-neutral, without SIMATIC (conformal coating; for operating
PCS 7 Software Media Package temperature up to 70 °C)
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/4 A,
• Goods delivery 24 V DC/0.5 A
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License • 10 A 6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
- 100 PO, license for upgrading 1 CPU 6ES7653-2CA00-0XE0 24 V DC/1 A
- 500 PO, license for upgrading 1 CPU 6ES7653-2CC00-0XE0 • 10 A XTR, optional redundancy 6ES7407-0KR02-0AA1
• Online delivery (conformal coating; for operating
License key download, online Certi­ temperature up to 70 °C)
ficate of License 120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
: Email address required! 24 V DC/1 A
• 20 A 6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
- 100 PO, license for upgrading 1 CPU 6ES7653-2CA00-0XK0
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
- 500 PO, license for upgrading 1 CPU 6ES7653-2CC00-0XK0 24 V DC/1 A

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/23

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Single components Single components

PS 405 power supply module Single components for AS 410HE
with battery compartment for high availability automation sys­
2 backup batteries, module occupies tems
2 slots
CPU 410E Process Automation as 6ES7410-5HM08-0AB0
• 4 A XTR 6ES7405-0DA02-0AA1
(conformal coating; for operating spare part
temperature up to 70 °C) Conformal coating; for operating tem­
24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/4 A, 24 V perature up to 70 °C
DC/0.5 A 4 MB work memory integrated (2 MB
each for program and data); module
• 10 A 6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0 occupies 2 slots
24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7
24 V DC/1 A automation systems
• 10 A XTR, optional redundancy 6ES7405-0KR02-0AA1
(can be added to existing licenses)
(conformal coating; for operating
temperature up to 70 °C) SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license
24/48/60 V DC/; 5 V DC/10 A, Language-neutral, floating license for
24 V DC/1 A 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
• 20 A 6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0 Media Package
24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A; with battery compart­ • Goods delivery
ment for 2 backup batteries, module License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
occupies 2 slots ficate of License
- 100 POs 6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
Backup battery 6ES7971-0BA00
For PS 405/407, type AA, 3.6 V, 2.3 Ah - 1 000 POs 6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
XTR backup battery 6ES7971-0BA02 6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5
- 10 000 POs
For PS 405/407, type AA, 3.6 V,
2.3 Ah; for operating temperatures up • Online delivery
to 70 °C License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
Aluminum rack
: Email address required!
• UR1, 18 slots 6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
- 100 POs 6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
• UR2 XTR, 9 slots 6ES7400-1JA11-0AA1
- 1 000 POs 6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
(conformal coating; for operating
temperature up to 70 °C) - 10 000 POs 6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5
• UR2-H XTR, for divided central con­ 6ES7400-2JA10-0AA1
Y-Link
trollers; 2 × 9 slots
(conformal coating; for operating Y-Link 6ES7197-1LA12-0XA0
temperature up to 70 °C) For connecting devices with only
• CR3 XTR, 4 slots 6ES7401-1DA01-0AA1 1 PROFIBUS DP interface to a redund­
(conformal coating; for operating ant automation system
temperature up to 70 °C)
Steel rack
• UR1, 18 slots 6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0

• UR2, 9 slots 6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0

• UR2-H, for divided central control­ 6ES7400-2JA00-0AA0

lers; 2 × 9 slots

13/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
High-availability automation systems

Options

Y-Link
• Bus coupler for transition from a redundant PROFIBUS DP master
system to a single-channel PROFIBUS DP master system
• For connection of devices with only one PROFIBUS DP interface to
the redundant PROFIBUS DP master system
The Y-link comprises:
• 2 IM 153‑2 High Feature Outdoor high feature interface modules
• One Y coupler including RS 485 repeater
• One BM IM/IM bus module for two IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor
modules
• One BM Y coupler bus module
Evaluation of the Y-Link diagnostics (and hence indirectly of the con­
nected DP standard slaves) is supported by driver blocks.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/25

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems

Automation systems
Safety-related automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Safety-related automation systems

Overview Design

The PROFIsafe profile allows safety-related communication between

the automation system (controller) and the process I/O via both
PROFIBUS and PROFINET. The decision for choosing either
PROFINET IO or the PROFIBUS DP/PA fieldbuses has a significant
influence on the architecture of the safety-related system.
For information on the safety-related design variants with PROFIB­
US DP/PA and PROFINET IO, refer to the section "Safety Integrated for
Process Automation", "Introduction".
The safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems are based
either on the hardware of the AS 410S standard automation system
(F systems) or the hardware of the AS 410H high availability auto­
mation system (FH systems), which have been supplemented with
safety functions using SIMATIC S7 F systems.
In accordance with the design variant, they are categorized as:
• AS Single Station AS 410F with only one CPU (safety-related)
• AS Redundancy Station AS 410FH with two redundant CPUs
AS Single Station AS 410F (safety-related and high availability)
Availability can be flexibly increased with a redundant design for the
Safety-related automation systems are used for critical applications power supply or the Industrial Ethernet communications module (for
where a fault could endanger life or result in damage to the plant or details, see the section "AS 410 modular systems" under "Flexible
the environment. These F/FH systems also referred to as "fail-safe and scalable availability").
automation systems" detect both faults in the process and their own All AS 410F/FH systems are TÜV-certified and comply with the safety
internal faults in association with the safety-related F modules of the requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.
ET 200 distributed I/O systems or fail-safe transmitters connected In these systems with multitasking capability, several programs can
directly via the fieldbus. They automatically transfer the plant to a be executed simultaneously in one CPU – basic process control
safe state in the event of a fault. (BPCS) applications or also safety-related applications. The programs
are reaction-free, i.e. faults in BPCS applications have no effect on
safety-related applications, and vice versa. Special tasks with very
short response times can also be implemented.
The redundant FH systems operating according to the 1-out-of-2
principle consist of two subsystems of identical design. These are
electrically isolated from each other to achieve optimum EMC, and
are synchronized with each other via fiber-optic cables. In case of an
error, there is a bumpless switchover from the active subsystem to
the standby system. The two subsystems can be present in the same
rack or separated by up to 10 km. The spatial separation provides
additional security in the case of extreme influences in the environ­
ment of the active subsystem, e.g. resulting from a fire.
The redundancy of the FH systems is only used to increase the avail­
ability. It is not relevant to processing of the safety functions and the
associated fault detection.
Individual configuration of AS bundles
Configuration of the safety-related automation systems as well as
the article numbers can be defined by selecting pre-configured
ordering units.
Typical combinations for the respective system can be selected using
tables in the "Ordering data" section. These are divided into:
• AS Single Station AS 410F with one CPU
• AS Redundancy Station AS 410FH with two redundant CPUs,
mounted on one common rack (UR2-H) or two separate racks
(UR2)
The complete range for selection is available using two correspond­
ingly structured online configurators in the Industry Mall:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station configurator
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station configurator
System Expansion Cards including a SIMATIC S7 F Systems Runtime
License should be selected for safety-related AS 410 F/FH automa­
tion systems.
FO sync cables longer than 1 m must always be ordered separately
(2 cables required in each case).

13/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Safety-related automation systems

Design (continued) Design (continued)

The components suitable for engineering the safety-related applica­ SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT license. The 100 POs of the SIMATIC PCS 7
tions can be ordered in the section "Safety Integrated for Process AS Runtime license can be expanded by additional Runtime licenses
Automation": for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs. The process objects of additional
• SIMATIC S7 F Systems Runtime licenses can be added to process objects which already
exist. The number and type (e.g. 100 or 1 000) of additional
F programming tool with F block library for programming safety- Runtime licenses is irrelevant.
related user programs on the engineering system
• SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix
Convenient safety lifecycle tool for configuration, operation and
servicing
Subsequent increase in performance/
use of redundant PROFINET (R1)
If the performance limit defined by the ordered System Expansion
Card is reached during configuration, commissioning or operation, a
subsequent increase in performance is possible by using an appro­
priate number of CPU 410 Expansion Packs 100 POs/500 POs. Hard­
ware modifications are not necessary.
Aside from increasing performance, the redundancy functions of
PROFINET can also be expanded. If a redundant PROFINET (R1) is to
be used in place of PROFINET system redundancy (S2), this function
can be expanded with the "CPU 410 Expansion Pack PN Red".
I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP
The distributed process I/O can be integrated into a PROFIBUS DP
segment either directly or via a lower-level PROFIBUS PA fieldbus.
Several PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/Os can be
operated on an AS 410F/FH automation system.
A PROFIBUS DP interface is already integrated in each CPU 410‑5H
Process Automation. Using the online configurator in the Industry
Mall or in the selection and ordering data, up to four additional
PROFIBUS DP interfaces can be configured with additive CP 443-5
PROFIBUS DP interface modules (conformal coating) for each
AS 410F as well as for each subsystem of the AS 410FH.
Connection of the process I/Os to two redundant PROFIBUS DP lines
of an FH system (AS Redundancy Station) is carried out as described
in the section "High-availability automation systems".
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) H1 and the FF devices are not sup­
ported by Safety Integrated for Process Automation.
I/O connection via PROFINET IO
Safety-related AS 410F/FH automation systems can be connected via
PROFINET IO with remote I/O stations, for example, ET 200M or
ET 200SP remote I/O stations. Only the two PROFINET interfaces
(2-port switches) integrated in the CPU can be used for this on the
automation system. You can find more information in the section
"Safety Integrated for Process Automation", "Introduction".
Communication over the plant bus
If the PROFINET interfaces integrated in the CPU of the safety-related
automation systems are not used for PROFINET IO, they are then
available for connection to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus. Other­
wise, the AS 410F and the two subsystems of the AS 410FH can be
connected to the plant bus via one CP 443‑1 (conformal coating)
communications module each.
The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,
which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the
availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant
rings, it makes sense to configure two IE interface/communications
modules per AS (AS 410F) or AS subsystem (AS 410FH) and to dis­
tribute their connections over the two rings (4‑way connection).
Double faults such as failure of the switch on ring 1 with simultan­
eous interruption of the bus cable on ring 2 can thus be tolerated.
Runtime licenses
Safety-related automation systems come furnished with the SIMATIC
PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 process objects (PO) and the

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/27

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data

Safety-related automation systems with CPU 410-5H

Article No.
AS 410F (single station) 6ES7654-
CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● C ● 0 ● - ● ● F ●
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

System Expansion Card
• System Expansion Card 100 POs incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license A

• System Expansion Card 500 POs incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license C

• System Expansion Card 1 000 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license E

• System Expansion Card 1 600 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license F

• System Expansion Card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000) incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license G

• System Expansion Card 0 PO (empty) incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license H

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × CP 443‑12) 3

• 2 × CP 443‑12) 4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)2) 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel1) 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

• CR3 (4 slots), aluminum2)3) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 4 A for 120/230 V AC/DC2)4) A

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy2) C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant2) E

• 1 × PS 405, 4 A for 24 V DC2)4) F

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy2) H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant2) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443-5 Extended2) 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended2) 2

• 3 × CP 443-5 Extended2) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended2) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, or up to 3 CPs with a redundant power supply.
2) Conformal coating
3) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
4) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Article No.
AS 410FH (redundancy station) 6ES7656-
2 × CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● C ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

13/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
System Expansion Card
• 2 × System Expansion Card 100 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license A

• 2 × System Expansion Card 500 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license C

• 2 × System Expansion Card 1 000 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license E

• 2 × System Expansion Card 1 600 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license F

• 2 × System Expansion Card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000) incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license G

• 2 × System Expansion Card 0 PO (empty) incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license H

Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules2) for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 × 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 2 × 1 CP 443‑12) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑12) 4
Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum1)2) 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel1) 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)2) 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel1) 4

• 2 x CR3 (4 slots), aluminum2)3) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 4 A for 120/230 V AC/DC2)4) A

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy2) C

• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant2) E

• 2 × PS 405, 4 A for 24 V DC2)4) F

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy2) H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant2) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 2 × 1 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 4

1) In configurations with UR2/UR2‑H racks, up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be configured with a single power supply per subsystem, or up to 3 CPs
per subsystem with a redundant power supply.
2) Conformal coating
3) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
4) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Safety-related automation systems with CPU 410-5H for the expanded temperature range (XTR)

Article No.
AS 410F (single station) 6ES7654-
CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● C ● 0 ● - ● ● F ●
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

System Expansion Card
• System Expansion Card 100 POs incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license A

• System Expansion Card 500 POs incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license C

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/29

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• System Expansion Card 1 000 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license E

• System Expansion Card 1 600 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license F

• System Expansion Card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000) incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license G

• System Expansion Card 0 PO (empty) incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license H

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × CP 443‑1 3

• 2 × CP 443‑1 4
Racks
• UR2 XTR (9 slots), aluminum1) 3

• CR3 XTR, 4 slots, aluminum2) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 4 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC3) A

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant E

• 1 × PS 405, 4 A XTR for 24 V DC3) F

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, redundant K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

1) Only in conjunction with 10 A power supplies

2) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
3) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Article No.
AS 410FH (redundancy station) 6ES7656-
2 × CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● C ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

System Expansion Card
• 2 × System Expansion Card 100 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license A

• 2 × System Expansion Card 500 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license C

• 2 × System Expansion Card 1 000 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license E

• 2 × System Expansion Card 1 600 PO incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license F

• 2 × System Expansion Card PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000) incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license G

• 2 × System Expansion Card 0 PO (empty) incl. SIMATIC S7 F systems Runtime license H

Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules V8 XTR for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3
Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × 2 CP 443‑1 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑1 4
Racks
• 1 × UR2-H XTR (2 × 9 slots), aluminum1) 1

• 2 × UR2 XTR (9 slots), aluminum1) 3

• 2 × CR3 XTR, 4 slots, aluminum2) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 4 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC3) A

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant E

• 2 × PS 405, 4 A XTR for 24 V DC3) F

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

13/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, redundant K
Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

1) Only in conjunction with 10 A power supplies

2) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
3) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Safety-related automation systems with CPU 410E

Article No.
AS 410FE (single station) 6ES7654-
CPU 410E with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● E B 0 ● - ● ● F ●
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs and System
Expansion Card PO 200M
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × CP 443‑12) 3

• 2 × CP 443‑12) 4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)2) 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel1) 4

• CR3 (4 slots), aluminum2)3) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 4 A for 120/230 V AC/DC2)4) A

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy2) C

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant2) E

• 1 × PS 405, 4 A for 24 V DC2)4) F

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy2) H

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant2) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443-5 Extended2) 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended2) 2

• 3 × CP 443-5 Extended2) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended2) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, or up to 3 CPs with a redundant power supply.
2) Conformal coating
3) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
4) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Article No.
AS 410FHE (redundancy station) 6ES7656-
2 × CPU 410E with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● E B ● ● - ● ● F ●
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs and System
Expansion Card PO 200M
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules2) for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 × 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/31

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 2 × 1 CP 443‑12) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑12) 4
Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum1)2) 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel1) 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)2) 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel1) 4

• 2 x CR3 (4 slots), aluminum2)3) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 4 A for 120/230 V AC/DC2)4) A

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy2) C

• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant2) E

• 2 × PS 405, 4 A for 24 V DC2)4) F

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy2) H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant2) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 2 × 1 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443‑5 Extended2) 4

1) In configurations with UR2/UR2‑H racks, up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be configured with a single power supply per subsystem, or up to 3 CPs
per subsystem with a redundant power supply.
2) Conformal coating
3) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
4) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Safety-related automation systems with CPU 410E for the expanded temperature range (XTR)

Article No.
AS 410FE (single station) 6ES7654-
CPU 410E with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● E B 0 ● - ● ● F ●
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs and System
Expansion Card PO 200M
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × CP 443‑1 3

• 2 × CP 443‑1 4
Racks
• UR2 XTR (9 slots), aluminum1) 3

• CR3 XTR, 4 slots, aluminum2) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 4 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC3) A

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant E

• 1 × PS 405, 4 A XTR for 24 V DC3) F

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

13/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• 2 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, redundant K
Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

1) Only in conjunction with 10 A power supplies

2) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
3) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Article No.
AS 410FHE (redundancy station) 6ES7656-
2 × CPU 410E with PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO interface
● E B ● ● - ● ● F ●
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs and System
Expansion Card PO 200M
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 5

• Pre-assembled and tested 6

Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules V8 XTR for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3
Additive Industrial Ethernet interface modules
• Without CP 443‑1 0

• 1 × 2 CP 443‑1 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443‑1 4
Racks
• 1 × UR2-H XTR (2 × 9 slots), aluminum1) 1

• 2 × UR2 XTR (9 slots), aluminum1) 3

• 2 × CR3 XTR, 4 slots, aluminum2) 7

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 4 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC3) A

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A XTR for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant E

• 2 × PS 405, 4 A XTR for 24 V DC3) F

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A XTR for 24 V DC, redundant K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

1) Only in conjunction with 10 A power supplies

2) Only in conjunction with 4 A power supplies
3) Only in conjunction with CR3 rack

Single components
Single components
Single components CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CL00-0XF0
500 PO Bundle
Single components of the safety- CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H
related SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410F and Process Automation and PCS 7 System
AS 410FH automation systems Expansion Card for 500 PO
SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT License 6ES7833-1CC00-6YX0 CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CN00-0XF0
For processing safety-related user pro­ 1 000 PO Bundle
grams, for one AS 410F/FH system CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H
each Process Automation and PCS 7 System
Expansion Card for 1 000 PO
CPU 410-5H Process Automation as 6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0
spare part CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CP00-0XF0
Conformal coating; for operating tem­ 1 600 PO Bundle
perature up to 70 °C CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H
32 MB work memory integrated Process Automation and PCS 7 System
(16 MB each for program and data); Expansion Card for 1 600 PO
module occupies 2 slots CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CQ00-0XF0
CPU 410-5H Process Automation 6ES7654-5CJ00-0XF0 PO 2k+ Bundle
100 PO Bundle CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H
CPU bundle, consisting of CPU 410‑5H Process Automation and PCS 7 System
Process Automation and PCS 7 System Expansion Card for PO 2k+ (≥ 2 000)
Expansion Card for 100 PO

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/33

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Single components Single components

CPU 410 Expansion Pack • 10 A XTR, optional redundancy 6ES7407-0KR02-0AA1
For subsequent increase in perform­ (conformal coating; for operating
ance of the CPU 410‑5H process auto­ temperature up to 70 °C)
mation 120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
Language-neutral, without SIMATIC 24 V DC/1 A
PCS 7 Software Media Package
• 20 A 6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
• Goods delivery 120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ 24 V DC/1 A
ficate of License
PS 405 power supply module
- 100 PO, license for upgrading 1 CPU 6ES7653-2CA00-0XE0 with battery compartment for
- 500 PO, license for upgrading 1 CPU 6ES7653-2CC00-0XE0 2 backup batteries, module occupies
2 slots
• Online delivery • 4 A XTR 6ES7405-0DA02-0AA1
License key download, online Certi­ (conformal coating; for operating
ficate of License temperature up to 70 °C)
: Email address required! 24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/4 A, 24 V
- 100 PO, license for upgrading 1 CPU 6ES7653-2CA00-0XK0 DC/0.5 A

- 500 PO, license for upgrading 1 CPU 6ES7653-2CC00-0XK0 • 10 A 6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0

24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
Sync set 24 V DC/1 A
For coupling two redundant CPUs; for
distances up to • 10 A XTR, optional redundancy 6ES7405-0KR02-0AA1
(conformal coating; for operating
• 10 m, consisting of 4 sync modules 6ES7656-7XX30-0XE0
temperature up to 70 °C)
for up to 10 m and 2 FO sync cables, 24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
1 m each 24 V DC/1 A
• 10 km, consisting of 4 sync modules 6ES7656-7XX40-0XE0 • 20 A 6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
for up to 10 km 24/48/60 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
: please order fiber-optic sync cables 24 V DC/1 A; with battery compart­
(2 units) in the required length sep­ ment for 2 backup batteries, module
arately. occupies 2 slots
Sync module Backup battery 6ES7971-0BA00
For coupling two redundant CPUs; For PS 405/407, type AA, 3.6 V, 2.3 Ah
2 modules required for each CPU, for
distances up to XTR backup battery 6ES7971-0BA02
For PS 405/407, type AA, 3.6 V,
• 10 m 6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0
2.3 Ah; for operating temperatures up
• 10 km 6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0 to 70 °C

Sync module V8 XTR 6ES7960-1AA08-0XA0 Aluminum rack

(Conformal coating; for operating • UR1, 18 slots 6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
temperature up to 70 °C)
• UR2 XTR, 9 slots 6ES7400-1JA11-0AA1
For coupling two redundant CPUs;
2 modules required for each CPU; for (conformal coating; for operating
distances up to 10 m temperature up to 70 °C)

Sync cable (fiber-optic connecting • UR2-H XTR, for divided central con­ 6ES7400-2JA10-0AA1
cable) trollers; 2 × 9 slots
For connecting two redundant CPUs, (conformal coating; for operating
2 cables required for each redundant temperature up to 70 °C)
automation system • CR3 XTR, 4 slots 6ES7401-1DA01-0AA1
•1m 6ES7960-1AA04-5AA0 (conformal coating; for operating
temperature up to 70 °C)
•2m 6ES7960-1AA04-5BA0
Steel rack
• 10 m 6ES7960-1AA04-5KA0
• UR1, 18 slots 6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
Other lengths On request
• UR2, 9 slots 6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module
with battery compartment for • UR2-H, for divided central control­ 6ES7400-2JA00-0AA0
2 backup batteries, module occupies lers; 2 × 9 slots
2 slots
Single components for safety-
• 4 A XTR 6ES7407-0DA02-0AA1 related AS 410FE automation sys­
(conformal coating; for operating tems
temperature up to 70 °C)
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/4 A, 24 V CPU 410E Process Automation as 6ES7410-5HM08-0AB0
DC/0.5 A spare part
6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0 Conformal coating; for operating tem­
• 10 A
perature up to 70 °C
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
4 MB work memory integrated (2 MB
24 V DC/1 A
each for program and data); module
occupies 2 slots

13/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
AS 410-5H and AS 410E modular systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Single components Single components

Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 • Online delivery
automation systems License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
(can be added to existing licenses) : Email address required!
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license
- 100 POs 6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
Language-neutral, floating license for
1 user - 1 000 POs 6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package - 10 000 POs 6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5

• Goods delivery AS 410F/FH Engineering

License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License See "Safety Integrated for Process
Automation", SIMATIC S7 F systems
- 100 POs 6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
Y-Link
- 1 000 POs 6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
Y-Link 6ES7197-1LA12-0XA0
- 10 000 POs 6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5 For connecting devices with only one
PROFIBUS DP interface to a redundant
automation system

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/35

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Complementary S7‑400 systems

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems

Overview Overview (continued)

• AS Single Stations
AS 412F, AS 414F, AS 416F, and AS 417F with only one CPU
(safety-related)
• AS Redundancy Stations
AS 412FH, AS 414FH, AS 416FH, and AS 417FH with two redund­
ant CPUs (safety-related and high availability)
The safety-related F/FH systems collaborate with safety-related F
modules of the ET 200 distributed I/O systems or fail-safe transmit­
ters connected directly via the fieldbus to detect not only faults in
the process, but also their own, internal faults. They automatically
transfer the plant to a safe state in the event of a fault. The redund­
ancy of the FH systems is only used to increase the availability. It is
not relevant to processing of the safety functions and the associated
fault detection.
All F/FH systems are TÜV-certified and comply with the safety
requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.
AS 416-2 automation system

With the S7-400 automation systems, which are scalable via differ­
ent types of CPU, you have an alternative to AS 410 automation sys­
tems. The systems that can be used in plants with SIMATIC PCS 7
V7/V8 can be classified as follows:
• Standard automation systems
• High availability automation systems
• Safety-related automation systems
Standard automation systems
The AS 414‑3, AS 414‑3IE, AS 416‑2, AS 416‑3, AS 416‑3IE and
AS 417‑4 standard automation systems are extremely robust and
feature high processing and communication performance.
The AS 414-3 and AS 414-3IE are tailored for smaller-scale applica­
tions with smaller quantity structures. This allows for a low-cost
starter solution with a modular and scalable system based on the
S7-400 controller range. Larger quantity frameworks can be imple­
mented with the AS 416-2, AS416-3/416-3IE and AS 417-4 automa­
tion systems. These systems are preferred for medium and large-
sized plants.
High availability automation systems
The aim in using high availability automation systems is to minimize
the risk of a production outage. In accordance with their basic
design, these systems are categorized as:
• AS Single Stations: AS 412-5-1H, AS 414‑5‑1H, AS 416‑5‑1H, and
AS 417‑5‑1H with only one CPU, e.g. for the following applications:
- Subsequent expansion to a redundant system
- Redundant configuration on UR1 racks, comprising 2 single sta­
tions, 4 sync modules, and 2 FO sync cables
• AS Redundancy Stations: AS 412‑5‑2H, AS 414‑5‑2H, AS 416‑5‑2H
and AS 417‑5‑2H with two redundant CPUs, mounted on one com­
mon rack (UR2‑H) or two separate racks (UR2)
Safety-related automation systems
Safety-related automation systems (F/FH systems) are available for
safety-relevant applications in which an incident can result in danger
to persons, plant damage or environmental pollution. They are
based on the hardware of the high availability automation systems,
which is expanded by safety functions with SIMATIC S7 F systems.
In accordance with the design variant, they are categorized as:

13/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems

Design

Racks they can then also be used for the connection to the Industrial Eth­
Automation systems based on only one CPU (AS Single Station) can be ernet plant bus. Otherwise, the 1H/F-Systems (AS Single Station)
mounted on a UR1 rack (18 slots) or UR2 rack (9 slots). and the two subsystems of the 2H/FH systems (AS Redundancy Sta­
tion) can be connected to the plant bus via one CP 443‑1 commu­
The automation systems (AS Redundancy Station) consisting of two nications module each.
electrically isolated redundant subsystems can be mounted on a
UR2‑H compact rack with divided backplane bus or on two separate I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP
racks (UR1 or UR2). The design with two racks allows physical separa­ The distributed process I/O can be integrated into a PROFIBUS DP
tion of the redundant subsystems, e.g. by a fireproof partition and segment either directly or via a lower-level fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA
over a distance of up to 10 km. As a result of the galvanic isolation, or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1).
the system is resistant to EMC interference. Several PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/O can be
Redundant power supply operated on a standard automation system, an 1H/F-system
If you have two separate power supply networks for your system, you (AS Single Station), or a 2H/FH-system (AS Redundancy Station).
can increase the availability of the automation systems with redund­ The following table provides an overview of the number and type
ant power supplies (2 power supplies for one AS Single Station or 1 or of configurable PROFIBUS DP interfaces.
2 power supplies for each subsystem of an AS Redundancy Station).
Communication via the Industrial Ethernet (IE) plant bus
Each standard automation system is connected to the Industrial Ether­
net plant bus by means of a CP 443‑1 communications module.
If the PN/IE interfaces integrated in the CPUs of the high availability
and safety-related automation systems are not used for PROFINET IO,

AS type PROFIBUS interfaces

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
AS 412-5-1H/AS 412F MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 412-5-2H/AS 412FH MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 414-5-1H/AS 414F MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 414-5-2H/AS 414FH MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 416-5-1H/AS 416F MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 416-5-2H/AS 416FH MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 417-5-1H/AS 417F MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 417-5-2H/AS 417FH MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 416-2 MPI/DP DP CP CP CP CP
AS 414-3IE MPI/DP IF CP CP CP CP
AS 416-3IE MPI/DP IF CP CP CP CP
AS 414-3 MPI/DP DP IF CP CP CP CP
AS 416-3 MPI/DP DP IF CP CP CP CP
AS 417-4 MPI/DP DP IF IF CP CP CP CP

Overview of number and type of configurable PROFIBUS interfaces

MPI/DP = Integrated MPI/DP interface (for up to 32 PROFIBUS DP stations)
DP = Integrated PROFIBUS DP interface
IF = Optional PROFIBUS DP interface module
CP = Additive CP 443-5 Extended PROFIBUS DP interface module

I/O connection via PROFINET (PN) mation systems are additionally shipped with the SIMATIC S7 F Sys­
Standard automation systems, high availability and safety-oriented tems RT License. The 100 POs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
automation systems (AS Single Stations and AS Redundancy Stations) license can be expanded by additional Runtime licenses for 100,
can be networked simply and effectively with ET 200M remote I/O sta­ 1 000 or 10 000 POs. The process objects of additional Runtime
tions over PROFINET IO. If a PN/IE interface is integrated in the CPU of licenses can be added to process objects which already exist. The
the automation system (AS 414‑3IE, AS 416‑3IE, and all H/F/FH sys­ number and type (e.g. 100 or 1 000) of additional Runtime licenses
tems), then it is to be used for connecting ET 200M remote I/O sta­ is irrelevant.
tions via PROFINET IO. In standard automation systems, the PN/IE Individual configuration of AS bundles
interfaces of type CP 443-1 communications modules can also be The various versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems
used for PROFINET IO. AS 412 to AS 417 are available as AS bundles as follows:
The maximum availability with minimum fault reaction times is • Individual components, combined per station in one consignment
achieved by the AS Redundancy Station (2 H/FH systems) in conjunc­
tion with the system redundancy of the I/O devices. System redund­ • Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge com­
ancy refers to a type of PROFINET IO communication where each I/O pared to delivery of individual components)
device establishes a communication connection to each of the two
CPUs of an AS Redundancy Station over the topological network. Typical combinations can be selected from tables in the section
"Selection and ordering data".
Runtime licenses
The complete range is available to you via two configurators in the
Each automation system is shipped with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Mall:
AS Runtime License for 100 process objects (POs). Safety-related auto­

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/37

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems

Design (continued)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator • FO sync cables longer than 1 m must always be ordered separ­
ately (2 cables required in each case).
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station configurator
Ordering information
• For a redundancy configuration based on 2 AS Single Stations,
4 sync modules (up to 10 m or 10 km) and 2 FO sync cables are
additionally required. The selection depends on the distance
between the two AS single stations.

Accessories

Backup batteries
Lithium backup batteries of type AA with 2.3 Ah are used in the
power supply modules of all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems
AS 412 to AS 417. Since lithium batteries are easily inflammable,
more rigorous transport and storage regulations apply to them.
To avoid subjecting the AS bundles to these more rigorous transport
and storage regulations, the backup batteries must be ordered and
delivered separately (Article No. 6ES7971-0BA00).
The following backup batteries are required depending on the con­
figuration of the AS bundles:
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station:
- With 1 power supply module: 2 units
- With 2 redundant power supply modules: 4 units
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station:
- With 2 power supply modules: 4 units
- With 2 x 2 redundant power supply modules: 8 units

13/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Selection and ordering data
Complementary S7‑400 systems

Automation systems
Standard automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Standard automation systems

Selection and ordering data

Configuration tables for standard automation systems

Article No.
AS 414-3 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for IF module)
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. 100 POs) B

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

CPU type
• CPU 414-3 (up to approx. 450 POs) C
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0

• 1 × IF 964‑DP 1
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET plant bus
• 1 × CP 443‑1EX30 3

• 2 × CP 443‑1EX30 4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.

Article No.
AS 416-2 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP and DP)
8 MB work memory (4 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 3 000 POs) E

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/39

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Standard automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
CPU type
• CPU 416-2 (up to approx. 900 POs) G
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET plant bus
• 1 × CP 443‑1EX30 3

• 2 × CP 443‑1EX30 4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.

Article No.
AS 416-3 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot for IF module)
16 MB work memory (8 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

CPU type
• CPU 416-3 (up to approx. 1 500 POs) H
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0

• 1 × IF 964-DP 1
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET plant bus
• 1 × CP 443‑1EX30 3

• 2 × CP 443‑1EX30 4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

13/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Standard automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.

Article No.
AS 417-4 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 4 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and 2 slots for IF modules)
30 MB work memory (15 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

• Memory card 64 MB RAM (> 2 100 POs) G

CPU type
• CPU 417-4 (up to approx. 2 200 POs) K
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0

• 1 × IF 964-DP 1

• 2 × IF 964‑DP 2
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET plant bus
• 1 × CP 443‑1EX30 3

• 2 × CP 443‑1EX30 4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy K

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/41

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Standard automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.

Article No.
AS 414-3IE 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for IF module)
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. 100 POs) B

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

CPU type
• CPU 414-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 450 POs) D
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0

• 1 × IF 964‑DP 1
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET plant bus
• Integrated, without CP 443-1 0

• 1 × CP 443‑1EX30 3

• 2 × CP 443‑1EX30 4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.

13/42 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Standard automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
AS 416-3IE 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for IF module)
16 MB work memory (8 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

CPU type
• CPU 416-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 1 500 POs) J
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0

• 1 × IF 964-DP 1
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET plant bus
• Integrated, without CP 443-1 0

• 1 × CP 443‑1EX30 3

• 2 × CP 443‑1EX30 4
Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.

Single components of standard automation systems

Single components of standard automation systems
Single components of standard automation systems CPU 417-4 6ES7417-4XT07-0AB0
32 MB work memory integrated
CPU 414-3 6ES7414-3XM07-0AB0
(16 MB each for program and data);
work memory 4 MB (2 MB each for module occupies 2 slots
program and data);
module occupies 2 slots CPU 414-3 PN/DP 6ES7414-3EM07-0AB0
work memory 4 MB (2 MB each for
CPU 416-2 6ES7416-2XP07-0AB0
program and data);
work memory 8 MB (4 MB each for module occupies 2 slots
program and data);
module occupies 1 slot CPU 416-3 PN/DP 6ES7416-3ES07-0AB0
work memory 16 MB (8 MB each for
CPU 416-3 6ES7416-3XS07-0AB0
program and data);
work memory 16 MB (8 MB each for module occupies 2 slots
program and data);
module occupies 2 slots

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/43

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Standard automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Single components of standard automation systems Single components of standard automation systems
Memory card RAM PS 405 power supply module; 10 A, 6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
• 2 MB 6ES7952-1AL00-0AA0 optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
• 4 MB 6ES7952-1AM00-0AA0 with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2
• 8 MB 6ES7952-1AP00-0AA0
slots
• 16 MB 6ES7952-1AS00-0AA0 PS 405 power supply module; 20 A 6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
• 64 MB 6ES7952-1AY00-0AA0 24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
Memory Card Flash EPROM 2 backup batteries, module occupies 2
Only required to update firmware slots
• 16 MB 6ES7952-1KS00-0AA0 Backup battery 6ES7971-0BA00
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
CP 443-1 6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
Communications module for connect­ Aluminum UR1 rack 6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
ing SIMATIC S7‑400 to Industrial Eth­ 18 slots
ernet via TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; Aluminum UR2 rack 6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
PROFINET IO controller, MRP; integ­ 9 slots
rated real-time switch ERTEC with two
Steel UR1 rack 6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
ports; 2 × RJ45 interface; S7 commu­
nication, open communication 18 slots
(SEND/RECEIVE) with FETCH/WRITE, Steel UR2 rack 6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
with or without RFC 1006, DHCP, 9 slots
SNMP V2, diagnostics, multicast,
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7
access protection via IP access list, ini­
automation systems
tialization via LAN 10/100 Mbps; with
electronic manual on DVD (can be added to existing licenses)
CP 443-5 Extended 6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0 SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license
Communications module for connec­ Language-neutral, floating license for
tion of SIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS 1 user
as DP master or for S7 communica­ Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
tion, for increasing the number of DP Media Package
lines, for data record routing with • Goods delivery
SIMATIC PDM and for 10 ms time License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
stamping, electronic manual on CD; ficate of License
module occupies 1 slot
6ES7964-2AA04-0AB0 - 100 POs 6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
IF 964-DP
Interface module for connection of - 1 000 POs 6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
another PROFIBUS DP line, for plug­
ging into a free DP module slot of the - 10 000 POs 6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5
CPU
• Online delivery
PS 407 power supply module; 10 A 6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0 License key download, online Certi­
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A, ficate of License
24 V DC/1 A; : Email address required!
with battery compartment for
- 100 POs 6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
2 backup batteries, module occupies
2 slots - 1 000 POs 6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
PS 407 power supply module; 10 A, 6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
- 10 000 POs 6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5
optional redundancy
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies
2 slots
PS 407 power supply module; 20 A 6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies
2 slots
PS 405 power supply module; 10 A 6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2
slots

13/44 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Selection and ordering data
Complementary S7‑400 systems

Automation systems
High-availability automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data

Configuration tables for high-availability automation systems

Article No.
AS 412-5-1H (Single Station) 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port switch)
1 MB work memory (512 KB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. 30 POs) A

• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. 100 POs) B

CPU type
• CPU 412-5H (up to approx. 30 POs) A
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 1 × CP 443-1EX301) 3

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 4

Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 414-5-1H (Single Station) 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port switch)
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. 100 POs) B

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

CPU type
• CPU 414-5H (up to approx. 350 POs) E

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/45

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 1 × CP 443-1EX301) 3

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 4

Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 416-5-1H (Single Station) 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port switch)
16 MB work memory (6 MB for program and 10 MB for data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

CPU type
• CPU 416-5H (up to approx. 1 200 POs) P
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 1 × CP 443-1EX301) 3

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 4

Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

13/46 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 417-5-1H (Single Station) 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port switch)
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

• Memory card 64 MB RAM G

CPU type
• CPU 417-5H (up to approx. 2 000 POs) M
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 1 × CP 443-1EX301) 3

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 4

Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/47

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 412-5-2H (Redundancy Station) 6ES7656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
2 × CPU each with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2-port switch)
2 × 1 MB work memory (512 KB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• 2 × Memory Card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. 30 POs) A

• 2 × Memory Card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. 100 POs) B

CPU type
• 2 × CPU 412-5H (up to approx. 30 POs) A
Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1) 4

Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 2 × CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

13/48 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
AS 414-5-2H (Redundancy Station) 6ES7656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
2 × CPU each with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2-port switch)
2 × 4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• 2 × Memory Card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. 100 POs) B

• 2 × Memory Card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

CPU type
• 2 × CPU 414-5H (up to approx. 350 POs) E
Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 × 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4‑way connection1) 4

Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 2 × CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 416-5-2H (Redundancy Station) 6ES7656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
2 × CPU each with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2-port switch)
2 × 16 MB work memory (6 MB each for program and 10 MB each for data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• 2 × Memory Card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• 2 × Memory Card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• 2 × Memory Card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

CPU type
• 2 × CPU 416-5H (up to approx. 1 200 POs) P

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/49

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 × 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1) 4

Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 2 × CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 417-5-2H (Redundancy Station) 6ES7656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
2 × CPU each with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2-port switch)
2 × 32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• 2 × Memory Card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• 2 × Memory Card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• 2 × Memory Card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

CPU type
• 2 × CPU 417-5H (up to approx. 2 000 POs) M
Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 × 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1) 4

Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel 2

13/50 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 2 × CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Single components of high availability automation systems

Single components of high availability automation systems
Single components of high availability automation systems Sync cable (fiber-optic connecting
cable)
Single components of the high For connecting the two CPU 412‑5H,
availability SIMATIC PCS 7 automa­ 414‑5H, 416‑5H or 417‑5H;
tion systems each redundant automation system
requires 2 cables
CPU 412-5H PN/DP 6ES7412-5HK06-0AB0
1 MB work memory (512 KB each for •1m 6ES7960-1AA04-5AA0
program and data) •2m 6ES7960-1AA04-5BA0
Module occupies 2 slots
6ES7414-5HM06-0AB0 • 10 m 6ES7960-1AA04-5KA0
CPU 414-5H PN/DP
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for Other lengths On request
program and data)
Module occupies 2 slots Memory card RAM
6ES7416-5HS06-0AB0 • 1 MB 6ES7952-1AK00-0AA0
CPU 416-5H PN/DP
16 MB work memory (6 MB for pro­ • 2 MB 6ES7952-1AL00-0AA0
gram and 10 MB for data)
Module occupies 2 slots • 4 MB 6ES7952-1AM00-0AA0

CPU 417-5H PN/DP 6ES7417-5HT06-0AB0 • 8 MB 6ES7952-1AP00-0AA0

32 MB work memory (16 MB each for
• 16 MB 6ES7952-1AS00-0AA0
program and data)
Module occupies 2 slots • 64 MB 6ES7952-1AY00-0AA0
Sync set
Memory Card Flash EPROM
For linking the two redundant
Only required to update firmware.
CPU 412‑5H, 414‑5H, 416‑5H or
Alternative: firmware update via the
417‑5H; for distances up to
engineering system
• 10 m, consisting of 4 sync modules 6ES7656-7XX30-0XE0 6ES7952-1KS00-0AA0
• 16 MB
for up to 10 m and 2 FO sync cables,
1 m each CP 443-1 6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
Communications module for connect­
• 10 km, consisting of 4 sync modules 6ES7656-7XX40-0XE0
ing SIMATIC S7-400 to Industrial Eth­
for up to 10 km
ernet via TCP/IP, ISO and UDP;
: please order fiber-optic sync cables
PROFINET IO controller, MRP; integ­
(2 units) in the required length sep­
rated real-time switch ERTEC with two
arately.
ports; 2 × RJ45 interface; S7 commu­
Sync module nication, open communication
For linking the two CPU 412‑5H, (SEND/RECEIVE) with FETCH/WRITE,
414‑5H, 416‑5H or 417‑5H; with or without RFC 1006, DHCP,
2 modules required per CPU SNMP V2, diagnostics, multicast,
For distances of up to access protection via IP access list, ini­
tialization via LAN 10/100 Mbps; with
• 10 m 6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0
electronic manual on DVD
• 10 km 6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/51

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
High-availability automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Single components of high availability automation systems Single components of high availability automation systems
CP 443-5 Extended 6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0 PS 405 power supply module; 10 A, 6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
Communications module for connec­ optional redundancy
tion of SIMATIC S7‑400 to PROFIBUS 24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
as DP master or for S7 communica­ with battery compartment for
tion, for increasing the number of DP 2 backup batteries, module occupies 2
lines, for data record routing with slots
SIMATIC PDM and for 10 ms time PS 405 power supply module; 20 A 6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
stamping, electronic manual on CD; 24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V DC/1 A;
module occupies 1 slot with battery compartment for
PS 407 power supply module; 10 A 6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0 2 backup batteries, module occupies 2
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A, slots
24 V DC/1 A; Backup battery 6ES7971-0BA00
with battery compartment for Type AA, 2.3 Ah
2 backup batteries, module occupies
2 slots Aluminum UR1 rack 6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
18 slots
PS 407 power supply module; 10 A, 6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
optional redundancy Aluminum UR2 rack 6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 9 slots
24 V DC/1 A; Aluminum UR2-H rack 6ES7400-2JA10-0AA0
with battery compartment for For divided central controllers;
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2 × 9 slots
2 slots
Steel UR1 rack 6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module; 20 A 6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0 18 slots
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
Steel UR2 rack 6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for 9 slots
2 backup batteries, module occupies Steel UR2-H rack 6ES7400-2JA00-0AA0
2 slots For divided central controllers;
PS 405 power supply module; 10 A 6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0 2 × 9 slots
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A; Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 See "Single components of standard
with battery compartment for automation systems automation systems"
2 backup batteries, module occupies 2
slots (can be added to existing licenses)

13/52 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Selection and ordering data
Complementary S7‑400 systems

Automation systems
Safety-related automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data

Configuration tables for safety-related automation systems

Article No.
AS 412F (Single Station) 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port switch)
1 MB work memory (512 KB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. 30 POs) A

• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. 100 POs) B

CPU type
• CPU 412-5H with SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT license (up to approx. 30 POs) B
Additive interface modules
• Without additive interface module 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 1 × CP 443-1EX301) 3

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 4

Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 414F (Single Station) 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port switch)
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. 100 POs) B

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

CPU type
• CPU 414-5H with SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT license (up to approx. 350 POs) F

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/53

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Additive interface modules
• Without additive interface module 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 1 × CP 443-1EX301) 3

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 4

Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 416F (Single Station) 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port switch)
16 MB work memory (6 MB for program and 10 MB for data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

CPU type
• CPU 416-5H with SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT license (up to approx. 1 200 POs) Q
Additive IF 964‑DP interface modules
• Without additive IF 964‑DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 1 × CP 443-1EX301) 3

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 4

Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

13/54 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 417F (Single Station) 6ES7654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● G ●
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2 port switch)
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

CPU type
• CPU 417-5H with SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT license (up to approx. 2 000 POs) N
Additive interface modules
• Without additive interface module 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 1 × CP 443-1EX301) 3

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 4

Racks
• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 1 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 1 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 1 × CP 443‑5 Extended 1

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/55

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• 2 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 2

• 3 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 3

• 4 × CP 443‑5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 412FH (Redundant Station) 6ES7656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
2 × CPU each with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2-port switch)
2 × 1 MB work memory (512 KB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• 2 × Memory Card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. 30 POs) A

• 2 × Memory Card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. 100 POs) B

CPU type
• 2 × CPU 412-5H with SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT license (up to approx. 30 POs) B
Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1) 4

Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 2 × CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 414FH (Redundant Station) 6ES7656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
2 × CPU each with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2-port switch)
2 × 4 MB work memory (2 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

13/56 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
Memory card
• 2 × Memory Card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. 100 POs) B

• 2 × Memory Card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

CPU type
• 2 × CPU 414-5H with SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT license (up to approx. 350 POs) F
Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 × 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1) 4

Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 2 × CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 416FH (Redundancy Station) 6ES7656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
2 × CPU each with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2-port switch)
2 × 16 MB work memory (6 MB each for program and 10 MB each for data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• 2 × Memory Card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• 2 × Memory Card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• 2 × Memory Card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

CPU type
• 2 × CPU 416-5H with SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT license (up to approx. 1 200 POs) Q
Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 × 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/57

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• 2 × 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1) 4
Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 2 × CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Article No.
AS 417FH (Redundant Station) 6ES7656-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
● ● ● ● ● - ● ● F ●
2 × CPU each with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master) and 1 PN/IE interface (2-port switch)
2 × 32 MB work memory (16 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
• Single components, not pre-assembled 7

• Pre-assembled and tested 8

Memory card
• 2 × Memory Card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. 210 POs) C

• 2 × Memory Card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. 800 POs) D

• 2 × Memory Card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 2 100 POs) E

CPU type
• 2 × CPU 417-5H with SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT license (up to approx. 2 000 POs) N
Sync modules and cables
• 2 × 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 × 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 2 × FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
• Without interface module 0

• 2 × CP 443-1EX30 for redundant interface module1) 3

• 2 × 2 CP 443-1EX30 for 4-way connection1) 4

Racks
• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 × UR2-H (2 × 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 × UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)
• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 × PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, optional redundancy C

13/58 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No.
• 2 × PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 × 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant) E

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 × PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redundancy H

• 2 × PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 × 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC (redundant) K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)
• Without CP 443‑5 Extended 0

• 2 × CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 × 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 × 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 × 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Single components of safety-related automation systems

Single components of safety-related automation systems
Single components of safety-related automation systems Sync cable (fiber-optic connecting
cable)
Single components of the safety- For connecting the two CPU 412‑5H,
related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation 414‑5H, 416‑5H or 417‑5H;
systems each redundant automation system
requires 2 cables
SIMATIC S7 F Systems RT License 6ES7833-1CC00-6YX0
For processing safety-related user pro­ •1m 6ES7960-1AA04-5AA0
grams, for one AS 412F/FH, •2m 6ES7960-1AA04-5BA0
AS 414F/FH, AS 416F/FH or
AS 417F/FH system • 10 m 6ES7960-1AA04-5KA0
CPU 412-5H PN/DP 6ES7412-5HK06-0AB0 Other lengths On request
1 MB work memory (512 KB each for
program and data) Memory card RAM
Module occupies 2 slots • 1 MB 6ES7952-1AK00-0AA0
CPU 414-5H PN/DP 6ES7414-5HM06-0AB0 • 2 MB 6ES7952-1AL00-0AA0
4 MB work memory (2 MB each for
program and data) • 4 MB 6ES7952-1AM00-0AA0
Module occupies 2 slots 6ES7952-1AP00-0AA0
• 8 MB
CPU 416-5H PN/DP 6ES7416-5HS06-0AB0
• 16 MB 6ES7952-1AS00-0AA0
16 MB work memory (6 MB for pro­
gram and 10 MB for data) • 64 MB 6ES7952-1AY00-0AA0
Module occupies 2 slots
6ES7417-5HT06-0AB0
Memory Card Flash EPROM
CPU 417-5H PN/DP
Only required to update firmware;
32 MB work memory (16 MB each for
alternative: firmware update via the
program and data)
engineering system
Module occupies 2 slots
• 16 MB 6ES7952-1KS00-0AA0
Sync set
For linking the two redundant CP 443-1 6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
CPU 412‑5H, 414‑5H, 416‑5H or Communications module for connect­
417‑5H; for distances up to ing SIMATIC S7-400 to Industrial Eth­
• 10 m, consisting of 4 sync modules 6ES7656-7XX30-0XE0 ernet via TCP/IP, ISO and UDP;
for up to 10 m and 2 FO sync cables, PROFINET IO controller, MRP; integ­
1 m each rated real-time switch ERTEC with two
ports; 2 × RJ45 interface; S7 commu­
• 10 km, consisting of 4 sync modules 6ES7656-7XX40-0XE0 nication, open communication
for up to 10 km (SEND/RECEIVE) with FETCH/WRITE,
: please order fiber-optic sync cables with or without RFC 1006, DHCP,
(2 units) in the required length sep­ SNMP V2, diagnostics, multicast,
arately. access protection via IP access list, ini­
tialization via LAN 10/100 Mbps; with
Sync module electronic manual on DVD
For connection of the two
CPU 412‑5H, 414‑5H, 416‑5H or CP 443-5 Extended 6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
417‑5H; 2 modules required for each Communications module for connec­
CPU, for distances up to tion of SIMATIC S7‑400 to PROFIBUS
as DP master or for S7 communica­
• 10 m 6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0
tion, for increasing the number of DP
• 10 km 6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0 lines, for data record routing with
SIMATIC PDM and for 10 ms time
stamping, electronic manual on CD;
module occupies 1 slot

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/59

 © Siemens AG 2024

Automation systems
Complementary S7‑400 systems
Safety-related automation systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Single components of safety-related automation systems Single components of safety-related automation systems
PS 407 power supply module Backup battery 6ES7971-0BA00
with battery compartment for Type AA, 2.3 Ah
2 backup batteries, module occupies Aluminum rack
2 slots
• UR1, 18 slots 6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
• 10 A 6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A, • UR2, 9 slots 6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
24 V DC/1 A
• UR2‑H, for divided central control­ 6ES7400-2JA10-0AA0
• 10 A, optional redundancy 6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0 lers; 2 × 9 slots
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A Steel rack
• UR1, 18 slots 6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
• 20 A 6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A, • UR2, 9 slots 6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
24 V DC/1 A
• UR2‑H, for divided central control­ 6ES7400-2JA00-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module lers; 2 × 9 slots
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module occupies Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 See "Single components of standard
2 slots automation systems automation systems"
• 10 A 6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0 (can be added to existing licenses)
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A
• 10 A, optional redundancy 6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V DC/1 A
• 20 A 6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V DC/1 A

13/60 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIPLUS automation systems

Automation systems
SIPLUS automation systems

Overview

The SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems are extremely rugged, both

electrically and mechanically. For extreme ambient conditions,
hardened and refined SIPLUS extreme products are another alternat­
ive, especially in the case of:
• High humidity
• Condensation
• Chemically, mechanically or biologically active materials
You can find an overview of the complete SIPLUS extreme product
range online at:
http://www.siemens.com/siplus
Under "Devices for extreme requirements > Controllers > Advanced
Controllers", you will find conversion tools that display the SIPLUS
S7-400 articles for the corresponding SIMATIC S7-400 articles.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 13/61

 14
© Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication

14/3 Introduction
14/6 Industrial Ethernet
14/10 SCALANCE X switches product overview
14/13 SCALANCE XCM-100 unmanaged media
converters
14/18 SCALANCE XB-000 switches
14/25 SCALANCE XC-100 switches
14/35 SCALANCE XB-200 switches
14/46 SCALANCE XC-200 switches
14/73 SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches
14/84 SCALANCE XP-200 switches
14/105 SCALANCE XF-200 switches
14/114 SCALANCE XF-200BA switches
14/125 SCALANCE X-200RNA switches
14/133 RUGGEDCOM compact switch RNA
14/133 RUGGEDCOM RSG900R managed
14/136 RUGGEDCOM rack switch
14/136 RUGGEDCOM RST2228 managed
14/140 SCALANCE XC-300 switches
14/151 SCALANCE XR-300 switches
14/167 SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches
14/180 SCALANCE XR-500 switches
14/210 Media modules for modular SCALANCE
XR-500
14/216 Power supplies for SCALANCE XR-500
14/219 SCALANCE accessories
14/220 C-PLUG
14/222 KEY-PLUG
14/224 Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE
14/233 Passive network components
14/234 FastConnect
14/239 Fiber-optic cables
14/241 System connection PCS 7 systems
14/245 Industrial Wireless LAN
14/256 PROFINET
14/259 Architecture
14/260 Switches for PROFINET
14/261 SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-
switch)
14/270 IE/PB LINK
14/280 PROFINET Bus Analyzer (BANY)
14/284 PROFIBUS
14/285 PROFIBUS DP
14/287 Electrical networks
14/290 Optical networks
14/292 AS connection
14/293 Y-Link
14/294 PROFIBUS PA
14/296 Gateways to PROFINET
14/303 Gateway to PROFIBUS DP
14/307 Active field distributors for PA components
14/312 Passive PA components
14/314 FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
14/317 FF gateways
14/320 Active field distributors for FF components
14/324 Passive FF components
14/325 OpenPCS 7
14/327 Other communication
14/328 AS-Interface
14/330 Modbus
14/330 CP 341 communications module
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Introduction

Industrial communication
Introduction

Overview

With the SIMATIC NET network components based on globally estab­

lished standards, SIMATIC PCS 7 possesses a powerful and rugged
range of products for implementing totally integrated communica­
tion networks for reliable data exchange between all system com­
ponents and levels in a plant.
The SIMATIC NET products specially developed for industrial applica­
tions provide optimum suitability for plants in all sectors. They are
matched to one another, and meet the highest industrial demands,
especially in areas subject to extreme influences, such as:
• Extended temperature range
• Vibration
• High mechanical stress
The SIMATIC NET products guarantee expandability and the protec­
tion of investments as a result of compatible further developments,
as well as uniformity from inbound logistics to outbound logistics
and from field devices up to the Manufacturing Execution System
(MES).

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Introduction

Design

Incorporated in Totally Integrated Automation, the unique basis servers on the plant bus even without a CP 1623/CP 1628 commu­
offered by Siemens for uniform automation of all sectors in the pro­ nications module.
duction, process or hybrid industries, the SIMATIC NET portfolio In medium and large plants with high requirements, SIMATIC PCS 7
ensures fast and reliable communication between the individual sys­ applies modern FastEthernet and Gigabit technology that combines
tems/applications of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system such the high availability provided by redundant electrical and optical
as: rings with the scalable performance provided by switching techno­
• Automation systems, distributed I/O and field components logy and high transmission rates of up to 10 Gbps.
• Engineering system, operator system and maintenance station PROFINET
PROFINET is based on the international standards IEC 61158 and
• SIMATIC BATCH and SIMATIC Route Control IEC 61784 and combines the advantages of the open network
• Web clients and web servers for operator control and monitoring via standard, Ethernet, and the PROFIBUS fieldbus system. It stands for
Internet/Intranet as well as IT applications maximum transparency, open IT communication, network security
and real-time communication down to the field level. This makes
Industrial Ethernet plant bus PROFINET the basis for uniform automation network in the plant,
Industrial Ethernet is used as the plant bus as well as terminal bus for into which existing fieldbuses implemented with PROFIBUS can be
multi-user systems with client/server architecture. For small systems, easily integrated.
the "Basic Communication Ethernet" (BCE) integrated in the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations permits operation of single stations and

SIMATIC S7-410-5H

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Redundant automation system) SCALANCE XF204-2BA

SCALANCE XF204-2BA

PROFINET/ SIMATIC
Industrial Ethernet ET 200SP HA
SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA (Y-Switch)
HART (4...20 mA)
SIMATIC
ET 200M
SCALANCE
XC-200EEC SIMATIC
ET 200SP
SIMOTICS M SINAMICS S120

SCALANCE
XP-200EEC

SIMOTICS M SIMATIC CFU PA

G_IK10_XX_10423

SIMOCODE SIMATIC
pro V CFU DIQ

Digital I/O

Example of PROFINET communication in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system

In the context of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, PROFINET mitters and actuators to the controller level of the SIMATIC PCS 7
mainly focuses on communication between the automation systems process control system. The universal, open fieldbus corresponds to
(controllers) and the process I/O. the international standards IEC 61158 and IEC 61784.
Fieldbus systems
PROFIBUS has become established as sturdy and reliable communica­
tions medium for connecting intelligent distributed I/O devices, trans­

14/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Introduction

Design (continued)

OS multi-clients
Engineering
station

Maintenance/
OS server

Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system

PROFIBUS DP

PA Link Compact FF Links

(redundant)

Drives Remote I/O PROFIBUS PA FOUNDATION Fieldbus

AFD AFD AFD AFD AFD AFD

G_PCS7_XX_00247
Integration of PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

PROFIBUS DP options are also of importance for the automation of industrial pro­
PROFIBUS DP is both a system bus and an open communication sys­ cesses that frequently take place in corrosive, harmful, and hazard­
tem, and is designed for moderate transmission rates and short ous environments.
response times. It is therefore optimally suitable for the control of the Both the PROFIBUS PA fieldbus and the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
following devices: meet these requirements. Both are optimally suitable for directly
integrating actuators and sensors in operating environments up to
• Directly connected field devices, e.g. drives, motor starters, analyz­ Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 into the process system.
ers, process controllers, or panels
Their physical bus characteristics are based on the MBP transmis­
• Distributed I/O devices such as the SIMATIC ET 200M, SIMATIC sion technology (Manchester Coded; Bus Powered) and are largely
ET 200iSP and SIMATIC ET 200pro remote I/O stations identical according to IEC 61158. Both fieldbuses can be integrated
seamlessly in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system using
• Transmitters and actuators on a seamlessly integrated PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS DP as link.
fieldbus or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 thus profit equally
Since it also supports the transmission of the HART protocol, HART from the higher-level PROFIBUS architecture.
field devices can also be integrated in a PROFIBUS DP communication
network.
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
In addition to the direct connection of transmitters and actuators
including power supply via the communication medium, the high
information content of the communication as well as the diagnostic

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/5

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet

Overview

Enterprise Level Web client Data Monitor ERP

- OS Web server / Archive
- Mainte- OpenPCS 7 server
nance
Ethernet, Office LAN FRONT
Firewall
MES / MIS Plant Lifecycle
SIMATIC IT Management
COMOS
Mobile client BACK OS/Batch/Route
Firewall control/Maintenance clients
Engineering
OS client station Industrial Wireless LAN
Network
printer

SCALANCE
XR-500
Industrial Ethernet,
terminal bus,
single/redundant
SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
XR-300 XR-300 XR-300 XR-300

Control Level
Maintenance
OS server Remote TeleControl
server control OS server
server Batch
server

G_IK10_XX_10396
Industrial Ethernet, plant bus, redundant

Safety related Standard Fault tolerant

automation automation automation
systems systems systems

Typical configuration example for redundant plant bus

The plant bus and the terminal bus for multi-user systems with cli­ In medium-sized and large plants with high requirements, SIMATIC
ent/server architecture are implemented with Industrial Ethernet, a PCS 7 relies on modern FastEthernet and Gigabit technology. This
powerful area and cell network for industrial applications in line with combines the high reliability of optical rings with the scalable per­
the international IEEE 802.3 standard (Ethernet). Bus structures with formance of switching technology and high transmission rates of
optical rings are particularly suitable for this because of their interfer­ up to 10 Gbps.
ence immunity and high availability.

14/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet

Benefits

Ethernet is now the number 1 network technology in the global LAN

environment. Ethernet offers important characteristics that can give
you significant advantages for your application:
• Fast commissioning through simple connections
• High flexibility since existing networks can be extended without
any adverse effects
• High availability thanks to redundant network topologies
• Almost unlimited communications performance because scalable
performance is available through switching technology if required
• Networking of different application areas (e.g. office and produc­
tion)
• Investment security through continuous compatible further devel­
opment
• Plant-wide clock system permits exact assignment of events within
the entire system
Ethernet technology for industrial environments
With Industrial Ethernet, SIMATIC NET expands Ethernet technology
with future-proof network components with special features and
capabilities for use in industrial environments, for example:
• Rugged design, suitable for harsh industrial environments
• Fast local assembly using the FastConnect cabling system
• High fault tolerance due to redundancy and fast redundancy
switchover, from bumpless redundancy through PRP and HSR to
ring redundancy with MRP
• Continuous and central monitoring of network components with a
simple yet effective signaling concept, and network management
software

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/7

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet

Design

The following Ethernet communications interfaces are used in the They are defined when selecting the respective system compon­
various SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems (ES, OS, AS etc.): ents, depending on the requirements. You can find more informa­
• Interface modules integrated onboard tion in the section "System connection of PCS 7 systems".
The communication stations can be integrated in the terminal bus
• Simple network adapters and the plant bus using Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCAL­
• Special communications modules, e.g. CP 1623 and CP 1628 ANCE X product family. These switches offer scalable performance
at an attractive price and support a wide variety of configuration
options.

Enterprise Level Mobile client

OS/Batch/Route Control/Maintenance clients
Engineering Industrial
station Wireless LAN

Industrial Ethernet, terminal bus,

single/redundant

Control Level Maintenance

OS OS Batch
Secure remote server Station (with server server
access SINEC NMS)

SCALANCE
SC646-2C SCALANCE XR-500 SCALANCE XR-500

SCALANCE
Industrial Ethernet,
XM-400
plant bus, redundant

SCALANCE SCALANCE
SCALANCE SCALANCE XM-400
XM-400 XM-400 XM-400
Safety related Standard Fault tolerant Standard
automation systems automation systems automation systems automation systems

G_IK10_XX_10395
Field Level
PROFINET PROFIBUS PROFINET

Configuration example for plant and terminal bus

Terminal bus LAN is discarded. Transmission of the message frame is thus always
Client-server and server-server communication is carried out on a ded­ ensured without delay if an error occurs.
icated Ethernet LAN. The communication network identified as a ter­ Industrial Ethernet plant bus
minal bus can be implemented with standard SIMATIC NET compon­ The automation systems (AS) communicate with one another and
ents such as Industrial Ethernet switches, onboard interface modules, with the engineering system and Operator Systems (Servers/Single
network adapters, communications processors (CP), cabling, etc. Stations) over the Industrial Ethernet plant bus. This can be con­
A ring design avoids communication failures should the line become figured in a similar way to the terminal bus, using SIMATIC NET
damaged or disconnected at a particular point. To further increase standard components such as Industrial Ethernet switches, network
availability, it is also possible to distribute terminal bus communica­ adapters, communications modules (CP), cabling, etc. For small
tion over two redundant rings. Each PCS 7 station is connected to one plants with up to 8 standard automation systems per Operator Sys­
of two Industrial Ethernet ports on each of the two separate rings. The tem, Single Stations and servers can be efficiently operated on the
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE RNA communication software on the PCS 7 plant bus using "Basic Communication Ethernet" (BCE) and a
stations organizes communication processes based on the PRP. Non- FastEthernet network adapter. The CP 1623/CP 1628 communica­
PRP-enabled terminal devices that have only one Industrial Ethernet tions module is always required if more than 8 automation systems
port can be integrated in the redundant terminal bus via SCALANCE or redundant automation systems are used.
X204RNA. As far as availability is concerned, ring topologies are always the
According to IEC 62439-3, the Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP) is first choice for the plant bus. With particularly high availability
based on double transmission of message frames over two separate requirements, the plant bus can also be configured as a redundant
networks (Ring 1, Ring 2). On the sender side, the SOFTNET-IE RNA double ring (two CPs per AS CPU and OS server). Double faults such
software or SCALANCE X-200RNA network access point duplicates the as a switch failure on ring 1 with a simultaneous interruption in the
message frame arriving from the sender and feeds one message bus cable on ring 2 can then be tolerated. The two rings in such a
frame to Ring 1 and the other to Ring 2. On the receiver side, the soft­ configuration are physically separated. The coupling partners are
ware or network access point forwards the first incoming message linked together logically when configuring with NetPro over a high-
frame to the recipient. The second message frame from the second availability S7 connection (4‑way redundancy). One switch each

14/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet

Design (continued)

takes over the function of the redundancy manager for each ring. The Note:
current switches of the SCALANCE X‑500, X‑400, X‑300 and X‑200 Detailed information on Industrial Ethernet and network compon­
product lines can act as redundancy manager in a ring. ents can be found in Catalog IK PI, in the Industry Mall, or in Cata­
log CA 01 under "Industrial Communication".

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/9

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE X switches product overview
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X switches product overview

Overview

design of the SCALANCE X-200 line. This means the SCALANCE

X-300 switches have extended management functions and an
extended firmware functionality compared to the SCALANCE X-200
switches. Devices in the 19" rack design are also available, both as
fully or partially modular devices and as so-called work group
switches.
SCALANCE XM-400 managed (layer 3)
For flexible networking and structuring of high-performance plant
networks. Thanks to the modular design, the switches can be adap­
ted to the respective task. Using Port Extenders, the switches can
be upgraded to up to 24x 10/100/1000 Mbps ports, of which up to
8x ports can supply data and power to terminal devices with Power
over Ethernet capability. In addition, SFP plug-in transceivers allow
the XM-400 devices to be equipped with single-mode and/or mul­
timode SFPs at 100 Mbps and/or 1 000 Mbps.
Managed Industrial Ethernet switches
Optional routing functions on layer 3 permit communication
between different IP subnetworks.
Layer 2 Industrial Ethernet switches from Siemens include:
SCALANCE XR-500 managed (Layer 3)
• Compact Switch Modules (CSMs)
For networking and structuring high-performance industrial net­
• SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches works and for connecting office networks to automation networks.
As a Layer 3 switch, SCALANCE XR-500 is extremely well suited to
• RUGGEDCOM Ethernet switches use as a central component in backbone networks, e.g. when a
• Communications processors (CP) with integral switch high number of ports is required, at extremely high transfer rates
(10 Gigabit Ethernet), or for redundant connection to an office
Compact Switch Modules (CSMs) infrastructure. The rack switches are especially designed for use in
Unmanaged switches for use directly on the SIMATIC for interface 19" control cabinets. The modular variants feature versatile plug-in
expansion and integration of machines into existing plant networks. 4-port media modules (electrical and optical) which can adapt to
the respective requirements.
SCALANCE X-000 unmanaged
Optional routing functions on layer 3 permit communication
Unmanaged switches with electrical and/or optical ports for designing between different IP subnetworks.
small networks for machine or plant islands with 10/100/1000 Mbps.
In addition, 24 V AC variants are available for use in building automa­ RUGGEDCOM Ethernet switches
tion. Compact, modular managed switches available in both top hat DIN
rail and rack variants. RUGGEDCOM switches are mainly intended
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
for use in the power supply field, where the devices are able to
Switches with electrical and/or optical ports, redundant power supply, work reliably in the electrically hostile and climatically demanding
and signaling contact for use in machine-level applications. In addi­ environments present in substations and industrial plants.
tion, 24 V AC variants for use in building automation and devices in
19" rack design are available. Communications processors for SIMATIC with integral switch
Managed switches for adding Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET inter­
SCALANCE X-200 managed
faces to the SIMATIC and for integrating the controllers into exist­
For universal use, from machine-level applications to networked sub­ ing line or ring topologies.
systems with data transfer rates up to 1 000 Mbps. Configuration and
Thanks to integral layer 3 functionality, the Advanced-CPs can also
remote diagnostics are integrated into the STEP 7/TIA Portal engineer­
be used as routers between IP subnets.
ing tool. This increases plant availability. Devices with a high degree
of protection facilitate cabinet-free setup. Communications processors for PC with integral switch
Corresponding switches are also available for use in subsystem net­ Managed switches for adding Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET inter­
works with hard real-time requirements (Isochronous Real Time – IRT) faces to industrial PCs and for integrating PCs into existing line
and in H systems with maximum availability with S2 diagnostics, topologies.
CiR/H-CiR and H-Sync. Versions with SFP plug-in transceivers are avail­
able to allow a choice between electrical and optical ports.
In addition, variants are offered for various applications – in the form
of SIMATIC ET 200S, ET 200SP or S7-1500 also for cabinet-free
assembly.
SCALANCE X-300 managed
Networking of subsystems/plant areas, as well as connection to the
shopfloor. The SCALANCE X-300 managed product line combines the
firmware functionality of the SCALANCE X-400 line with the compact

14/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X switches product overview

Overview (continued)

Network components (SCALANCE X) CSM (Compact

Switch Module)
Backbone Layer

managed
X-500

XR-500WG / XR-500
managed
X-400
Aggregation Layer

XC-400
managed
X-300

XC-300 / XR-300WG/ XR-300 /

XCM-300 XR-300PoE WG XRM-300
managed
X-200

XB-200 XC-200 / G / PoE XP-200 / G / XF204G XF-200BA XF-200

PoE / EEC
X-200IRT
managed
Cell Layer

X-200RNA X-200IRT X-200IRT XF-200IRT X-200P IRT

PRO

LOGO! CSM CSM

unmanaged

CSM 1277 377

X-100

XB-100 XC-100 / XR-100WG / XCM-100

XC-100PoE XR-100PoE WG Media converter
unmanaged

G_IK10_XX_10255
X-000

X-000 XB-000

Portfolio overview of managed and unmanaged Layer 2 and Layer 3 Industrial Ethernet switches

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/11

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X switches product overview

Overview (continued)

Network setup through

Standard mechanical
Process automation

S7-1200 or LOGO!
Power generation

SIMATIC S7-300,
Office connection

plant engineering
Plant networking

Machine-internal
Industry-related

Unit networking
and distribution

Machinery and
applications

engineering
Wind farms

networking
Areas of application / Type of networks /
Requires

Powerful backbone network with very high

X-500 requirements on functionality / port density / ● ● ●
availability as well as interface to Office IT

Powerful plant network with high

X-400 demand on functionality and availability ● ● ●
Large networks with high demand on
X-300
functionality and availability ● ● ● ●
Networks with high demand on functionality
X-200
and availability ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Networks with low demand on functionality

G_IK10_XX_10301
X-100 ● ● ● ●
Networks with low demand on functionality
X-000
and ruggedness ● ●
Networks or interface extension for SIMATIC
CSM
S7-300, S7-1200, LOGO! ●
● applies to selected versions

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches: Areas of application

Office features (VLAN)

ET 200M, S7-1200 or
Time synchronization

for SIMATIC S7-300/

Power over Ethernet
Diagnostic functions

Additional interface
Can be used under
enhanced ambient
Layer 3 / Routing

Real-Time (IRT)
Modular through

Gigabit Ethernet
media modules

to IEEE 1588
Isochronous
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
19" design

Support of

Support of

conditions
10 Gbit/s

LOGO!
X-500 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
X-400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
X-300 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

G_IK10_XX_10302
X-200 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
X-100 ● ● ● ●
X-000 ● ●
CSM ●
● applies to selected versions

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches: Overview of functions

More information

Selection tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
selection tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst

14/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XCM-100 unmanaged media converters
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XCM-100 unmanaged media converters

Overview Benefits

The unmanaged SCALANCE XCM-100 Industrial Ethernet media con­

verters of the SCALANCE X-100 product line are ideally suited to con­
verting electrical signals into optical signals in Industrial Ethernet
networks at transfer rates of 100/1000 Mbps in line and star topolo­
gies.
• Ideal solution for converting electrical signals into optical signals in
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or networks according Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
to port characteristics of the devices
• Space-saving installation in the cabinet thanks to compact design
• Rugged industrial enclosure for space-saving control cabinet in SIMATIC S7-300 format
installation on standard DIN rails, SIMATIC S7-300 DIN rails, or for
wall mounting • Reliable plug-in connection thanks to rugged device connection
with industry-standard FastConnect plugs
• Rugged station connections with industry-standard RJ45 plug-in
connectors with securing collar that offers additional strain and • Cost savings, since installation is possible without a patch field by
bending strain relief thanks to latching on the enclosure means of IE FC RJ45 plugs and IE FC standard cables
• Redundant power supply
Application
• Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (power, link status,
data communication) The unmanaged media converters of the SCALANCE XCM-100
• Fault signaling contact product line permit low-cost conversion of electrical signals into
optical signals in Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies.
Product variants They are designed for use in the control cabinet.
SCALANCE XCM102 Single, remote terminal devices or network segments can be linked
• For converting electrical signals into optical signals in Industrial via the optical path of the SCALANCE XCM-100 media converters.
Ethernet line, star and ring topologies Integration of an optical path into a redundant ring is also possible,
as well as installation of the SCALANCE XCM-100 media converters
• The new Industrial Ethernet media converter has an electrical into a standby link.
100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port and an SFP transceiver connector
• Redundant power supply with 2 x 24 V DC Design
• Device diagnostics using LEDs (power, link status, data traffic) and The Industrial Ethernet media converters with a rugged metal
signaling contact (signal mask can be set using a button on the enclosure are optimized for mounting on a DIN rail and a SIMATIC
device) S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is also pos­
• The electric RJ45 port is industry standard and features an addi­ sible. Thanks to the dimensions of the enclosure that correspond to
those of the SIMATIC S7-300, the devices are ideally suited for integ­
tional securing collar for optimal connection of the
ration in an automation solution with SIMATIC S7-300 components.
IE FC RJ45 plugs
The SCALANCE XCM102 media converters feature:
• 2x 3-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant supply
voltage (2 x 24 V DC/AC)
• An LED display for status information (power, link status, data
communication, signaling contact)
• A 2-pin terminal block for connecting the floating signaling contact
• A SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling contact
• 1x SFP connector to select between single-mode and multimode
and between the data transfer rate of 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps,
depending on which SFP transceiver is used

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/13

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XCM-100 unmanaged media converters

Function
• Setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the fol­
topologies lowing boundary conditions:
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossover • Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X media convert­
function integrated in the TP ports ers:
• Easy configuration and extension of the network; - Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
no limits to network extension when switches or media converters • Length of the optical cables:
of the SCALANCE XCM-100 family are cascaded.
- Max. 5 km with Industrial Ethernet multimode fiber-optic cables
Network topology and network configuration
- Max. 26 km with Industrial Ethernet single-mode fiber-optic
The SCALANCE XCM-100 media converters are typically accommod­ cables
ated in one control cabinet together with the nodes to be connected.
They can be installed in line, star and ring topologies.

Operator Station SIMATIC S7-400 with

CP443-1 Advanced

SIMATIC S7-400 with

CP443-1 Advanced

SCALANCE
XF204-2BA SIMATIC
ET 200SP
PC

SIMATIC
SCALANCE ET 200SP with
SCALANCE Motorstarter
XC208 XF204-2BA

SIMATIC S7-1500
with CP 1543-1

G_IK10_XX_10054
SCALANCE SCALANCE
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair) XCM102 XCM102
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)

Mixed ring topology with twisted pair and fiber-optic cables

14/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XCM-100 unmanaged media converters

Function (continued)

Server Operator Stations

SCALANCE SCALANCE
XC424-4 XC419-4

1000 Mbps
MRP Ring
SCALANCE SCALANCE
XC206-2SFP XC206-2SFP

SCALANCE SCALANCE
XCM102 XCM102

SCALANCE
XC206-2SFP
SIMATIC
SIMATIC 1000 Mbps SCALANCE
Field PG
S7-1518F MRP Ring XCM102

SIMOTION D
SCALANCE XC208 SCALANCE XC206-2SFP Axis grouping

PROFINET SIMOTION D
Axis grouping
SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMOTICS XP
ET 200SP ET 200SP

G_IK10_XX_10047
SIMOTICS XP
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)

Optical redundant coupling of two optical rings with SCALANCE XCM102

Diagnostics • Data traffic

The following information is displayed on site by LEDs: The Industrial Ethernet media converters of the SCALANCE
• Power XCM-100 product line can also be monitored using the floating sig­
naling contact. Two media converters of the same type can be con­
• Port status nected in cascading mode.

Selection and ordering data

Article No.
SCALANCE XCM-100 unmanaged
media converters
Unmanaged Industrial Ethernet media
converter for converting electrical sig­
nals to optical signals, SET button for
on-site configuration of the signaling
contact, 2x 3-pin terminal block for
connecting the redundant supply
voltage (2 x 24 V DC/AC)
• SCALANCE XCM102 6GK5102-1GS00-2AC2
1 x 100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port
1 x SFP transceiver connector

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/15

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XCM-100 unmanaged media converters

Accessories Accessories (continued)

Article No. Article No.

SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A 6EP1331-5BA00 SM FO cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CB0
1-phase power supply with wide-range With one SC duplex connector and two
input 85 – 264 V AC/110 – 300 V DC, BFOC connectors, 1 m
stabilized output voltage 24 V, rated Screw-type terminal block
output current value 0.6 A, slim design
For SCALANCE X/W/S
IE FC stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
• 2-pin for signaling contact (24 V DC) 6GK5980-0BB00-0AA5
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast 1 pack = 5 units
stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC
cables • 4-pin for power supply (24 V DC) 1 6GK5980-1DB00-0AA5
IE FC RJ45 plug 180 2 x 2 pack = 5 units
RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal enclos­
ure and integrated insulation displace­
ment contacts for connecting Industri­
al Ethernet FC installation cables;
180° cable outlet;
for network components and CPs/CPUs
with Industrial Ethernet interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0

IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10

(type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation cable
for connection to IE FC RJ45 out­
let/IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINET-compat­
ible; with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
IE TP cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45 plugs
•1m 6XV1870-3QH10

•2m 6XV1870-3QH20

• 10 m 6XV1870-3QN10

FC FO termination kit 6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0

Assembly case for on-site assembly of
FC SC and FC BFOC connectors on FC
FO standard cable,
comprising a stripping tool, Kevlar cut­
ters, fiber breaking tool and micro­
scope
FC BFOC plug 6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
Screw connector for on-site assembly
on FC fiber-optic cable; (1 pack = 20
units + cleaning cloths)
FC FO standard cable GP 6XV1847-2A
62.5/200/230
FC FO standard cable for fixed routing
indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m
Multimode FO BFOC connector set 6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
For FO standard cable (50/125/1400),
FO ground cable (50/125/1400), flex­
ible FO trailing cable, indoor FO cable
(62.5/125/900), 20 units
Standard cable GP 6XV1873-2A
(50/125/1400/OM2++)
segmentable 2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m
MM FO cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CB0
With one SC duplex connector and two
BFOC connectors, 1 m

14/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XCM-100 unmanaged media converters

Technical specifications Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5102-1GS00-2AC2 Article number 6GK5102-1GS00-2AC2

transfer rate relative humidity at 25 °C without con­ 95 %
transfer rate 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s densation during operation maximum

interfaces protection class IP IP20

number of electrical/optical connec­ 2 design, dimensions and weights

tions for network components or ter­ design Compact
minal equipment maximum width 35 mm
number of electrical connections height 147 mm
• for network components or terminal 1 depth 123 mm
equipment
net weight 0.22 kg
• for SFP plug-in 1; 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps SFP plug-
in transceiver usable fastening method
• for signaling contact 1 • 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes

• for power supply 1 • S7-300 rail mounting Yes

• for redundant voltage supply 1 • S7-1500 rail mounting Yes

type of electrical connection • wall mounting Yes

• for network components or terminal RJ45 port standards, specifications, approvals
equipment certificate of suitability
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block • CE marking Yes
• for power supply 2x 3-pole terminal block Marine classification association
signal inputs/outputs • American Bureau of Shipping Europe Yes
Ltd. (ABS)
operating voltage of the signaling con­
tacts • Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes
• at DC rated value 24 V • Germanische Lloyd (GL) Yes
operational current of the signaling • Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
contacts
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes
• at DC maximum 0.1 A
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects Yes
supply voltage, current
(RINA)
consumption, power loss
supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V • Chinese Classification Society (CCS) Yes
• type of voltage 1 of the supply DC MTBF 152 a
voltage further information internet links
• consumed current 1 at rated supply 0.15 A internet link
voltage maximum
• to website: Selection guide for https://sup­
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 2.5 W cables and connectors port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
supply voltage 2 rated value 24 V
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selec­ https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• type of voltage 2 of the supply AC tion Tool
voltage
• to website: Industrial communica­ https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
• consumed current 2 at rated supply 0.3 A tion
voltage maximum
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• power loss [W] 2 rated value 5W
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­
product component fusing at power Yes tion.siemens.com/bilddb
supply input
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax
consumed current
• to website: Industry Online Support https://support.industry.siemens.com
• maximum dependent on the use of SFP plug-in
transceiver
power loss [W]
• maximum dependent on the use of SFP plug-in More information
transceiver
ambient conditions Selection Tool:
ambient temperature To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C Selection Tool is available at:
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C www.siemens.com/tst
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C
• note max. operating temperature depend­
ent on the use of SFP plug-in trans­
ceiver

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/17

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XB-000 switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-000 switches

Overview Benefits

• Implementation of simple and very economical machine network­

ing
• Space-saving installation thanks to small, compact design
• Can be used in industrial environments
• Fast commissioning without configuration
• Easy on-site diagnostics via LEDs
• Uncomplicated use of uncrossed connecting cables possible thanks
to the integrated Autocrossover function
• Low-cost connection of especially remote nodes possible
• 24 V AC versions for use in building automation
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE
XB-000 line are ideal for setting up small Industrial Ethernet net­
works in line and star topologies. Their enclosures are suitable for Application
space-saving installation in control cabinets or boxes on standard
DIN rails. The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE
XB-000 line enable cost-effective solutions for setting up small, elec­
Product variants trical/optical star or line topologies with switching functionality in
• SCALANCE XB005 and SCALANCE XB008 machines or plant units.
5 or 8 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical The enclosure is designed for space-saving installation in a control
cabinet on a standard rail.
• SCALANCE XB005G and SCALANCE XB008G (Gigabit)
5 or 8 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical
Design
• SCALANCE XB004-1
The SCALANCE XB-000 Industrial Ethernet switches are optimized for
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical mounting on a DIN rail. Wall mounting is possible.
1 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical (multimode, glass), up to 5 km The SCALANCE XB-000 switches feature:
• SCALANCE XB004-2 • A 3-pin terminal block for connecting the supply voltage
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical (1 x 24 V DC) and functional grounding
2 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical (multimode, glass), up to 5 km • An LED for indicating status information (power)
• SCALANCE XB004-1LD (long distance) • LEDs for indicating status information (link status and data
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical exchange) per port
1 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical (single-mode, glass), up to 26 km The following port types are available:
• SCALANCE XB004-2LD (long distance) • 10/100 BaseTX electrical RJ45 ports or 10/100/1000 BaseTX elec­
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical trical RJ45 ports:
2 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical (single-mode, glass), up to 26 km automatic detection of data transmission rate (10 or 100 Mbps),
with autosensing and autocrossing function for connecting IE TP
• SCALANCE XB004-1G (Gigabit) cables up to 100 m.
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical • 100 BaseFX, optical SC port:
1 x 1000 Mbps SC port, optical (multimode, glass), up to 750 m for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet FO cables. Multimode
• SCALANCE XB004-1LDG (long distance) FOC up to 5 km
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical • 100 BaseFX, optical SC port:
1 x 1000 Mbps SC port, optical (single-mode, glass), up to 10 km for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet FO cables. Single-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 26 km
• 1000 BaseSX, optical SC port:
for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet FO cables. Multimode
fiber-optic cable up to 750 m
• 1000 BaseLX, optical SC port:
for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet FO cables. Single-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 10 km
All connections for data cables are located at the front, and the con­
nection for the power supply is at the bottom.

14/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-000 switches

Function Function (continued)

• Construction of electrical Industrial Ethernet line or star topologies
• Automatic data transmission rate detection (10/100/1000 Mbps), PC
with autosensing and autocrossover function
• Easy network configuration and network expansion;
Operator control
no limitation on network expansion with cascading of the switches Laptop and process
Network topology and network configuration monitoring

The SCALANCE XB-000 switches are typically installed with the sta­ SCALANCE SCALANCE
tions to be connected in a control cabinet or control box. XB005 XB008
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the follow­
ing boundary conditions:
• Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE XB-000 switches:
- max. 100 m
PLC
- max. 10 m via patch cables with TP Cord
- max. 100 m via Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45, IE FC Standard
Field devices
Cable and TP Cord

n†prXW††XWY]Y
• Length of the fiber-optic cables:
Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)
- max. 5 km with Industrial Ethernet FO cables
Multimode
- max. 26 km with Industrial Ethernet FO cables Electrical line topology with SCALANCE XB005 and XB008, or SCALANCE
Single mode XB005G and XB008G

PC Operator control
and process
monitoring PC Operator control
and process
monitoring

Laptop

SCALANCE SCALANCE
XB004-1 XB004-1
n†prXW††XWY]W

SCALANCE
XB005
PLC Field devices
PLC
Industrial Ethernet

Electrical star topology with SCALANCE XB005 or SCALANCE XB005G Field devices
n†prXW††XWY\_

Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)

Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)

Mixed star topology with SCALANCE XB004-1 or SCALANCE XB004-1G

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/19

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-000 switches

Function (continued) Selection and ordering data

Article No.
SCALANCE XB-000
SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches
1000 Mbit/s XC206-2SFP G
Unmanaged Industrial Ethernet
switches for 10/100/1000 Mbps,
PC with LED diagnostics, manual available as
CP 1623 download
• SCALANCE XB005 6GK5005-0BA00-1AB2
5 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical
SCALANCE 1000 Mbit/s
• SCALANCE XB008 6GK5008-0BA10-1AB2
XB005G
8 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
100 Mbit/s electrical
• SCALANCE XB004-1 6GK5004-1BD00-1AB2
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
1000 Mbit/s electrical
1x 100 Mbps SC port, optical
Code IP camera
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km
reader
• SCALANCE XB004-2 6GK5004-2BD00-1AB2
MV420 4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
MV540
electrical
2 x 100 Mbps SC ports, optical
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km
G_IK10_XX_10259

• SCALANCE XB004-1LD 6GK5004-1BF00-1AB2

Conveyor belt 4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical
Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair) 1x 100 Mbps SC port, optical
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic) (single-mode, glass), up to 26 km
• SCALANCE XB004-2LD 6GK5004-2BF00-1AB2
Electrical star topology with SCALANCE XB005G and connection to a Gig­ (long distance)
abit Ethernet ring 4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical
2 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical
Diagnostics (single-mode, glass), up to 26 km
The following information is displayed by LEDs on site: • SCALANCE XB005G 6GK5005-0GA10-1AB2
5 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports,
• Power electrical
• Port status • SCALANCE XB008G 6GK5008-0GA10-1AB2
8 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports,
• Data traffic electrical
• SCALANCE XB004-1G 6GK5004-1GL10-1AB2
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical
1x 1000 Mbps SC port, optical
(multimode, glass), up to 0.75 km
• SCALANCE XB004-1LDG 6GK5004-1GM10-1AB2
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical
1x 1000 Mbps SC port, optical
(single-mode, glass), up to 10 km

14/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-000 switches

Accessories

Article No.
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A 6EP1331-5BA00
1-phase power supply with wide-
range input 85 - 264 V AC/110 - 300 V
DC, stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A, slim
design
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
Test access port for the reaction-free
extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
sion directions; extracts complete data
traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
ther diagnostics.
IE TP cord RJ45/RJ45
Preassembled 8-core Cat6A
patch cable 4 x 2, with two RJ45
plugs, preferred length
• 0.3 m 6XV1870-3QE30

• 0.5 m 6XV1870-3QE50

•1m 6XV1870-3QH10

•2m 6XV1870-3QH20

•3m 6XV1870-3QH30

•4m 6XV1870-3QH40

•6m 6XV1870-3QH60

• 10 m 6XV1870-3QN10

• 15 m 6XV1870-3QN15

• 20 m 6XV1870-3QN20

• 25 m 6XV1870-3QN25

• 30 m 6XV1870-3QN30

• 35 m 6XV1870-3QN35

• 40 m 6XV1870-3QN40

• 45 m 6XV1870-3QN45

• 50 m 6XV1870-3QN50

FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A

Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available preassembled with SC con­
nectors in various lengths

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/21

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-000 switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5004-1BD00-1A­ 6GK5004-1BF00-1A­ 6GK5004-2BF00-1A­ 6GK5005-0BA00-1A­ 6GK5008-0BA10-1A­

B2 B2 B2 B2 B2
product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XB004-1 XB004-1LD XB005 XB008
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication
integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or ter­ 4; RJ45 4; RJ45 4; RJ45 5; RJ45 8; RJ45
minal equipment
number of 100 Mbit/s SC ports
• for multimode 1 0 0 0 0
• for single mode (LD) 1 2
transmission method of the optical 100BaseFX 100BaseLX LD 100BaseLX LD
interface
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for power supply 1 1 1 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for power supply 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block
supply voltage, current
consumption, power loss
type of voltage 1 of the supply DC DC DC DC DC
voltage
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 2.64 W 2.4 W 2.4 W 1.68 W 2.88 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.11 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.07 A 0.12 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block
power supply
• product component 1 fusing at Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
power supply input
• fuse protection type 1 at input for 0.6 A / 60 V 0.6 A / 60 V 0.6 A / 60 V 0.6 A / 60 V 0.6 A / 60 V
supply voltage
type of voltage 2 of the supply AC AC AC AC AC
voltage
• supply voltage 2 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -10 ... +60 °C -10 ... +60 °C -10 ... +60 °C -10 ... +60 °C -10 ... +60 °C
• during storage -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C
• during transport -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation dur­ 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
ing operation maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design Box Box Box Box Box
width 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm
height 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm
depth 87 mm 87 mm 87 mm 87 mm 87 mm
net weight 0.165 kg 0.165 kg 0.205 kg 0.165 kg 0.18 kg

14/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-000 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5004-1BD00-1A­ 6GK5004-1BF00-1A­ 6GK5004-2BF00-1A­ 6GK5005-0BA00-1A­ 6GK5008-0BA10-1A­

B2 B2 B2 B2 B2
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• wall mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• S7-1500 rail mounting No No No No No
product functions management,
configuration, engineering
product function
• multiport mirroring No No No No No
• CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed No No No No No
PROFINET conformity class A A A A A
product functions redundancy
product function
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(PRP)/operation in the PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No No No No No
(PRP)/Redundant Network Access
(RNA)
standards, specifications,
approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(RCM)
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1 No. 60950-1
standards, specifications,
approvals hazardous
environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
to GB standard
• FM registration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications,
approvals other
certificate of suitability
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications,
approvals Environmental Product
Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 141.3 kg 141.3 kg 141.3 kg 151.5 kg 151.5 kg
• during manufacturing 15.99 kg 15.99 kg 15.99 kg 7.42 kg 7.42 kg
• during operation 125.18 kg 125.18 kg 125.18 kg 143.95 kg 143.95 kg
• after end of life 0.15 kg 0.15 kg 0.15 kg 0.14 kg 0.14 kg
product functions general
MTBF 232 a 238 a 241 a 214 a
reference code

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/23

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-000 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5004-1BD00-1A­ 6GK5004-1BF00-1A­ 6GK5004-2BF00-1A­ 6GK5005-0BA00-1A­ 6GK5008-0BA10-1A­

B2 B2 B2 B2 B2
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a
product function is supported identi­ Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC
fication link 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
cables and connectors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­
9766358 9766358 9766358 9766358 9766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
Selection Tool com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communica­ https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
tion com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­
portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­
db db db db db
• to website: CAx-Download-Man­ https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
ager com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com com com com com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

14/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XC-100 switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-100 switches

Overview Benefits

• Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet line and star topo­
logies
• Space-saving installation in the control cabinet thanks to compact
design in SIMATIC S7-1500 format and mounting option on the
SIMATIC S7-1500 DIN rail
• Extended temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C
• Reliable plug-in connection thanks to rugged device connection
with industry-standard FastConnect plugs
• Installation is possible without a patch field by means of
IE FC RJ45 plug 180 and IE FC standard cable
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the integrated
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE autocrossover function
XC-100 product line are optimized for installing Industrial Ethernet
networks at transfer rates of 10/100 Mbps in line and star topologies
for machine-level applications: Application
• Connection to stations or networks according to the port type of The switches of the SCALANCE XC-100 product line support the inex­
the devices – electrical with RJ45 port or optical with ST/BFOC or pensive construction of Industrial Ethernet line or star topologies
SC port with switching functions for machine level applications. They are
designed for installation in the control cabinet. The devices are
• Space-saving control cabinet installation on DIN rail, SIMATIC approved for ATEX Zone 2 and IECEx, which allow them to be used
S7-300, S7-1500 DIN rail, or for wall mounting in hazardous areas. The SCALANCE XC108 also has E1 approval,
• Rugged station connections with industry-standard RJ45 plug-in making the products especially suitable for use in public transporta­
connectors that offer additional strain and bending strain relief tion vehicles. Furthermore, the SCALANCE XC-100 product line fea­
thanks to latching on the enclosure (securing collar) tures various approvals for shipbuilding applications.

• Redundant power supply

Design
• Clear diagnostics display on the device by means of LEDs (power,
link status, data communication) The SCALANCE XC-100 Industrial Ethernet switches with enclosure
rear panel made of metal are optimized for mounting on a DIN rail
• Fault signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET button and an S7-1500 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is
Product variants also possible. Thanks to the enclosure dimensions that correspond
to those of the SIMATIC S7-1500, the devices are ideally suited for
SCALANCE XC106-2/SCALANCE XC108/SCALANCE XC116/ integration into automation solutions and mounting on the SIMATIC
SCALANCE XC124/SCALANCE X108PoE S7-1500 DIN rail. Mounting on a SIMATIC S7-300 DIN rail is also pos­
• Construction of optical Industrial Ethernet line or star topologies: sible.
- SCALANCE XC106-2 The SCALANCE XC-100 switches feature:
With 6 electrical ports (RJ45 with securing collar) and 2 optical • A 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant supply
ports (ST/BFOC) voltage (2 x 24 V DC)
- SCALANCE XC106-2 • A raised row of LEDs for displaying status information (power, link
With 6 electrical ports (RJ45 with securing collar) and 2 optical status, data communication, signaling contact)
ports (SC) • A 2-pin terminal block for connecting the floating signaling contact
- SCALANCE XC108 • A SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling contact
With 8 electrical ports (RJ45 with securing collar) The following port types are available:
- SCALANCE XC116 • 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 port;
With 16 electrical ports (RJ45 with securing collar) automatic detection of data transmission rate (10 or 100 Mbps),
- SCALANCE XC124 with autosensing and autocrossover function for connecting IE FC
cables via IE FC RJ45 plug 180 over distances up to 100 m
With 24 electrical ports (RJ45 with securing collar)
• 100BaseFX, ST/BFOC port;
• Diagnostics on the device using LEDs (power, link status, data for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic
traffic) and signaling contact (signal mask can be set using a but­ cables up to 5 km
ton on the device)
• 100BaseFX, SC port;
• The RJ45 ports are suitable for industrial use and have additional
securing collars, optimized for connecting the IE FC RJ45 plug 180. for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic
cables up to 5 km

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/25

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-100 switches

Function
• Construction of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line or star When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
topologies must be observed:
• Selected connecting cables can be used due to autocrossover func­ • Length of the twisted pair cable between two SCALANCE XC
tion integrated in the ports switches:
• Load disconnection through integral switch functionality - Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products

• Easy network configuration and network expansion • Length of the optical cables:
No limitation of the expansion of the network when switches of the - Max. 5 km with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
SCALANCE XC-100 product line are cascaded
Network topology and network configuration
The SCALANCE XC-100 switches are typically installed with the sta­
tions to be connected in a control cabinet. They can be mixed electric­
ally and optically in star and line topologies.

SIMATIC IPC827D
SIMATIC
with CP 1613 A2/
S7-400 with
SIMATIC CP 1623
CP 443-1 Advanced
HMI KP700 Comfort
SIMATIC S7-1500
with CM 1542-1

Switches
SCALANCE XC124

SIMATIC
HMI KP700 Comfort Switching cabinet

SIMATIC Field PG SIMATIC SIMATIC S7-1500

S7-1200 with with CM 1542-1
SIMATIC CSM 1277
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
S7-1500 with
CM 1542-1
SCALANCE SCALANCE
WAM766-1 XB004-2
SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
XCM108PoE XC106-2 XCM102
G_IK10_XX_51285

(SC connectors)

Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)

Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)

Star-shaped network topology with SCALANCE XC124 and Power over Ethernet connection via SCALANCE XCM108PoE with line topology to SCALANCE
XC106-2 and SCALANCE XB004-2

Diagnostics • Data traffic

The following information is displayed on site by LEDs: The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XC-100 line can
• Power also be monitored using the floating signaling contact.

• Port status

14/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-100 switches

Function (continued)

Industrial Data Center

SCALANCE
XR526-8C

SCALANCE Desigo CC SCALANCE

XM416-4C Management XR328-4C WG
Station
SCALANCE SCALANCE
XB205-3 Desigo XC124
Room
SCALANCE
Automation
XCM108PoE
Stations
SCALANCE SIMATIC
XB205-3 SCALANCE S7-1200
XB004-1
SIMATIC 1 Gbit/s
(Power AC 24 V) PoE
Desigo ET200SP
Room
Automation SIMATIC SIMATIC
SCALANCE
Stations MV540 MV550
XB205-3
SCALANCE XB004-1

G_IK10_XX_10400
(Power AC 24 V)

Desigo Primary Conveyor belt

Automation Stations
Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)

Connection of SCALANCE X switches in building and industry automation to SCALANCE XR-500 networks in the backbone

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/27

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-100 switches

Selection and ordering data Accessories

Article No. Article No.

SCALANCE XC-100 S7-1500 PM 1507 power supply 6EP1332-4BA00
Industrial Ethernet switches SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/3 A
Unmanaged Industrial Ethernet stabilized power supply for
switches for 10/100 Mbps, manual SIMATIC S7-1500
available as download Input: 120/230 V AC
• SCALANCE XC106-2 6GK5106-2BB00-2AC2 Output 24 V DC/3 A
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, S7-1500 PM 1507 power supply 6EP1333-4BA00
electrical SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/8 A
2 x ST/BFOC ports, stabilized power supply
optical (multimode BFOC, glass) up for SIMATIC S7-1500
to 5 km Input: 120/230 V AC
• SCALANCE XC106-2 6GK5106-2BD00-2AC2 Output 24 V DC/8 A
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
electrical
2 x ST/BFOC ports, Test access port for the reaction-free
optical (multimode SC, glass) extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
• SCALANCE XC108 6GK5108-0BA00-2AC2 sion directions; extracts complete data
8 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
electrical ther diagnostics.
• SCALANCE XC116 6GK5116-0BA00-2AC2 IE FC RJ45 plug 180 2 x 2
16 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, RJ45 connector for Industrial Ethernet
electrical with rugged metal enclosure and
• SCALANCE XC124 6GK5124-0BA00-2AC2 integrated insulation displacement
24 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, contacts for connecting Industrial Eth­
electrical ernet FC installation cables; with 180°
cable outlet; for network components
and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0

IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10

(type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation cable
for connection to IE FC RJ45 out­
let/IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINET-compat­
ible; with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m,
also available as preassembled cable
with RJ45 plugs in various lengths
FC ST/ BFOC plug 6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
Screw connector for on-site assembly
on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 units
+ cleaning cloths)
FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m,
also available preassembled with
ST/BFOC and SC connectors in various
lengths

14/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-100 switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5106-2BB00-2AC2 6GK5106-2BD00-2AC2 6GK5108-0BA00-2AC2

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XC106-2 XC106-2 XC108
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 6; RJ45 6; RJ45 8; RJ45
number of 100 Mbit/s ST(BFOC) ports
• for multimode 2
number of 100 Mbit/s SC ports
• for multimode 2
transmission method of the optical interface 100BaseFX 100BaseFX
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for signaling contact 1 1 1
• for power supply 1 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant Yes Yes Yes
voltage supply
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 4.8 W 4.8 W 3W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 9.6 ... 31.2 V 9.6 ... 31.2 V 9.6 ... 31.2 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.25 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation 95 % 95 % 95 %
maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact compact
width 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm
height 147 mm 147 mm 147 mm
depth 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm
net weight 0.5 kg 0.5 kg 0.475 kg

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/29

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-100 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5106-2BB00-2AC2 6GK5106-2BD00-2AC2 6GK5108-0BA00-2AC2

material of the enclosure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) Polycarbonate (PC-GF10)
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
• wall mounting Yes Yes Yes
• S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
• S7-1500 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
product features, product functions, product
components general
number of automatically learnable MAC addresses 2 048 2 048 2 048
product functions management, configuration,
engineering
product function
• multiport mirroring No No No
• CoS Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed No No No
PROFINET conformity class A A A
product functions redundancy
product function
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/operation in the Yes Yes Yes
PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/Redundant Net­ No No No
work Access (RNA)
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes
• EC Declaration of Conformity EN 61010, IEC Yes Yes Yes
61010-1, UL 61010A-1
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No.
60950-1 60950-1 60950-1
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous
environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes Yes Yes
• FM registration Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• E1 approval Yes
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals marine
classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes Yes Yes
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes Yes Yes
• DNV GL Yes Yes Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes Yes Yes

14/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-100 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5106-2BB00-2AC2 6GK5106-2BD00-2AC2 6GK5108-0BA00-2AC2

• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes Yes Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects (RINA) Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
Siemens Eco Profile (SEP) Siemens EcoTech
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 220.3 kg 220.3 kg 153.7 kg
• during manufacturing 32.08 kg 32.08 kg 28.4 kg
• during operation 187.75 kg 187.75 kg 125.2 kg
• after end of life 0.48 kg 0.48 kg 0.02 kg
product functions general
laser protection class LED Class 1 LED Class 1 LED Class 1
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a
product function is supported identification link Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC
61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connect­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
ors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic-
net net net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

Article number 6GK5116-0BA00-2AC2 6GK5124-0BA00-2AC2

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XC116 XC124
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 16; RJ45 24; RJ45
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for signaling contact 1 1
• for power supply 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/31

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-100 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5116-0BA00-2AC2 6GK5124-0BA00-2AC2

operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant voltage supply Yes Yes
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 5.4 W 7.8 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 9.6 ... 31.2 V 9.6 ... 31.2 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.45 A 0.65 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation maximum 95 % 95 %
protection class IP IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact
width 120 mm 120 mm
height 147 mm 147 mm
depth 125 mm 125 mm
net weight 0.775 kg 0.85 kg
material of the enclosure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) Polycarbonate (PC-GF10)
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes
• wall mounting Yes Yes
• S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes
• S7-1500 rail mounting Yes Yes
product features, product functions, product components
general
number of automatically learnable MAC addresses 2 048 2 048
product functions management, configuration, engineering
product function
• multiport mirroring No No
• CoS Yes Yes
• switch-managed No No
PROFINET conformity class A A
product functions redundancy
product function
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/operation in the PRP-network Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/Redundant Network Access No No
(RNA)
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes

14/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-100 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5116-0BA00-2AC2 6GK5124-0BA00-2AC2

• EC Declaration of Conformity EN 61010, IEC 61010-1, UL Yes Yes
61010A-1
• KC approval Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes Yes
• FM registration Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals marine classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes Yes
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes Yes
• DNV GL Yes Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects (RINA) Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals Environmental Product
Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 441.1 kg 441.1 kg
• during manufacturing 47.67 kg 47.67 kg
• during operation 392.82 kg 392.82 kg
• after end of life 0.57 kg 0.57 kg
product functions general
laser protection class LED Class 1 LED Class 1
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a
product function is supported identification link Yes; according to IEC 61406-1:2022 Yes; according to IEC 61406-1:2022
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connectors https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/33

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-100 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5116-0BA00-2AC2 6GK5124-0BA00-2AC2

• to website: Image database https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://support.industry.siemens.com https://support.industry.siemens.com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

14/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XB-200 switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Overview Overview (continued)

- SCALANCE XB213-3 (ST);
13 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical
3 x 100 Mbps ST/BFOC port, optical
- SCALANCE XB213-3 (SC);
13 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical
3 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical
- SCALANCE XB213-3 LD (SC);
The managed SCALANCE XB-200 switches are optimized for setting 13 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical
up 10/100 Mbps Industrial Ethernet networks in line, star or ring 3 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical
topologies
• Electrical and optical node or network connections can be imple­
mented using 8, 13 or 16 RJ45 ports (10/100 Mbps) or 2 or 3 fiber- Benefits
optic ports (100 Mbps). The LD (Long Distance) variants offer a
transmission range of up to 26 km (XB205-3LD and XB206-2LD)
• Rugged plastic enclosure
• Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (power, link status,
data communication)
• Ideal solution for configuring Ethernet line, ring and star topolo­
• The devices feature SNMP access, integral web server, remote dia­ gies
gnostics, and signaling over the network.
• High network availability due to design of redundant ring struc­
• Diagnostics and parameterization via web page or console port tures on the basis of High Speed Redundancy (HRP) or Media
Redundancy Protocol (MRP), redundancy manager integrated
• Support of the two industrial protocols, PROFINET and EtherNet/IP,
in the same device (software-switchable) • Quick and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, using integral
web server and via SNMP
• All device versions available with default setting for both PROFINET
and EtherNet/IP • Integration of SCALANCE XB-200 switches in existing network
management systems (e.g. SINEC NMS) through SNMP access
Product variants
• Switches with electrical ports: • Load limiting when using multicast-based protocols (Voice over IP,
Video) thanks to IGMP Snooping/Querier and additional multicast
- SCALANCE XB208; and broadcast limiting per port
8 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical • Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the integrated
- SCALANCE XB216; autocrossover function
16 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical • Support of the two industrial protocols, PROFINET and EtherNet/IP,
in the same device
• Switches with electrical and optical ports
• Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
- SCALANCE XB205-3 (ST);
5 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical • Support of VLANs permits integration into Enterprise Security
Policies
3 x 100 Mbps ST/BFOC port, optical
- SCALANCE XB205-3 (SC):
5 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical
3 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical
- SCALANCE XB205-3 LD (SC);
5 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical
3 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical (up to 26 km)
- SCALANCE XB206-2 (ST);
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical
2 x 100 Mbps ST/BFOC port, optical
- SCALANCE XB206-2 (SC);
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical
2 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical
- SCALANCE XB206-2LD (SC);
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical
2 x 100 Mbps SC port, optical (up to 26 km)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/35

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Application Design

The SCALANCE XB-200 Industrial Ethernet Switches are simple, low- The SCALANCE XB-200 Industrial Ethernet switches in their rugged
cost Industrial Ethernet switches that contain the necessary software plastic enclosure are optimized for mounting on DIN rails.
functionalities for automation with various protocols. The devices The devices are designed with IP20 degree of protection.
with degree of protection IP20 are designed for operation in the
control cabinet. The switches have a 6-pin terminal block for connecting the redund­
ant supply voltage (24 V DC) and the grounding. The port LEDs
Features: provide information on the status (power, link status, data traffic).
• Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data communica­ Ethernet interfaces:
tion)
• 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection;
• Remote diagnostics possible via PROFINET, Ethernet/IP, SNMP, CLI 8/6 or 16/13 x RJ45 socket, automatic data transfer rate detection,
and web browser with autosensing and autocrossover function
• Switchover between the two industry protocols PROFINET and Eth­ • 100 Mbps, ST(BFOC) FO connection;
ernet/IP is possible in the device
2/3 x ST(BFOC) FO socket (multimode)
• 100 Mbps, SC-FO connection;
2/3 x SC-FO socket (multimode)
SCALANCE
XB205-3 • 100 Mbps, SC-LD-FO connection;
2/3 x SC-LD-FO socket (single-mode)
PC with
CP 1623
Other interfaces:
• 6-pin terminal block for redundant voltage infeed (24 V DC) and
grounding

SCALANCE
• 1 x RJ11 as connection for the serial interface
XB208 The port LEDs provide information on the status (power, link status,
data traffic).
Remote diagnostics is possible by means SNMP, web browser and
CLI.

Optical
reader
SIMATIC
MV420 SIMATIC
MV540
G_IK10_XX_10264

Conveyor belt

Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)

Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)

Integration of code-reading cameras into the machine network with

SCALANCE XB-200

14/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Function
• High-speed redundancy in the ring with High Speed Redundancy • Maximum cable length between two SC connections (note trans­
(HRP) or PROFINET-compliant ring redundancy (MRP) ceiver data):
Reliable communication is achieved by closing an optical/electrical - 5 km (100 Mbps)
line with XR-500, XM-400, X-300 or X-200 switches to form an HSR
ring. The SCALANCE XB-200 switches have an integral redundancy • Maximum cable length between two SC LD connections (note
manager (RM) which monitors the function of the network continu­ transceiver data):
ously. It recognizes the failure of a transmission link or the failure of - 26 km (100 Mbps)
a SCALANCE X switch in the ring and activates the substitute path.
• Redundant interfacing to company networks • IP address:
The SCALANCE XB-200 switches support the standardized redund­ In the case of SCALANCE XB-200 Industrial Ethernet switches, the
ancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and Rapid Spanning IP address is assigned by means of the Dynamic Host Configura­
Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnetwork to be connected tion Protocol (DHCP). If no corresponding server is available in the
redundantly to a higher level corporate network with reduced network, the IP address can be assigned using DCP.
requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the order of seconds). Commissioning and diagnostics
• Support of virtual networks (VLAN) PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XB-200 switches
can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC engineering tools
For structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast-growing
and processed in the PLC with an expanded diagnostics function.
number of nodes, a physically existing network can be divided into
The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI has been drastically
several virtual subnetworks.
reduced due to the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for
• Load limiting with use of multicast protocols (e.g. querier, video) system error messages.
By learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP snooping), SCALANCE XB-200 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be integ­
SCALANCE XB-200 switches can also filter multicast data traffic and rated in a network management system (e.g. SINEC NMS) using the
therefore limit the load in the network. Multicast and broadcast standardized Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). In the
traffic can be limited. event of faults in the device, error messages (SNMP traps) can be
sent to a network management system (e.g. SINEC NMS) or as an
Network topology and network configuration email to a specified network administrator.
The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of the The integrated web server enables configuration and diagnostics
plant with SCALANCE XB-200 Industrial Ethernet switches. settings to be made using a standard web browser (e.g. port con­
The following network structures and combinations of structures can figuration). Statistical information can also be read out over the
be implemented: web server (e.g. port capacity utilization). Further access is possible
• Fast Ethernet rings with fast media redundancy via CLI, by means of which the device can be parameterized, man­
aged and diagnosed.
• At the same time, the SCALANCE XB-200 switches support redund­ The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
ant connection of the ring structure to the corporate network with a
Rapid Spanning Tree. • Power

• Star topology with SCALANCE XB-200 switches • Port status

Each SCALANCE XB-200 switch represents a neutral point which can • Data traffic
interconnect as many as 8/16 nodes or subnetworks.
When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
must be observed:
• Maximum cable length for twisted pair:
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC cable and Industrial Ether­
net FC plugs
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/37

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Function (continued)

Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP)

Industrial Ethernet

SIMATIC
S7-1500 with
SCALANCE CP 1543-1
W774-1 RJ45

SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE

XB208 XB208 XB208 PROFINET

SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC

RF680R RF610R RF615R

SIMATIC SIMATIC
RF650M RF650A

G_FS10_XX_01147
SIMATIC RF685R
SIMATIC SIMATIC
RF650A RF650A

Integration of SIMATIC Ident Readers into a production network

14/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No. Article No.

Industrial Ethernet switches SCALANCE XB213-3LD (SC)
SCALANCE XB205-3 (ST) 13 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
5 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical;
electrical, 3 x 100 Mbps SC ports, optical
3 x 100 Mbps BFOC ports, optical (single-mode, glass), up to 26 km
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km • Default PROFINET settings 6GK5213-3BF00-2AB2
• Default PROFINET settings 6GK5205-3BB00-2AB2 • Default Ethernet/IP settings 6GK5213-3BF00-2TB2
• Default Ethernet/IP settings 6GK5205-3BB00-2TB2 SCALANCE XB216
SCALANCE XB205-3 (SC) 16 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
5 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical
electrical; • Default PROFINET settings 6GK5216-0BA00-2AB2
3 x 100 Mbps SC ports, optical
• Default Ethernet/IP settings 6GK5216-0BA00-2TB2
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km
• Default PROFINET settings 6GK5205-3BD00-2AB2

• Default Ethernet/IP settings 6GK5205-3BD00-2TB2

SCALANCE XB205-3LD (SC)

5 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical;
3 x 100 Mbps BFOC ports, optical
(single-mode, glass), up to 26 km
• Default PROFINET settings 6GK5205-3BF00-2AB2

• Default Ethernet/IP settings 6GK5205-3BF00-2TB2

SCALANCE XB206-2 (ST)

6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
electrical;
2 x 100 Mbps ST(BFOC) ports, optical
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km
• Default PROFINET settings 6GK5206-2BB00-2AB2

SCALANCE XB206-2 (SC)

6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
electrical;
2 x 100 Mbps SC ports, optical
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km
• Default PROFINET settings 6GK5206-2BD00-2AB2

SCALANCE XB206-2LD (SC)

6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports
electrical;
2 x 100 Mbps SC ports, optical
(multimode, glass), up to 26 km
• Default PROFINET settings 6GK5206-2BF00-2AB2

SCALANCE XB208
8 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical;
• Default PROFINET settings 6GK5208-0BA00-2AB2

• Default Ethernet/IP settings 6GK5208-0BA00-2TB2

SCALANCE XB213-3 (ST)

13 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical;
3 x 100 Mbps BFOC ports, optical
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km
• Default PROFINET settings 6GK5213-3BB00-2AB2

• Default Ethernet/IP settings 6GK5213-3BB00-2TB2

SCALANCE XB213-3 (SC)

13 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical;
3 x 100 Mbps SC ports, optical
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km
• Default PROFINET settings 6GK5213-3BD00-2AB2

• Default Ethernet/IP settings 6GK5213-3BD00-2TB2

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/39

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Accessories

Article No.
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A 6EP1331-5BA00
1-phase power supply
with wide-range input
85 – 264 V AC/110 – 300 V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
Pre-assembled 8-core Cat6A
patch cable 4 x 2, with two RJ45
plugs, preferred length
• 0.3 m 6XV1870-3QE30

• 0.5 m 6XV1870-3QE50

•1m 6XV1870-3QH10

•2m 6XV1870-3QH20

•3m 6XV1870-3QH30

•4m 6XV1870-3QH40

•6m 6XV1870-3QH60

• 10 m 6XV1870-3QN10

• 15 m 6XV1870-3QN15

• 20 m 6XV1870-3QN20

• 25 m 6XV1870-3QN25

• 30 m 6XV1870-3QN30

• 35 m 6XV1870-3QN35

• 40 m 6XV1870-3QN40

• 45 m 6XV1870-3QN45

• 50 m 6XV1870-3QN50

FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A

Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available pre-assembled with ST/BFOC
and SC plugs in various lengths
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
Test access port for the reaction-free
extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
sion directions; extracts complete data
traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
ther diagnostics.

14/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­
D00-2AB2 F00-2AB2 B00-2AB2 B00-2TB2 D00-2AB2 D00-2TB2 F00-2AB2 F00-2TB2
6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5213-3B­
D00-2TB2 F00-2TB2
product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XB213-3 XB213-3LD
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s,
100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
interfaces for
communication integrated
number of electrical connec­
tions
• for network components 13; RJ45 13; RJ45 6; RJ45 6; RJ45 6; RJ45 6; RJ45 6; RJ45 6; RJ45
or terminal equipment
number of 100 Mbit/s
ST(BFOC) ports
• for multimode 2 2
number of 100 Mbit/s SC
ports
• for multimode 3 2 2

• for single mode (LD) 3 2 2

transmission method of the 100BaseFX 100BaseLX LD 100BaseFX 100BaseFX 100BaseFX 100BaseFX 100BaseLX LD 100BaseLX LD
optical interface
interfaces other
number of electrical connec­
tions
• for operator console 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

• for power supply 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

type of electrical connection
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11

• for management purposes RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45
supply voltage, current
consumption, power loss
product component connec­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion for redundant voltage
supply
type of voltage 1 of the sup­ DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC
ply voltage
• supply voltage 1 rated 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
value
• power loss [W] 1 rated 9.8 W 9.6 W 7.2 W 7.2 W 7.2 W 7.2 W 7.2 W 7.2 W
value
• supply voltage 1 rated 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V
value
• consumed current 1 max­ 0.41 A 0.4 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 0.3 A
imum
• type of electrical connec­ 6-pole terminal 6-pole terminal 6-pole terminal 6-pole terminal 6-pole terminal 6-pole terminal 6-pole terminal 6-pole terminal
tion 1 for power supply block block block block block block block block
• product component 1 fus­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ing at power supply input
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C

• during storage -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C

• during transport -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensa­ 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
tion during operation max­
imum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and
weights
design compact compact compact compact compact compact compact compact
width 120 mm 120 mm 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/41

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­
D00-2AB2 F00-2AB2 B00-2AB2 B00-2TB2 D00-2AB2 D00-2TB2 F00-2AB2 F00-2TB2
6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5213-3B­
D00-2TB2 F00-2TB2
height 117 mm 117 mm 117 mm 117 mm 117 mm 117 mm 117 mm 117 mm
depth 109 mm 109 mm 109 mm 109 mm 109 mm 109 mm 109 mm 109 mm
net weight 0.5 kg 0.5 kg 0.35 kg 0.35 kg 0.35 kg 0.35 kg 0.35 kg 0.35 kg
material of the enclosure Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC-
GF10) GF10) GF10) GF10) GF10) GF10) GF10) GF10)
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
mounting
product features, product
functions, product
components general
cascading in the case of a 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
redundant ring at reconfigur­
ation time of <\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star any (depending any (depending any (depending any (depending any (depending any (depending any (depending any (depending
topology only on signal only on signal only on signal only on signal only on signal only on signal only on signal only on signal
propagation time) propagation time) propagation time) propagation time) propagation time) propagation time) propagation time) propagation time)
product functions
management,
configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• RMON Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• multiport mirroring Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No

• CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

PROFINET conformity class B B B B B B B B
network load class according 3 3 3 3 3 3
to PROFINET
telegram length for Ethernet 1 632 byte 1 632 byte 1 632 byte 1 632 byte 1 632 byte 1 632 byte 1 632 byte 1 632 byte
maximum
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance
function
• I&M0 - device-specific Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
information
• I&M1 - higher level desig­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
nation/location designa­
tion

14/42 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­
D00-2AB2 F00-2AB2 B00-2AB2 B00-2TB2 D00-2AB2 D00-2TB2 F00-2AB2 F00-2TB2
6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5213-3B­
D00-2TB2 F00-2TB2
product functions
diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• SysLog Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257 257 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic 257 257 257 257 257 257
maximum
number of VLANs at ring 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257
redundancy (HRP; MRP;
standby link)
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions
redundancy
protocol is supported Media Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Redundancy Protocol (MRP)
product function
• media redundancy pro­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
tocol (MRP) with redund­
ancy manager
• Media Redundancy Pro­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
tocol Interconnection
(MRP-I)
• of the PROFINET IO device No No No No No No No
is supported PROFINET sys­
tem redundancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• high speed redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol (HRP) with
redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol (HRP) with
standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• redundancy procedure Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
RSTP
• redundancy procedure Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
RSTP+
• Parallel Redundancy Pro­ No No No No No No No No
tocol (PRP)/operation in
the PRP-network
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• broadcast/multicast/uni­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

cast limiter
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• SSL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/43

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­
D00-2AB2 F00-2AB2 B00-2AB2 B00-2TB2 D00-2AB2 D00-2TB2 F00-2AB2 F00-2TB2
6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5213-3B­
D00-2TB2 F00-2TB2
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications,
approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• KC approval Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• Regulatory Compliance Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Mark (RCM)
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1 UL 60950-1 UL 60950-1 UL 60950-1 UL 60950-1 UL 60950-1 UL 60950-1 UL 60950-1
E115352, CSA E115352, CSA E115352, CSA E115352, CSA E115352, CSA E115352, CSA E115352, CSA E115352, CSA
C22.2 No. 60950-1 C22.2 No. 60950-1 C22.2 No. 60950-1 C22.2 No. 60950-1 C22.2 No. 60950-1 C22.2 No. 60950-1 C22.2 No. 60950-1 C22.2 No. 60950-1
standards, specifications,
approvals hazardous
environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes

• IECEx Yes Yes

• CCC for hazardous zone Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
according to GB standard
• FM registration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications,
approvals other
certificate of suitability
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes
IT security for industrial auto­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
mation systems according to
IEC 62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications,
approvals Environmental
Product Declaration
Environmental Product Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Declaration
Global Warming Potential
[CO2 eq]
• total 347.89 kg 341.88 kg 266.77 kg 266.77 kg 266.77 kg 266.77 kg 260.76 kg 260.76 kg

• during manufacturing 40.94 kg 40.94 kg 40.94 kg 40.94 kg 40.94 kg 40.94 kg 40.94 kg 40.94 kg

• during operation 306.44 kg 300.43 kg 225.32 kg 225.32 kg 225.32 kg 225.32 kg 219.31 kg 219.31 kg

• after end of life 0.51 kg 0.51 kg 0.51 kg 0.51 kg 0.51 kg 0.51 kg 0.51 kg 0.51 kg
product functions general
MTBF 45 a 40 a 55 a 55 a 55 a 55 a 50 a 50 a
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF KF KF KF KF KF

• according to IEC KFE KFE KFE KFE KFE KFE KFE KFE
81346-2:2019
product function is suppor­ Yes; according to Yes; according to
ted identification link IEC 61406-1:2022 IEC 61406-1:2022
further information
internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
for cables and connectors port.industry. port.industry. port.industry. port.industry. port.industry. port.industry. port.industry. port.industry.
siemens. siemens. siemens. siemens. siemens. siemens. siemens. siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/vie­ com/cs/ww/en/vie­ com/cs/ww/en/vie­ com/cs/ww/en/vie­ com/cs/ww/en/vie­ com/cs/ww/en/vie­ com/cs/ww/en/vie­ com/cs/ww/en/vie­
w/109766358 w/109766358 w/109766358 w/109766358 w/109766358 w/109766358 w/109766358 w/109766358

14/44 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XB-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­ 6GK5206-2B­
D00-2AB2 F00-2AB2 B00-2AB2 B00-2TB2 D00-2AB2 D00-2TB2 F00-2AB2 F00-2TB2
6GK5213-3B­ 6GK5213-3B­
D00-2TB2 F00-2TB2
• to web page: selection aid https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www.
TIA Selection Tool siemens.com/tst­ siemens.com/tst­ siemens.com/tst­ siemens.com/tst­ siemens.com/tst­ siemens.com/tst­ siemens.com/tst­ siemens.com/tst­
cloud cloud cloud cloud cloud cloud cloud cloud
• to website: Industrial com­ https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www.
munication siemens. siemens. siemens. siemens. siemens. siemens. siemens. siemens.
com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net
• to website: Image data­ https://www.auto­ https://www.auto­ https://www.auto­ https://www.auto­ https://www.auto­ https://www.auto­ https://www.auto­ https://www.auto­
base ma­ ma­ ma­ ma­ ma­ ma­ ma­ ma­
tion.siemens. tion.siemens. tion.siemens. tion.siemens. tion.siemens. tion.siemens. tion.siemens. tion.siemens.
com/bilddb com/bilddb com/bilddb com/bilddb com/bilddb com/bilddb com/bilddb com/bilddb
• to website: CAx- https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www. https://www.
Download-Manager siemens.com/cax siemens.com/cax siemens.com/cax siemens.com/cax siemens.com/cax siemens.com/cax siemens.com/cax siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
Support port.industry. port.industry. port.industry. port.industry. port.industry. port.industry. port.industry. port.industry.
siemens.com siemens.com siemens.com siemens.com siemens.com siemens.com siemens.com siemens.com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/45

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XC-200 switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Overview

The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XC-200 • Integrated security functions offer protection against unauthor­
product line are optimized for setting up Industrial Ethernet networks ized network access and configuration (e.g. authentication via
with data transfer rates of 10/100/1000 Mbps as well as 2 x 10 Gbps IEEE 802.1X/ RADIUS)
(SCALANCE XC206-2G PoE and XC216-3G PoE only) in line, star and
ring topology. More information: • The PoE versions support Power over Ethernet (PoE). This allows
nodes such as WLAN access points (e.g. SCALANCE W) or cameras
• Rugged enclosure in SIMATIC S7-1500 format, for mounting on DIN (e.g. SIMATIC MV500) to be supplied with power in addition to
rails and SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-1500 mounting rails, or for direct data. Depending on the version, the PoE switches are supplied
wall mounting with power either via 24 V DC or via 54 V DC.
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or networks according to • A PoE power budget of 120 W is available for the PoE 24 V DC ver­
port characteristics of the devices sions. With the 54 V DC versions, a power budget of up to 300 W
• Versions with transfer rates up to 10 Gbps optical or 1 Gbps electric­ can be realized using a 54 V DC power supply. The available
al power budget can be distributed to the PoE ports as required. Up
to 30 W power per port according to IEEE802.3at and up to 60 W
• Combo ports for the flexible use of interfaces: A combo port consists power according to IEEE802.3bt are supported with 2x PoE ports
of an electric port and an SFP slot. Only one of the two ports can
ever be active. If an SFP plug-in transceiver is inserted, the electric • Technical inspectorate certification according to IEC 62443-4-2
port is deactivated for implementing secure system architectures.

• Rugged station connections with industry-standard RJ45 plug-in Product versions

connectors that offer additional strain and bending strain relief Switches with PROFINET delivery state:
thanks to latching on the enclosure • Switches with electrical ports:
• Redundant power supply - SCALANCE XC208;
• Console port for direct access to device With 8x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps, for mounting in control cabin­
et
• Display of comprehensive operating mode and status information
via LEDs and selection pushbuttons - SCALANCE XC208G;
• Signaling contact for connecting to an error signaling system With 8x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, for mounting in control
cabinet
• Slot for optional C-PLUG removable data storage medium for easy
device replacement without additional equipment such as a Field PG - SCALANCE XC216;
With 16x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps, for mounting in the control
• Grounding screw for external ground connection cabinet
• Flexible use in the automation environment due to switchover - SCALANCE XC224;
between the two industry protocols PROFINET and EtherNet/IP in the
device With 24x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps, for mounting in the control
cabinet
• Extensive diagnostics options: Full integration in PROFINET and Eth­
erNet/IP diagnostics, SNMP access, integrated web server and auto­ • Switches with electrical and optical ports:
matic email transmission function for remote diagnostics and signal­ - SCALANCE XC206-2;
ing via the network
With 6x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps and 2x ST/BFOC ports
• Integration into the SINEC NMS Network Management System for 100 Mbps
end-to-end network diagnostics with central firmware management
- SCALANCE XC206-2;
• Virtual LANs (VLAN) for easy structuring of large networks into smal­ With 6x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps and 2x SC ports 100 Mbps
ler, logical subnetworks. Reasons for the subdivision into logical sub­
networks are, for example, separation of the Ethernet networks to - SCALANCE XC206-2SFP;
reduce the broadcast load, separation of sensitive areas from the With 6x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps and 2x SFP plug-in transceivers
main network, and subdivision of the network into logical working with 100 or 1000 Mbps
groups
- SCALANCE XC206-2SFP G;
• By learning the multicast sources and destinations (IGMP, Internet
With 6x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps and 2x SFP plug-in trans­
Group Management Protocol Snooping), SCALANCE XC-200
ceivers 1000 Mbps
switches can also filter multicast data traffic and thus limit the load
on the network

14/46 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Overview (continued)
- SCALANCE XC216-4C; - SCALANCE XC206-2G PoE;
With 12x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps and 4x Gigabit combo ports With 2x SFP ports: Support for 1000 or 10,000 Mbps SCALANCE
(either 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port or SFP plug-in transceiver SFPs and 6x PoE RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps,
1000 Mbps can be used) 2x of which up to 60 W per PoE port (802.3bt) and 4x of which
up to 30 W per PoE port (802.3at)
- SCALANCE XC216-4C G;
With 12x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps and 4x Gigabit combo - SCALANCE XC208G PoE;
ports With 2x RJ45 10/100/1000 Mbps and 6x PoE RJ45 ports
(either 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port or SFP plug-in transceiver 10/100/1000 Mbps,
1000 Mbps can be used) 2x of which 60 W per PoE port (802.3bt) and 4x of which up to
30 W per PoE port (802.3at)
- SCALANCE XC224-4C G;
With 20x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps and 4x Gigabit combo - SCALANCE XC216-3G PoE;
ports With 3x SFP ports: 2x support for 1000 or 10,000 Mbps SCAL­
(either 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port or SFP plug-in transceiver ANCE SFPs and 1x 1000 Mbps SCALANCE SFP and 2x RJ45
1000 Mbps can be used) 10/100/1000 Mbps and 14x PoE RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps,
2x of which up to 60 W per PoE port (802.3bt) and 12x of which
• Switches with EtherNet/IP delivery state: up to 30 W per PoE port (802.3at)
- SCALANCE XC206-2SFP G; • PoE switches with delivery state PROFINET with 54 V DC infeed
With 6x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps and 2x SFP plug-in trans­ (PoE power budget: 300 W):
ceivers 1000 Mbps - SCALANCE XC206-2G PoE;
- SCALANCE XC208G; With 2x SFP ports: Support for 1000 or 10,000 Mbps SCALANCE
With 8x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, for mounting in control SFPs and 6x PoE RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps,
cabinet 2x of which up to 60 W per PoE port (802.3bt) and 4x of which
up to 30 W per PoE port (802.3at)
- SCALANCE XC216-4C G;
With 12x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps and 4x Gigabit combo - SCALANCE XC208G PoE;
ports with 2x RJ45 10/100/1000 Mbps and 6x PoE RJ45 ports
(either 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port or SFP plug-in transceiver 10/100/1000 Mbps,
1000 Mbps can be used) 2x of which up to 60 W per PoE port (802.3bt) and 4x of which
up to 30 W per PoE port (802.3at)
- SCALANCE XC224-4C G;
With 20x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps and 4x Gigabit combo - SCALANCE XC216-3G PoE;
ports With 3x SFP ports: 2x support for 1000 or 10,000 Mbps SCAL­
(either 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port or SFP plug-in transceiver ANCE SFPs and 1x 1000 Mbps SCALANCE SFP and 2x RJ45
1000 Mbps can be used) 10/100/1000 Mbps and 14x PoE RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps,
2x of which up to 60 W per PoE port (802.3bt) and 12x of which
• PoE switches with delivery state PROFINET with 24 V DC infeed (PoE up to 30 W per PoE port (802.3at)
power budget 120 W):

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/47

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Overview (continued)

XC206-2
XC206-2SFP XC206-2SFP G / XC216-4C G
ST (BFOC) /SC

XC-200
Today's portfolio

X-200 / (X-300)
Previous portfolio

G_IK10_XX_50821
X204-2 X204-2FM X206-1 X304-2FE X204-2 X204-2FM X204-2LD X206-1 X206-1LD X306- X307-3 X307-3LD X308-2 X308-2LD X308-2LH X308-2LH+ X308-2M X310
1LD FE

Migration from SCALANCE X-200/X-300 to the new SCALANCE XC-200 portfolio – Part 1

XC206-2
XC208 XC208G XC216 XC216-4C G XC224 XC224-4C G
G PoE

XC-200
Current portfolio

X-200 / (X-300)
Former portfolio

G_IK10_XX_50822

X308-2M X208 X308-2M X310 X216 X212-2 X212-2LD X224 X320-1FE X320-3LD FE
PoE

Migration from SCALANCE X-200/X-300 to the new SCALANCE XC-200 portfolio – Part 2

14/48 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Benefits Application

SCALANCE XC-200 Industrial Ethernet switches enable cost-effective

configuration of Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring topologies with
switching functionality for networks in which high availability or
remote diagnostic capabilities are required. The devices with degree
of protection IP20 are designed for operation in the control cabinet.
• Operational reliability in industrial environments, e.g. due to
Features:
rugged enclosure, redundancy, temperature range from -40 °C to
+70 °C • Integrated industrial network for data, voice, video, and Industrial
Ethernet
• Increased plant availability thanks to:
• Integrated system diagnostics with PROFINET or EtherNet/IP, SINEC
- Redundant power supply
NMS, Syslog, and SNMP
- Redundant network structures based on fast media redundancy
• Use in the SIMATIC environment
HRP and MRP
• Integrated security functions offer protection against unauthorized
- Standby redundancy between HRP rings
network access and configuration, see technical specifications
- Redundant coupling of MRP rings with MRP interconnection
• The devices are released for SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo and are
- Prevention of loops by standard STP, RSTP and MSTP mechan­ integration-capable
isms, and loop detection
• With the PoE variants, simple data and power supply via the Ether­
- Improved reconfiguration times for redundant connection of MRP net cable to the connected end devices is also possible. In addition,
rings in RSTP networks through RSTP+ function high-performance networks can be implemented over long dis­
tances with 2x 10 Gbps SFP ports
- SFP plug-in transceivers can be replaced or expanded during
operation
- Easy device replacement by means of plug-in C‑PLUG removable
data storage medium
- Link aggregation (IEEE 802.3ad) for parallel use of ports to
increase transfer rate and failure safety
• Easy monitoring and diagnostics due to separate diagnostics sta­
tion with integrated LEDs, signaling contact, web browser, traps
and email transmission
• Integration into the SINEC NMS network management system for
integrated network diagnostics with central firmware manage­
ment
• Reduced engineering expenditure for PLC/HMI due to integration
into the SIMATIC system fault message concept
• Configuration in the TIA Portal as well as in web-based manage­
ment (WBM)
• Easy integration in process and system diagnostics with PROFINET
or EtherNet/IP
• Integration of SCALANCE XC-200 switches in existing network
management systems, such as SINEC NMS, through SNMP access
• Easy integration in the process and system diagnostics with
PROFINET via SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo
• Reliable plug-in connection thanks to rugged, industry-standard
device connection in conjunction with industry-standard FastCon­
nect connectors
• Integration of switches through support of S2 system redundancy
and H-Sync in SIMATIC S7-1500R/H systems
• Easy and cost-saving supply of connected cameras (e.g. SIMATIC
MV500 IP or Ident cameras), WLAN access points (e.g. SCAL­
ANCE W) or localization components (e.g. SIMATIC RTLS gateways)
with data and power on a single cable by using the PoE standard
(Power over Ethernet, PoE versions)
• Optimal use of PoE power budget through PoE Power Manage­
ment. The available PoE power budget can be distributed by the
user to the PoE ports as desired
• Realization of high-performance networks over long distances

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/49

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Design

SCALANCE XC-200 Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged

enclosure are optimized for mounting on DIN rails and SIMATIC
S7-1500 DIN rails Direct wall mounting in various positions and
mounting on a SIMATIC S7-300 DIN rail are also possible. Thanks to
the SIMATIC S7-1500 enclosure dimensions, the devices are ideally
suited for integration into an automation solution with SIMATIC
S7-1500 components.
The network access points with IP20 degree of protection feature:
• A 4-pin terminal block (push-in) for connecting the redundant sup­
ply voltage (2 x 24 V DC)
• The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
- Port status
- Port mode (10/100/1000 Mbps, full/half-duplex)
- Status of the two power supplies
- Signaling contact status
- Signal mask (setpoint status)
- Redundancy manager mode (RM mode)
- Standby mode
• A 2-pin terminal block (push-in) for connecting the floating signal­
ing contact
• A SELECT/SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling con­
tact
SCALANCE XC-200 switches are available with the following port
types:
• 10/100/1000BASETX, RJ45 connection;
Automatic detection of data transmission rate (10, 100 or
1000 Mbps), with autosensing and autocrossover function for con­
necting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to
100 m.
• 100BASEFX, ST/BFOC connection system (SCALANCE XC-206-2);
ST/BFOC ports for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet glass
fiber-optic cables up to 5 km (multimode FOC)
• 100BASEFX, SC connection system (SCALANCE XC-206-2);
SC ports for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-
optic cables up to 5 km (multimode FOC)
• SFP slots for 100BASE-X, 1000BASE-X, 10GBASE-X
LC connections with different ranges can be implemented via SFP
modules (multimode/single-mode up to 200 km)
• In the PoE versions, the SFP interfaces of the combo ports support
both 1,000 Mbps SFPs and 10,000 Mbps SFP+

14/50 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Function
• Setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring • Load limiting with use of multicast protocols (e.g. querier, video)
topologies By learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP snooping),
- Use in ring topologies together with SCALANCE X-200, SCALANCE XC-200 switches can also filter multicast data traffic and therefore
X-300, SCALANCE XM-400 and XR-500 limit the load in the network. Multicast and broadcast traffic can
be limited.
• Fast redundancy in the ring with:
• Easy connection of PoE terminal devices such as IP cameras or
- High Speed Redundancy Protocol (HRP); up to 0.3 seconds for access points using the PoE function and implementation of high-
reconfiguration of the ring with 50 switches in the ring performance networks over long distances (PoE versions only)
- PROFINET MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol); up to 0.2 seconds for Network topology and network configuration
reconfiguration of the ring with 50 switches in the ring The SCALANCE XC-200 Industrial Ethernet switches with IP20
- Redundant coupling of MRP rings through MRP interconnection degree of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet
function together with the stations to be connected. Electrical and optical
versions can be installed together in star, line and ring topologies.
- Redundant connection of MRP rings in RSTP networks through
The following network structures and combinations of structures
RSTP+ function
can be implemented:
• The functioning of the ring is continuously monitored by the integ­ • Fast Ethernet and Gigabit rings with fast media redundancy
rated redundancy manager. It recognizes transmission link failures
in the ring or failure of a SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switch and • Improved reconfiguration times for redundant connection of MRP
activates the substitute link within 0.3 seconds or 0.2 seconds with rings in RSTP networks through RSTP+ function
MRP • Star topology with XC-200 switches
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossover Each SCALANCE XC-200 switch represents a neutral point which
function integrated in the ports can interconnect as many as 8/16/24 nodes or subnetworks.
• Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and web browser When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
must be observed:
• Easy copper cable diagnostics via web browser for localizing cable
breaks • Maximum cable length for twisted pair:
• Fiber monitoring: Easy fiber-optic cable port diagnostics by means of - Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC cable and Industrial Eth­
web browser and SNMP for early detection of changes on the fiber- ernet FC plugs
optic cable line or at the fiber-optic cable ports - Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
• Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET controller with expan­ • Length of the optical cables:
ded diagnostics functions for a consistent diagnostics concept,
including network infrastructure - Maximum cable length between two modules for multimode
fiber-optic cables:
• Diagnostics of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror port
with a standard commercial network analyzer – 5000 m at 100 Mbps
– 750 m at 1 Gbps
• Optimized support of PROFINET real-time communication (RT)
through prioritizing - Maximum cable length between two modules for single-mode
fiber-optic cables:
• Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional
C-PLUG removable data storage medium (not included in scope of – 200 km at 100 Mbps
supply) – 120 km at 1 Gbps
• Redundant interfacing to company networks • IP address:
The SCALANCE XC-200 switches support the standardized redund­ The IP address can be assigned by means of the DHCP (Dynamic
ancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and Rapid Spanning Host Configuration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server
Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnetwork to be connected in the network, the IP address can be assigned using the supplied
redundantly to a higher level corporate network with reduced software tool SINEC PNI (Primary Network Initialization) or STEP 7
requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the order of seconds) / TIA Portal. Assignment via the local console port is also possible
• Support of virtual LANs (VLANs)
For structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing
number of nodes, a physically existing network can be divided into
several logical networks

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/51

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Function (continued)

Operator Stations Network Management

SINEC NMS

SCALANCE SCALANCE
XM408-8C XM408-8C

MIM 1000 Mbit/s MIC

MRP-Ring

SCALANCE SCALANCE MIM = MRP Interconnection Master

XC206-2SFP MRP-Interconnection XC206-2SFP MIC = MRP Interconnection Client
SIMATIC SIMATIC
Field PG S7-1518F 100 Mbit/s
MIC MRP-Ring MIC

SIMOTION D
SCALANCE XC208 Axis grouping
SCALANCE XC208

SIMOTION D
Axis grouping
SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMOTICS XP
ET 200SP ET 200SP

G_IK10_XX_50719
SIMOTICS XP
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)

High network availability by coupling redundant MRP rings with MRP interconnection

14/52 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Function (continued)

SCALANCE XR524-8WG SCALANCE XR524-8WG

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s

SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG

Outside of the cabinet SCALANCE XR328-4C WG SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG

PoE PoE
SCALANCE 1 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s
XP216 PoE EEC
SCALANCE
SC646-2C
SCALANCE
XC208G PoE
SCALANCE
PoE XC206-2SFP G
1 Gbit/s
SCALANCE SIMATIC HD camera
WAM763-1 RTLS4030G with high resolution
PoE
1 Gbit/s

G_IK10_XX_50951
SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC
SCALANCE ET 200SP S7-1500 MV560 MV550
WAM766-1
Industrial Ethernet 10/100/1000/10000 Mbit/s (Twisted Pair)
Industrial Ethernet 10 Gbit/s (Fiber Optic)

Supply of data and power to PoE-enabled terminal devices via SCALANCE XC-200PoE (Power over Ethernet).

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/53

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Function (continued)

SCALANCE XC-400 SCALANCE XR-500

SCALANCE XR-300

SCALANCE
SCALANCE XC-300 XR-300 PoE WG

SCALANCE
XR-100 PoE WG
SCALANCE
SC-600

SCALANCE
XC-200 PoE
SCALANCE W

Cameras connected
via 1 Gbit/s PoE

G_IK10_XX_50950
SIMATIC SIMATIC Up to 8x camera over
ET 200SP S7-1500 1 Gbit/s PoE connected

Industrial Ethernet 10/100/1000/10000 Mbit/s (Twisted Pair)

Industrial Ethernet 10 Gbit/s (Fiber Optic)

Up to 10 Gbps bandwidth for demanding applications with SCALANCE XC-200PoE

Commissioning and diagnostics tion). Statistical information can also be read out via the web server
PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XC-200 switches can (e.g. port utilization).
be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC engineering tools and pro­ The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
cessed in the PLC with the enhanced diagnostic function. The engin­ • Power
eering outlay for the PLC and HMI has been drastically reduced due to
the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error • Port status
messages.
• Data traffic
SCALANCE XC-200 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be integrated
in a network management system such as SINEC NMS using the • Signaling contact
standardized Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). In the
event of faults in the device, error messages (SNMP traps) can be sent • Redundancy manager function (RM)
to a network management system such as SINEC NMS or as an email The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XC-200 line can
to a specified network administrator. also be monitored using the floating signaling contact.
The integrated web server enables configuration and diagnostics set­
tings to be made using a standard web browser (e.g. port configura­

14/54 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No. Article No.

SCALANCE XC-200 • SCALANCE XC224-4C G (E/IP Def.) 6GK5224-4GS00-2TC2
Industrial Ethernet switches With 20 RJ45 ports
Industrial Ethernet switches with 10/100/1000 Mbps
integrated SNMP access, web dia­ • SCALANCE XC206-2G PoE 6GK5206-2RS00-2AC2
gnostics, copper cable diagnostics and With 6 PoE RJ45 ports
PROFINET diagnostics for configuring 10/100/1000 Mbps and
line, star and ring topologies; 2 SFP ports (24 V DC)
with integrated redundancy manager;
incl. operating instructions, Industrial • SCALANCE XC206-2G PoE 6GK5206-2RS00-5AC2
Ethernet network manual and config­ With 6 PoE RJ45 ports
uration software on CD-ROM 10/100/1000 Mbps
and 2 SFP ports (54 V DC)
Switches with PROFINET
delivery state • SCALANCE XC208G PoE 6GK5208-0RA00-2AC2

• SCALANCE XC206-2 (ST/BFOC) 6GK5206-2BB00-2AC2 With 6 PoE RJ45 ports

With six RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps 10/100/1000 Mbps
and two ST/BFOC ports 100 Mbps and 2 RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps
(24 V)
• SCALANCE XC206-2 (SC) 6GK5206-2BD00-2AC2
• SCALANCE XC208G PoE (54 V) 6GK5208-0RA00-5AC2
With six RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps
and two SC ports 100 Mbps With 6 PoE RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps
• SCALANCE XC206-2SFP 6GK5206-2BS00-2AC2 and 2 RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps
With six RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps (54 V)
and two SFP slots 6GK5216-3RS00-2AC2
for SFPs with 100 or 1000 Mbps • SCALANCE XC216-3G PoE
With 14 PoE RJ45 ports
• SCALANCE XC206-2SFP G 6GK5206-2GS00-2AC2 10/100/1000 Mbps
With six RJ45 ports and 2 RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps
10/100/1000 Mbps 6GK5216-3RS00-5AC2
and two SFP slots • SCALANCE XC216-3G PoE (54 V)
for SFPs with 1000 Mbps With 14 PoE RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps
• SCALANCE XC208 6GK5208-0BA00-2AC2 and 2 RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps
With eight RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps (54 V)
• SCALANCE XC208G 6GK5208-0GA00-2AC2
With eight RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps
• SCALANCE XC216 6GK5216-0BA00-2AC2
With 16 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps
• SCALANCE XC224 6GK5224-0BA00-2AC2
With 24 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps
• SCALANCE XC206-2SFP G 6GK5206-2GS00-2TC2
With six RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps and two SFP
slots for SFPs with 1000 Mbps
• SCALANCE XC208G 6GK5208-0GA00-2TC2
With eight RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps
• SCALANCE XC216-4C 6GK5216-4BS00-2AC2
With 12 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps
• SCALANCE XC216-4C G 6GK5216-4GS00-2AC2
With 12 RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps
• SCALANCE XC216-4C G (E/IP Def.) 6GK5216-4GS00-2TC2
With 12 RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps
• SCALANCE XC224-4C G 6GK5224-4GS00-2AC2
With 20 RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/55

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Accessories Accessories (continued)

Article No. Article No.

S7-1500 PM 1507 power supply 6EP1333-4BA00 FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A
SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/8 A Multimode cable,
stabilized power supply sold by the meter;
for SIMATIC S7-1500 max. delivery unit 1000 m,
Input: 120/230 V AC minimum order quantity 20 m, also
Output: 24 V DC/8 A available preassembled with ST/BFOC,
SITOP PSU100E power supply 6EP3344-0SB00-0AY0 SC and LC connectors in various
lengths
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120 / 230 V AC Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP)
Output: 48 V DC/5 A SFPs with LC connection for use in
RUGGEDCOM RPS1300 PoE power 6GK6000-8HS01-0AA0 SCALANCE XC206-2G PoE;
supply glass fiber-optic SFPs in single-mode
and multimode, 1000 or 10000 Mbps
Stabilized power supply
• SFP993-1, 1x 10 Gbps, 6GK5993-1AT00-8AA0
for RUGGEDCOM Power over Ethernet
(PoE) multimode
Input: 120/230 V AC • SFP993-1LD, 1x 10 Gbps, 6GK5993-1AU00-8AA0
Output: 54 V DC/2.6 A single-mode
SCALANCE PSR9230 PoE power 6GK5923-0PS00-2RA3 6GK5993-1AV00-8AA0
• SFP993-1LH, 1x 10 Gbps,
supply single-mode
Stabilized power supply 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA1
for Power over Ethernet (PoE) • Preassembled IE cable
Input: 230 V AC with 2x SFPs, 1 m
Output: 54 V DC • Preassembled IE cable 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA2
C-PLUG with 2x SFPs, 2 m
Removable data storage medium for • Preassembled IE cable 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA7
simple replacement of devices in the with 2x SFPs, 3 m
event of a fault; for storing configura­
See accessories for SCALANCE XC-200
tion or engineering and application
for further 1 Gbps SFPs
data; can be used in SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2

• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1900-0AB10 Test access port for the reaction-free

extraction of Ethernet data frames
IE FC RJ45 plug 180 2 x 2 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 sion directions; extracts complete data
plug 180 2x2, RJ45 connector (10/100 traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
Mbps) with rugged metal enclosure ther diagnostics.
and FC connection technology, for IE
FC cable 2x2
180° cable outlet
1 pack = 1 unit
IE FC RJ45 plug 4 x 2 6GK1901-1BB12-2AA0
RJ45 plug-in data connector
(10/100/1000/10000 Mbps), for con­
nection to IE FC TP cables 4x2, with
rugged metal enclosure and FastCon­
nect connection technology
IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10
(type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation cable
for connection to IE FC RJ45 out­
let/IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINET-compat­
ible; with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available as preassembled cable with
RJ45 plugs in various lengths
IE FC TP standard cable GP 4 x 2 6XV1878-2A
TP installation cable Cat6 for connect­
ing to IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2, AWG 24,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available preassembled with RJ45
plugs in various lengths

14/56 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5216-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5224-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2T­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XC208 XC216 XC224 XC208G XC208G (E/IP def.)
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication
integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or ter­ 8; RJ45 16; RJ45 24; RJ45 8; RJ45 8; RJ45
minal equipment
number of 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• with securing collar 8 16 24
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports
• with securing collar 8 8
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1 1 1
• for power supply 1 1 1 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling
contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling
contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current
consumption, power loss
product component connection for Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
redundant voltage supply
type of voltage 1 of the supply DC DC DC DC DC
voltage
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 4.2 W 6.6 W 9W 4.3 W 4.3 W
• consumed current 1 at rated sup­ 0.175 A 0.275 A 0.375 A 0.26 A 0.26 A
ply voltage maximum
• supply voltage 1 rated value 9.6 ... 31.2 V 9.6 ... 31.2 V 9.6 ... 31.2 V 9.6 ... 31.2 V 9.6 ... 31.2 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.35 A 0.55 A 0.75 A 0.36 A 0.36 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
power supply
• product component 1 fusing at Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
power supply input
• fuse protection type 1 at input for 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V
supply voltage
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/57

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5216-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5224-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2T­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation dur­ 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
ing operation maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact compact compact compact
width 60 mm 120 mm 120 mm 60 mm 60 mm
height 147 mm 147 mm 147 mm 147 mm 147 mm
depth 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm
net weight 0.52 kg 0.8 kg 0.88 kg 0.52 kg 0.52 kg
material of the enclosure Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC- Polycarbonate (PC-
GF10) / pressure die GF10) / pressure die GF10) / pressure die GF10) / pressure die GF10) / pressure die
cast aluminum cast aluminum cast aluminum cast aluminum cast aluminum
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• wall mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• S7-1500 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
product features, product
functions, product components
general
cascading in the case of a redundant 50 50 50 50 50
ring at reconfiguration time of
<\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on any (depending only on any (depending only on any (depending only on any (depending only on
signal propagation signal propagation signal propagation signal propagation signal propagation
time) time) time) time) time)
product function
• QoS according to DSCP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
product feature
• Cut Through switching method No No No No No
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions management,
configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SMTP server No No No No No
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B B B

14/58 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5216-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5224-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2T­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
network load class according to 3 3
PROFINET
telegram length for Ethernet maxim­ 1 632 byte 1 632 byte 1 632 byte 10 240 byte 10 240 byte
um
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No No No No
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance func­
tion
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designa­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion/location designation
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No No No
number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maxim­ 257 257 257 257 257
um
number of VLANs at ring redund­ 257 257 257 257 257
ancy (HRP; MRP; standby link)
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redund­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ancy Protocol (MRP)
product function

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/59

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5216-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5224-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2T­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
with redundancy manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Inter­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
connection (MRP-I)
• of the PROFINET IO device is sup­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ported H-Sync forwarding
• of the PROFINET IO device is sup­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ported PROFINET system redund­
ancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(HRP) with redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(HRP) with standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(PRP)/operation in the PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No No No No No
(PRP)/Redundant Network Access
(RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• LACP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
system modification during
operation
product function configuration in Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
RUN via CiR/H-CiR
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 profile default Yes Yes
standards, specifications,
approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

14/60 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5216-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5224-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2T­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
• Regulatory Compliance Mark Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(RCM)
product conformity according to 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
EMC-guideline
standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, EN EN 61000-6-4, EN EN 61000-6-4, EN EN 61000-6-4, EN EN 61000-6-4, EN
50121-4 50121-4 50121-4 50121-4 50121-4
• for immunity to EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN EN 61000-6-2, EN EN 61000-6-2, EN EN 61000-6-2, EN EN 61000-6-2, EN
50121-4 50121-4 50121-4 50121-4 50121-4
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1 E115352 UL 60950-1 E115352 UL 60950-1 E115352 UL 60950-1 E115352, UL 60950-1 E115352,
UL-61010-2 E85972 UL-61010-2 E85972
standards, specifications,
approvals hazardous
environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
to GB standard
• FM registration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications,
approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
with EN 50121-4
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
systems according to IEC
62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications,
approvals marine classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
• French marine classification soci­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ety (BV)
• Chinese Classification Society Yes Yes
(CCS)
• DNV GL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Archi­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
tects (RINA)
standards, specifications,
approvals Environmental Product
Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 153.7 kg 441.1 kg 441.1 kg 153.7 kg 153.7 kg
• during manufacturing 28.4 kg 47.67 kg 47.67 kg 28.4 kg 28.4 kg
• during operation 125.2 kg 392.82 kg 392.82 kg 125.2 kg 125.2 kg
• after end of life 0.02 kg 0.57 kg 0.57 kg 0.02 kg 0.02 kg

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/61

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5216-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5224-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5208-0GA00-2T­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
product functions general
MTBF 48 a 48 a 41 a 54 a 54 a
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a
product function is supported identi­ Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC
fication link 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
cables and connectors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­
9766358 9766358 9766358 9766358 9766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
Selection Tool com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communica­ https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
tion com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­
portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­
db db db db db
• to website: CAx-Download-Man­ https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
ager com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com com com com com

Article number 6GK5206-2RS00-2AC2 6GK5206-2RS00-5AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-2AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-5AC2

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XC206-2G PoE XC208G PoE
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal 6; RJ45 6; RJ45 8; RJ45 8; RJ45
equipment
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• with securing collar 4 PoE ports according to 4 PoE ports according to 2; 4 PoE ports according to 2; 4 PoE ports according to
IEEE 802.3at (30 W), 2 PoE IEEE 802.3at (30 W), 2 PoE IEEE 802.3at (30 W), 2 PoE IEEE 802.3at (30 W), 2 PoE
ports according to IEEE ports according to IEEE ports according to IEEE ports according to IEEE
802.3bt (60 W) 802.3bt (60 W) 802.3bt (60 W) 802.3bt (60 W)
• with securing collar with PoE 6 6 6 6
number of electrical connections
• for SFP 2 2
interfaces for communication plug-in
number of electrical connections
• for SFP+ 2; SFPs with 1000 Mbps or 2; SFPs with 1000 Mbps or
10,000 Mbps possible; 100 10,000 Mbps possible; 100
Mbps with SFP991-1(LD) A Mbps with SFP991-1(LD) A
possible possible
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1 1

14/62 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5206-2RS00-2AC2 6GK5206-2RS00-5AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-2AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-5AC2

• for signaling contact 1 1 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 54 V 24 V 54 V
operational current of the signaling con­
tacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption,
power loss
product component connection for redund­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
ant voltage supply
supplied active power of PSE with PoE
• total maximum 144 W 260 W 144 W 260 W
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 54 V 24 V 54 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 18 W 10 W
• consumed current 1 at rated supply 6A 5A
voltage maximum
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 31.2 V 52 ... 57 V 19.2 ... 31.2 V 52 ... 57 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 6A 5A 7.5 A 5A
• product component 1 fusing at power Yes Yes
supply input
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply 15 A / 125 V 15 A / 125 V 15 A / 125 V 15 A / 125 V
voltage
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• note installation position and installation position and installation position and installation position and
SFPs used during the opera­ SFPs used during the opera­ SFPs used during the opera­ SFPs used during the opera­
tion have to be considered tion have to be considered tion have to be considered tion have to be considered
(see manual) (see manual) (see manual) (see manual)
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
operation maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact compact compact
width 100 mm 60 mm 100 mm 60 mm
height 147 mm 147 mm 147 mm 147 mm
depth 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm
net weight 0.955 kg 0.54 kg 0.955 kg 0.54 kg
product feature conformal coating No No No No
material of the enclosure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) /
pressure die cast aluminum pressure die cast aluminum pressure die cast aluminum pressure die cast aluminum
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes
• wall mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes
• S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/63

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5206-2RS00-2AC2 6GK5206-2RS00-5AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-2AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-5AC2

• S7-1500 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes
product features, product functions,
product components general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at 50 50 50 50
reconfiguration time of <\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­
nal propagation time) nal propagation time) nal propagation time) nal propagation time)
product function
• QoS according to DSCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
product feature
• Cut Through switching method No No No No
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions management,
configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SMTP server No No No No
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B B
network load class according to PROFINET 3 3 3 3
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 10 240 byte 10 240 byte 10 240 byte 10 240 byte
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No No No
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location Yes Yes Yes Yes
designation
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes

14/64 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5206-2RS00-2AC2 6GK5206-2RS00-5AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-2AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-5AC2

• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No No
number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257 257 257 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; 257 257 257 257
MRP; standby link)
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
Protocol (MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with Yes Yes Yes Yes
redundancy manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnec­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion (MRP-I)
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported H- Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sync forwarding
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET system redundancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
with redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
with standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/opera­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion in the PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No No No No
(PRP)/Redundant Network Access (RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• LACP Yes Yes Yes Yes
system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via Yes Yes Yes Yes
CiR/H-CiR
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/65

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5206-2RS00-2AC2 6GK5206-2RS00-5AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-2AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-5AC2

• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 profile default Yes Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes Yes
product conformity according to EMC- 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
guideline
standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-15 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-15
• for immunity to EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4
standards, specifications, approvals
hazardous environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB Yes Yes Yes Yes
standard
• FM registration Yes Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN Yes Yes Yes Yes
50121-4
IT security for industrial automation sys­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tems according to IEC 62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals
marine classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. Yes Yes
(ABS)
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes Yes
• Chinese Classification Society (CCS) Yes Yes
• DNV GL Yes Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes

14/66 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5206-2RS00-2AC2 6GK5206-2RS00-5AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-2AC2 6GK5208-0RA00-5AC2

• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects Yes Yes
(RINA)
standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 942.3 kg 491.2 kg 942.3 kg 491.2 kg
• during manufacturing 63.42 kg 52.28 kg 63.42 kg 52.28 kg
• during operation 878.11 kg 438.3 kg 878.11 kg 438.3 kg
• after end of life 0.76 kg 0.62 kg 0.76 kg 0.62 kg
product functions general
MTBF 42 a 37 a 42 a 37 a
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a 5a
product function is supported identification Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC
link 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
connectors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­
358 358 358 358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
Tool com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­
portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

Article number 6GK5216-3RS00-2AC2 6GK5216-3RS00-5AC2

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 16; RJ45 16; RJ45
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• with securing collar 16; 12 PoE ports according to IEEE 802.3at 16; 12 PoE ports according to IEEE 802.3at
(30 W), 2 PoE ports according to IEEE 802.3bt (30 W), 2 PoE ports according to IEEE 802.3bt
(60 W) (60 W)
• with securing collar with PoE 14 14
number of electrical connections
• for SFP 3 3
interfaces for communication plug-in
number of electrical connections
• for SFP 1 1

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/67

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5216-3RS00-2AC2 6GK5216-3RS00-5AC2

• for SFP+ 2; SFPs with 1000 Mbit/s or 10,000 Mbit/s 2; SFPs with 1000 Mbit/s or 10,000 Mbit/s
possible; 100 Mbit/s with SFP991-1(LD) A possible; 100 Mbit/s with SFP991-1(LD) A
possible possible
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 54 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant voltage supply Yes Yes
supplied active power of PSE with PoE
• total maximum 150 W 338 W
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 54 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 28 W 28 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 31.2 V 52 ... 57 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 7.8 A 6.5 A
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage 15 A / 125 V 15 A / 125 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• note installation position and SFPs used during the installation position and SFPs used during the
operation have to be considered (see manu­ operation have to be considered (see manu­
al) al)
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation maximum 95 % 95 %
protection class IP IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact
width 180 mm 140 mm
height 147 mm 147 mm
depth 125 mm 125 mm
net weight 1.56 kg 1.14 kg
product feature conformal coating No No
material of the enclosure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / pressure die cast Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / pressure die cast
aluminum aluminum
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes
• wall mounting No No
• S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes
• S7-1500 rail mounting Yes Yes

14/68 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5216-3RS00-2AC2 6GK5216-3RS00-5AC2

product features, product functions, product components
general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at reconfiguration time of 50 50
<\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal propagation any (depending only on signal propagation
time) time)
product function
• QoS according to DSCP Yes Yes
product feature
• Cut Through switching method No No
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes
product functions management, configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes
• SMTP server No No
• port mirroring Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B
network load class according to PROFINET 3 3
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 10 240 byte 10 240 byte
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No
• GMRP Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designation Yes Yes
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/69

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5216-3RS00-2AC2 6GK5216-3RS00-5AC2

• SysLog Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No
number of VLANs maximum 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; MRP; standby link) 257 257
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes Yes
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy manager Yes Yes
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnection (MRP-I) Yes Yes
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported H-Sync forwarding Yes Yes
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported PROFINET system redund­ Yes Yes
ancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with redundancy manager Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with standby redundancy Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/operation in the PRP-network Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/Redundant Network Access No No
(RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• LACP Yes Yes
system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via CiR/H-CiR Yes Yes
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes

14/70 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5216-3RS00-2AC2 6GK5216-3RS00-5AC2

• NTP-client Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 profile default Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes
product conformity according to EMC-guideline 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-15 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-15
• for immunity to EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes Yes
• FM registration Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN 50121-4 Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation systems according to IEC Yes Yes
62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals marine classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes
• Chinese Classification Society (CCS) Yes
• DNV GL Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects (RINA) Yes
standards, specifications, approvals Environmental Product
Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 942.3 kg 491.2 kg
• during manufacturing 63.42 kg 52.28 kg
• during operation 878.11 kg 438.3 kg
• after end of life 0.76 kg 0.62 kg
product functions general
MTBF 24.6 a 23 a
reference code

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/71

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5216-3RS00-2AC2 6GK5216-3RS00-5AC2

• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connectors https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://support.industry.siemens.com https://support.industry.siemens.com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

14/72 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Overview Overview (continued)

- SCALANCE XC216-4C G (EEC)
With 12x RJ45 ports 10/100/1 000 Mbps and 4x Gigabit combo
ports (either 10/100/1 000 Mbps RJ45 port or SFP plug-in trans­
ceiver 1 000 Mbps can be used)
- SCALANCE XC224-4C G (EEC)
With 20x RJ45 ports 10/100/1 000 Mbps and 4x Gigabit combo
ports (either 10/100/1 000 Mbps RJ45 port or SFP plug-in trans­
ceiver 1 000 Mbps can be used)

Benefits

• Operational reliability in industrial environments, e.g. due to

The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE rugged enclosure, redundancy, temperature range from -40 °C to
XC-200EEC product line are optimized for setting up Industrial Ether­ +70 °C
net networks in process automation with data transfer rates of
10/100/1000 Mbps in line, star or ring topologies. Rugged enclosure • Increased plant availability thanks to:
in SIMATIC S7-1500 format, for mounting on standard DIN mount­ - Redundant power supply
ing rails and SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC S7-1500 mounting rails,
or for direct wall mounting. - Redundant network structures based on fast media redundancy
• The XC-200EEC versions are optimized for use in process automa­ HRP and MRP
tion and feature the following properties: - Standby redundancy between HRP rings
- Conformal coating PCBs - Prevention of loops by standard STP, RSTP and MSTP mechan­
- Max. installation altitude 4 000 m isms, and loop detection
- Extended temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C - SFP plug-in transceivers can be replaced or expanded during
operation
- NAMUR NE 21-compliant
- Easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG removable
- Firmware support for S2 device and CiR/H-CiR data storage medium
- Release and integration capability for SIMATIC PCS 7 - Link aggregation (IEEE 802.3ad) for parallel use of ports to
increase transmission rate failure safety
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or networks according
to port characteristics of the devices • Integration of switches in systems with S2 single system redund­
• Versions with transmission rates up to 1 000 Mbps, electrical or ancy and Configuration in Run (CiR/H-CiR)
optical • Since Configuration in Run (CiR/H-CiR) is supported, PROFINET-
Product versions defined configuration changes to the switch are performed during
operation
• Switches with electrical ports:
• Configuration as a service bridge permits dedicated temporary
- SCALANCE XC208 (EEC) access from the plant bus to the fieldbus for advanced commis­
With 8x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps for mounting in the control cab­ sioning and diagnostic purposes
inet
• Easy monitoring and diagnostics due to separate diagnostics sta­
- SCALANCE XC208G (EEC) tion with integrated LEDs, signaling contact, web browser, traps
With 8x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps for mounting in the con­ and e-mail transmission
trol cabinet • Easy integration in the process and system diagnostics with
- SCALANCE XC216 (EEC) PROFINET via SIMATIC PCS 7
With 16x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps for mounting in the control • Integration of Industrial Ethernet switches into existing network
cabinet management systems (e.g. SINEMA Server or SINEC NMS) by
means of SNMP access
• Switches with electrical and optical ports
• Reliable plug-in connection thanks to rugged, industry-standard
- SCALANCE XC206-2SFP (EEC) device connection in conjunction with industry-standard FastCon­
With 6x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps and 2x SFP plug-in transceivers nect connectors
with 100 or 1 000 Mbps
- SCALANCE XC206-2SFP G (EEC)
With 6x RJ45 ports 10/100/1 000 Mbps and 2x SFP plug-in trans­
ceivers 1 000 Mbps

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/73

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Application Design

SCALANCE XC-200EEC Industrial Ethernet switches enable cost- SCALANCE XC-200EEC Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged
effective configuration of Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring topolo­ enclosure are optimized for mounting on DIN rails and SIMATIC
gies with switching functionality for networks in which high availab­ S7-1500 DIN rails. Direct wall mounting in various positions and
ility or remote diagnostic capabilities are required. The devices with mounting on a SIMATIC S7-300 DIN rail are also possible. Thanks to
degree of protection IP20 are designed for operation in the control the SIMATIC S7-1500 enclosure dimensions, the devices are ideally
cabinet. suited for integration into an automation solution with SIMATIC
Features: S7-1500 components.
• Integrated industrial network for data, voice, video, and Industrial The switches with IP20 degree of protection feature:
Ethernet • A 4-pin terminal block (push-in) for connecting the redundant sup­
ply voltage (2 x 24 V DC)
• Integrated system diagnostics with PROFINET, SINEC NMS, Syslog,
and SNMP • LEDs for signaling on-site status information:
• Integrated security functions offer protection against unauthorized - Port status
network access and configuration, see technical specifications - Port mode (10/100/1000 Mbps, full/half-duplex)
• Coated printed circuit boards (conformal coating) - Status of the two power supplies
• Installation altitudes up to 4 000 m possible
- Signaling contact status
• Extended temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C - Signal mask (setpoint status)
• NAMUR NE 21-compliant
- Redundancy manager mode (RM mode)
• Firmware support of: S2 device and CiR/H-CiR
- Standby mode
• The devices are released for SIMATIC PCS 7 and SIMATIC PCS neo
and are integration capable • A 2-pin terminal block (push-in) for connecting the floating signal­
ing contact
• With SCALANCE XC206-2G PoE EEC, simple data and power supply
via the Ethernet cable to the connected end devices is also pos­ • A SELECT/SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling con­
sible. In addition, high-performance networks can be implemented tact
over long distances with 2x 10 Gbps SFP ports SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches are available with the following port
types:
• 10/100/1000BASETX, RJ45 connection;
Automatic detection of data transmission rate (10 or 100 Mbps),
with autosensing and autocrossover function for connecting IE FC
cables via IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to 100 m.
• SFP slots for 100BASE-X, 1000BASE-X, 10GBASE-X
LC connections with different ranges can be implemented via SFP
modules (multimode/single-mode up to 200 km)
• With SCALANCE XC206-2G PoE EEC, the SFP interfaces of the
combo ports support both 1000 Mbps SFPs and 10000 Mbps SFP+

14/74 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Function
• Setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring • SCALANCE XC-200EEC can be diagnosed in SIMATIC PCS 7 and
topologies SIMATIC PCS neo and faults in the switches are detected by both
- Use in ring topologies together with SCALANCE X-200, SCALANCE PLCs in a redundant H system. The CiR/H-CiR functionality enables
changes during operation, even when configuring the SCALANCE
X-300, SCALANCE XM-400 and XR-500
XC-200.
• Fast redundancy in the ring with: • Easy connection of PoE terminal devices such as IP cameras or
- High Speed Redundancy Protocol (HRP), max. 0.3 second reconfig­ access points via PoE function and realization of high-perform­
uration time with 50 switches in the ring ance networks over long distances (SCALANCE XC206-2G PoE EEC
only)
- PROFINET MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol), max. 0.2 second
reconfiguration time of the ring with 50 switches in the ring Network topology and network configuration
The SCALANCE XC-200EEC Industrial Ethernet switches with IP20
- Redundant coupling of MRP rings through MRP interconnection
degree of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet
function
together with the stations to be connected. Electrical and optical
- Redundant connection of MRP rings in RSTP networks through versions can be installed together in star, line and ring topologies.
RSTP+ function The following network structures and combinations of structures
can be implemented:
• The functioning of the ring is continuously monitored by the integ­
rated redundancy manager. It recognizes transmission link failures • Fast Ethernet and Gigabit rings with fast media redundancy
in the ring or failure of a SCALANCE XC-200EEC and activates the • Improved reconfiguration times for redundant connection of MRP
substitute link within 0.3 seconds or 0.2 seconds with MRP
rings in RSTP networks through RSTP+ function
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossover • Star topology with XC-200EEC switches
function integrated in the ports
Each SCALANCE XC-200EEC switch represents a neutral point
• Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and web browser which can interconnect as many as 8/16/24 nodes or subnet­
• Easy copper cable diagnostics via web browser for localizing cable works.
breaks When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
must be observed:
• Fiber monitoring: Easy fiber-optic cable port diagnostics by means of
web browser and SNMP for early detection of changes on the fiber- • Maximum cable length for twisted pair:
optic cable line or at the fiber-optic cable ports - Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC cable and Industrial Eth­
• Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET controller with expan­ ernet FC plugs
ded diagnostics functions for a consistent diagnostics concept, - Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
including network infrastructure
• Length of the optical cables:
• Diagnostics of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror port
with a standard commercial network analyzer - Maximum cable length between two modules for multimode
fiber-optic cables:
• Optimized support of PROFINET real-time communication (RT)
through prioritizing – 5000 m at 100 Mbps
– 750 m at 1 Gbps
• Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional
C-PLUG removable data storage medium (not included in scope of - Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
supply) FOCs:
• Redundant interfacing to company networks - 200 km at 100 Mbps
The XC-200EEC switches support the standardized redundancy pro­ - 120 km at 1 Gbps
cedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and Rapid Spanning Tree Pro­ • IP address:
tocol (RSTP). This enables a subnetwork to be connected redund­
antly to a higher level corporate network with reduced requirements The IP address can be assigned by means of the DHCP (Dynamic
for the reconfiguration time (in the order of seconds) Host Configuration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server
in the network, the IP address can be assigned using the supplied
• Support of virtual LANs (VLANs) software tool SINEC PNI (Primary Network Initialization) or STEP 7
For structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing / TIA Portal. Assignment via the local console port is also possible
number of nodes, a physically existing network can be divided into • Service bridge:
several logical networks
For extended commissioning and diagnostics purposes, the SCAL­
• Load limiting with use of multicast protocols (e.g. querier, video) ANCE XC-200EEC can be configured as a service bridge. The spe­
By learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP snooping), cial configuration permits dedicated temporary access from the
XC-200EEC switches can also filter multicast data traffic, thus limit­ plant bus to the fieldbus, while simultaneously ensuring the logic­
ing the load in the network. Multicast and broadcast traffic can be al separation between the fieldbuses.
limited.
• Firmware support as S2 device and CiR/H-CiR

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/75

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Function (continued)

OS/Batch/Route Control/Maintenance Engineering Stations COMOS Station

Industrial Ethernet

SIMATIC
S7-410-5H

SCALANCE SCALANCE
XF204-2BA XC-200EEC
PROFINET / Industrial Ethernet
(Redundant automation system)

SCALANCE XF204-2BA SCALANCE XC-200EEC

PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
ET 200SP HA
SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA (Y-Switch)

HART
(4...20 mA)

SCALANCE SIMATIC
XP-200EEC ET 200M

Integrated drives
SIMOCODE HART
SINAMICS SIMATIC CFU PA (4...20 mA)
G_IK10_XX_10427

Connection of Industrial Ethernet and PROFINET devices to plant and terminal buses in the process industry using SCALANCE network components

Commissioning and diagnostics tion). Statistical information can also be read out via the web server
The integration of the SCALANCE XC-200EEC in SIMATIC PCS 7 facilit­ (e.g. port utilization).
ates commissioning and configuring of the components. The topology The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
can be created and the switches configured via the hardware catalog • Power
in SIMATIC PCS 7. The devices in SIMATIC PCS 7 can be monitored via
PROFINET diagnostics. • Port status
SCALANCE XC-200EEC Industrial Ethernet switches can also be integ­ • Data traffic
rated in a network management system such as SINEC NMS using the
standardized Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). In the • Signaling contact
event of faults in the device, error messages (SNMP traps) can be sent
to a network management system (e.g.: SINEC NMS) or as an email to • Redundancy manager function (RM)
a specified network administrator. SCALANCE XC-200EEC line Industrial Ethernet switches can also be
The integrated web server enables configuration and diagnostics set­ monitored using the floating signaling contact.
tings to be made using a standard web browser (e.g. port configura­

14/76 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE IE FC TP standard cable GP 4X2 6XV1878-2A

XC-200EEC switches TP installation cable Cat6 for connect­
Industrial Ethernet switches with ing to IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2, AWG 24
integrated SNMP access, online dia­ Sold by the meter
gnostics, copper cable diagnostics and Delivery unit max. 1000 m, minimum
PROFINET diagnostics for configuring order quantity 20 m, also available
line, star and ring topologies; with preassembled with RJ45 connectors in
integrated redundancy manager; incl. various lengths
operating instructions, Industrial Eth­ FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A
ernet network manual and configura­
tion software on CD-ROM Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
• SCALANCE XC206-2SFP (EEC) 6GK5206-2BS00-2FC2
max. delivery unit 1 000 m, minimum
With six RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps order quantity 20 m, also available
and two SFP slots for SFPs with 100 pre-assembled with ST/BFOC, SC and
or 1000 Mbps; with coated PCBs LC plugs in various lengths
• SCALANCE XC206-2SFP G (EEC) 6GK5206-2GS00-2FC2 SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
With six RJ45 ports 10/100/1 000
Mbps and two SFP slots for SFPs Test access port for the reaction-free
with 1000 Mbps; with coated PCBs extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
• SCALANCE XC208 (EEC) 6GK5208-0BA00-2FC2 sion directions; extracts complete data
With eight RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps; traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
with coated PCBs ther diagnostics.
• SCALANCE XC208G (EEC) 6GK5208-0GA00-2FC2
Notes:
With eight RJ45 ports 10/100/1000
Mbps; with coated PCBs
• SCALANCE XC216 (EEC) 6GK5216-0BA00-2FC2
• You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
With 16x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps; "Cabling systems for communication networks in industry" order­
with coated PCBs ing overview
• SCALANCE XC216-4C G (EEC) 6GK5216-4GS00-2FC2 • You can order supplementary components for the SIMATIC NET
With 12x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 cabling range from your local contact. Technical support on this
Mbps; with coated PCBs subject is available from:
• SCALANCE XC224-4C G (EEC) 6GK5224-4GS00-2FC2
J. Hertlein
With six RJ45 ports 10/100/1000
Mbps; with coated PCBs PD PA CI PRM 4
Accessories Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
S7-1500 PM 1507 power supply 6EP1333-4BA00 Email: [email protected]
SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/8 A
Regulated power supply for SIMATIC
S7-1500
Input: 120/230 V AC
Output 24 V DC/8 A
C-PLUG (conformal coating)
C-PLUG removable data storage medi­
um for simple replacement of devices
in the event of a fault; for storing con­
figuration or application data; can be
used for SIMATIC NET products with C-
PLUG slot, conformal coating
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1900-0AQ00

SFP plug-in transceiver

See "Plug-in transceivers for SCAL­
ANCE"
IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10
(type A)
4-wire, shielded TP installation cable
for connection to IE FC RJ45 out­
let/IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINET-compli­
ant; with UL approval;
Sold by the meter;
Max. length 1 000 m, minimum order
quantity 20 m, also available as pre-
assembled cable with RJ45 connectors
in various lengths

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/77

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Accessories Accessories (continued)

Article No. Article No.

S7-1500 PM 1507 power supply 6EP1333-4BA00 IE FC TP standard cable GP 4 x 2 6XV1878-2A
SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/8 A TP installation cable Cat6 for connect­
stabilized power supply ing to IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2, AWG 24,
for SIMATIC S7-1500 sold by the meter;
Input: 120/230 V AC max. delivery unit 1000 m,
Output: 24 V DC/8 A minimum order quantity 20 m, also
SCALANCE PS9230 POE 6GK5923-0PS00-3AA2 available preassembled with RJ45
power supply plugs in various lengths
FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A
Stabilized power supply for Power
over Ethernet (PoE) Multimode cable,
Input: 120/230 V AC sold by the meter;
Output: 54 V DC/1.6 A max. delivery unit 1000 m,
SCALANCE PS924 POE 6GK5924-0PS00-1AA2 minimum order quantity 20 m, also
power supply available preassembled with ST/BFOC,
SC and LC connectors in various
Stabilized power supply for Power lengths
over Ethernet (PoE)
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
Input: 24 V DC
Output: 54 V DC/1.6 A Test access port for the reaction-free
C-PLUG (conformal coating) extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
C-PLUG removable data storage medi­ sion directions; extracts complete data
um for simple replacement of devices traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
in the event of a fault; for storing con­ ther diagnostics.
figuration or engineering and applica­
tion data; can be used in SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot, conformal
coating
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1900-0AQ00

Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP)

SFPs with LC connection
for use in SCAL­
ANCE XC206-2G PoE EEC;
glass fiber-optic SFPs
in single-mode and multimode,
1000 or 10000 Mbps
• SFP993-1, 1x 10 Gbps, 6GK5993-1AT00-8AA0
multimode
• SFP993-1LD, 1x 10 Gbps, 6GK5993-1AU00-8AA0
single-mode
• SFP993-1LH, 1x 10 Gbps, 6GK5993-1AV00-8AA0
single-mode
• Preassembled IE cable 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA1
with 2x SFPs, 1 m
• Preassembled IE cable 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA2
with 2x SFPs, 2 m
• Preassembled IE cable 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA7
with 2x SFPs, 3 m
See accessories for SCALANCE XC-200
for further 1 Gbps SFPs
IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10
(type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation cable
for connection to IE FC RJ45 out­
let/IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINET-compat­
ible; with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available as preassembled cable with
RJ45 plugs in various lengths

14/78 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5206-2BS00-2FC2 6GK5206-2GS00-2FC2

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XC206-2SFP EEC XC206-2SFP G EEC
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 6; RJ45 6; RJ45
number of 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• with securing collar 6
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• with securing collar 6
interfaces for communication plug-in
number of electrical connections
• for SFP 2 2
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1
• for power supply 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant voltage supply Yes Yes
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 6W 6W
• consumed current 1 at rated supply voltage maximum 0.25 A 0.25 A
• supply voltage 1 rated value 9.6 ... 31.2 V 9.6 ... 31.2 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.5 A 0.5 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation maximum 95 % 95 %
protection class IP IP20 IP20

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/79

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5206-2BS00-2FC2 6GK5206-2GS00-2FC2

design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact
width 60 mm 60 mm
height 147 mm 147 mm
depth 125 mm 125 mm
net weight 0.52 kg 0.52 kg
product feature conformal coating Yes
material of the enclosure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / pressure die cast Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / pressure die cast
aluminum aluminum
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes
• wall mounting Yes Yes
• S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes
• S7-1500 rail mounting Yes Yes
product features, product functions, product components
general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at reconfiguration time of 50 50
<\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal propagation any (depending only on signal propagation
time) time)
product function
• QoS according to DSCP Yes Yes
product feature
• Cut Through switching method No No
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes
product functions management, configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes
• SMTP server No No
• port mirroring Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B
network load class according to PROFINET 3
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 1 632 byte 10 240 byte
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No
• GMRP Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes

14/80 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5206-2BS00-2FC2 6GK5206-2GS00-2FC2

• SNMP v1 Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designation Yes Yes
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No
number of VLANs maximum 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; MRP; standby link) 257 257
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes Yes
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy manager Yes Yes
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnection (MRP-I) Yes Yes
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported H-Sync forwarding Yes Yes
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported PROFINET system redund­ Yes Yes
ancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with redundancy manager Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with standby redundancy Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/operation in the PRP-network Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/Redundant Network Access No No
(RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• LACP Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/81

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5206-2BS00-2FC2 6GK5206-2GS00-2FC2

system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via CiR/H-CiR Yes Yes
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes
product conformity according to EMC-guideline 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-4
• for immunity to EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1 E115352, UL-61010-2 E85972 UL 60950-1 E115352, UL-61010-2 E85972
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes Yes
• FM registration Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN 50121-4 Yes Yes
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation systems according to IEC Yes Yes
62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals marine classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes
• Chinese Classification Society (CCS) Yes
• DNV GL Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes

14/82 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-200EEC switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5206-2BS00-2FC2 6GK5206-2GS00-2FC2

• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects (RINA) Yes
standards, specifications, approvals Environmental Product
Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 153.7 kg 153.7 kg
• during manufacturing 28.4 kg 28.4 kg
• during operation 125.2 kg 125.2 kg
• after end of life 0.02 kg 0.02 kg
product functions general
MTBF 47 a 55 a
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a
product function is supported identification link Yes; according to IEC 61406-1:2022 Yes; according to IEC 61406-1:2022
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connectors https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://support.industry.siemens.com https://support.industry.siemens.com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/83

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XP-200 switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Overview Overview (continued)

• H-Sync for implementation of system redundancy together with a
SIMATIC S7-1500R
• The XP-200EEC versions are also optimized for use in process auto­
mation and feature the following properties:
- Conformal coating PCBs
- Max. installation altitude 4000 m
- Extended temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C
- NAMUR NE 21-compliant
- Firmware support for S2 device and CiR/H-CiR
- Release and integration capability for SIMATIC PCS 7
Product variants
The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XP-200 For use in PROFINET and EtherNet/IP automation systems, device
product line with 8 or 16 Ethernet ports are optimally suited for set­ variants are offered that have a corresponding default setting for the
ting up cabinet-free automation concepts of Industrial Ethernet net­ respective automation system. However, the use of a device with a
works with transmission rates of 10/100/1000 Mbps in a line, star PROFINET or EtherNet/IP default setting is possible in the other net­
and ring topology. work at any time by changing the configuration.
• Integral redundancy manager for configuration of high availability • Full Gigabit M12 switches:
networks in ring topologies - SCALANCE XP208G
• Electric device or network connection With eight electrical ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X-coded) for
mounting outside the control cabinet (IP65)
• Rugged metal enclosure with mounting options on SIMATIC ET
200pro rack, ITEM rail mounting or direct wall mounting - SCALANCE XP208G EEC
• Rugged device connections with industrial-strength M12 plug con­ With eight electrical ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X-coded) for
nectors, M12 D-coded for FastEthernet (10/100 Mbps interfaces), mounting outside the control cabinet (IP65). Equipped with
M12 X-coded for Gigabit (1000 Mbps interfaces), PROFINET and coated PCBs (conformal coating) for use with increased environ­
EtherNet/IP-compliant M12 connection technology (M12 D-coded, mental requirements, e.g. rail applications (EN 50155/45545)
M12 X-coded)
• Redundant power supply (M12 A-coded or M128 L-coded) • Fast Ethernet switches (2nd generation)
• Console port (M12, D-coded) - Extended PoE power (max. 240 W on all ports), power supply: L-
coded, uplink ports
• Diagnostics on the device by means of prominent LED display with
integrated SELECT/SET button (power, link status, data traffic, dis­ - SCALANCE XP208 2nd gen.
play mode) With six electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) and two
• Integration into the SINEC NMS network management system for electrical ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X-coded) for mounting
integrated network diagnostics with central firmware manage­ outside the control cabinet (IP65)
ment - SCALANCE XP208EEC 2nd gen.
• Fault signaling contact with easy adjustment using SELECT/SET With six electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) and two
button. Configuration storage using the C-PLUG removable data electrical ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X-coded) for mounting
storage medium outside the control cabinet (IP65). Equipped with coated PCBs
(conformal coating) for use with increased environmental
• Grounding screw for external ground connection requirements, e.g. rail applications (EN 50155/45545)
• Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) port-based, protocol-based and
IP-based
• Fast Ethernet switches (1st generation)
• IGMP snooping and query (use in EtherNet/IP networks)
- Limited PoE power (max. 120 W on four ports, power supply: A-
• Access Control List (ACL) MAC-based and IP-based coded, Gigabit uplink ports only with 16 port variants
• Link aggregation
• Standby observer for HRP • Switches with PROFINET delivery state
• IEEE 802.1X (e.g. RADIUS) - SCALANCE XP208
With eight electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) for
• Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol/Multi Spanning Tree Protocol mounting outside the control cabinet (IP65)
(RSTP/MSTP)
- SCALANCE XP208EEC
• Remote Network Monitoring (RMON)
With eight electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) for
• Configuration in the TIA Portal as well as in web-based manage­ mounting outside the control cabinet (IP65). Equipped with
ment (WBM) coated PCBs (conformal coating) for use with increased environ­
mental requirements, e.g. rail applications (EN 50155/45545)

14/84 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Overview (continued) Benefits

- SCALANCE XP208PoE EEC
with four electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) and four
electrical PoE ports (10/100 Mbps M12 D-coded) according to
IEEE 802.3at type 2 for mounting outside the control cabinet
(IP65). Equipped with coated PCBs (conformal coating) for use • Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring
where increased environmental requirements prevail, e.g. rail
topologies
applications (EN 50155/45545). Suitable IP65 power supply
(PSP9230PoE) optionally available. • Industrial-grade plug-in connection (10/100 Mbps M12, D-coded
and 10/100/1000 Mbps, X-coded)
- SCALANCE XP216
With twelve electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) and 4 • High network availability through configuration of redundant ring
electrical ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X-coded) for mounting topologies (redundancy manager integrated)
outside the control cabinet (IP65) • Integration of SCALANCE XP-200 Industrial Ethernet switches in
- SCALANCE XP216EEC existing network management systems (e.g. SINEC NMS) through
SNMP access
With twelve electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) and 4
electrical ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X-coded) for mounting • Easy integration in the process diagnostics and system diagnostics
outside the control cabinet (IP65). Equipped with coated PCBs with PROFINET and EtherNet/IP
(conformal coating) for use where increased environmental
requirements prevail, e.g. rail applications (EN 50155/45545) • Integrated configuration and diagnostics in STEP 7 / TIA Portal
bring significant advantages during the engineering, commission­
- SCALANCE XP216PoE EEC ing, and operating phases of a plant
With six electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded), six electric­ • C-PLUG enables fast device replacement in the event of an error
al PoE ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) according to IEEE
802.3at Type 2, two electrical ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X- • H-Sync for implementation of system redundancy together with a
coded) and two electrical PoE ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X- SIMATIC S7-1500R
coded) according to IEEE 802.3at Type 2. The switch can also be
operated with only two PoE ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) • Integration of switches in systems with simple S2 system redund­
according to IEEE 802.3at type 2 and two PoE ports ancy and Configuration in Run (CiR/HCiR)
(10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X-coded) according to IEEE 802.3at • Since Configuration in Run (CiR/H-CiR) is supported, PROFINET-
type 2. The switch is designed for mounting outside the control defined configuration changes to the switch are performed during
cabinet (IP65), and is equipped with coated PCBs (conformal operation
coating) for use where increased environmental requirements
prevail, e.g. rail applications (EN 50155/45545). Suitable IP65 • Easy integration in the process and system diagnostics with
power supply (PSP9230PoE) optionally available. PROFINET via SIMATIC PCS 7
• Suitable PoE power supply (PSP9230PoE) with direct mounting
• Switches with EtherNet/IP delivery state option of SCALANCE XP-200 switches available

- SCALANCE XP208
With eight electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) for
mounting outside the control cabinet (IP65)
- SCALANCE XP216
With twelve electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) and 4
electrical ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X-coded) for mounting
outside the control cabinet (IP65)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/85

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Application Design

The SCALANCE XP-200 Industrial Ethernet switches enable cost- The SCALANCE XP-200 Industrial Ethernet switches with rugged
effective configuration of Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring topolo­ metal enclosure are optimized for use outside the control cabinet.
gies with switching functionality for networks in which high availab­ Mounting options on ET 200pro rack, ITEM rail mounting or direct
ility or remote diagnostic capabilities are required. wall mounting in variety of mounting positions.
Features: The switches with IP65 degree of protection feature:
• Industry-compatible thanks to rugged metal housing (e.g. for use • Two 4-pin M12 connections (L-coded) or two 4-pin M12 connec­
in rail applications with increased mechanical loads) tions (A-coded) for connection of redundant supply voltage (2 x
24 V DC)
• Use outside the control cabinet also possible (IP65 degree of pro­
tection) • An LED display for display of status information using SELECT/SET
button (power, link status, data traffic, power supply, signaling
• Various mounting options (SIMATIC ET 200pro rack, ITEM rail contact)
mounting, wall mounting)
• One 2-pole M12 interface (B-coded) for connecting the floating
• Versatile diagnostic and management capabilities: e.g. signaling signaling contact
contact, remote access via SNMP, web-based management and
integrated diagnostics with PROFINET and EtherNet/IP • One 2-pole M12 interface (D-coded) as console access
• Integration into the SINEC NMS network management system for The SCALANCE XP-200 switches are available with the following port
end-to-end network diagnostics with central firmware manage­ types:
ment • 10/100 Mbps, M12 connection (D-coded);
• Use in rail applications thanks to EN 50155 and EN 45545 approval automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100 Mbps), with auto­
and conformal coating PCBs sensing and autocrossover function for connection of IE FC cables
via IE FC M12 plug PRO 2x2 up to 100 m.
• Use in harsh ambient conditions (-40 °C to +70 °C)
• 10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 connection (X-coded);
• Installation altitudes up to 4 000 m
automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100 or 1000 Mbps),
• NAMUR NE 21-compliant with autosensing and autocrossover function for connection of IE
FC cables via IE FC M12 plug PRO 4x2 up to 100 m.
• Firmware support of: S2 device and CiR/H-CiR. The devices are
released for SIMATIC PCS 7 and are integration-capable

14/86 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Function
• Configuration of electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring • Optimized support of PROFINET real-time communication (RT)
topologies through prioritizing
• Fast redundancy in the ring with: • Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the
- High Speed Redundancy Protocol (HRP); up to 0.3 seconds for optional C-PLUG removable data storage medium (not included in
scope of supply)
reconfiguration of the ring with 50 switches in the ring
Network topology and network configuration
- PROFINET MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol); up to 0.2 seconds for
reconfiguration of the ring with 50 switches in the ring The SCALANCE XP-200 Industrial Ethernet switches in degree of
protection IP65 are typically mounted outside the control cabinet.
• The functioning of the ring is continuously monitored by the integ­ They can be installed in line, star and ring electrical system topolo­
rated redundancy manager. It recognizes failure of a transmission gies.
link in the ring or failure of a SCALANCE XP-200 and activates the When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
substitute path within 0.3 seconds with HRP or 0.2 seconds with must be observed:
MRP
• Length of the twisted pair cable between two SCALANCE X Indus­
• Use in ring topologies together with SCALANCE X-200, X-300, trial Ethernet switches:
XM-400 and XR-500
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC M12 plug PRO
Redundant connection of rings via HRP standby master/slave function
• IP address:
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossover
function integrated in the ports The IP address is assigned via the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configura­
tion Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the network,
• Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and web browser the IP address can be assigned using the supplied software tool
PST (Primary Setup Tool) or STEP 7/TIA Portal.
• Easy copper cable diagnostics via web browser for localizing cable
breaks
• Incorporation in the integrated system diagnostics of the TIA Portal
with PROFINET diagnostics of data traffic using a configurable mirror
port and a commercially available network analyzer (e.g. via BUSAN­
ALYZER AGENT XM-400)

SIMATIC S7-1500 with CP 1543-1 SIMATIC SCALANCE SIMATIC

ET 200pro XP208 ET 200pro

Heavy gauge threaded joint

SIMATIC HMI
KP700 Comfort SIMATIC-
Field PG

SIMATIC ET 200SP

IPC with SCALANCE

CP 1613 A2/ XP216
CP1623

SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
G_IK10_XX_10078

SIMATIC
ITP1000

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE XP208 and SCALANCE XP216 in factory automation

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/87

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Function (continued)

SCALANCE
WAM766-1 EEC

SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE

Industrial Ethernet
WAM766-1 WAM766-1 XP216G PoE EEC WAM766-1
(Trainside)
EEC EEC EEC
SCALANCE XP208G
PoE EEC SCALANCE
W788-2 M12 EEC
SCALANCE
XP216G PoE EEC Industrial Ethernet (Trainside)
Tunnel Tunnel Tunnel
SCALANCE XP208G
PoE EEC

Industrial Ethernet (Trackside)

Communication
Server

Trainguard Infotainment
Train Control SCALANCE Server
XR526-8

G_IK10_XX_50702
Workstations Content
Workstation

SCALANCE XP208EEC and SCALANCE XP216EEC on trains (train-side) and along the track (track-side)

Control Center Station 3

SCALANCE SCALANCE
MUM856-1 WAM766-1

SCALANCE
Video XP208PoE EEC
Surveillance

Router

PLC
Mobile Fieldworker
network

Station 1 Station 2

SCALANCE
SCALANCE
Video MUM856-1
MUM856-1 SCALANCE
Surveillance
XP208G PoE
Video EEC with PP
SIMATIC Surveillance
RF360R
SCALANCE
SCALANCE XRH300 WAM766-1
Conformal Coating
Drive
PLC
SIMATIC ET
G_IK10_XX_10409

PLC 200eco PN
Drive
SCALANCE
WAM766-1
Motor Fieldworker Motor

IWLAN WiMAX Industrial Ethernet / PROFINET oder EtherNet/IP

Implementation of a network in a harsh environment with SCALANCE XP208EEC and SCALANCE XP216EEC for communication of distributed stations
with WIMAX base

14/88 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Function (continued)

Commissioning and diagnostics tion). Statistical information can also be read out over the web
PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XP-200 switches can server (e.g. port capacity utilization).
be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC engineering tools and pro­ The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
cessed in the PLC with the enhanced diagnostic function. The engin­ • Power
eering outlay for the PLC and HMI has been drastically reduced due to
the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error • Port status
messages.
• Data traffic
SCALANCE XP-200 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be integrated
in a network management system (e.g. SINEC NMS) using the stand­ • Signaling contact
ardized Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). In the event
of faults in the device, error messages (SNMP traps) can be sent to a • Redundancy manager function
network management system (e.g. SINEC NMS) or as an email to a The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XP-200 line can
specified network administrator. also be monitored using the floating signaling contact.
The integrated web server enables configuration and diagnostics set­
tings to be made using a standard web browser (e.g. port configura­

SCALANCE SIMATIC
XM-400 S7-1500
Conveyor belt

SIMATIC
ET 200eco PN

SCALANCE
XP216

SIMATIC SIMATIC
ET 200eco PN ET 200eco PN

Conveyor belt

SIMATIC
ET 200eco PN

SCALANCE
XP216

SIMATIC SIMATIC
G_IK10_XX_50729

ET 200eco PN ET 200eco PN

Conveyor belt
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet

Cabinet-free use of Industrial Ethernet switches on the machine itself with SCALANCE XP-200

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/89

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

SCALANCE XP-200 Industrial IE connecting cable M12-90/M12-90

Ethernet switches Flexible connecting cable (4-core),
Industrial Ethernet switches with pre-assembled with 4-pole M12 plugs
integrated SNMP access, web dia­ (D-coded), 90° cable outlet, for con­
gnostics, copper cable diagnostics and nection of IE devices such as SCAL­
PROFINET diagnostics, for configura­ ANCE XP-200, ET 200pro and ET
tion of electrical line, star and ring 200eco PN, IP65/67
topologies; with integrated redund­ Length:
ancy manager; incl. operating instruc­ • 0.3 m 6XV1870-8GE30
tions, Industrial Ethernet network
manual and configuration software on • 0.5 m 6XV1870-8GE50
CD-ROM
•1m 6XV1870-8GH10
• With electrical ports and PROFINET
basic setting • 1.5 m 6XV1870-8GH15

- SCALANCE XP208 6GK5208-0HA00-2AS6 •2m 6XV1870-8GH20

With eight 10/100 Mbps M12 sock­ •3m 6XV1870-8GH30
ets (D-coded)
•5m 6XV1870-8GH50
- SCALANCE XP208EEC 6GK5208-0HA00-2ES6
With eight 10/100 Mbps M12 sock­ • 10 m 6XV1870-8GN10
ets (D-coded) with rail approval EN
• 15 m 6XV1870-8GN15
50155/45545
- SCALANCE XP208PoE EEC 6GK5208-0UA00-5ES6 IE TP cord M12-90/M12-90
With four 10/100 Mbps M12 sockets Pre-assembled IE flexible cable, with 2
(D-coded) and four 100/100 Mbps M12 connectors (X-coded), 90° cable
M12 PoE sockets (D-coded) with rail outlet
approval EN 50155/45545 Length:
- SCALANCE XP216 6GK5216-0HA00-2AS6 • 0.5 m 6XV1878-5GE50
With twelve 10/100 Mbps M12 sock­ 6XV1878-5GH10
•1m
ets (D-coded) and four 10/100/1 000
Mbps M12 sockets (X-coded) • 1.5 m 6XV1878-5GH15

- SCALANCE XP216EEC 6GK5216-0HA00-2ES6 •2m 6XV1878-5GH20

With twelve 10/100 Mbps M12 sock­
•3m 6XV1878-5GH30
ets (D-coded) and four 10/100/1 000
Mbps M12 sockets (X-coded) with •5m 6XV1878-5GH50
rail approval EN 50155/45545
• 10 m 6XV1878-5GN10
- SCALANCE XP216PoE EEC 6GK5216-0UA00-5ES6
With 12 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports • 15 m 6XV1878-5GN15
and two fiber-optic cable ports
Power connecting cable
• With electrical ports and EtherNet/IP M12-90/M12-90
basic setting Flexible power cable (4-core), pre-
- SCALANCE XP208 6GK5208-0HA00-2TS6 assembled with M12 male connector
With eight 10/100 Mbps M12 sock­ and M12 female connector (A-coded),
ets (D-coded) 90° cable outlet, for supplying SCAL­
ANCE XP-200, ET 200pro and ET
- SCALANCE XP216 6GK5216-0HA00-2TS6 200eco PN, IP65/67
With twelve 10/100 Mbps M12 sock­ Length:
ets (D-coded) and four 10/100/1 000 6XV1801-5GE30
Mbps M12 sockets (X-coded) • 0.3 m
• 0.5 m 6XV1801-5GE50
Accessories
SITOP PSU100P IP67 6EP1334-7CA00 •1m 6XV1801-5GH10

Stabilized power supply • 1.5 m 6XV1801-5GH15

Input: 120/230 V AC 6XV1801-5GH20
•2m
Output: 24 V DC/8 A
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB10 •3m 6XV1801-5GH30

Removable data storage medium for •5m 6XV1801-5GH50

simple replacement of devices in the 6XV1801-5GN10
• 10 m
event of a fault;
for storing configuration or engineer­ • 15 m 6XV1801-5GN15
ing and application data; can be used
in SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
slot Test access port for the reaction-free
C-PLUG with conformal coating 6GK1900-0AQ00 extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
Removable data storage medium for sion directions; extracts complete data
simple replacement of devices in the traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
event of a fault; ther diagnostics.
for storing configuration or engineer­
ing and application data; can be used Notes:
in SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG
slot

14/90 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Selection and ordering data (continued) Accessories

• You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the Article No.
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" SCALANCE PSP9230PoE 6GK5923-0PS00-2AA6
ordering overview
IP65 power supply for Power over Eth­
• You can order supplementary components for the SIMATIC NET ernet (PoE); SCALANCE XP208 or
cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this sub­ XP216 can be mounted on power sup­
ply unit
ject is available from:
Input: 100-240 V AC, 110-250 V DC
J. Hertlein Output: 24V DC/1A + 54V DC/4A
PD PA CI PRM 4 SITOP PSU100P IP67 6EP1334-7CA00

Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465 Stabilized power supply

Input: 120/230 V AC
Email: [email protected] Output: 24 V DC/8 A
Power M12 cable connector PRO (S- 6GK1907-0DC00-6AA4
coded)
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB10
Removable data storage medium for
simple replacement of devices in the
event of a fault;
for storing configuration or engineer­
ing and application data; can be used
in SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG
slot
C-PLUG with conformal coating 6GK1900-0AQ00
Removable data storage medium for
simple replacement of devices in the
event of a fault;
for storing configuration or engineer­
ing and application data; can be used
in SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG
slot
M12-90/M12-90 IE connecting cable
Flexible connecting cable (4-core),
preassembled with 4-pole M12 plugs
(D-coded), 90° cable outlet, for con­
nection of IE devices such as SCAL­
ANCE XP-200, ET 200pro and
ET 200eco PN, IP65/67
Length:
• 0.3 m 6XV1870-8GE30

• 0.5 m 6XV1870-8GE50

•1m 6XV1870-8GH10

• 1.5 m 6XV1870-8GH15

•2m 6XV1870-8GH20

•3m 6XV1870-8GH30

•5m 6XV1870-8GH50

• 10 m 6XV1870-8GN10

• 15 m 6XV1870-8GN15

IE TP cord M12-90/M12-90
Preassembled IE flexible cable, with
two M12 plugs (X-coded), 90 ° cable
outlet
Length:
• 0.5 m 6XV1878-5GE50

•1m 6XV1878-5GH10

• 1.5 m 6XV1878-5GH15

•2m 6XV1878-5GH20

•3m 6XV1878-5GH30

•5m 6XV1878-5GH50

• 10 m 6XV1878-5GN10

• 15 m 6XV1878-5GN15

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/91

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Accessories (continued)

Article No.
Power connecting cable
M12-90/M12-90
Flexible power cable (4-core), preas­
sembled with M12 male connector
and M12 female connector (A-coded),
90° cable outlet, for supplying SCAL­
ANCE XP-200, ET 200pro and
ET 200eco PN, IP65/67
Length:
• 0.3 m 6XV1801-5GE30

• 0.5 m 6XV1801-5GE50

•1m 6XV1801-5GH10

• 1.5 m 6XV1801-5GH15

•2m 6XV1801-5GH20

•3m 6XV1801-5GH30

•5m 6XV1801-5GH50

• 10 m 6XV1801-5GN10

• 15 m 6XV1801-5GN15

SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2

Test access port for the reaction-free
extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
sion directions; extracts complete data
traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
ther diagnostics.

14/92 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5208-0HA00-2AS6 6GK5208-0HA10-2AS6 6GK5208-0UA00-5ES6

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XP208 XP208 XP208PoE EEC
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 8 8 8
number of 10/100 Mbit/s M12-ports (D-coded) 8 6 4
number of 10/100 Mbit/s M12-ports (D-coded) with 4
PoE
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s M12-ports (X-coded) 2
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1
• for power supply 2 2 2
type of electrical connection
• for operator console 5 pin M12 socket (A coded) 5 pin M12 socket (A coded) 5 pin M12 socket (A coded)
• for signaling contact 5-pin M12 connector (B-coded) 5-pin M12 connector (B-coded) 5-pin M12 connector (B-coded)
• for power supply 4-pin M12 plug (A-coded) 4-pin M12 plug (A-coded)
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 54 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant Yes Yes Yes
voltage supply
supplied active power of PSE with PoE
• per port maximum 30 W
• total maximum 120 W
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V 54 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 5W 4.8 W 9W
• consumed current 1 at rated supply voltage maxim­ 0.2 A 0.2 A 2.5 A
um
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 31.2 V 46 ... 57 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.21 A 2.4 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 4-pin M12 plug (A-coded) 4-pin M12 plug (A-coded)
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage 5 A / 60 V 5 A / 60 V 5 A / 60 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during transport -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• note EEC variants with EN 50155 sup­
port for 10 minutes: -40 °C ...
+85 °C

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/93

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5208-0HA00-2AS6 6GK5208-0HA10-2AS6 6GK5208-0UA00-5ES6

relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation 95 % 95 % 95 %
maximum
protection class IP IP65 IP65 IP65
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact compact
width 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm
height 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm
depth 49 mm 49 mm 49 mm
net weight 1.8 kg 1.8 kg 1.8 kg
product feature conformal coating Yes
material of the enclosure Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum
fastening method ET200pro module carrier ET200pro module carrier
• wall mounting Yes Yes Yes
product features, product functions, product
components general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at reconfig­ 50 50 50
uration time of <\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal
propagation time) propagation time) propagation time)
product functions management, configuration,
engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes
• with IRT PROFINET IO switch No No No
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B
network load class according to PROFINET 3 3 3
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 1 518 byte 10 240 byte 1 518 byte
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No No
• DCP Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes

14/94 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5208-0HA00-2AS6 6GK5208-0HA10-2AS6 6GK5208-0UA00-5ES6

• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designa­ Yes Yes Yes
tion
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No
• VLAN dynamic No No No
number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257 257 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; MRP; 257 257 257
standby link)
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes
(MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy Yes Yes Yes
manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnection (MRP- Yes Yes Yes
I)
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported H-Sync for­ Yes Yes Yes
warding
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported PROFINET Yes Yes Yes
system redundancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with Yes Yes Yes
redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with Yes Yes Yes
standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes
system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via CiR/H-CiR Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/95

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5208-0HA00-2AS6 6GK5208-0HA10-2AS6 6GK5208-0UA00-5ES6

product functions security
product function
• RADIUS client Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes
• UKCA marking Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1 E115352, CSA C22.2 UL 60950-1 E115352
No. 60950-1
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous
environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes Yes
• FM registration Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN 50155 No Yes
• railway application in accordance with EN 50124-1 No Yes
• fire protection in accordance with EN 45545-2 Yes
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation systems accord­ Yes Yes
ing to IEC 62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals marine
classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes
• DNV GL Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects (RINA) Yes

14/96 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5208-0HA00-2AS6 6GK5208-0HA10-2AS6 6GK5208-0UA00-5ES6

standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 200.66 kg
• during manufacturing 61.47 kg
• during operation 138.92 kg
• after end of life 0.27 kg
product functions general
MTBF 52 a
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a
product function is supported identification link Yes; according to IEC
61406-1:2022
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connect­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
ors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic-
net net net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

Article number 6GK5216-0HA00-2AS6 6GK5216-0UA00-5ES6

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XP216 XP216PoE EEC
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 16 16
number of 10/100 Mbit/s M12-ports (D-coded) 12 6
number of 10/100 Mbit/s M12-ports (D-coded) with PoE 6
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s M12-ports (X-coded) 4 2
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s M12-ports (X-coded) with PoE 2
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1
• for power supply 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for operator console 5 pin M12 socket (A coded) 5 pin M12 socket (A coded)
• for signaling contact 5-pin M12 connector (B-coded) 5-pin M12 connector (B-coded)
• for power supply 4-pin M12 plug (A-coded) 4-pin M12 plug (A-coded)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/97

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5216-0HA00-2AS6 6GK5216-0UA00-5ES6

design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 54 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant voltage supply Yes Yes
supplied active power of PSE with PoE
• per port maximum 30 W
• total maximum 120 W
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 54 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 8W 13 W
• consumed current 1 at rated supply voltage maximum 0.4 A 2.5 A
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 46 ... 57 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.335 A 2.5 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 4-pin M12 plug (A-coded) 4-pin M12 plug (A-coded)
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage 5 A / 60 V 5 A / 60 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during transport -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• note EEC variants with EN 50155 support for
10 minutes: -40 °C ... +85 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation maximum 95 % 95 %
protection class IP IP65 IP65
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact
width 280 mm 280 mm
height 200 mm 200 mm
depth 49 mm 49 mm
net weight 2.5 kg 2.5 kg
product feature conformal coating Yes
material of the enclosure Aluminum Aluminum
fastening method ET200pro module carrier ET200pro module carrier
• wall mounting Yes Yes
product features, product functions, product components
general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at reconfiguration time of 50 50
<\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal propagation any (depending only on signal propagation
time) time)
product functions management, configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes

14/98 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5216-0HA00-2AS6 6GK5216-0UA00-5ES6

• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes
• port mirroring Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes
• with IRT PROFINET IO switch No No
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B
network load class according to PROFINET 2
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 1 518 byte 1 518 byte
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No
• DCP Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designation Yes Yes
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No
• VLAN dynamic No No
number of VLANs maximum 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; MRP; standby link) 257 257
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/99

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5216-0HA00-2AS6 6GK5216-0UA00-5ES6

• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes Yes
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy manager Yes Yes
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnection (MRP-I) Yes Yes
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported H-Sync forwarding Yes Yes
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported PROFINET system redund­ Yes Yes
ancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with redundancy manager Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with standby redundancy Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes
• passive listening Yes Yes
system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via CiR/H-CiR Yes Yes
product functions security
product function
• RADIUS client Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1 E115352, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1 E115352, CSA C22.2 No.
60950-1 60950-1
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes Yes
• FM registration Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN 50155 No Yes

14/100 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5216-0HA00-2AS6 6GK5216-0UA00-5ES6

• railway application in accordance with EN 50124-1 No Yes
• fire protection in accordance with EN 45545-2 Yes
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation systems according to IEC Yes Yes
62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals marine classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes
• DNV GL Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects (RINA) Yes
standards, specifications, approvals Environmental Product
Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 417.94 kg
• during manufacturing 61.47 kg
• during operation 356.2 kg
• after end of life 0.27 kg
product functions general
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connectors https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://support.industry.siemens.com https://support.industry.siemens.com

Article number 6GK5923-0PS00-2AA6

product type designation SCALANCE PSP9230PoE power supply
type of current supply 240 W, input nominal voltage: 100V 240V AC / 110V 250V
DC, non-redundant, 50/60 Hz, output: 24V DC (1A) / 54V DC
(4A)
suitability for use IP65 power supply unit for PoE, especially for use with SCAL­
ANCE XP-200 devices. SCALANCE XP208 can be mounted dir­
ectly and SCALANCE XP216 can be mounted on the PSP9230PoE
using two adapter plates included in scope of delivery. Intended
for operation outside a control cabinet.
electrical data
product category Power supply
electrical data input
voltage curve at input 1-phase AC or DC
supply voltage 1 rated value 230 V

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/101

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5923-0PS00-2AA6

product type designation SCALANCE PSP9230PoE power supply
• supply voltage 1 rated value 85 ... 264 V
• type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage AC
• consumed current 1 at rated supply voltage maximum 2.67 A
supply voltage 2 rated value 110 V
• supply voltage 2 rated value 88 ... 300 V
• type of voltage 2 of the supply voltage DC
• consumed current 2 at rated supply voltage maximum 2.5 A
design of input wide range input Yes
overvoltage category Category II
buffering time for rated value of the output current in the event of power failure minimum 20 ms
line frequency
• 50 Hz Yes
• 60 Hz Yes
• 1 rated value 50 Hz
• 2 rated value 60 Hz
line frequency 47 ... 63 Hz
input current at rated input voltage 230 V rated value 1.1 A
current limitation of inrush current at 25 °C maximum 60 A
fuse protection type at input fuse T 4A, electronically controlled
electrical data output
voltage curve at output Controlled, isolated DC voltage
output voltage
• 1 at DC rated value 56 V
• 2 at DC rated value 24 V
display version for normal operation LED green for DC ok
voltage increase time of the output voltage maximum 800 ms
output current
• rated value 3A
• rated range 0 ... 4 A
supplied active power typical 240 W
product feature parallel switching of channels No
number of parallel-switched equipment resources for increasing the power 0
efficiency in percent 93.4 %
power loss [W] 24 W
electrical data closed-loop control
relative overall tolerance of the voltage 3%
residual ripple maximum 0.05 V
switching frequency 100 kHz; 10...200
electrical data protection and monitoring
property of the output short-circuit proof Yes
design of short-circuit protection Electronic shutdown, automatic restart
enduring short circuit current RMS value maximum 8.2 A
electrical data safety
galvanic isolation between input and output Yes
galvanic isolation Input to output: 4 kV, input to PE 2.5 kV, output to PE: 2.25 kV
operating resource protection class Class I
interfaces
number of electrical connections
• for power supply 1

14/102 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5923-0PS00-2AA6

product type designation SCALANCE PSP9230PoE power supply
• for signaling contact 0
type of electrical connection
• for power supply M12 (S-coded)
• at output 2x M12 (L-coded)
display version LED
signal inputs/outputs
product component signaling contact No
design, dimensions and weights
design compact
width 280 mm
height 200 mm
depth 65 mm
net weight 4.5 kg
product feature of the enclosure housing can be lined up No
fastening method wall mounting, back wall mounting
• 19-inch installation No
• wall mounting Yes
• screw connection Yes
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C
• note Convection
relative humidity at 25 °C without condensation during operation maximum 95 %
environmental category according to IEC 60721 Climate class 3K3, without condensation
protection class IP IP65
standards, specifications, approvals
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 62368-1:2014 (Second Edition) Report No. E115352, IEC
62368-1:2014 (Second Edition)
• for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4:2007 +A1:2011
• for interference immunity EN 61000-6-2:2019
certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-4: 2007
• CE marking Yes
• C-Tick Yes
• railway application in accordance with EN 50155 Yes
• railway application in accordance with EN 50124-1 Yes
• IEC 61850-3 No
• IEEE 1613 No
MTBF 94.74 a; EN/IEC 61709; 40°C)
accessories
accessories power M12 cable connector PRO (6GK1907-0DC00-6AA4)
accessories included 2 adapter plates including 4 countersunk head screws for
mounting SCALANCE XP216 on PSP9230PoE
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connectors https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/103

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XP-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5923-0PS00-2AA6

product type designation SCALANCE PSP9230PoE power supply
• to website: Image database https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://support.industry.siemens.com
security information
security information Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial cyber­
security functions that support the secure operation of plants,
systems, machines and networks. In order to protect plants, sys­
tems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it is neces­
sary to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic,
state-of-the-art industrial cybersecurity concept. Siemens’
products and solutions constitute one element of such a
concept. Customers are responsible for preventing unauthorized
access to their plants, systems, machines and networks. Such
systems, machines and components should only be connected
to an enterprise network or the internet if and to the extent
such a connection is necessary and only when appropriate
security measures (e.g. firewalls and/or network segmentation)
are in place. For additional information on industrial cybersecur­
ity measures that may be implemented, please visit
www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-industry. Siemens’ products
and solutions undergo continuous development to make them
more secure. Siemens strongly recommends that product
updates are applied as soon as they are available and that the
latest product versions are used. Use of product versions that
are no longer supported, and failure to apply the latest updates
may increase customer’s exposure to cyber threats. To stay
informed about product updates, subscribe to the Siemens
Industrial Cybersecurity RSS Feed under
https://www.siemens.com/cert. (V4.7)

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

14/104 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XF-200 switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200 switches

Overview Benefits

• Saves space in the control cabinet and use of smaller control boxes
possible due to slim design in the format of the SIMATIC ET 200S
distributed I/O and, in the case of SCALANCE XF204G, due to very
compact design.
• Simple connection and disconnection of the RJ45 plug by means of
easily accessible RJ45 sockets angled downward on the device
(SCALANCE XF-200)
• Simple connection and disconnection of RJ45 plugs when used in
an operator station thanks to RJ45 sockets located on the front
(SCALANCE XF204G)
• High availability of the network thanks to:
- Redundant power supply
The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XF-200
line are optimized for setting up Industrial Ethernet networks at data - Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or twisted
transfer rates of 10/100 Mbps in a line, star and ring topology. In pair cables (redundancy manager is integrated)
addition, transfer rates of 1000 Mbps are supported by the compact - Easy device replacement by means of C-PLUG removable data
XF204G. storage medium
• Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast Ethernet and
Gigabit (XF204G) ring topologies with high-speed media redund­ • Lower susceptibility to failure and higher availability of the plant
ancy networking due to latching of the RJ45 FastConnect connectors in
the securing collar of the RJ45 ports
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or networks according
to port characteristics of the devices • Protection of investment through integration into existing network
management systems (e.g. SINEC NMS), by means of standardized
• Enclosure, for example, in SIMATIC ET 200S format (slim design) SNMP access
for use in small control boxes
• Time savings during engineering, commissioning and in the oper­
• Rugged station connections with industry-standard RJ45 plug-in ating phase of a plant by using the configuration and diagnostics
connectors that offer additional strain and bending strain relief integrated in STEP 7/TIA Portal
thanks to latching on the enclosure
• Integration into the SINEC NMS network management system for
• PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access, integrated web server and integrated network diagnostics with central firmware manage­
automatic email transmission function for remote diagnostics and ment
signaling via the network
• Integration into the SINEC NMS network management system for
end-to-end network diagnostics with central firmware manage­ Application
ment
SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet switches enable cost-effective
Product variants configuration of Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring topologies with
• Switches with electrical and optical ports switching functionality for networks in which high availability or
remote diagnostic capabilities are required. Devices with IP20
up to 5 km: degree of protection are designed for use in the control cabinet.
- SCALANCE XF204-2 Features:
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical • Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data communica­
2 x 100 Mbps ST/BFOC port, optical tion)
- SCALANCE XF206-1 • Remote diagnostics by means of signaling contact, PROFINET,
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical SNMP or SINEC NMS and web browser possible
1 x 100 Mbps ST/BFOC port, optical • The RJ45 sockets are designed to be industry-compatible with addi­
tional securing collars for connection of the IE FC RJ45 plug 180
• Switches with electrical ports:
- SCALANCE XF204G;
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical
SCALANCE XF204;
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical
- SCALANCE XF208;
8 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 port, electrical

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/105

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200 switches

Design Function

The SCALANCE XF-200 managed Industrial Ethernet switches are • Setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring
designed for mounting on a DIN rail. With their enclosure in SIMATIC topologies
ET 200S format (slim design), the devices are optimally suited for
integration in automation solutions in small control boxes together • Fast redundancy in the ring with High Speed Redundancy (HRP)
with the SIMATIC ET 200S. protocol; up to 0.3 seconds required for reconfiguration of the ring
with 50 switches in the ring
The switches with IP20 degree of protection feature:
• Fast redundancy in the ring with PROFINET-compatible Media
• A 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant supply
Redundancy Protocol (MRP); max. 0.2 seconds required for recon­
voltage (2 x 24 V DC)
figuration of the ring with 50 switches in the ring
• A row of LEDs to indicate the status information (power, link
• Coupling of several MRP rings through support of MRP intercon­
status, data traffic, power supply, signaling contact)
nect (SCALANCE XF204G)
• A 2-pin terminal block for connecting the floating signaling contact • The functioning of the ring is continuously monitored by the integ­
(Fast Ethernet devices)
rated redundancy manager. It recognizes failure of a transmission
• A SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling contact link in the ring, or failure of a SCALANCE XF-200, and activates the
substitute path within 0.3 or 0.2 seconds
The SCALANCE XF-200 switches are available with the following port
types: • Use in ring topologies (100 Mbps) together with SCALANCE
• 100/1000BaseTX, RJ45 connection; XR-500, XM-400, X-300 and X-200
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of data transfer rate (100 or • Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossover
1000 Mbps), with autosensing and autocrossover functions for function integrated in the ports
connecting IE FC cables using the IE FC RJ45 plug 180. • Load disconnection through integral switch functionality
• 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection;
• Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and web browser
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of data transfer rate (10 or
100 Mbps), with autosensing and autocrossover functions for con­ • Easy copper cable diagnostics via web browser for localizing cable
necting IE FC cables using the IE FC RJ45 plug 180. breaks
• 100BaseFX, ST/BFOC connection technology; • Incorporation in the integrated system diagnostics of the TIA Portal
with PROFINET diagnostics for a consistent diagnostics concept,
ST/BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet glass
including network infrastructure
fiber-optic cables up to 5 km (multimode FOC) for configuring line,
ring and star topologies. • Diagnostics of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
port with a standard commercially available network analyzer (e.g.
via Bus Analyzer Agent XM-400)
• Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the option­
al C-PLUG removable data storage medium (not included in scope
of supply)
Network topology and network configuration
The SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet switches with IP20 degree
of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet together with
the stations to be connected. Electrical and optical versions can be
installed together in star, line and ring topologies.
When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
must be observed:
• Length of the twisted pair cable between two SCALANCE XF-200
switches
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plug 180
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
• Length of the optical cables
- Max. 5000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
(multimode)
• IP address:
The IP address is assigned by means of the DHCP (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the
network, the IP address can be assigned using the supplied soft­
ware tool PST (Primary Setup Tool) or STEP 7/TIA Portal. The SCAL­
ANCE XF-200 switches are configured with STEP 7/TIA Portal.
Commissioning and diagnostics
PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XF-200 switches can
be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC engineering tools and
processed in the PLC with an expanded diagnostics function. The

14/106 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200 switches

Function (continued) Accessories

engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI has been drastically reduced Article No.
due to the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system SIMATIC ET 200SP PS 24 V/5 A 6EP7133-6AB00-0BN0
error messages.
Stabilized power supply
SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be integ­ Input: 120/230 V AC
rated in a network management system (e.g. SINEC NMS) using the Output: 24 V DC/5 A
standardized Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). In the IE FC RJ45 plug 180 2 x 2
event of faults in the device, error messages (SNMP traps) can be
RJ45 connector for Industrial Ethernet
sent to a network management system (e.g. SINEC NMS) or as an with rugged metal enclosure and
email to a specified network administrator. integrated insulation displacement
The integrated web server enables configuration and diagnostics contacts for connecting Industrial Eth­
settings to be made using a standard web browser (e.g. port config­ ernet FC installation cables; with 180°
cable outlet; for network components
uration). Statistical information can also be read out over the web
and CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
server (e.g. port capacity utilization). interface
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs: • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
• Power IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10
(type A)
• Port status
4-core, shielded TP installation cable
• Data traffic for connection to IE FC RJ45 out­
let/IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINET-compat­
• Signaling contact ible; with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
• Redundancy manager function max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XF-200 line can available as preassembled cable with
also be monitored using the floating signaling contact. RJ45 plugs in various lengths
FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A
Multimode cable,
Selection and ordering data sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
Article No. minimum order quantity 20 m, also
SCALANCE XF-200 available preassembled with ST/BFOC
Industrial Ethernet switches and SC connectors in various lengths
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
Industrial Ethernet switches with
integral SNMP access, web dia­ Test access port for the reaction-free
gnostics, copper cable diagnostics, extraction of Ethernet data frames
and PROFINET diagnostics for config­ (10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
uring line, star and ring topologies; sion directions; extracts complete data
with integrated redundancy manager; traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
incl. operating instructions ther diagnostics.
• SCALANCE XF204G 6GK5204-0GA00-1UF2
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports 6GK5980-2HA00-0AA1
6GK5980-2HA10-0AA1
electrical;
Mounting accessories:
- DIN rail mounting plate
- Operator station mounting plate
• SCALANCE XF204-2 6GK5204-2BC00-2AF2
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical;
2 x 100 Mbps BFOC ports, optical
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km
• SCALANCE XF206-1 6GK5206-1BC00-2AF2
6 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical;
1 x 100 Mbps BFOC ports, optical
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km
• SCALANCE XF204 6GK5204-0BA00-2AF2
4 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical
• SCALANCE XF208 6GK5208-0BA00-2AF2
8 x 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports,
electrical

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/107

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200 switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5204-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-2BC00-2A­ 6GK5206-1BC00-2A­ 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-0GA00-1U­

F2 F2 F2 F2 F2
product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XF204 XF204-2 XF206-1 XF208
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication
integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or ter­ 4 4 6 8 4; RJ45
minal equipment
number of 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• with securing collar 4
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports
• with securing collar 4
number of 100 Mbit/s ST(BFOC)
ports
• for multimode 2 1
transmission method of the optical 100BaseFX 100BaseFX
interface
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1 1 0
• for power supply 1 1 1 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for operator console RJ11
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling
contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling
contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current
consumption, power loss
product component connection for Yes Yes Yes
redundant voltage supply
type of voltage 1 of the supply DC DC DC DC DC
voltage
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 2.64 W 5.28 W 4.08 W 3.12 W 4.3 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 18 ... 32 V 18 ... 32 V 18 ... 32 V 18 ... 32 V 16.8 ... 31.2 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.11 A 0.22 A 0.17 A 0.13 A 0.2 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
power supply
• product component 1 fusing at Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
power supply input
• fuse protection type 1 at input for 1.1 A / 33 V 1.1 A / 33 V 1.1 A / 33 V 1.1 A / 33 V 1,5 A / 125V
supply voltage

14/108 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-2BC00-2A­ 6GK5206-1BC00-2A­ 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-0GA00-1U­

F2 F2 F2 F2 F2
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C 0 ... 60 °C
• during storage -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• note If the IE-Switch XF-200 If the IE-Switch XF-200 If the IE-Switch XF-200 If the IE-Switch XF-200
is installed horizontally, is installed horizontally, is installed horizontally, is installed horizontally,
a maximum ambient a maximum ambient a maximum ambient a maximum ambient
temperature of +40 °C is temperature of +40 °C is temperature of +40 °C is temperature of +40 °C is
permitted permitted permitted permitted
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation dur­ 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
ing operation maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design Flat Flat Flat Flat compact
width 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm 66 mm
height 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 100 mm
depth 73 mm 73 mm 73 mm 73 mm 69 mm
net weight 0.25 kg 0.25 kg 0.25 kg 0.25 kg 0.17 kg
material of the enclosure Polycarbonate (PC-
GF10)
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• wall mounting No No No No No
• S7-300 rail mounting No No No No No
• S7-1500 rail mounting No No No No No
product features, product
functions, product components
general
cascading in the case of a redundant 50 100 100 100 50
ring at reconfiguration time of
<\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on any (depending only on any (depending only on any (depending only on any (depending only on
signal propagation signal propagation signal propagation signal propagation signal propagation
time) time) time) time) time)
product function
• QoS according to DSCP Yes
product feature
• Cut Through switching method No
• Store & Forward switching method Yes
product functions management,
configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes
• SMTP server No
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring No No No No Yes
• CoS Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/109

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-2BC00-2A­ 6GK5206-1BC00-2A­ 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-0GA00-1U­

F2 F2 F2 F2 F2
• with IRT PROFINET IO switch No No No No
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B B B
network load class according to 3
PROFINET
telegram length for Ethernet maxim­ 10 240 byte
um
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No No No No
• GMRP Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes
identification & maintenance func­
tion
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designa­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion/location designation
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No
• VLAN - IP-based No
number of VLANs maximum 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maxim­ 257
um
number of VLANs at ring redund­ 257
ancy (HRP; MRP; standby link)
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes

14/110 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-2BC00-2A­ 6GK5206-1BC00-2A­ 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-0GA00-1U­

F2 F2 F2 F2 F2
• DHCP Option 67 Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redund­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ancy Protocol (MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
with redundancy manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Inter­ Yes
connection (MRP-I)
• of the PROFINET IO device is sup­ Yes
ported H-Sync forwarding
• of the PROFINET IO device is sup­ Yes
ported PROFINET system redund­
ancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(HRP) with redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol No No No No Yes
(HRP) with standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(PRP)/operation in the PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No No No No No
(PRP)/Redundant Network Access
(RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• LACP Yes
system modification during
operation
product function configuration in Yes
RUN via CiR/H-CiR
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes
• SNTP client Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP No No No No Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 profile default Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/111

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-2BC00-2A­ 6GK5206-1BC00-2A­ 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-0GA00-1U­

F2 F2 F2 F2 F2
standards, specifications,
approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(RCM)
product conformity according to 2014/30/EU
EMC-guideline
standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, EN
50121-9
• for immunity to EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN
50121-4
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1 E115352, UL 60950-1 E115352, UL 60950-1 E115352, UL 60950-1 E115352, UL 62368-1 E115352,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 62368-1 -2 E240480
standards, specifications,
approvals hazardous
environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
to GB standard
• FM registration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications,
approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance No No No No
with EN 50155
• railway application in accordance No No No No
with EN 50124-1
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation Yes
systems according to IEC
62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications,
approvals marine classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes Yes
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
• French marine classification soci­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
ety (BV)
• DNV GL Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) No Yes Yes Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Archi­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tects (RINA)
standards, specifications,
approvals Environmental Product
Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]

14/112 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-2BC00-2A­ 6GK5206-1BC00-2A­ 6GK5208-0BA00-2A­ 6GK5204-0GA00-1U­

F2 F2 F2 F2 F2
• total 100.09 kg 183.07 kg 144.77 kg 115.41 kg
• during manufacturing 16.65 kg 16.65 kg 16.65 kg 16.65 kg
• during operation 82.99 kg 165.97 kg 127.67 kg 98.31 kg
• after end of life 0.45 kg 0.45 kg 0.45 kg 0.45 kg
product functions general
MTBF 48.03 a 43.58 a 43.52 a 54.8 a 73 a
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a
product function is supported identi­ Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC Yes; according to IEC
fication link 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022 61406-1:2022
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
cables and connectors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­
9766358 9766358 9766358 9766358 9766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
Selection Tool com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communica­ https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
tion com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­
portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­
db db db db db
• to website: CAx-Download-Man­ https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
ager com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com com com com com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/113

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Overview Overview (continued)

• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA SCRJ/RJ45, 1x SCRJ FO connec­
tion and 1x RJ45 connection
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA SCRJ/FC, 1x SCRJ FO connection
and 1x FastConnect (FC) connection
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA 2xLC (as of function status 05),
2x LC FO connection, (as of function status 05)
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA LC/RJ45, 1x RJ45, 1x LC FO con­
nection, (as of function status 05)
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA LC/FC, 1x RJ45 FastConnect,
1x LC FO connection, (as of function status 05)
• ET 200SP HA, BusAdapter, BA 2XLC, 2x LC FO connection, (as of
function status 05)
Product variant
SCALANCE XF204-2BA
• The flexible use of various BusAdapters allows users to set up elec­
The SCALANCE XF204-2BA from Siemens is a new compact switch in trical and optical line, star and ring topologies with the SCALANCE
SIMATIC ET 200SP design for factory automation and process auto­ XF204-2BA.
mation. It fulfills the recommendations of NAMUR NE 21, and is
therefore suitable for use in process automation. The flexible use of
various BusAdapters allows support of electrical as well as optical
line, star and ring topologies. Benefits
• XF-200BA versions are optimized for use in process automation
and feature the following properties:
- Conformal coating PCBs
- Max. installation altitude 4000 m
• Setup of networks in SIMATIC PCS 7/neo systems with extended
- Extended temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C environmental conditions (conformal coating)
- NAMUR NE 21-compliant • Small frame size (SIMATIC ET 200SP design and BusAdapter
- Firmware support for S2 device and CiR/H-CiR concept)

- Release and integration capability in SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo • Simple, flexible integration into automation solutions through
large selection of different BusAdapters
• Connection of up to two modular BusAdapters (2 ports each) sup­ • Modular design with BusAdapters allows efficient spare part stor­
ported age by using the same BusAdapter in multiple devices
• Enclosure in SIMATIC ET 200SP design (slim design, 100 mm wide) • Approvals for ATEX Zone 2/IECEx, cULus HazLoc, FM, thus use in
for space-saving use in small control boxes Zone 2 hazardous areas possible
• Integrated redundancy manager for configuring Fast Ethernet ring • Conforms to NAMUR NE 21, integration in all conventional process
topologies with fast MRP media redundancy control systems, such as SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo
• End-to-end system diagnostics with PROFINET, SNMP access, integ­ • Time savings during engineering, commissioning and in the oper­
rated web server or SINEC NMS and automatic email transmission ating phase of a plant by using the configuration and diagnostics
function for remote diagnostics and signaling via the network integrated in STEP 7/TIA Portal
• H-Sync for implementation of system redundancy together with a • Integration into the SINEC NMS network management system for
SIMATIC S7-1500R end-to-end network diagnostics with central firmware manage­
The following BusAdapters are currently released for use with SCAL­ ment
ANCE XF204-2BA (others available soon):
• H-Sync for implementation of system redundancy together with a
• SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, BusAdapter BA 2×RJ45, 2 RJ45 sockets SIMATIC S7-1500R
• SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, BusAdapter BA 2×FC, 2 FastConnect con­ • The SIMATIC BA 2xRJ45VD HA permits PROFINET communication
nections up to 500 m
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA 2×SCRJ, 2 SCRJ FO connections • Integration of switches in systems with simple S2 system redund­
ancy and Configuration in Run (CiR/HCiR)
• SIMATIC BA 2xRJ45VD HA, 2 RJ45 sockets with VD technology
(variable distance) • Since Configuration in Run (CiR/H-CiR) is supported, PROFINET-
defined configuration changes to the switch are performed during
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA 2XRJ45, 2x RJ45 sockets
operation
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA 2xFC, 2x FastConnect connec­
• Easy integration in the process and system diagnostics with
tions
PROFINET via SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo

14/114 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Application Design
• Construction of networks in both factory and process automation The SCALANCE XF204-2BA managed Industrial Ethernet switch is
designed for mounting on a standard DIN rail. With its enclosure in
• Conformal coating PCBs SIMATIC ET 200SP format (slim design), the device is optimally
• Installation altitudes up to 4 000 m possible suited for integration in automation solutions in small control boxes
together with the SIMATIC ET 200SP.
• Extended temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C The SCALANCE XF204-2BA switch with its rugged plastic enclosure
• NAMUR NE 21-compliant and IP20 degree of protection is optimized for mounting on stand­
ard DIN rails. Thanks to the dimensions of the SIMATIC ET 200SP
• Firmware support of: S2 device and CiR/H-CiR. The devices are enclosure, the devices are ideally suited for integration into an auto­
released for SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo and are integration-cap­ mation solution with SIMATIC ET 200SP components.
able The SCALANCE XF204-2BA switch is available with the following
• Device diagnostics with LED (voltage/errors/redundancy) port types/interfaces:

• Remote diagnostics is possible through signaling contact (signal • Variant with 2 BusAdapter interfaces
mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET, SNMP or SINEC • Variant with two premounted BusAdapters BA 2xRJ45 HA
NMS and web browser
• H-Sync for implementation of system redundancy together with a
SIMATIC S7-1500R
• Automatic email send function
• Interfaces for mounting BusAdapters from the SIMATIC
ET 200SP HA product range

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/115

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Function
• Setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies

Engineering Station OS/Batch/Route Control/Maintenance Station Redundant Server Stations (e.g. OS Server)

SIMATIC IPC

SCALANCE
CPU 410-5H SC-600
with Safety
SCALANCE XC-200
SCALANCE
as a service Bridge
SCALANCE XC206-2SFP EEC
XF204-2BA

SCALANCE SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

XF204-2BA with Ex modules
DNA (Y-Switch) SCALANCE
SCALANCE XC-200 EEC
XP-200EEC
Integrated Drives Zone 1
SIMOCODE
SINAMICS SIMATIC
ET 200iSP
4...20 mA/HART

PN/PN IE/PB LINK HA

Coupler
4...20 mA/HART
Zone 0

Package Unit SIMATIC CFU PA

G_IK10_XX_10437
Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS PA Industrial Ethernet, fiber optic

Redundant PROFINET networks in the process industry with SCALANCE X switches

• Integral redundancy manager for design of ring topologies When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
must be observed:
• Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
• Length of the twisted pair cable between two SCAL­
• Load disconnection through integral switch functionality ANCE XF-200BA switches:
• Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and web browser Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plug 180 with BusAd­
apter BA RJ45. By means of the BA 2xRJ45VD HA, it is also pos­
• Integration in a network management system (e.g. SINEC NMS) sible to achieve electrical cabling lengths of up to 1000 m.
• Automatic email function • IP address:
• Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional The IP address is assigned by means of the DHCP (Dynamic Host
C-PLUG removable data storage medium (not included in scope of Configuration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the
supply) network, the IP address can be assigned using the supplied soft­
ware tool PST (Primary Setup Tool) or STEP 7/TIA Portal.
Network topology and network configuration
SCALANCE XF204-2BA device configuration is with STEP 7 or the
Installation of a ring topology with the SCALANCE XF204-2BA. TIA Portal.
The SCALANCE XF204-2BA Industrial Ethernet switch with degree of
protection IP20 is installed in a control cabinet together with the
nodes to be connected. Electrical and optical versions can be installed
together in star, line and ring topologies.

14/116 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Function (continued)

SIMATIC S7-400 with

CP443-1 Advanced
Operator Station

SIMATIC S7-400 with

CP443-1 Advanced

SCALANCE
XF204-2BA SIMATIC
ET 200SP
PC

SIMATIC
SCALANCE SCALANCE ET 200SP with
XC208 XF204-2BA Motorstarter

SCALANCE
SIMATIC S7-1500 XC208 SCALANCE
with CP 1543-1 XF204-2BA

SIMATIC ET 200SP
PC Open Controller

IPC

G_IK10_XX_10257
SIMATIC ET 200SP CPU,
CP 1543SP-1

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)

Optimal design of a ring topology with SCALANCE XF-200BA and SCALANCE XC-200

Commissioning and diagnostics The integrated web server enables configuration and diagnostics
PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from the SCALANCE XF204-2BA can be settings to be made using a standard web browser (e.g. port con­
displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC engineering tools and then figuration). Statistical information can also be read out over the
processed in the PLC with an expanded diagnostic function. The web server (e.g. port capacity utilization).
engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI has been drastically reduced The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
due to the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system • Voltage/power
error messages.
The SCALANCE XF204-2BA Industrial Ethernet switch can also be • Errors
integrated into a network management system, e.g. SINEC NMS, • Redundancy
through the standardized Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP). In the event of faults in the device, error messages
(SNMP traps) can be sent to a network management system (e.g.
SINEC NMS) or as an email to a specified network administrator.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/117

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Function (continued)

Building End devices

SCALANCE XF204-2BA
with BA 2xRJ45VD HA

4-wire-cable (10/100 Mbit/s) up to 300 m

SIMATIC S7-1500 or 8-wire-cable (10/100 Mbit/s) up to 500 m

with CM 1542-1

SCALANCE
Integration in existing complex Bulkhead End devices
XR324-12M
fire protection SCALANCE XF204-2BA
with media module
with BA 2xRJ45VD HA ET
MM992-2VD
200MP
2-wire-cable (10 Mbit/s)
e.g. PROFIBUS cable up to 1000 m ET 200SP
PROFINET
PROFINET
End
devices,
ET 200SP End devices
Building

SCALANCE XF204-2BA
with BA 2xRJ45VD HA

G_IK10_XX_10374
Ground cable (10 Mbit/s) up to 1000 m

Ethernet communication via 2, 4 or 8-wire copper cables for communication up to 1000 m with VD technology

14/118 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Selection and ordering data Accessories

Article No. Article No.

SCALANCE XF204-2BA SIMATIC ET 200SP PS 24 V/5 A 6EP7133-6AB00-0BN0
Industrial Ethernet switches Stabilized power supply
Managed switch with 2 x BusAdapter Input: 120/230 V AC
interfaces, 24 V DC redundant power Output: 24 V DC/5 A
supply, PN device, extended temperat­ SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, BA 2×RJ45 6DL1193-6AR00-0AA0
ure range, conformal coating, config­ BusAdapter, 2 RJ45 sockets
uration software on CD-ROM
PROFINET BusAdapter with Ethernet
• SCALANCE XF204-2BA 6GK5204-2AA00-2GF2
socket for standard RJ45 plug, with
4 x 10/100 Mbps, 2 x BusAdapter coated PCBs (conformal coating)
interface, fault signaling contact,
SET button, redundant 24 V DC SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, BA 2×FC 6DL1193-6AF00-0AA0
power supply, PROFINET device, BusAdapter, 2 FastConnect
extended temperature range connections
-40 °C ... +70 °C, conformal coating, PROFINET BusAdapter with FastCon­
with electronic manual on DVD, C- nect Ethernet connection for direct
PLUG optional, bus cable connection, with coated
supplied without BusAdapter PCBs (conformal coating)
• SCALANCE XF204-2BA 6GK5204-0BA00-2GF2 BA 2xRJ45VD HA BusAdapter 6GK5991-2VA00-8AA2
two BA 2xRJ45 HA BusAdapters pre-
BusAdapter with coated PCBs (con­
assembled 6DL1193-6AR00-0AA0,
formal coating) and VD technology for
4 x 10/100 Mbps, 2 x BusAdapter
connecting 2, 4 and 8-wire cables via
interface, fault signaling contact,
standard RJ45 plugs
SET button, redundant 24 V DC
power supply, PROFINET device, ET 200SP, BA 2xSCRJ BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AP00-0AA0
extended temperature range SIMATIC ET 200SP, BA 2xSCRJ BusAd­
-40°C ... +70°C, conformal coating, apter, 2 SCRJ FO connections for
with electronic manual on DVD, C- PROFINET
PLUG optional,
supplied with BusAdapter ET 200SP, BA SCRJ/RJ45 BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AP20-0AA0
SIMATIC ET 200SP, BA SCRJ/RJ45
BusAdapter, media converter FOC-CU
1x SCRJ FO connection and 1x RJ45
connection for PROFINET
ET 200SP, BA SCRJ/FC BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AP40-0AA0
SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter: BA
SCRJ/FC, media converter FOC-CU 1x
SCRJ FO connection and 1x FastCon­
nect (FC) connection for PROFINET
C-PLUG (conformal coating) 6GK1900-0AQ00
C-PLUG removable data storage medi­
um for simple replacement of devices
in the event of a fault; for storing con­
figuration or engineering and applica­
tion data; can be used in SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot, conformal
coating
IE TP cord RJ45/RJ45
Preassembled 8-core Cat6A patch
cable 4 x 2, with two RJ45 plugs, pre­
ferred length
• 0.3 m 6XV1870-3QE30

• 0.5 m 6XV1870-3QE50

•1m 6XV1870-3QH10

•2m 6XV1870-3QH20

•3m 6XV1870-3QH30

•4m 6XV1870-3QH40

•6m 6XV1870-3QH60

• 10 m 6XV1870-3QN10

• 15 m 6XV1870-3QN15

• 20 m 6XV1870-3QN20

• 25 m 6XV1870-3QN25

• 30 m 6XV1870-3QN30

• 35 m 6XV1870-3QN35

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/119

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Accessories (continued)

Article No.
• 40 m 6XV1870-3QN40

• 45 m 6XV1870-3QN45

• 50 m 6XV1870-3QN50

FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A

Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available preassembled with LC con­
nectors in various lengths
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
Test access port for the reaction-free
extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmission
directions; extracts complete data
traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
ther diagnostics.

14/120 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5204-2AA00-2GF2 6GK5204-0BA00-2GF2

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XF204-2BA XF204
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 0 4
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for signaling contact 1 1
• for power supply 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant voltage supply Yes Yes
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 8.6 W 8.6 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.36 A 0.36 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage 2.5 A (cannot be changed by user) 2.5 A (cannot be changed by user)
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation maximum 95 % 95 %
protection class IP IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact
width 100 mm 100 mm
height 117 mm 117 mm
depth 74 mm 74 mm
net weight 0.21 kg 0.25 kg
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes
• wall mounting No No
• S7-300 rail mounting No No
• S7-1500 rail mounting No No

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/121

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-2AA00-2GF2 6GK5204-0BA00-2GF2

product features, product functions, product components
general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at reconfiguration time of 50 50
<\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal propagation any (depending only on signal propagation
time) time)
product functions management, configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes
• port mirroring Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B
network load class according to PROFINET 2
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes
• FTP No No
• BOOTP No No
• DCP Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designation Yes Yes
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
number of VLANs maximum 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; MRP; standby link) 257
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP client Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes Yes
product function

14/122 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-2AA00-2GF2 6GK5204-0BA00-2GF2

• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy manager Yes Yes
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnection (MRP-I) Yes Yes
• Media Redundancy Protocol for Planned Duplication (MRPD) No No
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported H-Sync forwarding Yes Yes
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported PROFINET system redund­ Yes Yes
ancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with redundancy manager Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with standby redundancy Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/operation in the PRP-network No No
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/Redundant Network Access No No
(RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes
system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via CiR/H-CiR Yes
product functions security
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support No No
protocol is supported
• NTP No No
• SNTP Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes
• cULus approval Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 508 E85972 UL 61010-2-201
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes
• UKEX Yes
• IECEx Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes
• FM registration Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN 50155 No
• railway application in accordance with EN 50124-1 No No
• RoHS conformity Yes
IT security for industrial automation systems according to IEC Yes Yes
62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals marine classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/123

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XF-200BA switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-2AA00-2GF2 6GK5204-0BA00-2GF2

• French marine classification society (BV) Yes
• DNV GL Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects (RINA) Yes
standards, specifications, approvals Environmental Product
Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 95.76 kg
• during manufacturing 20.21 kg
• during operation 75.23 kg
• after end of life 0.32 kg
product functions general
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connectors https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://support.industry.siemens.com https://support.industry.siemens.com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

14/124 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE X-200RNA switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200RNA switches

Overview Overview (continued)

- SCALANCE X204RNA EEC for HSR or PRP networks
For connecting up to two non-HSR- or PRP-enabled terminal
devices to ring-shaped networks with two electrical terminal
device ports and two optical/electrical combo ports for network
connection
- SCALANCE X204RNA EEC for PRP or HSR networks
For connecting up to two non-PRP-enabled or non-HSR-enabled
terminal devices to redundant networks with two electrical ter­
minal device ports and two optical/electrical combo ports for net­
work connection. PRP or HSR function can be defined by the user
when starting the device (for description of PRP function, see
chapter on X204RNA with PRP function).
• Redundant 24 V DC voltage infeed or wide-range power supply
unit, depending on device version
• SNMP access, integrated web server and automatic email transmis­
sion function for remote diagnostics and signaling via the network
SCALANCE X-204RNA for HSR (High-availability Seamless • Integration into the SINEC NMS network management system for
Redundancy Protocol in accordance with IEC 62439-3) and PRP end-to-end network diagnostics with central firmware manage­
(Parallel Redundancy Protocol in accordance with IEC 62439-3) ment
HSR
The SCALANCE X-200RNA (Redundant Network Access) managed
Industrial Ethernet network access points with HSR functionality are Benefits
used to connect up to two non-HSR-enabled terminal devices or net­
work segments to a ring-shaped HSR network structure. They can
also be used for simple and redundant transition from HSR to PRP
(Parallel Redundancy Protocol) network structures.
• Media redundancy thanks to duplicate transmission of frames in
ring-shaped networks • Ideal solution for establishing Industrial Ethernet networks with
high network availability
• High system availability since frames are sent simultaneously via
two routes in the ring • HSR: Bumpless data transmission in ring-shaped network struc­
tures for high availability systems (e.g. process automation)
• No reconfiguration times of the ring-shaped network are required
in the event of an error due to duplicate transmission of frames in • PRP: Bumpless data transmission in parallel network structures for
the ring high availability systems
• Simple and redundant connection of HSR and PRP network struc­ • Quick and easy diagnostics with LEDs on the device, using integ­
tures rated web server or SINEC NMS and via signaling contact
PRP • Integration of SCALANCE X-200RNA network access points in exist­
The SCALANCE X-200RNA (Redundant Network Access) managed ing network management systems (e.g. SINEC NMS) through
Industrial Ethernet network access points with PRP functionality are SNMP access
used to connect up to two non-PRP-enabled terminal devices or net­ • Simple commissioning without mandatory configuring
work segments to parallel networks.
• Media redundancy thanks to duplicate transmission of frames in • Module replacement without the need for a programming device,
using the C-plug removable data storage medium for backing up
two parallel, separate networks
the configuration data
• High system availability since frames are sent simultaneously over
two separate networks
• Reconfiguration times in a subnetwork do not affect the propaga­
tion time because the frames are transmitted via two separate net­
works (bumpless redundancy)
Product variants
• Network access point in plastic enclosure with electrical ports
- SCALANCE X204RNA for HSR or PRP networks
For connecting up to two non-HSR- or PRP-enabled terminal
devices to ring-shaped networks with four electrical ports
• Network access point in metal enclosure with electrical and optical
ports as well as a wide-range power supply unit for use in expan­
ded ambient conditions

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/125

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200RNA switches

Application Function

The SCALANCE X-200RNA Industrial Ethernet network access points • Connection of non-HSR-enabled terminal equipment to ring-
enable low-cost connection of non-HSR-enabled terminal devices to shaped networks, and non-PRP-enabled terminal devices to paral­
ring networks, and non-PRP-enabled terminal devices to parallel, lel, separate networks
separate networks with high availability requirements. The devices
with degree of protection IP20 are designed for use in the control • Transition from ring-shaped HSR networks to parallel PRP network
cabinet. structures with HSR and combination unit
Features: • Parallel data transfer by means of duplicate transmission in the
ring network, or via two parallel separate networks
• Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data communica­
tion) • Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossover
function integrated in the ports
• Remote diagnostics is possible through signaling contact (signal
mask can be set locally using buttons), SNMP or SINEC NMS and • Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and web browser
web browser
• Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the option­
• With their suitability for an extended range of ambient conditions, al C-PLUG removable data storage medium (not included in scope
the SCALANCE X-200RNA EEC modules can be used in power of supply)
switching and distribution systems (IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613) in
tough industrial environments Network topology and network configuration
The SCALANCE X-200RNA switches with IP20 degree of protection
are usually installed in a control cabinet together with the stations to
Design be connected. They can be mixed electrically and optically in star
and line topologies.
The SCALANCE X204RNA and X204RNA EEC network access points
with rugged plastic or metal enclosures have been optimized for When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
mounting on a DIN rail and for direct wall mounting in different must be observed:
mounting positions. • Length of the twisted pair cable between the network and SCAL­
The network access points with IP20 degree of protection feature: ANCE X-200RNA:
• A 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant supply - Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plug 180
voltage (2 x 24 V DC), or a 3-pin terminal block in the case of the
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
wide-range power supply unit
• A row of LEDs to indicate the status information (power, link • Length of the optical cables between the network and SCALANCE
status, data traffic, power supply, signaling contact) X-200RNA
- Max. 5000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
• A 2-pin or 3-pin terminal block for connecting the floating signal­
(multimode)
ing contact in the corresponding voltage range
- Max. 26 000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
• A SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling contact
(single-mode)
The SCALANCE X-200RNA modules are available with the following
port types: • IP address:
• 100BaseTX, RJ45 connection; The IP address is assigned via the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configura­
tion Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the network,
RJ45 port with a data transmission rate of 100 Mbps, with auto­ the IP address can be assigned using the supplied software tool PST
sensing and autocrossover function for connecting IE FC cables via (Primary Setup Tool).
IE FC RJ45 plug 180 up to 100 m
Commissioning and diagnostics
• 100BaseTX, combo port (RJ45, SFP slot);
The SCALANCE X-200RNA Industrial Ethernet network access points
100 Mbps combo ports for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet can be integrated into a network management system (e.g. SINEC
copper cables or glass fiber-optic cables (multimode/single-mode NMS) via the standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Manage­
fiber-optic cable); ment Protocol). In the event of faults in the device, error messages
if the RJ45 interface of the combo port is used, the SFP slot is deac­ (SNMP traps) can be sent to a network management system (e.g.
tivated, and vice versa. SINEC NMS) or as an email to a specified network administrator.
The integrated web server enables configuration and diagnostics
settings to be made using a standard web browser (e.g. port config­
uration). Statistical information can also be read out over the web
server (e.g. port capacity utilization).
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
• Power
• Port status
• Data traffic
• Signaling contact
• HSR activity
The SCALANCE X-200RNA Industrial Ethernet network access points
can also be monitored using the floating signaling contact.

14/126 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200RNA switches

Function (continued) Selection and ordering data

Article No.
PRP communication SCALANCE X-200RNA managed
Industrial Ethernet network
SIMATIC S7-400 with access points
CP 443-1 RNA Server with
SOFTNET-IE RNA Industrial Ethernet network access
points with integrated SNMP access,
web diagnostics and PROFINET dia­
gnostics; incl. operating instructions,
Industrial Ethernet network manual
and configuration software on CD
ROM;
with electrical and optical ports for
glass multimode fiber-optic cables up
SCALANCE SCALANCE to 5 km
XR-300 XR-300 EEC HSR;
for connecting non-HSR-enabled ter­
HSR communication minal devices to ring-shaped HSR net­
works
SCALANCE SCALANCE • SCALANCE X204RNA 6GK5204-0BA00-2MB2
X204RNA X204RNA EEC with four 100 Mbps RJ45 ports
• SCALANCE X204RNA EEC 6GK5204-0BS00-2NA3
with two 100 Mbps RJ45 ports and
Industrial Ethernet two RJ45/SFP combo ports
• SCALANCE X204RNA EEC 6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
with two 100 Mbps RJ45 ports and
two RJ45/SFP combo ports with PRP
SCALANCE SCALANCE or HSR support
X204RNA X204RNA PRP;
EEC
for connecting non-PRP-enabled ter­
minal devices to PRP networks
Protection device 6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2
• SCALANCE X204RNA
IP camera with HSR 1) with four 100 Mbps RJ45 ports
G_IK10_XX_10344

Protection device
without HSR 1) • SCALANCE X204RNA EEC 6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
PC with two 100 Mbps RJ45 ports and
For extended ambient two RJ45/SFP combo ports
1) High-Availability Seamless Redundancy Protocol
conditions, e.g. EMC load • SCALANCE X204RNA EEC 6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
with two 100 Mbps RJ45 ports and
two RJ45/SFP combo ports
with PRP and HSR support
Bumpless, redundant communication in networks with PRP and HSR-
enabled SIMATIC NET and Industrial Ethernet switch components SIMATIC NET communications 6GK7443-1RX00-0XE0
processor CP 443-1 RNA
S7 integration into bumpless, redund­
ant network structures on the basis of
the Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Software for connecting PCs to PRP-
enabled networks with integrated
SNMP, runtime software, software
and electronic manual on CD-ROM,
license key on USB flash drive, Class A
Software Update Service 6GK1711-1EW00-3AL0
For one year with automatic extension
Requirement: current software version

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/127

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200RNA switches

Accessories

Article No.
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A 6EP1331-5BA00
1-phase power supply with
wide-range input
85 - 264 V AC/110 - 300 V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V, rated
output current value 0.6 A, slim
design
SFP plug-in transceiver
• SFP991-1 6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
(multimode, glass, up to 3 km)
• SFP991-1LH+ 6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
(single-mode, glass, up to 70 km,
LH+)
• SFP991-1LD 6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
(single-mode, glass, up to 26 km)
• SFP991-1ELH200 6GK5991-1AE30-8AA0
(single-mode, glass up to 200 km)
IE TP cord RJ45/RJ45
Preassembled 8-core Cat6A patch
cable 4 x 2, with two RJ45 plugs, pre­
ferred length
• 0.3 m 6XV1870-3QE30

• 0.5 m 6XV1870-3QE50

•1m 6XV1870-3QH10

•2m 6XV1870-3QH20

•3m 6XV1870-3QH30

•4m 6XV1870-3QH40

•6m 6XV1870-3QH60

• 10 m 6XV1870-3QN10

• 15 m 6XV1870-3QN15

• 20 m 6XV1870-3QN20

• 25 m 6XV1870-3QN25

• 30 m 6XV1870-3QN30

• 35 m 6XV1870-3QN35

• 40 m 6XV1870-3QN40

• 45 m 6XV1870-3QN45

• 50 m 6XV1870-3QN50

FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A

Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available preassembled with LC con­
nectors in various lengths
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
Test access port for the reaction-free
extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
sion directions; extracts complete data
traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
ther diagnostics.

14/128 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200RNA switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5204-0BA00-2MB2 6GK5204-0BS00-2NA3 6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3

6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2 6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation X204RNA X204RNA EEC X204RNA EEC
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 4 2 2
number of combo ports with RJ45 interface for optic­ 2 2
al plug-in transceiver
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for signaling contact 1 1 1
• for power supply 1 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at AC rated value 230 V 230 V
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at AC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant Yes Yes
voltage supply
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 3.5 W 6W 6W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 85 ... 276 V 85 ... 276 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.15 A 0.25 A 0.25 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 4-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage 2.0 A 1.25 A 1.25 A
type of voltage 2 of the supply voltage AC AC
• supply voltage 2 rated value 85 ... 276 V 85 ... 276 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during transport -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• note A maximum operating temperat­ A maximum operating temperature
ure of +85 °C is permissible for a of +85 °C is permissible for a dura­
duration of 16 hours tion of 16 hours
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation 95 % 95 % 95 %
maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/129

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200RNA switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-0BA00-2MB2 6GK5204-0BS00-2NA3 6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3

6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2 6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact compact
width 45 mm 70 mm 70 mm
height 100 mm 147 mm 147 mm
depth 87 mm 123 mm 123 mm
net weight 0.23 kg 0.78 kg 0.78 kg
product feature conformal coating Yes Yes
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
• wall mounting Yes No No
• S7-300 rail mounting No No No
• S7-1500 rail mounting No No No
product functions management, configuration,
engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 No No No
• port mirroring No No No
• multiport mirroring No No No
• with IRT PROFINET IO switch No No No
• PROFINET IO diagnosis No No No
• switch-managed No No No
protocol is supported
• Telnet No No No
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP No No No
• FTP No No No
• BOOTP No No No
• GMRP No No No
• DCP Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP No No No
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) No No No
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designa­ Yes Yes Yes
tion
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes

14/130 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200RNA switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-0BA00-2MB2 6GK5204-0BS00-2NA3 6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3

6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2 6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol No No No
(MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy No No No
manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with No No No
redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with No No No
standby redundancy
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/Redundant Net­ Yes Yes Yes
work Access (RNA)
• High-availability Seamless Redundancy (HSR) and No No Yes
Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP) coupling
• passive listening No No No
product functions security
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support No No No
protocol is supported
• NTP No No No
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes
• cULus approval Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes
standard
• for EMC IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 IEC 61850, IEEE 1613
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1 E115352, CSA C22.2 UL 508 E85972, CSA C22.2 no. UL 508 E85972, CSA C22.2 no.
No. 60950-1 142-M1987 142-M1987
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous
environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes
• IECEx Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes
• FM registration Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN 50155 No Yes Yes
• railway application in accordance with EN 50121-4 Yes Yes
• railway application in accordance with EN 50124-1 No No No
• fire protection in accordance with EN 45545-2 Yes Yes
• IEC 61850-3 No Yes Yes
• IEEE 1613 Yes Yes
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/131

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-200RNA switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-0BA00-2MB2 6GK5204-0BS00-2NA3 6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3

6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2 6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
standards, specifications, approvals marine
classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes Yes
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes Yes
• DNV GL Yes Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects (RINA) Yes Yes
product functions general
MTBF 92.45 a 67.64 a 67.64 a
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connect­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
ors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic-
net net net
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

14/132 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
RUGGEDCOM compact switch RNA / RUGGEDCOM RSG900R managed
Industrial Ethernet
RUGGEDCOM compact switch RNA / RUGGEDCOM RSG900R managed

Overview Benefits
• Combination of multi-port Ethernet switch and HSR/PRP redund­
ancy box
• Any compliant fiber optic or copper infrastructure can be used with
flexible uplink options Industry standard connectors: SFP, LC
and/or RJ45
• Avoid revenue loss by mitigating the risk of communication disrup­
tions and downtime with a redundant fault-tolerant network sup­
porting HSR and/or PRP
• SFP ports allow in-field modification at any time ensuring deploy­
ment flexibility for varying customer needs
• Redundant power supply inputs allow for continuous safe and reli­
able operations even during single power supply failures, diminish­
ing the risk of revenue and data loss
• Reduce maintenance costs by combining precision timing informa­
tion and data communications in a single network due to the sup­
port of IEEE 1588.
The RUGGEDCOM RSG900R series are compact Gigabit IEEE 1588
compatible Ethernet switches, supporting High Availability Seamless • Support of HSR and PRP according to IEC 62439-3
Redundancy (HSR) and Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP) according • Supports precision timing according to IEEE 1588 (transparent
to IEC 62439-3 clock, ordinary clock)
Combining Ethernet switches with an HSR/PRP redundancy box (Red­
Box) in a convenient compact design ensures continuous, secure, • Non-blocking store and forward switching
reliable operations, even during power failures, thereby greatly • For use at ambient temperatures from –40 °C to +85 °C without
diminishing the risk of data and revenue loss. IEEE 1588 function the use of fans, and meets CSA/UL 62368 safety approved
support enables the RUGGEDCOM RSG900R to combine precision
timing and network communication data in one network, thereby • Zero-Packet-Loss technology for immunity to high levels of electro­
reducing maintenance costs. It can also be used to couple an HSR magnetic interference
with a PRP or an RSTP network to operate on both types of redund­
ant networks at the same time. Rugged rated to operate reliably in
• RUGGEDCOM ROS features top-of-the-range cybersecurity options,
the harshest environmental conditions, the device provides main­ management tools, and a rich set of diagnostics
tenance-free operation for years at ambient temperatures ranging
between –40 °C and +85 °C. It comes with comprehensive approvals
for a variety of markets, including IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, and IEC
Ex.
The RUGGEDCOM RSG900R features the ROSTM (Rugged Operating
System) and universal power supply options. It also offers an array
of cybersecurity features.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/133

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
RUGGEDCOM compact switch RNA / RUGGEDCOM RSG900R managed

Integration

HMI Gateway

RUGGEDCOM
RX1500

RUGGEDCOM
RSG909R

RUGGEDCOM RUGGEDCOM
RST2228 RST2228

RSTP Ring

RUGGEDCOM RUGGEDCOM
RSG909R RSG909R
RUGGEDCOM RUGGEDCOM
RSG907R RSG907R

Non-HSR IEDs HSR Ring 1 HSR Ring n Non-HSR IEDs

G_RCM0_XX_00186
Field 1 HSR-capable IEDs HSR-capable IEDs Field n

Industrial Ethernet (Copper) Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)

Two RUGGEDCOM RSG907R / RSG909R in each HSR bay ring for redundant coupling with PRP station level LANs.

14/134 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
RUGGEDCOM compact switch RNA / RUGGEDCOM RSG900R managed

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

RUGGEDCOM RSG907R • RUGGEDCOM SFP1131S-1LX40A 6GK6000-8FE62-0AA0

RUGGEDCOM RSG907R is a 7 port 100BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
industrially hardened, fully managed Single-mode Fiber Optic up to max.
Ethernet switch featuring an integ­ 40 km, 1310 nm, -5 °C ...+70 °C.
rated HSR/PRP RedBox for use in harsh Only compatible with the RUGGED­
industrial environments. The product COM devices supporting active SFPs
has 3x 1 Gbps SFP slots and 4x 100 Fiber Optic SFPs (Gigabit)
Mbps multimode LC ports (max 2 km).
-40 °C to +85 °C operating temperat­ • RUGGEDCOM SFP1122-1SX 6GK6000-8FG51-0AA0
ure (fanless). 1000BASE-SX, LC-Interface, Optical:
6GK6490-7RB..-.... Multi Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
• RUGGEDCOM RSG907R
500 m, 850 nm, -40 °C...+85 °C
RUGGEDCOM RSG909R 6GK6000-8FE58-0AA0
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1122-1SX2
RUGGEDCOM RSG909R is a 9 port 1000BASE-SX, LC-Interface, Optical:
industrially hardened, fully managed Multi Mode Fiber Optic up to max. 2
Ethernet switch featuring an integ­ km, 1310 nm, -40 °C ...+85 °C
rated HSR/PRP RedBox for use in harsh
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX10 6GK6000-8FG52-0AA0
industrial environments. The product
has 3x 1 Gbps SFP slots and 6x 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 Ethernet Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
ports. -40 °C to +85 °C operating tem­ 10 km, 1310 nm, -40 °C ...+85 °C
perature (fanless). • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX25 6GK6000-8FG53-0AA0
• RUGGEDCOM RSG909R 6GK6498-0RB..-.... 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
RUGGEDCOM accessories 25 km, 1310 nm, -40 °C... +85 °C
• USB Console cable 6GK6000-8DT01-0AA0
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX40 6GK6000-8FG57-0AA0
USB 2.0 A type to B type Cable
1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
Assembly 10 feet / 3 meters
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
• Power cable without lugs 6GK6000-8BB00-0AA0 40 km, 1550 nm, -40 °C ...+85 °C
Power Cable with North-American 6GK6000-8FG54-0AA0
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX70
plug for pluggable terminal blocks
1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
(6 ft.) for RUGGEDCOM products
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
• Panel Mounting Kit for RUGGED­ 6GK6000-8MR00-0AA1 70 km, 1550 nm, -40 °C ...+85 °C
COM RSG900C 6GK6000-8FE56-0AA0
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX115
Allows for wall and other lateral
1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
mounting for the RUGGEDCOM
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
RSG908C and RSG910C
115 km, 1550 nm, -10 °C ...+70 °C
• RJ45 Dust Covers kit 6GK6000-8HT01-0CA0 Fiber Optic Bi-Directional SFPs (Gigabit)
RJ45 dust covers for RUGGEDCOM
products, 8 pieces • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX10R 6GK6000-8FB51-0AA0
• SFP Dust Covers kit 6GK6000-8HT02-0CA0 1000BASE-BX-U, LC-Interface, Optic­
SFP dust covers for RUGGEDCOM al: Single Mode Fiber Optic up to
products, 12 pieces max. 10 km, 1310 nm TX/1490 nm
RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
RUGGEDCOM SFPs
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX10T 6GK6000-8FB52-0AA0
Copper Ethernet SFP 1000BASE-BX-D, LC-Interface, Optic­
al: Single Mode Fiber Optic up to
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1112-1 6GK6000-8CG01-0AA0
max. 10 km, 1490 nm TX/1310 nm
Copper SFP, 10/100/1000 Mbps, RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
RJ45-Interface, Copper, up to max.
100 m, 0 °C ...+70 °C • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX40R 6GK6000-8FB53-0AA0
Fiber Optic SFPs (Fast Ethernet) 1000BASE-BX-U, LC-Interface, Optic­
al: Single Mode Fiber Optic up to
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1121-1FX2A 6GK6000-8FE50-0AA0 max. 40 km, 1310 nm TX/1490 nm
100BASE-FX, LC-Interface, Optical: RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
Multi Mode Fiber Optic up to max. 2 • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX40T 6GK6000-8FB54-0AA0
km, 1310 nm, -40 °C ...+85 °C. Only 1000BASE-BX-D, 1 X 1000 Mbps, LC-
compatible with the RUGGEDCOM Interface, Optical: Single Mode Fiber
devices supporting active SFPs Optic up to max. 40 km, 1490 nm
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1131-1FX10A 6GK6000-8FE60-0AA0 TX/1310 nm RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
100BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
Single-mode Fiber Optic up to max.
10 km, 1310 nm, -40 °C ...+85 °C.
Only compatible with the RUGGED­
COM devices supporting active SFPs
More information

To assist in selecting the right RUGGEDCOM products as well as con­

figuration of variants, the RUGGEDCOM Selector is available at:

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/135

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
RUGGEDCOM rack switch / RUGGEDCOM RST2228 managed
Industrial Ethernet
RUGGEDCOM rack switch / RUGGEDCOM RST2228 managed

Overview Benefits
• Future-proof Ethernet switch with high port density to minimize
capital expense by reducing the number of Layer 2 switching
devices needed.
• Field-modular media modules with RJ45, FastConnect, Power-over-
Ethernet, LC & SFP interfaces and build-to-order design ensures
seamless servicing and tremendous flexibility in tailoring the
device configuration resulting in lower operating expenses.
• Suitable for usage in electric power, transportation and oil & gas
applications due to a utility grade design with immunity against
The RUGGEDCOM RST2228 series is a 28-port, field modular 19“ Lay­ EMI and heavy electrical surges.
er 2 rack switch with 10 Gbps uplinks and compliant with PTP IEEE
1588v2. It supports layer 3 static unicast routing, imparting greater • Future-proof due to support of modern IEEE 1588 time synchroniz­
flexibility over standard Layer 2 switches for modern digital substa­ ation features and modular construction that allows network
tion networks. traffic growth to be accommodated by changing only the modules.
Product versions • Ensures data integrity and data authentication with MACsec
RUGGEDCOM RST2228 encryption based on IEEE 802.1AE standard that provides data
security for point-to-point Layer 2 communications
• 28-port field modular managed Layer 2 Gbps switch with 10 Gbps
uplinks supporting IEEE 1588v2 • Suitable for usage in harsh environments with the minimal risk of
mechanical failures due to fan-less operation across an operating
RUGGEDCOM RST2228P
temperature range from -40 to +85℃.
• 28-port field modular managed Layer 2 Gbps switch with 10 Gbps
uplinks supporting IEEE 1588v2 and Power-over-Ethernet enabled
according to IEEE 802.3at/bt (draft)

Integration

Clock source:
- GPS
- IEEE 1588
- IRIG-B
- NTP
Master Clock / Boundary Clock
RUGGEDCOM RSG2488 + PTP-Karte

Transparent Clock + Slave Clock Transparent Clock + Slave Clock

RUGGEDCOM RST2228 RUGGEDCOM RST2228

eRSTP Ring
IED IED IED IED (10 Gbit/s) IED IED IED

RUGGEDCOM Transparent Clock Transparent Clock

RMC8388 RUGGEDCOM RST2228 RUGGEDCOM RST2228

IED IED IED MU MU IED MU MU IED IED IED IED

G_RCM0_XX_00174

C
52 52 A

Power Industrial Ethernet with IEEE 1588 Fiber Optic IRIG-B B

RUGGEDCOM RST2228 with IEEE 1588 V2 and hardware time stamping

14/136 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
RUGGEDCOM rack switch / RUGGEDCOM RST2228 managed

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

RUGGEDCOM Rack Switches • RUGGEDCOM RMM2942-4LC2 6GK6294-2LD00-4AC0

RUGGEDCOM RST2228 6GK6222-6AB..-.... Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
RUGGEDCOM RST2228 is a field mod­ RST2228, 4 x 100 Mbps LC support­
ular, fully managed Layer 2 Ethernet ing multi-mode fiber optics up to 2
switch with 4 x 1/10 Gbps and 24 x km
100/1000 Mbps non-blocking ether­ Media Modules with Conformal
net ports. Support for up to six 4-port Coating
media modules with RJ45, SFP or LC
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2972C-2RNA 6GK6297-8SB00-2AA1
interfaces; -40 °C ... +85 °C operating
temperature (fanless) Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
RST2228, RST2228P to support
RUGGEDCOM RST2228P 6GK6222-6PB..-.... HSR/PRP functions; port A and B, 2 x
RUGGEDCOM RST2228P is a field mod­ 100/1000 Base-X
ular, fully managed Layer 2 Ethernet • RUGGEDCOM RMM2973C-4RJ45 6GK6297-3RD00-4AB1
switch with 4 x 1/10 Gbps and 24 x Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
100/1000 Mbps non-blocking ether­ RST2228, 4 x RJ45, 10/100/1000
net ports supporting Power-over-Eth­ BASE-TX. With Conformal Coating
ernet. Support for up to six 4-port
media modules with RJ45, SFP or LC • RUGGEDCOM RMM2973MC-4RJ45 6GK6297-3RM00-4AB1
interfaces; -40 °C ...+85 °C operating Media Module for RUGGED­
temperature (fanless) COM RST2228, RST2228P to support
RUGGEDCOM accessories IEEE 802.1AE MACsec functionality,
4 x RJ45, 10/100/1000 BASE-TX.
Media Modules (Standard) With Conformal Coating
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2972-2RNA 6GK6297-8SB00-2AA0 6GK6297-3FD00-4AB1
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2973C-4FC
Media Module for RUGGEDCOM Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
RST2228, RST2228P to support RST2228, 4 x FastConnect (RJ45),
HSR/PRP functions; port A and B, 2 x 10/100/1000 BASE-TX. With Con­
100/1000 Base-X formal Coating
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2973-4RJ45 6GK6297-3RD00-4AB0 6GK6297-3PD00-4AB1
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2973C-4POE
Media Module for RUGGEDCOM Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
RST2228, 4 x RJ45, 10/100/1000 RST2228, 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps
BASE-TX Power-over-Ethernet (RJ45) accord­
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2973M-4RJ45 6GK6297-3RM00-4AB0 ing to IEEE 802.3at/bt (draft) sup­
Media Module for RUGGEDCOM porting 60 Watt/interface with
RST2228, RST2228P to support shared power budget from 120
IEEE 802.1AE MACsec functionality, Watt/module. With Conformal Coat­
4 x RJ45, 10/100/1000 BASE-TX. ing
6GK6297-3FD00-4AB0 • RUGGEDCOM RMM2973C-4PFC 6GK6297-3WD00-4AB1
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2973-4FC
Media Module for RUGGEDCOM Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
RST2228, 4 x FastConnect (RJ45), RST2228, 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps
10/100/1000 BASE-TX Power-over-Ethernet (FastConnect)
according to IEEE 802.3at/bt (draft)
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2973-4POE 6GK6297-3PD00-4AB0 supporting 60 Watt/interface with
Media Module for RUGGEDCOM shared power budget from 120
RST2228, 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps Watt/module
Power-over-Ethernet (RJ45) accord­
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2972C-4SFP 6GK6297-2SA00-4AA1
ing to IEEE 802.3at/bt (draft) sup­
porting 60 Watt/interface with Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
shared power budget from 120 RST2228, 4 x SFP-slot, Supporting
Watt/module 100BASE-FX, 1000BASE-X SFPs, SFPs
are not included. With Conformal
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2973-4PFC 6GK6297-3WD00-4AB0 Coating
Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
RST2228, 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps • RUGGEDCOM RMM2973MC-4SFP 6GK6297-2SM00-4AA1
Power-over-Ethernet (FastConnect) Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
according to IEEE 802.3at/bt (draft) RST2228, RST2228P to support
supporting 60 Watt/interface with IEEE 802.1AE MACsec functionality,
shared power budget from 120 4 x SFP-slot, Supporting 100BASE-
Watt/module FX, 1000BASE-X SFPs, SFPs are not
included. With Conformal Coating
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2972-4SFP 6GK6297-2SA00-4AA0
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2942C-4LC2 6GK6294-2LD00-4AC1
Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
RST2228, 4 x SFP-slot, Supporting Media Module for RUGGEDCOM
100BASE-FX, 1000BASE-X SFPs, SFPs RST2228, 4 x 100 Mbps LC support­
are not included ing multi-mode fiber optics up to
2km. With Conformal Coating
• RUGGEDCOM RMM2972M-4SFP 6GK6297-2SM00-4AA0
Media Module for RUGGEDCOM Blank modules
RST2228, RST2228P to support • RUGGEDCOM RMM2931-4 6GK6293-1BA00-4AA0
IEEE 802.1AE MACsec functionality, Blank Media Module for RUGGED­
4 x SFP-slot, Supporting 100BASE- COM RST2228
FX, 1000BASE-X SFPs, SFPs are not
included.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/137

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
RUGGEDCOM rack switch / RUGGEDCOM RST2228 managed

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

RUGGEDCOM accessories • RUGGEDCOM SFP1121-1FX2A 6GK6000-8FE50-0AA0

• USB Console cable 6GK6000-8DT01-0AA0 100BASE-FX, LC-Interface, Optical:
USB 2.0 A type to B type Cable Multi Mode Fiber Optic up to max. 2
Assembly 10 feet / 3 meters km, 1310 nm, -40...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1131-1FX10A 6GK6000-8FE60-0AA0
• Power cable with lugs 6GK6000-8BA00-0AA0
Power Cable with north-american 100BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
plug for screw terminal blocks (6 ft.) Single-mode Fiber Optic up to max.
for RUGGEDCOM products 10 km, 1310 nm, -40...+85 °C. Only
compatible with the RUGGEDCOM
• Power cable without lugs 6GK6000-8BB00-0AA0 devices supporting active SFPs.
Power Cable with north-american
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1131-1FX20 6GK6000-8FE52-0AA0
plug for pluggable terminal blocks
(6 ft.) for RUGGEDCOM products 100BASE-FX, LC-Interface, Optical:
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
• Pluggable terminal block RST2228 6GK6000-8HC05-0AA0 20 km, 1310 nm, -40...+85 °C
Connector Kit RST2228 Pluggable
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1131S-1LX40A 6GK6000-8FE62-0AA0
terminal blocks (1 set)
100BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
• Screw terminal block RST2228 6GK6000-8HC06-0AA0 Single-mode Fiber Optic up to max.
Connector Kit RST2228 Screw ter­ 40 km, 1310 nm, -5...+70 °C. Only
minal blocks (1 set) compatible with the RUGGEDCOM
devices supporting active SFPs
• Rack / Panel Mounting Kit for 6GK6000-8BB00-0AA0
RUGGEDCOM RST2228 • RUGGEDCOM SFP1131-1XF50 6GK6000-8FE53-0AA0
Allows for mounting in a 19” rack or 100BASE-FX, LC-Interface, Optical:
in a panel Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
50 km, 1310 nm, -40...+85 °C
• RJ45 Dust Covers kit 6GK6000-8HT01-0CA0
RJ45 dust covers for RUGGEDCOM • RUGGEDCOM SFP1131-1XF90 6GK6000-8FE54-0AA0
products, 8 pieces 100BASE-FX, LC-Interface, Optical:
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
• SFP Dust Covers kit 6GK6000-8HT02-0CA0
90 km, 1550 nm, -40...+85 °C
SFP dust covers for RUGGEDCOM
products, 12 pieces Fiber Optic SFPs (Gigabit)

RUGGEDCOM Storage Media • RUGGEDCOM SFP1122-1SX 6GK6000-8FG51-0AA0

• RUGGEDCOM CLP 2GB 6GK6000-8RA00-1HA0 1000BASE-SX, LC-Interface, Optical:
Storage media for simple device Multi Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
exchange in case of failure, for stor­ 500 m, 850 nm, -40...+85 °C
age of configuration or user data • RUGGEDCOM SFP1122-1SX2 6GK6000-8FE58-0AA0
with 2 GB capacity. 1000BASE-SX, LC-Interface, Optical:
• RUGGEDCOM CLP 2GB CC 6GK6000-8RA00-1HA1 Multi Mode Fiber Optic up to max. 2
Storage media for simple device km, 1310 nm, -40...+85 °C
exchange in case of failure, for stor­ • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX10 6GK6000-8FG52-0AA0
age of configuration or user data 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
with 2 GB capacity and Conformal Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
Coating. 10 km, 1310 nm, -40...+85 °C
RUGGEDCOM SFPs • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX25 6GK6000-8FG53-0AA0
Copper Ethernet SFP 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1112-1 6GK6000-8CG01-0AA0 25 km, 1310 nm, -40... +85 °C
Copper SFP, 10/100/1000 Mbps
RJ45-Interface, Copper, up to max. • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX40 6GK6000-8FG57-0AA0
100 m, 0...+70 °C 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1112-1I 6GK6000-8CG02-0AA0 40 km, 1550 nm, -40...+85 °C
Copper SFP, 10/100/1000 Mbps
RJ45-Interface, Copper, up to max. • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX70 6GK6000-8FG54-0AA0
100 m, -40...+85 °C. 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
For use with ROS 5.4.0, ROX 2.13.2 Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
and later versions. 70 km, 1550 nm, -40...+85 °C
Fiber Optic SFPs (Fast Ethernet) • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX115 6GK6000-8FE56-0AA0
1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Optical:
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1121-1FX2 6GK6000-8FE51-0AA0 Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
100BASE-FX, LC-Interface, Optical: 115 km, 1550 nm, -10...+70 °C
Multi Mode Fiber Optic up to max. 2 Fiber Optic Bi-Directional SFPs (Gigabit)
km, 1310 nm, -40...+85 °C

14/138 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
RUGGEDCOM rack switch / RUGGEDCOM RST2228 managed

Selection and ordering data (continued) More information

• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX10R 6GK6000-8FB51-0AA0 To assist in selecting the right RUGGEDCOM products as well as con­
1000BASE-BX-U, LC-Interface, Optic­ figuration of variants, the RUGGEDCOM Selector is available at:
al: Single Mode Fiber Optic up to
http://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom-selector
max. 10 km, 1310 nm TX/1490 nm
RX, -40...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX10T 6GK6000-8FB52-0AA0
1000BASE-BX-D, LC-Interface, Optic­
al: Single Mode Fiber Optic up to
max. 10 km, 1490 nm TX/1310 nm
RX, -40...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX40R 6GK6000-8FB53-0AA0
1000BASE-BX-U, LC-Interface, Optic­
al: Single Mode Fiber Optic up to
max. 40 km, 1310 nm TX/1490 nm
RX, -40...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX40T 6GK6000-8FB54-0AA0
1000BASE-BX-D, 1 X 1000 Mbps, LC-
Interface, Optical: Single Mode Fiber
Optic up to max. 40 km, 1490 nm
TX/1310 nm RX, -40...+85 °C
Fiber Optic SFP+ (10 Gigabit)

• RUGGEDCOM SFP2123-1SR 6GK6000-8FT50-0AA0

10GBASE-SR, LC- Interface, Optical:
Multi Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
300 m, 850 nm, -40...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP2133-1LR10 6GK6000-8FT51-0AA0
10GBASE-LR, LC- Interface, Optical:
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
10 km, 1310 nm, -40...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP2133-1ER40 6GK6000-8FT53-0AA0
10GBASE-ER, LC- Interface, Optical:
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
40 km, 1550 nm, -40...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP2133-1ZR80 6GK6000-8FT52-0AA0
10GBASE-ZR, LC- Interface, Optical:
Single Mode Fiber Optic up to max.
80 km, 1550 nm, -40...+85 °C

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/139

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XC-300 switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Overview Benefits

• Operational reliability in industrial environments, e.g. due to

robust enclosure, redundancy, extended temperature range from
The SCALANCE XC‑300 product line comprises compact Industrial -40 °C to +60 °C
Ethernet switches for installation in control cabinets for constructing • Increased plant availability thanks to:
electrical and/or optical line, ring and star topologies operating at
data transfer rates up to 10 Gbps. - Redundant power supply
Product variants - Redundant network structures based on a wide range of proto­
SCALANCE XC332 cols

• With 32x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, for mounting in control • Easy monitoring and diagnostics due to separate diagnostics sta­
cabinet tion with integrated LEDs, signaling contact, web browser, traps
and email transmission
SCALANCE XC324-4
• With 24x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps and 4x SFP ports • Integration into the SINEC NMS Network Management System for
1/10 Gbps integrated network diagnostics with central firmware manage­
ment
SCALANCE XC324-4EEC
• Reduced engineering workload for PLC/HMI due to integration into
• With 24x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps and 4x SFP ports the SIMATIC system error message concept
1/10 Gbps, conformal coating
• Time savings during engineering, commissioning and in the oper­
SCALANCE XC319-4 ating phase of a plant by using the integrated configuration and
• With 16x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 4x SFP ports 1/10 Gbps diagnostics in TIA Portal
and 3x RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps
• Easy integration in process and system diagnostics with PROFINET
SCALANCE XC316-8 or EtherNet/IP
• With 16x RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps and 8x SFP ports • Integration of SCALANCE XC‑300 switches in existing network
1/10 Gbps management systems, such as SINEC NMS, through SNMP access
• Reliable plug-in connection thanks to rugged, industry-standard
device connection in conjunction with industry-standard FastCon­
nect connectors
• Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction

14/140 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Application

The main area of application is in high-performance plant networks • Use in the SIMATIC environment
(aggregation/control level) where a high number of ports and high
transfer rate are necessary in addition to high requirements on the • Virtual networks (VLAN) allow simple division of large networks
availability of the network and comprehensive diagnostics options. into smaller subnetworks with their own address space. Reasons
for subdivision into subnetworks include separation of the Ether­
The switch handles the Layer 2 networking of plant units as well as net networks to reduce the broadcast load, separation of sensitive
distributed field devices. areas from the main network, and subdivision of the network into
Other properties that support the application target include: logical working groups.
• One industrial network for data, voice, video and PROFINET • Integrated security functions offer protection against unauthor­
• Integrated system diagnostics possible with PROFINET, SINEC NMS, ized network access and configuration; see technical specifica­
tions
Syslog, SNMP and web browser

Industrial Ethernet (Fiber optic)

Industrial Backbone

SINEC NMS Industrial data center Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)

SINEC INS
MES
Firewall

SCALANCE XR326/XRM334 Firewall SCALANCE XR522-12 SCALANCE XR522-12

SCALANCE XC416-8 SCALANCE XC416-8

Aggregation Layer

SCALANCE XC324/XCM328

SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE XC324/XCM328

LPE XCM323 XC319/XCM323 XC206-2G PoE
SCALANCE SCALANCE
XC216-3G PoE XC332/XCM332 SCALANCE XC332/XCM332
SCALANCE
XR326-2C PoE WG

SCALANCE
XC206-2G PoE

G_IK10_XX_10204
Cell Layer

High availability through network segmentation and redundancy mechanisms

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/141

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Application (continued)

SCALANCE XC-400 SCALANCE XR-500

SCALANCE XR-300

SCALANCE
SCALANCE XC-300 XR-300 PoE WG

SCALANCE
XR-100 PoE WG
SCALANCE
SC-600

SCALANCE
XC-200 PoE
SCALANCE W

Cameras connected
via 1 Gbit/s PoE

G_IK10_XX_50950
SIMATIC SIMATIC Up to 8x camera over
ET 200SP S7-1500 1 Gbit/s PoE connected

Industrial Ethernet 10/100/1000/10000 Mbit/s (Twisted Pair)

Industrial Ethernet 10 Gbit/s (Fiber Optic)

Implementation of the connection of a large number of nodes and high data throughput over long distances

14/142 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Design Function

The SCALANCE XC‑300 Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged • Setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring
enclosure are optimized for mounting on DIN rails and SIMATIC topologies
S7-1500 mounting rails. Direct wall mounting in various positions - Use in ring topologies together with SCALANCE X-200, SCAL­
and mounting on a SIMATIC S7-300 mounting rail are also possible.
ANCE X-300, SCALANCE X-400 and XR-500
Due to the SIMATIC S7-1500 enclosure dimensions, the devices are
optimally suited for integration into an automation solution with • Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossover
SIMATIC S7-1500 components. function integrated in the ports
The network access points with degree of protection IP20 feature:
• Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and web browser
• A 2x 2-pin terminal block (push-in) for connecting the redundant
supply voltage (2 x 24 V DC) • Easy copper cable diagnostics via web browser for localizing cable
breaks
• The following status information is displayed on site by LEDs:
• Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET controller with
- Port status expanded diagnostics functions for a consistent diagnostics
- Port mode (e.g. 10/100/1000 Mbps, full/half-duplex) concept, including network infrastructure

- Status of the two power supplies • Diagnostics of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
port with a standard commercial network analyzer
- Signaling contact status
• Optimized support of PROFINET real-time communication (RT)
- Signal mask (setpoint status) through prioritizing
• A 2-pin terminal block (push-in) for connecting the floating signal­ • Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the option­
ing contact al C-PLUG removable data storage medium (not included in scope
of supply)
• A SELECT/SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling con­
tact • Redundant connection to company networks
• Variant with coated PCBs (conformal coating) The SCALANCE XC-300 switches support the standardized redund­
ancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and Rapid Spanning
The SCALANCE XC-300 switches are available with the following Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnetwork to be connected
port types: redundantly to a higher level corporate network with reduced
10/100/1000 Mbps, RJ45 connection requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the seconds range)
• Automatic detection of data transmission rate (10, 100 or • Support of virtual LANs (VLAN)
1000 Mbps), with autosensing and autocrossover function for con­ For structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing
necting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to number of nodes, a physically existing network can be divided into
100 m. several logical networks
1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, RJ45 connection • Load limiting with use of multicast protocols (e.g. querier, video)
• Automatic detection of data transmission rate (1000, 2500, 5000 By learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP snooping),
or 10000 Mbps), with autosensing and autocrossover function for XC-300 switches can also filter multicast data traffic, thus limiting
connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to the load in the network. Multicast and broadcast traffic can be lim­
100 ited.
1/10 Gbps, SFP+ connector Network topology and network configuration
• Use of 1000 Mbps or 10000 Mbps SFP+ transceiver for multimode The SCALANCE XC-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with degree of
or single-mode transceivers protection IP20 are usually installed in a control cabinet together
with the stations to be connected. Electrical and optical versions can
be installed together in star, line and ring topologies.
When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
must be observed:
• Maximum cable length for twisted pair:
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC cable and Industrial Eth­
ernet FC plugs
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
• IP address:
The IP address can be assigned by means of the DHCP (Dynamic
Host Configuration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in
the network, the IP address can be assigned using the supplied
software tool SINEC PNI (Primary Network Initialization) or STEP 7 /
TIA Portal. Assignment via the local console port is also possible.
Commissioning and diagnostics
PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XC-300 switches can
be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC engineering tools and
processed in the PLC with an expanded diagnostics function. The
engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have been drastically

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/143

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Function (continued) Accessories

reduced due to the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for Article No.
system error messages. S7-1500 PM 1507 power supply 6EP1333-4BA00
SCALANCE XC-300 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be integ­
rated in a network management system such as SINEC NMS using SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/8 A
Stabilized power supply for
the standardized Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). In SIMATIC S7-1500
the event of faults in the device, error messages (SNMP traps) can be Input: 120/230 V AC
sent to a network management system such as SINEC NMS or as an Output: 24 V DC/8 A
email to a specified network administrator. SITOP PSU100E power supply 6EP3344-0SB00-0AY0
The integrated web server enables configuration and diagnostics
settings to be made using a standard web browser (e.g. port config­ Stabilized power supply
Input: 120/230 V AC
uration). Statistical information can also be read out over the web Output: 48 V DC/5 A
server (e.g. port capacity utilization).
IE FC RJ45 plug 4 x 2 6GK1901-1BB12-2AA0
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
RJ45 plug-in data connector
• Power (10/100/1000 Mbps), for connection
to IE FC TP cables 4x2, with a rugged
• Port status metal enclosure and FastConnect con­
nection technology
• Data traffic 6XV1878-2A
IE FC TP standard cable GP 4 x 2
• Signaling contact TP installation cable Cat6 for connec­
tion to IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2, AWG24
• Redundancy manager function (RM)
Sold by the meter;
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XC-300 line can Max. delivery unit 1000 m,
also be monitored using the floating signaling contact. minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available pre-assembled with RJ45
plugs in various lengths
Selection and ordering data IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+
Pre-assembled IE connecting cable
Article No. with two SFP-plus connectors
SCALANCE XC-300 Length:
Industrial Ethernet switches 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA1
•1m
Industrial Ethernet switches with
integral SNMP access, web dia­ •2m 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA2
gnostics, copper cable diagnostics, •7m 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA7
and PROFINET diagnostics for config­
uring line, star and ring topologies; SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
with integrated redundancy manager Test access port for the reaction-free
• SCALANCE XC332 6GK5332-0GA00-2AC2 extraction of Ethernet data frames
with 32x RJ45 ports (10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
10/100/1000 Mbps sion directions; extracts complete data
traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
• SCALANCE XC324-4 6GK5328-4TS00-2AC2
ther diagnostics.
with 24x RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps and 4x SFP+
ports 1/10 Gbps
• SCALANCE XC324-4EEC 6GK5328-4TS00-2EC2
with 24x RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps and 4x SFP+
ports 1/10 Gbps; conformal coating
• SCALANCE XC319-4 6GK5323-4TS00-2AC2
with 16x RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps,
4x SFP+ ports 1/10 Gbps and
3x RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps
• SCALANCE XC316-8 6GK5324-8TS00-2AC2
with16x RJ45 ports
10/100/1000 Mbps and
8x SFP+ ports 1/10 Gbps

14/144 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5332-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2E­ 6GK5324-8TS00-2A­ 6GK5323-4TS00-2A­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s
interfaces for communication
integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or ter­ 32; RJ45 24; RJ45 24; RJ45 16; RJ45
minal equipment
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports
• with securing collar 32 24 24 16
number of electrical connections
• for SFP+ 4; 1000 Mbps and 4; 1000 Mbps and 8; 1000 Mbps and
10000 Mbps SFP usable 10000 Mbps SFP usable 10000 Mbps SFP usable
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1 1
• for power supply 1 1 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for operator console USB (2.0 Port, Type B, USB (2.0 Port, Type B, USB (2.0 Port, Type B, USB (2.0 Port, Type B,
serial via USB) serial via USB) serial via USB) serial via USB)
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 2 x 2-pin terminal block 2 x 2-pin terminal block 2 x 2-pin terminal block 2 x 2-pin terminal block
design of the removable storage
• CLP Yes Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling
contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling
contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current
consumption, power loss
product component connection for Yes Yes Yes Yes
redundant voltage supply
type of voltage 1 of the supply DC DC DC DC
voltage
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 43.2 W 43.2 W 43.2 W 43.2 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 1.8 A 1.8 A 1.8 A 1.8 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for 2 x 2-pole terminal 2 x 2-pole terminal 2 x 2-pole terminal 2 x 2-pole terminal
power supply block block block block
• product component 1 fusing at Yes Yes Yes Yes
power supply input
• fuse protection type 1 at input for F 10 A / 250V F 10 A / 250V F 10 A / 250V F 10 A / 250V
supply voltage
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/145

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5332-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2E­ 6GK5324-8TS00-2A­ 6GK5323-4TS00-2A­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation dur­ 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
ing operation maximum
operating condition fanless opera­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact compact compact
width 210 mm 210 mm 210 mm 210 mm
height 147 mm 147 mm 147 mm 147 mm
depth 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm
net weight 2.04 kg 1.9 kg 1.9 kg 1.8 kg
fastening method
• 19-inch installation No No No No
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes
• wall mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes
• S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes
• S7-1500 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes
product features, product
functions, product components
general
cascading in the case of a redundant 50 50 50 50
ring at reconfiguration time of
<\~0.3\~s
number of automatically learnable 16 382 16 382 16 382 16 382
MAC addresses
number of QoS queues per port 8 8 8 8
product function
• QoS according to IEEE 802.1Q Yes Yes Yes Yes
product feature
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions management,
configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes Yes
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B B
network load class according to 3 3 3 3
PROFINET
telegram length for Ethernet maxim­ 2 048 byte 2 048 byte 2 048 byte 2 048 byte
um
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes

14/146 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5332-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2E­ 6GK5324-8TS00-2A­ 6GK5323-4TS00-2A­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No No No
• NETCONF Yes Yes Yes Yes
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance func­
tion
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designa­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion/location designation
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No No
• VLAN dynamic Yes Yes Yes Yes
number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maxim­ 257 257 257 257
um
number of VLANs at ring redund­ 257 257 257 257
ancy (HRP; MRP; standby link)
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redund­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
ancy Protocol (MRP)
product function

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/147

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5332-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2E­ 6GK5324-8TS00-2A­ 6GK5323-4TS00-2A­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
with redundancy manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Inter­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
connection (MRP-I)
• of the PROFINET IO device is sup­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
ported H-Sync forwarding
• of the PROFINET IO device is sup­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
ported PROFINET system redund­
ancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
(HRP) with redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
(HRP) with standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• High-availability Seamless Redund­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
ancy (HSR)
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
(PRP)/operation in the PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
(PRP)/Redundant Network Access
(RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes
• eRSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• STP/RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MSTP No No No No
• RSTP big network support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LACP Yes Yes Yes Yes
system modification during
operation
product function configuration in Yes Yes Yes Yes
RUN via CiR/H-CiR
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 v2 transparent forward­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
ing

14/148 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5332-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2E­ 6GK5324-8TS00-2A­ 6GK5323-4TS00-2A­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 profile default No No No No
accuracy at IEEE 1588 v2
• not less than 100 µs 100 µs 100 µs 100 µs
• typical 50 ns 50 ns 50 ns 50 ns
standards, specifications,
approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes
• cULus approval Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark Yes Yes Yes Yes
(RCM)
product conformity according to 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
EMC-guideline
standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, Railway EN 61000-6-4, Railway EN 61000-6-4, Railway EN 61000-6-4, Railway
(trackside) available (trackside) available (trackside) available (trackside) available
soon soon soon soon
• for immunity to EMC EN 61000-6-2, Railway EN 61000-6-2, Railway EN 61000-6-2, Railway EN 61000-6-2, Railway
(trackside) available (trackside) available (trackside) available (trackside) available
soon soon soon soon
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1 E115352, UL 60950-1 E115352, UL 60950-1 E115352, UL 60950-1 E115352,
UL-61010-2 E85972 UL-61010-2 E85972 UL-61010-2 E85972 UL-61010-2 E85972
standards, specifications,
approvals hazardous
environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
to GB standard
• FM registration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications,
approvals other
IT security for industrial automation Yes Yes Yes Yes
systems according to IEC
62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications,
approvals Environmental Product
Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 1 244.3 kg 1 244.3 kg 1 244.3 kg 1 244.3 kg
• during manufacturing 122.74 kg 122.74 kg 122.74 kg 122.74 kg
• during operation 1 120.64 kg 1 120.64 kg 1 120.64 kg 1 120.64 kg
• after end of life 0.91 kg 0.91 kg 0.91 kg 0.91 kg
product functions general
MTBF 11.6 a 15.6 a 15.6 a 13.4 a
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a 5a

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/149

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XC-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5332-0GA00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2A­ 6GK5328-4TS00-2E­ 6GK5324-8TS00-2A­ 6GK5323-4TS00-2A­

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
cables and connectors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­ com/cs/ww/en/view/10­
9766358 9766358 9766358 9766358 9766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
Selection Tool com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communica­ https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
tion com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­
portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­ tion.siemens.com/bild­
db db db db db
• to website: CAx-Download-Man­ https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
ager com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com com com com com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

14/150 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XR-300 switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Overview Benefits

• Operational reliability in industrial environments, e.g. due to

rugged enclosure, redundancy, extended temperature range from
-40 °C to +60 °C
• Increased plant availability thanks to:
The SCALANCE XR-300 product line comprises 19" Industrial Ether­
net switches for constructing electrical and/or optical line, ring and - Redundant power supply (24 V AC/DC) / redundant power supply
star topologies units (100 to 240 V AC / 110 to 250 V DC)
with data transfer rates up to 10 Gbps.
- Redundant network structures based on a wide range of proto­
The two product lines XR-300/XRM-300 are identical in design and cols
only differ with respect to the operating system used.
The SCALANCE XR-300 product line uses the tried-and-tested XC-200 • Easy monitoring and diagnostics due to separate diagnostics sta­
operating system with its familiar look and feel. tion with integrated LEDs, signaling contact, web browser, traps
The SCALANCE XRM-300 product line relies on a new operating sys­ and email transmission
tem on which future functionalities such as PN over TSN can be • Reduced engineering workload for PLC/HMI due to integration into
implemented. the SIMATIC system error message concept
Product versions
• Time savings during engineering, commissioning and in the oper­
SCALANCE XR326-8 ating phase of a plant by using the integrated configuration and
• 24 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 2 × RJ45 ports diagnostics in TIA Portal
1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, 8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps, 24 V AC/DC • Easy integration in process and system diagnostics with PROFINET
• 24 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 2 × RJ45 ports or EtherNet/IP
1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, 8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps, 1 × 100 to 240 V AC / • Integration of SCALANCE XR-300 switches in existing network
110 to 250 V DC
management systems, such as SINEC NMS, through SNMP access
• 24 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 2 × RJ45 ports
• Reliable plug-in connection thanks to rugged, industry-standard
1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, 8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps, 2 × 100 to 240 V AC /
device connection in conjunction with industry-standard FastCon­
110 to 250 V DC
nect connectors
SCALANCE XR322-12
• Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
• 20 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 2 × RJ45 ports
1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, 4 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps, 8 × SFP+ port
1/10 Gbps, 24 V AC/DC
• 20 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 2 × RJ45 ports
1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, 4 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps, 8 x SFP+ port
1/10 Gbps, 1 × 100 to 240 V AC / 110 to 250 V DC
• 20 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 2 × RJ45 ports
1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, 4 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps, 8 x SFP+ port
1/10 Gbps, 2 × 100 to 240 V AC / 110 to 250 V DC
SCALANCE XR302-32
• 24 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps, 2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps,
8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps, 24 V AC/DC
• 24 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps, 2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps,
8 x SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps, 1 × 100 to 240 V AC / 110 to 250 V DC
• 24 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps, 2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps,
8 x SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps, 2 × 100 to 240 V AC / 110 to 250 V DC
SCALANCE XR326-8EEC
• 24 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 2 × RJ45 ports
1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, 8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps, conformal coating,
24 V AC/DC

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/151

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Application

The main area of application is in high-performance plant networks • Use in the SIMATIC environment
(aggregation/control level) where a high number of ports and high
transfer rates are necessary • Virtual networks (VLAN) allow simple division of large networks
in addition to high requirements on the availability of the network into smaller subnetworks with their own address space.
and comprehensive diagnostics options. Reasons for division into subnetworks include separation of the
The switch handles the Layer 2 networking of plant units as well as Ethernet networks to reduce the broadcast load, separation of
distributed field devices. sensitive
Other properties that support the application target include: areas from the main network, and division of the network into
logical working groups
• One industrial network for data, voice, video and PROFINET
• Integrated security functions offer protection against unauthor­
• Integrated system diagnostics possible with PROFINET, SINEC NMS, ized network access and configuration; see technical specifica­
Syslog, SNMP and web browser tions

SCALANCE XC-400 SCALANCE XR-500

SCALANCE XR-300

SCALANCE
SCALANCE XC-300 XR-300 PoE WG

SCALANCE
XR-100 PoE WG
SCALANCE
SC-600

SCALANCE
XC-200 PoE
SCALANCE W

Cameras connected
via 1 Gbit/s PoE

G_IK10_XX_50950
SIMATIC SIMATIC Up to 8x camera over
ET 200SP S7-1500 1 Gbit/s PoE connected

Industrial Ethernet 10/100/1000/10000 Mbit/s (Twisted Pair)

Industrial Ethernet 10 Gbit/s (Fiber Optic)

14/152 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Design Function

The SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged • Setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring
enclosure are optimized for mounting in the 19" control cabinet. topologies
The network access points with degree of protection IP20 feature: - Use in ring topologies together with SCALANCE XC-200, SCAL­
• A 2 x 2-pin terminal block (push-in) for connecting the redundant ANCE XC‑300, SCALANCE XM-400 and SCALANCE XR-500
supply voltage (2 × 24 V AC/DC) for 24 V DC device variants or • Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to autocrossover
integrated power supply units (100 to 240 V AC / 110 to 250 V DC) function integrated in the ports
with IEC connector/terminal block
• Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and web browser
• The following status information is displayed on site by LEDs:
• Easy copper cable diagnostics via web browser for localizing cable
- Port status breaks
- Port mode (e.g. 10/100/1000 Mbps, full/half-duplex) • Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET controller with
- Status of the two power supplies expanded diagnostics functions for a consistent diagnostics
concept, including network infrastructure
- Signaling contact status
• Diagnostics of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
- Signal mask (setpoint status) port with a standard commercial network analyzer
• A 2-pin terminal block (push-in) for connecting the floating signal­ • Optimized support of PROFINET real-time communication (RT)
ing contact through prioritizing
• A SELECT/SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling con­ • Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the option­
tact al CLP removable data storage medium (included in scope of sup­
ply)
• Variant with coated circuit boards (conformal coating, XR-300EEC)
available • Redundant connection to corporate networks
The SCALANCE XR-300 switches are available with the following port SCALANCE XR-300 switches support the Spanning Tree Protocol
types: (STP) and Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) standardized
redundancy procedures.
10/100/1000 Mbps, RJ45 connection
This enables a subnetwork to be connected redundantly to a high­
• Automatic detection of data transfer rate (10, 100 or 1000 Mbps), er-level corporate network with reduced requirements for the
with autosensing and autocrossover function for connecting IE FC reconfiguration time (in the order of seconds)
cables via IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to 100 m.
• Support of virtual LANs (VLAN)
1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbps, RJ45 connection
For structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing
• Automatic detection of data transfer rate (1000, 2500, 5000 or number of nodes, a physically existing network can be divided into
10000 Mbps), with autosensing and autocrossover function for several logical networks
connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 plugs over distances up to
100 m. • Load limiting with use of multicast protocols (e.g. querier, video)
100/1000 Mbps, SFP connector By learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP snooping),
SCALANCE XR-300 switches can also filter multicast data traffic and
• Use of 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps SFP+ transceiver for multimode or therefore limit the load in the network. Multicast and broadcast
single-mode transceivers traffic can be limited.
1000/10000 Mbps, SFP+ connector Network topology and network configuration
• Use of 1000 Mbps or 10000 Mbps SFP+ transceiver for multimode The SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with IP20 degree
or single-mode transceivers of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet together with
the stations to be connected.
Electrical and optical versions can be installed together in star, line
and ring topologies.
When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
must be observed:
• Maximum cable length for twisted pair:
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC cable and Industrial Eth­
ernet FC plugs
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
• IP address:
The IP address can be assigned by means of the DHCP (Dynamic
Host Configuration Protocol).
If there is no corresponding server in the network, the IP address
can be assigned using the supplied software tool SINEC PNI
(Primary Network Initialization) or STEP 7 / TIA Portal.
Assignment via the local console port is also possible.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/153

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Function (continued) Selection and ordering data

Commissioning and diagnostics Article No.

PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XR-300 switches can SCALANCE XR-300
be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC engineering tools and Industrial Ethernet switches
processed in the PLC with an expanded diagnostics function. Industrial Ethernet switches with
The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI has been drastically integrated SNMP access, web dia­
reduced due to the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for gnostics, copper cable diagnostics and
system error messages. PROFINET diagnostics for configuring
line, star and ring topologies; with
SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be integ­ integrated redundancy manager; incl.
rated in a network management system such as SINEC NMS using operating instructions, Industrial Eth­
the standardized Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). ernet network manual and configura­
In the event of faults in the device, error messages (SNMP traps) can tion software on DVD
be sent to a network management system such as SINEC NMS or as SCALANCE XR326-8
an email to a specified network administrator. • 24 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 6GK5334-2TS00-2AR3
The integrated web server allows configuration and diagnostics set­ 2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps,
tings to be made using a standard web browser (e.g. port configura­ 8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps,
tion). Statistical information can also be read out over the web serv­ 24 V AC/DC
er (e.g. port capacity utilization). • 24 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 6GK5334-2TS00-3AR3
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs: 2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps,
8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps,
• Power 1 x 230 V AC
• Port status • 24 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 6GK5334-2TS00-4AR3
2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps,
• Data traffic 8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps,
2 x 230 V AC
• Signaling contact
SCALANCE XR322-12
• Redundancy manager function (RM) • 20 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 6GK5334-3TS00-2AR3
2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps,
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XR-300 line can
4 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps,
also be monitored using the floating signaling contact. 8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps,
24 V AC/DC
• 20 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 6GK5334-3TS00-3AR3
2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps,
4 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps,
8 x SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps,
1 × 230 V AC
• 20 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 6GK5334-3TS00-4AR3
2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps,
4 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps,
8 x SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps,
2 × 230 V AC
SCALANCE XR302-32
• 2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, 6GK5334-5TS00-2AR3
24 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps,
8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps,
24 V AC/DC
• 2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, 6GK5334-5TS00-3AR3
24 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps,
8 x SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps,
1 × 230 V AC
• 2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps, 6GK5334-5TS00-4AR3
24 × SFP port 100/1000 Mbps,
8 x SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps,
2 × 230 V AC
SCALANCE XR326-8EEC
• 24 × RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps, 6GK5334-2TS00-2ER3
2 × RJ45 ports 1/2.5/5/10 Gbps,
8 × SFP+ port 1/10 Gbps,
conformal coating, 24 V AC/DC

14/154 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Accessories

Article No.
SCALANCE RACK MOUNT KIT GK5980-2BA00-0AA4

Mounting bracket for 19 inch rack

installation for SCALANCE
XR-300/XR-500;
1 pack = 4 units; spare part
IE FC RJ45 plug 4 x 2 6GK1901-1BB12-2AA0
RJ45 plug data connector
(10/100/1000 Mbps), for connection
to IE FC TP cables 4×2, with rugged
metal enclosure and FastConnect con­
nection technology
IE FC TP standard cable GP 4 x 2 6XV1878-2A
TP installation cable Cat6 for connect­
ing to IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2, AWG 24,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available preassembled with RJ45
plugs in various lengths
IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+
Preassembled IE connecting cable
with two SFP-plus connectors
Length:
•1m 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA1

•2m 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA2

•7m 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA7

IE FC flexible cable GP 4 x 2 6XV1876-2B

TP installation cable Cat7 for connec­
tion to IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2, AWG26,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
Test access port for the reaction-free
extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
sion directions; extracts complete data
traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
ther diagnostics.
TP cord RJ45/RJ45
•2m 6XV1870-3QH20

•3m 6XV1870-3QH30

MM FO cord LC/LC
•1m 6XV1843-5EH10-0AA0

•2m 6XV1843-5EH20-0AA0

•3m 6XV1843-5EH30-0AA0

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/155

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5334-2TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-4AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-2ER3

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s,
5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal 26; RJ45 26; RJ45 26; RJ45 26; RJ45
equipment
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• with securing collar 26 26 26 26
number of 1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbps 2 2 2 2
RJ45 ports with securing collar
number of electrical connections
• for SFP+ 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000
Mbps SFP usable Mbps SFP usable Mbps SFP usable Mbps SFP usable
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1 1
• for power supply 1 1 2 1
type of electrical connection
• for operator console USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial
via USB) via USB) via USB) via USB)
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 2 x 2-pin terminal block IEC plug C14 AC supply or IEC plug C14 AC supply or 2 x 2-pin terminal block
2-pole terminal block for DC 2-pole terminal block for DC
supply supply
design of the removable storage
• CLP Yes Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at AC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling con­
tacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption,
power loss
product component connection for redund­ Yes No Yes Yes
ant voltage supply
type of voltage supply redundant power No No Yes No
supply unit
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 100V ... 250V DC 100V ... 250V DC 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 72 W 99 W 99 W 72 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 31.2 V 77 ... 300 V 77 ... 300 V 19.2 ... 31.2 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 3A 0.8 A 0.8 A 3A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power 2 x 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2 x 2-pole terminal block
supply
• product component 1 fusing at power Yes Yes Yes Yes
supply input
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply F 10 A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V F 10 A / 250 V
voltage
type of voltage 2 of the supply voltage AC (50 / 60Hz) AC (50 / 60Hz) AC (50 / 60Hz) AC (50 / 60Hz)

14/156 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5334-2TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-4AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-2ER3

• supply voltage 2 rated value 24 V 240 V; 100V ... 240V AC 240 V; 100V ... 240V AC 24 V
• power loss [W] 2 rated value 72 W 99 W 99 W 72 W
• supply voltage 2 rated value 19.2 ... 30 V 85 ... 264 V 85 ... 264 V 19.2 ... 30 V
• consumed current 2 maximum 3A 0.8 A 0.8 A 3A
• type of electrical connection 2 for power 2 x 2-pole terminal block C14, IEC plug C14, IEC plug 2 x 2-pole terminal block
supply
• fuse protection type 2 at input for supply F 10 A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V F 10 A / 250 V
voltage
ambient conditions
ambient temperature in horizontal mount­ -40 ... +70 °C; Starting at -40 -25 ... +60 °C; Starting at -25 -25 ... +60 °C; Starting at -25 -40 ... +70 °C; Starting at -40
ing position during operation °C; The maximum ambient °C; The maximum ambient °C; The maximum ambient °C; The maximum ambient
temperature during opera­ temperature during opera­ temperature during opera­ temperature during opera­
tion depends on the operat­ tion depends on the operat­ tion depends on the operat­ tion depends on the operat­
ing height and the plug-in ing height and the plug-in ing height and the plug-in ing height and the plug-in
transceivers, see also manu­ transceivers, see also manu­ transceivers, see also manu­ transceivers, see also manu­
al. al. al. al.
installation altitude at height above sea 4 000 m 3 000 m 3 000 m 4 000 m
level maximum
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
operation maximum
operating condition fanless operation Yes Yes Yes Yes
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack
number of modular height units relating to 1 1 1 1
19-inch cabinet
width 446 mm 446 mm 446 mm 446 mm
height 43.6 mm 43.6 mm 43.6 mm 43.6 mm
depth 374.8 mm 374.8 mm 374.8 mm 374.8 mm
net weight 8 kg 8.2 kg 8.4 kg 8 kg
product feature conformal coating Yes
material of the enclosure metal metal metal metal
fastening method
• 19-inch installation Yes Yes Yes Yes
product features, product functions,
product components general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at 50 50 50 50
reconfiguration time of <\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­
nal propagation time) nal propagation time) nal propagation time) nal propagation time)
number of automatically learnable MAC 16 382 16 382 16 382 16 382
addresses
number of QoS queues per port 8 8 8 8
product function
• QoS according to IEEE 802.1Q Yes Yes Yes Yes
product feature
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions management,
configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/157

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5334-2TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-4AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-2ER3

• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SMTP server No No No No
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Encapsulated Remote Traffic Mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
(ERTM)
• CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B B
network load class according to PROFINET 3 3 3 3
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 9 194 byte 9 194 byte 9 194 byte 9 194 byte
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• NETCONF Yes Yes Yes Yes
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location Yes Yes Yes Yes
designation
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No No
number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257 257 257 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; 257 257 257 257
MRP; standby link)

14/158 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5334-2TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-4AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-2ER3

product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
Protocol (MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with Yes Yes Yes Yes
redundancy manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnec­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion (MRP-I)
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported H- Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sync forwarding
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET system redundancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
with redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
with standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• High-availability Seamless Redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
(HSR)
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/opera­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion in the PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
(PRP)/Redundant Network Access (RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• STP/RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MSTP No No No No
• RSTP big network support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LACP Yes Yes Yes Yes
system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via Yes Yes Yes Yes
CiR/H-CiR
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/159

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5334-2TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-4AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-2ER3

product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 v2 transparent forwarding Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 profile default No No No No
accuracy at IEEE 1588 v2
• not less than 100 µs 100 µs 100 µs 100 µs
• typical 50 ns 50 ns 50 ns 50 ns
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes Yes
product conformity according to EMC- 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
guideline
standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, Railway EN 61000-6-4, Railway EN 61000-6-4, Railway EN 61000-6-4, Railway
(trackside) available soon (trackside) available soon (trackside) available soon (trackside) available soon
• for immunity to EMC EN 61000-6-2, Railway EN 61000-6-2, Railway
(trackside) available soon (trackside) available soon
• for safety from CSA and UL in preparation in preparation in preparation in preparation
standards, specifications, approvals
hazardous environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB Yes Yes
standard
• FM registration Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN Yes Yes
50121-4
• railway application in accordance with EN Yes Yes
50125-3
IT security for industrial automation sys­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tems according to IEC 62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 991.85 kg 1 274.81 kg 1 274.81 kg 991.85 kg
• during manufacturing 225.96 kg 225.96 kg 225.96 kg 225.96 kg
• during operation 765.04 kg 1 048 kg 1 048 kg 765.04 kg
• after end of life 0.85 kg 0.85 kg 0.85 kg 0.85 kg

14/160 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5334-2TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-4AR3 6GK5334-2TS00-2ER3

product functions general
MTBF 12.6 a 8.3 a 10.2 a 12.6 a
reference temperature for MTBF determina­ 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C
tion
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a 5a
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
connectors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­
358 358 358 358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
Tool com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­
portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

Article number 6GK5334-3TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-4AR3

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s,
10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 22; RJ45 22; RJ45 22; RJ45
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• with securing collar 22 22 22
number of 1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbps RJ45 ports 2 2 2
with securing collar
number of electrical connections
• for SFP 4; 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps SFP 4; 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps SFP 4; 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps SFP
usable usable usable
• for SFP+ 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 Mbps SFP 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 Mbps SFP 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 Mbps SFP
usable usable usable
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1
• for power supply 1 1 2
type of electrical connection
• for operator console USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial via USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial via USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial via
USB) USB) USB)
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 2 x 2-pin terminal block IEC plug C14 AC supply or 2-pole IEC plug C14 AC supply or 2-pole
terminal block for DC supply terminal block for DC supply

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/161

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5334-3TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-4AR3

design of the removable storage
• CLP Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at AC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant Yes No Yes
voltage supply
type of voltage supply redundant power supply unit No No Yes
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 100V ... 250V DC 100V ... 250V DC
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 72 W 99 W 99 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 31.2 V 77 ... 300 V 77 ... 300 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 3A 0.8 A 0.8 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 2 x 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage F 10 A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V
type of voltage 2 of the supply voltage AC (50 / 60Hz) AC (50 / 60Hz) AC (50 / 60Hz)
• supply voltage 2 rated value 24 V 240 V; 100V ... 240V AC 240 V; 100V ... 240V AC
• power loss [W] 2 rated value 72 W 99 W 99 W
• supply voltage 2 rated value 19.2 ... 30 V 85 ... 264 V 85 ... 264 V
• consumed current 2 maximum 3A 0.8 A 0.8 A
• type of electrical connection 2 for power supply 2 x 2-pole terminal block C14, IEC plug C14, IEC plug
• fuse protection type 2 at input for supply voltage F 10 A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature in horizontal mounting posi­ -40 ... +70 °C; Starting at -40 °C; -25 ... +60 °C; Starting at -25 °C; -25 ... +60 °C; Starting at -25 °C;
tion during operation The maximum ambient temperat­ The maximum ambient temperat­ The maximum ambient temperat­
ure during operation depends on ure during operation depends on ure during operation depends on
the operating height and the plug- the operating height and the plug- the operating height and the plug-
in transceivers, see also manual. in transceivers, see also manual. in transceivers, see also manual.
installation altitude at height above sea level maxim­ 4 000 m 3 000 m 3 000 m
um
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation 95 % 95 % 95 %
maximum
operating condition fanless operation Yes Yes Yes
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack
number of modular height units relating to 19-inch 1 1 1
cabinet
width 446 mm 446 mm 446 mm
height 43.6 mm 43.6 mm 43.6 mm
depth 374.8 mm 374.8 mm 374.8 mm
net weight 8 kg 8.2 kg 8.4 kg
material of the enclosure metal metal metal
fastening method
• 19-inch installation Yes Yes Yes

14/162 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5334-3TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-4AR3

product features, product functions, product
components general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at reconfig­ 50 50 50
uration time of <\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal
propagation time) propagation time) propagation time)
number of automatically learnable MAC addresses 16 382 16 382 16 382
number of QoS queues per port 8 8 8
product function
• QoS according to IEEE 802.1Q Yes Yes Yes
product feature
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes Yes
product functions management, configuration,
engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes
• SMTP server No No No
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• Encapsulated Remote Traffic Mirroring (ERTM) Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B
network load class according to PROFINET 3 3 3
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 9 194 byte 9 194 byte 9 194 byte
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes
• SFTP Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP Yes Yes Yes
• NETCONF Yes Yes Yes
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designa­ Yes Yes Yes
tion

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/163

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5334-3TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-4AR3

product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No
number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257 257 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; MRP; 257 257 257
standby link)
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes
(MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy Yes Yes Yes
manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnection (MRP- Yes Yes Yes
I)
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported H-Sync for­ Yes Yes Yes
warding
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported PROFINET Yes Yes Yes
system redundancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with Yes Yes Yes
redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with Yes Yes Yes
standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes
• High-availability Seamless Redundancy (HSR) Yes Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/operation in the Yes Yes Yes
PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/Redundant Net­ Yes Yes Yes
work Access (RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• STP/RSTP Yes Yes Yes
• STP Yes Yes Yes

14/164 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5334-3TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-4AR3

• RSTP Yes Yes Yes
• MSTP No No No
• RSTP big network support Yes Yes Yes
• LACP Yes Yes Yes
system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via CiR/H-CiR Yes Yes Yes
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 v2 transparent forwarding Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 profile default No No No
accuracy at IEEE 1588 v2
• not less than 100 µs 100 µs 100 µs
• typical 50 ns 50 ns 50 ns
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes
product conformity according to EMC-guideline 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, Railway (trackside) EN 61000-6-4, Railway (trackside) EN 61000-6-4, Railway (trackside)
available soon available soon available soon
• for immunity to EMC EN 61000-6-2, Railway (trackside)
available soon
• for safety from CSA and UL in preparation in preparation in preparation
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous
environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes
• UKEX Yes
• IECEx Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes
• FM registration Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN 50121-4 Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/165

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5334-3TS00-2AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-3AR3 6GK5334-3TS00-4AR3

• railway application in accordance with EN 50125-3 Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation systems accord­ Yes Yes Yes
ing to IEC 62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 991.85 kg 1 274.81 kg 1 274.81 kg
• during manufacturing 225.96 kg 225.96 kg 225.96 kg
• during operation 765.04 kg 1 048 kg 1 048 kg
• after end of life 0.85 kg 0.85 kg 0.85 kg
product functions general
MTBF 10 a 10 a 10 a
reference temperature for MTBF determination 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connect­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
ors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic-
net net net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

14/166 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Overview Benefits

• Flexible network design through integrated combo ports that can

be used both as copper (RJ45) and FO ports (SFP).
• High availability of the network thanks to:
The SCALANCE XR-300WG product line (work group switches) are
Industrial Ethernet switches for industry-related applications such as - Redundant voltage infeed (only with 24 V DC)
control rooms and applications in the industry-related sector. They - Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or twisted-
enable the configuration of electrical and optical line, star and ring pair cables (redundancy manager and STP/RSTP function integ­
topologies with transmission rates of 10/100/1 000 Mbps as well as rated)
2 x 10 Gbps (SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG only) and are designed
for installation in 19" control cabinets. - Extremely fast network reconfiguration in the event of a fault
• Up to 28 × electrical interfaces (10/100/1000 Mbps) with RJ45 con­ (MRP: 200 ms)
nections; • Protection of investment through integration into existing network
of which 4 × combo ports for the connection of optical interfaces management systems such as SINEC NMS by means of standard­
(1000 Mbps) with SFPs ized SNMP access
• High-speed media redundancy through integrated redundancy • Time saving during engineering, commissioning and in the operat­
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (with SCALANCE X-200, X-300, ing phase of a plant by using the integrated configuration and dia­
XM-400, XR-500) and Fast Ethernet (e.g. in combination with gnostics in STEP 7, without additional software
SCALANCE XB-200 switches)
• Space savings in the control cabinet through shallow overall depth,
• Seamless integration of automation networks in existing corporate so that 19" control cabinets can be populated from both sides with
networks since a large number of IT standard functions are suppor­ SCALANCE XR-300WG switches. Recess for insertion and installa­
ted (VLANs, IGMP Snooping/Querier, STP/RSTP, Quality of Service) tion on a 35 mm DIN rail
• Redundant integration into higher-level networks thanks to sup­ • Easy and cost-saving supply of connected cameras (e.g. SIMATIC
port for standardized redundancy procedures (Spanning Tree Pro­ MV500 IP or Ident cameras), WLAN access points (e.g. SCAL­
tocol/Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning Tree Protocol/MRP) ANCE W) or localization components (e.g. SIMATIC RTLS gateways)
with data and power on a single cable by using the PoE standard
• Remote diagnostics with integrated system diagnostics over (Power over Ethernet, XR326-2C PoE WG)
PROFINET, web browser, NMS, CLI or SNMP
• Optimal use of PoE power budget through PoE Power Manage­
• Version with PoE support (24x 10/100/1000 Mbps PoE ports) and ment. The available PoE power budget can be distributed by the
2x 10 Gbps combo PoE ports user to the PoE ports
• Realization of high-performance networks over long distances

Application

SCALANCE XR-300WG switches are ideal for use in plant networks

with industry-related requirements and for integrating the industrial
network into an existing corporate network. Both at the field level
connection and the control level, the SCALANCE XR-300WG switches
perform networking with the distributed field segments and ensure
high plant availability with extensive diagnostics options and high
transmission rates. The available combo ports allow perfect adapta­
tion to the particular application by using electrical as well as optical
interfaces.
The PoE version enables simple data and power supply to connected
end devices via the Ethernet cable. In addition, high-performance
networks can be implemented over long distances with 2x 10 Gbps
SFP combo ports.
The SCALANCE XR-300WG product line is suitable for the setup of
electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topolo­
gies with up to 28 ports. The high port density means that the
XR-300WG switches can also to be used as star couplers.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/167

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Design Function

The SCALANCE XR-300WG Industrial Ethernet switches with a • Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast Ethernet and
rugged metal enclosure with IP30 degree of protection are optim­ Gigabit Ethernet ring topologies with high-speed media redund­
ized for installation in the 19" control cabinet. 24 V DC and ancy. Reliable communication is achieved by closing an optical or
100 ... 240 V AC versions are available in just one height, 19". electrical line in combination with SCALANCE XM-400, X-300 or
The switches feature: X-200 switches to form a ring. The redundancy manager (RM)
integrated in the SCALANCE XR-300WG switch monitors the net­
• A 2 × 2-pin terminal block for redundant power infeed for protec­ work functioning. It recognizes the failure of a transmission link or
tion against voltage failure in the 24 V DC version of a SCALANCE X switch in the ring and activates a substitute path
• 3-pin IEC plug interface for non-heating apparatus for voltage within a maximum of 200 milliseconds.
infeed in the 100 ... 240 V AC version • Support for MRP Interconnect and RSTP+
• Status information at the port for local diagnostics (link status, • Redundant connection to corporate networks;
data traffic)
SCALANCE XR-300 switches support the Spanning Tree Protocol
• A RESET button for resetting the device (STP) and Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) standardized
redundancy procedures. This enables a subnetwork to be connec­
• A console port (serial interface) for on-site parameter assign­ ted redundantly to a higher level corporate network with reduced
ment/diagnostics (RJ11 cable to RS232 not included in scope of requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the order of
supply) seconds).
The SCALANCE XR-300WG switches are available with the following • Support of virtual networks (VLAN);
port types:
for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast-growing
• Electrical RJ45 interfaces that support 10/100 Mbps or number of nodes, a physically existing network can be divided into
10/100/1000 Mbps depending on the device version several virtual subnetworks.
• Optical SFP interfaces that can be used for multimode or single- • Load limiting when multicast protocols (e.g. video transmission)
mode SFPs for transmission of 1000 Mbps (combo ports). With the are used;
PoE version, the SFP interfaces of the combo ports support both
1000 Mbps SFPs and 10000 Mbps SFP+. through learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP Snoop­
ing), SCALANCE XR-300WG switches can also filter multicast data
Product variants traffic and therefore limit the load in the network. Multicast and
SCALANCE XR324WG broadcast traffic can be limited.
With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports and redundant 24 V DC power supply • Time synchronization;
SCALANCE XR324WG diagnostic messages (log table entries, emails) are time-stamped.
With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports and 100 ... 240 V AC power supply The local time is standardized throughout the network by means of
synchronization with a SICLOCK time transmitter, SNTP or NTP
SCALANCE XR328-4C WG server, thereby simplifying the assignment of diagnostic messages
With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports, 4 × combo ports and redundant from multiple several devices.
24 V DC power supply
• Quality of Service (IEEE 802.1p) for prioritization of network traffic.
SCALANCE XR328-4C WG
With 24 x 10/100 Mbps ports, 4 x combo ports and 100 - 240 V AC • Easy connection of PoE end devices such as IP cameras or access
power supply points using the PoE function and realization of high-performance
networks over long distances (XR326-2C PoE WG only).
SCALANCE XR328-4C WG
With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports, 4 × combo ports and redundant Network topology and network configuration
24 V DC power supply The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of the
Reduced number of approvals (no UL/FM approval) plant using SCALANCE XR-300WG Industrial Ethernet switches.
SCALANCE XR328-4C WG The following network structures and combinations of structures
With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports, 4 × combo ports and 100 - 240 V AC can be implemented:
power supply • Fast Ethernet with fast media redundancy;
Reduced number of approvals (no UL/FM approval) to increase network availability, as many as 50 linear cascaded
SCALANCE XR328-4C WG X-200, X-300, XM-400 or XR-500 switches can be configured into a
With 24 × 10/100/1000 Mbps ports, 4 × combo ports and redundant ring.
24 V DC power supply • Several rings can be redundantly coupled through the standby
SCALANCE XR328-4C WG function (HRP)
With 24 × 10/100/1000 Mbps ports, 4 × combo ports and 100 - • In addition, SCALANCE XR-300WG supports redundant connection
240 V AC power supply of the ring topology to the corporate network with the Rapid Span­
SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG ning Tree protocol.
With 24 x 10/100/1000 Mbps PoE ports (max. 30W, IEEE802.3at), 2 • Star structure with SCALANCE XR-300WG switches:
x combo PoE port (max. 60W at the RJ45 port, IEEE802.3bt com­
bined with 1G/10G SFP+ port) and 100 - 240 V AC power supply. Each SCALANCE XR-300WG switch represents a star point which
Maximum PoE power in the device 200 W. PoE power can be expan­ can interconnect up to 28 nodes or subnets electrically or optically.
ded to 600 W by using additional power supply units. When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
must be observed:

14/168 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Function (continued) Function (continued)

• Maximum cable length between two switches for multimode fiber- • Fixed parameterization of the ports (data rates, half/full duplex)
optic cables: and filter tables
- 2 km at 1 Gbps • Setting of Spanning/Rapid Spanning Tree parameters
• Maximum cable length between two switches for single-mode • Parameter assignment for web management services
fiber-optic cables:
• Security
- 10 to 120 km at 1 Gbps
- Ports can be connected or disconnected
• Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two switches:
- Port-based network access control according to IEEE 802.1X
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable 2x2 and IE FC RJ45 plug 180 2x2
- Support of Access Control List (ACL)
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbps with IE FC standard cable 4x2 (AWG 24)
and IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2 • Output of statistics information
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord or 50 m without patches • Diagnostics of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
port with a standard commercial network analyzer (e.g. via Bus
Commissioning and diagnostics Analyzer Agent XM-400)
Setting options: • Loading of new firmware versions or configuration data via the
• Redundancy manager RM; network from a TFTP server or directly via HTTP/HTTPS with a web
to establish a ring, a SCALANCE XR-300 is switched to RM mode. browser
The Gigabit ports (electrical or optical) are preferably used as ring • Saving of configuration data or log table via the network on a TFTP
ports. The non-ring ports of the RM can be used freely for the con­ server
nection of terminal devices and networks. If the MRP redundancy
procedure standardized by PROFINET is used, the RM is adjusted If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE XR-300WG switch can
automatically. independently send error messages (traps) to a network manage­
ment system (e.g. SINEC NMS) or emails to a specified network
• The IP address can be assigned by means of the DHCP (Dynamic administrator.
Host Configuration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in Remote monitoring (RMON) provides the following functions:
the network, the IP address can be assigned using the supplied The SCALANCE XR-300WG switch can collect statistical information
software tool SINEC PNI (Primary Network Initialization) or STEP 7 / according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include, for
TIA Portal. Assignment via the local console port is also possible. example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This information
Diagnostic options on site: can be read out through web-based management in the statistics
sub-area.
• The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
- Port status at port (link, data traffic)
- Status of the two power supplies
- RM mode
• Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network;
the following options are available:
- Remote via standard browser (web-based management):
Selection of SCALANCE XR-300WG switches via the network from
a PC with browser
- Remote via SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
Reliable integration of SCALANCE XR-300WG switches via the
network into a network management system, e.g. SINEC NMS
- Easy integration in the process and system diagnostics with
PROFINET via SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo
- Remote via PROFINET diagnostics:
PROFINET diagnostic interrupts of SCALANCE XR-300WG switches
can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC engineering tools
and processed in the control unit. The engineering outlay for the
PLC and HMI has been drastically reduced due to the complete
integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
Network management
The network management provides the following functions:
• Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
authorization) and "User" (read only)
• Read-out of version and status information
• Setting the standby mask and address information

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/169

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Integration
Enterprise Level

Enterprise
network

SCALANCE XR324-12M SCALANCE XR324-12M

Control Level

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet
1000 Mbit/s
Control room Enhanced environment

SCALANCE XR328-4C WG SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC

Industrial Ethernet PROFINET/ PROFINET/

SCALANCE 10/100 Mbit/s Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet
XR124WG 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE SIMATIC
XB216 ET 200SP
Field Level

G_IK10_XX_10424
Printer IP camera LOGO!12/24RCE, SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC
CSM12/24 S7-1200, S7-1500 ET 200SP
CP 1243-1

Cost-optimized and functionally adapted managed and unmanaged 19" rack switches for control rooms

14/170 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Integration (continued)

SCALANCE XR524-8WG SCALANCE XR524-8WG

10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s

SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG

Outside of the cabinet SCALANCE XR328-4C WG SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG

PoE PoE
SCALANCE 1 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s
XP216 PoE EEC
SCALANCE
SC646-2C
SCALANCE
XC208G PoE
SCALANCE
PoE XC206-2SFP G
1 Gbit/s
SCALANCE SIMATIC HD camera
WAM763-1 RTLS4030G with high resolution
PoE
1 Gbit/s

G_IK10_XX_50951
SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC
SCALANCE ET 200SP S7-1500 MV560 MV550
WAM766-1
Industrial Ethernet 10/100/1000/10000 Mbit/s (Twisted Pair)
Industrial Ethernet 10 Gbit/s (Fiber Optic)

Supply of data and power to PoE-enabled terminal devices via SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG (Power over Ethernet).

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/171

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Integration (continued)

SCALANCE XC-400 SCALANCE XR-500

SCALANCE XR-300

SCALANCE
SCALANCE XC-300 XR-300 PoE WG

SCALANCE
XR-100 PoE WG
SCALANCE
SC-600

SCALANCE
XC-200 PoE
SCALANCE W

Cameras connected
via 1 Gbit/s PoE

G_IK10_XX_50950
SIMATIC SIMATIC Up to 8x camera over
ET 200SP S7-1500 1 Gbit/s PoE connected

Industrial Ethernet 10/100/1000/10000 Mbit/s (Twisted Pair)

Industrial Ethernet 10 Gbit/s (Fiber Optic)

Up to 10 Gbps bandwidth for demanding applications with SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG

14/172 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Selection and ordering data Accessories

Article No. Article No.

SCALANCE XR-300WG Plug-in transceivers – SFPs See "Plug-in transceivers for SCAL­
Industrial Ethernet switches ANCE"
19" Industrial Ethernet switches for Power supply unit
setting up electrical and/or optical SCALANCE PS598-1 6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0
Industrial Ethernet networks; power supply
depending on the device version,
ports support 10/100 Mbps or Power supply 300 W
10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (non- Input:
blocking), integrated redundancy 85-264 V AC IEC plug;
manager, RSTP, RMON, IGMP Snoop­ output:
ing/Querier, network management via 24 V DC terminals or for direct con­
SNMP, PROFINET, and web server nection to SCALANCE XR-300WG
SCALANCE XR324WG SCALANCE PSR9230PoE
• With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports 6GK5324-0BA00-2AR3 Rack PoE power supply with 6GK5923-0PS00-2RA3
and redundant 24 V DC power sup­ Input 110-240 V AC,
ply Output 54 V DC
• With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports and 6GK5324-0BA00-3AR3 Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP)
230 V AC power supply SFPs with LC connection for use in
SCALANCE XR108-2PoE WG; glass
SCALANCE XR328-4C WG
fiber-optic SFPs in single-mode and
• With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports, 6GK5328-4FS00-2AR3 multimode, 1000 or 10000 Mbps
4 × combo ports and redundant 6GK5993-1AT00-8AA0
• SFP993-1, 1x 10 Gbps,
24 V DC power supply
multimode
• With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports, 6GK5328-4FS00-3AR3
• SFP993-1LD, 1x 10 Gbps, 6GK5993-1AU00-8AA0
4 × combo ports and
single-mode
230 V AC power supply
• SFP993-1LH, 1x 10 Gbps, 6GK5993-1AV00-8AA0
SCALANCE XR328-4C WG
single-mode
• With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports, 6GK5328-4FS00-2RR3
• Preassembled IE cable 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA1
4 x combo ports and redundant
24 V DC power supply with 2x SFPs, 1 m
Reduced number of approvals (no • Preassembled IE cable 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA2
UL/FM approval) with 2x SFPs, 2 m
• With 24 × 10/100 Mbps ports, 6GK5328-4FS00-3RR3 • Preassembled IE cable 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA7
4 × combo ports and with 2x SFPs, 3 m
230 V AC power supply
Reduced number of approvals (no See accessories for XR108-2PoE WG
UL/FM approval) for further 1 Gbps SFPs
IE FC RJ45 plug 180 2 x 2 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
SCALANCE XR328-4C WG
• With 24 × 10/100/1000 Mbps ports, 6GK5328-4SS00-2AR3 Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45
4 x combo ports and redundant plug 180 2x2, RJ45 connector (10/100
24 V DC power supply Mbps) with rugged metal enclosure
and FC connection technology, for IE
• With 24 × 10/100/1000 Mbps ports, 6GK5328-4SS00-3AR3 FC cable 2x2
4 x combo ports and 180° cable outlet
230 V AC power supply 1 pack = 1 unit
SCALANCE XR326-2C PoE WG IE FC RJ45 plug 4 x 2 6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0

• With 24 x 10/100/1000 Mbps 6GK5326-2QS00-3AR3 RJ45 plug-in data connector

PoE ports (30 W), 2 x combo PoE (10/100/1000 Mbps), for connection
port to IE FC TP cables 4x2, with rugged
(max. 60 W at the RJ45 port, metal enclosure and FastConnect con­
1G/10G at the SFP+ port) and nection technology
100 - 240 V AC power supply IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10
• With 24 x 10/100/1000 Mbps 6GK5326-2QS00-3RR3 (type A)
PoE ports (30 W), 2 x combo PoE 4-core, shielded TP installation cable
port for connection to IE FC RJ45 out­
(max. 60 W at the RJ45 port, let/IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINET-compat­
1G/10G at the SFP+ port) and ible; with UL approval;
100 - 240 V AC power supply sold by the meter;
(No UL/FM approval) max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available as preassembled cable with
RJ45 plugs in various lengths

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/173

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Accessories (continued)

Article No.
IE FC TP standard cable GP 4 x 2 6XV1878-2A
TP installation cable Cat6 for connect­
ing to IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2, AWG 24
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available preassembled with RJ45
plugs in various lengths
FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available preassembled with ST/BFOC,
SC and LC connectors in various
lengths
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
Test access port for the reaction-free
extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
sion directions; extracts complete data
traffic (including faulty diagrams) for
further diagnostics

14/174 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5328-4FS00-2RR3 6GK5328-4FS00-3RR3 6GK5328-4SS00-2AR3 6GK5328-4SS00-3AR3

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XR328-4C WG XR328-4C WG XR328-4C WG XR328-4C WG
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal 28; RJ45 28; RJ45 28; RJ45 28; RJ45
equipment
number of 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports 24 24
number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports 24 24
number of combo ports with RJ45 interface 4; 1000 Mbit/s SFP plug-in 4; 1000 Mbit/s SFP plug-in 4; 1000 Mbit/s SFP plug-in 4; 1000 Mbit/s SFP plug-in
for optical plug-in transceiver transceiver or 100 Mbit/s via transceiver or 100 Mbit/s via transceiver or 100 Mbit/s via transceiver or 100 Mbit/s via
SCALANCE SFP991-1 (LD) A SCALANCE SFP991-1 (LD) A SCALANCE SFP991-1 (LD) A SCALANCE SFP991-1 (LD) A
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1 1
• for power supply 1 1 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for power supply 2 x 2-pin terminal block IEC plug C14 2 x 2-pin terminal block IEC plug C14
supply voltage, current consumption,
power loss
product component connection for redund­ Yes Yes Yes
ant voltage supply
type of voltage supply redundant power No No No No
supply unit
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC AC DC AC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 240 V; 100V ... 240V AC 24 V 240 V; 100V ... 240V AC
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 12 W 46 W 21.6 W 27 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 85 ... 264 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 85 ... 264 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.5 A 0.15 A 0.9 A 0.27 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power 2 x 2-pole terminal block IEC plug C14 2 x 2-pole terminal block IEC plug C14
supply
• product component 1 fusing at power Yes Yes Yes Yes
supply input
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply F 5 A / 60 V F 4 A / 250 V F 5 A / 60 V F 4 A / 250 V
voltage
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
operation maximum
protection class IP IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30
design, dimensions and weights
design 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack
number of modular height units relating to 1 1 1 1
19-inch cabinet
width 483 mm 483 mm 483 mm 483 mm
height 44 mm 44 mm 44 mm 44 mm
depth 127 mm 177 mm 127 mm 177 mm

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/175

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5328-4FS00-2RR3 6GK5328-4FS00-3RR3 6GK5328-4SS00-2AR3 6GK5328-4SS00-3AR3

net weight 2.8 kg 3.4 kg 2.8 kg 3.4 kg
material of the enclosure metal metal metal metal
fastening method
• 19-inch installation Yes Yes Yes Yes
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting No No No No
• wall mounting No No No No
• S7-300 rail mounting No No No No
• S7-1500 rail mounting No No No No
product features, product functions,
product components general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at 50 50 50 50
reconfiguration time of <\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­
nal propagation time) nal propagation time) nal propagation time) nal propagation time)
product functions management,
configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes Yes
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring No No No No
• CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B B
network load class according to PROFINET 2 2 2 2
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• GMRP No No No No
• DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location Yes Yes Yes Yes
designation
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes

14/176 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5328-4FS00-2RR3 6GK5328-4FS00-3RR3 6GK5328-4SS00-2AR3 6GK5328-4SS00-3AR3

• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No No
• VLAN dynamic Yes Yes Yes Yes
number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257 257 257 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; 257 257 257 257
MRP; standby link)
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
Protocol (MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with Yes Yes Yes Yes
redundancy manager
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
with redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
with standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP No No No No
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/opera­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion in the PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No No No No
(PRP)/Redundant Network Access (RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• STP/RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MSTP No No No No
• RSTP big network support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LACP No No No No
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/177

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5328-4FS00-2RR3 6GK5328-4FS00-3RR3 6GK5328-4SS00-2AR3 6GK5328-4SS00-3AR3

• SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 profile default No No No No
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes Yes
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No.
60950-1, UL 61010-2-201 60950-1
standards, specifications, approvals
hazardous environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes
• UKEX Yes
• IECEx Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB Yes
standard
• FM registration Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN No No No No
50155
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation sys­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tems according to IEC 62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 438.45 kg 520.66 kg 701.51 kg 849.48 kg
• during manufacturing 109.07 kg 109.07 kg 109.07 kg 109.07 kg
• during operation 328.83 kg 411.04 kg 591.89 kg 739.86 kg
• after end of life 0.55 kg 0.55 kg 0.55 kg 0.55 kg
product functions general
MTBF 43 a 39 a 43 a 39 a
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a 5a
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
connectors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­
358 358 358 358

14/178 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-300 WG switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5328-4FS00-2RR3 6GK5328-4FS00-3RR3 6GK5328-4SS00-2AR3 6GK5328-4SS00-3AR3

• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
Tool com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­
portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/179

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XR-500 switches
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Overview Overview (continued)

SCALANCE XR528-6M
• LEDs and ports on the front
• Alternatively: LEDs on the front and ports at the rear
• Connection of power supply unit at rear or above/below the switch
• Four SFP+ slots for equipping with 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ plug-
in transceivers, IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+ or Gigabit SFP plug-
in transceivers
• 6x 4-port media module slots
• Available with integrated IP routing functions or for optional exten­
sion of IP routing functions by means of KEY-PLUG
SCALANCE XR526-8C
• Two SFP+ slots for equipping with 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ plug-in
transceivers, IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+ or Gigabit SFP plug-in
transceivers
The Layer 3-enabled SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches • Eight combo ports for optional use of optical or electrical interfaces
are modular, high-performance, industry-standard switches for the with 10/100/1000 Mbps optically or electrically via SFP plug-in
construction of electrical and optical line, ring and star topologies transceiver
with data transfer rates of up to 10 Gbps, designed for installation in
19" control cabinets. • 16 electrical ports operating at 10/100/1000 Mbps
• Up to 10 electrical and/or optical interfaces with 10 Gbps and up to • In total, 26 ports can be used
48 electrical and/or optical interfaces with 10/100/1000 Mbps
• Power supply versions 24 V DC and 110 - 240 V AC (integrated)
• Fast media redundancy due to the integrated redundancy man­
ager:
• Available with integrated IP routing functions or for optional exten­
sion of IP routing functions by means of KEY-PLUG
Redundant connection of rings by means of high-speed media
redundancy is also possible with SCALANCE XR-500. SCALANCE XR524-8C

• Seamless integration of automation networks into existing corpor­ • Eight combo ports for optional use of optical or electrical interfaces
ate networks thanks to support for a host of IT standard functions with 10/100/1000 Mbps optically or electrically via SFP plug-in
(VLANs, IGMP Snooping/Query, STP/RSTP/MSTP, Link Aggregation, transceiver
Quality of Service, IEEE 802.1X and optional static routing, RIP, • 16 electrical ports operating at 10/100/1000 Mbps
OSPF, VRRP)
• In total, 24 ports can be used
• Integrated system diagnostics over PROFINET, web browser, CLI,
SINEMA Server or SINEC NMS and SNMP • Power supply versions 24 V DC and 110 ... 240 V AC (integrated)
• KEY-PLUG as the removable data storage medium for enabling Lay­ • Available with integrated IP routing functions or for optional exten­
er 3 routing functions. sion of IP routing functions by means of KEY-PLUG
- For the automatic backup of configuration data. If a fault occurs, SCALANCE XR526-8
it allows fast and simple device replacement of SCALANCE • Eight optical SFP+ ports for 1000 Mbps or 10000 Mbps plug-in
XR-500 components without a Field PG (contains the function of transceiver
the C-PLUG)
• 24 electrical ports operating at 10/100/1000 Mbps
- Can be used in all Layer 2 variants of SCALANCE XR-500
• 2 electrical ports with 1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbps
- For a detailed description, see "SCALANCE Accessories for Layer 3
Switches/Routers" • In total, 34 ports can be used
Product variants • Power supply versions 24 V DC and 110 ... 240 V AC (integrated)
SCALANCE XR552-12M SCALANCE XR522-12
• LEDs and ports on the front • Eight optical SFP+ ports for 1000 Mbps or 10000 Mbps plug-in
transceiver
• Alternatively: LEDs on the front and ports at the rear
• Four optical SFP ports for 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps plug-in trans­
• Connection of power supply unit at rear or above/below the switch ceiver
• Four SFP+ slots for equipping with 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ plug- • 20 electrical ports operating at 10/100/1000 Mbps
in transceivers, IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+ or Gigabit SFP plug-
in transceivers • 2 electrical ports with 1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbps
• 12x 4-port media module slots • In total, 34 ports can be used
• Available with integrated IP routing functions or for optional exten­ • Power supply versions 24 V DC and 110 ... 240 V AC (integrated)
sion of IP routing functions by means of KEY-PLUG

14/180 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Overview (continued) Application

SCALANCE XR502-32 The SCALANCE XR-500 switches are ideal for use in industrial net­
• Eight optical SFP+ ports for 1000 Mbps or 10000 Mbps plug-in works and for integrating the industrial network into an existing cor­
porate network. From the control level to the management level,
transceiver
the switch handles the networking of plant sections as well as dis­
• 24 optical SFP ports for 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps plug-in transceiv­ tributed field devices and ensures high plant availability with extens­
er ive diagnostics options and high transmission speeds. Thanks to the
scalability of the basic unit and the optionally available Layer 3
• 2 electrical ports with 1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbps switching function, the network can be established specially for the
• In total, 34 ports can be used relevant application, and adapted and expanded at any time.
The SCALANCE XR-500 switches are suitable for establishing electric­
• Power supply versions 24 V DC and 110 ... 240 V AC (integrated) al and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring topologies, some
with integral SFP+ slots that can be optionally equipped with SFP+
plug-in transceivers (10 Gbps) or SFP plug-in transceivers
Benefits (1000 Mbps), and up to 12 media module slots that can be option­
ally equipped with electrical and/or optical 4-port media modules.
Thanks to data transfer rates of up to 10 Gbps, the switches can be
used as an Industrial Ethernet backbone switch and as a hub in the
plant bus (redundant connection possible).
The use of media modules or SFP+/SFP enables the following:
• Unlimited flexibility during network expansions (e.g. more termin­ • Extension of networks by subsequent insertion of additional media
als, higher data transmission rates) or modification (e.g. switching modules in unused media module slots
from copper to fiber-optic cable) and reduction of the storage costs
due to the fully modular construction using SFPplus/SFP and media • Changing of cabling technology, e.g. conversion from copper to
modules fiber-optic cables, or from multimode to single-mode FOC

• Retrofitting the Layer 3 switching functions (IP routing) by means • Changing of the data transfer rate, e.g. from 1000 Mbps to
of a license on KEY-PLUG without replacing the existing hardware 10 Gbps
(XR524-8C, XR526-8C, XR528-6M, XR552-12M only)
• Changing the media modules during operation
• High availability of the network thanks to:
- Redundant power supply
- Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or twisted
pair cables (redundancy manager, standby function and
STP/RSTP/MSTP integrated)
- Easy device replacement by means of C-PLUG/KEY-PLUG/CLP
removable data storage medium
- Extremely fast network reconfiguration in the event of a fault
• High flexibility thanks to variable mounting options of the power
supply unit and device variants with ports on either the front or
rear of the device.
• Integration into the SINEMA Server or SINEC NMS network man­
agement system for integrated network diagnostics with central
firmware management

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/181

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Design Design (continued)

The SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged

metal enclosure in IP20 degree of protection are optimized for
installation in the 19" control cabinet. The power supply unit (85 to
264 V AC) for power supply to the SCALANCE XR-500, which is also
optimized for the 19" cabinet, can either be installed directly at the
rear of the SCALANCE XR-500 (XR528-6M and XR552-12M only) or
connected using connecting cables (installation of the power supply
unit in a 19" rack).
The switches also feature:
XR552-12M XR552-12M
• IEC plug for direct connection to 230 V AC supply (depending on
device variant) with basic power supply, with redundant power supply,
bottom mounting bottom mounting
• 2-pin terminal block for connecting the floating signaling contact
for simple display of faults
• Row of LEDs for indicating status information (power, link status,
data traffic, power supply, signaling contact)
• SELECT/SET button for easy setting of the fault signaling contact on
the device

G_IK10_XX_10324
• Slot on the device for the C-PLUG/CLP removable data storage XR552-12M XR552-12M
medium for easy device replacement in the event of a fault, or for
the KEY-PLUG for adding IP routing to the device functionality with basic power supply, with redundant power supply,
(XR524-8C, XR526-8C, XR528-6M, XR552-12M only) rear mounting rear mounting

• Console port for local configuration/diagnostics

The SCALANCE XR-500 switches are available with the following Options for mounting a single/redundant power supply unit to SCALANCE
XR552-12M
types of port depending on the device variant:
• Up to eight SFP+ slots for optical SFP+ or SFP plug-in transceivers
(multimode and single-mode connections)
- The SFP+ plug-in transceivers support 10 Gbps
- The SFP plug-in transceivers support 1000 Mbps
• Up to 12 slots for electrical 4-port media modules or optical 4-port
media modules for multimode or single-mode connections; the
optical media modules are available in a variety of connection
technologies
- The RJ45 sockets are also available in industry-standard design
with additional securing collars for connection of the Industrial
Ethernet FC RJ45 plug 180
- All electrical Ethernet interfaces support 10/100/1000 Mbps,
all optical Ethernet interfaces support 100 or 1000 Mbps

14/182 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Function
• Integrated redundancy manager for constructing ring topologies • Support of virtual networks (VLAN);
with up to 10 Gbps and high-speed media redundancy. Reliable for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast-growing
communication can be achieved by interconnecting the ends of an number of nodes, a physically existing network can be divided
optical or electrical line to form a ring. The redundancy manager into several virtual subnets. Port-based, protocol-based and IP-
(RM) integrated in the SCALANCE XR-500 switch monitors the func­ based VLANs are available for selection.
tion of the network. It recognizes the failure of a transmission link or
of a SCALANCE X switch in the ring and activates a substitute path • Load limiting when multicast protocols (e.g. video transmission)
within a maximum of 200 milliseconds. are used;
• Redundant Layer 2 interfacing to corporate networks; by learning the multicast receivers (IGMP Snooping, IGMP Queri­
er), SCALANCE XR-500 switches can also filter multicast data
SCALANCE XR-500 switches support the standardized redundancy traffic and therefore limit the load in the network. Multicast and
procedures Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Rapid Spanning broadcast traffic can be limited.
Tree Protocol (RSTP), and Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). This enables
a subnet to be connected redundantly to a higher-level corporate • Time synchronization;
network with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration time (in diagnostic messages (log table entries, emails) are time-stamped.
the order of seconds). Local time is standardized throughout the network by means of
• Layer 3 switching functions enable simple subdivision of large net­ synchronization with a SICLOCK time transmitter or SNTP/NTP
works into smaller subnets with their own address space. Reasons server, thereby simplifying the assignment of diagnostic mes­
for subdivision into subnets can include separation of the Ethernet sages from multiple devices.
network to reduce the broadcast load, separation of sensitive areas • Link Aggregation (IEEE 802.3ad) for bundling data streams
from the main network, and subdivision of the network into logical
working groups. • Quality of Service (IEEE 802.1Q) for prioritization of network
traffic
• Redundant Layer 3 connection to corporate networks;
SCALANCE XR-500 switches support the standardized routing proto­
cols Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) and Routing Information Pro­
tocol (RIP), and the standardized routing procedure Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol (VRRP). This means industrial, routed subnets
can also be connected redundantly to a higher-level corporate net­
work.

Aggregation Level Server Server Server Server

Engineering Station
Operator Station
SCALANCE 1000 Mbit/s SCALANCE 10 Gbit/s
1000 Mbit/s XR524-8WG 10 Gbit/s XR524-8WG 1000 Mbit/s

PC
Link Aggregation
10 Gbit/s 1000 Mbit/s

Operator Station PC
Industrial Ethernet 1000 Mbit/s

Cell Level 100 100 100 100 100 Mbit/s 1000 Mbit/s 1000 Mbit/s 1000 Mbit/s
Mbit/s Mbit/s Mbit/s Mbit/s
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Advanced
Code S7-1500 S7-1500
reading with CP 1543-1 S7-400 with with CP 1543-1
S7-400
systems CP 443-1
Advanced PROFINET

SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC

SCALANCE ET 200SP ET 200SP ET 200SP
W-700
G_IK10_XX_10299

SIMATIC SIMATIC
S7-1500 S7-1500
ET 200SP ET 200pro
with CP 1543-1 with CP 1543-1

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/183

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Function (continued)
Integration of field-level networks to higher-level control networks with SCAL­ • Ethernet with fast media redundancy;
ANCE XR-500
To increase network availability, as many as 50 linear cascaded
Network topology and network configuration XC-200, XC-300/XR-300, XM-400 or XR-500 switches can be con­
The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of the figured into a ring.
plant using SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches. • Several rings can be redundantly linked through the standby func­
The following network structures and combinations of structures can tion or MRP interconnection
be implemented:
• Star topology with SCALANCE XR-500 switches:
Each SCALANCE XR-500 switch represents a neutral point that can
connect up to 52 nodes or subnets with each other electrically.

Industrial Backbone Server Server Server Server

Server
1000 Mbit/s 1000 Mbit/s
10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s

XR524-8WG XR524-8WG
OSPF

Aggregation Level Operator Station

SCALANCE SCALANCE PC
1000 Mbit/s XR-500 XR-500

PC
XR524-8WG

Ring redundancy
Operator Station PC
10 Gbit/s
Industrial Ethernet

Cell Level
SCALANCE XR526-8C 1000 Mbit/s

Engineering Station
SCALANCE
SCALANCE SCALANCE XR-300 SCALANCE XR-300
XC-400 XC-400
1000 Mbit/s
ET 200SP 1000 Mbit/s G_IK10_XX_10298
SCALANCE XR-300

SCALANCE XC208G SCALANCE XC208G

SIMATIC S7-1500

Use of SCALANCE XR-500 in redundant network topologies, e.g. with Rapid • Maximum cable length between two modules for single-mode
Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) and ring redundancy fiber-optic conductors:
When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
must be observed:
- 26 to 200 km at 100 Mbps
• Maximum cable length between two modules for multimode fiber- - 10 to 120 km at 1000 Mbps
optic cables: - 10 to 40 km at 10 Gbps
- 5 km at 100 Mbps
- 200 m at 1000 Mbps
- 550 m at 10 Gbps

14/184 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Function (continued)
• Maximum cable length for twisted pair between two SCALANCE X - Via PROFINET diagnostics:
switches: PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XR-500
- Max. 100 m at 100 Mbps with IE FC cable 2 x 2 (Cat5e) and switches can be displayed using the relevant SIMATIC engineer­
IE FC RJ45 plug 2x2 ing tools and they can also be processed in the PLC. The engin­
eering outlay for the PLC and HMI has been drastically reduced
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbps with IE FC cable 4 x 2 (Cat6A) and IE FC RJ45 due to the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for sys­
plug 4x2 tem error messages.
- Max. 75 m at 10 Gbps with IE FC cable 4x2 (Cat7) and IE FC RJ45 - Via the web browser of a mobile device (smartphone, tablet)
plug 4x2
Network management
Commissioning and diagnostics
The network management provides the following functions:
Setting options on the device itself:
• Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
• Redundancy manager RM; authorization) and "User" (read only)
to establish a ring, a SCALANCE XR-500 is switched to RM mode. The
• Read-out of version and status information
non-ring ports of the RM can be used freely for the connection of
terminal devices and networks. If the MRP redundancy procedure • Setting the signal and standby mask and address information
standardized by PROFINET is used, the RM is adjusted automatically.
• Fixed parameterization of the ports (data transmission rates,
• Signal mask; half/full duplex) and filter tables
The signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE XR-500 • Setting of Spanning/Rapid/Multiple Spanning Tree parameters
(setpoint state) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask defines
which ports and which power supplies are to be monitored. The sig­ • Parameter assignment for web management services
naling contact only reports an error when a monitored port or a
monitored feeder fails (deviation of setpoint/actual status). • Security
• IP address; - Ports can be connected or disconnected
the IP address is assigned via DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration - Port-based network access control according to IEEE 802.1X
Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the network, the IP
address can be assigned using the software tool provided.
- Authentication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x

Diagnostic options on site: - Support of Access Control List (ACL)

• The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site: • Output of statistics information
- Port status • Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
- Port operating mode (Mbps, full/half-duplex) port with a standard commercially available network analyzer
(e.g. via Bus Analyzer Agent XM400)
- Status of the two power supplies
• Loading of new firmware versions or configuration data via the
- Signaling contact status network from a TFTP server or directly via HTTP/HTTPS with a web
browser
- Signal mask (setpoint status)
• Saving of configuration data or log table via the network on a
- RM mode TFTP server
- Standby mode If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE XR-500 switch can
independently send error messages (traps) to a network manage­
• Via the web browser of a mobile device (smartphone, tablet) ment system, such as SINEMA Server or SINEC NMS, and emails to a
• The status of the signaling contact is routed externally by means of predefined network administrator.
floating relay contacts. This enables, for example, the module to be Remote monitoring (RMON) provides the following functions:
monitored via an input module from a controller. The SCALANCE XR-500 switch can collect statistics information
according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include, for
• Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network; example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This informa­
the following possibilities are available: tion can be read out through web-based management in the stat­
- Via standard web browser (web-based management): istics sub-area.
Selection of SCALANCE XR-500 switches via the network from a PC
with a web browser
- Via SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
Secure integration of SCALANCE XR-500 switches via the network
into a network management system, e.g. SINEC NMS

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/185

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Function (continued)

Servicetechniker
OpenVPN
Enterprise network

WAN/ Client
Data center Office External Internet
Firewall Firewall App Store
Edge Mgmt.,
on premise or
on cloud (e.g.
AWS, Azure IoT
Core
Firewall / Firewall / Edge)
Data Center
IDS IDS

SCALANCE XR-500

SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet

Industrial data center Industrial DMZ

SINEC NMS
SINEC INS
MES SINEMA RC
WIN CC
TIA Portal DMZ-Firewall DMZ-Firewall
SCALANCE XR-500 SCALANCE XR-500
Project server
UMC
Backbone layer

Jump Host, Edge Management, MQTT-Broker etc.

SCALANCE XR-500

SCALANCE XR-500

Firewall

Aggregation Layer Aggregation Layer

SCALANCE SCALANCE
SCALANCE W-700 SCALANCE W-700
XM-400 XM-400
PoE Industrial Ethernet PoE
SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet Tablet Tablet
XC-200G SCALANCE SCALANCE
XR-300PoE WG XR-300PoE WG
SCALANCE
XC-200G PoE SINEC SINEC
SCALANCE XC-200G NMS Operation NMS Operation

Machine 1 Machine 2 Machine 3

SCALANCE Automated SCALANCE SCALANCE MQTT
SC600 guided SC600 SC-600 CloudConnect
vehicles CC712
PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC MQTT
S7-1500F, CP1545-1 SCALANCE PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE
CP-1500, ET 200SP TP 1200 XF-200BA W-700
SIMATIC SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
W-700
Cell layer

S7-1500 XC-200G LPE9403

Power over
SCALANCE
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet ET 200SP XP-200 Ethernet (PoE)

RCoax

AGVs Emergency stop SIMATIC SIMOTICS SCALANCE

MV500

G_IK10_XX_10425
S7-1500F
ET 200SP TP1200 MindConnect SINAMICS SIMATIC ITP
Nano SCALANCE W722-1, ET 200SP CPU, CP 1543SP-1

Connection of a production network to the office network with SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches

14/186 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No. Article No.

SCALANCE XR-500 • Redundant 24 V DC 6GK5524-8GS00-2AR2
Industrial Ethernet switches power supply
Layer 3-enabled Industrial Ethernet • 230 V AC power supply 6GK5524-8GS00-3AR2
switches for establishing electrical
and/or optical Industrial Ethernet net­ • Redundant 230 V AC 6GK5524-8GS00-4AR2
works; with transfer rates up to power supply
10 Gbps, designed for installation in Layer 3
19" control cabinets
SCALANCE XR552-12M • Redundant 24 V DC 6GK5524-8GR00-2AR2
power supply
4 x integral 1/10 Gbps SFP+ slots for
SFP or SFP+ plug-in transceivers • 230 V AC power supply 6GK5524-8GR00-3AR2
12 x 10/100/1000 Mbps slots for 6GK5524-8GR00-4AR2
• Redundant 230 V AC
4-port media modules, electrical or
power supply
optical
Layer 2, upgrade to Layer 3 possible SCALANCE XR526-8
24 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports
• Ports at front 6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2
8 x 1G/10Gbps SFP+ ports
• Ports at rear 6GK5552-0AA00-2HR2 2 x 1G/2.5G/5G/10Gbps RJ45 ports
Layer 3 • 24 V DC power supply 6GK5534-2TR00-2AR3

• 24 V DC power supply 6GK5534-2TR00-3AR3

• Ports at front 6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2
• 2 x 230 V AC power supply 6GK5534-2TR00-4AR3
• Ports at rear 6GK5552-0AR00-2HR2
SCALANCE XR522-12
SCALANCE XR528-6M
20 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports
4 x integral 1/10 Gbps SFP+ slots for 8 x 1G/10Gbps SFP+ ports
SFP or SFP+ plug-in transceivers 4 x 100/1000 Mbps SFP ports
6 x 10/100/1000 Mbps slots for 4-port 2 x 1G/2.5G/5G/10G RJ45 ports
media modules, electrical or optical
• 24 V DC power supply 6GK5534-3TR00-2AR3
Layer 2, upgrade to Layer 3 possible
• 230 V AC power supply 6GK5534-3TR00-3AR3
• Ports at front 6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2
• 2 x 230 V AC power supply 6GK5534-3TR00-4AR3
• Ports at rear 6GK5528-0AA00-2HR2
SCALANCE XR502-32
Layer 3
24 x 100/1000 Mbps SFP ports
• Ports at front 6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2 8 x 1G/10Gbps SFP+ ports
2 x 1G/2.5G/5G/10Gbps RJ45 ports
• Ports at rear 6GK5528-0AR00-2HR2
• 24 V DC power supply 6GK5534-5TR00-2AR3
SCALANCE XR526-8C
• 230 V AC power supply 6GK5534-5TR00-3AR3
2 x 10 Gbps
24 x 10/100/1000 Mbps, of which • 2 x 230 V AC power supply 6GK5534-5TR00-4AR3
8 x RJ45/SFP combo ports
24 x 1000 Mbps maximum use
Layer 2, upgrade to Layer 3 possible

• Redundant 24 V DC 6GK5526-8GS00-2AR2
power supply
• 230 V AC power supply 6GK5526-8GS00-3AR2

• Redundant 230 V AC 6GK5526-8GS00-4AR2

power supply
Layer 3

• Redundant 24 V DC 6GK5526-8GR00-2AR2
power supply
• 230 V AC power supply 6GK5526-8GR00-3AR2

• Redundant 230 V AC 6GK5526-8GR00-4AR2

power supply
SCALANCE XR524-8C
24 x 10/100/1000 Mbps, of which
8 x RJ45/SFP combo ports;
24 x 1000 Mbps maximum usable
Layer 2, upgrade to Layer 3 possible

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/187

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Accessories Accessories (continued)

Article No. Article No.

SCALANCE PS598-1 power supply 6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0 FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A
Power supply 300 W Multimode cable,
Input: 85-264 V AC IEC plug sold by the meter;
Output: 24 V DC terminals or for direct max. delivery unit 1000 m,
connection to SCALANCE X-500 minimum order quantity 20 m, also
FAN597-1 6GK5597-1AA00-8AA0 available preassembled with ST/BFOC,
SC and LC connectors in various
Replacement fan slide-in unit for lengths
SCALANCE XR552-12M
FAN597-2 6GK5597-2AA00-8AA0
Replacement fan slide-in unit for
SCALANCE XR528-6M
SCALANCE RACK MOUNT KIT GK5980-2BA00-0AA4

Mounting bracket for 19 inch rack

installation for SCALANCE
XR-300/XR-500;
1 pack = 4 units; spare part
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB10
Removable data storage medium for
simple replacement of devices in the
event of a fault; for storing configura­
tion or engineering and application
data; can be used in SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot
KEY-PLUG X-500 6GK5905-0PA00
Removable data storage medium for
expansion of the device functions
with IP routing (layer 3), for integra­
tion of configuration data and for easy
replacement of SCALANCE X-500 in
the event of a fault
SCALANCE CLP 6GK1900-0UB00-0AA0
Removable data storage medium for
simple replacement of devices in the
event of a fault; for storing configura­
tion or engineering and application
data; can be used in SIMATIC NET
products with CLP slot
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
Test access port for the reaction-free
extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmis­
sion directions;
extracts entire data traffic (including
faulty diagrams) for further dia­
gnostics.
Media Modules See "Media modules for modular
SCALANCE X-500 managed"
Plug-in transceivers – SFPs see "SCALANCE X-500 managed"
Manual
IE FC RJ45 plug 4 x 2 6GK1901-1BB12-2AA0
RJ45 plug-in data connector
(10/100/1000 Mbps), for connection
to IE FC TP cables 4x2, with rugged
metal enclosure and FastConnect con­
nection technology
IE FC TP standard cable GP 4 x 2 6XV1878-2A
TP installation cable Cat6 for connect­
ing to IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2, AWG 24
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available preassembled with RJ45
plugs in various lengths

14/188 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XR552-12M XR552-12M XR528-6M XR528-6M
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s, 10 Gbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45
equipment
• for Power-over-Ethernet for network 12 12 12 12
components or terminal equipment
number of electrical connections
• for SFP+ 4 4 4 4
interfaces for communication plug-in
number of 100 Mbit/s ST(BFOC) ports
• for multimode 48 48 24 24
• for single mode (LD) 48 48 24 24
number of 1000 Mbit/s SC ports
• for multimode 48 48 24 24
• for single mode (LD) 48 48 24 24
number of electrical connections
• for SFP 4 4 4 4
• for SFP+ 4 4 4 4
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1 1
• for media module 12 12 6 6
• for power supply 1 1 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11
• for management purposes RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
product feature hot-swappable interface Yes Yes Yes Yes
modules
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling con­
tacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption,
power loss
product component connection for redund­ Yes
ant voltage supply
type of voltage supply redundant power No No No No
supply unit
supplied active power of PSE with PoE
• per port maximum 30 W 30 W 30 W 30 W
• total maximum 180 W 180 W 180 W 180 W
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 34.08 W 34.08 W 22 W 22 W

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/189

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2

• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 12.5 A 12.5 A 11.5 A 11.5 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
supply
• product component 1 fusing at power Yes Yes Yes Yes
supply input
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply F 15 A / 125 V F 15 A / 125 V F 15 A / 125 V F 15 A / 125 V
voltage
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C
• during storage -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during transport -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• note Operation with integral fan, Operation with integral fan, Operation with integral fan, Operation with integral fan,
replaceable replaceable replaceable replaceable
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
operation maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack
number of modular height units relating to 3 3 2 2
19-inch cabinet
width 449 mm 449 mm 449 mm 449 mm
height 130.8 mm 130.8 mm 87.2 mm 87.2 mm
depth 305 mm 305 mm 305 mm 305 mm
net weight 10 kg 10 kg 7.2 kg 7.2 kg
fastening method
• 19-inch installation Yes Yes Yes Yes
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting No No No No
• wall mounting No No No No
• S7-300 rail mounting No No No No
• S7-1500 rail mounting No No No No
type of cable outlet Cable outlet at front Cable outlet at front Cable outlet at front Cable outlet at front
product features, product functions,
product components general
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­ any (depending only on sig­
nal propagation time) nal propagation time) nal propagation time) nal propagation time)
product functions management,
configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes Yes
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B B
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 9 216 byte 9 216 byte 9 216 byte 9 216 byte

14/190 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2

protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location Yes Yes Yes Yes
designation
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - IP-based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN dynamic Yes Yes Yes Yes
number of VLANs maximum 255 255 255 255
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 255 255 255 255
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions routing
service routing note IP routing in combination IP routing integrated IP routing in combination IP routing integrated
with KEY-PLUG XR-500 with KEY-PLUG XR-500
product function
• static IP routing Yes Yes Yes Yes
• static IP routing IPv6 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• dynamic IP routing Yes Yes Yes Yes
• dynamic IP routing IPv6 Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• RIPv2 Yes Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/191

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2

• RIPnG for IPv6 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• OSPFv2 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• OSPFv3 for IPv6 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VRRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VRRP for IPv6 Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
Protocol (MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with Yes Yes Yes Yes
redundancy manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnec­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tion (MRP-I)
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
with redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
with standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/opera­ Yes Yes
tion in the PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No No
(PRP)/Redundant Network Access (RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• LACP Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
type of time synchronization IEEE 1588 IEEE 1588 IEEE 1588 IEEE 1588
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes Yes
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No.
60950-1-03 60950-1-03 60950-1-03 60950-1-03

14/192 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2

standards, specifications, approvals
hazardous environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes Yes Yes Yes
• UKEX Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IECEx Yes Yes Yes Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB Yes Yes Yes Yes
standard
• FM registration Yes Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
other
certificate of suitability
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation sys­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
tems according to IEC 62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals
marine classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. Yes Yes
(ABS)
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes Yes
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) No
• DNV GL Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects Yes Yes
(RINA)
standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 593.61 kg 593.61 kg 467.85 kg 467.85 kg
• during manufacturing 225.96 kg 225.96 kg 225.96 kg 225.96 kg
• during operation 366.8 kg 366.8 kg 241.04 kg 241.04 kg
• after end of life 0.85 kg 0.85 kg 0.85 kg 0.85 kg
product functions general
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a 5a
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
connectors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­ com/cs/ww/en/view/109766­
358 358 358 358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
Tool com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­
portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/193

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2 6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2

• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

Article number 6GK5524-8GS00-2AR2 6GK5524-8GS00-3AR2 6GK5524-8GS00-4AR2

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XR524-8C XR524-8C XR524-8C
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 24; RJ45 24; RJ45 24; RJ45
number of 100 Mbit/s ST(BFOC) ports
• for multimode 0 0 0
number of electrical connections
• for SFP 8 8 8
number of combo ports with RJ45 interface for optic­ 8 8 8
al plug-in transceiver
interfaces for communication plug-in
number of electrical connections
• for SFP 8 8 8
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1
• for power supply 1 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11 RJ11
• for management purposes RJ45 RJ45 RJ45
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
product feature hot-swappable interface modules Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant Yes Yes Yes
voltage supply
type of voltage supply redundant power supply unit No No Yes
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC AC AC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 230 V 230 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 24 W 24 W 24 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 90 ... 264 V 90 ... 264 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 1A 0.6 A 0.6 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage 3.15 A / 125 V 3.15 A / 250 V 3.15 A / 250 V

14/194 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5524-8GS00-2AR2 6GK5524-8GS00-3AR2 6GK5524-8GS00-4AR2

ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -25 ... +60 °C -25 ... +60 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation 95 % 95 % 95 %
maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack
number of modular height units relating to 19-inch 1 1 1
cabinet
width 449 mm 449 mm 449 mm
height 44 mm 44 mm 44 mm
depth 305 mm 305 mm 305 mm
net weight 3.8 kg 4.2 kg 4.5 kg
fastening method
• 19-inch installation Yes Yes Yes
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting No No No
• wall mounting No No No
• S7-300 rail mounting No No No
• S7-1500 rail mounting No No No
type of cable outlet Cable outlet at front Cable outlet at front Cable outlet at front
product features, product functions, product
components general
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal
propagation time) propagation time) propagation time)
product functions management, configuration,
engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 9 216 byte 9 216 byte 9 216 byte
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/195

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5524-8GS00-2AR2 6GK5524-8GS00-3AR2 6GK5524-8GS00-4AR2

• BOOTP Yes Yes Yes
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designa­ Yes Yes Yes
tion
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - IP-based Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN dynamic Yes Yes Yes
number of VLANs maximum 255 255 255
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 255 255 255
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes
product functions routing
service routing note IP routing in combination with KEY- IP routing in combination with IP routing in combination with KEY-
PLUG XR-500 KEY-PLUG XR-500 PLUG XR-500
product function
• static IP routing Yes Yes Yes
• static IP routing IPv6 Yes Yes Yes
• dynamic IP routing Yes Yes Yes
• dynamic IP routing IPv6 Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• RIPv2 Yes Yes Yes
• RIPnG for IPv6 Yes Yes Yes
• OSPFv2 Yes Yes Yes
• OSPFv3 for IPv6 Yes Yes Yes
• VRRP Yes Yes Yes
• VRRP for IPv6 Yes Yes Yes

14/196 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5524-8GS00-2AR2 6GK5524-8GS00-3AR2 6GK5524-8GS00-4AR2

product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes
(MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy Yes Yes Yes
manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnection (MRP- Yes Yes Yes
I)
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with Yes Yes Yes
redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with Yes Yes Yes
standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• LACP Yes Yes Yes
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1; CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1; CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1; CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987 213-M1987 213-M1987
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous
environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes
• UKEX Yes
• IECEx Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes
• FM registration Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/197

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5524-8GS00-2AR2 6GK5524-8GS00-3AR2 6GK5524-8GS00-4AR2

IT security for industrial automation systems accord­ Yes Yes Yes
ing to IEC 62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals marine
classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes Yes Yes
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes Yes Yes
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) No
• DNV GL Yes Yes Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes Yes Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects (RINA) Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 488.81 kg 488.81 kg 488.81 kg
• during manufacturing 225.96 kg 225.96 kg 225.96 kg
• during operation 262 kg 262 kg 262 kg
• after end of life 0.85 kg 0.85 kg 0.85 kg
product functions general
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connect­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
ors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic-
net net net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

Article number 6GK5534-2TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-4AR3

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s,
10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 26; RJ45 with securing collar 26; RJ45 with securing collar 26; RJ45 with securing collar

14/198 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5534-2TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-4AR3

number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• with securing collar 24 24 24
number of 1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbps RJ45 ports 2 2 2
with securing collar
number of electrical connections
• for SFP+ 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 Mbps SFP 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 Mbps SFP 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 Mbps SFP
usable usable usable
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1
• for power supply 2 1 2
type of electrical connection
• for operator console USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial via USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial via USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial via
USB) USB) USB)
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 2 x 2-pin terminal block IEC plug C14 AC supply or 2-pole IEC plug C14 AC supply or 2-pole
terminal block for DC supply terminal block for DC supply
design of the removable storage
• CLP Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant Yes No Yes
voltage supply
type of voltage supply redundant power supply unit No No Yes
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 100V ... 250V DC 100V ... 250V DC
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 72 W 99 W 99 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 31.2 V 77 ... 300 V 77 ... 300 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 3A 0.8 A 0.8 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 2 x 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage F 10 A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V
type of voltage 2 of the supply voltage AC (50 / 60Hz) AC (50 / 60Hz) AC (50 / 60Hz)
• supply voltage 2 rated value 24 V 240 V; 100V ... 240V AC 240 V; 100V ... 240V AC
• power loss [W] 2 rated value 72 W 99 W 99 W
• supply voltage 2 rated value 19.2 ... 30 V 85 ... 264 V 85 ... 264 V
• consumed current 2 maximum 3A 0.8 A 0.8 A
• type of electrical connection 2 for power supply 2 x 2-pole terminal block C14, IEC plug C14, IEC plug
• fuse protection type 2 at input for supply voltage F 10 A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature in horizontal mounting posi­ -40 ... +70 °C; Starting at -40 °C; -25 ... +60 °C; Starting at -25 °C; -25 ... +60 °C; Starting at -25 °C;
tion during operation The maximum ambient temperat­ The maximum ambient temperat­ The maximum ambient temperat­
ure during operation depends on ure during operation depends on ure during operation depends on
the operating height and the plug- the operating height and the plug- the operating height and the plug-
in transceivers, see also manual. in transceivers, see also manual. in transceivers, see also manual.
installation altitude at height above sea level maxim­ 4 000 m 3 000 m 3 000 m
um
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation 95 % 95 % 95 %
maximum
operating condition fanless operation Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/199

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5534-2TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-4AR3

protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack
number of modular height units relating to 19-inch 1 1 1
cabinet
width 446 mm 446 mm 446 mm
height 43.6 mm 43.6 mm 43.6 mm
depth 374.8 mm 374.8 mm 374.8 mm
net weight 8 kg 8.2 kg 8.4 kg
material of the enclosure metal metal metal
fastening method
• 19-inch installation Yes Yes Yes
product features, product functions, product
components general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at reconfig­ 50 50 50
uration time of <\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal
propagation time) propagation time) propagation time)
number of automatically learnable MAC addresses 16 382 16 382 16 382
number of QoS queues per port 8 8 8
product function
• QoS according to IEEE 802.1Q Yes Yes Yes
product feature
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes Yes
product functions management, configuration,
engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B
network load class according to PROFINET 3 3 3
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 9 194 byte 9 194 byte 9 194 byte
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes
• SFTP Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP Yes Yes Yes
• NETCONF No No No
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes

14/200 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5534-2TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-4AR3

• LLDP Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designa­ Yes Yes Yes
tion
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No
• VLAN dynamic Yes Yes Yes
number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257 257 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; MRP; 257 257 257
standby link)
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes
product functions routing
service routing note IP routing integrated IP routing integrated IP routing integrated
product function
• static IP routing Yes Yes Yes
• static IP routing IPv6 No No No
• dynamic IP routing Yes Yes Yes
• dynamic IP routing IPv6 No No No
protocol is supported
• RIPv2 Yes Yes Yes
• RIPnG for IPv6 No No No
• OSPFv2 Yes Yes Yes
• OSPFv3 for IPv6 No No No
• VRRP Yes Yes Yes
• VRRP for IPv6 No No No

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/201

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5534-2TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-4AR3

product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes
(MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy Yes Yes Yes
manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnection (MRP- Yes Yes Yes
I)
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported PROFINET Yes Yes Yes
system redundancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with Yes Yes Yes
redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with Yes Yes Yes
standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes
• High-availability Seamless Redundancy (HSR) Yes Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/operation in the Yes Yes Yes
PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/Redundant Net­ Yes Yes Yes
work Access (RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• LACP Yes Yes Yes
system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via CiR/H-CiR Yes Yes Yes
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 v2 transparent forwarding Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes
accuracy at IEEE 1588 v2
• not less than 100 µs 100 µs 100 µs
• typical 50 ns 50 ns 50 ns
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes

14/202 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5534-2TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-2TR00-4AR3

• KC approval Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes
product conformity according to EMC-guideline 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-9 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-9 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-9
• for immunity to EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4
• for safety from CSA and UL in preparation in preparation in preparation
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN 50121-4 Yes Yes
• railway application in accordance with EN 50125-3 Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation systems accord­ Yes Yes Yes
ing to IEC 62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 991.85 kg 1 274.81 kg 1 274.81 kg
• during manufacturing 225.96 kg 225.96 kg 225.96 kg
• during operation 765.04 kg 1 048 kg 1 048 kg
• after end of life 0.85 kg 0.85 kg 0.85 kg
product functions general
MTBF 12.6 a 8.3 a 10.2 a
reference temperature for MTBF determination 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connect­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
ors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic-
net net net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

Article number 6GK5534-3TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-4AR3

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s,
10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 22; RJ45 with securing collar 22; RJ45 with securing collar 22; RJ45 with securing collar

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/203

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5534-3TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-4AR3

number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• with securing collar 20 20 20
number of 1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbps RJ45 ports 2 2 2
with securing collar
number of electrical connections
• for SFP 4; 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps SFP 4; 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps SFP 4; 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps SFP
usable usable usable
• for SFP+ 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 Mbps SFP 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 Mbps SFP 8; 1000 Mbps and 10000 Mbps SFP
usable usable usable
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for operator console 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1
• for power supply 2 1 2
type of electrical connection
• for operator console USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial via USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial via USB (2.0 Port, Type B, serial via
USB) USB) USB)
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 2 x 2-pin terminal block IEC plug C14 AC supply or 2-pole IEC plug C14 AC supply or 2-pole
terminal block for DC supply terminal block for DC supply
design of the removable storage
• CLP Yes Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant Yes No Yes
voltage supply
type of voltage supply redundant power supply unit No No Yes
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 100V ... 250V DC 100V ... 250V DC
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 72 W 99 W 99 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 31.2 V 77 ... 300 V 77 ... 300 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 3A 0.8 A 0.8 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 2 x 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage F 10 A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V
type of voltage 2 of the supply voltage AC (50 / 60Hz) AC (50 / 60Hz) AC (50 / 60Hz)
• supply voltage 2 rated value 24 V 240 V; 100V ... 240V AC 240 V; 100V ... 240V AC
• power loss [W] 2 rated value 72 W 99 W 99 W
• supply voltage 2 rated value 19.2 ... 30 V 85 ... 264 V 85 ... 264 V
• consumed current 2 maximum 3A 0.8 A 0.8 A
• type of electrical connection 2 for power supply 2 x 2-pole terminal block C14, IEC plug C14, IEC plug
• fuse protection type 2 at input for supply voltage F 10 A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V F 4A / 250 V
ambient conditions
ambient temperature in horizontal mounting posi­ -40 ... +70 °C; Starting at -40 °C; -25 ... +60 °C; Starting at -25 °C; -25 ... +60 °C; Starting at -25 °C;
tion during operation The maximum ambient temperat­ The maximum ambient temperat­ The maximum ambient temperat­
ure during operation depends on ure during operation depends on ure during operation depends on
the operating height and the plug- the operating height and the plug- the operating height and the plug-
in transceivers, see also manual. in transceivers, see also manual. in transceivers, see also manual.
installation altitude at height above sea level maxim­ 4 000 m 3 000 m 3 000 m
um

14/204 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5534-3TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-4AR3

relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation 95 % 95 % 95 %
maximum
operating condition fanless operation Yes Yes Yes
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack
number of modular height units relating to 19-inch 1 1 1
cabinet
width 446 mm 446 mm 446 mm
height 43.6 mm 43.6 mm 43.6 mm
depth 374.8 mm 374.8 mm 374.8 mm
net weight 8 kg 8.2 kg 8.4 kg
material of the enclosure metal metal metal
fastening method
• 19-inch installation Yes Yes Yes
product features, product functions, product
components general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at reconfig­ 50 50 50
uration time of <\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal
propagation time) propagation time) propagation time)
number of automatically learnable MAC addresses 16 382 16 382 16 382
number of QoS queues per port 8 8 8
product function
• QoS according to IEEE 802.1Q Yes Yes Yes
product feature
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes Yes
product functions management, configuration,
engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes
• port mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B B
network load class according to PROFINET 3 3 3
telegram length for Ethernet maximum 9 194 byte 9 194 byte 9 194 byte
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes
• SFTP Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP Yes Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/205

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5534-3TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-4AR3

• NETCONF No No No
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designa­ Yes Yes Yes
tion
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes
product functions VLAN
product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No
• VLAN dynamic Yes Yes Yes
number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257
number of VLANs - dynamic maximum 257 257 257
number of VLANs at ring redundancy (HRP; MRP; 257 257 257
standby link)
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 66 Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 67 Yes Yes Yes
product functions routing
service routing note IP routing integrated IP routing integrated IP routing integrated
product function
• static IP routing Yes Yes Yes
• static IP routing IPv6 No No No
• dynamic IP routing Yes Yes Yes
• dynamic IP routing IPv6 No No No
protocol is supported
• RIPv2 Yes Yes Yes
• RIPnG for IPv6 No No No
• OSPFv2 Yes Yes Yes
• OSPFv3 for IPv6 No No No

14/206 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5534-3TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-4AR3

• VRRP Yes Yes Yes
• VRRP for IPv6 No No No
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes
(MRP)
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy Yes Yes Yes
manager
• Media Redundancy Protocol Interconnection (MRP- Yes Yes Yes
I)
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported PROFINET Yes Yes Yes
system redundancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with Yes Yes Yes
redundancy manager
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with Yes Yes Yes
standby redundancy
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP+ Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes
• High-availability Seamless Redundancy (HSR) Yes Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/operation in the Yes Yes Yes
PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/Redundant Net­ Yes Yes Yes
work Access (RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• LACP Yes Yes Yes
system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via CiR/H-CiR Yes Yes Yes
product functions security
product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast/multicast/unicast limiter Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 v2 transparent forwarding Yes Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes
accuracy at IEEE 1588 v2
• not less than 100 µs 100 µs 100 µs
• typical 50 ns 50 ns 50 ns

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/207

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5534-3TR00-2AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-3AR3 6GK5534-3TR00-4AR3

standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes
product conformity according to EMC-guideline 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-9 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-9 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-9
• for immunity to EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4
• for safety from CSA and UL in preparation in preparation in preparation
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN 50121-4 Yes Yes
• railway application in accordance with EN 50125-3 Yes Yes
IT security for industrial automation systems accord­ Yes Yes Yes
ing to IEC 62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes Yes Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 991.85 kg 1 274.81 kg 991.85 kg
• during manufacturing 225.96 kg 225.96 kg 225.96 kg
• during operation 765.04 kg 1 048 kg 765.04 kg
• after end of life 0.85 kg 0.85 kg 0.85 kg
product functions general
MTBF 13.2 a 8.6 a 10.6 a
reference temperature for MTBF determination 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a 5a
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connect­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
ors port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic- https://www.siemens.com/simatic-
net net net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com

14/208 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/209

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Media modules for modular SCALANCE XR-500
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Media modules for modular SCALANCE XR-500

Overview Benefits

• Unlimited flexibility during network expansions (e.g. more termin­

al devices), conversion (e.g. switching from copper to fiber-optic
cables), or performance enhancement (e.g. from Gigabit to 10 Gig­
abit) through modular construction using media modules and SFP+
or SFP plug-in transceivers
• Reduction of storage costs and maintenance overhead by focusing
on a few basic device versions

Application

Use of media modules in the SCALANCE XR-500 switches enables:

• Extension of networks by subsequent insertion of additional media
modules in unused media module slots (possible during operation)
• Extension of networks by subsequent insertion of additional SFP+
or SFP plug-in transceivers in unused SFP+ slots (possible during
operation)
• Changing of cabling technology (e.g. conversion from copper to
fiber-optic cables, or from multimode to single-mode FOC)

• 4-port media modules for flexible, 4-port-granular equipping of • Change of the data transfer rate (e.g. conversion from SFP plug-in
SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches transceivers (1 000 Mbps) to SFP+ plug-in transceivers (10 Gbps)

• Electrical versions with RJ45 ports are available as are optical ver­
sions with ST/BFOC, SC and LC (via SFPs) for the use of multimode
and single-mode fiber-optic cables
• Using a 4-port SFP media module, the optional use of fiber-optic
SFP plug-in transceivers (small form-factor pluggable) with LC con­
nection technology is possible
Product variants — media modules
Electrical media modules with 4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps RJ45 ports
• MM992-4CUC with securing collar
• MM992-4CU without securing collar
Optical media modules with 4 x 100 Mbps ST/BFOC ports
• MM991-4
multimode, glass, up to 5 km
• MM991-4LD
Single-mode, glass, up to max. 26 km
Optical media modules with 4 x 1 000 Mbps SC ports
• MM992-4
multimode, glass, up to 750 m
• MM992-4LD
Single-mode, glass, up to max. 10 km
Optical media modules with 4 x 100/1 000 Mbps for SFP plug-in
transceiver
• MM992-4SFP
For SFP plug-in transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbps or 1 x 1 000 Mbps
multimode or single-mode, glass

14/210 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Media modules for modular SCALANCE XR-500

Design

Optical SFP+
pluggable transcei-
vers (one port) are SFP media modules
inserted into (four SFP slots) are
the device inserted into the device

Optical SFP
Optical
pluggable transceivers
4-port media modules
(one port) are inserted
are inserted into the
into the SFP media module
device
Electrical 4-port
media modules are

G_IK10_XX_10325
inserted into the device

4-port media modules plugged into media module slot and SFP/SFP+ plug-in transceivers in SFP+ slots

10 Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet Fast Ethernet

10 Gbit/s 10/100/1000 Mbit/s 1000 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Optical Electrical Optical Optical Max.
Module type Multimode Singlemode Twisted Pair Multimode Singlemode Multimode Singlemode distance
MM992-4CUC 4x RJ45 100 m
MM992-4CU1) 4x RJ45 100 m
MM992-4PoE C 4x RJ45 100 m
MM992-4PoE1) 4x RJ45 100 m

G_IK10_XX_10293
MM991-4 4x ST/BFOC 5 km
MM991-4LD 4x ST/BFOC 26 km
MM992-4 4x SC 750 m
MM992-4LD 4x SC 10 km
2)
MM992-4SFP3) 4x LC 4x LC 4x LC 4x LC
1) Without retaining collar
2) Dependent on the kind of cable and cable quality, transmission speed varies with distance
3) For max. 4x SFP modules

Overview of media modules for SCALANCE X-500

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/211

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Media modules for modular SCALANCE XR-500

Selection and ordering data Accessories

Article No. Article No.

Electrical media modules IE FC stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
with 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports, Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
electrical
stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC
6GK5992-4GA00-8AA0
cables
• MM992-4CuC
IE FC RJ45 plug 180
• MM992-4CU 6GK5992-4SA00-8AA0
RJ45 connector for Industrial Ethernet
Optical media modules with rugged metal enclosure and
With 4 x 100 Mbps BFOC ports, integrated insulation displacement
optical contacts for connecting Industrial Eth­
ernet FC installation cables; with
• MM991-4 6GK5991-4AB00-8AA0 180° cable outlet; for network com­
Multimode, glass, up to 5 km ponents and CPs/CPUs with Industrial
6GK5991-4AC00-8AA0 Ethernet interface
• MM991-4LD
Single-mode, glass, up to 26 km • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0

With 4 x 1000 Mbps SC ports, IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10

optical (type A)
• MM992-4 6GK5992-4AL00-8AA0 4-core, shielded TP installation cable
Multimode, glass, up to 750 m for connection to IE FC RJ45 outlet/
IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINET-compatible;
• MM992-4LD 6GK5992-4AM00-8AA0 with UL approval;
Single-mode, glass, up to 10 km sold by the meter;
With 4 x 100/1000 Mbps for SFP plug-in max. delivery unit 1000 m,
transceiver, minimum order quantity 20 m
optical
IE FC RJ45 plug 4 x 2
• MM992-4SFP 6GK5992-4AS00-8AA0 IE FC RJ45 plug 180 4 x 2; RJ45 con­
For SFP plug-in transceivers with nector; Cat6A;
1 x 100 or 1 x 1000 Mbps mul­ (10/100/1000/10000 Mbps) with
timode or single-mode, glass rugged metal enclosure; FC connec­
tion method; for IE FC cable 4 x 2
(AWG 24); 180° cable outlet
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB12-2AA0

IE FC TP standard cable GP 4 x 2 6XV1870-2E

8-core, shielded TP installation cable
for connection to IE FC RJ45 modular
outlet for universal application; with
UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
IE connecting cable
IE FC RJ45 plug 180/IE FC RJ45 plug
180
Preassembled IE FC TP trailing cable
GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C) with two
IE FC RJ45 plug 180, IP20 degree of
protection
Length:
• 1.0 m 6XV1871-5BH10

• 5.0 m 6XV1871-5BH50

• 10.0 m 6XV1871-5BN10

IE TP cord RJ45/RJ45
Twisted pair cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45
plugs
•1m 6XV1870-3QH10

•6m 6XV1870-3QH60

• 10 m 6XV1870-3QN10

FC FO termination kit 6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0

Assembly case for on-site assembly of
FC SC and FC BFOC connectors to FC
FO standard cable;
consisting of stripping tool, Kevlar cut­
ters, fiber breaking tool and micro­
scope

14/212 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Media modules for modular SCALANCE XR-500

Accessories (continued)

Article No.
FC BFOC plug 6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
Screw connector for on-site assembly
on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 20 units +
cleaning cloths)
FC SC plug 6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0
Screw connector for on-site assembly
on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 duplex plugs
+ cleaning cloths)
FC FO standard cable GP 6XV1847-2A
62.5/200/230
FC FO standard cable for fixed routing
indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m
Multimode FO BFOC connector set 6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
For FO standard cable (50/125/1400),
FO ground cable (50/125/1400),
flexible FO trailing cable,
indoor FO cable (62.5/125/900),
20 units
Multimode FO SC duplex connector 6GK1901-0LB10-2AA0
set
For FO standard cable (50/125/1400),
FO ground cable (50/125/1400),
flexible FO trailing cable,
indoor FC cable (62.5/125/900), 10
units
LC plug MM2) 6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0
FO standard cable 6XV1873-2A
GP 50/125/1400 1) 2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m
Preassembled FO patch cables
Multimode

MM FO cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CA0

With one SC duplex connector and
one LC duplex connector, 1 m
MM FO cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CB0
With one SC duplex connector and
two BFOC connectors, 1 m
MM FO cord SC/SC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CC0
With two SC duplex connectors, 1 m
Single-mode

SM FO cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CA0

With one SC duplex connector and
one LC duplex connector, 1 m
SM FO cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CB0
With one SC duplex connector and
two BFOC connectors, 1 m
SM FO cord SC/SC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CC0
With two SC duplex connectors, 1 m
1) Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2) Special tools and trained personnel are required for preassembling glass
fiber-optic cables

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/213

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Media modules for modular SCALANCE XR-500

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5992-4AL00-8AA0 6GK5992-4AM00-8AA0 6GK5992-4AS00-8AA0

product type designation MM992-4 MM992-4LD MM992-4SFP
interfaces
number of electrical/optical connections for network 4 4 4
components or terminal equipment maximum
number of electrical connections
• for SFP plug-in 4
number of optical interfaces for network compon­ 4 4
ents or terminal equipment maximum
number of 1000 Mbit/s SC ports (LX) 4
number of 1000 Mbit/s SC ports (SX) 4
design of the optical interface for network compon­ SC SC
ents or terminal equipment
wavelength of the optical interface 850 nm; Multi-mode 1 310 nm; Single-mode
connectable optical power relative to 1 mW
• of the transmitter output minimum -9.5 dB -9.5 dB
• of the transmitter output maximum -4 dB -3 dB
• of the receiver input maximum -3 dB -3 dB
optical sensitivity relating to 1 mW of the receiver -17 dB -21 dB
input minimum
attenuation factor of the FOC transmission link min­ 0 dB 0 dB
imum necessary
range at the optical interface depending on the optic­ 0 ... 0.75 km 0 ... 10 km
al fiber used
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C 0 ... 60 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
relative humidity at 25 °C without condensation dur­ 95 % 95 % 95 %
ing operation maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design Media module Media module Media module
width 120.3 mm 120.3 mm 120.3 mm
height 22.3 mm 22.3 mm 22.3 mm
depth 275.5 mm 275.5 mm 275.5 mm
net weight 0.3 kg 0.3 kg 0.3 kg
fastening method latched latched latched
• installation in media module slot Yes Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No.
60950-1 60950-2 60950-3
• for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
• for interference immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN
61000-6-4:2007 61000-6-4:2007 61000-6-4:2007
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes
• C-Tick Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes; GB3836.1, GB3836.8 Yes; GB3836.1, GB3836.8 Yes; GB3836.1, GB3836.8
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
as marking
• E1 approval No No No

14/214 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Media modules for modular SCALANCE XR-500

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5992-4AL00-8AA0 6GK5992-4AM00-8AA0 6GK5992-4AS00-8AA0

product type designation MM992-4 MM992-4LD MM992-4SFP
Marine classification association
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes Yes Yes
further information internet links
internet link
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager http://www.siemens.com/cax http://www.siemens.com/cax http://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com
security information
security information Siemens provides products and Siemens provides products and Siemens provides products and
solutions with industrial cyberse­ solutions with industrial cyberse­ solutions with industrial cyberse­
curity functions that support the curity functions that support the curity functions that support the
secure operation of plants, sys­ secure operation of plants, sys­ secure operation of plants, sys­
tems, machines and networks. In tems, machines and networks. In tems, machines and networks. In
order to protect plants, systems, order to protect plants, systems, order to protect plants, systems,
machines and networks against machines and networks against machines and networks against
cyber threats, it is necessary to cyber threats, it is necessary to cyber threats, it is necessary to
implement – and continuously implement – and continuously implement – and continuously
maintain – a holistic, state-of-the- maintain – a holistic, state-of-the- maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-
art industrial cybersecurity art industrial cybersecurity art industrial cybersecurity
concept. Siemens’ products and concept. Siemens’ products and concept. Siemens’ products and
solutions constitute one element of solutions constitute one element solutions constitute one element of
such a concept. Customers are of such a concept. Customers are such a concept. Customers are
responsible for preventing unau­ responsible for preventing unau­ responsible for preventing unau­
thorized access to their plants, sys­ thorized access to their plants, sys­ thorized access to their plants, sys­
tems, machines and networks. tems, machines and networks. tems, machines and networks.
Such systems, machines and com­ Such systems, machines and com­ Such systems, machines and com­
ponents should only be connected ponents should only be connected ponents should only be connected
to an enterprise network or the to an enterprise network or the to an enterprise network or the
internet if and to the extent such a internet if and to the extent such a internet if and to the extent such a
connection is necessary and only connection is necessary and only connection is necessary and only
when appropriate security meas­ when appropriate security meas­ when appropriate security meas­
ures (e.g. firewalls and/or network ures (e.g. firewalls and/or network ures (e.g. firewalls and/or network
segmentation) are in place. For segmentation) are in place. For segmentation) are in place. For
additional information on industri­ additional information on industri­ additional information on industri­
al cybersecurity measures that may al cybersecurity measures that may al cybersecurity measures that may
be implemented, please visit be implemented, please visit be implemented, please visit
www.siemens.com/cybersecurity- www.siemens.com/cybersecurity- www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-
industry. Siemens’ products and industry. Siemens’ products and industry. Siemens’ products and
solutions undergo continuous solutions undergo continuous solutions undergo continuous
development to make them more development to make them more development to make them more
secure. Siemens strongly recom­ secure. Siemens strongly recom­ secure. Siemens strongly recom­
mends that product updates are mends that product updates are mends that product updates are
applied as soon as they are avail­ applied as soon as they are avail­ applied as soon as they are avail­
able and that the latest product able and that the latest product able and that the latest product
versions are used. Use of product versions are used. Use of product versions are used. Use of product
versions that are no longer suppor­ versions that are no longer suppor­ versions that are no longer suppor­
ted, and failure to apply the latest ted, and failure to apply the latest ted, and failure to apply the latest
updates may increase customer’s updates may increase customer’s updates may increase customer’s
exposure to cyber threats. To stay exposure to cyber threats. To stay exposure to cyber threats. To stay
informed about product updates, informed about product updates, informed about product updates,
subscribe to the Siemens Industrial subscribe to the Siemens Industrial subscribe to the Siemens Industrial
Cybersecurity RSS Feed under Cybersecurity RSS Feed under Cybersecurity RSS Feed under
https://www.siemens.com/cert. https://www.siemens.com/cert. https://www.siemens.com/cert.
(V4.7) (V4.7) (V4.7)

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/215

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Power supplies for SCALANCE XR-500
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Power supplies for SCALANCE XR-500

Overview Accessories

Article No.
IEC cable
• Grounded Continental European 6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
plug,
region: D/F/NL/ESP/B/A/S/FIN
• Grounded British plug; region: UK 6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0

• Grounded Swiss plug; region: CH 6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0

• The 24 V DC power supply SCALANCE PS598 is designed for install­ • Grounded North American and 6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
ation in 19" control cabinets or for direct mounting on SCALANCE Japanese plug; region: USA
XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches. It features degree of protec­
• Grounded Italian plug; region: Italy 6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
tion IP20.
• Grounded Chinese plug; region: 6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
• 300 W output power at an input voltage range of 85 V AC to China
264 V (50/60 Hz) and an operating temperature of 0 °C to +60 °C

Benefits

• Global application due to wide-range input (85 to 264 V AC)

• High reliability since short-circuit proof, secure against no-load
operation, and able to bridge short breaks in the mains power

Design
• Non-heating apparatus socket for connecting to the AC network of
85 to 264 V AC (non-heating apparatus cable not included in the
scope of supply; can be ordered optionally on country-specific
basis)
• Terminal block for universal supply of products with 24 V DC input
• Plug-in contact for direct connection on the rear of the SCALANCE
XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches (mounting kit included in
scope of supply of SCALANCE XR-500)
• Operating temperatures from 0°C to +60°C
• IP20 degree of protection
• Optimized for installation in 19" control cabinet or for direct
mounting on SCALANCE XR-500 (SCALANCE XR-500 and power
supply unit are mounted in the 19" control cabinet as a single unit)
• LEDs for indicating the status information (power, operating state)

Selection and ordering data

Article No.
Power supplies for SCALANCE X-500
24 V power supplies are designed for
installation in 19" control cabinets or
for direct mounting on SCALANCE
X-500 Industrial Ethernet switches;
degree of protection IP20
SCALANCE PS598-1 6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0
300 W output power, input voltage
range of 85 V to 264 V AC, operating
temperature of 0 °C to +60 °C

14/216 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Power supplies for SCALANCE XR-500

Technical specifications Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0 Article number 6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0

product type designation Power Supply PS598-1 product type designation Power Supply PS598-1
type of current supply 300 W, input: 85-264 V, output:DC 24 electrical data protection and
electrical data input monitoring

voltage curve at input AC single phase design of the overvoltage protection < 37 V
at output
supply voltage at AC 85 ... 264 V
response value current limitation typ­ 1.15 A
supply voltage 1 at AC rated value 230 V ical
design of input wide range input Yes property of the output short-circuit Yes
overvoltage category Category II (20 A rated branch circuit) proof
buffering time for rated value of the 16 ms design of short-circuit protection Electronic shutdown, automatic
output current in the event of power restart
failure minimum electrical data safety
line frequency galvanic isolation between input and Yes
• 1 rated value 50 Hz output
galvanic isolation Safety extra-low output voltage Uout
• 2 rated value 60 Hz
acc. to EN 60950-1 and EN 50178
line frequency 47 ... 63 Hz operating resource protection class Class I
input current at rated input voltage 1.8 A leakage current
230 V rated value
• maximum 3 mA
current limitation of inrush current at 40 A
25 °C maximum • typical 0.858 mA
fuse protection type at input replaceable interfaces
electrical data output type of electrical connection
voltage curve at output Controlled, isolated DC voltage • at input IEC plug
output voltage • at output for plugging into basic device or screw
• at DC rated value 24 V terminal in accordance with specifica­
tion
display version for normal operation Green LED for 24 V ok and fault LED
design, dimensions and weights
behavior of the output voltage when Overshoot of Ua < 5 %
switching on width 446 mm
startup delay time maximum 1.5 s height 44 mm
voltage increase time of the output 15 ms depth 140 mm
voltage maximum net weight 1.7 kg
output current product feature of the enclosure hous­ No
• rated value 12.5 A ing can be lined up
fastening method Plugged into the basic unit or rack
• rated range 0 ... 12.5 A
mounted
supplied active power typical 300 W • 19-inch installation Yes
product feature parallel switching of Yes
• wall mounting No
channels
number of parallel-switched equip­ 2 • standard rail mounting No
ment resources for increasing the • S7-300 rail mounting No
power
ambient conditions
efficiency in percent 87 %
ambient temperature
power loss [W] 39 W
• during operation 60 °C
electrical data closed-loop control
relative overall tolerance of the 2% • during storage -25 ... +70 °C
voltage • during transport -25 ... +70 °C
residual ripple maximum 0.36 V
• note Operation with integral fan, non-
voltage peak maximum 240 V replaceable
relative control precision of the output environmental category according to Climate class 3K3, without condensa­
voltage IEC 60721 tion
• on slow fluctuation of input voltage 0.2 % protection class IP IP20
• on slow fluctuation of ohm loading 0.4 % standards, specifications, approvals
• load step of resistive load 50/100/50 3.25 % standard
% typical • for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• with rapid fluctuation of the input 0.8 % • for emitted interference EN 55022 (Class B)
voltage by +/- 15% typical
• for interference immunity EN 61000-6-2
setting time
certificate of suitability EN 55022, EN 61000-6-4
• load step 50 to 100% typical 2 ms
• load step 100 to 50% typical 2 ms

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/217

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XR-500 switches / Power supplies for SCALANCE XR-500

Technical specifications (continued) Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0 Article number 6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0

product type designation Power Supply PS598-1 product type designation Power Supply PS598-1
• CE marking Yes Siemens strongly recommends that
product updates are applied as soon
• C-Tick Yes as they are available and that the
• E1 approval No latest product versions are used. Use
of product versions that are no longer
• E1 approval No supported, and failure to apply the
• railway application in accordance No latest updates may increase
with EN 50155 customer’s exposure to cyber threats.
To stay informed about product
• railway application in accordance No updates, subscribe to the Siemens
with EN 50124-1 Industrial Cybersecurity RSS Feed
under https://www.siemens.com/cert.
• IEC 61850-3 No (V4.7)
MTBF 17.47 a
standards, specifications, approvals
Environmental Product Declaration
More information
Environmental Product Declaration Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq] Selection Tool:
• total 595.15 kg To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
• during manufacturing 62.11 kg Selection Tool is available at:
• during operation 532.64 kg www.siemens.com/tst
• after end of life 0.4 kg
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for https://sup­
cables and connectors port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selec­ https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
tion Tool
• to website: Industrial communica­ https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
tion
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://support.industry.siemens.com
security information
security information Siemens provides products and solu­
tions with industrial cybersecurity
functions that support the secure
operation of plants, systems,
machines and networks. In order to
protect plants, systems, machines and
networks against cyber threats, it is
necessary to implement – and con­
tinuously maintain – a holistic, state-
of-the-art industrial cybersecurity
concept. Siemens’ products and solu­
tions constitute one element of such a
concept. Customers are responsible
for preventing unauthorized access to
their plants, systems, machines and
networks. Such systems, machines
and components should only be con­
nected to an enterprise network or the
internet if and to the extent such a
connection is necessary and only
when appropriate security measures
(e.g. firewalls and/or network seg­
mentation) are in place. For additional
information on industrial cybersecur­
ity measures that may be implemen­
ted, please visit
www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-
industry. Siemens’ products and solu­
tions undergo continuous develop­
ment to make them more secure.

14/218 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE accessories
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories

Overview

Accessories for Industrial Ethernet

• C-PLUG
Removable data storage medium that supports the fast and easy
replacement of SIMATIC NET components without a programming
device in the event of a fault.
• CLP
Removable data storage medium that supports the fast and easy
replacement of components with a CLP slot (e.g. SCALANCE
W1788) without a programming device in the event of a fault.
• CLP W700
Removable data storage medium that is used to enable iFeatures
and security features and that supports the quick and easy replace­
ment of SCALANCE W components without a programming device
in the event of a fault.
• CLP SINEMA RC
Removable data storage medium that enables SCALANCE MUM85X
to connect to SINEMA Remote Connect and supports easy device
replacement in the event of a fault.
• KEY-PLUG SINEMA RC
Removable data storage medium that enables connection to the
remote network management software, SINEMA Remote Connect,
in SCALANCE devices.
• KEY-PLUG W700
Removable data storage medium that is used to enable iFeatures
and security features and that supports the quick and easy replace­
ment of SCALANCE W components without a programming device
in the event of a fault.
• Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE
Enable you to flexibly equip network components of the SCAL­
ANCE family with an appropriate SFP slot for optical connections
• PS791-1PRO power supply
AC/DC power supply unit with IP65 degree of protection for the
SCALANCE X208PRO and SCALANCE X204IRT PRO Industrial Ether­
net switches.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/219

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE accessories / C-PLUG
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / C-PLUG

Overview Design

C-PLUG:
The C-PLUG is offered in two designs:
• C-PLUG with IP20 degree of protection
• C-PLUG with IP20 degree of protection and with conformal coating
for use in harsh environments.
Degree of protection for IP65/67 components is ensured by the
design of the target device. The power supply is also provided by the
terminal device.
The C-PLUG is inserted in the designated slot of the SIMATIC NET
component. The configuration data are automatically saved to the C-
PLUG during device start-up and reconfiguring. If a device needs to
be replaced, the C-PLUG is simply removed from the failed compon­
ent and plugged into the replacement device. The replacement
device installed in the network or automation system now starts up
automatically with the same device configuration as the failed
device.
C-PLUG To prevent unintentional removal or falling out, the C-PLUG slot is
usually located on the rear of the devices.

Benefits

C-PLUG:
• Fast and easy replacement of SIMATIC NET components without
reconfiguration of the spare part.
• Device replacement without the need for specially trained person­
nel, programming devices or PCs
• Downtimes of network segments and connected Industrial Ether­
net nodes are minimized if a fault occurs.
• Automatic backup of configuration and project engineering data
for SIMATIC NET components Plugging the C-PLUG into the rear of the CP 443-1 Advanced
• The C-PLUG can also be used to store application data such as doc­
umentation or web pages

Application

C-PLUG:
The C-PLUG is used if the replacement of network components or
communication modules needs to be quick and simple when a fault
occurs, without having to configure the replacement and without
the need for specialist personnel. It can be used in all SIMATIC NET
products with a C-PLUG slot.

Plugging the C-PLUG into the SCALANCE XM408-8C switch

14/220 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / C-PLUG

Function Selection and ordering data

C-PLUG: Article No.

During start-up, the device automatically backs up the configuration C-PLUG
data on an unwritten C-PLUG (delivery state) that has been plugged Removable data storage medium for
into a SIMATIC NET component. Changes to the configuration during easy replacement of devices in case of
error. For storing configuration and
operation are also saved on the C-PLUG without any additional oper­ application data. Can be used in the fol­
ator intervention being necessary. During startup, an unconfigured lowing SIMATIC NET products with PLUG
device automatically loads the configuration data from an inserted, slots:
written C-PLUG, provided the data were written by a compatible • SCALANCE XC-200, XP-200, XM-400, 6GK1900-0AB10
device type. XR-500, M-800, S615 and W-700
Diagnostics
Incorrect use of the C-PLUG, such as inserting a C-PLUG containing
the configuration of a different device group or general malfunc­ Technical specifications
tions of the C-PLUG, are indicated by diagnostics mechanisms of the
respective terminal device (LEDs, PROFINET, SNMP, web-based man­ Article No. 6GK1900-0AB10
agement, etc.). Supply voltage Via terminal device
The following devices of the named product lines have a C-PLUG Power loss 0.015 mW
slot: Installation Can be plugged into C-PLUG slot
Constructional design
Product line C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB00 C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB10
• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 24.3 x 17 x 8.1
SCALANCE X Industrial SCALANCE X-200 SCALANCE XC-200,
Ethernet switches SCALANCE XP-200
• Weight Approx. 5 g

‑ SCALANCE XF-200 BA Memory capacity 256 MB

‑ SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA Degree of protection IP20
SCALANCE X-300 (included ‑
in scope of delivery)
SCALANCE X-400 (included SCALANCE XM-400 (included More information
in scope of delivery) in scope of delivery)
‑ SCALANCE XR-500 (included
in scope of delivery)
Selection Tool:
SCALANCE S Security SCALANCE S-600 SCALANCE S-615 The TIA Selection Tool supports the selection of corresponding net­
Modules work components and software and is available at:
‑ SCALANCE SC-600 www.siemens.com/tst
Industrial Wireless LAN ‑ W78x, W77x IWLAN access
SCALANCE W points
‑ IWLAN client modules W74x,
W73x
SCALANCE M industrial ‑ SCALANCE M81x
modems and routers
‑ SCALANCE M826
‑ SCALANCE M87x
System connections for CP 443-1 Advanced ‑
SIMATIC S7 (included in scope of
delivery)
CP 343-1 Advanced ‑
(included in scope of
delivery)
CP 343-1 ERPC (included in ‑
scope of delivery)
Gateways IE/PB LINK PN IO ‑
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO ‑
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced ‑

Note:
For all SIMATIC-NET components that are designed for more severe
environmental conditions (e.g. SCALANCE XP-200EEC), the C-PLUG
conformal coating (6GK1900-0AQ00) is also suitable.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/221

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE accessories / KEY-PLUG
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / KEY-PLUG

Overview Design

KEY-PLUG:
The SINEMA RC KEY-PLUG is offered in a version with degree of pro­
tection IP20. Degree of protection for IP65/67 components is
ensured by the design of the target device. The power supply is also
provided by the terminal device.
The KEY-PLUG is inserted in the plug compartment of the SCALANCE
component.
To prevent unintentional removal or falling out, the plug slot is usu­
ally located on the rear of the devices.

KEY-PLUG SINEMA RC

Benefits

KEY-PLUG: Plugging the KEY-PLUG into the PLUG slot of a SCALANCE network com­
• The KEY-PLUGs include all C-PLUG functions ponent

• In addition, the SINEMA RC KEY-PLUG allows convenient remote

access to remote machines and systems by enabling the connec­
tion to the management software for remote networks, SINEMA Function
Remote Connect in SCALANCE devices
KEY-PLUG:
The KEY-PLUGs include all the C-PLUG functions and additionally
Application enable supplementary industrial functions.
KEY-PLUG: The SINEMA RC KEY-PLUG is a removable data storage medium for
enabling connection to SINEMA Remote Connect for S615 and SCAL­
The KEY-PLUGs include all the C-PLUG functions and additionally ANCE M. It is also used for simple device replacement if a fault
enable supplementary industrial functions. occurs, and for storing configuration data.
The SINEMA RC KEY-PLUG is a removable data storage medium for
enabling connection to SINEMA Remote Connect for S615 and SCAL­
ANCE M. It is also used for simple device replacement if a fault Selection and ordering data
occurs, and for storing configuration data.
Article No.
KEY-PLUG SINEMA RC 6GK5908-0PB00
Removable data storage medium for
enabling connection to SINEMA Remote
Connect for simple device replacement if
a fault occurs, and for storing configura­
tion data

Technical specifications

Article No. 6GK590B-0PB00

Supply voltage Via terminal device
Power loss 0.015 mW
Installation Can be plugged into KEY-PLUG slot
Constructional design
• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 24.3 x 17 x 8.1

• Weight Approx. 5 g
Memory capacity 256 MB
Degree of protection IP20

14/222 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / KEY-PLUG

More information

Selection Tool:
The TIA Selection Tool supports the selection of corresponding net­
work components and software and is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/223

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
SCALANCE accessories / Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE

Overview Overview (continued)

• SFP992-1LD+, single-mode, glass, up to 30 km
• SFP992-1LH, single-mode, glass, up to 40 km
• SFP992-1LH+, single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
• SFP992-1ELH single-mode, glass, up to 120 km
Optical SFP plug-in transceivers with 1 × 10 000 Mbps LC port
• SFP993-1, multimode, glass, up to 550 m
• SFP993-1LD, single-mode, glass, up to 10 km
• SFP993-1LH, single-mode, glass, up to 40 km

Benefits

• Plug-in transceivers allow you to flexibly equip network compon­

ents of the SCALANCE family with a corresponding SFP slot for
optical connections. • Modular system permits cost savings. The modular system facilit­
ates easy setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet net­
• An overview of the devices with SFP slot can be found in the mat­ works as well as modification of the network topology and port
rix below. type to suit the plant structure, with expansion possible at any
• With an operating temperature range from -40 °C to +85 °C, the time
plug-in transceivers are especially suitable for use in demanding • Easy integration of SCALANCE products with pure 1 000 Mbps SFP
environments. interfaces (such as SCALANCE XC216-4C G) into existing 100 Mbps
• All specified plug-in transceivers are tested for use with SCALANCE networks by using active SFPs, SFP991-1A and SFP991-1LD A
devices • Integrated industrial network for data, speech, and video; high per­
• There are different versions that differ depending on suitable fiber formance due to Gigabit ports
types, range, and bandwidth • Bandwidths from 100 Mbps to 10 Gbps
Product versions
SFP (small form-factor) plug-in transceivers can be directly plugged
in (e.g. on the SCALANCE SC646-2C) or connectable via media mod­
ules (e.g. MM992-2SFP for modular X-300 Industrial Ethernet
switches).
Optical SFP plug-in transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbps LC port
• SFP991-1 multimode, glass, up to 5 km: variants with and without
coated printed circuit boards (conformal coating)
• SFP991-1A multimode, glass, up to 5 km
• SFP991-1LD, single-mode, glass, up to 26 km: variants with and
without coated printed circuit boards (conformal coating)
• SFP991-1LD A single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
• SFP991-1LH+, single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
• SFP991-1ELH200 single-mode, glass, up to 200 km
Optical SFP plug-in transceivers with 1 × 1 000 Mbps LC port
• SFP992-1 multimode, glass, up to 750 m: variants with and
without coated printed circuit boards (conformal coating)
• SFP992-1+ multimode, glass, up to 2 km
• SFP992-1BXMR multimode, glass, up to 500 m, bidirectional
• SFP992-1BXMT multimode, glass, up to 500 m, bidirectional
• SFP992-1LD, single-mode, glass, up to 10 km: variants with and
without coated printed circuit boards (conformal coating)
• SFP992-1BX10R, single-mode, glass, up to 10 km, bidirectional
• SFP992-1BX10T, single-mode, glass, up to 10 km, bidirectional

14/224 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE

Design
• Operating temperature range of the SFP plug-in transceivers from with a bandwidth of 10 Gbps. The switches for which the
-40 °C to +85 °C SFP+/SFP+ connecting cables can be used can be found in the mat­
rix below.
• SFP plug-in transceivers have an LC connection
• IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+ 1 m;
• IP20 degree of protection
Twinax copper cable with a length of 1 m
Electrically pre-assembled SFP+/SFP+ connecting cables with 10 Gbps
• IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+ 2 m;
The SFP+/SFP+ IE connecting cable is pre-assembled at both ends and
suitable for the transmission of 10 Gbps Ethernet. The cables have Twinax copper cable with a length of 2 m
SFP+ connectors for use in the SFP+ slots and therefore offer the pos­ • IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+ 7 m;
sibility of connecting switches cost-effectively over short distances
Twinax copper cable with a length of 7 m

10 Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet Fast Ethernet

10 Gbit/s 10/100/1000 Mbit/s 1000 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Optical Electrical Optical Optical Max.
Module type Multimode Singlemode Twisted Pair Multimode Singlemode Multimode Singlemode distance
SFP991-12) 1x LC 5 km
SFP991-11) 2) 1x LC 5 km
SFP991-1A2) 1x LC 5 km
SFP991-1LD2) 1x LC 26 km
SFP991-1LD1) 2) 1x LC 26 km
SFP991-1LD A 2) 1x LC 26 km
SFP991-1LH+2) 1x LC 70 km
SFP991-1ELH2002) 1x LC 200 km
SFP992-13) 1x LC 750 m
SFP992-11) 3) 1x LC 750 m
SFP992-1+3) 1x LC 2 km
SFP992-1LD3) 1x LC 10 km
SFP992-1LD1) 3) 1x LC 10 km
SFP992-1LD+3) 1x LC 30 km
SFP992-1BXMT5) 1x LC 500 m
SFP992-1BXMR5) 1x LC 500 m
SFP992-1BX10T5) 1x LC 10 km
SFP992-1BX10R5) 1x LC 10 km
SFP992-1LH3) 1x LC 40 km
SFP992-1LH+3) 1x LC 70 km

G_IK10_XX_10442
SFP992-1ELH3) 1x LC 120 km
SFP+-Module4)
SFP993-1 1x LC 550 m
SFP993-1LD 1x LC 10 km
SFP993-1LH 1x LC 40 km
6)
IE Cable SFP+/SFP+ 2x LC
1) Coated PCBs (conformal coating) 4) Can only be inserted in SFP+ slot
2) Can only be inserted in SFP slot 5) Bidirectional
3) Can only be inserted in SFP/SFP+ slot 6) Lengths available in 1 m, 2 m, 7 m

Enlarge image
Portfolio overview of SFP plug-in transceivers

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/225

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE

Design (continued)

100 MBit 1000 MBit 10000 MBit IE Cable SFP+/SFP+

IE Cable SFP+/SFP+ 1m

IE Cable SFP+/SFP+ 2m

IE Cable SFP+/SFP+ 7m
6GK5992-1AM00-8RA0
6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0

6GK5992-1AM30-8AA0
6GK5992-1AG00-8AA0

6GK5992-1AQ00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0

6GK5991-1AD00-8Ga0

6GK5991-1AF00-8GA0

6GK5992-1AM00-8FA0

6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0

6GK5993-1AU00-8AA0

6GK5980-3CB00-0AA1

6GK5980-3CB00-0AA2

6GK5980-3CB00-0AA7
6GK5992-1AM00-8TA0
6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0

6GK5991-1AE30-8AA0

6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AD00-8FA0

6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0

6GK5992-1AL00-8RA0

6GK5993-1AV00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0

6GK5993-1AT00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AF00-8FA0

6GK5992-1AL00-8FA0

6GK5992-1AL00-8TA0
SFP991-1ELH200

SFP992-1BX10R
SFP992-1BX10T
SFP991-1LD (C)

SFP992-1LD (C)

SFP992-1BXMR
SFP992-1BXMT
SFP991-1LDA

SFP992-1ELH
SFP991-1LH+

SFP992-1LD+

SFP992-1LH+
SFP991-1 (C)

SFP992-1 (C)
SFP991-1LD

SFP992-1LD

SFP992-1LH

SFP993-1LD

SFP993-1LH
SFP991-1A

SFP992-1+
Reference

SFP991-1

SFP992-1

SFP993-1
Type of fibre MM MM MM SM SM SM SM SM MM MM MM SM SM SM MM MM SM SM SM SM SM MM SM SM CU CU CU
Distance (KM) 5 5 5 26 26 26 70 200 0,75 0,75 2 10 10 30 0,50 0,50 10 10 40 70 120 0,55 10 40 Distance
Länge (m)
(m) 1 2 7

XR-100

XR108-2PoE WG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

XCM-100

XCM102 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XCM108PoE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XCH108PoE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

XC-200

XC206-2 SFP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC206-2 SFP EEC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC206-2 SFP G ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC206-2 SFP G PoE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC206-2 SFP G EEC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC206-2 SFP G PoE EEC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC216-4C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC216-4C G ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC216-3 G PoE 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC216-4C G EEC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC224-4C G EEC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC224-4C G ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

XC-300

XC316-8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC319-4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC324-4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC324-4EEC ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

XR-300

XR302-32 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR326-8 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR326-8EEC 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR322-12 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR326-2C PoE WG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR328-4C WG ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR324-12M 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR324-4M PoE 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR324-4M EEC 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SCALANCE

XCM-300

XCM324 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XCM328 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

XCH-300

XCH328 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

XRM-300

XRM334 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

XRH-300

XRH334 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

XM-400

XM408-8C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XM416-4C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PE400-8 SFP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

XC-400

XC416-8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XC424-4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

XR-500

XR502-32 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR522-12 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR524-8C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR526-8 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR526-8C 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR528-6M 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
XR552-12M 2,3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

W-700

W786-2 SFP ● ● ● ● ●

SC-600

SC622-2C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SC626-2C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SC632-2C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SC636-2C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SC642-2C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SC646-2C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
G_IK10_XX_10444

M80000

M80000 ● ●

● apply 1) For XR324-xxM when using the SFP media modules 2) The SFP991 (100MBit) cannot be inserted into the SFP+slots (1GBit/10GBit) 3) SFP993 (10GBit) can only be inserted in SFP+ slot

Enlarge image
Overview of supported SFP plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE network components

14/226 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No. Article No.

SFP plug-in transceivers together With 10 × 1 × 1000 Mbps LC port,
with the MM992-2SFP media module optical
in the modular SCALANCE X-300 • SFP992-1 multimode, glass, 6GK5992-1AL00-8AC0
Industrial Ethernet switches up to 750 m
With 1 × 100 Mbps LC port, optical
• SFP992-1LD single-mode, glass, 6GK5992-1AM00-8AC0
• SFP991-1 multimode, glass, 6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0 up to 10 km
up to 5 km
With 1 × 10000 Mbps LC port, optical
• SFP991-1 multimode, glass, 6GK5991-1AD00-8FA0
• SFP993-1 multimode, glass, 6GK5993-1AT00-8AA0
up to 5 km, conformal coating
up to 550 m
• SFP991-1A multimode, glass, 6GK5991-1AD00-8GA0
• SFP993-1LD single-mode, glass, 6GK5993-1AU00-8AA0
up to 5 km
up to 10 km
• SFP991-1LD single-mode, glass, 6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
• SFP993-1LH single-mode, glass, 6GK5993-1AV00-8AA0
up to 26 km
up to 40 km
• SFP991-1LD single-mode, glass, 6GK5991-1AF00-8FA0
up to 26 km, conformal coating IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+,
electrical, 10 Gbps
• SFP991-1LD A single-mode, glass, 6GK5991-1AF00-8GA0
Twinax copper cables, length
up to 26 km
•1m 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA1
• SFP991-1LH+ single-mode, glass, 6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
up to 70 km •2m 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA2

• SFP991-1ELH200 single-mode, glass, 6GK5991-1AE30-8AA0 •7m 6GK5980-3CB00-0AA7

up to 200 km
With 10 × 1 × 100 Mbps LC port,
optical
• SFP991-1 multimode, glass, 6GK5991-1AD00-8AC0 Accessories
up to 5 km
Article No.
• SFP991-1LD single-mode, glass, 6GK5991-1AF00-8AC0
up to 26 km LC plug MM 2) 6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0
FO standard cable 6XV1873-2A
With 1 × 1000 Mbps LC port, optical
GP 50/125/1400 1) 2)
• SFP992-1 multimode, glass, 6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0
up to 750 m Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
• SFP992-1 multimode, glass, 6GK5992-1AL00-8FA0 max. delivery unit 1000 m;
up to 750 m, conformal coating minimum order quantity 20 m
• SFP992-1BXMR, multimode, glass, 6GK5992-1AL00-8RA0 Preassembled FO patch cables
up to 500 m, bidirectional Multimode
• SFP992-1BXMT, multimode, glass, 6GK5992-1AL00-8TA0
MM FO cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CA0
up to 500 m, bidirectional
With one SC duplex connector and one
• SFP992-1+ multimode, glass, 6GK5992-1AG00-8AA0 LC duplex connector, 1 m
up to 2 km
SM FO cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CA0
• SFP992-1LD single-mode, glass, 6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0
With one SC duplex connector and one
up to 10 km
LC duplex connector, 1 m
• SFP992-1LD single-mode, glass, 6GK5992-1AM00-8FA0
up to 10 km, conformal coating
1) Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2) Special tools and trained personnel are required for preassembling glass
• SFP992-1BX10R, single-mode, glass, 6GK5992-1AM00-8RA0 fiber-optic cables
up to 10 km, bidirectional
• SFP992-1BX10T, single-mode, glass, 6GK5992-1AM00-8TA0
up to 10 km, bidirectional
• SFP992-1LD+, single-mode, glass, 6GK5992-1AM30-8AA0
up to 30 km
• SFP992-1LH single-mode, glass, 6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
up to 40 km
• SFP992-1LH+ single-mode, glass, 6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
up to 70 km
• SFP992-1ELH single-mode, glass, 6GK5992-1AQ00-8AA0
up to 120 km

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/227

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0 6GK5992-1AL00-8FA0 6GK5992-1AG00-8AA0

product type designation SFP992-1 SFP992-1+
interfaces
number of electrical/optical connections for network 1 1 1
components or terminal equipment maximum
number of optical interfaces for network compon­ 1 1 1
ents or terminal equipment maximum
number of 1000 Mbit/s LC ports for multimode integ­ 1 1 1
rated
design of the optical interface for network compon­ LC LC LC
ents or terminal equipment
wavelength of the optical interface 850 nm; Multi-mode 850 nm; Multi-mode 1 310 nm; Multi-mode
connectable optical power relative to 1 mW
• of the transmitter output minimum -9.5 dB -9.5 dB -9 dB
• of the transmitter output maximum -2.5 dB -2.5 dB -1 dB
• of the receiver input maximum -3 dB -3 dB -1 dB
optical sensitivity relating to 1 mW of the receiver -17 dB -17 dB -19 dB
input minimum
attenuation factor of the FOC transmission link min­ 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB
imum necessary
range at the optical interface depending on the optic­ 0.35 ... 0.75 km 0.35 ... 0.75 km 1 ... 2 km
al fiber used
transmission method for connection type 1 1000BASE-SX 1000BASE-SX 1000BASE-LSX
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• note A maximum operating temperature A maximum operating temperat­ A maximum operating temperature
of +85 °C is permissible for a dura­ ure of +85 °C is permissible for a of +85 °C is permissible for a dura­
tion of 16 hours duration of 16 hours tion of 16 hours
relative humidity at 25 °C without condensation dur­ 95 % 95 % 95 %
ing operation maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design SFP Module SFP Module Plug-in transceiver
width 14 mm 14 mm 14 mm
height 9 mm 9 mm 9 mm
depth 57 mm 57 mm 57 mm
net weight 0.02 kg 0.02 kg 0.02 kg
fastening method latched latched latched
standards, specifications, approvals
standard
• for FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, Group FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, Group
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T4 Group IIC, T4
• for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15:
2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4, KEMA 07 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4, KEMA 07 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4, KEMA 07
ATEX 0145 X ATEX 0145 X ATEX 0145 X
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No.
60950-1-03 60950-1-03 60950-1-03
• for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
• for interference immunity EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005
certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN
61000-6-4:2007 61000-6-4:2007 61000-6-4:2007
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes
• C-Tick Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval No No No
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes; GB3836.1, GB3836.8 Yes; GB3836.1, GB3836.8

14/228 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0 6GK5992-1AL00-8FA0 6GK5992-1AG00-8AA0

product type designation SFP992-1 SFP992-1+
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
as marking
Marine classification association
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes
MTBF 670 a 670 a
further information internet links
internet link
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager http://www.siemens.com/cax http://www.siemens.com/cax http://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com
security information
security information Siemens provides products and Siemens provides products and Siemens provides products and
solutions with industrial cyberse­ solutions with industrial cyberse­ solutions with industrial cyberse­
curity functions that support the curity functions that support the curity functions that support the
secure operation of plants, sys­ secure operation of plants, sys­ secure operation of plants, sys­
tems, machines and networks. In tems, machines and networks. In tems, machines and networks. In
order to protect plants, systems, order to protect plants, systems, order to protect plants, systems,
machines and networks against machines and networks against machines and networks against
cyber threats, it is necessary to cyber threats, it is necessary to cyber threats, it is necessary to
implement – and continuously implement – and continuously implement – and continuously
maintain – a holistic, state-of-the- maintain – a holistic, state-of-the- maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-
art industrial cybersecurity art industrial cybersecurity art industrial cybersecurity
concept. Siemens’ products and concept. Siemens’ products and concept. Siemens’ products and
solutions constitute one element of solutions constitute one element solutions constitute one element of
such a concept. Customers are of such a concept. Customers are such a concept. Customers are
responsible for preventing unau­ responsible for preventing unau­ responsible for preventing unau­
thorized access to their plants, sys­ thorized access to their plants, sys­ thorized access to their plants, sys­
tems, machines and networks. tems, machines and networks. tems, machines and networks.
Such systems, machines and com­ Such systems, machines and com­ Such systems, machines and com­
ponents should only be connected ponents should only be connected ponents should only be connected
to an enterprise network or the to an enterprise network or the to an enterprise network or the
internet if and to the extent such a internet if and to the extent such a internet if and to the extent such a
connection is necessary and only connection is necessary and only connection is necessary and only
when appropriate security meas­ when appropriate security meas­ when appropriate security meas­
ures (e.g. firewalls and/or network ures (e.g. firewalls and/or network ures (e.g. firewalls and/or network
segmentation) are in place. For segmentation) are in place. For segmentation) are in place. For
additional information on industri­ additional information on industri­ additional information on industri­
al cybersecurity measures that may al cybersecurity measures that may al cybersecurity measures that may
be implemented, please visit be implemented, please visit be implemented, please visit
www.siemens.com/cybersecurity- www.siemens.com/cybersecurity- www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-
industry. Siemens’ products and industry. Siemens’ products and industry. Siemens’ products and
solutions undergo continuous solutions undergo continuous solutions undergo continuous
development to make them more development to make them more development to make them more
secure. Siemens strongly recom­ secure. Siemens strongly recom­ secure. Siemens strongly recom­
mends that product updates are mends that product updates are mends that product updates are
applied as soon as they are avail­ applied as soon as they are avail­ applied as soon as they are avail­
able and that the latest product able and that the latest product able and that the latest product
versions are used. Use of product versions are used. Use of product versions are used. Use of product
versions that are no longer suppor­ versions that are no longer suppor­ versions that are no longer suppor­
ted, and failure to apply the latest ted, and failure to apply the latest ted, and failure to apply the latest
updates may increase customer’s updates may increase customer’s updates may increase customer’s
exposure to cyber threats. To stay exposure to cyber threats. To stay exposure to cyber threats. To stay
informed about product updates, informed about product updates, informed about product updates,
subscribe to the Siemens Industrial subscribe to the Siemens Industrial subscribe to the Siemens Industrial
Cybersecurity RSS Feed under Cybersecurity RSS Feed under Cybersecurity RSS Feed under
https://www.siemens.com/cert. https://www.siemens.com/cert. https://www.siemens.com/cert.
(V4.7) (V4.7) (V4.7)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/229

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5991-1AD00-8FA0 6GK5991-1AF00-8FA0 6GK5991-1AD00-8GA0 6GK5991-1AF00-8GA0

product type designation SFP991-1A SFP991-1LD A
interfaces
number of electrical/optical connections for 1 1 1 1
network components or terminal equip­
ment maximum
number of optical interfaces for network 1 1 1 1
components or terminal equipment maxim­
um
number of 100 Mbit/s LC ports 1 1 1 1
design of the optical interface for network LC LC LC LC
components or terminal equipment
wavelength of the optical interface 1 300 nm; Multi-mode 1 310 nm; Single-mode 1 310 nm; Multi-mode 1 310 nm; Single-mode
connectable optical power relative to 1 mW
• of the transmitter output minimum -24 dB -15 dB -23.5 dB -15 dB
• of the transmitter output maximum -14 dB -8 dB -14 dB -8 dB
• of the receiver input maximum -12 dB -8 dB -8 dB -8 dB
optical sensitivity relating to 1 mW of the -31 dB -28 dB -31 dB -31 dB
receiver input minimum
attenuation factor of the FOC transmission 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB
link minimum necessary
range at the optical interface depending on 0 ... 5 km 0 ... 26 km 0 ... 5 km 0 ... 26 km
the optical fiber used
transmission method for connection type 1 100BASE-FX 100BASE-LX 100BASE-FX 100BASE-LX
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +95 °C -40 ... +95 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +95 °C -40 ... +95 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +95 °C -40 ... +95 °C
• note A maximum operating tem­ A maximum operating tem­ A maximum operating tem­ A maximum operating tem­
perature of +85 °C is per­ perature of +85 °C is per­ perature of +95 °C is per­ perature of +95 °C is per­
missible for a duration of 16 missible for a duration of 16 missible for a duration of 16 missible for a duration of 16
hours hours hours. hours.
relative humidity at 25 °C without condens­ 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
ation during operation maximum
protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design SFP Module SFP Module SFP Module SFP Module
width 14 mm 14 mm 14 mm 14 mm
height 9 mm 9 mm 9 mm 9 mm
depth 57 mm 57 mm 57 mm 57 mm
net weight 0.01 kg 0.01 kg 0.01 kg 0.01 kg
product feature conformal coating Yes
fastening method latched latched latched latched
standards, specifications, approvals
standard
• for FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2,
Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class
Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
• for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4, KEMA 07 ATEX nA II T4, KEMA 07 ATEX nA II T4, KEMA 07 ATEX nA II T4, KEMA 07 ATEX
0145 X 0145 X 0145 X 0145 X
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No.
60950-1-03 60950-1-03 60950-1-03 60950-1-03
• for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class
A) A) A) A)

14/230 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5991-1AD00-8FA0 6GK5991-1AF00-8FA0 6GK5991-1AD00-8GA0 6GK5991-1AF00-8GA0

product type designation SFP991-1A SFP991-1LD A
• for interference immunity EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005
certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN
61000-6-4:2007 61000-6-4:2007 61000-6-4:2007 61000-6-4:2007
• CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes
• C-Tick Yes Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval No No No No
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB Yes; GB3836.1, GB3836.8 Yes; GB3836.1, GB3836.8
standard
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
standard as marking
MTBF 490 a 490 a 345 a 370 a
further information internet links
internet link
• to web page: SiePortal https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­ https://sie­
portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/ portal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­ https://www.automa­
tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb tion.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager http://www.siemens. http://www.siemens. http://www.siemens. http://www.siemens.
com/cax com/cax com/cax com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com port.industry.siemens.com
security information
security information Siemens provides products Siemens provides products Siemens provides products Siemens provides products
and solutions with industrial and solutions with industrial and solutions with industrial and solutions with industrial
cybersecurity functions that cybersecurity functions that cybersecurity functions that cybersecurity functions that
support the secure operation support the secure operation support the secure operation support the secure operation
of plants, systems, machines of plants, systems, machines of plants, systems, machines of plants, systems, machines
and networks. In order to and networks. In order to and networks. In order to and networks. In order to
protect plants, systems, protect plants, systems, protect plants, systems, protect plants, systems,
machines and networks machines and networks machines and networks machines and networks
against cyber threats, it is against cyber threats, it is against cyber threats, it is against cyber threats, it is
necessary to implement – necessary to implement – necessary to implement – necessary to implement –
and continuously maintain – and continuously maintain – and continuously maintain – and continuously maintain –
a holistic, state-of-the-art a holistic, state-of-the-art a holistic, state-of-the-art a holistic, state-of-the-art
industrial cybersecurity industrial cybersecurity industrial cybersecurity industrial cybersecurity
concept. Siemens’ products concept. Siemens’ products concept. Siemens’ products concept. Siemens’ products
and solutions constitute one and solutions constitute one and solutions constitute one and solutions constitute one
element of such a concept. element of such a concept. element of such a concept. element of such a concept.
Customers are responsible Customers are responsible Customers are responsible Customers are responsible
for preventing unauthorized for preventing unauthorized for preventing unauthorized for preventing unauthorized
access to their plants, sys­ access to their plants, sys­ access to their plants, sys­ access to their plants, sys­
tems, machines and net­ tems, machines and net­ tems, machines and net­ tems, machines and net­
works. Such systems, works. Such systems, works. Such systems, works. Such systems,
machines and components machines and components machines and components machines and components
should only be connected to should only be connected to should only be connected to should only be connected to
an enterprise network or the an enterprise network or the an enterprise network or the an enterprise network or the
internet if and to the extent internet if and to the extent internet if and to the extent internet if and to the extent
such a connection is neces­ such a connection is neces­ such a connection is neces­ such a connection is neces­
sary and only when appro­ sary and only when appro­ sary and only when appro­ sary and only when appro­
priate security measures priate security measures priate security measures priate security measures
(e.g. firewalls and/or net­ (e.g. firewalls and/or net­ (e.g. firewalls and/or net­ (e.g. firewalls and/or net­
work segmentation) are in work segmentation) are in work segmentation) are in work segmentation) are in
place. For additional inform­ place. For additional inform­ place. For additional inform­ place. For additional inform­
ation on industrial cyberse­ ation on industrial cyberse­ ation on industrial cyberse­ ation on industrial cyberse­
curity measures that may be curity measures that may be curity measures that may be curity measures that may be
implemented, please visit implemented, please visit implemented, please visit implemented, please visit
www.siemens.com/cyberse­ www.siemens.com/cyberse­ www.siemens.com/cyberse­ www.siemens.com/cyberse­
curity-industry. Siemens’ curity-industry. Siemens’ curity-industry. Siemens’ curity-industry. Siemens’
products and solutions products and solutions products and solutions products and solutions
undergo continuous devel­ undergo continuous devel­ undergo continuous devel­ undergo continuous devel­
opment to make them more opment to make them more opment to make them more opment to make them more
secure. Siemens strongly secure. Siemens strongly secure. Siemens strongly secure. Siemens strongly
recommends that product recommends that product recommends that product recommends that product
updates are applied as soon updates are applied as soon updates are applied as soon updates are applied as soon
as they are available and as they are available and as they are available and as they are available and
that the latest product ver­ that the latest product ver­ that the latest product ver­ that the latest product ver­
sions are used. Use of sions are used. Use of sions are used. Use of sions are used. Use of
product versions that are no product versions that are no product versions that are no product versions that are no
longer supported, and fail­ longer supported, and fail­ longer supported, and fail­ longer supported, and fail­

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/231

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE accessories / Plug-in transceivers for SCALANCE

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5991-1AD00-8FA0 6GK5991-1AF00-8FA0 6GK5991-1AD00-8GA0 6GK5991-1AF00-8GA0

product type designation SFP991-1A SFP991-1LD A
ure to apply the latest ure to apply the latest ure to apply the latest ure to apply the latest
updates may increase updates may increase updates may increase updates may increase
customer’s exposure to customer’s exposure to customer’s exposure to customer’s exposure to
cyber threats. To stay cyber threats. To stay cyber threats. To stay cyber threats. To stay
informed about product informed about product informed about product informed about product
updates, subscribe to the updates, subscribe to the updates, subscribe to the updates, subscribe to the
Siemens Industrial Cyberse­ Siemens Industrial Cyberse­ Siemens Industrial Cyberse­ Siemens Industrial Cyberse­
curity RSS Feed under curity RSS Feed under curity RSS Feed under curity RSS Feed under
https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens. https://www.siemens.
com/cert. (V4.7) com/cert. (V4.7) com/cert. (V4.7) com/cert. (V4.7)

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst

14/232 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
Passive network components
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components

Overview
• FastConnect
• ITP cables and connectors
• Fiber-optic cable

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/233

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
Passive network components / FastConnect
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components / FastConnect

Overview

Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 plugs

Industrial Ethernet FastConnect (IE FC) is a rapid assembly system

with insulation displacement for easy assembly and wiring of 4‑wire
and 8‑wire IE FC cables. Using the FC stripping tool, it is possible to
remove the outer casing and woven shield of the IE FC cable accur­
ately in a single step. The cable prepared in this manner is sub­
sequently assembled on the cut/crimp contacts of the connection
element.

14/234 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components / FastConnect

Application

Linking elements • IE FC RJ45 modular outlet (10/100/1 000 Mbps) with 8‑wire (4x2)
The linking elements which can be used depend on whether the IE FC cables
transmission rate is 10/100 Mbps or 1 000 Mbps: The following table provides an overview of the electric port types
• IE FC RJ45 plug 2×2 90/180 (10/100 Mbps) in association with of the switches, the transmission rates they support, and the
4‑wire (2×2) IE FC cables IE FC TP standard cables and IE FC connecting elements which can
be used. In addition to the IE FC TP standard cables, Catalog IK PI
• IE FC RJ45 plug 4×2 180 (10/100/1 000 Mbps) in association with offers further IE FC TP cables with special properties.
8‑wire (4×2) IE FC cables
• IE FC outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbps) in association with 4‑wire (2x2)
IE FC cables

Transmission rate 10/100 Mbps 1 000 Mbps

Port type 10/100BaseTX 1000BaseTX
Max. cable length 100 m 90 m (+ total of 10 m for TP cord patch 90 m 90 m (+ total of 10 m for
cables) TP cord patch cables)
Cable type IE FC TP standard cable 2×2 IE FC TP standard cable 4×2 IE FC TP standard cable IE FC TP standard cable 4×2
4×2 (AWG 24) (AWG 22)
Connecting elements IE FC RJ45 plug 2×2 90/180, IE FC RJ45 modular outlet with insert IE FC RJ45 plug 4×2 180 IE FC RJ45 modular outlet with
alternatively: IE FC outlet RJ45 + 2FE + TP cord patch cable insert 1GE + TP cord patch cable
TP cord patch cable

zpth{pjGwjzG^GŠ–”—–•Œ•›š zpth{pjGwjzG^GŠ–”—–•Œ•›š

plGmjGyq[\ plGmjGyq[\
w“œŽGYÝY w“œŽGYÝY

plGmjGjˆ‰“ŒGYÝY

plGmjG{wGz›ˆ•‹ˆ™‹Gjˆ‰“ŒGnwGYÝYGO{ —ŒGhP
plGmjG{wGm“ŒŸ‰“ŒGjˆ‰“ŒGnwGYÝYGO{ —ŒGiP
plGmjG{wG{™ˆ“•ŽGjˆ‰“ŒGnwGYÝYGO{ —ŒGjP
plGmjG{–™š–•Gjˆ‰“ŒGYÝYGO{ —ŒGjP
uŒ›ž–™’ plGmjG{wG{™ˆ“•ŽGjˆ‰“ŒGYÝYGO{ —ŒGjP uŒ›ž–™’
Š–”—–•Œ•› plGmjG{wGtˆ™•ŒGjˆ‰“ŒGYÝYGO{ —ŒGiP Š–”—–•Œ•›
plGmjG{wGm––‹Gjˆ‰“ŒGYÝYGO{ —ŒGjP
plGmjG{wGmyujGjˆ‰“ŒGnwGYÝYGO{ —ŒGiP

n†wjz^††WWYZZ
plGmjG{wGmŒš›––•Gjˆ‰“ŒGnwGYÝYGO{ —ŒGiP

pGŠ–”—–•Œ•›šG›ˆ›G‹–G•–›Gšœ——–™›Gˆœ›–Š™–šš•ŽGˆ™ŒGœšŒ‹S
ˆ•GplG{wGwGŠ–™‹G”œš›G‰ŒGœšŒ‹G‰Œ›žŒŒ•G›ž–G•Œ›ž–™’GŠ–”—–•Œ•›šG–™G›Œ™”•ˆ“šU

Use of FastConnect cables 2×2 with IE FC RJ45 plug 2×2

IE FC RJ45 plug 2×2 two terminal devices/network components over distances of up to

The IE FC RJ45 plugs 2×2 suitable for simple and fast on-site assembly 100 m. Since the IE FC RJ45 plugs 2×2 have no parts which can be
of 4‑wire (2×2) twisted pair (TP) FastConnect installation cables are lost, assembly is also possible under difficult conditions. For altern­
the ideal solution for Industrial Ethernet communication connections atives to the IE FC TP standard cable according to the configuration
for transmission rates up to 100 Mbps. They can be used to imple­ graphics, see Catalog IK PI, section "Industrial Ethernet", subsection
ment point-to-point connections without patch technology between "Cabling systems".

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/235

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components / FastConnect

Application (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 components SIMATIC PCS 7 components

IE FC RJ45 IE FC RJ45
Plug 4×2 Plug 4×2

IE FC TP Cable 4×2

IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4×2 (AWG 24)

G_PCS7_XX_00234
Network Network
component IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 4×2 (AWG 24) component

If components that do not support autocrossing are used,

an IE TP XP cord must be used between two network components or terminals.

Use of FastConnect cables 4×2 with IE FC RJ45 plug 4×2

IE FC RJ45 plug 4×2 IE FC outlet RJ45 and IE FC RJ45 modular outlet

The compact, rugged design of the Cat6A plug connector enables the Alternatives for conversion from RJ45 to the insulation displace­
FC RJ45 plug to be used in both industrial and office environments. ment system:
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 plug 4×2 permits quick and • IE FC outlet RJ45 for 4‑wire TP (2×2) IE FC cables and transmission
easy installation of the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect installation rates up to 100 Mbps
cables 4×2 (8-wire twisted pair AWG24 cables) in the field.
• IE FC RJ45 modular outlet for 8‑core TP (4×2) IE FC cables and
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect stripping tool for preparing the
transmission rates up to 1 000 Mbps.
end of a cable (stripping the jacket and shield in one step) allows
simple handling and swift, secure fitting of the connector to the The latter has the advantage that the existing wiring can still be
cable. Since all connector parts are captive, it can also be fitted in dif­ used if communication is converted from 100 Mbps to 1 000 Mbps.
ficult conditions. It is only necessary to replace the 2FE insert by one of type 1GE. In
The new plug connector allows the implementation of point-to-point contrast to the plugs, an RJ45 patch cable (TP cord) is also required
connections (10/100/1 000 Mbps) for Industrial Ethernet between for each outlet so that it can be connected to the network compon­
two terminal devices/network components up to 100 m apart without ent or terminal device.
the need for patches (for details, see IK PI capital, "Industrial Ether­ Detailed information on the FastConnect outlets and the available
net", "Cabling systems"). TP cords can be found in Catalog IK PI, in the Industry Mall or in
CA 01 under "Industrial Communication".
Additional information on network structures is provided in the
SCALANCE XM-400 SIMATIC PCS 7 manual for TP and fiber-optic networks.
automation system

IE FC IE FC
IE FC RJ45 Outlet Outlet
Modular RJ45 RJ45
Outlet
Insert 1GE

IE TP Cord SIMATIC PCS 7

IE FC Standard Cable 2×2 Industrial Workstation
100 Mbit/s connection with CP 1623

IE FC RJ45
Modular
G_PCS7_XX_00077

Outlet
Insert 1GE

IE FC Standard Cable 4×2

1000 Mbit/s connection
IE TP Cord

Configuration example with IE FC RJ45 modular outlet and IE FC outlet

RJ45

14/236 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components / FastConnect

Design Design (continued)

IE FC RJ45 plugs 4×2 and 2×2 Matching retaining collars on terminal equipment, e.g. on devices
from the SCALANCE X and SCALANCE S families, permits additional
protection of the plug connection against tension and bending
stresses.

IE FC RJ modular outlet with insert 1GE

IE FC RJ45 modular outlet

The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (Base Module) designed for transmis­
IE FC RJ45 plug 2×2 with 90° outgoing cable (left) and with 180° outgo­ sion rates up to 1 000 Mbps consists of a rugged metal housing with
ing cable (right) IP40 degree of protection which is suitable for both DIN mounting
rail and wall mounting. It has 8 barrel contacts for connecting 8‑core
Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables (AWG 22) and an interface
for the replaceable insert, for example:
• IE FC RJ45 modular outlet insert 2FE with 2 × RJ45 sockets for
100 Mbps
• IE FC RJ45 modular outlet insert 1GE with 1 × RJ45 socket for
1 000 Mbps
• IE FC RJ45 modular outlet power insert with 1 × RJ45 socket for
100 Mbps and 1 × 24 V DC connection (for details on use and
ordering, see Section "Industrial Wireless LAN")

IE FC RJ45 plug 4×2 with 180° outgoing cable

In contrast to the IE FC RJ45 plug 4×2 which is only offered with a

180° (straight) outgoing cable, the IE FC RJ45 plug 2×2 is also avail­
able with a 90° (angled) outgoing cable.
All IE FC RJ45 plugs have a rugged, industry-compatible metal
enclosure with integral strain relief that provides optimum protec­
tion for data communication against EMC interference. The integral
insulation displacement contacts permit simple, fault-free contact­
ing of the various types of FC cable. Following introduction of the
stripped ends of the cables into the tipped-up barrel contacts, the
latter are pressed down for secure contacting of the conductors.
With the housing open, colored marks on the contact cover identify
correct connection of the cable cores. The transparent plastic materi­
al of the contact element allows visual inspection of the contacts.
Owing to their compact size, IE FC RJ45 plugs can be used both on
devices with individual jacks and on devices with multiple jacks
(blocks).

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/237

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components / FastConnect

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 plug

FC standard cable GP 2×2 2×2 90
For universal use, for connection to IE RJ45 plug connector for Industrial Eth­
FC RJ45 outlet or IE FC RJ45, 4‑wire ernet with a rugged metal enclosure
(2×2), shielded and integrated insulation displace­
• Sold by the meter; delivery unit max. 6XV1840-2AH10 ment contacts for connecting Industri­
1 000 m; minimum order quantity al Ethernet FC installation cables; with
20 m 90° cable outlet
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
• Preferred length 1 000 m 6XV1840-2AU10
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB20-2AB0
Industrial Ethernet
FC standard cable GP 4×2 • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1901-1BB20-2AE0
8-wire, shielded TP installation cable
for universal applications; with UL Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 plug
approval 4×2 180
Sold by the meter; delivery unit max. Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45
1 000 m, minimum order quantity plug 180 4×2, RJ45 connector; CAT6A;
20 m (10/100/1000/10000 Mbps) with
rugged metal enclosure and FC con­
• AWG 22 6XV1870-2E nection technology, for IE FC cable
For connection to IE FC RJ45 modu­ 4×2 (AWG24); 180° cable outlet
lar outlet
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB12-2AA0
• AWG 24 6XV1878-2A
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB12-2AB0
For connection to IE FC RJ45 plug
4×2 • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1901-1BB12-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet FC TP robust 6XV1841-2A Industrial Ethernet FC outlet RJ45 6GK1901-1FC00-0AA0
standard cable GP 2×2 (PROFINET
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet with 6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
Type A)
TPE protective jacket, fixed installa­ insert 1GE
tion, for connection to IE FC RJ45 or IE FastConnect RJ45 outlet for Industrial
FC RJ45 outlet, for universal use, Ethernet with a replaceable insert for
4-wire, shielded, Cat. 5e 1 × 1 000 Mbps interface
Sold by the meter, delivery unit max. IE FC RJ45 modular outlet with 6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
2 000 m; minimum order quantity insert 2FE
20 m FastConnect RJ45 outlet for Industrial
Industrial Ethernet FC TP robust 6XV1841-2B Ethernet with a replaceable insert for
standard cable GP 2×2 (PROFINET 2 × 100 Mbps interface
Type B) For further IE FC RJ45 modular outlet
TPE protective jacket, with flexible variants and replaceable inserts, see
cores, for connection to IE FC RJ45 or Catalog IK PI
IE FC RJ45 outlet, for universal use,
4-wire, shielded, Cat. 5e
Sold by the meter, delivery unit max.
2 000 m; minimum order quantity
20 m
Industrial Ethernet FC stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC
cables
Industrial Ethernet FC blade 6GK1901-1GB00
cassettes
Replacement blade cassette for the
Industrial Ethernet stripping tool,
5 units; for use with IE FC RJ45 plugs
and modular outlet
IE FC RJ45 plug 2×2 180
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial Eth­
ernet with a rugged metal enclosure
and integrated insulation displace­
ment contacts for connecting Industri­
al Ethernet FC installation cables; with
180° cable outlet; for network com­
ponents and CPs/CPUs with Industrial
Ethernet port
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0

• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0

• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0

14/238 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
Passive network components / Fiber-optic cables
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components / Fiber-optic cables

Overview Selection and ordering data

FO standard cable
50/1251)
Preferred lengths, pre-assembled with
2x2 SC connectors:
•1m 6XV1873-6AH10

•3m 6XV1873-6AH30

•5m 6XV1873-6AH50

• 10 m 6XV1873-6AN10

• 20 m 6XV1873-6AN20
Optical transmission media
• 50 m 6XV1873-6AN50
Glass fiber-optic cables are the preferred optical transmission medi­
• 100 m 6XV1873-6AT10
um. The two types of cable offered are suitable for above-ground
routing indoors or outdoors. They are available in fixed lengths, pre- • 200 m 6XV1873-6AT20
assembled with 2x2 BFOC connectors, 2x2 SC connectors or 2×2 LC 6XV1873-6AT30
• 300 m
connectors
The FO standard cable with 2 x 2 SC connectors is required for optic­ FO standard cable
50/1251)
al networking in the Gigabit range. Preferred lengths, pre-assembled with
Note: 2 LC duplex connectors:
You can order supplementary components for the SIMATIC NET •1m 6XV1873-5AH10
cabling range from your local contact. For technical advice contact: •2m 6XV1873-5AH20
Siemens AG
•3m 6XV1873-5AH30
SPG Industrial Network and Components, Fürth, Germany
J. Hertlein •5m 6XV1873-5AH50
Tel.: +49 911 750-4465 • 10 m 6XV1873-5AN10
E-mail: [email protected]
• 15 m 6XV1873-5AN15
Specifications, other cable lengths and other fiber-optic cables can
be found in catalog IK PI. • 20 m 6XV1873-5AN20

More information on assembly is provided in the manual for TP and • 30 m 6XV1873-5AN30

fiber-optic networks. • 40 m 6XV1873-5AN40
Selection tools • 50 m 6XV1873-5AN50
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches and with 6XV1873-5AN80
• 80 m
the configuration of modular variants, the SIMATIC NET Selection
Tool and the TIA Selection Tool Cloud are available at: • 100 m 6XV1873-5AT10

http://www.siemens.com/snst-standalone • 150 m 6XV1873-5AT15

http://www.siemens.com/tstcloud • 200 m 6XV1873-5AT20

• 300 m 6XV1873-5AT30

FIBER OPTIC CABLE standard cable

62.5/125, may be split1)
Preferred lengths, pre-assembled with
2x2 BFOC (ST) connectors:
•1m 6XV1820-5BH10

•3m 6XV1820-5BH30

•5m 6XV1820-5BH50

• 10 m 6XV1820-5BN10

• 20 m 6XV1820-5BN20

• 50 m 6XV1820-5BN50

• 100 m 6XV1820-5BT10

• 200 m 6XV1820-5BT20

• 300 m 6XV1820-5BT30

BFOC (ST) connector set 6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0

For FIBER OPTIC CABLE standard cable,
20 units
1) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assem­
bling glass fiber-optic cables.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/239

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components / Fiber-optic cables

More information

Various versions of the optical connections for fiber-optic cables are available with the network components or terminal equipment:

Design of optical connection Description

ST/BFOC connection = ST (stick and ST/BFOC connectors have a bayonet lock for glass fiber-optic cables.
twist) They are suitable for monomode and multimode fibers.

SC connection SC connectors are standard connectors for glass fiber-optic cables. The
SC connector is usually in the duplex version. However, it can also be
used as a simplex connector by separating it from the isolating piece.

LC connection FC FO LC PLUG for on site assembly on FC fiber-optic cables

(62.5/200/230) (Duplex plugs + cleaning cloths)

SC-RJ connection SCRJ is the smallest SC duplex plug connection.

For more information and an overview of the connectors for connec­ under
tion of fiber-optic cables to the optical interface of network compon­ www.siemens.com/fastconnect
ents and terminal equipment see the Industry Online Support:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/35146578

14/240 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Design
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
System connection PCS 7 systems
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems

Design Design (continued)

Connection of single stations, servers and clients or single stations without a connection to the plant bus, the network
SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems for engineering, operator control and card envisaged for BCE can be used as an alternative.
monitoring (also via internet/Intranet), Batch Control, Route Control, The terminal bus can also be configured redundantly. A configura­
Asset Management or IT applications are distributed between vari­ tion with two separate rings is recommended for the redundant,
ous SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of single station, server or high-availability terminal bus. The communication is performed in
client design depending on the configuration. Depending on their this case using the Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP) in accordance
task and the associated integration into the overall plant, these with IEC 62439‑3. Each PCS 7 station should be connected to one of
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations are connected either on the two Industrial Ethernet interface modules on each of the two separ­
plant bus only, the terminal bus only or on both buses of the Indus­ ate rings. Industrial Ethernet interface modules are standard in all
trial Ethernet network. The connection can be redundant or non- current SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations.
redundant, and is made using: The SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE RNA communication software on the
• Interface modules integrated onboard redundantly connected PCS 7 stations organizes communication
processes based on the PRP. Therefore, SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-
• Simple network cards IE RNA communication software is required on each of the redund­
antly connected PCS 7 stations.
• Special communications modules, e.g. CP 1623
Connecting non-PRP-enabled devices
Connection to plant bus
Up to 2 non-PRP-enabled devices that have only one Industrial Ether­
A SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation, designed as single station or server, net port, WLAN access point or infrastructure computer, such as
can be operated on the Industrial Ethernet plant bus with an Ether­ DNS, WINS, DHCP or file server, can be integrated into a redundant,
net network card (10/100/1000 Mbps) and BCE license or with a high-availability terminal bus with PRP via a SCALANCE X204RNA.
CP 1623 communications module and SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7
or SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT communication soft­ SCALANCE X204RNA is available in two product variants:
ware. • SCALANCE X204RNA
The IE variants of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation for single Network access point in plastic enclosure with 4 electrical ports for
stations and servers are factory equipped with a CP 1623 communic­ connecting up to 2 non-PRP-enabled devices to redundant net­
ations module and SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 communication works
software, licensed for up to four CP 1623 (4x license).
• SCALANCE X204RNA EEC
CP 1623 has a PCI Express port x1 as well as a 2-port switch (RJ45)
for connecting to Industrial Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps). Network access point in metal enclosure with 2 electric terminal
device ports and 2 optical/electrical combo ports for network con­
An Ethernet card (10/100/1000 Mbps) with a BCE license is integ­ nection of up to 2 non-PRP-enabled terminal devices to redundant
rated in the BCE variants of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta­ networks
tion. A separately available desktop adapter network card can also
be used with this BCE license in a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta­ The following constraints must be observed:
tion. • Length of the TP cable between the network and SCALANCE
If you use alternative hardware instead of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Indus­ X‑200RNA:
trial Workstation, you require an additional BCE license for each sta­
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plug 180
tion which communicates over the plant bus via BCE (Basic Commu­
nication Ethernet). - Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
With BCE, AS communication is possible with up to 8 automation
systems, with SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 communication via • Length of the optical cables between the network and SCALANCE
CP 1623 with up to 64 automation systems (only AS single stations X-200RNA:
in each case, no AS redundancy stations). - Max. 5 000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
Only the SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation with CP 1623 can communicate (multimode)
with redundant automation systems (redundancy stations). You - Max. 26 000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
require for this purpose SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT
(single-mode)
(4x license) communication software instead of the SIMATIC NET
HARDNET‑IE S7 communication software. SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE SCALANCE X‑200RNA is typically installed with the stations to be
S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack (4x license) can be used to upgrade the connected in a control cabinet.
communication software. For more information and technical specifications for the SCALANCE
Single stations and servers with BCE can be retro-upgraded to X204RNA, see Catalog IK PI.
CP 1623/1628 communication. Depending on the criteria mentioned
Connection of automation systems
above, this requires SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 or SIMATIC NET
HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT in addition to the CP 1623 communic­ The SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems communicate with other
ations module. subsystems of the process control system (e.g. Operator System or
engineering system) via the Industrial Ethernet plant bus. The auto­
The communication software for CP 1623 is always supplied with
mation systems are connected to the plant bus using the CP 443‑1
the SIMATIC PCS 7 software and is installed in line with the operat­
communications module, also redundantly in the case of high-avail­
ing system.
ability systems. Instead of the CP 4431, CP 4431 Advanced with
In order to activate this communication software, you may need integrated security function (firewall and VPN) can also be used.
additional licenses for the SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7, SIMATIC
With the AS 410 modular automation systems, an additional layer is
NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT, or SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE
applied to the PCB of CPU 410‑5H Process Automation (conformal
S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack communication products.
coating). To match the AS 410, a CP 443‑1 in the conformal coating
Connection to terminal bus version is therefore preferred (component of the AS bundle config­
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations in client, server or single sta­ uration).
tion configurations are usually connected to the terminal bus via the
onboard Industrial Ethernet interface modules. In the case of servers

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/241

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

System connection of single sta­ SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE

tions, servers and clients S7‑REDCONNECT V16
S7 communications software for fail-
Desktop adapter network adapter A5E02639550 safe S7 communication over redund­
for BCE and as spare part for redund­ ant networks with license for up to
ant terminal bus 4 Industrial Ethernet CPs
Intel network adapter for connection Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
to Industrial Ethernet lish, German); for
(10/100/1000 Mbps), with RJ45 con­ Windows 7 SP1, 64-bit (Professional /
nection and PCI express interface Enterprise / Ultimate)
CP 1623 6GK1162-3AA00 Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise, Version
PCI Express x1 card for connection to 1809
Industrial Ethernet Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise, Version
(10/100/1000 Mbps), with 2-port 1903
switch (RJ45) Windows Server 2012 R2 Update
(Standard)
Licenses may be required for activ­ Windows Server 2016 (Standard,
ating the functionality of the Datacenter)
CP 1623 (communications software Windows Server 2019 (Standard,
is part of the SIMATIC PCS 7 soft­ Datacenter)
ware) For max. 4 CP 1623
Activation license if no redundant AS are • Goods delivery 6GK1716-0HB16-0AA0
used Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB flash drive
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 V16
• Online delivery 6GK1716-0HB16-0AK0
Software for S7, open communica­
tion, OPC, PG/OP communication Software and license key download
Configuration software; up to : Email address required!
120 connections; floating license •
Runtime software, software and elec­
tronic manual on DVD; license key, 2
languages (English, German) for SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE
Windows 7 SP1, 64-bit (Professional / S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack V16
Enterprise / Ultimate) For expansion of HARDNET‑IE S7 com­
Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise, Version munications software to HARDNET‑IE
1809 S7‑REDCONNECT, with license for up
Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise, Version to 4 Industrial Ethernet CPs
1903 2 languages (English, German) for
Windows Server 2012 R2 Update Windows 7 SP1, 64-bit (Professional /
(Standard) Enterprise / Ultimate)
Windows Server 2016 (Standard, Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise, Version
Datacenter) 1809
Windows Server 2019 (Standard, Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise, Version
Datacenter) 1903
For max. 4 CP 1623 Windows Server 2012 R2 Update
6GK1716-1CB16-0AA0
(Standard)
• Goods delivery
Windows Server 2016 (Standard,
Software and electronic manual on
Datacenter)
CD, license key on USB flash drive
Windows Server 2019 (Standard,
• Online delivery 6GK1716-1CB16-0AK0 Datacenter)
Software and license key download For max. 4 CP 1623
: Email address required! • Goods delivery 6GK1716-0HB16-0AC0
Activation licenses when using redund­ Software and electronic manual on
ant AS CD, license key on USB flash drive

• • Online delivery 6GK1716-0HB16-0AK1

Software and license key download
: Email address required!

14/242 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

System connection for plant bus Accessories for Industrial Ethernet

communication via standard net­ SCALANCE X-204RNA network
work adapter and Basic Communica­ access
tion Ethernet for single stations and
servers which are not based on a IE FC TP standard cable GP 2×2 6XV1840-2AH10
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta­ (type A)
tion 4-wire, shielded TP installation cable
for connecting to IE FC RJ45 out­
SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V10.0 6ES7650-1CD78-2YB5 let/IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINET-compat­
Runtime license for plant bus commu­ ible; with UL approval; sold by the
nication via standard network adapter meter; delivery unit max. 1 000 m,
and Basic Communication Ethernet; minimum order quantity 20 m
integrated with SIMATIC PCS 7 Indus­ IE FC RJ45 plug 180 2×2
trial Workstations RJ45 connector for Industrial Ethernet
3 languages (English, French, Ger­ with rugged metal enclosure and
man), software class A integrated insulation displacement
Runs with Windows 10 2019/2021 contacts for connecting Industrial Eth­
LTSC or Windows Server 2019/2022, ernet FC installation cables; with
floating license for 1 user 180° cable outlet; for network com­
• Goods delivery ponents and CPs/CPUs with Industrial
- License key on USB flash drive, Ethernet interface
Certificate of License 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
• 1 pack = 1 unit
• Online delivery 6ES7650-1CD78-2YH5 6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
• 1 pack = 10 units
- License key download, online Cer­
• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
tificate of License
Email address required! SFP plug-in transceiver
Components for connecting SIMAT­ • SFP991-1 (multimode, glass, up to 6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
IC PCS 7 stations to a redundant ter­ 3 km)
minal bus with PRP
• SFP991-1LH+ (single-mode, glass, 6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA V16 6GK1711-1EW16-0AA0 up to 70 km, LH+)
Software for connecting PCS 7 sta­ • SFP991-1LD (single-mode, glass, up 6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
tions to PRP-enabled networks with to 26 km)
integrated SNMP
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­ LC plug MM2) 6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0
lish, German), software class A, for LC plug SM2) 6GK1901-0SB10-2AB0
Windows 7 SP1, 64-bit (Professional /
Enterprise / Ultimate) FO robust cable GP 50/125/9001) 6XV1873-2R
Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise, Version FO robust cable GP 4x9/125/9001) 6XV1843-2R
1809 6EP1331-5BA00
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A
Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise, Version
1-phase power supply with wide-
1903
range input 85 …
Windows Server 2012 R2 Update
264 V AC/110 … 300 V DC,
(Standard)
stabilized output voltage 24 V, rated
Windows Server 2016 (Standard,
output current value 0.6 A, slim-line
Datacenter)
design
Windows Server 2019 (Standard,
Datacenter) C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB00
Single license for 1 installation Removable data storage medium for
Goods delivery simple replacement of devices in the
Software and electronic manual on event of a fault; for storing configura­
CD, license key on USB flash drive tion or engineering and application
data; can be used for SIMATIC NET
Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE
products with C-plug slot
X204RNA router
With integrated SNMP access, web System connection of automation
diagnostics and PROFINET diagnostics, systems
for connecting non-PRP-enabled ter­
minal devices to PRP networks; with SIMATIC NET CP 443-1 6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
operating instructions, Industrial Eth­ Communications module for connect­
ernet network manual and configura­ ing SIMATIC S7-400 to Industrial Eth­
tion software on CD ernet through TCP/IP, ISO and UDP;
6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2
PROFINET IO Controller, MRP; integ­
• SCALANCE X204RNA
rated real-time switch ERTEC with
with four 100 Mbps RJ45 ports
2 ports; 2 × RJ45 interface; S7 com­
• SCALANCE X204RNA EEC 6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3 munication, open communication
with two 100 Mbps RJ45 ports and (SEND/RECEIVE) with FETCH/WRITE,
two RJ45/SFP combo ports with or without RFC 1006, DHCP,
SNMP V2, diagnostics, multicast,
access protection over IP access list,
initialization over LAN 10/100 Mbps
with electronic manual on DVD

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/243

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems

Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC NET CP 443-1 Advanced 6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0

With security functionality (firewall
and VPN)
Communications module for connec­
tion of SIMATIC S7‑400 to Industrial
Ethernet: 1 × 10/100/1000 Mbps; 4 ×
10/100 Mbps (IE SWITCH); RJ45 ports;
ISO; TCP; UDP; PROFINET IO controller,
S7 communication; open communica­
tion (SEND/RECEIVE); S7 routing; IP
configuration via DHCP/block; IP
Access Control List; time synchroniza­
tion; expanded web diagnostics; fast
startup; PROFIenergy support; IP rout­
ing; FTP; web server; email;
PROFINET CBA
1) Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assem­
bling glass fiber-optic cables

14/244 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial communication
Industrial Wireless LAN
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Overview

OS clients
PCS 7
Web server

SCALANCE SCALANCE
XM-400 Terminal bus
XC208

Redundant
OS server

Engineering station
IWLAN
Access point

G_PCS7_XX_00119
Mobile remote client IWLAN Stationary
with WLAN interface Client module remote client

SIMATIC PCS 7 provides the option for integrating mobile or stationary The IWLAN client modules and the IWLAN access points of the
remote clients via an Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) access point of SCALANCE W700 product family are extremely rugged, use state-
the SCALANCE W760, W770 or W780 product lines into the terminal of-the-art authentication and encryption procedures, and ensure
bus. high wireless channel reliability. By means of link aggregation and
The following applications, for example, can be implemented in this parallel use of several antennas (MIMO technology) in accordance
manner: with the international standard IEEE 802.11n you can achieve gross
data transfer rates of up to 450 Mbps.
• Configuration of additional remote OS clients (up to 2 clients on
Various designs are offered for the following operational environ­
IWLAN)
ments:
• Linking of web clients to a SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server (up to 2 web • IWLAN client modules and access points for control cabinets
clients on IWLAN)
• IWLAN client modules and access points for indoor use
• Remote access to an engineering station using the "RealVNC" soft­
ware (Enterprise Edition), e.g., during commissioning • IWLAN access points for outdoor use
Mobile remote clients (e.g. notebooks) equipped with a WLAN inter­ All IWLAN access points can also be configured as IWLAN client
face can use it to communicate with the IWLAN access point. Station­ modules.
ary remote clients in a desktop/tower case (SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations) require an IWLAN client module of the SCAL­
ANCE W720, W730 or W740 production lines for communication with
the IWLAN access point.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/245

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Overview (continued)

Access Points
Client Modules
also configurable as Client Modules

WLAN Technology 11n / Wi-Fi 4 11ac / Wi-Fi 5 11ax / Wi-Fi 6 11n / Wi-Fi 4 11ac / Wi-Fi 5 11ax / Wi-Fi 6

Product Family SCALANCE

W720 W730 W740 W1740 WUM WUB W760 W770 W780 W1780 WAM WAB

For enhanced
environmental
conditions (EEC)

For outdoor use

For production hall

mounting

For use in control

cabinet

Special industrial iFeatures

functions

G_IK10_XX_30311
iPCF/iPCF-MC/iPCF-2 *
iPRP *
Inter AP-Blocking

* only W722

Portfolio SCALANCE W access points and clients W700 according to IEEE 802.11n and W1700 according to IEEE 802.11ac

The C‑PLUG removable data storage medium for saving configuring • KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures
data supports rapid exchange of equipment without specially trained
personnel. • KEY-PLUG W700 Security
Furthermore, the KEY‑PLUG removable data storage medium can also Note:
enable additional functions for products of the SCALANCE W700 fam­ Note that Industrial Wireless LAN is not approved as a terminal bus
ily. A total of three KEY-PLUGs are available: or plant bus of SIMATIC PCS 7.
• KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures

14/246 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Design

Product categorization according to environment of use exceptional protection against dust and water and tolerate large
differences in temperature. The enclosure and the connection
IWLAN products for control cabinets
plugs are resistant to high levels of shock and vibration.
The IWLAN client modules and IWLAN access points intended for
installation in control cabinets are a low-cost alternative for indoor IWLAN products for outdoor use
areas with less harsh environmental conditions. They are particularly The IWLAN access points designed for installation outdoors and in
suited for setting up infrastructures in which great temperature differ­ publicly accessible areas are extremely rugged devices for high cli­
ences and protection against dust and water are less important. matic demands and can be installed at a location that is most favor­
able for the wireless link. They are resistant to condensation, UV
IWLAN products for indoor use
radiation, and salt spray.
IWLAN client modules and IWLAN access points of this category can
be installed at the location that is most favorable for the wireless link
in indoor areas. The devices with IP65 degree of protection offer

IWLAN client modules

SCALANCE W721-1 RJ45/ The W721 RJ45 and W722 RJ45 client modules with IP20 degree of protection are WLAN-capable devices
SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45 for the control according to the IEEE 802.11n WLAN standard with an RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbps for integrated solu­
cabinet tions from the control level down to the field. They offer reliable wireless real-time communication and sta­
bility for very high bandwidth requirements. The space-saving SCALANCE W720 client modules are suitable
for applications in which the device is to be mounted in the control cabinet enabling the establishment of
simple, cost-efficient wireless machine networks. Thanks to their SIMATIC design, automation components,
such as the SIMATIC ET 200SP can be seamlessly integrated into an industrial WLAN to save space in the con­
trol cabinet. The device offers data rates up to 150 Mbps according to WLAN standard IEEE 802.11n.

SCALANCE W734-1 RJ45 for the control The W734-1 RJ45 client module with IP30 degree of protection is a WLAN-capable device with two RJ45 con­
cabinet nections for 10/100 Mbps, one of which has Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at, for integrated
solutions from the control level down to the field. It offers reliable wireless real-time communication and sta­
bility for very high bandwidth requirements. Its compact design makes it deal to use; it also offers particularly
reliable transmission of wireless signals through 2 antennas (2x2:2 MIMO). The client modules in SIMATIC
S7-1500 design are suitable for applications where the device is to be mounted in the control cabinet.
In perfect interaction with SIMATIC S7-1500, the device enables wireless data transmission and communica­
tion between the controller and an ET 200MP. This allows networks ranging from simple machine networks
to large wireless areas to be implemented using MIMO technology with data transmission rates of up to 300
Mbps. Due to optional iFeatures provided by the KEY-PLUG W740 iFeature, it is also possible to perform wire­
less data transmission in real-time via PROFINET IO. (For details, see iFeatures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)
Due to the compact design, the devices offer versatile mounting options using DIN rail mounting adapters,
angled adapters or direct screw connection to the wall. The portfolio for the client module also includes an
extensive selection of antennas.
SCALANCE W738-1 M12 for indoor use The robust SCALANCE W738 M12 client module with IP65 degree of protection is a WLAN-capable device
with two M12 connections for 10/100 Mbps, one of which has Power over Ethernet according to IEEE
802.3at, and is designed for integrated solutions from the control level to the field. It is suitable for industrial
applications outside the control cabinet at locations optimal for wireless operation.
In perfect interaction with SIMATIC S7-1500, the device enables wireless data transmission and communica­
tion between the controller and an ET 200MP. This allows networks ranging from simple machine networks
to large wireless areas to be implemented using MIMO technology with data transmission rates of up to 300
Mbps. Due to optional iFeatures provided by the KEY-PLUG W740 iFeature, it is also possible to perform wire­
less data transmission in real-time via PROFINET IO. (For details, see iFeatures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)
Due to the compact design, the devices offer versatile mounting options using DIN rail mounting adapters,
angled adapters or direct screw connection to the wall. The portfolio for the client module also includes an
extensive selection of antennas.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/247

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Design (continued)

IWLAN client modules

SCALANCE W748-1 M12 for indoor use The robust SCALANCE W748 M12 client module with IP65 degree of protection is a WLAN-capable device
with a 1 x M12 connection for 10/100/1000 Mbps with Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at for
integrated solutions from the control level to the field. It is suitable for industrial applications outside the
control cabinet.
With data rates of up to 450 Mbps and the extension of the IEEE 802.11n standard by corresponding iFea­
tures, the SCALANCE client module W740 ensures reliable wireless communication in real time and stability
with very high bandwidth requirements. The iFeatures with MIMO technology mentioned above, for
example, enable clients to move freely over multiple wireless cells. (For details, see iFeatures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)
This opens up new areas of application both indoors and outdoors, as well as under extreme operating condi­
tions. The SCALANCE W748 M12 can also be used to set up applications along railway lines, in holiday parks
or even applications with an EMERGENCY OFF function via a mobile panel. The portfolio for the client module
also includes an extensive selection of antennas.
SCALANCE W748-1 RJ45 for the control The SCALANCE W748 RJ45 client module with IP30 degree of protection is a WLAN-compatible device with an
cabinet RJ45 connection for 10/100/1000 Mbps with Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at for integrated
solutions from the control level down to the field with easy installation in the control cabinet. It is suitable for
applications in which the client module is to be mounted in the control cabinet.
With data rates of up to 450 Mbps and the extension of the IEEE 802.11n standard by corresponding iFea­
tures, the SCALANCE client module W740 ensures reliable wireless communication in real time and stability
with very high bandwidth requirements. The iFeatures with MIMO technology mentioned above, for
example, enable clients to move freely over multiple wireless cells. (For details, see iFeatures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)
This opens up new areas of application both indoors and outdoors, as well as under extreme operating condi­
tions. The SCALANCE W748 RJ45 can also be used to set up applications along railway lines, in holiday parks
or even applications with an EMERGENCY OFF function via a mobile panel. The portfolio for the client module
also includes an extensive selection of antennas.

IWLAN access points

SCALANCE W761-1 RJ45 for the control The SCALANCE W761 RJ45 access point with IP20 degree of protection and 1x RJ45 connection for 10/100
cabinet Mbps is ideally suited for setting up Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) networks and for integrated solutions
from the control level down to the field. The space-saving device supports 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency
bands and is suitable for applications where the device is to be mounted in the control cabinet.
With the SCALANCE W761 RJ45 access point, you have the option of implementing wireless machine net­
working simply and cost-effectively. The portfolio for the access point also includes a comprehensive selec­
tion of antennas. It forms the counterpart to the W721 clients for cost-effective, point-to-point connections
and enables wireless commissioning on the system.
Thanks to their SIMATIC design, automation components such as an ET 200SP can be seamlessly integrated
into an industrial WLAN to save space in the control cabinet. This is implemented according to the IEEE
802.11n standard and with data rates of up to 150 Mbps and can be expanded with video data thanks to the
increased bandwidth.

SCALANCE W774-1 RJ45 for the control The easy-to-install SCALANCE W774 RJ45 access point with IP30 degree of protection is a WLAN-capable
cabinet device with two RJ45 connections for 10/100 Mbps, one of which has Power over Ethernet according to IEEE
802.3at, for integrated solutions from the control level to the field. The W774-1 RJ45 enables local wireless
access to the system and coexistence with other wireless systems by supporting 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz fre­
quency bands. The access points in the SIMATIC S7-1500 design are particularly suitable for applications in
which the device is to be mounted in the control cabinet.
In perfect interaction with SIMATIC S7-1500, the device enables wireless data transmission and communica­
tion between the controller and an ET 200MP. This allows networks ranging from simple machine networks
to large wireless areas to be implemented using MIMO technology with data transmission rates of up to 300
Mbps. Due to optional iFeatures provided by the KEY-PLUG W780 iFeature, it is also possible to perform wire­
less data transmission in real-time via PROFINET IO. (For details, see iFeatures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)

14/248 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Design (continued)

IWLAN access points

SCALANCE W774 M12 EEC The SCALANCE W774 M12 EEC compact access point with IP30 degree of protection is a WLAN-capable
For an extended range of ambient device with two M12 connections for 10/100 Mbps, of which one has Power over Ethernet according to IEEE
conditions 802.3at, which has railway approval and is suitable for mounting between walls.
In perfect interaction with SIMATIC S7-1500, the device enables wireless data transmission and communica­
tion between the controller and an ET 200MP. This allows networks ranging from simple machine networks
to large wireless areas to be implemented using MIMO technology with data transmission rates of up to 300
Mbps. Due to optional iFeatures provided by the KEY-PLUG W780 iFeature, it is also possible to perform wire­
less data transmission in real-time via PROFINET IO. (For details, see iFeatures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)
The SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC access points meet requirements for rolling stock for railway applications
(EN 50155, E1) thanks to their conformal coating PCBs.

SCALANCE W778-1 M12 for indoor use The rugged access point SCALANCE W778-1 M12 with IP65 degree of protection and two M12 connections
for 10/100 Mbps, one of which has Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at, is ideal for setting up
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) networks and for applications outside the control cabinet. Low-wear commu­
nication to mobile devices can be established through PROFINET or an EtherNet/IP connection via WLAN. The
access point is suitable for simple, space-saving, cabinet-free, on-site installation in industrial and automation
applications.
In perfect interaction with SIMATIC S7-1500, the device enables wireless data transmission and communica­
tion between the controller and an ET 200MP. This allows networks ranging from simple machine networks
to large wireless areas to be implemented using MIMO technology with data transmission rates of up to 300
Mbps. Due to optional iFeatures provided by the KEY-PLUG W780 iFeature, it is also possible to perform wire­
less data transmission in real-time via PROFINET IO. (For details, see iFeatures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)
Due to the IP65 compatibility and the compact design of the devices, they can be used in harsh ambient con­
ditions and offer versatile mounting options using DIN rail mounting adapters, angled adapters or direct
screw connection to the wall. The portfolio for the access point also includes a comprehensive selection of
antennas.
SCALANCE W778‑1 M12 EEC The SCALANCE W778-1 M12 EEC robust access point with IP65 degree of protection and two M12 EEC con­
For an extended range of ambient nections for 10/100 Mbps, of which one connection has Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at, is
conditions ideal for setting up Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) wireless networks and for applications outside the con­
trol cabinet. In addition, in combination with KEY-PLUG W700 Security, the device enables increased network
security when "Inter AP Blocking" is activated. The access point is suitable for use in industry and automation
in general, but especially for an extended range of ambient conditions such as in the railway environment.
In perfect interaction with SIMATIC S7-1500, the device enables wireless data transmission and communica­
tion between the controller and an ET 200MP. This allows networks ranging from simple machine networks
to large wireless areas to be implemented using MIMO technology with data transmission rates of up to 300
Mbps. Due to optional iFeatures provided by the KEY-PLUG W780 iFeature, it is also possible to perform wire­
less data transmission in real-time via PROFINET IO. (For details, see iFeatures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)
Due to the IP65 compatibility and the compact design of the devices, they can be used in harsh ambient con­
ditions and offer versatile mounting options using DIN rail mounting adapters, angled adapters or direct
screw connection to the wall. The portfolio for the access point also includes a comprehensive selection of
antennas.
SCALANCE W778-1 M12 Thanks to conformal coating PCBs, the access points SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC and SCALANCE W778-1
M12 EEC meet the requirements for rolling stock for railway applications (EN 50155, E1).

SCALANCE W786-2 SFP for outdoor use The SCALANCE W786 SFP robust access point with IP65 degree of protection and 6 x R-SMA sockets for con­
necting remote antennas as well as two slots for SFP plug-in transceivers (optical 2-port switch) for integ­
rated solutions from the control level to the field level with simple installation in the control cabinet. These
access points are particularly well-suited to outdoor applications with demanding climatic requirements and
in areas accessible to the public.
With data rates of up to 450 Mbps according to the IEEE 802.11n standard, the access points enable reliable,
wireless data transmission in real time. The portfolio for the access point also includes a comprehensive
selection of antennas and numerous mounting options for a wide range of applications.
iFeatures such as iPCF (industrial Point Coordination Function), which are connected via the KEY-PLUG W780
iFeatures, open up new areas of application: Data transmissions along rail tracks or in holiday parks, or even
applications with EMERGENCY OFF function with PROFIsafe via wireless are possible. (For details, see iFea­
tures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/249

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Design (continued)

IWLAN access points

SCALANCE W786 RJ45 for outdoor use The SCALANCE W786 RJ45 robust access point with IP65 degree of protection and an RJ45 connection for
10/100/1000 Mbps and Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at for integrated solutions from the con­
trol level down to the field level with simple installation in the control cabinet. These access points are partic­
ularly well-suited to outdoor applications with demanding climatic requirements and in areas accessible to
the public.
With data rates of up to 450 Mbps according to the IEEE 802.11n standard, the access points enable reliable,
wireless data transmission in real time. The portfolio for the access point also includes a comprehensive
selection of antennas and numerous mounting options for a wide range of applications.
iFeatures such as iPCF (industrial Point Coordination Function), which are connected via the KEY-PLUG W780
iFeatures, open up new areas of application: Data transmissions along rail tracks or in holiday parks, or even
applications with EMERGENCY OFF function with PROFIsafe via wireless are possible. (For details, see iFea­
tures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)
Product variants:
• SCALANCE W786-1 RJ45
A radio card is permanently installed in the device; functional scope can be expanded using a KEY-PLUG
W780 iFeature
• SCALANCE W786-2 RJ45
Two radio cards permanently installed in the device; functional scope can be expanded using a KEY-PLUG
W780 iFeature
• SCALANCE W786-2IA RJ45
Two wireless cards permanently installed in the device; six internal antennas; functional scope can be
expanded using a KEY-PLUG W780 iFeature
SCALANCE W788 RJ45 for the control The robust SCALANCE W788 RJ45 access points with IP30 degree of protection and an RJ45 connection for
cabinet 10/100/1000 Mbps with Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at are ideal for setting up Industrial
Wireless LAN (IWLAN) wireless networks in which the access point is to be mounted in the control cabinet.
With data rates of up to 450 Mbps according to the IEEE 802.11n standard, the access points enable reliable,
wireless data transmission in real time. The portfolio for the access point also includes a comprehensive
selection of antennas and numerous mounting options for a wide range of applications.
iFeatures such as iPCF (industrial Point Coordination Function), which are connected via the KEY-PLUG W780
iFeatures, open up new areas of application: Data transmissions along rail tracks or in holiday parks, or even
applications with EMERGENCY OFF function with PROFIsafe via wireless are possible. (For details, see iFea­
tures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)
Product variants:
• SCALANCE W788-1 RJ45
A radio card is permanently installed in the device; functional scope can be expanded using a KEY-PLUG
W780 iFeature
• SCALANCE W788-2 RJ45
Two radio cards permanently installed in the device; functional scope can be expanded using KEY-PLUG
W780 iFeature
SCALANCE W788 M12 for indoor use The robust SCALANCE W788 RJ45 access points with IP65 degree of protection and an M12 connection for
10/100/1000 Mbps with Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at are ideal for setting up Industrial
Wireless LAN (IWLAN) wireless networks and for applications outside the control cabinet.
With data rates of up to 450 Mbps according to the IEEE 802.11n standard, the access points enable reliable,
wireless data transmission in real time. The portfolio for the access point also includes a comprehensive
selection of antennas and numerous mounting options for a wide range of applications.
iFeatures such as iPCF (industrial Point Coordination Function), which are connected via the KEY-PLUG W780
iFeatures, open up new areas of application: Data transmissions along rail tracks or in holiday parks, or even
applications with EMERGENCY OFF function with PROFIsafe via wireless are possible. (For details, see iFea­
tures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)
Product variants:
• SCALANCE W788-1 M12
A radio card is permanently installed in the device; functional scope can be expanded by using a KEY-PLUG
W780 iFeature
• SCALANCE W788-2 M12
Two radio cards permanently installed in the device; functional scope can be expanded using a KEY-PLUG
W780 iFeature

14/250 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Design (continued)

IWLAN access points

SCALANCE W788 M12 EEC The SCALANCE W788 RJ45 robust access point with IP65 degree of protection and an M12 connection for
For an extended range of ambient 10/100/1000 Mbps with Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at Type 2 is ideally suited for setting up
conditions Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) wireless networks and for applications outside the control cabinet. It also has
an extended temperature range, special approvals and conformal coating. This enables wireless on-site net­
working of plant components in particularly harsh industrial environments and makes it suitable for use in
industrial and automation applications, especially in railway environments.
With data rates of up to 450 Mbps according to the IEEE 802.11n standard, the access points enable reliable,
wireless data transmission in real time. The portfolio for the access point also includes a comprehensive
selection of antennas and numerous mounting options for a wide range of applications.
iFeatures such as iPCF (industrial Point Coordination Function), which are connected via the KEY-PLUG W780
iFeatures, open up new areas of application: Data transmissions along rail tracks or in holiday parks, or even
applications with EMERGENCY OFF function with PROFIsafe via wireless are possible. (For details, see iFea­
tures brochure:
https://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/sc/ic/InfocenterLanguagePacks/IWLAN-iFea­
tures/IWLAN_iFeatures_EN_Web.pdf)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/251

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

IWLAN Client Modules SCALANCE W738-1 M12 for indoor

use
SCALANCE W721-1 RJ45 for the IWLAN Ethernet client module with
control cabinet integrated wireless interface; wireless
IWLAN Ethernet client module with networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at
integrated wireless interface; wireless 2.4/5 GHz up to 300 Mbps; WPA2/AES;
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at Power over Ethernet (PoE), IP65
2.4/5 GHz up to 150 Mbps; WPA2/AES; degree of protection (‑30 to +65 °C)
IP20 degree of protection Product package: Mounting hardware;
(0 to +55 °C) manual on CD, English/German
Product package: Mounting hardware, IWLAN Access Point with one integ­
3‑pin screw terminal for 24 V DC; rated wireless interface
manual on CD; English/German • National approvals for operation 6GK5738-1GY00-0AA0
For administration of the wireless con­ outside the U.S.
nection of one device with Industrial
Ethernet connection • National approvals for operation 6GK5738-1GY00-0AB0
• National approvals for operation 6GK5721-1FC00-0AA0 within the U.S.1)
outside the U.S. SCALANCE W748-1 M12 for indoor
• National approvals for operation 6GK5721-1FC00-0AB0 use
within the U.S.1) IWLAN Ethernet client module with
integrated wireless interface; wireless
SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45 for the networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at
control cabinet 2.4/5 GHz up to 450 Mbps; WPA2/AES;
IWLAN Ethernet client module with Power over Ethernet (PoE), IP65
iFeatures support and integrated wire­ degree of protection (‑20 to +60 °C)
less interface; wireless networks Product package: Mounting hardware;
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 2.4/5 GHz up manual on CD, English/German
to 150 Mbps; WPA2/AES; IP20 degree For managing the wireless connection
of protection (0 to +55 °C) of up to eight linked devices with
Product package: Mounting hardware, Industrial Ethernet connection
3‑pin screw terminal for 24 V DC; • National approvals for operation 6GK5748-1GD00-0AA0
manual on CD; English/German outside the U.S.
For administration of the wireless con­
nection of one device with Industrial • National approvals for operation 6GK5748-1GD00-0AB0
Ethernet connection; with iFeatures within the U.S.1)
• National approvals for operation 6GK5722-1FC00-0AA0 SCALANCE W748-1 RJ45 for the
outside the U.S. control cabinet
• National approvals for operation 6GK5722-1FC00-0AB0 IWLAN Ethernet client module with
within the U.S.1) integrated wireless interface; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at
• Country approvals for operation in 6GK5722-1FC00-0AC0 2.4/5 GHz up to 450 Mbps; WPA2/AES;
Israel2) Power over Ethernet (PoE), IP30
degree of protection (‑20 to +60 °C)
SCALANCE W734-1 RJ45 for the Product package: Mounting hardware;
control cabinet 4‑pin screw terminal for 24 V DC,
IWLAN Ethernet client module with 4‑pin screw terminal for digital input
integrated wireless interface; wireless and output; manual on CD, Ger­
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at man/English
2.4/5 GHz up to 300 Mbps; WPA2/AES; For administration of the wireless con­
integrated 2‑port switch; Power over nection of up to eight devices with
Ethernet (PoE), IP30 degree of protec­ Industrial Ethernet connection; IP30
tion (‑20 to +60 °C) degree of protection
Product package: Mounting hardware,
4‑pin screw terminal for 24 V DC; • National approvals for operation 6GK5748-1FC00-0AA0
manual on CD; English/German outside the U.S.
For managing the wireless connection • National approvals for operation 6GK5748-1FC00-0AB0
of up to eight linked devices with within the U.S.1)
Industrial Ethernet connection
• National approvals for operation 6GK5734-1FX00-0AA0 IWLAN Access Points
outside the U.S.
SCALANCE W761-1 RJ45 for the
• National approvals for operation 6GK5734-1FX00-0AB0 control cabinet
within the U.S.1) IWLAN access point with integrated
wireless interface; wireless networks
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 2.4/5 GHz up
to 150 Mbps; WPA2/AES; IP20 degree
of protection (0 to +55 °C)
Product package: Mounting hardware,
3‑pin screw terminal for 24 V DC;
manual on CD; English/German
IWLAN Access Point with one integ­
rated wireless interface
• National approvals for operation 6GK5761-1FC00-0AA0
outside the U.S.
• National approvals for operation 6GK5761-1FC00-0AB0
within the U.S.1)

14/252 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SCALANCE W774-1 RJ45 for the SCALANCE W778‑1 M12 EEC for an
control cabinet extended range of ambient
IWLAN access point with an integrated conditions
wireless interface for establishing IWLAN access point with built-in wire­
wireless connections with iFeatures; less interface (radio); IEEE
wireless networks 802.11a/b/g/h/n wireless network with
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 2.4/5 GHz up 2.4/5 GHz up to 300 Mbps; 2x M12
to 300 Mbps; WPA2/AES; integrated max. 100 Mbps; M12 A-coded; plug
2‑port switch; Power over Ethernet slot WPA2/802.11i/e; integrated Power
(PoE), IP30 degree of protection over Ethernet (PoE) 2-port switch; 2 N-
(‑20 to +60 °C) CON antenna port, iFeatures support
Product package: Mounting hardware, via KEY-PLUG; IP65 degree of protec­
4‑pin screw terminal for 24 V DC; tion; redundant 24 V DC; -30 to 75 °C;
manual on CD; English/German conformal coating; EN 50155;
IWLAN access point with one built-in EN45545
wireless interface Product package: Manuals on CD-
• National approvals for operation 6GK5774-1FX00-0AA0 ROM, English/German; M12 caps
outside the U.S. • National approvals for operation 6GK5778-1GY00-0TA0
outside the U.S.
• National approvals for operation 6GK5774-1FX00-0AB0
within the U.S.1) • National approvals for operation 6GK5778-1GY00-0TB0
within the U.S.1)
• Country approvals for operation in 6GK5774-1FX00-0AC0
Israel1) SCALANCE W786-2 SFP for outdoor
use
SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC for an IWLAN access points with built-in
extended range of ambient wireless interfaces; wireless networks
conditions IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 2.4/5 GHz up
IWLAN access points with built-in to 450 Mbps; WPA2/AES; Power over
wireless interface; wireless networks Ethernet (PoE), IP65 degree of protec­
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 2.4/5 GHz up tion (-40°C to +60°C)
to 300 Mbps; railway approval in Product package: Mounting hardware,
accordance with EN 50155; conformal 2‑pin screw terminal for 24 V DC;
coating; WPA2/AES; Power over Ether­ manual on CD-ROM; English/German
net (PoE), IP20 degree of protection IWLAN access points with two integ­
Product package: Mounting hardware; rated wireless interfaces and RJ45
manual on CD-ROM, English/German connector,
IWLAN Access Point with one integ­ six external antennas
rated wireless interface
• National approvals for operation 6GK5786-2FE00-0AA0
• National approvals for operation 6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0
outside the U.S.
outside the U.S.
• National approvals for operation 6GK5786-2FE00-0AB0
• National approvals for operation 6GK5774-1FY00-0TB0
within the U.S.1)
within the U.S.1)
SCALANCE W786 RJ45 for outdoor
SCALANCE W778-1 M12 for indoor use
use IWLAN access points with built-in
IWLAN access point with built-in wire­ wireless interfaces; wireless networks
less interface (radio); IEEE IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 2.4/5 GHz up
802.11a/b/g/h/n wireless network with to 450 Mbps; WPA2/AES; Power over
2.4/5 GHz up to 300 Mbps; 2x M12 Ethernet (PoE), IP65 degree of protec­
max. 100 Mbps; M12 A-coded; plug tion (-40°C to +60°C)
slot WPA2/802.11i/e; integrated Power Product package: Mounting hardware,
over Ethernet (PoE) 2-port switch; 2 N- 2‑pin screw terminal for 24 V DC;
CON antenna port, iFeatures support manual on CD-ROM; English/German
via KEY-PLUG; IP65 degree of protec­
tion; redundant 24 V DC; -20 to 60 °C • SCALANCE W786-1 RJ45
Product package: Manuals on CD- IWLAN access points with
ROM, English/German; M12 caps integrated wireless interface and
IWLAN Access Point with one integ­ RJ45 connector
rated wireless interface Connection for three external anten­
nas
• National approvals for operation 6GK5778-1GY00-0AA0
outside the U.S. - National approvals for operation 6GK5786-1FC00-0AA0
outside the U.S.
• National approvals for operation 6GK5778-1GY00-0AB0
within the U.S.1) - National approvals for operation 6GK5786-1FC00-0AB0
within the U.S.1)
• SCALANCE W786-2 RJ45
IWLAN access points with
integrated wireless interfaces and
RJ45 connector,
six connections for external anten­
nas
- National approvals for operation 6GK5786-2FC00-0AA0
outside the U.S.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/253

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

- National approvals for operation 6GK5786-2FC00-0AB0 SCALANCE W788 M12 EEC for an
within the U.S.1) extended range of ambient
conditions
- Country approvals for operation in 6GK5786-2FC00-0AC0
IWLAN access points with built-in
Israel1) wireless interfaces; wireless networks
• SCALANCE W786-2IA RJ45 IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 2.4/5 GHz up
IWLAN access point with to 450 Mbps; railway approval in
integrated wireless interfaces and accordance with EN 50155 / NEMA
RJ45 connection TS2; conformal coating; WPA2/AES;
Six internal antennas Power over Ethernet (PoE), IP65
degree of protection
- National approvals for operation 6GK5786-2HC00-0AA0 Product package: Mounting hardware;
outside the U.S. manual on CD-ROM, English/German
- National approvals for operation 6GK5786-2HC00-0AB0 IWLAN dual access point with two
within the U.S.1) integrated wireless interfaces
• National approvals for operation 6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0
SCALANCE W788 RJ45 for the outside the U.S.
control cabinet
IWLAN access points with integrated • National approvals for operation 6GK5788-2GD00-0TB0
wireless interfaces; wireless networks within the U.S.1)
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 2.4/5 GHz up
to 450 Mbps; WPA2/AES; Power over Accessories
Ethernet (PoE), IP30 degree of protec­
KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures 6GK5907-4PA00
tion (‑20 to +60 °C)
Product package: Mounting hardware; Swap medium for enabling additional
4‑pin screw terminal for 24 V DC, iFeatures, for simple device replace­
4‑pin screw terminal for digital input ment if a fault occurs and for storage
and output; manual on CD, Ger­ of configuration data; can be used in
man/English SCALANCE W client modules with
PLUG compartment
• SCALANCE W788-1 RJ45
KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures 6GK5907-8PA00
IWLAN access point with one integ­
rated wireless interface Swap medium for enabling additional
iFeatures, for simple device replace­
- National approvals for operation 6GK5788-1FC00-0AA0 ment if a fault occurs and for storage
outside the U.S. of configuration data; can be used in
SCALANCE W access points with PLUG
- National approvals for operation 6GK5788-1FC00-0AB0
compartment
within the U.S.1)
KEY-PLUG W700 Security 6GK5907-0PA00
• SCALANCE W788-2 RJ45 Removable data storage medium for
IWLAN access point with enabling security features for SCAL­
integrated wireless interfaces ANCE W700 access points, for simple
- National approvals for operation 6GK5788-2FC00-0AA0 device replacement if a fault occurs,
outside the U.S. and for storing configuration data
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB00
- National approvals for operation 6GK5788-2FC00-0AB0
Swap medium for simple replacement
within the U.S.1) of devices in the event of a fault; for
- Country approvals for operation in 6GK5788-2FC00-0AC0 storing configuration data; can be
Israel1) used in SIMATIC NET products with
PLUG compartment
SCALANCE W788 M12 for indoor use
Standard DIN mounting rail 6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3
IWLAN access point with integrated
wireless interfaces; wireless networks mounting adapter
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 2.4/5 GHz up Standard DIN mounting rail mounting
to 450 Mbps; WPA2/AES; Power over adapter for SCALANCE W788 M12 and
Ethernet (PoE), IP65 degree of protec­ SCALANCE W788 RJ45; screw fixing
tion (‑20 to +60 °C) for mounting on a 35 mm DIN mount­
Product package: Mounting hardware; ing rail in accordance with EN 50022
manual on CD, English/German Product package: 3 units per pack
Standard mounting rail angled 6GK5798-8MA00-0AA1
• SCALANCE W788-1 M12
IWLAN access point with adapter
integrated wireless interface 90° angled adapter for mounting DIN
mounting rails, only for use with
- National approvals for operation 6GK5788-1GD00-0AA0 SCALANCE W778/W778EEC/W738;
outside the U.S. and DIN mounting rail mounting
adapter for 35 mm DIN mounting rail
- National approvals for operation 6GK5788-1GD00-0AB0
Product package: Fixing screws
within the U.S.1)
Standard DIN mounting rail 6GK5798-8MF00-0AA1
• SCALANCE W788-2 M12 mounting adapter
IWLAN access point with Standard DIN mounting rail mounting
integrated wireless interfaces adapter, only for use in combination
- National approvals for operation 6GK5788-2GD00-0AA0 with SCALANCE
outside the U.S. W778/W778EEC/W738
Product package: Fixing screws
- National approvals for operation 6GK5788-2GD00-0AB0
within the U.S.1)

14/254 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

MS1 mounting set 6GK5798-8MG00-0AA0 IE FC standard cable GP 4×2 6XV1878-2A

Mounting set for fixing the SCALANCE 8-core (4×2), shielded TP installation
W786 products onto an S7-300 cable for connection to IE FC RJ45
mounting rail or a 35 mm DIN mount­ plug 4×2 and IE M12 plug PRO 4×2;
ing rail PROFINET-compliant; with UL approv­
Power supply al; sold by the meter; max. length
1 000 m, minimum order quantity
PS791-2DC power supply 6GK5791-2DC00-0AA0 20 m
24 V DC power supply for installation Power M12 Cable Connector PRO 6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
in SCALANCE W786 products; operat­ Socket for connection of SCALANCE
ing instructions in English/German W‑700 for 24 V DC supply; 4‑pin,
PS791-2AC power supply 6GK5791-2AC00-0AA0 A‑coded, with mounting instructions,
110 to 230 V AC power supply for 3 units
installation in SCALANCE W786 Power cable 2×0.75 6XV1812-8A
products; operating instructions in Connecting cable for Power M12
English/German Cable Connector PRO, sold by the
Connection components meter
IE FC stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
SFP plug-in transceiver for
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
SCALANCE W786‑2 SFP
stripping of the Industrial Ethernet FC
• SFP992-1 6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0 cables
Gigabit, multimode, 750 m Antennas and miscellaneous IWLAN See Catalog IK PI, Industrial Wireless
accessories
• SFP992-1LD 6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0 LAN, accessories
Gigabit, single-mode, 10 km For IWLAN access points and IWLAN
client modules
• SFP992-1LH 6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
Gigabit, single-mode, 40 km 1)
Please note country approvals under: http://www.siemens.com/wire­
• SFP992-1LH+ 6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0 less-approvals
Gigabit, single-mode, 70 km
Fiber-optic cables See Catalog IK PI, Industrial Ethernet,
cabling systems, glass fiber-optic
cables
More information
IE FC RJ45 plug 180 2×2 For more information and detailed technical specifications on the
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial Eth­ IWLAN products for SIMATIC PCS 7, refer to Catalog IK PI, the
ernet with a rugged metal enclosure
and integrated insulation-displace­ Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under "Industrial Communication >
ment contacts for connecting Industri­ Industrial Wireless Communication > Industrial Wireless LAN".
al Ethernet FC installation cables; with Selection tools
a 180° cable outlet; for network com­
ponents and CPs/CPUs with Industrial The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool and the TIA Selection Tool are avail­
Ethernet interface able to assist in selecting the right IWLAN components:
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0 • http://www.siemens.com/snst-standalone
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
• http://www.siemens.com/tia-selection-tool-standalone
• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
• http://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
IE FC standard cable GP 2×2 6XV1840-2AH10
4-core, shielded TP installation cable Radio approvals
for connection to IE FC outlet RJ45
plug/IE FC RJ45 plug; PROFINET-com­
Current approvals can be found on the internet:
pliant; with UL approval; sold by the • German: http://www.siemens.com/funkzulassungen
meter; max. quantity 1 000 m, minim­
um order quantity 20 m • English: http://www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals
IE FC RJ45 plug 4×2
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45
plug 180 4×2, RJ45 connector; CAT6A;
(10/100/1000/10000 Mbps) with
rugged metal enclosure and FC con­
nection technology, for IE FC cable
4×2 (AWG24); 180° cable outlet
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB12-2AA0

• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB12-2AB0

• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1901-1BB12-2AE0

IE FC M12 plug PRO 4×2

M12 plug connector suitable for on-
site assembly (X‑coded, IP65/IP67),
metal enclosure, insulation/displace­
ment fast connection method, for
SCALANCE W
• 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0

• 8 units 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/255

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFINET

Industrial communication
PROFINET

Overview

PROFINET in the process industry • Scalable system redundancy

PROFINET combines the advantages of PROFIBUS, the most popular • Changes possible in runtime ("Configuration in Run")
fieldbus system worldwide, with modern Ethernet technology.
PROFINET supports easy setup of flexible communication networks • High-precision time-of-day synchronization for sequence of
and ensures integrated, reliable and secure communication events ("SoE")
throughout the plant – in real time!
The hardware portfolio has undergone fundamental further devel­
Greater flexibility, efficiency and performance in industrial communic­ opment in order to make full use of the new PROFINET options:
ation – PROFINET has proven itself for many years in the manufactur­
ing and machine environment and is the preeminent global standard • CPU 410-5H V8.2
in automation. • SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
PROFINET more than meets the special requirements of the process
industry regarding availability, flexibility, real-time capability and rug­ • SIMATIC CFU PA
gedness. At the same time, the Ethernet-based technology provides • SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA ("Y-switch")
easy handling.
With version 9.0 of SIMATIC PCS 7, the process industry can now also
benefit from the latest communication technology since the condi­
tions for this are now in place:

14/256 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET

Benefits Application
• Ethernet at the field level PROFINET completely adheres to the Ethernet standard in accord­
- Integrated vertical and horizontal communication ance with IEEE 802.3, which makes it the reliable future-proof stand­
ard that paves the way for digitalization in the process environment.
- Transmission of large amounts of data in real time Combine investment protection with security for the future: on the
one hand, the open Industrial Ethernet standard supports the integ­
• Maximum availability if required ration of existing plant parts and technologies. Appropriate solutions
- Changes during runtime and products, such as the IE/PB LINK for integration of PROFIBUS DP
and the SIMATIC CFU PA for integration of PROFIBUS PA, are avail­
- Freely scalable redundancy enables large cost reductions thanks able for this. On the other hand, worldwide standardization in
to optimized custom solutions accordance with IEC 61158/61784 and consistent ongoing develop­
ment ensure the use of PROFINET over the entire life cycle of the
• More flexibility
plant and beyond. Even wireless communication technologies such
- One shared plant network ensures free assignment of the devices as WLAN in accordance with IEEE 802.11 and mobile communica­
to the controllers and makes it easy to expand the plant tions can be reliably integrated.
- Topologies are based on requirements and plant specification, Wired communication is also easier and more cost-effective with
which can result in savings of 60 % and more in cabling! PROFINET: the motto "One cable for all purposes" supports parallel
operation of profiles such as PROFIsafe, PROFIdrive and other TCP/IP
- "One cable for all purposes" means better cost efficiency protocols without impacting basic plant communication.
• User-friendly There is also greater convenience: the PROFINET diagnostics avail­
able by default simplify installation and provide support for plant
- Simple device integration and fast device replacement during servicing. Network problems and device conflicts are reliably detec­
operation ted and can be quickly remedied. This also forms the basis for pre­
ventive maintenance. These benefits are worth the investment over
- Installation wizards and integrated device/network diagnostics the service life of the plant.
- Implementation of secure communication layer in accordance Customized to your requirements
with IEC 61784-3-3 (PROFIsafe)
PROFINET allows you to freely scale the availability of your plant
• Investment protection based on your requirements. In addition to media redundancy
(MRP), two forms of system redundancy are also available:
- Integration of existing structures and technologies
• Simple system redundancy (S2)
- Gradual transition from PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET
• Modular system redundancy (R1)
"Configuration in Run" allows you to implement plant changes dur­
ing runtime without affecting process engineering.
Flexible architectures can potentially allow significant savings in wir­
ing. This is confirmed by reference projects. In one case, 27 km of
wiring (with PROFIBUS DP) could be reduced to 9 km through the
use of PROFINET. Flexible architectures also support easier plant
expansion without the need for spares.
The new hardware components use the BusAdapter technology,
which enables easy and flexible connection to the PROFINET net­
work either with copper cables (RJ45 or FastConnect) or fiber-optic
cable.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/257

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET

Function

Digitalization in the process industry significantly increases the

amount of data (big data), requires continuous communication all
the way to the field and needs flexible and secure communication
networks. PROFINET is the answer:
• The best of both worlds
- Compatible with PROFIBUS
- Integrated device/network diagnostics
- High data rates for more data, digital and in real time
- Fail-safe communication is possible without special network
components
• Standardization
- Based on standard Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3
- Preeminent open field bus standard worldwide
- Supports IT services, for example TCP/IP
• Straightforward handling
- Support during planning, operation and commissioning with
automatic addressing and name assignment
- Easy device replacement without additional tools with automatic
neighborhood detection
- Clear and simple installation guidelines

14/258 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFINET

Industrial communication
Architecture
PROFINET
Architecture

Overview

OS/Batch/Route Control/Maintenance Engineering Station COMOS Station

Industrial Ethernet

CPU 410-5H
One CPU for all SCALANCE SCALANCE
applications TAP104 XF204-2BA
incl. safety
PROFINET, redundant

PROFIBUS DP SIMATIC
ET 200SP HA

SIMATIC SCALANCE
BANY 4...20 mA/HART
ET 200M XF204-2BA DNA
Agent
(Y-Switch)
XP-200
SIMATIC
Integrated drives ET 200M
SIMOCODE
SINAMICS MTA
4...20 mA/HART

G_PCS7_XX_00632
SIMATIC CFU PA

PROFIBUS PA

PROFINET in the process industry

When configuring PROFINET communication, it is generally recom­ ments, as well as electrical and optical transmission media (see
mendable to separate the field communication from the plant com­ "Industrial communication" chapter, "Industrial Ethernet", or
munication. In the context of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control sys­ "PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet" in the IK PI catalog).
tem, PROFINET mainly focuses on PROFINET IO communication Add-on product for SIMATIC PCS 7
between the automation systems (controllers) and the process I/O.
In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 system components for PROFINET
System components of SIMATIC PCS 7 with PROFINET capability communication included in this catalog, the ST PCS 7 AO catalog
The SIMATIC PCS 7 system components suitable for PROFINET IO com­ includes add-on products for SIMATIC PCS 7 which support the
munication include: integration of further PROFINET IO stations, e.g.
• Automation systems (AS single stations and AS redundancy stations) • SIMOCODE pro block library for integration of the SIMOCODE pro
with CPU 410‑5H (firmware version V8.2) for complete PROFINET V PN motor management system via PROFINET IO
functionality
• Drive ES PCS 7 APL with function blocks and faceplates for integ­
• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX PROFINET and SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX with ration of variable-speed SINAMICS drives via PROFINET IO
PROFINET interface onboard
• Block library LIBRARY PAC/3WL/3VA SIMATIC PCS 7 for integration
• SIMATIC ET 200SP HA with IM 155‑6 PN interface module and of 3VA power switches and 7KM PAC3200/4200 measuring
BusAdapter devices
• SIMATIC CFU PA with BusAdapter • AS-Interface block library for integration of AS‑i slaves
(sensors/actuators) via the IE/AS‑i LINK PN IO (single or double
• SIMATIC ET 200M with IM 153‑4 PN High Feature interface module master) on the PROFINET IO
• SIMATIC ET 200SP with BusAdapter
In addition to specific PROFINET products, Industrial Ethernet products
can also be used as network components, for example SCALANCE X
switches and media converters, and FastConnect connecting ele­

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/259

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFINET

Industrial communication
Switches for PROFINET
PROFINET
Switches for PROFINET

Overview

Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET switches specially designed for use stations and AS redundancy stations) with CPU 410‑5H (firmware
in the process industry version V8.2).
To ensure full PROFINET functionality, special SCALANCE X switches, The following switches are recommended for use with SIMATIC
FastConnect connecting elements and electrical and optical transmis­ PCS 7 with PROFINET at the field level. These devices support the
sion media are available as network components for the connection relevant functions to enable full use of the possibilities provided by
of devices with PROFINET capability to automation systems (AS single PROFINET.

SCALANCE XF204-2BA SCALANCE XC-200 SCALANCE XP-200

SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA SCALANCE XC-200EEC

Installation Control cabinet Control cabinet Outside control cabinet

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP65
ATEX Zone 2 Yes Yes Yes
Interfaces Electrical/optical with BusAdapter Electrical/optical/SFPs Electrical
Number of ports 4 (2 BA) Max. 24, of which 2 Gbit ports (SFP) Max. 16, of which 4 Gbit ports
Port characteristics Depending on the type of BusAdapter Max. 24 RJ45 8 × M12 D-coded or
(BA) Max. 2 SFP 12 × M12 D-/ 4 × M12 X‑coded
SFPs No Yes No
Use of BusAdapter (BA) Yes No No
Temperature range -40 to +70 °C -40 to +70 °C -40 to +70 °C
Conformal coating PCBs Yes Yes, for EEC versions Yes, for EEC versions
PA ready Yes Yes Yes
Dimensions W × H × D (in mm) 100 × 117 × 74 60/120 × 147 × 125 200/280 × 200 × 49

A description of the components specified can be found in the "Indus­ process automation. It includes the system redundancy require­
trial Ethernet" section or under "PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet" in the ment and MRP and Configuration in Run as options.
IK PI catalog. Less stringent requirements for PA ready apply if IO devices are
PA ready connected at the end of a line or in a star topology:
For unrestricted use in process automation, IO devices must support Modular end devices (e.g. ET 200SP HA)
at least the following functionalities: • Simple system redundancy S2
• Simple system redundancy S2
• Configuration in RUN (CiR)
• Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Compact end devices (e.g. SIMOCODE)
• Configuration in RUN (CiR) • Simple system redundancy S2
Siemens uses the PA ready symbols to uniquely identify the IO devices Service bridge based on SCALANCE XC‑200
that meet the requirements of process automation with regard to
availability and changes during operation. The SCALANCE XC‑200 has an important role in architecture with
PROFINET since it can be specially configured as a "service bridge".
Siemens thus provides comparable requirements for PROFINET IO
devices in process automation – e.g. PROFIBUS & PROFINET Interna­ An example of SCALANCE XC208 configuration as a service bridge
tional (PI). The PI subdivides IO devices into conformance classes (CC) can be found in the Siemens Industry Online Support.
depending on their range of functions: CC-A, CC-B and CC-C. There is
also the CC-B (PA), an extension of the CC-B, designed particularly for

14/260 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFINET

Industrial communication
SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-switch)
PROFINET
SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-switch)

Overview Overview (continued)

• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA 2×SCRJ, 2 SCRJ FO connections
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA 2xLC (as of function status 05),
2x LC FO connection, (as of function status 05)
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA LC/RJ45, 1xRJ45, 1x LC FO con­
nection, (as of function status 05)
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA LC/FC, 1xRJ45 FastConnect,
1x LC FO connection, (as of function status 05)
• SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, BusAdapter, BA 2xLC, 2x LC FO connection,
(as of function status 05)
Product version
SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA
• PROFINET S2 devices are switched to a high-availability R1 system
with the SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA (DNA = Dual Network Access).

With the SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA, Siemens offers a compact Benefits

Industrial Ethernet switch specially designed for use with redundant
SIMATIC S7-400H and SIMATIC S7-1500H systems in process as well
as discrete automation. The switch with dual network access func­
tionality (DNA or Y-switch functionality) combines a redundant
PROFINET ring, consisting of S2 devices (field level), with a high-
availability PROFINET system (R1 system).
• Integration of S2 devices in a highly available automation system,
• Connection of up to two modular BusAdapters (2 ports each) sup­ thus minimizing downtimes and increasing productivity in process
ported automation
• Enclosure in SIMATIC ET 200SP design (slim design, 100 mm wide) • Setup of networks in SIMATIC PCS 7/neo systems with extended
for space-saving use in small control boxes environmental conditions (conformal coating)
• Integrated redundancy manager for configuring Fast Ethernet ring • Small frame size (SIMATIC ET 200SP design and BusAdapter
topologies with fast media redundancy MRP on device side concept)
• End-to-end system diagnostics with PROFINET, SNMP access, integ­ • Simple, flexible integration into automation solutions through
rated web server or SINEC NMS and automatic email transmission selection of different BusAdapters
function for remote diagnostics and signaling via the network
• Modular design with BusAdapters allows efficient spare part stor­
• XF-200BA DNA versions are optimized for use in process automa­ age by using the same BusAdapter in multiple devices
tion and feature the following properties:
- Conformal coating PCBs • Approvals for ATEX Zone 2/IECEx, cULus HazLoc, FM, thus use in
Zone 2 hazardous areas possible
- Max. installation altitude 4 000 m - extended temperature range
• Conforms to NAMUR NE 21, integration in all conventional process
from -40 °C to +70 °C
control systems, such as SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo
- NAMUR NE 21-compliant
• Time savings during engineering, commissioning and in the oper­
- Firmware support for S2 device and CiR/H-CiR ating phase of a plant by using the configuration and diagnostics
integrated in STEP 7/TIA Portal
- Release and integration capability in SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo
• Integration into the SINEC NMS network management system for
The following BusAdapters are currently released for use with SCAL­ end-to-end network diagnostics with central firmware manage­
ANCE XF204-2BA DNA: ment
• SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, BusAdapter BA 2×RJ45, 2 RJ45 sockets • The 2xRJ45VD HA BusAdapter permits PROFINET communication
• SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, BusAdapter BA 2×FC, 2 FastConnect con­ up to 500 m
nections • Integration of switches in systems with simple S2 system redund­
• SIMATIC BA 2xRJ45VD HA, 2 RJ45 sockets with VD technology ancy and Configuration in Run (CiR/HCiR)
(variable distance) • Since Configuration in Run (CiR/H-CiR) is supported, PROFINET-
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA 2XRJ45, 2 RJ45 sockets defined configuration changes to the switch are performed during
operation
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA 2xFC, 2x FastConnect connec­
tions • Easy integration in the process and system diagnostics with
PROFINET via SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA SCRJ/RJ45, 1x SCRJ FO connec­
tion and 1x RJ45 connection
• SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter BA SCRJ/FC, 1x SCRJ FO connection
and 1x FastConnect (FC) connection

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/261

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-switch)

Application Design

PROFINET S2 devices are switched to a high-availability system with The SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA managed Industrial Ethernet switch
SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA (Y-switch), which was previously only is designed for mounting on a standard DIN rail. With its SIMATIC ET
possible with PROFIBUS systems. 200SP format enclosure (slim design), the device is optimally suited
• The Y-switch combines a redundant PROFINET ring consisting of S2 for integration in automation solutions in small control boxes, e.g.
together with the SIMATIC ET 200SP.
devices (field level) with a high-availability PROFINET system (R1
system) • The SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA switch with its rugged plastic
enclosure with IP20 degree of protection is optimized for mount­
• This link connects the S2 devices to an H system thus further redu­ ing on standard DIN rails. Thanks to the dimensions of the SIMATIC
cing the failure of field device communication with the CPU and ET 200SP enclosure, the devices are ideally suited for integration
thus significantly increasing the availability of the network as a into an automation solution with SIMATIC ET 200SP components.
whole In addition, the SCALANCE XF204-2BA NA is developed based on
Features: the recommendations of NAMUR NE21 and is thus specialized for
the requirements of process automation.
• Device diagnostics with LED (voltage/errors/redundancy)
The SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA switch is available with the follow­
• Remote diagnostics is possible through signaling contact (signal ing port types/interfaces:
mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET, SNMP or SINEC
NMS and web browser • 2 BusAdapter interfaces

• Automatic email send function • Version with two pre-assembled BusAdapters BA 2xRJ45 HA

• Conformal coating PCBs

• Installation altitudes up to 4 000 m possible
• Extended temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C
• NAMUR NE 21-compliant
• Firmware support of: S2 device and CiR/H-CiR. The devices are
released for SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo and are integration-cap­
able
Y-switch functionality
The SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA offers Y-switch functionality for con­
necting S2 devices to a high-availability R1 system. As well as the
two Y-switch ports, two other switch ports are also available on the
device side. These can be used to operate an MRP ring, for example.

14/262 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-switch)

Function
• Assembly of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and with the nodes to be connected. Electrical and optical versions can
ring topologies on the device side be installed together in star, line and ring topologies on the device
side.
• Integral redundancy manager for design of ring topologies on the
device side When configuring the network, the following boundary conditions
must be observed:
• Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and web browser
• Length of the twisted pair cable between two SCAL­
• Automatic email function ANCE XF-200BA DNA switches:
• Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional - Max. 100 m with IE FC cable.
C-PLUG removable data storage medium (not included in scope of
• IP address:
supply)
The IP address is assigned via the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configura­
Network topology and network configuration tion Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the network,
Connection of a PROFINET MRP ring to S2 devices, for example to the the IP address can be assigned using the supplied software tool
redundant network topology of a SIMATIC AS 410H. PST (Primary Setup Tool).
The SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA Industrial Ethernet switch with
degree of protection IP20 is installed in a control cabinet together

Engineering Station OS/Batch/Route Control/Maintenance Station Redundant Server Stations (e.g. OS Server)

SIMATIC IPC

SCALANCE
CPU 410-5H SC-600
with Safety
SCALANCE XC-200
SCALANCE
as a service Bridge
SCALANCE XC206-2SFP EEC
XF204-2BA

SCALANCE SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

XF204-2BA with Ex modules
DNA (Y-Switch) SCALANCE
SCALANCE XC-200 EEC
XP-200EEC
Integrated Drives Zone 1
SIMOCODE
SINAMICS SIMATIC
ET 200iSP
4...20 mA/HART

PN/PN IE/PB LINK HA

Coupler
4...20 mA/HART
Zone 0

Package Unit SIMATIC CFU PA

G_IK10_XX_10437

Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS PA Industrial Ethernet, fiber optic

Integration of S2 devices in high availability R1 system with SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA and XF204-2BA

Commissioning and diagnostics The SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA Industrial Ethernet switch can also
The PROFINET diagnostic interrupt of the SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA be integrated into a network management system, e.g. SINEC NMS,
can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC engineering tools and through the standardized Simple Network Management Protocol
processed in PLCs with the enhanced diagnostic function. The engin­ (SNMP). In the event of faults in the device, error messages
eering outlay for the PLC and HMI has been drastically reduced due to (SNMP traps) can be sent to a network management system (e.g.
the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error SINEC NMS) or as an email to a specified network administrator.
messages.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/263

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-switch)

Function (continued)

The integrated web server allows configuration and diagnostics set­ • Voltage/power
tings, such as port configuration, using a standard web browser. Stat­
istical information, such as port utilization, can also be read out via • Errors
the web server. • Redundancy
The following information is displayed by LEDs on site:

Selection and ordering data Accessories

Article No. Article No.

SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA SIMATIC ET 200SP PS 24 V/5 A 6EP7133-6AB00-0BN0
Industrial Ethernet switch Stabilized power supply
Manageable Y-switch for linking S2 Input: 120/230 V AC
devices to an S7-400H with 2 x BusAd­ Output: 24 V DC/5 A
apter interfaces, 24 V DC redundant SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, BA 2×RJ45 6DL1193-6AR00-0AA0
power supply, PN device, extended BusAdapter, 2 RJ45 sockets
temperature range, conformal coating
Configuration software on CD-ROM PROFINET BusAdapter with Ethernet
socket for standard RJ45 plug, with
• SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA 6GK5204-2AA00-2YF2
coated PCBs (conformal coating)
4 x 10/100 Mbps, 2 x BusAdapter
interface, fault signaling contact, SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, BA 2×FC 6DL1193-6AF00-0AA0
SET button, redundant 24 V DC BusAdapter, 2 FastConnect
power supply, PROFINET device, connections
extended temperature range PROFINET BusAdapter with FastCon­
-40 °C ... +70 °C, conformal coating, nect Ethernet connection for direct
with electronic manual on DVD, C- bus cable connection, with coated
PLUG optional, PCBs (conformal coating)
supplied without BusAdapter
BA 2xRJ45VD HA BusAdapter 6GK5991-2VA00-8AA2
• SCALANCE XF204 DNA 6GK5204-0BA00-2YF2
BusAdapter with coated PCBs (con­
Two BA 2xRJ45 HA BusAdapters pre-
formal coating) and VD technology for
assembled 6DL1193-6AR00-0AA0,
connecting 2, 4 and 8-wire cables via
4 x 10/100 Mbps, 2 x BusAdapter
standard RJ45 plugs
interface, fault signaling contact,
SET button, redundant 24 V DC ET 200SP, BA 2xSCRJ BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AP00-0AA0
power supply, PROFINET device, SIMATIC ET 200SP, BA 2xSCRJ BusAd­
extended temperature range apter, 2 SCRJ FO connections for
40°C ... +70°C, conformal coating, PROFINET
with electronic manual on DVD, C-
PLUG optional, ET 200SP, BA SCRJ/RJ45 BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AP20-0AA0
supplied with BusAdapter SIMATIC ET 200SP, BA SCRJ/RJ45
BusAdapter, media converter FOC-CU
1x SCRJ FO connection and 1x RJ45
connection for PROFINET
ET 200SP, BA SCRJ/FC BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AP40-0AA0
SIMATIC ET 200SP, BusAdapter: BA
SCRJ/FC, media converter FOC-CU 1x
SCRJ FO connection and 1x FastCon­
nect (FC) connection for PROFINET
C-PLUG (conformal coating) 6GK1900-0AQ00
C-PLUG removable data storage medi­
um for simple replacement of devices
in the event of a fault; for storing con­
figuration or engineering and applica­
tion data; can be used in SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot, conformal
coating
IE TP cord RJ45/RJ45
Preassembled 8-core Cat6A patch
cable 4 x 2, with two RJ45 plugs, pre­
ferred length
• 0.3 m 6XV1870-3QE30

• 0.5 m 6XV1870-3QE50

•1m 6XV1870-3QH10

•2m 6XV1870-3QH20

14/264 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-switch)

Accessories (continued)

Article No.
•3m 6XV1870-3QH30

•4m 6XV1870-3QH40

•6m 6XV1870-3QH60

• 10 m 6XV1870-3QN10

• 15 m 6XV1870-3QN15

• 20 m 6XV1870-3QN20

• 25 m 6XV1870-3QN25

• 30 m 6XV1870-3QN30

• 35 m 6XV1870-3QN35

• 40 m 6XV1870-3QN40

• 45 m 6XV1870-3QN45

• 50 m 6XV1870-3QN50

FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 6XV1873-2A

Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m, also
available preassembled with LC con­
nectors in various lengths
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
Test access port for the reaction-free
extraction of Ethernet data frames
(10/100 Mbps) from both transmission
directions; extracts complete data
traffic, including faulty frames, for fur­
ther diagnostics.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/265

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-switch)

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK5204-2AA00-2YF2 6GK5204-0BA00-2YF2

product type designation
product brand name SCALANCE SCALANCE
product type designation XF204-2BA DNA XF204-2DNA
transfer rate
transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
interfaces for communication integrated
number of electrical connections
• for network components or terminal equipment 0 4
interfaces other
number of electrical connections
• for signaling contact 1 1
• for power supply 1 1
type of electrical connection
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes
operating voltage of the signaling contacts
• at DC rated value 24 V 24 V
operational current of the signaling contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
product component connection for redundant voltage supply Yes
type of voltage 1 of the supply voltage DC DC
• supply voltage 1 rated value 24 V 24 V
• power loss [W] 1 rated value 8.6 W 8.6 W
• supply voltage 1 rated value 19.2 ... 28.8 V 19.2 ... 28.8 V
• consumed current 1 maximum 0.36 A 0.36 A
• type of electrical connection 1 for power supply 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• product component 1 fusing at power supply input Yes Yes
• fuse protection type 1 at input for supply voltage 2.5 A (cannot be changed by user) 2.5 A (cannot be changed by user)
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation maximum 95 % 95 %
protection class IP IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
design compact compact
width 100 mm 100 mm
height 117 mm 117 mm
depth 74 mm 74 mm
net weight 0.21 kg 0.25 kg
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes
• wall mounting No No
• S7-300 rail mounting No No
• S7-1500 rail mounting No No

14/266 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-switch)

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-2AA00-2YF2 6GK5204-0BA00-2YF2

product features, product functions, product components
general
cascading in the case of a redundant ring at reconfiguration time of 50 50
<\~0.3\~s
cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal propagation any (depending only on signal propagation
time) time)
product functions management, configuration, engineering
product function
• CLI Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes
• port mirroring Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes
PROFINET conformity class B B
network load class according to PROFINET 2
protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes
• FTP No No
• BOOTP No No
• DCP Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designation Yes Yes
product functions diagnostics
product function
• port diagnostics Yes Yes
• statistics Packet Size Yes Yes
• statistics packet type Yes Yes
• error statistics Yes Yes
product functions DHCP
product function
• DHCP client Yes Yes
product functions redundancy
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes Yes
product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) with redundancy manager Yes Yes
• Media Redundancy Protocol for Planned Duplication (MRPD) No No
• of the PROFINET IO device is supported H-Sync forwarding Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/267

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-switch)

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-2AA00-2YF2 6GK5204-0BA00-2YF2

• of the PROFINET IO device is supported PROFINET system redund­ Yes Yes
ancy
• ring redundancy Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with redundancy manager Yes Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol (HRP) with standby redundancy Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/operation in the PRP-network No No
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)/Redundant Network Access No No
(RNA)
• passive listening Yes Yes
system modification during operation
product function configuration in RUN via CiR/H-CiR Yes
product functions security
protocol is supported
• SSH Yes Yes
product functions time
product function
• SICLOCK support No No
protocol is supported
• NTP No No
• SNTP Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals
certificate of suitability
• CE marking Yes
• cULus approval Yes
• KC approval Yes
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes
standard
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 508 E85972
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous environments
certificate of suitability
• ATEX Yes
• UKEX Yes
• IECEx Yes
• ULhazloc approval Yes
• CCC for hazardous zone according to GB standard Yes
• FM registration Yes
standards, specifications, approvals other
certificate of suitability
• railway application in accordance with EN 50155 No
• railway application in accordance with EN 50124-1 No
• RoHS conformity Yes
IT security for industrial automation systems according to IEC Yes Yes
62443-4-2:2019
standards, specifications, approvals marine classification
Marine classification association
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes
• French marine classification society (BV) Yes
• DNV GL Yes
• Korean Register of Shipping (KRS) Yes

14/268 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
SCALANCE XF-200BA DNA switches (Y-switch)

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK5204-2AA00-2YF2 6GK5204-0BA00-2YF2

• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects (RINA) Yes
standards, specifications, approvals Environmental Product
Declaration
Environmental Product Declaration Yes
Global Warming Potential [CO2 eq]
• total 95.76 kg
• during manufacturing 20.21 kg
• during operation 75.23 kg
• after end of life 0.32 kg
product functions general
reference code
• according to IEC 81346-2 KF KF
• according to IEC 81346-2:2019 KFE KFE
Warranty period 5a 5a
product function is supported identification link Yes; according to IEC 61406-1:2022
further information internet links
internet link
• to website: Selection guide for cables and connectors https://sup­ https://sup­
port.industry.siemens. port.industry.siemens.
com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358 com/cs/ww/en/view/109766358
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com/ https://sieportal.siemens.com/
• to website: Image database https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://support.industry.siemens.com https://support.industry.siemens.com

More information

Selection Tool:
To support the selection of SCALANCE network components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
www.siemens.com/tst
Ordering overview:
You can find more information on the FastConnect range in the
"Cabling technology for communication networks in industry" order­
ing overview.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/269

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFINET

Industrial communication
IE/PB LINK
PROFINET
IE/PB LINK

Overview Benefits

• Protection of investment due to simple connection of PROFIBUS DP

slaves to PROFINET IO controller. This enables a step-by-step trans­
ition to modern PROFINET networks
• Independence from individual vendors through support of the
PROFINET standard for distributed field devices
• Flexible use due to different connection system and hardware;
copper (RJ45, FC) and fiber-optic cables (SCRJ for POF/PCF, LC for
glass fiber-optic)
• Also enables use in plants with PROFIsafe applications
• Worldwide access to data of the PROFIBUS stations via Industrial
IE/PB Link HA and IE/PB Link PN IO Ethernet and Internet for vertical integration

IE/PB LINKs are gateways for connecting the two network types,
• Access to process data from all enterprise levels
Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS, i.e. they enable access to all • Loading of STEP 7 programs from a central location
PROFIBUS stations connected to the lower-level PROFIBUS network.
• Easy engineering and extensive diagnostics options due to optim­
Product variants um TIA integration
Two variants are offered as gateways for Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS: IE/PB LINK HA also offers:
• IE/PB LINK PN IO • High availability through redundancy mechanisms in PROFINET IO
through use as S2 device
Gateway with PROFINET IO functionality, S7 routing and data
record routing for standard ambient conditions • Interruption-free plant operation in the redundant system, even
when configuration changes are required during operation,
• IE/PB LINK HA through support for Configuration in Run (H-CiR)
Gateway optimized for use in the process industry due to the pos­
sibility of deployment in harsh ambient conditions and the connec­ • Easy migration of large PROFIBUS networks to PROFINET by sup­
tion of PROFIBUS field devices to a redundant AS as PROFINET IO porting up to 125 PROFIBUS DP slaves
controller • Reliable operation even in harsh ambient conditions
Both product variants can be used in two operating modes:
Standard mode enables, for example, loading of programs and con­
figuration data via PG/OP communication, data record routing for Application
configuration and diagnostics of field devices with the SIMATIC PDM
tool, S7 routing e.g. for cross-network loading of SIMATIC PLCs on As an autonomous component, both IE/PB LINK versions provide a
PROFIBUS. seamless transition between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS.
When operated as a PROFINET IO proxy, from the perspective of the Using the IE/PB LINK as a proxy, you can continue to use existing
PN IO controller, all PROFIBUS DP slaves connected after the IE/PB PROFIBUS nodes (even with PROFIsafe functionality V2.0 or higher)
LINK are treated as PN IO devices according to the PROFINET stand­ and integrate them into a PROFINET application.
ard, i.e. the IE/PB LINK is the proxy of the connected PROFIBUS DP IE/PB LINK HA additionally offers connection to a redundant
slaves. PROFINET IO automation system and the functionality Configuration
Both IE/PB LINK versions offer the possibility to use different trans­ in Run (H-CIR).
mission media by employing BusAdapters. Both IE/PB LINK versions also offers cross-network PG/OP communic­
ation by means of S7 routing. Cross-network access to data of S7
stations for visualization with S7 OPC server and S7 routing; via the
IE/PB LINK, access is possible from the Industrial Ethernet (for
example for HMI applications with OPC client interface) to data of
the S7 stations on the PROFIBUS using the S7 OPC server.
In addition, data record routing (PROFIBUS DP) is supported. This
means it is possible, for example, to use SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) on
Industrial Ethernet to configure and perform diagnostics for a
PROFIBUS field device via the IE/PB LINK. IE/PB LINK HA also designed
for use in harsh ambient conditions.

14/270 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
IE/PB LINK

Design Function

Both IE/PB LINK versions provide all the advantages of the SIMATIC Compact gateway between PROFINET and PROFIBUS
ET 200SP design:
• Connection to Industrial Ethernet via integrated 2-port real-time
• Compact design; switch with 100 Mbps full duplex connection with autosensing for
the front of the rugged plastic enclosure features: automatic switchover
- Two RJ45 ports for connecting to Industrial Ethernet; the connec­ • In case of replacement part: Connection to Industrial Ethernet also
tion is made via the IE FC RJ45 plug 90 with 90° cable outlet or with 10 Mbps half duplex
via a standard patch cable
• Connection to PROFIBUS with 9.6 Kbps to 12 Mbps
- A 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
• Support for MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) using integrated
- A 4-pin terminal strip for connecting the external redundant sup­ Real Time Switch
ply voltage of 24 V DC (two infeeds)
• SIMATIC ET 200SP design: Use of the BusAdapter (BA) of the
- Diagnostics LEDs SIMATIC ET 200SP system for freely selecting the connection sys­
tem and physical characteristics on the PROFINET side
• Optional connection possibility for Industrial Ethernet via BusAd­
apter (BA) of the SIMATIC ET 200SP system at the front IE/PB LINK HA also offers
• Use in ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C
• Easy installation on standard mounting rails
• Conformal coating
• Can be operated without a fan
• Support for enhanced interference immunity according to NAMUR
• Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the option­
recommendation NE21
al C-PLUG removable data storage medium (not included in scope
of supply) Operation as PROFINET IO proxy
• Connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller with
real-time property, according to PROFINET standard. From the
viewpoint of the controller, all DP slaves are treated like devices
with PROFINET interface, i.e. the IE/PB LINK PN IO is their proxy
IE/PB LINK HA also offers
• Connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to a redundant SIMATIC S7 con­
troller (S7-400H) as PROFINET S2 device including support for Con­
figuration in Run (H-CiR)
• Connection of up to 125 PROFIBUS DP slaves on the single control­
ler and up to 64 PROFIBUS DP slaves in operation as S2 device on
the redundant controller
Additional functionality for vertical integration (standard opera­
tion or operation as PROFINET IO proxy)
• S7 routing
- Permits cross-network PG communication, in other words, all S7
stations on Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS can be programmed
remotely using the programming device.
- Access can take place to visualization data of S7 stations on the
PROFIBUS from HMI stations on Industrial Ethernet.
• Data record routing (PROFIBUS DP)
- Using this option, the IE/PB LINK PN IO can be used as a router for
data records that are forwarded to field devices (DP slaves).
SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a tool that creates data
records of this type for parameterization and diagnostics of field
devices.
- The configuration of the IE/PB LINK PN IO for standard mode is
possible via SINEC PNI (Primary Setup Tool Network Initialization)
as well as STEP 7 / TIA Portal
The supplementary functions for vertical integration can also be
used in an existing PROFIBUS application without PROFINET IO for
connection to a higher-level Industrial Ethernet.
In this case, the IE/PB Link PN IO is used as an additional DP master
Class 2 on a PROFIBUS segment for coupling to Industrial Ethernet
and offers the above functions.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/271

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
IE/PB LINK

Function (continued)

Media redundancy (MRP):

• IE/PB LINK supports the media redundancy protocol MRP as an MRP
client within a PROFINET network with a ring topology
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7 or SNMP,
including:
• Diagnostics of the assigned PROFIBUS field devices;
using the IE/PB LINK as a proxy, the connected DP slaves can be
diagnosed in the same manner as PROFINET IO devices (even in
the user program of the PROFINET IO controller)
• General diagnostics and statistics functions
• Connection diagnostics
• Diagnostic buffer
• Integration into network management systems through the sup­
port of SNMP V1 MIB-II
Configuration
• With STEP 7 V5.x or STEP 7 Professional in the TIA Portal, all the
necessary parameters for IE/PB Link, e.g. the addresses and all
necessary routing information, are generated automatically
• The configuration data for PROFINET IO created with STEP 7 is
saved on the IO controller. Attention must however be paid to the
memory capacity.
• IE/PB LINK can be swapped in the event of failure without a pro­
gramming device because the relevant configuration data is saved
on the PN IO controller or on the C-PLUG.
• If the IE/PB LINK PN IO is only to be used as a gateway and not as a
PROFINET IO device, the IE/PB LINK behaves like a simple network
component. Accordingly, the IP and PROFIBUS parameters and the
network settings can also be assigned with a STEP 7 Professional
(TIA Portal) without a license
• The IP and PROFIBUS parameters as well as the network settings
can also be assigned using SINEC PNI
• The initialization data for the Industrial Ethernet interface is backed
up on the C-PLUG (configuration plug) removable data storage
medium
• Use in networks that support an exchange of devices without pro­
gramming devices on the basis of the Link Layer Discovery Protocol
(LLDP)

14/272 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
IE/PB LINK

Integration

Maintenance
station

PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
S7-400
IE/PB
LINK

PROFIBUS
DP/PA
coupler

HART SIMOCODE ET 200M

G_IK10_XX_40007
PROFIBUS PA

Sensors SINAMICS SITRANS P

IE/PB LINK: Gateway in standard mode

SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC

S7-1500

PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet

IE/PB
LINK

ET 200SP ET 200SP- ET 200SP

failsafe

PROFIBUS

SIMOCODE ET 200M

ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_30036

SINAMICS
Migration for PROFIBUS devices

IE/PB LINK: PROFINET IO proxy

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/273

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
IE/PB LINK

Integration (continued)

AS 410H
Redundant station
2x CPU 410-5H

PROFINET
SIMATIC
ET 200SP HA

IE/PB LINK HA

SIMATIC CFU PA
HART (4...20 mA)

DP/PA coupler
Digital I/O PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS

G_IK10_XX_10460
PROFIBUS PA

IE/PB LINK HA: System redundancy as S2 device in the MRP ring

AS 410H
Redundant station SIMATIC
2x CPU 410-5H ET 200SP HA

SCALANCE XF204-2BA SCALANCE XF204-2BA

SCALANCE XF204-2BA SCALANCE XF204-2BA

SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA SCALANCE XF204-2BA DNA

(Y-Switch) (Y-Switch redundant)

IE/PB LINK HA SIMATIC CFU PA

Digital I/O PROFIBUS PA

DP/PA coupler

PROFIBUS
G_IK10_XX_10459

PROFIBUS PA

PROFINET (electrical)
PROFINET (electrical - redundant)

IE/PB LINK HA: PROFINET system redundancy on R1 system

14/274 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
IE/PB LINK

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Article No. Article No.

IE/PB Link PN IO 6GK1411-5AB10 • BA 2xRJ45 VD HA 6GK5991-2VA00-8AA2
Gateway between Industrial Ethernet BusAdapter VD (variable distance),
and PROFIBUS, PROFINET IO proxy for Ethernet communication via 2-,
with real-time communication, time 4- or 8-wire copper cables, 2xRJ45
synchronization via SIMATIC protocol, sockets
NTP, SNMP V1, LLDP, S7 routing, data Variants with fiber-optic
record routing, connection of up to connection (FOC)
64 S7/DPV0/DPV1 slaves, support for
• BA 2xLC with 6ES7193-6AG00-0AA0
DP/PA LINK and DP/FF LINK,
10/100 Mbps Fast Ethernet, MRP, LC glass fiber-optic connection
9.6 kbps up to 12 Mbps PROFIBUS, • BA 2xSCRJ with 6ES7193-6AP00-0AA0
firmware download via configuration 2 x SCRJ FO connection
tool, redundant power supply, firm­
ware version V4.0 Gateway • BA 2xLC HA with 6DL1193-6AG00-0AA0
6GK1411-5BB00 2 x LC glass fiber-optic connections
IE/PB LINK HA
• SIPLUS BusAdapter BA 2xLC with 6AG1193-6AG00-2AA0
Gateway between Industrial Ethernet
and PROFIBUS, PROFINET IO proxy LC glass fiber-optic connection
with real-time communication, system • SIPLUS BusAdapter BA2SCRJ with 6AG1193-6AP00-2AA0
redundancy S2, H-CiR, time synchron­ 2 x SCRJ FO connection
ization via SIMATIC protocol, NTP,
SNMP V1, LLDP, S7 routing, data Media converter versions
record routing, connection of up to
• BA LC/RJ45 6ES7193-6AG20-0AA0
125 S7/DPV0/DPV1 slaves, support for
DP/PA LINK and DP/FF LINK, Media converter glass fiber-optic
10/100 Mbps Fast Ethernet, MRP, cable/CU
9.6 kbps up to 12 Mbps PROFIBUS, for 1 x LC FO connection and
firmware download via configuration 1 x RJ45 connection
tool, redundant power supply, con­ • BA LC/FC 6ES7193-6AG40-0AA0
formal coating, extended temperature Media converter glass fiber-optic
range -40 °C to 70 °C cable/CU
Accessories 1 x LC FO connection and
1 x RJ45 connection
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB10
• BA SCRJ/RJ45 6ES7193-6AP20-0AA0
Removable data storage medium for
easy device replacement if a fault Media converter fiber-optic cable/CU
occurs. For storing configuration and 1 x SCRJ FO connection and
application data. Can be used in the 1 x RJ45 connection
following SIMATIC NET products with • BA SCRJ/FC 6ES7193-6AP40-0AA0
C-PLUG slot: Media converter fiber-optic cable/CU
SCALANCE XC-200, XP-200, XM-400, 1 x SCRJ FO connection and
XR-500, M-800, W-700, SC-600 and 1 x FastConnect connection
S615
• BA LC/RJ45 HA 6DL1193-6AG20-0AA0
BusAdapter Media converter glass fiber-optic
BusAdapters offer a free selection of cable/CU,
connection system and hardware for 1 x LC FO connection and
the PROFINET interface. Alternatively, 1 x RJ45 connection
they can be used for the Industrial
• BA LC/FC HA 6DL1193-6AG40-0AA0
Ethernet interface on the device.
The following BusAdapter versions are Media converter glass fiber-optic
supported by the IE/PB LINK PN IO: cable/CU,
1 x LC FO connection and
Variants with copper connection 1 x FastConnect connection
(RJ45, FastConnect (FC))

• BA 2xRJ45 with 6ES7193-6AR00-0AA0

2 RJ45 connections
• BA 2xFC with 6ES7193-6AF00-0AA0
2 FastConnect connections
• BA 2xRJ45 HA with 6DL1193-6AR00-0AA0
2 RJ45 sockets
• BA 2xFC HA with 6DL1193-6AF00-0AA0
2x FastConnect connection
• SIPLUS BusAdapter BA 2xRJ45 with 6AG1193-6AR00-7AA0
2 RJ45 connections
• SIPLUS BusAdapter BA 2xFC with 6AG1193-6AF00-7AA0
2 FastConnect connections

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/275

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
IE/PB LINK

Accessories

C-PLUG
BusAdapters
BusAdapters offer a free selection of connection system and hard­
ware for the PROFINET interface. Alternatively, they can be used for
the Industrial Ethernet interface on the device.
The following BusAdapter versions are supported by the IE/PB LINK
PN IO:
Versions PN copper interfaces (RJ45 or FastConnect (FC))
• BA 2xRJ45 with 2 RJ45 connections
• BA 2xFC with 2 FastConnect connections
• BA 2xRJ45 HA with 2 RJ45 sockets
• BA 2xFC HA with 2x FastConnect connection
• BA 2xRJ45 VD HA with 2 RJ45 connections for variable distance
• SIPLUS BusAdapter BA 2xRJ45 with 2 RJ45 connections
• SIPLUS BusAdapter BA 2xFC with 2 FastConnect connections
Versions with PN fiber-optic connections (FO)
• BA 2xLC with two glass fiber-optic connections (Lucent Connector)
with increased potential difference
• BA 2xSCRJ with 2 SCRJ FO connections with increased potential
difference
• BA 2xLC HA with LC glass fiber-optic connection
• SIPLUS BusAdapter BA 2xLC with LC glass fiber-optic connection
• SIPLUS BusAdapter BA2SCRJ with 2 x SCRJ FO connection
Media converter versions:
• BA SCRJ / RJ45, with one glass fiber-optic and one RJ45 connec­
tion (media converter)
• BA LC / FC with one glass fiber-optic and one FastConnect connec­
tion (media converter)
• BA SCRJ / RJ45, with one SCRJ FO and one RJ45 connection (media
converter)
• BA SCRJ / FC, with one SCRJ FO and one FastConnect connection
(media converter)
• BA LC/RJ45 HA with one LC FO connection and one RJ45 connec­
tion
• BA LC/FC HA with one LC FO connection and one FastConnect con­
nection
The version for connecting IP67 modules of the SIMATIC ET 200AL
(BA-SEND, BA 1xFC) is not supported.

14/276 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
IE/PB LINK

Technical specifications

Article number 6GK1411-5AB10 6GK1411-5BB00

product type designation IE/PB-Link PN IO IE/PB LINK HA
suitability for operation Gateway between Industrial Ethernet and Gateway between Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS
transfer rate
transfer rate
• at the 1st interface 10 ... 100 Mbit/s 10 ... 100 Mbit/s
• at the 2nd interface 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s
interfaces
number of electrical connections
• at the 1st interface according to Industrial Ethernet 2 2
• at the 2nd interface according to PROFIBUS 1 1
• for power supply 2 2
type of electrical connection
• at the 1st interface according to Industrial Ethernet RJ45 port onboard or bus adapter RJ45 port onboard or bus adapter
type of electrical connection
• at the 2nd interface according to PROFIBUS 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485) 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485)
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes
supply voltage, current consumption, power loss
type of voltage of the supply voltage DC DC
supply voltage external at DC rated value 24 V 24 V
relative positive tolerance at DC at 24 V 20 % 20 %
relative negative tolerance at DC at 24 V 15 % 15 %
consumed current
• from external supply voltage at DC at 24 V typical 0.2 A 0.2 A
• from external supply voltage at DC at 24 V maximum 0.3 A 0.3 A
power loss [W] 4.8 W; Typical 4.8 W; Typical
ambient conditions
ambient temperature
• for vertical installation during operation 0 ... 40 °C -40 ... +50 °C
• for horizontally arranged busbars during operation 0 ... 60 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during transport -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation during operation maximum 95 % 95 %
protection class IP IP20 IP20
design, dimensions and weights
module format ET 200SP design ET 200SP design
width 100 mm 100 mm
height 117 mm 117 mm
depth 74 mm 74 mm
net weight 0.6 kg 0.6 kg
product feature conformal coating Yes
fastening method
• 35 mm top hat DIN rail mounting Yes Yes
performance data PROFIBUS DP
service as DP master
• DPV0 Yes Yes
• DPV1 Yes Yes
number of DP slaves
• at the 2nd interface as DP master maximum 64 125

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/277

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
IE/PB LINK

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK1411-5AB10 6GK1411-5BB00

product type designation IE/PB-Link PN IO IE/PB LINK HA
data volume
• of the address range of the inputs as DP master total 2 048 byte 4 096 byte
• of the address range of the outputs as DP master total 2 048 byte 4 096 byte
• of the address range of the inputs per DP slave 244 byte 244 byte
• of the address range of the outputs per DP slave 244 byte 244 byte
performance data S7 communication
number of possible connections for S7 communication
• maximum 32 32
performance data multi-protocol mode
number of active connections with multi-protocol mode 48 48
performance data PROFINET communication as PN IO device
product function PROFINET IO device Yes Yes
product functions management, configuration, engineering
product function MIB support Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes
configuration software
• required STEP 7 as of V5.5 SP4 HF11 and HSP, STEP 7 STEP 7 as of V5.6 SP2 HF3 and HSP, STEP 7
Professional as of V15, PCS7 V9.0, PCS neo as Professional probably as of V17, PCS7 as of
of V3.0, PNI as of V1.0 V9.0 SP3, PNI as of V1.0.
identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes
• I&M1 - higher level designation/location designation Yes Yes
• I&M2 - installation date Yes Yes
• I&M3 - comment Yes Yes
product function is supported identification link Yes; according to IEC 61406-1:2022 Yes; according to IEC 61406-1:2022
product functions routing
service as PROFIBUS data set routing Yes Yes
number of possible connections with data set routing maximum 32 32
product functions redundancy
product function
• ring redundancy Yes Yes
product function of the PROFINET IO device is supported
• PROFINET system redundancy No Yes; as S2-Device at CPU 410-5 H and S7
400H
protocol is supported Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes Yes
product functions time
product function pass on time synchronization Yes Yes
protocol is supported
• NTP Yes Yes
• SIMATIC time synchronization (SIMATIC Time) Yes Yes
standards, specifications, approvals hazardous environments
certificate of suitability CCC for hazardous zone according to GB Yes; GB3836.1, GB3836.8 Yes; GB3836.1, GB3836.8
standard
certificate of suitability CCC for hazardous zone according to GB Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
standard as marking
accessories
accessories Optional: C-PLUG, BusAdapter of the ET Optional: C-PLUG, BusAdapter of the ET
200SP system 200SP system

14/278 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
IE/PB LINK

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6GK1411-5AB10 6GK1411-5BB00

product type designation IE/PB-Link PN IO IE/PB LINK HA
further information internet links
internet link
• to web page: selection aid TIA Selection Tool https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud https://www.siemens.com/tstcloud
• to website: Industrial communication https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net https://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
• to web page: SiePortal https://sieportal.siemens.com https://sieportal.siemens.com
• to website: Image database https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb https://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb
• to website: CAx-Download-Manager https://www.siemens.com/cax https://www.siemens.com/cax
• to website: Industry Online Support https://support.industry.siemens.com https://support.industry.siemens.com

More information

http://www.siemens.com/profinet

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/279

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFINET

Industrial communication
PROFINET Bus Analyzer (BANY)
PROFINET
PROFINET Bus Analyzer (BANY)

Overview Benefits
• Permanent network monitoring for preventive maintenance and
avoiding faults
• Online analysis of network quality in real time
• Rapid fault analysis and performance improvements during plant
operation
• Clear status and event display of all devices installed in the net­
work
• Simulation of PROFINET communication with various different
loads
• Checking configured cycle time on the basis of the frame deviation
(jitter) measured
BANY Agents without TAP/with TAP, BANY Bus Analyzer Agent XM‑400 • Validation of network including logging

PROFINET offers the manufacturing and process industry new ways

to set up flexible and high-performance plant networks to meet
stricter increased security requirements. To ensure that these func­
tions are reliable and secure from the outset, and can be easily
checked and optimized over the course of the plant life cycle,
Siemens provides high-performance products for the validation, ana­
lysis and continuous diagnosis of simple and high-availability
PROFINET networks. The PROFINET Bus Analyzer (BANY) detects crit­
ical states in your network before an overload occurs or indeed a
section of the network fails.

14/280 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
PROFINET Bus Analyzer (BANY)

Design

BANY Scope
Industrial Ethernet

Controller with Controller with Controller with

PROFINET interface PROFINET interface PROFINET interface
(redundant) (redundant) (single)

BANY Agent Bus Analyzer SCALANCE Bus Analyzer SCALANCE

with TAP Agent XM-400 TAP104 Agent XM-400 XM-400

Connectable as
Functional Extender

G_PCS7_XX_00619
PROFINET PROFINET PROFINET
Device Device Device
PROFINET (red.) PROFINET

Fixed installation Flexible coupled for online failure diagnostics

PROFINET Bus Analyzer (BANY)

BANY Agent of the network can be quickly determined at any time on the basis
The BANY Agent hardware can be permanently integrated into the of key data (network load, frame error, jitter, etc.).
network for permanent plant monitoring. In the event of a fault, it can For the validation of PROFINET networks, validation protocols are
even be installed retroactively via a SCALANCE TAP104 or as a func­ automatically created in accordance with the PROFINET planning
tional extender (Bus Analyzer Agent XM‑400 only) on SCALANCE and commissioning guidelines. Stress tests with differently simu­
XM-400 switches for diagnosis during plant operation. Disconnection lated network loads can be carried out with the signal generator.
or interruption of the network in question is thus avoided and errors This allows potential weak points to be identified and eliminated
are rapidly analyzed so there are no long reproduction attempts. before the productive phase and ensures that plant availability
BANY Agent enables the reaction-free extraction and evaluation of all meets strict requirements from the outset.
frame communication online in real time. Thanks to two integrated Validation is rounded off with the free PRONETA software, which
TAPs (test access points), redundant PROFINET networks can also be automatically scans and clearly documents the topology, configura­
evaluated. tion and performance parameters of the PROFINET network. This
allows qualified installation and efficient approval.
BANY Scope
BANY Scope software enables access to multiple BANY Agents in the
plant. This makes it possible to rapidly identify and eliminate error
sources in the PROFINET networks in any part of the plant. The quality

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/281

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
PROFINET Bus Analyzer (BANY)

Function Selection and ordering data

• Frame recording in internal memory or on external memory media BANY Agent without TAP 9AE4140-1BA00
(USB) with exact time stamping (resolution 10 ns) Ethernet 2-channel, without TAP (Test
Access Point), signal generator
- Comprehensive trigger functions for filtering the recorded data
BANY Agent with TAP 9AE4140-1BA01
- Interface to Wireshark and other export functions for detailed 2-channel integrated TAP (test access
frame analysis point), Ethernet 2-channel
BANY Bus Analyzer Agent XM-400 9AE4140-2AA00
• Real-time PROFINET analysis for automatic calculation of all relev­ 2-channel integrated TAP, Ethernet
ant bus parameters (frame number, frame error, network load, 4‑channel, functional extender inter­
cycle time, jitter, etc.) in tables and diagrams face, 4 × SFP slots, signal generator
SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
• Signal generator for performing offline and online stress tests Test access port for frame export, 2 ×
(measurement of the frame run time, analysis of PROFINET RT and RJ45 ports, 10/100 Mbps, LED dia­
IRT with different network loads) gnostics, 24 V DC power supply,
manual
• Device lists for displaying device names, IP addresses, MAC
addresses, device status, events, interruptions, and failures
• Online value monitoring in real time without affecting actual com­
munication performance
• Control interface using script or TCP commands

14/282 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFINET
PROFINET Bus Analyzer (BANY)

Technical specifications

Article No. 9AE4140-1BA01 9AE4140-1BA00 9AE4140-2AA00

BANY Agent with TAP BANY Agent without TAP BANY Bus Analyzer Agent
XM-400
Mounting options • DIN standard mounting rail 35 mm1) • DIN standard mounting rail 35 mm1) • DIN standard mounting rail
• SIMATIC S7-300 mounting rail • SIMATIC S7-300 mounting rail 35 mm1)
• Wall • Wall • SIMATIC S7-300 mounting
rail
• SIMATIC S7-1500 mounting
rail
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Connectors for terminal devices or net­
work components
• Electrical (over twisted pair) 7 x RJ45 sockets with MDI-X assignment 3 x RJ45 sockets with MDI-X assignment 5 x RJ45 ports with MDI-X
10/100/1 000 Mbps (half/full duplex) 10/100/1 000 Mbps (half/full duplex) assignment 10/100/1 000 Mbps
(half/full duplex)
4 x RJ45 ports with MDI-X
assignment 10/100 Mbps
(half/full duplex)
• Electrical 1 × USB 1 × USB USB 1.1 and USB 2.0, max.
500 mA
Electrical specifications
Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC (20.4 … 28.8 V DC)
• Redundant power supply unit No No No
• Redundant power supply possible No No No
Overcurrent protection of the power sup­ 2 A / 32 V 2 A / 32 V 2 A / 32 V
ply
Voltage over digital input/output 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
• Switching capacity (resistive load) 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA
Voltage at USB port 5 V DC 5 V DC
• Output current, max. 500 mA 500 mA
Current consumption 0.5 mA 0.3 mA 1A
• Power loss 12 W 7.2 W 24 W
Permissible ambient conditions
Storage/transport temperature -40 to +70 °C -40 to +70 °C -40 to +85 °C
Operating temperature
• Horizontal installation -40 to +70 °C -40 to +70 °C -40 to +50 °C (stand-alone
mode)
-40 to +60 °C (XM400 function
extender mode)
• Vertical installation -40 to +50 °C -40 to +50 °C --
Max. ambient temperature at operating
altitude
• Horizontal installation 2 000 m and 65 °C 65 °C 50 °C (stand-alone mode)
higher 60 °C (XM400 function
extender mode)
• Horizontal installation 3 000 m and 60 °C 60 °C 50 °C
higher
• Vertical installation 2 000 m and higher 45 °C 45 °C --
• Vertical installation 3 000 m and higher 40 °C 40 °C --
Max. relative humidity during operation at < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation)
25 °C
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions W x H x D in mm 60 × 125 × 125 40 × 125 × 125 70 × 150 × 125
Weight 1 400 g 1 100 g 750 g
1) Not for use in shipbuilding

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/283

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS

Overview Benefits

SIMATIC PCS 7 utilizes the benefits of the PROFIBUS from start to fin­
Industrial Ethernet ish:
Automation system • Small planning and engineering overheads as well as low commis­
sioning costs
• Optimum distributed system structure with low hardware and
Long distances with fiber-optic space requirements
PROFIBUS DP (RS 485) • Significantly reduced overheads for wiring, patching, distribution,
power supply and field mounting
• High-speed communication with high measurement accuracy
OLM OLM • Efficient engineering, interoperability and replaceability of devices
due to vendor-independent device description
AFD AFDiSD
• Short commissioning times due to short loop tests, simple para­
meter assignment and the absence of calibration work
PA Link PROFIBUS PA
(MBP) • Bidirectional communication and high information content permit
enhanced diagnostics functions for fast fault identification and
elimination

AFD AFDiSD
• Optimum life cycle management thanks to processing and evalu­
ation of diagnostics and status information by the maintenance
station
Compact FOUNDATION
FF Link Fieldbus H1
(MBP) Function

Users have numerous facilities for communication and line dia­

G_PCS7_XX_00125

Ex isolation + repeater gnostics, as well as for diagnostics of the intelligent field devices
connected. Furthermore, the PROFIBUS is fully integrated into the
PROFIBUS DP (RS 485-iS) global asset management with the maintenance station of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
RS 485-iS coupler
For process automation, the following PROFIBUS functions are par­
ticularly relevant in addition:
• Integration of previously installed HART devices
Communication at field level with PROFIBUS
Distributed peripherals such as remote I/O stations with their I/O • Redundancy
modules, transmitters, drives, valves or operator terminals commu­ • Safety-related communication with PROFIsafe up to SIL 3 accord­
nicate with the automation systems (controllers) at field level ing to IEC 61508
through a powerful real-time bus system. This communication is
characterized by: • Time-of-day synchronization
• Cyclic transmission of process data • Time stamp
• Acyclic transfer of alarms, parameters and diagnostic data PROFIBUS transmission systems
PROFIBUS is predestined for these tasks because it enables high- PROFIBUS DP
speed communication with the intelligent distributed I/Os by means
• RS 485
of a communications protocol (PROFIBUS DP) as well as communica­
tion and simultaneous power supply for transmitters and actuators Simple and low-cost electrical transmission system based on shiel­
(PROFIBUS PA). ded two-wire cable.
PROFIBUS is simple, rugged and reliable, can be expanded online by • RS 485-iS
further distributed components, and can be used in both standard
Intrinsically-safe electrical transmission system for hazardous areas
environments and hazardous areas. It supports the coexistence of
up to Ex Zone 1 or 21, implemented using a shielded two-wire
field devices from different vendors on one line (interoperability) as
cable with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbps.
well as the vendor-independent exchangeability of devices from one
profile family. • Fiber-optic
Optical transmission system with glass or plastic fiber-optic cables,
for fast transmission of large quantities of data in environments
with high interferences or for covering long distances.
PROFIBUS PA
• MBP (Manchester coded; bus powered)
Intrinsically-safe transmission system which permits simultaneous
transmission of digital data and powering of the field devices by
means of a two-wire cable. It is suitable for direct connection of
devices in environments up to Ex Zone 1 or 21 and associated
sensors/actuators in environments up to Ex Zone 0 or 20.

14/284 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Application
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP

Application

The PROFIBUS DP fieldbus enables the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation

systems (controllers) to communicate with distributed I/Os from the
ET 200 range (remote I/Os) as well as with field/process devices,
CPUs/CPs and operator terminals that have a PROFIBUS DP interface.
With the aid of the fieldbus isolating transformer (RS 485‑iS coupler)
and the RS 485‑iS transmission system, PROFIBUS DP can be run as
an intrinsically-safe fieldbus in all environments up to Ex Zone 1 or
21.
Controller communication with intelligent distributed devices on
PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 or HART I/Os is also imple­
mented via PROFIBUS DP.
In a SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system, PROFIBUS DP lines can be
connected to distributed process I/O both via a PROFIBUS DP inter­
face in the CPU and via a CP 443‑5 Extended communications mod­
ule. On a PROFIBUS DP line, it is possible to operate up to 125
devices, and up to 31 devices with a PROFIBUS DP interface on one
bus segment (32 nodes).
Electrical and optical transmission technologies offer many different
configuration options for PROFIBUS DP networks. Electrical networks
can span up to approx. 10 km. With optical transmission systems,
the total size of the network is governed primarily by the cycle times
as a result of the almost loss-free transmission.
With SIMATIC PCS 7, PROFIBUS DP topologies are always implemen­
ted through the standard electrical PROFIBUS DP connection on the
automation system in the form of electrical or mixed (electric­
al/optical) networks. In the case of mixed networks, the transition
between the two media is implemented by an optical link module
(OLM). In regard to the communication between the nodes, there is
no difference between electrical two-wire technology and fiber-optic
technology.
Electrical networks can be configured with a line or tree topology.
Mixed electrical/optical networks with OLMs as routers can be con­
figured with a line, ring or star topology.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/285

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP

Technical specifications

PROFIBUS DP
Data transmission RS 485 RS 485-iS Fiber-optic
Transmission rate 9.6 Kbps ... 12 Mbps 9.6 Kbps ... 1.5 Mbps 9.6 Kbps ... 12 Mbps
Cable 2-wire shielded 2-wire shielded Plastic as well as multi-mode and
single-mode glass-fiber
Type of protection EEx(ib)
Topology Line, tree Line Ring, star, linear
Nodes per segment 32 321) –
Nodes per network (with repeater) 126 126 126
Cable length per segment depending 1 200 m at max. 93.75 Kbps 1 000 m at 187.5 Kbps1) Max. 80 m (plastic)
on transfer rate 1 000 m at 187.5 Kbps 400 m at 500 Kbps1) 2 ... 3 km (multimode glass fiber)
400 m at 500 Kbps 200 m at 1.5 Mbps1) > 15 km at 12 Mbps (single-mode
200 m at 1.5 Mbps glass-fiber)
100 m at 12 Mbps
Repeater for signal boosting with Max. 9 Max. 91) Not relevant
RS 485 networks
1) According to PROFIBUS installation guideline 2.262

14/286 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS DP / Electrical networks
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP / Electrical networks

Overview

The simple and cost-effective 2-wire RS 485 transmission system is

exceptionally suitable for networks with a linear/tree structure and
high data transmission rates. Shielded, twisted pair cables are used
as the transmission medium. The PROFIBUS DP nodes are connected
to these bus cables using bus connectors.

Design

Seg-
ment
1

200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s Termi-

Seg- nation
ment
2

Repea-
Seg- ter
ment
3

G_PCS7_XX_00094
Seg-
ment
4

Segment length Number of devices 2

1 200 m at max. 93.75 kbit/s Max. 126 devices Address
1 000 m at 187.5 kbit/s Max. 9 repeaters DP Master
400 m at 500 kbit/s Max. 32 participiants per 3 ... 20
200 m at 1,5 Mbit/s segment Address
100 m at 12 Mbit/s DP Slaves

Configuration example of an electrical RS 485 network with linear/tree structure

The network size with an electrical RS 485 network is in total smaller FastConnect
than that with an optical network. However, by using segmenting and
signal regeneration with up to 9 repeaters, distances from 1 km (at
12 Mbps) up to 10 km (at 187.5 Kbps) can be achieved depending on
the transfer rate.
A segment can have up to 32 nodes (master/slaves), and the total net­
work up to 126 nodes. The start and end of each segment must be
terminated by an active bus resistor which is typically integrated in
the device (e.g. repeater) or is available as an active RS 485 termina­
tion element.
In the configuration example (figure above), the individual bus nodes
are assigned possible node addresses. Although repeaters are electric­
al nodes on the PROFIBUS, they are not assigned a station address
since they are not directly addressed by the master.

FastConnect stripping tool

PROFIBUS FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly of

PROFIBUS copper cables. The system comprises compatible com­
ponents:
• FastConnect standard cable for fast assembly

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/287

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP / Electrical networks

Design (continued)
• FastConnect stripping tool • Connection of intrinsically safe PROFIBUS DP nodes, e.g.
With FastConnect blade cassettes (spare blade cassettes for the ET 200iSP or devices from other vendors with Ex i DP connection
stripping tool) • Conversion of the electrical PROFIBUS DP RS 485 transmission sys­
• FastConnect bus connector for PROFIBUS tem into the intrinsically safe RS 485‑iS transmission system with
a transfer rate of 1.5 Mbps
Repeater for PROFIBUS
• Suitable as a safety barrier
A repeater links the individual bus segments with RS 485 technology.
Main applications are: • Additional use as a repeater in hazardous areas
• Increase in number of nodes and distances The RS 485‑iS coupler as an open resource can only be used in
enclosures, cabinets or rooms for electrical equipment. It is
• Electrical isolation of segments assembled on a SIMATIC S7‑300 mounting rail which can be posi­
If diagnostics functions for physical cable diagnostics are desired in tioned horizontally or vertically.
addition to the standard repeater functionality, a diagnostics repeater The RS 485iS coupler is integrated into the PROFIBUS as follows:
can be used as an alternative. It monitors the copper bus cables in
online mode. In the event of a fault it sends a diagnostic message • Connection to standard PROFIBUS DP via standard Sub‑D socket
with detailed information about the type and location of the fault to (at the bottom on the RS 485‑iS coupler, behind the right front
the DP master. door).
Active RS 485 terminating element • Connection of PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS transmission system
The active RS 485 terminating element is used to terminate bus seg­ via screw terminals (at the top of the RS 485-iS coupler, behind
ments. The component supplied with 24 V DC independent of the bus the right front door)
nodes provides a defined RS 485 signal level, and suppresses reflec­ • The last bus node on the intrinsically safe PROFIBUS DP segment
tions on the line. Bus nodes (e.g. ET 200S) can be coupled and (not further RS 485‑iS couplers) must be terminated by a select­
decoupled without feedback to/from PROFIBUS networks terminated able terminating resistor using the connection plug, article num­
by active RS 485 terminating elements. ber 6ES7972-0DA60-0XA0.
RS 485-IS coupler
The RS 485-iS coupler is an isolating transformer with which the
PROFIBUS DP fieldbus can be routed intrinsically safe into the hazard­
ous area.
The RS 485-iS coupler has the following functions:

14/288 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP / Electrical networks

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

PROFIBUS FastConnect Standard 6XV1830-0EH10 PROFIBUS connector with selectable 6ES7972-0DA60-0XA0

Cable, violet terminating resistor
Standard type with special design for For connection of IM 152 to PROFIB­
fast mounting, 2-wire, shielded, cut- US DP with RS 485‑iS transmission
to-length technology
Specify length in m S7-300 mounting rails
Max. delivery unit 1 000 m, minimum Lengths:
order quantity 20 m
• 160 mm 6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
Preferred lengths
• 482 mm 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
- 20 m 6XV1830-0EN20
• 530 mm 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
- 50 m 6XV1830-0EN50
• 830 mm 6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
- 100 m 6XV1830-0ET10
• 2 000 mm 6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
- 200 m 6XV1830-0ET20

- 500 m 6XV1830-0ET50
Note:
- 1 000 m 6XV1830-0EU10
For more information on electrical PROFIBUS networks as well as
PROFIBUS FastConnect Standard 6XV1831-2A components and accessories, particularly cable material for special
Cable IS GP, blue applications, refer to Catalog IK PI, "PROFIBUS" chapter, section "Net­
Cable type for use in potentially work components for PROFIBUS – electrical networks".
explosive atmospheres, with special
design for fast mounting, 2-wire,
shielded, cut-to-length
Specify length in m
Max. delivery unit 1 000 m, minimum
order quantity 20 m
Further PROFIBUS cables with associ­ See Catalog IK PI
ated specifications
PROFIBUS FastConnect Stripping 6GK1905-6AA00
Tool
Pre-adjusted tool for fast stripping of
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1905-6AB00
Blade Cassettes
Spare blade cassettes for PROFIBUS
FastConnect stripping tool, 5 units
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
connector RS 485 with 90° cable
outlet
With insulation displacement
15.8 × 59 × 35.6 mm (W × H × D)
Max. data transfer rate 12 Mbps
• No programming port 6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0

• With programming port 6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0

PROFIBUS FastConnect bus 6GK1500-0FC10

connector RS 485 Plug 180
With 180° cable outlet, with insulation
displacement system, for connection
of PC, PG, OP
Other bus connectors
See Catalog IK PI
RS 485 Repeater for PROFIBUS 6ES7972-0AA02-0XA0
Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbps
24 V DC, IP20 enclosure
RS 485 Diagnostic Repeater 6ES7972-0AB01-0XA0
For connection of up to 2 segments to
PROFIBUS DP; with online diagnostics
functions for monitoring the bus lines
Active RS 485 terminating element 6ES7972-0DA00-0AA0
for PROFIBUS
For terminating bus segments for data
transfer rates from 9.6 Kbps to
12 Mbps
RS 485-IS Coupler 6ES7972-0AC80-0XA0
Isolating transformer for connection
of PROFIBUS DP segments with RS 485
and RS 485‑iS transmission technolo­
gies
Operating temperature -40 to +70 °C

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/289

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS DP / Optical networks
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP / Optical networks

Overview Design (continued)

Optical networks are more expensive than electrical RS 485 net­

works, but are insensitive to electromagnetic interference. In addi­
tion to purely optical networks, the combination of electrical and
optical networks has been established in practice, providing users
with the advantages of the respective transmission technologies.

Design

Max. 15 km

Cable Tray I
optical

Cable Tray II

OLM
Optical Link Module OLM/G22

2 5 6 7
electrical Optical link modules
Optical link modules (OLM) permit the construction of optical and
G_PCS7_XX_00095

hybrid (electrical/optical) networks in line, ring or star topologies.

OLMs can be combined with each other, and individual nodes or
3
complete electrical segments can be integrated into the optical
PROFIBUS network through an electrical interface.
OLMs are available with one (P11/G11) or two (P12/G12/G22) fiber-
Length between 2 OLMs Number of devices optic (FO) interfaces with BFOC connections. Depending on the ver­
Plastic: 80 m Max. 32 electrical participiants sion, they are suitable for the following distances when combined
PCF: 400 m per OLM with the correspondingly specified plastic/glass fiber-optic cables:
Glass: up to 3 km Max. 122 OLMs per OLM Ring
(singlemode: 15 km) (depending on PROFIBUS DP Distance Fiber-optic cable OLM
Max. 12 Mbit/s bus parameters) Up to 80 m POF-FOC OLM/P11
or OLM/P12
Up to 400 m PCF FOC
Configuration example of an optical ring combined with an electrical net­ Up to 3 km Glass multimode FO Depending on ambient
work temperature
• 0 to +60 °C: OLM/G11,
OLM/G12 or OLM/G22
A fault-tolerant ring structure of the optical network prevents com­
• -25 to +60 °C:
munication losses if the cable is damaged or disconnected at any OLM/G12-EEC
point. Electrical bus segments are incorporated into the optical ring Up to 15 km Glass single-mode FO OLM/G11-1300
using up to 122 optical link modules (OLMs). Depending on the OLM or OLM/G12-1300
and bus cable version, the distance between two OLMs can be up to
15 km. A maximum of 32 electrical bus nodes can be operated on We recommend the OLM/G12 as the standard component for optical
one OLM. PROFIBUS networks both indoors and outdoors.
The configuration example shows a typical addressing scheme with The OLMs have a compact metal enclosure suitable for DIN rail
mixed transmission technologies. Although OLMs are electrical assembly. They automatically recognize all PROFIBUS data transfer
nodes within their respective segment, they are not assigned a rates. Faults can be rapidly located as follows:
PROFIBUS slave address.
• Display of module status via floating signaling contact
• Checking of FO link quality (loss per section) via test output for
optical receivers for logging and plausibility checks
For more information and detailed technical specifications on the
various OLM versions, see Catalog IK PI, chapter "PROFIBUS", section
"Network components for PROFIBUS - Optical networks with OLM".
Bus cables
Suitable for the OLM/G12, fiber-optic cables (FOC) made of glass
with 2 multimode fibers are preferred for optical PROFIBUS networks
both indoors and outdoors.
The standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE is available in fixed lengths up to
2 000 m. It is pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors. A BFOC con­
nector set with 20 connectors is available as an accessory.
Further fiber-optic cables as well as detailed technical specifications
can be found in the IK PI Catalog, chapter "PROFIBUS", section "Net­
work components for PROFIBUS - Optical networks".

14/290 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP / Optical networks

Selection and ordering data

FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Standard glass FO cable, splittable
Pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connect­
ors
Preferred lengths
•1m 6XV1820-5BH10

•5m 6XV1820-5BH50

• 10 m 6XV1820-5BN10

• 20 m 6XV1820-5BN20

• 50 m 6XV1820-5BN50

• 100 m 6XV1820-5BT10

Other lengths and cables See Catalog IK PI

BFOC Connector Set1) 6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
For standard and trailing FIBER OPTIC
CABLES, 20 units
PROFIBUS OLM/P11 V4.1 6GK1503-2CA01
Optical Link Module with one RS 485
port and one plastic FOC port (2 BFOC
sockets), with signaling contact and
measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/P12 V4.1 6GK1503-3CA01
Optical Link Module with one RS 485
port and two plastic FOC ports
(4 BFOC sockets), with signaling con­
tact and measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G11 V4.0 6GK1503-2CB00
Optical Link Module with one RS 485
and one glass FOC port (2 BFOC sock­
ets), for standard distances up to
3 000 m, with signaling contact and
measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G12 V4.0 6GK1503-3CB00
Optical Link Module with one RS 485
port and two glass FOC ports (4 BFOC
sockets), for standard distances up to
3 km, with signaling contact and
measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G22 V4.0 6GK1503-4CB00
Optical Link Module with two RS 485
ports and two glass FOC ports (4 BFOC
sockets), for standard distances up to
3 km, with signaling contact and
measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G12-EEC V4.0 6GK1503-3CD00
Optical Link Module with one RS 485
port and two glass FOC ports (4 BFOC
sockets), for standard distances up to
3 km, suitable for extended temperat­
ure range from ‑25 to +60 °C, with sig­
naling contact and measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G11-1300 V4.0 6GK1503-2CC00
Optical Link Module with one RS 485
port and one glass FOC port (2 BFOC
sockets), 1 300 nm wavelength for
long distances up to 15 km, with sig­
naling contact and measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G12-1300 V4.0 6GK1503-3CC00
Optical Link Module with one RS 485
port and two glass FOC ports (4 BFOC
sockets), 1 300 nm wavelength for
long distances up to 15 km, with sig­
naling contact and measuring output
1) You can order supplementary components for the SIMATIC NET cabling
range from your local contact person. Technical support on this subject is
available from: Siemens AG, SPG Industrial Network and Components,
Fürth J. Hertlein Tel.: +49 911 750-4465 Email:

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/291

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS DP / AS connection
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP / AS connection

Overview Benefits

Advantages of the CP 443‑5 Extended communications module:

• Compact design; 9‑pin Sub‑D socket for connection to PROFIB­
US DP
• Simple installation
Can be plugged into AS rack slot; connection to the other S7‑400
modules via backplane bus
• Operation without fan; backup battery or memory submodule are
not required
• With additional PBC coating option (conformal coating)

Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC NET CP 443-5 Extended 6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0

Communications module for connec­
tion of SIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS
as DP master or for S7 communica­
In a SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system, PROFIBUS DP lines can be tion, for increasing the number of DP
connected to distributed process I/O both via a PROFIBUS DP inter­ lines, for data set routing with SIMAT­
face in the CPU and via a CP 443 5 Extended communications mod­ IC PDM and for 10-ms time stamping,
ule. electronic manual on CD; module
occupies 1 slot
If a module slot provided in the CPU for the PROFIBUS connection is
IF 964-DP 6ES7964-2AA04-0AB0
still empty, an IF 964‑DP interface module is required in addition.
Interface module for connection of
With the AS 410 modular automation systems, an additional layer is another PROFIBUS DP line, for plug­
applied to the PCB of CPU 410‑5H Process Automation (conformal ging into a free DP module slot of the
coating). To match the AS 410, a CP 443‑5 Extended in the conform­ CPU
al coating version is therefore preferred (component of the AS
bundle configuration).
For information on the type and number of configurable PROFIB­
US DP interfaces, see chapter "Automation systems".

14/292 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS DP / Y-Link
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP / Y-Link

Overview Selection and ordering data

Y-Link 6ES7197-1LA12-0XA0
For connection of devices with only
one PROFIBUS DP interface to a
redundant automation system, com­
prising:
• 2 IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor
interface modules
• 1 Y-coupler
• 1 BM IM/IM bus module
• 1 BM Y-coupler bus module
PS 307 load current supply
Including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
• 2 A; 40 mm wide 6ES7307-1BA01-0AA0

• 5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7307-1EA01-0AA0

• 5 A, extended temperature range; 6ES7307-1EA80-0AA0

80 mm wide
• 10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7307-1KA02-0AA0
The Y-Link is a bus coupler for transition from a redundant PROFIB­
US DP master system to a simple, single-channel PROFIBUS DP mas­ PS 305 Load Power Supply
ter system. It can be used to connect devices with only one PROFIB­ 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
US DP interface to the redundant PROFIBUS DP master system. • 2 A, extended temperature range; 6ES7305-1BA80-0AA0
More information IE/PB-Link HA (6GK1 411-5BB00) is recommended 80 mm wide
to connect devices with only one PROFIBUS DP interface to
PROFINET.
https://mall.industry.siemens.com/mall/en/en/Cata­
log/Products/10398098?tree=CatalogTree

Design

Redundant
automation system

Y-Link
redundant PROFIBUS DP

G_PCS7_XX_00127

Connection of non-redundant
PROFIBUS DP devices to
redundant PROFIBUS DP

The Y-link comprises:

• 2 IM 153‑2 High Feature Outdoor interface modules
• 1 Y-coupler including RS 485 repeater
• 1 BM IM/IM bus module for 2 IM 153‑2 High Feature Outdoor mod­
ules
• 1 BM Y-coupler bus module
Evaluation of the Y-link diagnostics (and hence indirectly of the con­
nected DP standard slaves) is supported by driver blocks.
It is recommendable to have a redundant -24 V DC supply for the Y-
link, e.g. with two PS 307/PS 305 load power supplies.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/293

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA

Overview

Operator station Maintenance Engineering Operator station Maintenance Engineering

station station station station

Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet

Central Control Room Standard Central Control Room Standard

automation system automation system

PROFIBUS DP PROFINET

ET 200M ET 200M PA Link

...

HART PROFIBUS PA

Field Field
Junction
AFD AFDiSD CFU CFU CFU CFU CFU
Box

G_PCS7_XX_00972
SIMATIC CFU, Field device connection

Direct interfacing of the devices in the field, especially in the hazard­ Gateway PROFIBUS PA to PROFINET
ous area, together with the information content of the communica­ The SIMATIC Compact Field Unit (CFU) is recommended for the
tion, are of significant importance in the process industry. PROFIB­ gateway from PROFIBUS PA to PROFINET. The CFU is changing the
US PA, which permits both digital data transmission and the power existing rules for field device connection and is opening up new
supply on a two-wire line with the intrinsically safe MBP transmission perspectives in terms of simplicity and flexibility. The compact field
system (Manchester Coded; bus powered) is tailored to these require­ distributor is installed at the process level and is connected via
ments. It is optimally suitable for direct integration of solenoid valves, PROFINET directly to the process control system to form the found­
sensors, and pneumatic actuators positioned in operating environ­ ation for digitalization in the field. The CFA PA variants described in
ments up to hazardous zone 1/21 or 0/20 into the process control sys­ the section "Gateways to PROFINET" can be used for the configura­
tem. tion.
The typical response time of a transmitter of approx. 10 ms indicates
Gateway PROFIBUS PA to PROFIBUS DP
that short cycle times can be achieved with the PROFIBUS PA. Practic­
ally all typical applications of the process industry can be implemen­ The PA link is preferred as the gateway from PROFIBUS PA to
ted, both in small and large plants. Bidirectional communication and PROFIBUS DP. When using the PA link, the transfer rate on the
high information content allow enhanced diagnostics for fast and PROFIBUS DP is independent of the lower-level PROFIBUS PA seg­
exact fault detection and elimination. The standardized communica­ ments. The configuration of the PA link depends on the fieldbus
tions services guarantee interoperability and replaceability between architecture. The types of coupler described in the section "Gate­
multi-vendor field devices and remote parameterization of the field ways to PROFIBUS PA" can be used for the configuration. With a
devices during operation. small amount of data (small quantity framework) and low timing
requirements, the DP/PA coupler can also be operated in stand-
alone mode as a gateway.

14/294 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA

Benefits

The advantages of distributed field automation and the use of the

PROFIBUS PA profile include low hardware overheads, cost-effective
engineering, increased operational safety and problem-free main­
tenance. These advantages are underlined by the following features:
• Modularity and uniformity from the sensor up to the control level
enable new plant designs
• Implementation of intrinsically-safe applications through use of
the fieldbus in hazardous areas
• Redundant PROFIBUS PA architectures from the automation system
(controller) down to a PA field device
• Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device and
cabling requirements
• Reduced configuration costs through simple, central engineering
of the field devices (PROFIBUS PA and HART with SIMATIC PDM,
also cross-vendor)
• Simple installation using two-wire line for common power supply
and data transmission
• Reduced commissioning costs through simplified loop check
• Low servicing costs thanks to simple wiring and comprehensive
diagnostics capabilities

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/295

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS PA / Gateways to PROFINET
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateways to PROFINET

Overview Overview (continued)

Aluminum field enclosure

CFU PA with RJ45 and push-in terminals with cable

SIMATIC CFU PA edition

SIMATIC CFU aluminum field enclosure, open
Plug-and-produce simplicity
Digitalization requires integrated digital communication right down
to the sensors and actuators. This can be achieved using the tried-
and-tested standard PROFIBUS PA. This is integrated in the PA edi­
tion of the SIMATIC CFU, thus combining ruggedness and easy hand­
ling with all the advantages of the PROFINET standard based on
Industrial Ethernet. Connected devices are automatically addressed.
The device is integrated via standardized communication profiles.
This innovative new implementation of the PROFIBUS PA concept
makes it possible to combine the simplicity of a point-to-point wiring
system with the scalability of digital PROFIBUS PA fieldbus commu­
nication. As with digital field devices, it is not necessary to know pri­
or to connection whether the discrete field device is a sensor or
actuator. This can easily be configured afterwards with software.
Combination of digital fieldbus and discrete I/Os
• 8 × digital fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA)
• 8 × digital inputs/outputs, freely configurable (1 x counter func­
tionality / frequency measurement)
SIMATIC CFU aluminum field enclosure, closed
Easy to use
• Automatic addressing of PROFIBUS PA field devices
The die-cast aluminum enclosure is suitable for use in zone 2/22 haz­
• System-supported detection and integration of PROFIBUS PA field ardous areas. The following are included in the enclosure's scope of
devices into the process control system delivery:
- Use of standardized PA profiles • 22 × M20 plastic cable glands (including blanking plugs)
- Commissioning, device exchange and maintenance wizards • 35 mm DIN rail

• Implementation of diagnostic messages according to NAMUR NE • Rail for strain relief and shield support
107 The enclosure has a window for LED diagnostics.
• Installation on a 35 mm DIN rail If FM approval is required, a separate version of the enclosure can be
purchased (SIMATIC CFU FM aluminum field enclosure).

14/296 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateways to PROFINET

Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC CFU PA bundle with push- 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0

in terminals
Comprising:
• SIMATIC CFU PA, article no.
6ES7655-5PX11-0XX0
• SIMATIC CFU push-in terminals, art­
icle no. 6ES7655-5PX00-1XX0
pre-assembled and tested
SIMATIC CFU PA bundle with 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0
aluminum enclosure
Comprising:
• SIMATIC CFU PA, article no.
6ES7655-5PX11-0XX0
• SIMATIC CFU push-in terminals, art­
icle no. 6ES7655-5PX00-1XX0
• Aluminum enclosure with cable
glands, shield busbar, shield termin­
als
pre-assembled and tested

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/297

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateways to PROFINET

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0

General information
Product type designation PA Bundle
Number of channels 16
• Product function
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M4
• Isochronous mode No
• The user can configure digital channels as input/output as required Yes
• Digital channels can be parameterized Yes
• Engineering with
• STEP 7 TIA Portal configurable/integrated from version V17
• STEP 7 configurable/integrated from version V5.6 HF2 and higher
• PCS 7 configurable/integrated from version V9.0 SP2 and higher
• PCS neo can be configured/integrated from version V3.0
• PROFIBUS from GSD version/GSD revision -/-
• PROFINET from GSD version/GSD revision GSDML V2.3
• Operating mode
• Counter Yes
Installation type/mounting
Mounting on 35 mm DIN rail, 2 spacing units wide
Mounting position Horizontal, vertical Horizontal, vertical
Recommended mounting position horizontal set up
Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC
Rated value (DC) 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes
Redundant power supply Yes
• Mains buffering
• Mains/voltage failure stored energy time 5 ms; Bridging for field devices and commu­
nication
Input current
Current consumption (rated value) 2.5 A
Current consumption, max. 2.55 A
Inrush current, max. 8A
I²t 0.3 A²·s
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 8
Output voltage, min. 18.2 V
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic
• Output current
• up to 60 °C, max. 2A
• up to 70 °C, max. 1A
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 8.2 W; Depending on the type of BusAdapter
used (typ. RJ45)
Address area
• Address space per station
• Address space per station, max. 1 440 byte; Dependent on configuration
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8
Source/sink input Yes; P-reading

14/298 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateways to PROFINET

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0

Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 1 Yes
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 2 No
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 3 Yes
Pulse extension No
• Number of simultaneously controllable inputs
• horizontal installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 8; Total current must be observed, see DQ
• up to 70 °C, max. 8; Total current must be observed, see DQ
• vertical installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 8; Total current must be observed, see DQ
• Digital input functions, parameterizable
• Counter Yes
• Number, max. 1
• Counting frequency, max. 1 kHz
• Counting width 32 bit
• Counting direction up/down Yes; Up
• Input voltage
• Rated value (DC) 24 V
• for signal "0" -30 to +5 V
• for signal "1" +11 to +30V
• Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 2.5 mA; Typical
• Input delay (for rated value of input voltage)
• for standard inputs
• parameterizable No
• at "0" to "1", max. 3.2 ms; for counter function 0,1 ms
• at "1" to "0", max. 3.2 ms; for counter function 0,1 ms
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m
Digital outputs
Type of digital output Transistor
Number of digital outputs 8
Current-sinking No
Current-sourcing Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes
• Response threshold, typ. 0.7 to 1.3 A
Limitation of inductive shutdown voltage to Typ. L+ (-50 V)
Controlling a digital input Yes
• Switching capacity of the outputs
• on lamp load, max. 5W
• Load resistance range
• lower limit 48 Ω
• upper limit 12 kΩ
• Output voltage
• Type of output voltage DC
• for signal "1", min. Ue minus 1 V
• Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.1 mA

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/299

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateways to PROFINET

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0

• Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", max. 50 µs
• "1" to "0", max. 100 µs
• Parallel switching of two outputs
• for uprating No
• for redundant control of a load No
• Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz
• Total current of the outputs
• Current per channel, max. 0.5 A
• horizontal installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 2A
• up to 70 °C, max. 1A
• vertical installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 2A
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m
Encoder
• Connectable encoders
• 2-wire sensor Yes
• permissible quiescent current (2-wire sensor), max. 1.5 mA
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1
Number of PROFIBUS interfaces 0
• PROFIBUS PA
• Transmission rate, max. 31.25 kbit/s
• Number of connectable PA field devices 8; electrically isolated from other interfaces,
isolation tested at 2 500 V DC
• Current output to PA field devices, max. 320 mA
• permissible current per spur line 40 mA
• Automatic addressing Yes
• System-supported integration of field devices via PA profiles Yes
• Extended fieldbus diagnostics Yes
1. Interface
Interface type PROFINET
Isolated Yes
• Interface types
• Number of ports 2
• integrated switch Yes
• BusAdapter (PROFINET) Yes
• Protocols
• PROFINET IO Device Yes
• PROFIBUS DP slave No
Interface types
• RJ 45 (Ethernet)
• 100 Mbps Yes
• Autonegotiation Yes

14/300 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateways to PROFINET

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0

• Autocrossing Yes
Protocols
Supports protocol for PROFINET IO Yes
• Redundancy mode
• PROFINET system redundancy (S2) Yes; Type S2
• Media redundancy
• MRP Yes
• Open IE communication
• LLDP Yes
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Status indicator Yes
Alarms Yes
Diagnostics function Yes
• Diagnoses
• Monitoring of encoder power supply Yes
• Wire-break Yes
• Short-circuit Yes
• Diagnostics indication LED
• RUN LED Yes; green LED
• ERROR LED Yes; red LED
• MAINT LED Yes; Yellow LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage (PWR-LED) Yes
• Status indicator digital input (green) Yes
• Status indicator digital output (green) Yes
• Spur line status/fault Yes
Potential separation
between the channels and PROFINET Yes
• Potential separation digital inputs
• between the channels No
• between the channels and the power supply of the electronics No
• Potential separation digital outputs
• between the channels No
• between the channels and the power supply of the electronics No
Degree and class of protection
IP degree of protection IP20 IP66
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. -40 °C
• max. 70 °C
connection method / header
Design of electrical connection Connection plug
• connection method / spur line / header
• Number of spur lines 8
• Type of cable Type A
• Cable diameter, min. 6 mm
• Cable diameter, max. 12 mm
• Conductor cross-section, min. 0.2 mm²
• Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm²
• Cable length, max. 120 m
• total current output to field devices, max. 320 mA

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/301

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateways to PROFINET

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0

• Number of connectable field devices 8
• Current limitation per field device, max. 40 mA
• No-load voltage, max. 15.3 V
• short-circuit proof Yes
• Short-circuit current (test current); max. 8 mA
• intrinsically safe according to FISCO model Yes
• Debounce logic Yes
Dimensions
Width 329 mm 414 mm
Height 123 mm 266 mm
Depth 74 mm 111 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 650 g 5.5 kg

14/302 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS PA / Gateway to PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateway to PROFIBUS DP

Overview Application

The two PA gateways are based on two variants of the

DP/PA coupler:
• Ex [i] DP/PA coupler (max. output current 110 mA)
For implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line or tree
topology in environments up to Ex Zone 1/21; not for redundant
architectures (coupler redundancy, ring)
• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 (max. output current 1 000 mA)
For implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line, tree or
ring topology in environments up to Ex Zone 2/22; can be used for
the "Ring" and "Line with coupler redundancy" redundant architec­
tures.
DP/PA couplers are also integral components of the PA link (see
design). The PA link connects PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA togeth­
er, and decouples the transfer rates. In contrast to the DP/PA coupler
gateway which limits the data transfer rate on the PROFIBUS DP to
45.45 Kbps, the PA link does not influence the performance of the
PROFIBUS DP.
The PA link functions as a slave on the PROFIBUS DP and as a master
PA link, consisting here of IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor and on the PROFIBUS PA. From the viewpoint of the host PROFIBUS DP
DP/PA coupler master, the PA link is a modular slave whose modules are the
devices connected on the PROFIBUS PA. Addressing of these devices
To create a smooth gateway between PROFIBUS DP and PROFIB­ is carried out indirectly via the PA link that itself only requires one
US PA, the SIMATIC product range offers two variants: the node address. The host PROFIBUS master can scan devices connec­
DP/PA coupler and the PA link. ted to the PA link all at once.
The following criteria can be applied when choosing the gateway: If the gateway is a DP/PA coupler, the nodes on the PROFIBUS PA are
directly addressed by the PROFIBUS DP master (controller). The
• DP/PA coupler: DP/PA coupler is an electrical node, but is transparent for communic­
For small quantity frameworks (volumes of data) and low timing ation between the master and PA field devices; it therefore does not
requirements; data transfer rate on the PROFIBUS DP limited to require setting of parameters or addresses (exception: FDC 157-0
45.45 Kbps DP/PA coupler used as PROFIBUS diagnostics slave).
• PA link: PROFIBUS diagnostics with FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler, configured
as PROFIBUS diagnostics slave
For large number of nodes and high cycle time requirements; data
transfer rate on the PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbps FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers configured as PROFIBUS diagnostics slaves
supply extensive diagnostic and status information via PROFIBUS for
swift localization and correction of faults:
• I&M (Identification & Maintenance) data
• Current and voltage values on the main line
• Redundancy status
• Wire break
• Short-circuit
• Signal level
To this end, each of these DP/PA couplers FDC 157‑0 requires its own
PROFIBUS address. This applies independent of use in a PA link or as
a PA gateway.
The PA link and DP/PA coupler are available for use in operating
environments up to Ex Zone 2/22. Both are operated with 24 V DC.
Assembly is on an S7-300 mounting rail with horizontal or vertical
alignment.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/303

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateway to PROFIBUS DP

Design

High Speed solution with PA link Low-cost solution with direct addressing

PROFIBUS master
2 S7-400 2

up to 12 Mbit/s 4 5 45.45 kbit/s PROFIBUS DP

DP/PA coupler

3 PROFIBUS PA
PA link

2 PROFIBUS PA

31.25 kbit/s 1 3 4

3 4 5 6 7 8

G_PCS7_XX_00078
PA link DP/PA coupler
• IM 153-2 interface module (single/redundant) • transparent for communication
• DP/PA couplers (max. 5 per IM 153-2) • Ex version 13.5 V, 110 mA
• Slave on DP side - master on PA side • Non-Ex version 31 V, 1 000 mA
• Max. 64 PA devices (244 bytes I/O data)

Configuration examples for PA link and DP/PA coupler

PA link • IM 153‑2 High Feature Outdoor interface

The PA link is a modular combination in S7-300 design consisting of • DP/PA coupler (Ex [i] and FDC 157‑0)
the IM 153‑2 High Feature Outdoor PROFIBUS DP interface module
(with optional redundancy) and up to 5 DP/PA couplers (FDC 157‑0 or • Components for redundant design and for hot swapping:
Ex [i]).
- Mounting rail for hot swapping (as an alternative to the stand­
All components of the PA link are interconnected through the S7 ard mounting rail)
backplane bus. Use of active bus modules on the backplane allows hot
swapping of individual modules and redundancy of the IM 153‑2 High - BM PS/IM for 1 load current supply and 1 IM 153‑2 High Feature
Feature Outdoor PROFIBUS DP interface modules and the FDC 157‑0 Outdoor module
DP/PA couplers. If redundancy and changes during operation are not - BM IM/IM for 2 IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor modules, for
required, passive bus connectors can be used instead of active bus
redundant and non-redundant configuration
modules.
The PS 307 or PS 305 load current supply can be used for the 24 V DC. - BM FDC for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or FDC 157-0 (up to
With a redundant IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor PROFIBUS DP inter­ 5 DP/PA couplers possible per PA link)
face module, a redundant 24 V DC supply is also recommended, e.g. - BM FDC/FDC for 2 DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0
using two PS 307/PS 305 load current supplies.
The PROFIBUS PA bus segments designed with the DP/PA couplers are Additive options:
physically separated as regards current infeed, but form one bus sys­ • PS 307 for 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC load current supply, version in
tem in communication terms. A PROFIBUS PA ring segment or a 2, 5 or 10 A, or
PROFIBUS PA line segment with coupler redundancy can be operated
on a PA link. Further PROFIBUS PA line segments can be operated on • PS 305 load current supply for 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC, 2 A
this PA link using individual couplers. The FDC 157‑0 DP/PA couplers
provided for the ring coupling or coupler redundancy must always be
located at the right-hand end of a sequence of up to 5 couplers.
The following basic components are available for configuring the
PA link:

14/304 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateway to PROFIBUS DP

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

DP/PA coupler Mounting rail for hot swapping

For transition from RS 485 to MBP For max. 5 active bus modules
• DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 6ES7157-0AD82-0XA0 • Width 482 mm (19") 6ES7195-1GA00-0XA0
Fieldbus coupler between PROFIB­
• Width 530 mm 6ES7195-1GF30-0XA0
US DP and PROFIBUS PA, EEx(ia) ver­
sion, max. output current 110 mA; • Width 620 mm 6ES7195-1GG30-0XA0
degree of protection IP20; permiss­
ible operating temperature 25 to Covers 6ES7195-1JA00-0XA0
+60 °C 4 backplane bus covers and 1 cover
for active bus module
• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 6ES7157-0AC85-0XA0
Fieldbus coupler between PROFIB­
US DP and PROFIBUS PA, redundancy
capable; integrated PROFIBUS dia­
gnostics slave; max. output current Technical specifications
1 A; IP20 degree of protection; per­
missible operating temperature -25 DP/PA Coupler
to +60 °C
Bus connection
IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor 6ES7153-2BA70-0XB0
Interface module for PROFIBUS DP for Connection for PROFIBUS PA
ET 200M, PA link and Y link; redund­ • DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 2 terminals of a 4‑pin screw-type terminal,
ancy capable; conformal coating, IP20 integrated terminating resistor
degree of protection; permissible • DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 4‑pin screw-type terminal for connection
operating temperature ‑25 to +60 °C and looping through, selectable terminating
resistor
Accessories
Connection for PROFIBUS DP 9‑pin D-sub connector
Contact assignment as described in
PS 307 load current supply IEC 61158/EN 50170
Including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC Module-specific data

6ES7307-1BA01-0AA0 Degree of protection IP20

• 2 A; 40 mm wide
Transmission rate
• 5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7307-1EA01-0AA0
• On PROFIBUS DP 45.45 Kbps
• 5 A, extended temperature range; 6ES7307-1EA80-0AA0
• On PROFIBUS PA 31.25 Kbps
80 mm wide
Communication protocol PROFIBUS DP
• 10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7307-1KA02-0AA0
Voltages, currents, potentials
PS 305 load current supply Supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 … 28.8 V)
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
Reverse polarity protection Yes
• 2 A, extended temperature range; 6ES7305-1BA80-0AA0
Overvoltage protection Yes
80 mm wide
Voltage at coupler output (PA)
Standard mounting rails • DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 13 … 14 V DC
(without hot swapping function)
6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0 • DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 31 ± 1 V DC
• Width 482 mm (19")
Voltage monitoring 15.5 V
• Width 530 mm 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
Overvoltage monitoring U > 35 V; latching cutoff
Components for hot swap and for Voltage failure bridging Min. 5 ms
redundant configuration
Current at coupler output (PA)
for supplying the PA field devices
Active bus modules for hot
swapping • DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Max. 110 mA

• BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme 6AG1195-7HA00-2XA0 • DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Max. 1 A

For 1 load current supply and
Galvanic isolation 24 V DC
1 IM 153‑2 High Feature module; for
hot swap function, permissible oper­ • PROFIBUS DP/PROFIBUS PA Yes
ating temperature ‑25 to +70 °C • PROFIBUS DP/supply Yes
• BM IM/IM 6ES7195-7HD80-0XA0
• PROFIBUS PA/supply Yes
For 2 IM 153-2 High Feature mod­
ules, for redundant and non-redund­ • All electric circuits/functional grounding Yes
ant configuration, for hot swap Power consumption of modules (24 V DC)
function, permissible operating tem­
perature ‑25 to +60 °C • DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Max. 400 mA

6ES7195-7HF80-0XA0 • DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Max. 2.3 A

• BM FDC
For 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or Module power loss
FDC 157‑0, for hot swap function, • DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Typ. 7 W
permissible operating temperature
‑25 to +60 °C • DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Typ. 13.4 W

• BM FDC/FDC 6ES7195-7HG80-0XA0 Status, interrupts, diagnostics

For 2 DP/PA couplers FDC 157‑0, for Diagnostics displays DP/PA coupler Ex [i] and
hot swap function, permissible oper­ DP/PA coupler FDC 157‑0
ating temperature ‑25 to +60 °C • PROFIBUS DP bus monitoring Yellow "DP" LED

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/305

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Gateway to PROFIBUS DP

Technical specifications (continued) Technical specifications (continued)

• PROFIBUS PA bus monitoring Yellow "PA" LED Status, interrupts, diagnostics

• 24 V DC power supply monitoring Green "ON" LED Diagnostic displays

• Group error Red LED "SF"
Additive diagnostics displays of the
DP/PA coupler FDC 157‑0 • Bus error on higher level DP master system Red LED "BF 1"
• Group error Red LED "SF"
• Bus error on underlying bus system Red LED "BF 2"
• Bus error Red LED "BF"
• Module is active in redundancy mode Yellow "ACT" LED
• Monitoring DP/PA coupler (active coupler Yellow "ACT" LED
in redundant configuration) • 24 V DC power supply monitoring Green "ON" LED

Climatic conditions Climatic conditions

Permissible operating temperature Permissible operating temperature

DP/PA coupler Ex [i] and DP/PA coupler • Horizontal installation -25 to +60 °C
FDC 157‑0
• Vertical installation -25 to +40 °C
• Horizontal installation -25 to +60 °C
Dimensions and weight
• Vertical installation -25 to +40 °C
Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 40 × 125 × 130
Dimensions and weight
Weight Approx. 360 g
Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 80 × 125 × 130
Weight
• DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Approx. 550 g

• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Approx. 515 g

IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor

Bus connection
• Connection for PROFIBUS DP 9‑pin D-sub connector, contact assignment
as described in IEC 61158/EN 50170, Vol. 2
Connectable lower-level components
Number of couplers
• DP/PA coupler Max. 5

• Y coupler 1
Number of PA devices on PROFIBUS PA Max. 64
Module-specific data
Degree of protection IP20
Transmission rate of the higher level DP mas­ 9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5; 500 Kbps
ter system 1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbps
Communication protocol PROFIBUS DP
Frame length
• I/O data Max. 244 bytes

• Configuration frame Max. 244 bytes

• Diagnostics frame Max. 244 bytes

• Parameter assignment frame Max. 244 bytes

Voltages, currents, potentials
Supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 … 28.8 V)
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Voltage failure bridging 20 ms
Galvanic isolation
• To the higher-level DP master system Yes

• To the DP/PA coupler or Y coupler No

Power consumption of modules (24 V DC)
• In the PA link Max. 200 mA (at 20.4 V)

• In the Y link Max. 400 mA (at 20.4 V)

Module power loss
• In the PA link Max. 2.6 W (at 28.8 V)

• In the Y link Max. 3.6 W (at 28.8 V)

Infeed, mechanical design 4‑pin screw terminal, short-circuiting link
between PE and M24; the short-circuiting
link must be removed for floating operation
(independent of this, the DP interface is
always floating)

14/306 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS PA / Active field distributors for PA components
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Active field distributors for PA components

Overview Overview (continued)

An AFD4, AFD4 RAILMOUNT and AFD4 FM can therefore connect up

to 4 field devices, and an AFD8 can connect up to 8 standard-compli­
ant PROFIBUS PA field devices via short-circuit proof spur line con­
nections to a PA fieldbus segment (line/ring) with automatic bus ter­
mination.
The PA fieldbus segment can be connected to a single or redundant
PROFIBUS DP via a PA gateway and can thus be seamlessly integ­
rated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
Up to 8 AFD active field distributors with a total of up to 31 connec­
ted field devices can be operated for each fieldbus segment. The
number of field devices is also limited by the current consumption of
the field devices. A maximum of 60 mA per spur line and a maxim­
um of 1 A per segment is available for the field devices.
An AFD in a ring segment can be replaced during operation without
resulting in failure of the segment.
For compliance with IP66 degree of protection, it is necessary to pro­
tect unused spur line connections using blanking plugs.
Active field distributor AFD4

Active field distributor AFD8, open

Based on the AFD4, two product variants were developed with the
AFD4 RAILMOUNT and the AFD4 FM for different purposes:
Specific product features of the AFD4 RAILMOUNT
The AFD4 RAILMOUNT is supplied without die-cast aluminum hous­
ing. It is a product variant of the AFD4 active field distributor with
Active field distributor AFD4 RAILMOUNT flexible installation options. It can be installed on a top hat DIN rail
into an enclosure of choice, for example, one made of stainless
steel, die-cast aluminum or plastic.
Specific product features of the AFD4 FM
The AFD4 FM with cFMus approval is adapted to the special require­
ments for product variants of the AFD4 active field distributor in the
USA and Canada. The AFD4 FM features threaded plugs ex factory,
because the cable glands of the AFD4 do not conform to the require­
ments of cFMus.
The threaded plugs for connecting the main and spur lines must be
replaced by the cable glands and cables listed by UL or CSA. They
must conform to the US National Electrical Code (NEC) and Canadian
Electrical Code (CEC). The user is responsible for selection and order­
ing.
Available suppliers for suitable cable glands:

Active field distributor AFD8 • Cooper Capri SAS

• CMP products
Active field distributor AFD Due to the larger bushing for the main line (M20 instead of M16),
Active field distributors (AFD) can be operated in environments in sheathed main line cables can also be used for AFD4 FM.
accordance with Division 2, Zone 2 or Zone 22. The following ver­ The relevant requirements of the US National Electrical Code
sions are available: (ANSI/NFPA‑70 NEC) must be met for installation of the AFD4 FM.
• AFD4, AFD4 RAILMOUNT and AFD4 FM, with 4 spur line connec­
tions for 1 field device each
• AFD8 with 8 spur line connections for 1 field device each

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/307

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Active field distributors for PA components

Overview (continued) Overview (continued)

AFDiSD active field distributor • Spur line lengths are independent of the total number of spur lines
in the bus segment
• Spur line lengths need not be taken into account when determin­
ing the total length of the bus segment
In environments in accordance with Ex Zone 2/22 or in non-hazard­
ous areas, an AFDiSD in a ring segment can be replaced during oper­
ation without failure of the segment.
For compliance with IP66 degree of protection, it is necessary to pro­
tect unused spur line connections using blanking plugs.
Enhanced fieldbus diagnostics with AFDiSD in PROFIBUS PA
AFDiSD diagnostics are limited to short-circuits, loss of redundancy,
detection of chatter, and failure of field devices. In addition, the
extended fieldbus diagnostics, which can be activated per mode
selector, enables comprehensive diagnostics of the entire PROFIB­
US PA segment.
AFDiSD active field distributor This includes, among others, the detection, recording and monitor­
ing of:
• Topology (DP/PA coupler, AFDiSD)
PROFIBUS DP • Voltage and current on the main and spur lines
PA link • Signal and noise levels
• Capacitive unbalance to shield of main line
Configuration errors or defects can thus be rapidly detected and
eliminated.
AFDiSD AFDiSD AFDiSD However, a prerequisite for application of the extended fieldbus dia­
gnostics is that all active field distributors of the segment as well as
the components of the PA link support this functionality. The follow­
ing components satisfy this requirement:
• Active field distributor AFDiSD, Article No. 6ES7655-5DX60-1BB0
• IM 153‑2 High Feature Outdoor interface module, Article No.
Ex Zone 1 6ES7153-2BA70-0XB0
• DP/PA coupler FDC 157, Article No. 6ES7157-0AC85-0XA0
Subsegment max. 500 m
The interface module creates a topology model of the connected
G_PCS7_XX_00285

bus segment, and maps its status information. The DP/PA coupler
Bus and the locally installed active field distributor AFDiSD provide the
terminating
resistor 100 Ω
interface module with the physical data of the bus segment for this
purpose, as well as information on the status of the connected lines.
Ex Zone 0 The information provided by the interface module can be displayed
on the PCS 7 Maintenance Station and evaluated by SIMATIC PDM.
When delivered from the factory, the enhanced fieldbus diagnostics
The AFDiSD (active field distributor intrinsically safe with optional is not activated in the AFDiSD. In this state, the functionality of the
extended PROFIBUS PA diagnostics) PROFIBUS PA field distributor AFDiSD is equivalent to that of the AFDiS predecessor type.
can be operated in environments in accordance with Ex zone 1/21
and 2/22. It is a compatible replacement for AFDiS.
AFDiSDs can integrate up to 6 intrinsically safe PA field devices in a
PA fieldbus segment (line/ring) via their intrinsically safe, short-cir­
cuit proof spur line connections. Instead of the spur line, it is also
possible to use a subsegment for 3 to 4 devices with a max. length
of 500 m at connection S1. The spur lines with Ex [ia] type of protec­
tion, as well as the subsegment, can be routed into Zone 0/20.
Up to 5 AFDiSD active field distributors with a total of up to 31 field
devices can be operated in a fieldbus segment. A limit of 5 active
field distributors is also mandatory for mixed operation of AFD and
AFDiSD (extended PA fieldbus diagnostics in mixed operation).
The number of field devices per segment additionally depends on
the current consumption of the devices and the cable lengths used.
A current of 1 A is available for all field devices and the active field
distributors of the segment.
With its integrated repeater function, AFDiSDs have the following
advantages compared to the AFD:

14/308 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Active field distributors for PA components

Selection and ordering data

Active field distributor (AFD)

For integration of standard-compliant
PA or FF field devices
4 short-circuit-proof spur line connections
for 1 field device each

• AFD4 with cable glands 6ES7157-0AG81-0XA0

• AFD4 RAILMOUNT (without enclos­ 6ES7655-5DX40-2AA0

ure)
For mounting on a DIN rail in a suit­
able enclosure
8 short-circuit-proof spur line connections
for 1 field device each

• AFD8 with cable glands 6ES7157-0AG82-0XA0

AFDiSD (Active Field Distributor 6ES7655-5DX60-1BB0

intrinsically Safe with optional
extended PROFIBUS PA Diagnostics)
With 6 short-circuit proof spur line
connections for the integration of
standard-compliant intrinsically safe
PA or FF field devices
Accessories

Blanking plugs 6ES7157-0AG80-1XA1

For unused connections on the AFD
and AFDiSD, 10 units
Additional components required for
extended fieldbus diagnostics with
AFDiSD

IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor 6ES7153-2BA70-0XB0

Interface module for PROFIBUS DP for
ET 200M, PA link and Y link; redund­
ancy capable; conformal coating, IP20
degree of protection; permissible
operating temperature ‑25 to +60 °C
DP/PA coupler FDC 157 6ES7157-0AC85-0XA0

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/309

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Active field distributors for PA components

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7157-0AG81-0XA0 6ES7655-5DX40-2AA0 6ES7655-5DX40-1AA1 6ES7157-0AG82-0XA0

General information
• Product function
• Repeater function No No No No
Supply voltage
Reverse polarity protection Yes; only in conjunction with Yes; only in conjunction with
FDC 157 FDC 157
Overvoltage protection No No
Input current
Current consumption (in no-load opera­ 24 mA; 54 mA at the end of 24 mA; 54 mA at the end of 24 mA; 54 mA at the end of 34 mA; 64 mA at the end of
tion), typ. the cable the cable the cable the cable
Current consumption, max. 264 mA 514 mA
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 384 mW 384 mW 384 mW 544 mW
Power loss, max. 3.2 W 3.2 W 3.2 W 4.1 W
Interfaces
• PROFIBUS PA
• Transmission rate, max. 31.25 kbit/s 31.25 kbit/s 31.25 kbit/s 31.25 kbit/s
• Number of connectable PA field devices 4 4 4 8
• Current output to PA field devices, max. 240 mA 240 mA 240 mA 480 mA
• permissible current per spur line 60 mA 60 mA 60 mA 60 mA
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP No No No
PROFIBUS PA Yes Yes Yes Yes
AS-Interface No No No
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Interrupts/diagnostics/status
information
Status indicator Yes Yes Yes Yes
Alarms No No No No
Diagnostics function Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Diagnostics indication LED
• Main line status Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Main line failure Yes Yes
• Spur line status/fault Yes Yes Yes Yes
• automatic bus termination Yes Yes Yes Yes
Potential separation
between main line and spur lines No No No No
Degree and class of protection
IP degree of protection IP66 IP20 IP66 IP66
Standards, approvals, certificates
• Use in hazardous areas
• ATEX Zone 1 No No No No
• ATEX Zone 21 No No No No
• ATEX Zone 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• ATEX Zone 22 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• FM Class I Zone 1 No No No No
• FM Class I Zone 2, Division 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C
• max. 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C

14/310 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Active field distributors for PA components

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7157-0AG81-0XA0 6ES7655-5DX40-2AA0 6ES7655-5DX40-1AA1 6ES7157-0AG82-0XA0

• Ambient temperature during stor­
age/transportation
• min. -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C
• max. 85 °C 70 °C 85 °C 85 °C
• Relative humidity
• Operation, max. 95 % 95 %
connection method / header
• connection method / main cable / header
• number of connections / for PROFIBUS PA 2 2 2 2
main cable
• design of the electrical connection / for Screw terminal block Screw terminal block Screw terminal block Screw terminal block
PROFIBUS PA main cable
• design of the thread / of cable screw con­ M16 M20 M16
nection / for PROFIBUS PA main cable
• design of the PROFIBUS PA main cable Type A Type A Type A Type A
• diameter / of the PROFIBUS PA main cable 4 mm 6 mm 4 mm
/ connectable / minimum
• diameter / of the PROFIBUS PA main cable 9 mm 13 mm 9 mm
/ connectable / maximum
• connectable conductor cross-section / of 0.2 mm² 0.2 mm² 0.2 mm² 0.2 mm²
the PROFIBUS PA main cable / minimum
• connectable conductor cross-section / of 2.5 mm² 2.5 mm² 2.5 mm² 2.5 mm²
the PROFIBUS PA main cable / maximum
• product function / of the PROFIBUS PA Yes Yes Yes Yes
main cable / automatic bus termination
• output current / for PROFIBUS PA main 1A 1A 1A 1A
cable / maximum permissible
• connection method / spur line / header
• Number of spur lines 4 4 4 8
• Design of terminals Screw terminal block Screw terminal block Screw terminal block
• Type of connection (enclosure cable M16 M16 M16
gland)
• Type of cable Type A Type A Type A Type A
• Cable diameter, min. 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm
• Cable diameter, max. 9 mm 9 mm 9 mm
• Conductor cross-section, min. 0.2 mm² 0.2 mm² 0.2 mm² 0.2 mm²
• Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm² 2.5 mm² 2.5 mm² 2.5 mm²
• total current output to field devices, max. 240 mA 240 mA 240 mA 480 mA
• Number of connectable field devices 4 4 4 8
• Current limitation per field device, max. 60 mA 60 mA 60 mA 60 mA
• No-load voltage, max. 30 V 30 V
• Short-circuit current (test current); max. 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA
• intrinsically safe according to FISCO mod­ No No No No
el
• Debounce logic Yes Yes Yes Yes
Dimensions
Width 220 mm 220 mm 220 mm 360 mm
Height 120 mm; without screw 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm; without screw
glands glands
Depth 83 mm 83 mm 83 mm 83 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 2 000 g 1 000 g 2 000 g 3 000 g

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/311

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
PROFIBUS

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS PA / Passive PA components
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Passive PA components

Overview Design

The following cables in different colors are offered for setting up

PROFIBUS PA networks in accordance with IEC 61158‑2 (for detailed DP/PA link SpliTConnect
terminator
information, refer to the IK PI Catalog, Industry Mall, or CA 01 Off­
line Mall under Network components for PROFIBUS, Electrical net­
works PROFIBUS PA):
• PROFIBUS FC process cable, 2-wire, shielded, black sheath:
SpliTConnect
For applications in non-intrinsically safe areas
coupler

SpliTConnect taps

FC Process cable

SpliTConnect
M12 Jack

SpliTConnect M12 Outlet

for direct connection of
PA field devices to the
SpliTConnect tap Connector on
PA field device
• PROFIBUS FC process cable, 2-wire, shielded, blue sheath:
For applications in intrinsically safe areas

SpliTConnect
The SpliTConnect tap enables the design of fieldbus segments
according to IEC 61158‑2 with field device terminal points.
The SpliTConnect coupler can be used to construct a PROFIBUS PA
hub by connecting SpliTConnect taps in series.
By replacing the contacting screw with the SpliTConnect terminator,
the SpliTConnect tap can be used as a bus terminating element.
Terminal equipment can be connected directly through the FC pro­
cess cable. Using the SpliTConnect M12 outlet, PA field devices can
also be connected to the SpliTConnect tap by means of an M12 con­
nection. The SpliTConnect M12 jack is a connecting element
between an FC process cable and an M12 plug on the PROFIBUS PA
The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the outer sheath field device. For details on SpliTConnect network components, see
and shield of the PROFIBUS FC process cables to the required lengths Catalog IK PI.
for PROFIBUS PA.

14/312 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA / Passive PA components

Selection and ordering data

PROFIBUS FC process cable

2-wire, shielded
• Sheath color: blue; for intrinsically 6XV1830-5EH10
safe applications
• Sheath color: black; for non-intrins­ 6XV1830-5FH10
ically safe applications
Sold by the meter: Max. delivery unit
1 000 m, minimum order quantity
20 m
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1905-6AA00
stripping tool
Tool for fast stripping of the PROFIBUS
FastConnect bus cable
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1905-6AB00
blade cassettes
Spare blade cassettes for PROFIBUS
FastConnect stripping tool, 5 units
SpliTConnect tap 6GK1905-0AA00
For implementing PROFIBUS PA seg­
ments and connecting PA field
devices, insulation displacement sys­
tem, IP67, 10 units
SpliTConnect M12 outlet 6GK1905-0AB10
Element for direct attachment of PA
field devices to the SpliTConnect tap,
5 units
SpliTConnect coupler 6GK1905-0AC00
Connecting element for cascading
SpliTConnect taps to create neutral
points, 10 units
SpliTConnect Terminator
For connecting PROFIBUS PA seg­
ments, 5 units
• Terminator (Ex); can be used in haz­ 6GK1905-0AD00
ardous areas
• Terminator (non-Ex); cannot be used 6GK1905-0AE00
in hazardous areas
SpliTConnect M12 jack 6GK1905-0AF00
Connecting element between an FC
process cable and M12 plug on the
PROFIBUS PA field device, 5 units

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/313

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

Industrial communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

Overview Design

Examples of FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 architectures

When FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 is integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system, PROFIBUS DP acts as a link. The following
graphical representations show possible FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
architectures with:
• PROFIBUS DP master in non-redundant design (AS Single Station)
• PROFIBUS DP master in redundant design (AS Redundancy Station)
Depending on the configured PROFIBUS DP master, the gateway
between PROFIBUS DP and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 is formed by a
single Compact FF Link (AS Single Station) or a redundant Compact
FF Link pair (AS Redundancy Station) (for details, see graphics). One
FF fieldbus segment can be operated on each gateway.

SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system

(AS Single Station)

Compact FF Link, redundant

Compact FF Link
Depending on operator preference, FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) H1
can be used in addition to PROFIBUS PA as the fieldbus for the direct
connection of transmitters and actuators to the SIMATIC PCS 7 pro­ FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
cess control system. Active field distributors
PROFIBUS DP

G_PCS7_XX_00528
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 on an AS Single Station as PROFIBUS DP mas­
ter

SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system

(AS Redundancy Station)

Compact FF Links
(redundant)

FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors
PROFIBUS DP

G_PCS7_XX_00284

FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 on an AS Redundancy Station as PROFIBUS DP

master

Line architecture with single Compact FF Link

A line segment can be connected to an individual PROFIBUS DP line
via a Compact FF Link. The FF‑field devices can be integrated into
the line segment via AFD active field distributors, e.g. AFD4,
AFD4 RAILMOUNT, AFD4 FM and AFD8 (approval for Ex Zone 2/22)
and AFDiSD (approval for Ex Zone 1/21). The FF‑field devices are

14/314 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

Design (continued) Function

connected to these field distributors using short-circuit-proof spur Properties of FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
lines. Like PROFIBUS PA, the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 is based on
Alternatively, it is possible to operate up to 8 AFD field distributors, IEC 61158‑2. With MBP (Manchester coded Bus Powered) transmis­
up to 5 AFDiSD field distributors or any combination of up to sion system, digital data is transmitted and power is supplied to the
5 AFDiSD and AFD field distributors in a line segment. The last field bus nodes on a shielded two-wire cable. The constant transmission
distributor at the end of the line farthest away from the Compact rate is 31.25 Kbps.
FF Link automatically activates its bus terminating resistor. Up to 32 bus nodes (Compact FF Link + field devices) can be oper­
Ring architecture with redundant Compact FF Links ated on one fieldbus segment (typically 8 to 12 devices). The field
The highest availability can be achieved with a FOUNDATION Field­ devices are integrated into the fieldbus segment via AFD (approval
bus H1 ring segment, which can be connected to a redundant for Ex Zone 2/22) or AFDiS (approval for Ex Zone 1/21) active field
PROFIBUS DP via a redundant Compact FF Link pair. distributors. Intrinsically-safe FF devices connected via AFDiS active
field distributors can be installed in hazardous areas in accordance
The FF field devices are integrated into the ring segment using the with Ex Zone 1/21 or 0/20.
short-circuit-proof spur lines of the AFD or AFDiS active field distrib­
utors. The number of field distributors is limited as with the line The total length of the fieldbus segment is restricted to 1 900 m. If
architectures (up to 8 AFD, up to 5 AFDiS or any combination of up AFDs (active field distributors) are used, both the length of the spur
to 5 AFDiS and AFD). lines for connecting devices and the quality of the cable used must
also be considered when calculating the total length of the bus seg­
The bus is terminated automatically and is immediately adapted in ment. Spur lines on the AFDiSD are not relevant to the total length
the event of changes or faults on the bus. An extension on the field­ of the bus segment.
bus or replacement of a Compact FF Link during operation is pos­
sible. The spur lines can have the following maximum lengths:
• Up to 120 m in accordance with IEC 61158‑2
• Up to 120 m in accordance with IEC 60079-27 (FISCO)
With AFD active field distributors, the maximum values are reduced
if necessary, depending on the number of spur lines of the bus seg­
ment (for details, see the "Technical specifications" section). With
AFDiSD active field distributors, this reduction is canceled by the
integrated repeater function.
The SIMATIC Fieldbus Calculator provides help in calculating and
designing fieldbus segments:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/53842953
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 combines cyclic and acyclic commu­
nication. Time-critical tasks such as the transfer of process data are
executed cyclically according to an exact processing schedule. On
the other hand, non-time-critical information such as mainten­
ance/diagnostics data or configuration data is transferred acyclically.
Device management with EDD
The field device data for the following block types are distributed
according to the block model:
• Device block (device-specific information)
• Function block (implemented functions)
• Transmission block (function for controlling input/output variables
of a function block)
Fieldbus Foundation provides pre-defined device descriptions
(standard DD) for the basic functions of specific field device types.
The basic functions of the devices (e.g. analog input, digital output,
etc.) are implemented by means of various standard function and
transmission blocks.
The device descriptions are interpreted with SIMATIC PDM.
Control in the field
Function and transmission blocks can also be interconnected to form
control loops. Together with suitable field devices, such a control
application operates independent of the controller (automation sys­
tem) of the control system.
Characteristic features at a glance
• Bus power supply to the field devices
• Topology: Line, tree, ring
• Integration of intrinsically safe field devices in hazardous areas
with barriers
• Deterministic time response

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/315

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

Function (continued) Technical specifications

• Interoperability due to standardized bus interface and device integ­ FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
ration with standardized device descriptions Data transmission MBP

• Support of "Control in the field" Transmission rate 31.25 Kbps

Cable 2-wire shielded
Topology Line, tree, ring

Integration FF devices per segment/FF Link 31

Active field distributors per segment/FF Link
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 • AFD 8

The FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 can be integrated seamlessly in the • AFDiSD or combinations of AFDiSD and 5
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system using PROFIBUS DP as link. AFD
The gateway between PROFIBUS DP and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 Max. total current consumption of all FF field 0.5 A
is realized with Compact FF Links. Either a single Compact FF Link or devices
a redundant pair is used based on the selected bus architecture (see Cable length per segment 1 900 m
"Design" section). Bus segments with AFD

Engineering of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 segments is imple­ Max. spur line length in relation to the
total number of spur lines
mented as for PROFIBUS PA. Diagnostic information and configured
Number of spur lines (1 device per spur line)
maintenance information for Compact FF Links and FF devices are
available via the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station. SIMATIC PCS 7 • 1 to 12 spur lines 120 m
generates the diagnostics screens automatically. • 13 to 14 spur lines 90 m
System requirements • 15 to 18 spur lines 60 m

• System software SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.1+ SP1 or higher • 19 to 24 spur lines 30 m

• SIMATIC PDM V8.2+SP1 or higher with SIMATIC PDM Communica­ • 25 to 31 spur lines 1m

tion FOUNDATION Fieldbus Bus segments with AFDiSD

Max. spur line length independent of total
number of spur lines
Number of spur lines (1 device per spur line)
• 1 to 31 spur lines
- Not intrinsically-safe 120 m

- Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO 120 m

14/316 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

Industrial communication
FF gateways
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF gateways

Overview

OS Single SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering/Maintenan-

Station ce Station with
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM

Plant bus

SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems

PROFIBUS DP

Compact FF Link Compact FF Links

(redundant)

AFD AFD AFD

FOUNDATION

G_PCS7_XX_00258
Fieldbus H1

Examples of DP/FF gateways with Compact FF Link

A gateway based on the Compact FF Link between PROFIBUS DP and A PROFIBUS address from 1 to 125 must be assigned for the Com­
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (FF) enables integration of a fieldbus seg­ pact FF Link. In the case of redundant architecture, identical
ment with up to 31 standard-compliant FF‑H1 field devices in the PROFIBUS addresses must be set for both Compact FF Links.
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. If the PROFIBUS DP master and As the FF link master, the compact FF link controls the distributed
PROFIBUS DP are implemented without redundancy, the gateway can communication of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 segment determ­
be realized with a single Compact FF Link. With redundant implement­ inistically using LAS (link active scheduler). If the Compact FF Link
ation of the PROFIBUS DP master and PROFIBUS DP, a redundant Com­ fails, a redundant partner module or a field device with the "Backup
pact FF Link pair is required for the gateway. Link Master" property takes over the communication control. FF
The Compact FF Link is simultaneously a slave on PROFIBUS DP and field devices in an FF segment are thus able to execute closed-loop
the master on FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1. It decouples the hardware, control functions (Control in the Field) even independent of the
communication protocols, and time response of the two bus systems. higher-level controller.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/317

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF gateways

Design Selection and ordering data

Compact FF Link 6ES7655-5BA00-0AB0

DP/FF gateway, 40 mm wide, FOUND­
ATION Fieldbus link master, with
redundancy capability; physical inter­
face to the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
with integrated bus power supply up
to 0.5 A and integrated diagnostics;
degree of protection IP20; for exten­
ded temperature range, permissible
operating temperature -40 to +70 °C
Accessories

PS 307 load power supply

Including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
• 2 A; 40 mm wide 6ES7307-1BA01-0AA0

• 5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7307-1EA01-0AA0

• 5 A, extended temperature range; 6ES7307-1EA80-0AA0

80 mm wide
Compact FF Link • 10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7307-1KA02-0AA0

The Compact FF Link is a S7‑300 format device, consisting of a PS 305 load power supply
PROFIBUS DP interface (DPV1 slave) and a field device coupler for a 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
subordinate FF bus segment. It can operated individually or redund­ • 2 A, extended temperature range; 6ES7305-1BA80-0AA0
antly in a pair. 80 mm wide
The following architectures are thus possible (also refer to "FOUND­ Components for stand-alone opera­
ATION Fieldbus H1" section under "Design"): tion
• Single PROFIBUS DP interface (1 × Compact FF Link) Standard mounting rails
(without hot swapping function)
- Line architecture with single Compact FF Link
• Width 482 mm (19") 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
• Redundant PROFIBUS DP interface (2 × Compact FF Link) • Width 530 mm 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
- Ring architecture with redundant Compact FF Link pair (link and Components for redundant opera­
media redundancy) tion
Compact FF Link in non-redundant mode BM Compact FF Link 6ES7655-5EF00-0AA0
If the FF segment is connected to PROFIBUS DP via a single compact Bus module for 2 Compact FF Links;
for redundant operation
FF link, the link can be mounted directly on a standard mounting
rail. Mounting rail for hot swapping
• Width 482 mm (19") 6ES7195-1GA00-0XA0
If the 24 V DC incoming supply is not from a central power supply of
the plant, a PS 307 or PS 305 load power supply can be used. • Width 530 mm 6ES7195-1GF30-0XA0
Compact FF Links in redundant mode • Width 620 mm 6ES7195-1GG30-0XA0
In a redundant configuration, the BM Compact FF Link bus module is • 2 000 mm wide 6ES7195-1GC00-0XA0
first mounted on a mounting rail for "hot swapping". The two
Covers 6ES7195-1JA00-0XA0
redundant Compact FF Links are then inserted. This enables a Com­
4 backplane bus covers and 1 cover
pact FF Link to be replaced during operation. for active bus module
In the case of a redundant Compact FF Link pair, a redundant
24 V DC supply is also recommended, e.g. with two PS 307/PS 305
load power supplies.

14/318 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF gateways

Technical specifications Technical specifications (continued)

Compact FF Link • Vertical installation -40 to +50 °C

Design and equipment features Permissible storage/transport temperature -40 to +85 °C

Function Bus link of PROFIBUS DP (slave functionality) Relative humidity during operation Max. 95%, without condensation
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (link master Approvals for potentially explosive atmo­
functionality) with support of the "Configura­ spheres
tion in Run" functionality
Installation type/mounting Front mounting, preferably on mounting rail • Gas ATEX II 3 G Ex nA II T4
Degree of protection according to EN 60529 IP20 • Dust No
Voltages, currents, potentials • Equipment Ex ia/Ex ib No/No
Rated supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 V … 28.8 V) Standards, specifications, approvals
Input current, max. current consumption 1.3 A
CE mark according to 2004/108/EC, 94/9/EC Yes
External fusing of power supply lines Min. 4 A
(recommended) UL approval Yes
Rated output voltage for FF H1 31 V DC ± 1 V RCM (formerly C-Tick) Yes

• Overvoltage monitoring U > 35 V; latching shutdown KC certification Yes

EAC (formerly Gost-R) Yes
• Voltage failure bridging 5 ms
PROFIBUS standard IEC 61784-1 CP 3/1
Output current for FF H1 (for supply of all FF 0.5 A
field devices) FOUNDATION Fieldbus guideline IEC 61158-2

Power loss 8W Dimensions and weight

Galvanic isolation Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 40 × 125 × 130

• FF H1 to PROFIBUS DP Yes Weight Approx. 350 g
• DP master system to FF H1 Yes

• FF H1/24 V DC supply / PROFIBUS DP Yes

• All electric circuits/functional grounding Yes

Frame length

• Input/output data 244 bytes/244 bytes

• Configuration frame Max. 244 bytes

• Diagnostics frame Max. 244 bytes

• Parameter assignment frame Max. 244 bytes

Interfaces

Interface hardware RS 485 - yes; FOC - no

PROFIBUS DP

• Permissible device addresses 1 to 125

• Transmission rate (automatic detection) Max. 12 Mbps

• Bus protocol/transmission protocol PROFIBUS DP

• Transmission mode RS 485

• Connection 9‑pin D-sub connector

FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

• Transmission rate 31.25 Kbps

• Bus protocol/transmission protocol FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

• Transmission mode MBP

• Connection 2‑pin screw terminal

Status, interrupts, diagnostics

Status displays
• Group error Red LED "SF"

• Bus error on higher level DP master system Red "BF DP" LED
• Bus error on subordinate FF H1 Red "BF FF" LED

• Active PROFIBUS DP channel Yellow "ACT DP" LED

• Active FF H1 channel Yellow "ACT FF" LED

• 24 V DC power supply monitoring Green "ON" LED

Climatic conditions

Ambient temperature in operation

• Horizontal installation -40 to +70 °C

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/319

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

Industrial communication
Active field distributors for FF components
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors for FF components

Overview Overview (continued)

An AFD4/AFD4 RAILMOUNT/AFD4 FM can therefore integrate up

to 4, and an AFD8 up to 8 standard-compliant FF (FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1) field devices via short-circuit proof spur line connec­
tions to a fieldbus segment (line/ring) with automatic bus termina­
tion.
The FF fieldbus segment can be connected to a single or redundant
PROFIBUS DP via an FF gateway and can thus be seamlessly integ­
rated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
Up to 8 AFD active field distributors with a total of up to 31 connec­
ted field devices can be operated for each fieldbus segment. The
number of field devices is also limited by the current consumption of
the field devices. A maximum of 60 mA per spur line and a maxim­
um of 0.5 A per segment is available for the field devices.
An AFD in a ring segment can be replaced during operation without
resulting in failure of the segment.
For compliance with IP66 degree of protection, it is necessary to pro­
tect unused spur line connections using blanking plugs.
Active Field Distributor AFD4 Based on the AFD4, two product versions with different intentions
were developed with the AFD4 RAILMOUNT and the AFD4 FM:
Specific product features of the AFD4 RAILMOUNT
The AFD4 RAILMOUNT is supplied without die-cast aluminum enclos­
ure; it is a product model of the AFD4 active field distributor with
flexible installation options. It can be installed on a DIN mounting
rail into an enclosure of choice, for example, one made of stainless
steel, die-cast aluminum or plastic.
Specific product features of the AFD4 FM
The AFD4 FM with cFMus approval is adapted to the special require­
ments for product variants of the AFD4 active field distributor in the
USA and Canada. The AFD4 FM features threaded plugs ex factory,
because the cable glands of the AFD4 do not conform to the require­
ments of cFMus.
The threaded plugs for connecting the main and spur lines must be
replaced by the cable glands and cables listed by UL or CSA. They
must conform to the US National Electrical Code (NEC) and Canadian
Electrical Code (CEC). The user is responsible for selection and order­
ing.
Active Field Distributor AFD4 RAILMOUNT
Available suppliers for suitable cable glands:
• Cooper Capri SAS
• CMP products
Due to the larger bushing for the main line (M20 instead of M16),
sheathed main line cables can also be used for AFD4 FM.
The relevant requirements of the US National Electrical Code
(ANSI/NFPA‑70 NEC) must be met when installing the AFD4 FM.
AFDiSD active field distributor

Active Field Distributor AFD8

Active Field Distributor AFD

Active field distributors (AFD) can be operated in environments in
accordance with Division 2, Zone 2 or Zone 22. The following mod­
els are available:
• AFD4, AFD4 RAILMOUNT or AFD4 FM with 4 spur line connections
for 1 field device each
• AFD8 with 8 spur line connections for 1 field device each
AFDiSD active field distributor

14/320 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors for FF components

Overview (continued) Selection and ordering data

Active field distributor (AFD)

PROFIBUS DP For integration of standard-compliant
PA or FF field devices
4 short-circuit-proof spur line connections
Compact FF Links (redundant) for 1 field device each

• AFD4 with cable glands 6ES7157-0AG81-0XA0

• AFD4 RAILMOUNT (without enclos­ 6ES7655-5DX40-2AA0

ure)
For mounting on a DIN mounting
AFDiSD AFDiSD AFDiSD rail in a suitable enclosure
8 short-circuit-proof spur line connections
for 1 field device each
Ex Zone 1
• AFD8 with cable glands 6ES7157-0AG82-0XA0

AFDiSD (active field distributor 6ES7655-5DX60-1BB0

intrinsically safe with optional
extended PROFIBUS PA diagnostics)
With 6 short-circuit proof spur line
Subsegment max. 500 m connections for the integration of
standard-compliant intrinsically-safe
G_PCS7_XX_00529

PA or FF field devices
Ex Zone 0 Bus
terminating Accessories
resistor 100 Ω
Blanking plugs 6ES7157-0AG80-1XA1
For unused connections on the AFD
and AFDiSD, 10 units

The AFDiS (Active Field Distributor intrinsically Safe) is an active field

distributor for operating environments in accordance with Ex Zones
1/21 and 2/22. It can integrate up to 6 intrinsically-safe FF field
devices into an FF fieldbus segment (line/ring) via its intrinsically-
safe, short-circuit-proof spur line connections. Instead of the spur
line, it is also possible to use a subsegment for 3 to 4 devices with a
max. length of 500 m at connection S1 of the AFDiS. The spur lines
with Ex [ia] type of protection as well as the subsegment can be
routed into Zone 0/20.
Up to 5 AFDiS field distributors with a total of up to 31 field devices
can be operated in a fieldbus segment. The limitation to 5 field dis­
tributors is also mandatory for mixed operation of AFD and AFDiS.
The number of field devices per segment additionally depends on
the current consumption of the devices. A current of 0.5 A is avail­
able for all field devices of the segment.
With the integrated repeater function, the AFDiS has the following
advantages compared to the AFD:
• Spur line lengths are independent of the total number of spur lines
in the bus segment.
• Spur line lengths need not be taken into account when determin­
ing the total length of the bus segment.
In environments in accordance with Ex Zone 2/22 or in non-hazard­
ous areas, an AFDiSD in a ring segment can be replaced during oper­
ation without failure of the segment.
For compliance with IP66 degree of protection, it is necessary to pro­
tect unused spur line connections using blanking plugs.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/321

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors for FF components

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7655-5DX60-1BB0

General information
• Product function
• Repeater function Yes
Supply voltage
Design of the power supply via fieldbus
Reverse polarity protection Yes; only in conjunction with FDC 157
Overvoltage protection Yes; only in conjunction with FDC 157
Input current
Current consumption, max. 400 mA; at 20 V input voltage
Current consumption in the case of short-circuit at all spur lines 100 mA; at 24 V input voltage
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 1.4 W; minimum - typ. specification not possible because load-
dependent
Power loss, max. 5.9 W
Interfaces
• PROFIBUS PA
• Transmission rate, max. 31.25 kbit/s
• Number of connectable PA field devices 6
• Current output to PA field devices, max. 260 mA; max. 180 mA total current of all field devices for oper­
ation in the permissible operating voltage range from 16 V to 32
V
• permissible current per spur line 40 mA; first spur line 60 mA
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP No
PROFIBUS PA Yes
AS-Interface No
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 Yes
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Status indicator Yes
Alarms No
Diagnostics function Yes
• Diagnostics indication LED
• Main line status Yes
• Main line failure Yes
• Spur line status/fault Yes
• automatic bus termination Yes
Potential separation
between main line and spur lines Yes
Degree and class of protection
IP degree of protection IP66
Standards, approvals, certificates
• Use in hazardous areas
• ATEX Zone 1 Yes
• ATEX Zone 21 Yes
• ATEX Zone 2 Yes
• ATEX Zone 22 Yes
• FM Class I Zone 1 No
• FM Class I Zone 2, Division 2 No
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. -40 °C
• max. 70 °C

14/322 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors for FF components

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5DX60-1BB0

• Ambient temperature during storage/transportation
• min. -40 °C
• max. 70 °C
• Relative humidity
• Operation, max. 95 %
connection method / header
• connection method / main cable / header
• number of connections / for PROFIBUS PA main cable 2
• design of the electrical connection / for PROFIBUS PA main cable Screw terminal block
• design of the thread / of cable screw connection / for PROFIBUS PA main cable M20
• design of the PROFIBUS PA main cable Type A
• diameter / of the PROFIBUS PA main cable / connectable / minimum 6 mm
• diameter / of the PROFIBUS PA main cable / connectable / maximum 13 mm
• connectable conductor cross-section / of the PROFIBUS PA main cable / minimum 0.2 mm²
• connectable conductor cross-section / of the PROFIBUS PA main cable / maximum 2.5 mm²
• product function / of the PROFIBUS PA main cable / automatic bus termination Yes
• output current / for PROFIBUS PA main cable / maximum permissible 1A
• connection method / spur line / header
• Number of spur lines 6
• Design of terminals Screw terminal block
• Type of connection (enclosure cable gland) M16
• Type of cable Type A
• Cable diameter, min. 4 mm
• Cable diameter, max. 9 mm
• Conductor cross-section, min. 0.2 mm²
• Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm²
• total current output to field devices, max. 260 mA; max. 180 mA total current of all field devices for oper­
ation in the permissible operating voltage range from 16 V to 32
V
• Number of connectable field devices 6
• Current limitation per field device, max. 40 mA; 60 mA on S1
• No-load voltage, max. 15.3 V
• short-circuit proof Yes
• Short-circuit current (test current); max. 6 mA
• intrinsically safe according to FISCO model Yes
• Debounce logic Yes
Dimensions
Width 380 mm
Height 85 mm
Depth 170 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 4 500 g

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/323

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1

Industrial communication
Passive FF components
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Passive FF components

Overview Selection and ordering data

Depending on the field of application, cables in different colors are FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable
offered for setting up FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 networks in accord­ Bus cable according to IEC 61158‑2,
ance with IEC 61158-2: 2‑wire, shielded; stranded filler wires
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable, 2-wire, shielded, yellow sheath • Sheath color: yellow; for non-intrins­ 6XV1830-5HH10
ically safe applications
For applications in non-intrinsically safe areas
• Sheath color: blue; for intrinsically 6XV1830-5GH10
safe applications
Sold by the meter: Max. delivery unit
1 000 m, minimum order quantity
20 m

• FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable, 2-wire, shielded, blue sheath

For applications in intrinsically safe areas

14/324 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
OpenPCS 7

Industrial communication
OpenPCS 7

Overview Function

The OpenPCS 7 interface is based on various OPC specifications

(openness, productivity, collaboration). In addition to Microsoft's
OPC clients OpenPCS 7
server DCOM technology (Distributed Component Object Model), it also
supports the more sophisticated OPC UA (Unified Architecture) pro­
tocol for communication between applications.
Special features of OPC UA:
Office LAN • Data transfer combined with machine-readable semantic data
Front
description
Firewall
• Platform independence
Back Process • Access via firewalls and over the Internet
Firewall Historian
• Communication reliability
• Security implementation
Terminal bus
Access facilities of OPC clients
OS server
OPC DA (data access server) or
G_PCS7_XX_00144

Plant bus
OPC UA DA (unified architecture data access)
For read and write access to process values
As an OPC DA or OPC UA DA server, the OpenPCS 7 server provides
other applications with current data from the OS data management.
The OPC client can log itself onto ongoing changes and also write
values.
Use the OpenPCS 7 interface to directly integrate the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system into host systems for production planning, OPC HDA (historical data access server) or
process data evaluation and management. These higher-level sys­ OPC UA HA (unified architecture historical access)
tems (OPC clients) can access SIMATIC PCS 7 process data by means For read access to archived process values
of the OpenPCS 7 server. However, access to SIMATIC BATCH data is
not possible. As an OPC HDA or OPC UA HA server, the OpenPCS 7 server provides
other applications with historical data from the OS archive system.
The OpenPCS 7 server collects data for the OPC clients. Depending The OPC client, e.g. a reporting tool, can specifically request the
on the system configuration, these data may be distributed across required data by defining the start and end of a time interval. In
different SIMATIC PCS 7 stations (OS server, central archive server). addition, the OPC HDA server offers a wide range of aggregate func­
It covers the distribution of data with respect to: tions, including variance, mean value and integral. This enables pre­
• Time period (OS1/OS2/…) processing by the HDA server, thus contributing to reducing the
communication load.
• Location (OS1/OS2/...)
OPC A&E (alarm & events server) or
• Redundancy (OS1 master/OS1 standby …) OPC UA A&C (unified architecture alarms & conditions)
For read access to messages, alarms and events
As an OPC A&E or OPC UA A&C server, the OpenPCS 7 server passes
Design on OS messages together with all accompanying process values to
the subscribers at the production and corporate management levels.
The OpenPCS 7 server can be operated in two different configura­ Some messages can be acknowledged there. Filter mechanisms and
tions: subscriptions ensure that only selected, modified data are transmit­
• Autonomous OpenPCS 7 server based on a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industri­ ted.
al Workstation in the client version (recommended preferred con­ OPC "H" A&E (historical alarm & events server)
figuration)
For read access to archived alarms and messages
• Multi-functional SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, client ver­ Thanks to a Siemens extension of the OPC A&E standard interface,
sion, with OpenPCS 7 server and OS client functionalities (Open­ the OpenPCS 7 server is able to transmit historic alarms and mes­
PCS 7 server/OS client) sages from the archive to subscribers at the production and corpor­
ate control levels. Archived messages cannot be read via OPC UA
A&C.
OLE DB
Simple, standardized direct access to the archive data in the
Microsoft SQL Server database of the operator system is possible
with the OLE-DB. Through this, all OS archive data are accessible
with the accompanying process values, message texts and user
texts.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/325

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
OpenPCS 7

Selection and ordering data More information

Multi-functional OpenPCS 7 Serv­ To ensure safe operation of the plant, you need to take suitable
er/OS Client security measures that also include IT security (e.g. network seg­
mentation). You can find more information on the topic of Industrial
SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7/OS Client Security on the Internet at
V10.0
OpenPCS 7 software for expansion of
an existing OS Client with OpenPCS 7
Server functionality
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC,
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for
more information), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-0GX78-2YB0
- License key USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7658-0GX78-2YH0
- License key download, online Cer­
tificate of License
Email address required!
Autonomous OpenPCS 7 Server

SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 V10.0

OpenPCS 7 software for a separate
OpenPCS 7 Server, based on the hard­
ware of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Worksta­
tion, client version
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC,
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for
more information), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-0HX78-2YB0
- License key USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7658-0HX78-2YH0
- License key download, online Cer­
tificate of License
Email address required

14/326 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Other communication

Industrial communication
Other communication

Overview

Connections can be made from an AS‑Interface to PROFIBUS DP

using gateways.
Modbus is connected to PROFIBUS DP using an ET 200M with CP 341
communications module.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/327

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Other communication

Industrial communication
AS-Interface
Other communication
AS-Interface

Overview Design

The AS-Interface can be integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process

control system as follows:
• Connection via a CM AS-i Master ST AS‑i master module in an
ET 200SP station to PROFINET IO or PROFIBUS DP
• Connection via a CP 343-2 or CP 343-2P AS‑i master module in an
ET 200M remote I/O station to PROFINET IO or PROFIBUS DP

SIMATIC PCS 7
automation systems

PROFINET

CP 343-2
SIMATIC ET 200SP SIMATIC ET 200M

IM 153-4
with CM AS-i Master with CP 343-2 (P)

AS-Interface AS-Interface

Combination of ET 200SP interface module, CM AS-i Master ST and F-CM

AS-i Safety ST AS-i module AS-i module AS-i module AS-i module
Digital DI/DQ Digital DI/DQ Digital DI/DQ Digital DI/DQ

G_PCS7_XX_00385
Standard addr. A/B address Standard addr. A address

The actuator/sensor interface (AS-Interface) is a heterogeneous bus AS-i module AS-i module
system for networking simple, usually binary actuators and sensors Analog AI/AQ Safety F-DI/DQ
(+ F-CM Safety)
at the lowest field level. It is then possible to replace a cable harness
with parallel wiring by a simple two-wire line for simultaneous trans­
mission of data and power. AS-i integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 via PROFINET IO
The AS-Interface operates according to the master/slave principle.
The AS‑i master module (CP 343‑2, CP 343‑2P or communications
module CM AS‑i Master ST) controls the slaves (sensors/actuators) SIMATIC PCS 7
connected via AS‑i cable. Up to 62 AS-Interface slaves can be oper­ automation systems
ated on an AS-Interface master module.
Note: PROFIBUS

AS-Interface is integrated as a subordinate bus in SIMATIC PCS 7. For CP 343-2

SIMATIC ET 200SP SIMATIC ET 200M
more information on the AS-Interface, see Catalog IC 10.
IM 153-2

with CM AS-i Master with CP 343-2 (P)

AS-Interface AS-Interface

AS-i module AS-i module AS-i module AS-i module

Digital DI/DQ Digital DI/DQ Digital DI/DQ Digital DI/DQ

G_PCS7_XX_00228
Standard addr. A/B address Standard addr. A address

AS-i module AS-i module

Analog AI/AQ Safety F-DI/DQ
32 bytes IO D+A (+ F-CM Safety)

AS‑i integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 via PROFIBUS DP

System components
The basic components of a system installation are:
• AS-Interface master:
- CM AS‑i Master ST (in an ET 200SP station)
CP 343-2 P communications processor - CP 343‑2 or CP 343‑2P (both can be operated in an ET 200M
remote I/O station)
• AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 (add-on product, see
Catalog "Add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7", chapter "Librar­
ies/Blocks/Tools")
• AS-i modules for connecting standard sensors/actuators
• Actuators and sensors with integrated AS-i connection
• AS-i power supply unit for powering the AS-i components and the
connected sensors

14/328 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Industrial communication
Other communication
AS-Interface

Design (continued) Selection and ordering data

• AS-Interface shaped cable (for simple piercing connection of the CM AS-i Master ST communications 3RK7137-6SA00-0BC1
AS-i modules IP67), optionally also usable as round cable (e.g. for module
AS-i modules IP20) • AS‑Interface master for SIMAT­
IC ET 200SP, for plugging onto
• AS-i addressing unit (for simple setting of the AS-i address of the BaseUnit Type C0
AS-i modules)
• Corresponds to AS-Interface Spe­
AS‑i modules cification V3.0
AS-i slave modules can be used in accordance with the AS‑i specific­ • Dimensions (W x H x D / mm):
ation V3.0. 20 x 73 x 58
Observe the restrictions specified in the following notes and in the CP 343-2 6GK7343-2AH01-0XA0
documentation for the AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Communications module for connect­
version used. ing SIMATIC S7‑300 and ET 200M to
AS‑Interface; configuration of the AS‑i
For information on the AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC PCS 7, network by means of SET button;
see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109759605 including manual on CD (German,
Notes: English, French, Spanish, Italian);
without front connector
The CP 343‑2 and CP 343‑2P AS-i masters transfer I/O data from 6GK7343-2AH11-0XA0
CP 343-2P
digital AS‑i modules with a B address via data records and not via the Communications module for the con­
cyclic process image (partition). To prevent delays in the communic­ nection of SIMATIC S7‑300 and
ation process of the driver blocks for B‑slaves, it is recommended to ET 200M to AS‑Interface; configura­
avoid using AS-i modules with B addresses for SIMATIC PCS 7 config­ tion of the AS‑i network by means of
urations with CP 343-2 or CP 343-2P. SET button or HW Config (STEP 7);
including manual on CD (English, Ger­
When an ET 200M station with CP 343-2 or CP 343-2P is used, the man, French, Spanish, Italian);
AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 does not transfer analog without front connector
values. Front connector 6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0
When an ET 200SP station is used on PROFIBUS DP, a maximum of 20‑pin, with screw connections
32 bytes is transferred per ET 200SP module, i.e. a total of 32 bytes Other accessories
I/O is available per CM AS-i Master ST for digital and analog values of For cable material, plugs, and other
the AS-i modules. accessories, see Catalog IC 10 or
These restrictions do not apply when an ET 200SP is used on Industry Mall under "Automation tech­
PROFINET IO and version 9.1 of the AS-Interface block library for nology – Industrial controls – Industri­
al communication – AS-Interface"
SIMATIC PCS 7.
When the optional F-CM AS-i Safety fail-safe module is used in an
ET 200SP station, AS-i safety modules can also be used. The safety-
oriented signals are interconnected outside of the AS-Interface block
library for SIMATIC PCS 7:

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 14/329

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Other communication

Industrial communication
Modbus / CP 341 communications module
Other communication
Modbus / CP 341 communications module

Overview Selection and ordering data

CP 341 communications module 6ES7341-1AH02-0AE0

With 1 RS 232 C (V.24) interface
RS 232 connecting cable
For coupling to SIMATIC S7
•5m 6ES7902-1AB00-0AA0

• 10 m 6ES7902-1AC00-0AA0

• 15 m 6ES7902-1AD00-0AA0

CP 341 communications module 6ES7341-1BH02-0AE0

With 1 20 mA (TTY) interface
20 mA (TTY) connecting cable
For coupling to SIMATIC S7
•5m 6ES7902-2AB00-0AA0

• 10 m 6ES7902-2AC00-0AA0

• 50 m 6ES7902-2AG00-0AA0

CP 341 communications module CP 341 communications module 6ES7341-1CH02-0AE0

With 1 RS 422/485 (X.27) interface
RS 422/485 connecting cable
Modbus can be connected to PROFIBUS DP using an ET 200M with
For coupling to SIMATIC S7
the CP 341 communications module. This module enables fast and
•5m 6ES7902-3AB00-0AA0
efficient data exchange through point-to-point coupling.
The CP 341 communications module is available in 3 versions with • 10 m 6ES7902-3AC00-0AA0
different physical transmission properties: • 50 m 6ES7902-3AG00-0AA0
• RS 232C (V.24)
Loadable drivers for CP 341
• 20 mA (TTY) MODBUS master (RTU format)
• Single license 6ES7870-1AA01-0YA0
• RS 422/RS 485 (X.27)
The Modbus Master or Modbus Slave loadable drivers are needed for • Single license, without software and 6ES7870-1AA01-0YA1
documentation
the Modbus coupling.
MODBUS slave (RTU format)
• Single license 6ES7870-1AB01-0YA0

• Single license, without software and 6ES7870-1AB01-0YA1

documentation

14/330 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 15
© Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O

15/3 Introduction
15/7 Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
15/8 Central I/O modules
15/9 Expansion units for central I/O
15/11 Power supplies
15/13 1-phase power supplies, 24 V DC
15/15 1-phase and 2-phase power supplies,
24 V DC
15/17 3-phase power supplies, 24 V DC
15/19 3-phase power supply system, 24 V DC
15/22 Add-on modules
15/25 SITOP DC UPS uninterruptible power
supplies
15/28 SIMATIC CFU
15/30 SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition
15/37 SIMATIC CFU PA edition
15/44 SIMATIC CFU DIQ edition
15/49 BusAdapters
15/51 SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
15/55 Interface module
15/58 Digital I/O modules
15/65 Analog I/O modules
15/71 Analog/digital module
15/77 Technology modules
15/82 Fail-safe I/O-modules
15/83 Ex I/O modules
15/88 Carrier modules
15/91 Terminal blocks
15/95 BusAdapters
15/98 Additional I/O modules
15/99 Pneumatics
15/99 AirLINE SP valve terminal type 8647 for
integration into ET 200SP HA
15/100 SIMATIC ET 200iSP
15/103 Power supply unit
15/105 Interface modules
15/108 Digital electronic modules
15/113 Analog electronic modules
15/116 Safety-related electronic modules
15/121 Watchdog module
15/123 RS 485-iS coupler
15/125 Stainless steel wall enclosure
15/127 SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
15/129 Power supply
15/130 Interface modules
15/131 Accessories
15/133 Bundles
15/134 Digital modules
15/139 Analog modules
15/142 Analog modules with HART
15/146 Ex digital/analog modules
15/150 F-digital/analog modules
15/152 Controller modules
15/154 Counter modules
15/155 MTA terminal modules
15/160 SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
15/163 Interface modules and BusAdapters
15/165 BaseUnits and I/O modules
15/167 Digital I/O modules
15/170 Analog I/O modules
15/173 SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
15/175 IM 154-2 DP High Feature Interface
Module
15/176 Digital electronic modules EM 141, EM
142
15/177 Analog electronic modules EM 144, EM
145
15/179 Safety-related electronic modules
15/181 Power Module PM-E
15/182 Power supply for ET 200pro
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Introduction

Process I/O
Introduction

Overview

SIMATIC ET 200 remote I/O stations for SIMATIC PCS 7 (main SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, SIMATIC CFU PA, SIMATIC ET 200M and SIMATIC ET 200iSP series)

The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system offers a variety of possibilit­ • SIMATIC ET 200 remote I/Os in conjunction with classic field/pro­
ies for detecting and outputting process signals via sensors and actu­ cess devices and HART field devices
ators as well as for connecting process I/O to the automation systems:
• Intelligent field/process devices for direct fieldbus connection
• Signal and function modules in remote I/O stations on the fieldbus
Especially convincing arguments for distributed process I/O include:
- PROFIBUS DP (ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200pro)
• Modularity and consistency
- PROFINET IO (ET 200SP HA, SIMATIC CFU, ET 200M, ET 200SP)
• Flexible adaptability to the plant structure
• Analog and digital I/O modules of the SIMATIC S7-400 operated
centrally in the automation system • Minimum cabling and engineering requirements
SIMATIC S7-400 signal modules used centrally in the automation sys­ • Low commissioning, service and life cycle costs
tem are suitable for small applications or plants with few remote loca­ • Wide technical bandwidth
tions. In practice, however, distributed process I/Os are mainly used
which, depending on the type, also support redundant configurations
or operation in explosive gas/dust atmospheres:

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Introduction

Design

Comparison of distributed I/O systems for SIMATIC PCS 7

I/O system SIMATIC CFU ET 200SP HA ET 200iSP ET 200M ET 200SP ET 200pro

Design
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP30 IP20 IP20 IP65/IP66/IP67
Design Compact Modular Modular Modular Discretely scalable Modular
Assembly Mounting rail Mounting rail Mounting rail Mounting rail Standard mounting rail Mounting rail
Connection system for Multi-wire connec­ Multi-wire connec­ Multi-wire connec­ Single-wire connection Single/multi-conductor M8, M12, M23
sensors/actuators tion Screw-type con­ tion tion Spring-loaded/screw- connection
nection Push-in terminals Spring- type connections, Fast­ Push‑in terminals
loaded/screw-type Connect, TopConnect
connections
Special applications
Safety engineering – – ● ● – ●
For use in hazardous Zones 2, 22 Zone 2 Zones 1, 21 Zone 2 Zone 2 –
areas
Increased availability Redundant Switched, redund­ Switched, redund­ Switched, redundant – –
ant ant
Temperature range -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -20 … +70 °C 0 … +60 °C1) 0 … +60 °C1) -25 … +55 °C
(horizontal) (horizontal) (horizontal) (horizontal) (horizontal) (horizontal)
Vibration resistance 1g 1g 1g 1g Up to 5 g 5 g (module-depend­
(continuous) ent)
Communication
PROFIBUS (Cu/FO) –/– –/– ● / – (1.5 Mbps) ● / – (12 Mbps) ●/– ● / ● (12 Mbps)
PROFINET (Cu/FO) ●/● ●/● –/– ●/– ●/● –/–
System functions
Permanent wiring ● ● ● ● (insertion and ● –
removal)
Hot swapping – ● ● ● (with active back­ ● ●
plane bus)
Expansion/ ●/● ●/● ●/● ●/● –/– –/–
configuration during
ongoing operation
Diagnostics (module- Channel-discrete Channel-discrete Channel-discrete Channel-discrete Channel-discrete Channel-discrete
dependent)
functions
Digital channels ● ● ● ● ● ●
Analog channels ● ● ● ● ● ●
incl. HART PROFIBUS PA ● ● ● ● –
Motor starter – Available soon – – – –
Pneumatic interface – Available soon ● – – –
Technological functions Available soon Available soon Counting, fre­ Counting/measuring, – –
quency measuring controlling, weighing
1) Also available as SIPLUS component for expanded temperature range -25/-40 … +60/+70 °C and aggressive atmosphere/condensation (details at:
http://www.siemens.com/siplus)

15/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Introduction

Design (continued)

Integration of process I/O in the hazardous area

Process control system

Industrial Ethernet

FM/UL Class I Zone 2 Class I Zone 1 Class I Zone 0

Gas ATEX Zone 2 Zone 1 Zone 0

FM/UL Class II Zone 1 Class II Zone 0

Dust ATEX Zone 21 Zone 20

S7-4001) Hazardous area

ET 200SP ET 200SP HA

PROFINET Ex i
Actuators/
sensors
Actuators/
sensors

SIMATIC CFU PA

ET 200M
Ex i
Actuators/
sensors
HART

Fieldbus ET 200iSP2) 3)
Isolating Transformer
PROFIBUS DP-iS Ex i
Actuators/
Ex i, Ex e, Ex d
sensors
Compact FF link/ HART
AFD
G_PCS7_XX_00635
PA link
AFDiSD
PROFIBUS PA/FF H1

PROFIBUS DP

1) With DC power supply PS 405

2) Dust atmospheres: installation of components always in an enclosure with IP6x degree of protection

3) Also complies with FM/UL according to Class I Division 2

Process I/O in explosive gas and dust atmospheres

The figure shows the possible applications for the SIMATIC PCS 7 pro­ hazardous areas. The intrinsically-safe sensors, actuators and HART
cess I/O with consideration of different ambient conditions. field devices can also be located in zone 0 or 20 if necessary.
Field devices on the PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 ET 200M, ET 200SP und ET 200SP HA distributed I/O
Field devices located in Ex zones 0, 1, 2, 20, 21 or 22 can be integ­ ET 200M, ET 200SP und ET 200SP HA remote I/O stations can be
rated in SIMATIC PCS 7 via various active field distributors on the used in Ex zone 2 as well as in non-hazardous areas. The actuat­
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1. The active field distributor ors/sensors can also be positioned in Ex zone 1 or 21. Special Ex I/O
AFDiSD is required for field devices in Ex zones 0, 1, 20 or 21. modules are available for this in the ET 200M product range.
ET 200iSP distributed I/O ET 200pro distributed I/O
ET 200iSP remote I/O stations suitable for gas/dust atmospheres can ET 200pro remote I/O stations are designed for use in non-hazard­
be installed directly in the Ex zones 1, 2, 21 or 22 as well as in non- ous areas.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/5

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Introduction

Design (continued)

Intrinsically-safe operator panel or panel, see under SIMATIC HMI Thin Client Ex in the Catalog "Add-
An intrinsically-safe operator panel can be used in hazardous areas, ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system", Section "Operat­
zone 1, 2, 21 or 22, if required. For further information on this operat­ or control and monitoring".

Function

Possible online modifications among the process I/Os

Remote I/O PROFIBUS DP PROFINET
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA • Adding ET 200SP HA stations
• Adding I/O modules to the station
• Changing the parameter settings of I/O modules
• Configuration of connected HART field devices with SIMAT­
IC PDM
SIMATIC CFU • Adding CFU
• Adding field devices to CFU
• Changing the parameter settings of the CFU and connected
PROFIBUS PA field devices over SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC ET 200M • Adding of ET 200M stations
• Adding I/O modules to the station
• Changing the parameter settings of I/O modules
• Parameterization of connected HART field devices with
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC ET 200iSP • Adding of ET 200iSP stations
• Adding of modules for the station
• Re-configuration of modules
• Parameterization of connected HART field devices with
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC ET 200pro • Adding of ET 200pro stations
PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS PA, • Adding of PROFIBUS DP stations
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 • Adding of PA links and PA field devices
• Parameterization of PA or FF field devices with SIMATIC PDM

More information

For special blocks and block libraries for integration of field/process

devices in SIMATIC PCS 7, e.g. devices from drive and weighing sys­
tems, see the Industry Mall as well as Catalog ST PCS 7 AO, "Add-ons
for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System".
For information and ordering data on field/process devices, drive
and motor management systems from Siemens, see the Industry
Mall as well as the PDF versions of the corresponding catalogs on
the Internet.

15/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7

Overview

Signal modules from the SIMATIC S7-400 range can be used in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system if necessary. These are primarily
an alternative to use of distributed I/Os in the case of small applica­
tions or systems with a small distributed configuration.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/7

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Central I/O modules
Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
Central I/O modules

Overview Selection and ordering data

SM 421 digital input modules

• 32 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7421-1BL01-0AA0

• 32 inputs, 120 V AC/DC 6ES7421-1EL00-0AA0

• 16 inputs, 24 V DC, with process/dia­ 6ES7421-7BH01-0AB0

gnostics interrupt
• 16 inputs, 24 to 60 V AC/DC, with 6ES7421-7DH00-0AB0
hardware/diagnostics interrupt
• 16 inputs, 120/230 V AC/DC, inputs 6ES7421-1FH20-0AA0
according to IEC 1131‑2 Type 2
SM 422 digital output modules
• 32 outputs; 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7422-1BL00-0AA0

• 32 outputs; 24 V DC, 0.5 A; with dia­ 6ES7422-7BL00-0AB0

gnostics
• 16 outputs; 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7422-1BH11-0AA0

• 16 outputs; relay contacts 6ES7422-1HH00-0AA0

• 16 outputs; 120/230 V AC, 2 A 6ES7422-1FH00-0AA0

Signal modules from the SIMATIC S7‑400 range can be used in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system if necessary. These are primarily SM 431 analog input modules
an alternative to use of distributed I/Os in the case of small applica­ • 16 inputs, non-isolated, 13-bit 6ES7431-0HH00-0AB0
tions or systems with a small distributed configuration.
• 8 inputs, isolated, 13-bit 6ES7431-1KF00-0AB0
For SIMATIC PCS 7, the I/O modules listed in the Ordering data have
been selected from the range of S7‑400 signal modules. • 8 inputs, isolated, 14-bit, with lin­ 6ES7431-1KF10-0AB0
earization (RTD/TC)
Notes:
• 8 inputs, isolated, 14-bit 6ES7431-1KF20-0AB0
Apart from these selected modules it is also possible to use - with
• 16 inputs, isolated, 16-bit; process 6ES7431-7QH00-0AB0
limitations in functions - all other I/O modules from the current
range of S7‑400 signal modules. interrupt capability, with diagnostics
interrupt
All process data from the I/O are available for PCS 7 engineering in
• 8 inputs, isolated, 16-bit; process 6ES7431-7KF00-0AB0
the CFC, and can be graphically interconnected to the signal name in interrupt capability, for thermo­
the signal list. Diagnostics information is generated automatically couples, with diagnostics interrupt
when using the I/O modules listed here.
• 8 inputs, isolated, 16-bit; process 6ES7431-7KF10-0AB0
When using other I/O modules, integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 is lim­ interrupt capability, for thermal res­
ited to the process data, i.e. the full scope of diagnostics functions is istors, with diagnostics interrupt
not automatically available. These modules can therefore only be
SM 432 analog output modules
used meaningfully in SIMATIC PCS 7 if the diagnostics capability can
be omitted. • 8 outputs, isolated, 13 bits; for 6ES7432-1HF00-0AB0
±10 V, 0 … 10 V, 1 … 5 V, ±20 mA,
Online modifications and redundancy are not supported by the cent­ 0 … 20 mA, 4 … 20 mA
ral I/O.
Front connector (1 unit)
• With screw contacts 6ES7492-1AL00-0AA0

• With spring clamps 6ES7492-1BL00-0AA0

• With crimp contacts 6ES7492-1CL00-0AA0

Technical specifications

You can find the detailed technical data of the S7-400 modules at
the following points:
• Catalog ST 400 or
• Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation technology – Automation
systems – SIMATIC industrial automation systems – Controllers –
Advanced Controller – S7‑400/S7‑400H/S7‑400F/FH"

15/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Expansion units for central I/O
Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
Expansion units for central I/O

Overview Selection and ordering data

IM 460‑0 interface module 6ES7460-0AA01-0AB0

• Transmitter module for central con­
troller
IM 460-x
• Without transmission of voltage to
the expansion unit
Central controller
• Cable up to 5 m long
• With K-bus for communication with
CPs and FMs in the expansion unit
• For connecting as many as 8 expan­
sion units
IM 461-x Expansion units IM 461‑0 interface module 6ES7461-0AA01-0AA0
Corresponding receiver module for
I/O modules, the expansion unit

G_P CS7_XX_00131
CP and FM IM 460‑1 interface module 6ES7460-1BA01-0AB0
• Transmitter module for central con­
IM 461-x troller
• With transmission of the 5 V supply
for I/O modules
• Cable up to 1.5 m long
Expansion units can be used for the distributed expansion of the • Without transmission of the K‑bus,
SIMATIC S7-400. The IM 460‑x interface modules are used as the hence solely for communication
interface for these expansion units. from I/O modules

Limitation compared to standard input/output modules of ET 200M IM 461‑1 interface module 6ES7461-1BA01-0AA0
Corresponding receiver module for
• No redundant interfacing of expansion units the expansion unit
IM 460‑3 interface module 6ES7460-3AA01-0AB0
• No configuration during operation
• Transmitter module for central con­
Racks troller
The universal racks (UR) are used for SIMATIC PCS 7. They can be • Without transmission of voltage to
used as central racks and as expansion racks. For other racks, see the expansion unit
Catalog ST 400. • Cable up to 100 m long
• With K-bus for communication with
CPs and FMs in the expansion unit
• For connecting as many as 8 expan­
sion units
IM 461‑3 interface module 6ES7461-3AA01-0AA0
Corresponding receiver module for
the expansion unit
UR1 rack 6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
for central and expansion units
• 18 slots
• Suitable for redundant power supply
UR2 rack 6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
for central and expansion units
• 9 slots
• Suitable for redundant power supply
Accessories

468‑1 connecting cable

for connecting IM 460-0 and
IM 461-0; IM 460-3 and IM 461-3
• 0.75 m 6ES7468-1AH50-0AA0

• 1.5 m 6ES7468-1BB50-0AA0

•5m 6ES7468-1BF00-0AA0

Additional lengths for connecting IM

460-3 and IM 461-3
• 10 m 6ES7468-1CB00-0AA0

• 25 m 6ES7468-1CC50-0AA0

• 50 m 6ES7468-1CF00-0AA0

• 100 m 6ES7468-1DB00-0AA0

Terminator 6ES7461-0AA00-7AA0
for IM 461-0

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/9

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Central I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
Expansion units for central I/O

Selection and ordering data (continued)

468‑3 connecting cable

for connecting IM 460-1 and IM 461-1
• 0.75 m 6ES7468-3AH50-0AA0

• 1.5 m 6ES7468-3BB50-0AA0

15/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Power supplies

Process I/O
Power supplies

Overview

SITOP add-on modules and UPS1600

SITOP modular 24-V power units with output capacities up to 1000 W can be indi­
vidually adapted to the plant configuration and plant expansion
A reliable 24-V power supply is a basic condition for every plant opera­ and combined with redundancy, selectivity or DC USP modules.
tion. With MTBF ratings of up to 1 million hours at full load in continu­ This means that you can expand the system to even include com­
ous operation, SITOP power supplies meet the particularly stringent plete all-round protection.
requirements for process automation. The SITOP library is available with blocks and faceplates for direct
For world-wide use, the single-phase, 2-phase or 3-phase DIN rail integration into SIMATIC PCS 7. This means that PCS 7 users auto­
devices provide a wide ambient temperature range of -25 … +70 °C as matically receive information about operating states, maintenance
well as comprehensive international approvals such as ATEX, Class I requirements (e.g. battery replacement) and faults (e.g. power fail­
Div2, IECex or GL. ure, short-circuit or overload in 24V circuits).
The innovative SITOP PSU8600 power supply system can be fully
integrated in the plant via PROFINET and thereby offers completely
new configuration and diagnostic capabilities. It is thus possible to
individually adjust and monitor the voltage and current of each out­
put. For the first time, users have access to information about the
control circuit including energy flow data.

Power


Redundancy Power DC UPS
Selectivity PLC HMI Actuators/
supply module supply module sensors

+ 24 V

G_PCS7_XX_00349
GND

24 V DC 24 V DC, buffered

24 V DC power supply with add-on modules and DC UPS

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/11

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Power supplies

More information

You can find detailed information and technical specifications for

the 1-phase, 2-phase and 3-phase SITOP modular power supplies,
for the SITOP PSU8600 power supply system, for the redundancy,
buffer and selectivity modules, as well as for corresponding 24 V DC
uninterruptible power supplies in the Catalog KT 10.1.
Additional information is available via the Internet at:
• SITOP power supplies:
http://www.siemens.com/sitop
• CAx data (2D, 3D, circuit diagram macros):
http://www.siemens.com/sitop-cax
• Operating instructions:
http://www.siemens.com/sitop/manuals
SITOP Selection Tool
The SITOP Selection Tool helps you to select the power supply and
DC UPS for your specific application quickly and easily:
http://www.siemens.com/tst
SITOP library for SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 with SP2, V8.1, V8.1 with SP1, V8.2 are suppor­
ted.
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109476154
SIMATIC PCS 7 Standard Architectures manual (chapter 18, 24 V DC
supply concepts)
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109739629
Application example: Integration of a SITOP 24 V power supply in
SIMATIC PCS 7
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109481908

15/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Power supplies

Process I/O
1-phase power supplies, 24 V DC
Power supplies
1-phase power supplies, 24 V DC

Overview

SITOP PSU8200 1-phase, 24 V, 10 A

• 24 V DC/5 A, 10 A, 20 A and 40 A
• 1-phase wide-range input allows connection to any supply system
and ensures safety in the case of voltage supply deviations
• Extremely slim design – no lateral installation clearances required
• Power Boost with 3 times the rated current (for 25 ms) for tripping
protective devices
• Extra power with 1.5 times the rated current (5 s/min) for brief,
operational overload
• Optional short-circuit behavior between constant current and
restart
• Optional symmetrical load distribution for parallel operation
• Operating status display on 3 LEDs
• Extremely high efficiency up to 94%
• Large temperature range from -25 °C to +70 °C
• Comprehensive certifications, such as cULus, ATEX, IECex or GL
• Direct integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 via SITOP library

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/13

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Power supplies
1-phase power supplies, 24 V DC

Design

Product overview

Modules Variants Input Output

Power supplies

SITOP modular, 1-phase, PSU8200, 5 A 120/230 V AC 24 V DC, 5 A

24 V DC PSU8200, 10 A 120/230 V AC 24 V DC, 10 A

SITOP modular, 1-phase, PSU8200, 20 A 120 ... 230 V AC/DC 24 V DC, 20 A

24 V DC PSU8200, 40 A 120/230 V AC 24 V DC, 40 A

Selection and ordering data

SITOP modular power supplies,

1-phase, 24 V DC

SITOP PSU8200, 1‑phase, 24 V DC, 6EP3333-8SB00-0AY0

5A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120/230 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/5 A
SITOP PSU8200, 1‑phase, 24 V DC, 6EP3334-8SB00-0AY0
10 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120/230 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/10 A
SITOP PSU8200, 1‑phase, 24 V DC, 6EP1336-3BA10
20 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120 … 230 V AC /
110 … 220 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/20 A
SITOP PSU8200, 1‑phase, 24 V DC, 6EP3337-8SB00-0AY0
40 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120/230 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/40 A

15/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Power supplies

Process I/O
1-phase and 2-phase power supplies, 24 V DC
Power supplies
1-phase and 2-phase power supplies, 24 V DC

Overview

SITOP PSU200M 24 V, 10 A

• 24 V DC/5 A and 10 A, also available as version with PCB with pro­

tective coating.
• 1-phase and 2‑phase ultra-wide input range
• Extremely slim design – no lateral installation clearances required
• Power Boost with 3 times the rated current (for 25 ms) for tripping
protective devices
• Extra power with 1.5 times the rated current (5 s/min) for brief,
operational overload
• Optional short-circuit behavior between constant current and
restart
• Optional symmetrical load distribution for parallel operation
• Operating status display on 3 LEDs
• High degree of efficiency of up to 91%
• Large temperature range from -25 °C to +70 °C
• Comprehensive certifications, such as cULus, ATEX, IECex or GL
• Direct integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 via SITOP library

Design

Product overview

Modules Versions Input Output

Power supplies

SITOP modular, 1‑phase and PSU200M, 5 A 120/230 ... 500 V AC 24 V DC, 5 A

2‑phase, 24 V DC PSU200M, 10 A 120/230 ... 500 V AC 24 V DC, 10 A
SITOP modular PLUS, 1-phase PSU200M, 5 A 120/230 ... 500 V AC 24 V DC, 5 A
and 2‑phase, 24 V DC, with PSU200M, 10 A 120/230 ... 500 V AC 24 V DC, 10 A
protective coating

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/15

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Power supplies
1-phase and 2-phase power supplies, 24 V DC

Selection and ordering data

SITOP modular power supplies,

1-phase and 2-phase, 24 V DC

SITOP PSU200M, 1-phase and 6EP1333-3BA10

2‑phase, 24 V DC, 5 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120 … 230 V / 230 … 500 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/5 A
SITOP PSU200M PLUS, 1-phase and 6EP1333-3BA10-8AC0
2‑phase, 24 V DC, 5 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120 … 230 V / 230 … 500 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/5 A
Version with protective coating
SITOP PSU200M, 1-phase and 6EP1334-3BA10
2‑phase, 24 V DC, 10 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120 … 230 V / 230 … 500 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/10 A
SITOP PSU200M PLUS, 1-phase and 6EP1334-3BA10-8AB0
2‑phase, 24 V DC, 10 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 120 … 230 V / 230 … 500 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/10 A
Version with protective coating

15/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Power supplies

Process I/O
3-phase power supplies, 24 V DC
Power supplies
3-phase power supplies, 24 V DC

Overview

SITOP PSU8200 3-phase, 24 V, 20 A

• 24 V DC/20 A and 40 A
• 3-phase wide-range input from 320 to 575 V AC for global use
• Extremely slim design – no lateral installation clearances required
• Power Boost with 3 times the rated current (for 25 ms) for tripping
protective devices
• Extra power with 1.5 times the rated current (5 s/min) for brief,
operational overload
• Optional short-circuit behavior between constant current and
restart
• Optional symmetrical load distribution for parallel operation
• Operating status display on 3 LEDs
• Extremely high efficiency up to 94%
• Large temperature range from -25 °C to +70 °C
• Comprehensive certifications, such as cULus, ATEX, IECex and GL
• Direct integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 via SITOP library

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/17

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Power supplies
3-phase power supplies, 24 V DC

Design

Product overview

Modules Versions Input Output

Power supplies

SITOP modular, 3-phase, PSU8200, 20 A 3 AC 400 ... 500 V 24 V DC, 20 A

24 V DC

PSU8200, 40 A 3 AC 400 ... 500 V 24 V DC, 40 A

Selection and ordering data

SITOP modular power supplies,

3-phase, 24 V DC

SITOP PSU8200, 3‑phase, 24 V DC, 6EP3436-8SB00-0AY0

20 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 3 AC 400 … 500 V
Output: 24 V DC/20 A
SITOP PSU8200, 3‑phase, 24 V DC, 6EP1437-3BA10
40 A
Stabilized power supply
Input: 3 AC 400 … 500 V
Output: 24 V DC/40 A

15/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Power supplies

Process I/O
3-phase power supply system, 24 V DC
Power supplies
3-phase power supply system, 24 V DC

Overview

The unique SITOP PSU8600 power supply system sets new standards
for industrial power supplies. Voltage and current response
thresholds can be set individually for each output of this power sup­
ply system. Selective monitoring of each output for overload also
enables fast fault location. Depending on requirements, additional
modules from the modular system can be added without wiring
overhead, for example, to buffer against transient power failures.
Comprehensive diagnostic and maintenance information is available
via PROFINET and can be evaluated and visualized directly in SIMAT­
IC PCS 7. Optimal support is also provided for energy management
of a plant: From the acquisition of energy data from individual out­
puts, the specific activation and deactivation of outputs via PROFIen­
ergy, to direct integration in power management systems.
Special features
• Reduced space requirement and costs due to multiple integrated
outputs with selective monitoring
• Individually configurable outputs (voltage from 5 V to 28 V, power
response threshold value from 0.5 A to 5 A or 10 A)
• Compensation for power losses can be set separately for each out­
put
• Narrow width without lateral installation clearances
• Low temperature rise in the control cabinet due to very high effi­
ciency
• Two integrated Ethernet/PROFINET ports (no external switch
required)
• OPC UA Server functionality for parameter assignment and data
communication
• Can be added without wiring overhead (more outputs, buffer mod­
ule for bridging transient power failures)
• Preventive maintenance reduces downtimes
• Energy savings during breaks through targeted switching of out­
puts (via STEP 7 program or PROFIenergy profile)
• SIMATIC S7 function blocks for easy integration in STEP 7 user pro­
grams and faceplates for operator control and monitoring.
• Direct integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 via SITOP library

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/19

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Power supplies
3-phase power supply system, 24 V DC

Design

Product overview

Modules Versions Input Output

PSU8600 basic units

SITOP power supply system, PSU8600, 20 A 3 AC 400 to 500 V 24 V DC, 20 A

3-phase, 24 V DC PSU8600, 40 A 3 AC 400 to 500 V 24 V DC, 40 A

PSU8600, 20 A/5 × 4 A 3 AC 400 to 500 V 24 V DC, 20 A/4 × 5 A

PSU8600, 40 A/5 × 10 A 3 AC 400 to 500 V 24 V DC, 40 A/4 × 10 A

CNX8600 for expanding out­

puts

SITOP CNX8600 4 × 5 A expan­ CNX8600, 4 × 5 A 24 V DC 24 V DC, 4 × 5 A

sion module
SITOP CNX8600 4 × 10 A CNX8600, 4 × 10 A 24 V DC 24 V DC, 4 × 10 A
expansion module

BUF8600 buffer

SITOP BUF8600 buffer module BUF8600, 100 ms/40 A 24 V DC 24 V DC, 40 A

BUF8600, 300 ms/40 A
BUF8600, 4 s/40 A
BUF8600, 10 s/40 A

15/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Power supplies
3-phase power supply system, 24 V DC

Selection and ordering data

SITOP PSU8600 3-phase, 6EP3436-8SB00-2AY0

24 V DC/20 A with PN/IE connection
Stabilized power supply
Input: 3 AC 400 … 500 V
Output: 24 V DC/20 A
SITOP PSU8600 3-phase, 24 V 6EP3437-8SB00-2AY0
DC/40 A with PN/IE connection
Stabilized power supply
Input: 3 AC 400 … 500 V
Output: 24 V DC/40 A
SITOP PSU8600 3-phase, 24 V 6EP3436-8MB00-2CY0
DC/20 A/4 × 5 A with PN/IE
connection
Stabilized power supply
Input: 3 AC 400 … 500 V
Output: 24 V DC/20 A
SITOP PSU8600 3-phase, 24 V 6EP3437-8MB00-2CY0
DC/40 A/4 × 10 A with PN/IE
connection
Stabilized power supply
Input: 3 AC 400 … 500 V
Output: 24 V DC / 40 A/4 × 10 A
SITOP CNX8600 4 × 5 A expansion 6EP4436-8XB00-0CY0
module
For SITOP PSU8600
Output: 24 V DC / 4 × 5 A
SITOP CNX8600 4 × 10 A expansion 6EP4437-8XB00-0CY0
module
For SITOP PSU8600
Output: 24 V DC / 4 × 10 A
SITOP BUF8600 100 ms buffer 6EP4297-8HB00-0XY0
module
For SITOP PSU8600
Buffer capacity 100 ms/40 A
SITOP BUF8600 300 ms buffer 6EP4297-8HB10-0XY0
module
For SITOP PSU8600
Buffer capacity 300 ms/40 A
SITOP BUF8600 4 s buffer module 6EP4293-8HB00-0XY0
For SITOP PSU8600
Buffer capacity 4 s/40 A
SITOP BUF8600 10 s buffer module 6EP4295-8HB00-0XY0
For SITOP PSU8600
Buffer capacity 10 s/40 A

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/21

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Power supplies

Process I/O
Add-on modules
Power supplies
Add-on modules

Overview Overview (continued)

Redundancy modules Selectivity modules

Power supply Redundancy module Power supply Power Selectivity PLC HMI Actuators Sensors
supply unit module

G_KT01_XX_00122
G_KT01_XX_00121
24 V DC

24 V DC
SITOP selectivity modules

SITOP redundancy modules • Distribution of the load current over up to 4 current circuits with
individually adjustable maximum current
• High availability of the 24 V DC supply thanks to redundant config­ • Monitoring of individual partial currents
uration
• Reliable tripping regardless of cable lengths and cross-sections
• Decoupling of two power supplies of the same type in parallel
operation via diodes • Selective cutoff of current circuits at overload or short-circuit

• 24 V DC power supply is maintained in the event of a power failure • Simple commissioning thanks to manual switch on/off of outputs

• Compact redundancy modules for power supply units up to 40 A • Sequential connection delay of feeders reduces total inrush current

• Diagnostic signal via LED and signaling contacts • Sealable transparent cover over adjusters for currents and times
protect against maladjustment
• Adjustable switching threshold for LED and signaling contacts
• Remote reset possible from a central location
• Direct integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 via SITOP library
• Signaling via LEDs (channel-by-channel) and remote diagnostics
Buffer module via common signaling contact or single-channel signaling

Power supply Buffer module • Evaluation of the status of 4 current circuits of selectivity modules
with single-channel signaling via SIMATIC S7 function blocks.
• Direct integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 via SITOP library
G_KT01_XX_00123

24 V DC

SITOP buffer module

• Buffering the load current during brief power interruptions

• Maintenance-free capacitors with short charging times as energy
storage units
• Wiring parallel to the output of the power supply
• Parallel switching of several buffer modules possible
• A supply voltage > 20.5 V is signaled by an LED on the device.
• Buffer time up to: 200 ms at 40 A, 400 ms at 20 A, 800 ms at 10 A,
1.6 s at 5 A load current

15/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Power supplies
Add-on modules

Design

Product overview

Modules Versions Input Output

Redundancy modules

SITOP redundancy module 24 V DC, 40 A 24 V DC Ue – approx. 0.5 V

PSE202U 24 V DC, 10 A 24 V DC Ue – approx. 0.5 V

Buffer module

SITOP buffer module -- 24 V DC Ue - approx. 1 V

Selectivity modules

SITOP selectivity module With common signal contact 24 V DC Ue - approx. 0.2 V

PSE200U, 3 A, 4‑channel, NEC Class 2 with common sig­
4×3A nal contact
Adjustable output current:
0.5 ... 3 A With single-channel signaling
NEC Class 2 with single-chan­
nel signaling
SITOP selectivity module Without single-channel signal­ 24 V DC Ue - approx. 0.2 V
PSE200U, 10 A, 4‑channel, ing (common signaling con­
4 × 10 A tact)
Adjustable output current: With single-channel signaling
3 ... 10 A

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/23

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Power supplies
Add-on modules

Selection and ordering data

Add-on modules for SITOP modular

power supplies
Redundancy modules

Redundancy module SITOP 6EP1961-3BA21

PSE202U, 24 V DC/40 A
Suitable for decoupling two SITOP
power supplies each with a maximum
of 20 A output current
Input: 24 V DC
Output: Ue - approx. 0.5 V
Redundancy module SITOP 6EP1964-2BA00
PSE202U, 24 V DC/10 A
Suitable for decoupling two SITOP
power supplies each with a maximum
of 5 A output current
Input: 24 V DC
Output: Ue - approx. 0.5 V
Buffer module

SITOP PSE201U buffer module 6EP1961-3BA01

For SITOP modular and SITOP smart
buffer time 100 ms to 10 s, depending
on load current
Input: 24 V DC
Output: Ue - approx. 1 V
Selectivity modules

SITOP PSE200U selectivity module, 3

A
4-channel (4 × 3 A)
Input: 24 V DC
Output: Ue – approx. 0.2 V
Adjustable output current 0.5 to 3 A
• With common signal contact 6EP1961-2BA11

• NEC Class 2 with common signal 6EP1961-2BA51

contact
• With single-channel signaling 6EP1961-2BA31

• NEC Class 2 with single-channel sig­ 6EP1961-2BA61

naling
SITOP PSE200U selectivity module,
10 A
4-channel (4 × 10 A)
Input: 24 V DC
Output: Ue – approx. 0.2 V
Adjustable output current 3 to 10 A
• Without single-channel signaling 6EP1961-2BA21
(common signaling contact)
• With single-channel signaling 6EP1961-2BA41

15/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Power supplies

Process I/O
SITOP DC UPS uninterruptible power supplies
Power supplies
SITOP DC UPS uninterruptible power supplies

Overview Overview (continued)

SITOP DC UPS with capacitors • Open communication via USB or two Ethernet/ PROFINET ports;
OPC UA Server functionality for parameter assignment and data
communication
Power supply SITOP SITOP Industrial PC
SITOP UPS500S UPS501S • Easy configuration thanks to automatic detection of battery mod­
ules
• High reliability and availability due to monitoring of the operation­
al readiness, battery feed, aging and charging status
24 V DC unbuffered 24 V DC buffered • Battery-saving charging due to temperature-specific charging char­
acteristic
• Defined shutdown of several IPCs or controllers on one UPS (ver­
HMI
sions with Ethernet/PROFINET)

G_KT01_XX_00758
Actuators • Remote monitoring via integrated web server (versions with Ether­
(e.g. motor Distributed Indi- net/PROFINET)
controls I/O with cator
and valves) sensors light • SIMATIC S7 function blocks for easy integration in STEP 7 user pro­
grams and faceplates for operator control and monitoring.
• Direct integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 via SITOP library
• Buffering of 24 V DC up to 15 A
The intelligent UPS1600 battery management charges the UPS1100
• Buffering of power failures for up to several minutes enables data with the optimal, temperature-controlled charging characteristics
backup and controlled shutdown and monitors the status (operating data and diagnostic information)
• Ambient temperatures up to +60 °C of the connected battery modules via the energy storage link. For
longer backup times, up to six same type battery modules can be
• Short charging times connected in parallel.
• Maintenance-free operation and long lifetime, also at high temper­
atures
• Status messages via LEDs and floating signaling contacts
• Communication with controller/IPC via USB
• Extension of the buffer time with up to 3 expansion modules
SITOP UPS1600 DC UPS modules with UPS1100 battery modules

Control Controlling, configurating, monitoring

Industrial PC Industrial PC PC

Industrial Ethernet

24 V DC

Energy Storage Link

Power SITOP SITOP

G_KT01_XX_00796

supply UPS1600 UPS1100

SITOP

Uninterruptible 24 V power supply

• High-performance DC UPS modules in space-saving, slim design

• 24 V DC buffering for a few hours for the purpose of continuing
processes
• High overload capability for mains and buffer mode
• Starting from the battery module supports stand-alone mode, e.g.
for starting generators

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/25

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Power supplies
SITOP DC UPS uninterruptible power supplies

Design

Product overview

Modules Versions Input Output

Uninterruptible 24 V DC
power supplies

SITOP DC UPS with capacitors

SITOP DC UPS basic device Power 2.5 KW 24 V DC (22 ... 29 V) 24 V DC
UPS500S, 15 A, IP20, can be Power 5 KW (23.3 ... 24.7 V DC or 24 V
expanded with SITOP UPS501S ± 3 %)
SITOP DC UPS expansion mod­ Power 5 KW 24 V DC 24 V DC
ule UPS501S, 7 A
SITOP DC UPS basic device Power 5 KW 24 V DC (22.5 ... 29 V) 24 V DC
UPS500P, 7 A, IP65, cannot be Power 10 KW (23.3 ... 24.7 V DC or 24 V
expanded ± 3 %)

SITOP DC UPS with battery

modules
SITOP UPS1600 DC UPS, can
be combined with SITOP
UPS1100 battery modules

SITOP UPS1600 Without communications inter­ 24 V DC Normal mode:

24 V/10 A face (21 … 29 V) Ue – approx. 0.01 × I
USB interface Buffer mode:
27 V DC (no load);
2 Ethernet/PROFINET interfaces 24 V (50% battery rated cur­
SITOP UPS1600 Without communications inter­ rent);
24 V/20 A face 22 V (100 % battery rated cur­
rent);
USB interface 18.5 V (exhaustive discharge
2 Ethernet/PROFINET interfaces protection)
SITOP UPS1600 Without communications inter­
24 V/40 A face
USB interface
2 Ethernet/PROFINET interfaces
SITOP UPS1100 battery mod­
ules for SITOP UPS1600 DC
UPS modules

SITOP UPS1100 battery module 24 V DC, 1.2 Ah -- 24 V DC, 22 ... 27.0 V DC (no
for SITOP UPS1600, 10 A 24 V DC, 2.5 Ah, high temper­ load)
ature
SITOP UPS1100 battery module 24 V DC, 3.2 Ah -- 24 V DC, 22 ... 27.0 V DC (no
for SITOP UPS1600, 10 A and 24 V DC, 7 Ah load)
20 A
24 V DC, 5 Ah LIFePo 24 V DC, 22 ... 28.8 V DC (no
load)
SITOP UPS1100 battery module 24 V DC, 12 Ah -- 24 V DC, 22 ... 27.0 V DC (no
for SITOP UPS1600, 20 A and load)
40 A

SITOP Selection Tool rent and battery connection threshold:

The SITOP Selection Tool offers detailed selection guidance according
to criteria such as the required backup time, load current, peak cur­ http://www.siemens.com/tst

15/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
Power supplies
SITOP DC UPS uninterruptible power supplies

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Uninterruptible 24 V DC power sup­ Battery module SITOP UPS1100 6EP4133-0JB00-0AY0

plies 24 V/5 Ah
With maintenance-free, sealed
DC UPS with capacitors lithium-ion rechargeable batteries for
DC UPS module SITOP UPS1600, 10 A
DC UPS basic device SITOP UPS500S, and 20 A
15 A
Battery module SITOP UPS1100 6EP4135-0GB00-0AY0
Degree of protection IP20, input:
24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC; USB port; 24 V/12 Ah
can be expanded with SITOP UPS501S With maintenance-free, sealed
rechargeable lead batteries for DC UPS
• Power 2.5 KW 6EP1933-2EC41 module SITOP UPS1600, 20 A and 40
• Power 5 KW 6EP1933-2EC51 A
SITOP UPS 1100 battery module 2.5 6EP4132-0GB00-0AY0
DC UPS expansion module 6EP1935-5PG01
Ah, high temperature
SITOP UPS501S, 7 A
With maintenance-free, sealed
For connection to the basic device;
rechargeable pure-lead batteries for
Input: 24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC;
DC UPS module SITOP UPS1600, 10 A
power 5 KW
DC UPS basic device SITOP UPS500P,
7A
Degree of protection IP65, input:
24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC; USB port;
cannot be expanded
• Power 5 KW 6EP1933-2NC01

• Power 10 KW 6EP1933-2NC11
SITOP UPS1600 DC UPS can be combined
with SITOP UPS1100 battery module

DC UPS module SITOP UPS1600,

24 V/10 A
Input: 24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC
• Without communications interface 6EP4134-3AB00-0AY0

• With USB interface 6EP4134-3AB00-1AY0

• With 2 Ethernet/PROFINET interfaces 6EP4134-3AB00-2AY0

DC UPS module SITOP UPS1600,
24 V/20 A
Input: 24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC
• Without communications interface 6EP4136-3AB00-0AY0

• With USB interface 6EP4136-3AB00-1AY0

• With 2 Ethernet/PROFINET interfaces 6EP4136-3AB00-2AY0

DC UPS module SITOP UPS1600,
24 V/40 A
Input: 24 V DC; Output: 24 V DC
• Without communications interface 6EP4137-3AB00-0AY0

• With USB interface 6EP4137-3AB00-1AY0

• With 2 Ethernet/PROFINET interfaces 6EP4137-3AB00-2AY0

SITOP UPS1100 battery module for DC UPS
module SITOP UPS1600

Battery module SITOP UPS1100 6EP4131-0GB00-0AY0

24 V/1.2 Ah
With maintenance-free, sealed
rechargeable lead batteries for DC UPS
module SITOP UPS1600, 10 A
Battery module SITOP UPS1100 6EP4133-0GB00-0AY0
24 V/3.2 Ah
With maintenance-free, sealed
rechargeable lead batteries for DC UPS
module SITOP UPS1600, 10 A and 20
A
Battery module SITOP UPS1100 6EP4134-0GB00-0AY0
24 V/7 Ah
With maintenance-free, sealed
rechargeable lead batteries for DC UPS
module SITOP UPS1600, 10 A and 20
A

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/27

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC CFU

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU

Overview

Smart Field Distributor – SIMATIC Compact Field Unit • Complicated, error-prone wiring and routing over multiple levels,
With the new SIMATIC Compact Field Unit (CFU), we are re-interpret­ making the hardware FAT very complex
ing the conventional approach to field device connection. The smart • Extremely long copper cables and numerous terminal points in
field distributor is installed at the process level and is connected via the field
PROFINET, the world's leading Industrial Ethernet standard, directly to
the automation system to form the foundation for digitalization in the • Multiple individual control cabinets
field.
• Large numbers of different components and protocols necessitate
You benefit from greater flexibility and very simple handling coupled costly spare parts inventories and training sessions
with maximum availability. This allows you to efficiently transfer your
familiar system concept to the digital world. • High planning and documentation costs
Today's challenges for field device connection:
• High overhead for device integration and replacement

SIMATIC CFU – The answer to these challenges

Mode of operation

Operator station Maintenance Engineering Operator station Maintenance Engineering

station station station station

Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet

Central Control Room Standard automation Central Control Room Standard automation
system system

PROFIBUS DP PROFINET

ET 200M ET 200M PA Link

...

HART PROFIBUS PA

Field Field
Junction Junction
AFD AFDiSD CFU CFU CFU CFU CFU
Box Box
G_PCS7_XX_00630

Field device connection with previous technology (left) and with SIMATIC CFU (right)

15/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU

Overview (continued)

The SIMATIC Compact Field Unit (CFU) is a real game-changer in field Greater flexibility thanks to consistent decentralization
device connection and offers you entirely new prospects regarding Distributed installation of the SIMATIC CFU means that classic con­
simplicity, flexibility and standardization. The smart field distributor is trol cabinets are no longer required and you can make considerable
installed at the process level and is connected via PROFINET directly to savings in cabling and the number of terminal points, as well as
the automation system to form the foundation for digitalization in the reducing planning and documentation overheads. The high granu­
field. Utilization of digital fieldbus communication considerably sim­ larity (16 I/O per SIMATIC CFU) enables flexible assignment to the
plifies device interfacing compared to conventional 4 … 20 mA engin­ higher-level controllers.
eering.

Function More information

Configuring with SIMATIC PCS 7 and third-party systems

See information on:
Product information page
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109749357
Catalog
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/10398139
Configuration with the TIA portal
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/109758252

The SIMATIC CFU was specifically designed to meet the require­

ments of the process industry in the Industry 4.0 environment
(application example: SIMATIC CFU in a standard cast aluminum
housing).
System integration via Industrial Ethernet standard
• Flexible connection options via PROFINET
• Ready for Process Automation (PA Ready):
- Redundant PROFINET connection (S2) for maximum availability
- Media redundancy (MRP)
- Configuration in RUN (CiR)
• BusAdapter (electrical, optical or combination)
Ready for distributed use
• Installation up to hazardous zone 2/22 (with conformal housing)
• Extended temperature range from -40 to +70 °C
• Conformal coating use up to 4000 meters altitude
• Implementation of increased interference immunity according to
NAMUR NE 21
• Optional: Aluminum enclosure for direct field deployment in zone
2/22

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/29

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC CFU

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition

Overview Overview (continued)

SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition, in this case with BusAdapter, PROFINET
bus cable and push-in terminals
SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition, aluminum field enclosure, closed
SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition
The die-cast aluminum enclosure is suitable for use in zone 2/22 haz­
One device for all signal types
ardous areas. The following are included in the enclosure scope of
The SIMATIC CFU CIO HART is an innovative PROFINET device and supply:
offers the possibility of flexibly connecting all signal types to any
channel. It is possible to process analog inputs (optionally with • 22 × M20 plastic cable glands (incl. blanking plugs)
HART), analog outputs (optionally with HART), digital inputs and • 35 mm DIN rail
digital outputs. The corresponding signal types are configured con­
veniently using drag-and-drop in engineering. The SIMAT­ • Rail for strain relief and shield support
IC CFU CIO HART thus offers a versatile solution for using the differ­ The enclosure has an inspection window for LED diagnostics.
ent signal types in your system with just one device.
16 freely configurable IO channels:
• Analog input/analog output: Selection and ordering data
- 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, 4-20 mA with HART SIMATIC CFU CIO HART with 6ES7655-5PX41-1AX0
aluminum enclosure
• Digital input/digital output: Comprising:
- Multiple modes available: Standard-DI, DI-Namur, DI Open-Col­ • 1 × SIMATIC CFU CIO HART
lector (6ES7655-5PX41-1XX0)
• 1 × aluminum enclosure with cable
- Counter up to 5 kHz glands, shield busbar, shield termin­
als
- DI 24 V DC; DQ 24 V DC 0.5/2 A
pre-assembled and tested
Aluminum field enclosure SIMATIC CFU CIO HART 6ES7655-5PX41-1XX0
SIMATIC Compact Field Unit
CIO HART edition with 16 × freely con­
figurable channels (AI; AQ; HART;
DI 24 V DC; DI NAMUR; DQ 24 V DC
0.5/2 A; Counter)
• Installation up to hazardous zone 2
• Channel diagnostics
• PROFINET interface
• Use of PROFINET BusAdapter
• Configuration in RUN (CiR)
• Media redundancy (MRP)
• PROFINET system redundancy (S2)
• Temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
• Installation on a 35 mm DIN rail

SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition, aluminum field enclosure, open

15/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7655-5PX41-1AX0 6ES7655-5PX41-1XX0

General information
Product type designation CFU CIO HART with aluminum enclosure CFU CIO HART
Number of channels 16 16
• Product function
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 Yes; I&M0 to I&M3
• Isochronous mode No No
• The user can configure digital channels as input/output as required Yes Yes
• Digital channels can be parameterized Yes Yes
• Engineering with
• STEP 7 TIA Portal configurable/integrated from version V19 Update 2 V19 Update 2
• STEP 7 configurable/integrated from version STEP 7 V5.7 STEP 7 V5.7
• PCS 7 configurable/integrated from version V9.1 SP2 UC6 V9.1 SP2 UC6
• PROFIBUS from GSD version/GSD revision -/- -/-
• PROFINET from GSD version/GSD revision GSDML V2.43 2024.03.04 GSDML V2.43 2024.03.04
• Operating mode
• DI Yes Yes
• Counter Yes Yes
• DQ Yes Yes
Installation type/mounting
Mounting For horizontal and vertical mounting on 35 mm DIN rail, 2 spacing units wide
Mounting position Horizontal, vertical Horizontal, vertical
Recommended mounting position horizontal set up horizontal set up
Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes
Redundant power supply Yes Yes
• Mains buffering
• Mains/voltage failure stored energy time 1 ms; For communication 1 ms; For communication
Input current
Current consumption (rated value) 4.1 A; RJ45 BusAdapter, 8xDI, 4xAI, 2xAQ, 4.1 A; RJ45 BusAdapter, 8xDI, 4xAI, 2xAQ,
2xDQ with 2 A each 2xDQ with 2 A each
Current consumption, max. 9A 9A
Inrush current, max. 7A 7A
I²t 0.5 A²·s 0.5 A²·s
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 16 16
Output voltage, min. 12 V 12 V
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic
• Output current
• up to 60 °C, max. 6 A; total current DQ + additional current for 8 A; total current DQ + additional current for
analog channels analog channels
• up to 70 °C, max. 6 A; total current DQ + additional current for
analog channels
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 6.6 W; RJ45 BusAdapter, 8xDI, 4xAI, 2xAQ, 6.6 W; RJ45 BusAdapter, 8xDI, 4xAI, 2xAQ,
2xDQ with 12 ohms load each 2xDQ with 12 ohms load each
Address area
• Address space per station
• Address space per station, max. 1 440 byte; Dependent on configuration 1 440 byte; Dependent on configuration

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/31

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX41-1AX0 6ES7655-5PX41-1XX0

Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 16 16
Digital inputs, parameterizable Yes Yes
Source/sink input Yes Yes
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 1 Yes Yes
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 2 No No
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 3 Yes Yes
Pulse extension Yes; off, 50 ms, 100 ms, 200 ms, 500 ms, 1 s, Yes; off, 50 ms, 100 ms, 200 ms, 500 ms, 1 s,
2s 2s
• Digital input functions, parameterizable
• Gate start/stop Yes; hardware gate, usable by multiple DI Yes; hardware gate, usable by multiple DI
counters counters
• Freely usable digital input Yes; Parameterizable input filter Yes; Parameterizable input filter
• Counter Yes Yes
• Number, max. 16 16
• Counting frequency, max. 5 kHz; fast counter mode, sinking input; 1 5 kHz; high-speed counter mode, sinking
kHz for sourcing input, NAMUR input; 1 kHz for sourcing input, NAMUR
• Counting width 32 bit 32 bit
• Counting direction up/down Yes; Up Yes; Up
• Input voltage
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
• for signal "0" -9 V to +5 V -9 V to +5 V
• for signal "1" +11 to +30V +11 to +30V
• Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 2.5 mA; max: 2.5 mA sourcing input; 2.3 mA 2.5 mA; max: 2.5 mA sourcing input; 2.3 mA
sinking input; 10 mA fast counter; 6.5 mA sinking input; 10 mA fast counter; 6.5 mA
NAMUR NAMUR
• Input delay (for rated value of input voltage)
• for standard inputs
• parameterizable Yes; none / 0.05 / 0.1 / 0.2 / 0.4 / 0.8 / 1.6 / Yes; none / 0.05 / 0.1 / 0.2 / 0.4 / 0.8 / 1.6 /
3.2 / 12.8 / 20 ms 3.2 / 12.8 / 20 ms
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m
Digital outputs
Type of digital output Transistor Transistor
Number of digital outputs 16 16
Current-sinking No No
Current-sourcing Yes Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes
• Response threshold, typ. 4.1 A 4.1 A
Open-circuit detection Yes Yes
Overload protection Yes Yes
Limitation of inductive shutdown voltage to typ. L+ (-11 V) typ. L+ (-11 V)
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes
• Switching capacity of the outputs
• with resistive load, max. 2A 2A
• on lamp load, max. 5W 5W
• Load resistance range
• lower limit 12 Ω 12 Ω
• upper limit 12 kΩ 12 kΩ

15/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX41-1AX0 6ES7655-5PX41-1XX0

• Output voltage
• Type of output voltage DC DC
• for signal "1", min. Ue minus 1 V Ue minus 1 V
• Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 2A 2A
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.1 mA 0.1 mA
• Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", typ. 50 µs 50 µs
• "0" to "1", max. 100 µs 100 µs
• "1" to "0", typ. 50 µs 50 µs
• "1" to "0", max. 100 µs 100 µs
• Parallel switching of two outputs
• for uprating No No
• for redundant control of a load No No
• Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 1 Hz; at 2 A; 2 Hz at 0.5 A 1 Hz; at 2 A; 2 Hz at 0.5 A
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz 10 Hz
• Total current of the outputs
• Current per channel, max. 2A 2A
• horizontal installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 6A 8A
• up to 70 °C, max. 6A
• vertical installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 6A 8A
• up to 70 °C, max. 6A
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 16 16
• Input ranges (rated values), currents
• 0 to 20 mA Yes; 16 bit incl. sign Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes; 16 bit incl. sign Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• HART communication
• Primary Master Yes Yes
• input resistance (with HART communication) 233 Ω 233 Ω
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m
Analog outputs
Number of analog outputs 16; short-circuit proof with respect to ground 16; short-circuit proof with respect to ground
• Output ranges, current
• 0 to 20 mA Yes; 15 bit Yes; 15 bit
• -20 mA to +20 mA No No
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes; 16 bit incl. sign Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Connection of actuators
• for current output two-wire connection Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/33

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX41-1AX0 6ES7655-5PX41-1XX0

• Load impedance (in rated range of output)
• for current outputs, min. 50 Ω 50 Ω
• with current outputs, max. 750 Ω 750 Ω
• with current outputs, inductive load, max. 10 mH 10 mH
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m
Analog value generation for the inputs
• Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange (bit including sign), max. 16 bit 16 bit
• Integration time, parameterizable Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel
• Smoothing of measured values
• parameterizable Yes; none, weak, medium, strong, channel- Yes; none, weak, medium, strong, channel-
by-channel by-channel
Analog value generation for the outputs
• Settling time
• for resistive load 2 ms; 750 ohm 2 ms; 750 ohm
• for inductive load 1.2 ms 1.2 ms
Encoder
• Connection of signal encoders
• for current measurement as 2-wire transducer Yes Yes
• Connectable encoders
• NAMUR encoder/changeover contact according to EN 60947 Yes; no CO contact Yes; no CO contact
• 2-wire sensor Yes Yes
• permissible quiescent current (2-wire sensor), max. 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Errors/accuracies
• Basic error limit (operational limit at 25 °C)
• Current, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.1 % 0.1 %
• Current, relative to output range, (+/-) 0.1 % 0.1 %
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1 1
1. Interface
Interface type PROFINET PROFINET
Isolated Yes Yes
• Interface types
• Number of ports 2; via BusAdapter 2; via BusAdapter
• integrated switch Yes Yes
• BusAdapter (PROFINET) Yes Yes
• Protocols
• PROFINET IO Device Yes Yes
• Media redundancy Yes; as MRP client Yes; as MRP client
Interface types
• RJ 45 (Ethernet)
• 100 Mbps Yes Yes
• Autonegotiation Yes Yes
• Autocrossing Yes Yes
Protocols
Supports protocol for PROFINET IO Yes Yes
HART protocol Yes Yes
• Protocol version up to Revision 7 up to Revision 7

15/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX41-1AX0 6ES7655-5PX41-1XX0

• PROFINET IO Device
• Services
• Shared device No No
• Redundancy mode
• PROFINET system redundancy (S2) Yes Yes; Type S2
• Media redundancy
• MRP Yes Yes
• Open IE communication
• LLDP Yes Yes
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Status indicator Yes Yes
Alarms Yes Yes
Diagnostics function Yes Yes
Substitute values connectable Yes Yes
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes
• Maintenance interrupt Yes Yes
• Limit value alarm Yes Yes
• Hardware interrupt Yes Yes
• Diagnoses
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes Yes
• Wire-break Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel
• Short-circuit Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel
• Group error Yes Yes
• Overflow/underflow Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel
• Diagnostics indication LED
• RUN LED Yes; green LED Yes; green LED
• ERROR LED Yes; red LED Yes; red LED
• MAINT LED Yes; Yellow LED Yes; Yellow LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage (PWR-LED) Yes; green/red LED Yes; green/red LED
• Channel status display Yes; green/red LED Yes; green/red LED
• Status indicator digital input (green) Yes Yes
• Status indicator digital output (green) Yes Yes
• Connection display LINK TX/RX Yes; 2x green link LEDs on BusAdapter Yes; 2x green link LEDs on BusAdapter
Integrated Functions
Frequency measurement Yes Yes
• Number of frequency meters 16 16
• Counting functions
• Continuous counting Yes Yes
• Counter response parameterizable Yes Yes
• Hardware gate via digital input Yes Yes
• Software gate Yes Yes
• Measuring functions
• Dynamic measurement period adjustment Yes Yes
• Measuring range
• Frequency measurement, min. 0.1 Hz 0.1 Hz
• Frequency measurement, max. 25 kHz; fast counter mode, sinking input; 1 25 kHz; high-speed counter mode, sinking
kHz sourcing input, NAMUR input; 1 kHz for sourcing input, NAMUR

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/35

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU CIO HART edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX41-1AX0 6ES7655-5PX41-1XX0

• Accuracy
• Frequency measurement 100 ppm; depending on measuring interval 100 ppm; depending on measuring interval
and signal evaluation and signal evaluation
Potential separation
• Potential separation digital inputs
• between the channels No No
• between the channels and the power supply of the electronics No No
• Potential separation digital outputs
• between the channels No No
• between the channels and the power supply of the electronics No No
Degree and class of protection
IP degree of protection IP66 IP20
connection method
Design of electrical connection Connection plug Connection plug
Dimensions
Width 414 mm 329 mm
Height 266 mm 123 mm
Depth 111 mm 74 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 5.5 kg 0.7 kg

15/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC CFU

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU PA edition
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU PA edition

Overview Overview (continued)

Aluminum field enclosure

SIMATIC CFU here with BusAdapter, PROFINET bus cable and push-in ter­
minals

CFU PA with RJ45 and push-in terminals, aluminum field enclosure, open
SIMATIC CFU PA edition
Plug-and-produce simplicity
Digitalization requires a digital infrastructure facilitating integrated
digital communication right down to the sensors and actuators. You
can use the established and proven PROFIBUS PA standard to
achieve this. It is integrated into the PA edition of the SIMATIC CFU,
thus combining ruggedness and easy handling with all the advant­
ages of the PROFINET standard based on Industrial Ethernet. Con­
nected devices are automatically addressed. The device is integrated
via standardized communication profiles.
This innovative new implementation of the PROFIBUS PA concept
makes it possible to combine the simplicity of a point-to-point wiring
system with the scalability of digital PROFIBUS PA fieldbus commu­
nication. As with digital field devices, it is not necessary to know pri­
or to connection whether the discrete field device is a sensor or
actuator – This can be easily configured afterwards via software.
Combination of digital fieldbus and discrete I/Os
• 8 × digital fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA)
• 8 × digital inputs/outputs, freely configurable (1 x counter func­ SIMATIC CFU aluminum field enclosure, closed
tionality / frequency measurement)
Easy to use The die-cast aluminum enclosure is suitable for use in zone 2/22 haz­
• Automatic addressing of PROFIBUS PA field devices ardous areas. The following are included in the enclosure scope of
supply:
• System-supported detection and integration of PROFIBUS PA field • 22 × M20 plastic cable glands (incl. blanking plugs)
devices into the process control system
- Utilization of standardized PA profiles • 35 mm DIN rail

- Commissioning, device replacement and maintenance wizards • Rail for strain relief and shield support
The enclosure has an inspection window for LED diagnostics.
• Implementation of diagnostic messages according to NAMUR NE
107
• Installation on a 35 mm DIN rail

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/37

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU PA edition

Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC CFU PA bundle with push- 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0

in terminals
Comprising:
• SIMATIC CFU PA, Article No.
6ES7655-5PX11-0XX0
• SIMATIC CFU push-in terminals, Art­
icle No. 6ES7655-5PX00-1XX0
pre-assembled and tested
SIMATIC CFU PA bundle with 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0
aluminum enclosure
Comprising:
• SIMATIC CFU PA, Article No.
6ES7655-5PX11-0XX0
• SIMATIC CFU push-in terminals, Art­
icle No. 6ES7655-5PX00-1XX0
• Aluminum enclosure with cable
glands, shield busbar, shield connec­
tion clamps
pre-assembled and tested

15/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU PA edition

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0

General information
Product type designation PA Bundle
Number of channels 16
• Product function
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M4
• Isochronous mode No
• The user can configure digital channels as input/output as required Yes
• Digital channels can be parameterized Yes
• Engineering with
• STEP 7 TIA Portal configurable/integrated from version V17
• STEP 7 configurable/integrated from version V5.6 HF2 and higher
• PCS 7 configurable/integrated from version V9.0 SP2 and higher
• PCS neo can be configured/integrated from version V3.0
• PROFIBUS from GSD version/GSD revision -/-
• PROFINET from GSD version/GSD revision GSDML V2.3
• Operating mode
• Counter Yes
Installation type/mounting
Mounting on 35 mm DIN rail, 2 spacing units wide
Mounting position Horizontal, vertical Horizontal, vertical
Recommended mounting position horizontal set up
Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC
Rated value (DC) 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes
Redundant power supply Yes
• Mains buffering
• Mains/voltage failure stored energy time 5 ms; Bridging for field devices and commu­
nication
Input current
Current consumption (rated value) 2.5 A
Current consumption, max. 2.55 A
Inrush current, max. 8A
I²t 0.3 A²·s
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 8
Output voltage, min. 18.2 V
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic
• Output current
• up to 60 °C, max. 2A
• up to 70 °C, max. 1A
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 8.2 W; Depending on the type of BusAdapter
used (typ. RJ45)
Address area
• Address space per station
• Address space per station, max. 1 440 byte; Dependent on configuration
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8
Source/sink input Yes; P-reading

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/39

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU PA edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0

Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 1 Yes
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 2 No
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 3 Yes
Pulse extension No
• Number of simultaneously controllable inputs
• horizontal installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 8; Total current must be observed, see DQ
• up to 70 °C, max. 8; Total current must be observed, see DQ
• vertical installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 8; Total current must be observed, see DQ
• Digital input functions, parameterizable
• Counter Yes
• Number, max. 1
• Counting frequency, max. 1 kHz
• Counting width 32 bit
• Counting direction up/down Yes; Up
• Input voltage
• Rated value (DC) 24 V
• for signal "0" -30 to +5 V
• for signal "1" +11 to +30V
• Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 2.5 mA; Typical
• Input delay (for rated value of input voltage)
• for standard inputs
• parameterizable No
• at "0" to "1", max. 3.2 ms; for counter function 0,1 ms
• at "1" to "0", max. 3.2 ms; for counter function 0,1 ms
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m
Digital outputs
Type of digital output Transistor
Number of digital outputs 8
Current-sinking No
Current-sourcing Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes
• Response threshold, typ. 0.7 to 1.3 A
Limitation of inductive shutdown voltage to Typ. L+ (-50 V)
Controlling a digital input Yes
• Switching capacity of the outputs
• on lamp load, max. 5W
• Load resistance range
• lower limit 48 Ω
• upper limit 12 kΩ
• Output voltage
• Type of output voltage DC
• for signal "1", min. Ue minus 1 V
• Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.1 mA

15/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU PA edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0

• Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", max. 50 µs
• "1" to "0", max. 100 µs
• Parallel switching of two outputs
• for uprating No
• for redundant control of a load No
• Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz
• Total current of the outputs
• Current per channel, max. 0.5 A
• horizontal installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 2A
• up to 70 °C, max. 1A
• vertical installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 2A
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m
Encoder
• Connectable encoders
• 2-wire sensor Yes
• permissible quiescent current (2-wire sensor), max. 1.5 mA
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1
Number of PROFIBUS interfaces 0
• PROFIBUS PA
• Transmission rate, max. 31.25 kbit/s
• Number of connectable PA field devices 8; electrically isolated from other interfaces,
isolation tested at 2 500 V DC
• Current output to PA field devices, max. 320 mA
• permissible current per spur line 40 mA
• Automatic addressing Yes
• System-supported integration of field devices via PA profiles Yes
• Extended fieldbus diagnostics Yes
1. Interface
Interface type PROFINET
Isolated Yes
• Interface types
• Number of ports 2
• integrated switch Yes
• BusAdapter (PROFINET) Yes
• Protocols
• PROFINET IO Device Yes
• PROFIBUS DP slave No
Interface types
• RJ 45 (Ethernet)
• 100 Mbps Yes
• Autonegotiation Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/41

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU PA edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0

• Autocrossing Yes
Protocols
Supports protocol for PROFINET IO Yes
• Redundancy mode
• PROFINET system redundancy (S2) Yes; Type S2
• Media redundancy
• MRP Yes
• Open IE communication
• LLDP Yes
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Status indicator Yes
Alarms Yes
Diagnostics function Yes
• Diagnoses
• Monitoring of encoder power supply Yes
• Wire-break Yes
• Short-circuit Yes
• Diagnostics indication LED
• RUN LED Yes; green LED
• ERROR LED Yes; red LED
• MAINT LED Yes; Yellow LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage (PWR-LED) Yes
• Status indicator digital input (green) Yes
• Status indicator digital output (green) Yes
• Spur line status/fault Yes
Potential separation
between the channels and PROFINET Yes
• Potential separation digital inputs
• between the channels No
• between the channels and the power supply of the electronics No
• Potential separation digital outputs
• between the channels No
• between the channels and the power supply of the electronics No
Degree and class of protection
IP degree of protection IP20 IP66
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. -40 °C
• max. 70 °C
connection method / header
Design of electrical connection Connection plug
• connection method / spur line / header
• Number of spur lines 8
• Type of cable Type A
• Cable diameter, min. 6 mm
• Cable diameter, max. 12 mm
• Conductor cross-section, min. 0.2 mm²
• Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm²
• Cable length, max. 120 m
• total current output to field devices, max. 320 mA

15/42 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU PA edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX11-1XX0 6ES7655-5PX11-1AX0

• Number of connectable field devices 8
• Current limitation per field device, max. 40 mA
• No-load voltage, max. 15.3 V
• short-circuit proof Yes
• Short-circuit current (test current); max. 8 mA
• intrinsically safe according to FISCO model Yes
• Debounce logic Yes
Dimensions
Width 329 mm 414 mm
Height 123 mm 266 mm
Depth 74 mm 111 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 650 g 5.5 kg

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/43

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC CFU

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU DIQ edition
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU DIQ edition

Overview Overview (continued)

SIMATIC CFU DIQ edition

SIMATIC CFU aluminum field enclosure, closed
Individual, customer-specific solutions and flexible system/plant
extensions are requirements that are becoming increasingly import­
ant in the process industry due to digitalization. SIMATIC CFU DIQ The die-cast aluminum enclosure is suitable for use in zone 2/22 haz­
edition with 16 freely configurable digital IO channels offers a solu­ ardous areas. The following are included in the enclosure scope of
tion for the growing demands of distributed I/O. supply:
SIMATIC CFU also has expansion functions for optional configura­ • 22 × M20 plastic cable glands (incl. blanking plugs)
tion. Two additional operating modes can be activated for selected
digital inputs. "Counter" operating mode and "Frequency measure­ • 35 mm DIN rail
ment" operating mode with a cut-off frequency of 1 kHz. • Rail for strain relief and shield support
Actuator shutdown can be set for the digital outputs. The actuator The enclosure has an inspection window for LED diagnostics.
shutdown of the SIMATIC CFU uses a monitoring channel (DI chan­
nel) to quickly set all digital outputs to a low digital level.
• 16 × digital inputs/outputs, freely configurable (2 x counter func­ Selection and ordering data
tionality / frequency measurement)
SIMATIC CFU DIQ with aluminum 6ES7655-5PX31-1AX0
Aluminum field enclosure
housing
Comprising:
• SIMATIC CFU DIQ, Article No.
6ES7655-5PX31-0XX0
• SIMATIC CFU push-in terminals, Art­
icle No. 6ES7655-5PX00-1XX0
• Aluminum housing with cable
glands, shield busbar, shield connec­
tion clamp
pre-assembled and tested
SIMATIC CFU DIQ 6ES7655-5PX31-1XX0
Comprising:
• SIMATIC CFU DIQ, Article No.
6ES7655-5PX31-0XX0
• SIMATIC CFU push-in terminals, Art­
icle No. 6ES7655-5PX31-1XX0
pre-assembled and tested

SIMATIC CFU DIQ aluminum field enclosure, open

15/44 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU DIQ edition

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7655-5PX31-1AX0 6ES7655-5PX31-1XX0

General information
Product type designation DIQ Bundle
Number of channels 16 16
• Product function
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 Yes; I&M0 to I&M3
• Isochronous mode No No
• The user can configure digital channels as input/output as required Yes Yes
• Digital channels can be parameterized Yes Yes
• Engineering with
• STEP 7 TIA Portal configurable/integrated from version V17 V17
• STEP 7 configurable/integrated from version V5.6 HF2 and higher V5.6 HF2 and higher
• PCS 7 configurable/integrated from version V9.0 SP2 and higher V9.0 SP2 and higher
• PCS neo can be configured/integrated from version V3.1 V3.1
• PROFIBUS from GSD version/GSD revision -/- -/-
• PROFINET from GSD version/GSD revision GSDML V2.3 GSDML V2.3
• Operating mode
• Counter Yes Yes
Installation type/mounting
Mounting For horizontal and vertical mounting on 35 mm DIN rail, 2 spacing units wide
Mounting position Horizontal, vertical Horizontal, vertical
Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes
Redundant power supply Yes Yes
• Mains buffering
• Mains/voltage failure stored energy time 5 ms; For communication 5 ms; For communication
Input current
Current consumption (rated value) 5.12 A 5.12 A
Current consumption, max. 5.13 A 5.13 A
Inrush current, max. 4.8 A 4.8 A
I²t 0.073 A²·s 0.073 A²·s
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 16 16
Output voltage, min. 18.2 V 18.2 V
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic
• Output current
• up to 60 °C, max. 5A 5A
• up to 70 °C, max. 4A 4A
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 2.88 W; Depending on the type of BusAd­ 2.88 W; Depending on the type of BusAd­
apter used (typ. RJ45) apter used (typ. RJ45)
Address area
• Address space per station
• Address space per station, max. 1 440 byte; Dependent on configuration 1 440 byte; Dependent on configuration
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 16 16
Source/sink input Yes; P-reading Yes; P-reading
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 1 Yes Yes
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 2 No No
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 3 Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/45

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU DIQ edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX31-1AX0 6ES7655-5PX31-1XX0

Pulse extension No No
• Number of simultaneously controllable inputs
• horizontal installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 16; Total current must be observed, see DQ 16; Total current must be observed, see DQ
• up to 70 °C, max. 16; Total current must be observed, see DQ 16; Total current must be observed, see DQ
• vertical installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 16; Total current must be observed, see DQ 16; Total current must be observed, see DQ
• Digital input functions, parameterizable
• Counter Yes Yes
• Number, max. 2 2
• Counting frequency, max. 1 kHz 1 kHz
• Counting width 32 bit 32 bit
• Counting direction up/down Yes; Up Yes; Up
• Input voltage
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
• for signal "0" -30 to +5 V -30 to +5 V
• for signal "1" +11 to +30V +11 to +30V
• Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 2.5 mA; Typical 2.5 mA; Typical
• Input delay (for rated value of input voltage)
• for standard inputs
• parameterizable No No
• at "0" to "1", max. 3.2 ms; for counter function 0,1 ms 3.2 ms; for counter function 0,1 ms
• at "1" to "0", max. 3.2 ms; for counter function 0,1 ms 3.2 ms; for counter function 0,1 ms
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m
Digital outputs
Type of digital output Transistor Transistor
Number of digital outputs 16 16
Current-sinking No No
Current-sourcing Yes Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes
• Response threshold, typ. 0.7 to 1.3 A 0.7 to 1.3 A
Limitation of inductive shutdown voltage to Typ. L+ (-50 V) Typ. L+ (-50 V)
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes
• Switching capacity of the outputs
• on lamp load, max. 5W 5W
• Load resistance range
• lower limit 48 Ω 48 Ω
• upper limit 12 kΩ 12 kΩ
• Output voltage
• Type of output voltage DC DC
• for signal "1", min. Ue minus 1 V Ue minus 1 V
• Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 0.5 A
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.1 mA 0.1 mA
• Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", max. 50 µs 50 µs
• "1" to "0", max. 100 µs 100 µs

15/46 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU DIQ edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX31-1AX0 6ES7655-5PX31-1XX0

• Parallel switching of two outputs
• for uprating No No
• for redundant control of a load No No
• Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz 2 Hz
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz 10 Hz
• Total current of the outputs
• Current per channel, max. 0.5 A 0.5 A
• horizontal installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 5A 5A
• up to 70 °C, max. 4A 4A
• vertical installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 5A 5A
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m
Encoder
• Connectable encoders
• 2-wire sensor Yes Yes
• permissible quiescent current (2-wire sensor), max. 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1 1
Number of PROFIBUS interfaces 0 0
1. Interface
Interface type PROFINET PROFINET
Isolated Yes Yes
• Interface types
• Number of ports 2 2
• integrated switch Yes Yes
• BusAdapter (PROFINET) Yes Yes
• Protocols
• PROFINET IO Device Yes Yes
• PROFIBUS DP slave No No
Interface types
• RJ 45 (Ethernet)
• 100 Mbps Yes Yes
• Autonegotiation Yes Yes
• Autocrossing Yes Yes
Protocols
Supports protocol for PROFINET IO Yes Yes
• Redundancy mode
• PROFINET system redundancy (S2) Yes; Type S2 Yes; Type S2
• Media redundancy
• MRP Yes Yes
• Open IE communication
• LLDP Yes Yes
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Status indicator Yes Yes
Alarms Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/47

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
SIMATIC CFU DIQ edition

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7655-5PX31-1AX0 6ES7655-5PX31-1XX0

Diagnostics function Yes Yes
• Diagnoses
• Monitoring of encoder power supply Yes Yes
• Wire-break Yes Yes
• Short-circuit Yes Yes
• Diagnostics indication LED
• RUN LED Yes; green LED Yes; green LED
• ERROR LED Yes; red LED Yes; red LED
• MAINT LED Yes; Yellow LED Yes; Yellow LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage (PWR-LED) Yes Yes
• Status indicator digital input (green) Yes Yes
• Status indicator digital output (green) Yes Yes
Potential separation
between the channels and PROFINET Yes Yes
• Potential separation digital inputs
• between the channels No No
• between the channels and the power supply of the electronics No No
• Potential separation digital outputs
• between the channels No No
• between the channels and the power supply of the electronics No No
Degree and class of protection
IP degree of protection IP66 IP20
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. -40 °C -40 °C
• max. 60 °C 70 °C
connection method / header
Design of electrical connection Connection plug Connection plug
Dimensions
Width 414 mm 329 mm
Height 266 mm 123 mm
Depth 111 mm 74 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 5.5 kg 610 g

15/48 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC CFU

Process I/O
BusAdapters
SIMATIC CFU
BusAdapters

Overview Selection and ordering data

BusAdapters

BA 2×RJ45 BusAdapter 6DL1193-6AR00-0AA0

2 × RJ45 connections for PROFINET
(standard Ethernet socket)
BA 2×FC BusAdapter 6DL1193-6AF00-0AA0
2 × FastConnect (FC) connections for
PROFINET
BA 2×LC BusAdapter 6DL1193-6AG00-0AA0
2 × glass fiber-optic connections
BA LC/RJ45 BusAdapter 6DL1193-6AG20-0AA0
2 × glass fiber-optic connections
BA LC/FC BusAdapter 6DL1193-6AG40-0AA0
2 × glass fiber-optic connections
BA 2×RJ45 (VD) BusAdapter 6GK5991-2VA00-8AA2
2 × electrical connections for Ethernet
communication via 2, 4 or 8-wire cop­
per cables and distances up to 500 m
BA 2xLC-LD BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AG50-0AA0
BA 2×RJ45, 2×FC and 2×LC BusAdapter
2 × LC-LD port, for single-mode glass
fiber-optic, up to max. 20 km
BusAdapters BA LC-LD/RJ45 BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AG60-0AA0
A BusAdapter as a separate component allows a free choice of 1 × LC-LD port, for single-mode fiber-
optic, up to max. 20 km, 1 × RJ45 port
SIMATIC CFU connection to PROFINET:
• BA 2×RJ45:
2 electrical connections for bus cables with standard RJ45 connect­
ors
• BA 2×FC:
2 electrical connections for direct connection of FastConnect bus
cable
• BA 2×LC:
2 optical ports for fiber-optic cables
• BA 1×LC, 1×RJ45:
Mixed BusAdapter 1 optical connection and 1 electrical connection
standard RJ45
• BA 1×LC, 1×FC:
Mixed BusAdapter 1 optical connection and 1 electrical connection
for direct connection of FastConnect bus cable
• BA 2×RJ45 VD:
2 electrical connections for Ethernet communication via 2-, 4- or
8-wire copper cables and distances up to 500 m

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/49

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC CFU
BusAdapters

Technical specifications

Article number 6DL1193-6AG20-0AA0 6DL1193-6AG40-0AA0

General information
Product type designation BA LC/RJ45 BA LC/FC
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1; 2 ports (switch) LC / RJ45 1; 2 ports (switch) LC / FC
• Supports protocol for PROFINET IO
• Number of RJ45 ports 1
• Number of FC (FastConnect) connections 1
• Number of LC ports 1; Wavelength of 1 270 ... 1 380 nm, corres­ 1; Wavelength of 1 270 ... 1 380 nm, corres­
ponds to 100BASE-FX ponds to 100BASE-FX
• Cable length
• Cu conductors 100 m 100 m
• Multimode graded-index fiber 50/125 µm 3 km; min. transmit power -23.5 dB, min. 3 km; min. transmit power -23.5 dB, min.
receiver sensitivity -31 dB receiver sensitivity -31 dB
• Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 μm 3 km; min. transmit power -20 dB, min. 3 km; min. transmit power -20 dB, min.
receiver sensitivity -31 dB receiver sensitivity -31 dB
Standards, approvals, certificates
RoHS conformity Yes Yes
China RoHS compliance Yes Yes
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. -40 °C -40 °C
• max. 70 °C; = Tmax for horizontal installation; for 65 °C; = Tmax for horizontal installation; for
vertical installation Tmax = 60 °C; redundant vertical installation Tmax = 60 °C; redundant
setup (2x 6DL1155-6AU00-0PM0): max. 65 setup (2x 6DL1155-6AU00-0PM0): max. 60
°C horizontally, max. 60 °C vertically. When °C horizontally, max. 55 °C vertically. When
using different IO Devices, the derating spe­ using different IO Devices, the derating spe­
cified there must be observed. cified there must be observed.
Dimensions
Width 20 mm 20 mm
Height 75 mm; Without protective caps (approx. 8 75 mm; Without protective caps (approx. 8
mm) mm)
Depth 59 mm 59 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 32 g 50 g

15/50 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Overview Benefits

Highlights at a glance
• Availability
- Redundancy at the PROFINET interface (S2 or R1)
- Terminal block with integrated I/O redundancy
- Hot swapping during runtime
- Station expansion possible during runtime
• Easy to use
- Compact modules with permanent wiring
- One terminal block for all 24 V standard signals
ET 200SP HA with redundant interface module, standard modules, Ex - Tool-free connection system with push-in terminals
modules and D-SUB terminal block.
- Terminal block with D-SUB interface for field connection
Compact design, flexible connection possibilities and high system • Compact design
availability with redundant PROFINET connections: the SIMATIC
ET 200SP HA distributed I/O system is perfectly suited to the require­ - Compact with up to 56 I/O modules per station
ments of the process industry. The new design allows up to 56 I/O - High concentration of up to 32 channels on a module that is only
modules per station. An impressively high concentration of up to 22.5 mm wide
32 channels on a module that is only 22.5 mm wide allows for max­
imum economy in the control cabinet. - System-integrated power bus
Redundant PROFINET connections allow the connection of high- • Seamless integration in SIMATIC PCS 7
availability controllers via two independent networks, with a choice
of copper or fiber-optic cables. The system can be scaled and exten­ • PROFINET IO communication standard
ded in small steps using a variety of available modules, for example
with digital and analog I/Os as well as NAMUR, HART, and other pro­
tocols. All 24 V standard signals are connected via an identical ter­
minal block type, which allows a high degree of standardization for
the control cabinets.
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA is designed for use in the control cabinet as
well as for hazardous areas up to hazardous zone 2. The extended
temperature range from -40 to +70 °C and the conformal coating of
all components allow direct installation in the field.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/51

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Design

Interface module I/O Carrier module for Server

with BusAdapter modules I/O modules module
Mounting
rail

G_PCS7_XX_00565
Connection plug Power bus
for supply voltage Terminal blocks cover

ET 200SP HA for SIMATIC PCS 7, design

Easy handling and high availability • BA LC/RJ45: 1 optical connection and 1 electrical connection for
The SIMATIC ET 200SP HA impresses with its particularly simple bus cable with standard RJ45 connector
installation and assembly. The new terminal layout and push-in tech­ • BA LC/FC: 1 optical connection and 1 electrical connection for dir­
nology make tool-free wiring possible. Control cabinet configuration ect connection of FastConnect bus cable
is particularly flexible, as the separation of mechanical and electronic
components allows the station to be pre-wired without I/O modules. • BA 2×RJ45 (VD): 2 electrical connections for using PROFINET via
Empty modules can be inserted in the integrated terminal blocks and existing PROFIBUS cables
easily replaced at any time. Station extension during operation offers
additional advantages for plant flexibility and availability. • BA 2×LC-LD: 2 × LC-LD port, for single-mode glass fiber-optic, up
to max. 20 km
In addition to the option of operating the SIMATIC ET 200SP HA sta­
tion redundantly over the PROFINET interface, you can also operate • BA LC-LD/RJ45: 1 × LC-LD port, for single-mode fiber-optic, up to
the I/O modules redundantly. This option is implemented using a ter­ max. 20 km, 1 × RJ45 port
minal block for integrated I/O redundancy, which is very cost-effective
and saves a lot of space. The new design with standardized terminal Carrier module and terminal blocks for I/O modules
blocks makes redundant wiring as simple as single operation. The slots for the I/O modules are created by connecting carrier
modules and terminal blocks. The carrier modules provide the elec­
Main components of the SIMATIC ET 200SP HA distributed I/O sys­
trical and mechanical connections for the individual modules; the
tem terminal blocks contain the process terminals for connecting
The SIMATIC ET 200SP HA distributed I/O system consists of the fol­ sensors, actuators and other devices.
lowing components: Three versions of the carrier modules are available, one with 2 slots
Mounting rail (with power bus) and one with 8 slots (with and without power
The mounting rail is required for fitting an ET 200SP HA station in the bus) for I/O modules.
control cabinet. The IM carrier modules for interface modules, the car­ The selection of available terminal blocks determines the following
rier modules for the I/O modules and the server module are attached properties:
to the mounting rail. • Type of load voltage supply
IM carrier module for interface modules
• Formation of potential groups
Two versions of the IM carrier modules are available:
• IM single carrier module for 1 interface module, for single connec­ • Type of required I/O module
tion to PROFINET • Redundant configuration of I/O modules
• IM redundant carrier module for 2 interface modules, for redundant I/O modules
connection to PROFINET Modules with 8 or 16 digital channels (DI, DQ) and with 8 or 16
IM 155‑6 PN interface module and BusAdapter analog channels (AI, AQ) are available as I/O modules. A relay mod­
ule (RQ) and a universal analog/digital module (AI-DI/DQ) can also
The interface module ensures communication between the
be supplied.
ET 200SP HA station and the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system (con­
troller) over PROFINET. A BusAdapter as a separate component allows All I/O modules with a signal voltage of up to 24 V DC can also be
a free choice of connection technology: used redundantly.
• BA 2×RJ45: 2 electrical connections for bus cable with standard RJ45 Slot covers can be attached if I/O modules are not to be inserted in
connector slots or slots are to be reserved for later expansion. You can insert a
label strip for the planned I/O module on the front of the slot cover.
• BA 2×FC: 2 electrical connections for direct connection of FastCon­
Server module and power bus cover
nect bus cable
The server module and power bus cover complete the configura­
• BA 2×LC: 2 optical ports for fiber-optic cables tion of the ET 200SP HA station. The power bus cover protects the
power bus contacts.

15/52 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Function

Main functions • Enhanced interference immunity in accordance with NAMUR

recommendation NE21
Compact I/O modules
• Up to 32 channels on a module that is 22.5 mm wide • Conformal coating on all components

• Up to 56 modules per station • Can be used at altitudes of up to 4 000 meters

Perfectly suited for applications in the field Wide range of supported module types
• Installation up to hazardous zone 2 • Digital and analog modules for standard, explosion protection
and fail-safe applications with HART functionality
• Extended temperature range: -40 to +70 °C

Redundant configurations

Plant bus

AS 410 AS 410H AS 410

Single Station Redundancy Single Station
Station

PROFINET - 1 subnet PROFINET - 2 subnets PROFINET

ET 200SP HA ET 200SP HA ET 200SP HA

Redundant station Redundant I/O
modules

ET 200SP HA ET 200SP HA ET 200SP HA

Redundant station Redundant I/O

G_PCS7_XX_00617
modules

Media redundancy System redundancy I/O redundancy

SIMATIC ET 200SP HA, basic redundant configurations

The availability of the ET 200SP HA distributed I/O can if necessary be • Replacing a CPU
increased with redundant configurations. A number of different con­
figurations are possible (the individual redundant configurations can I/O redundancy
also be combined): To configure I/O redundancy, 2 I/O modules of the same type are
Media redundancy inserted beside each other in a terminal block for redundant config­
uration (width: 45 mm). This terminal block connects the process
ET 200SP HA stations with 1 interface module each are connected to signals of the two modules to a common process terminal. The
an automation system in a ring topology. At least one device in the advantages are:
ring takes on the role of the redundancy manager; the other devices
in the ring are redundancy clients. The automation system is con­ • There is less wiring work than for connecting separate I/O mod­
figured as MRP manager. ules, as interconnection of the process signals is integrated in the
system.
If the ring topology is interrupted, the ET 200SP HA stations in the sys­
tem remain available. • Redundant signal processing of the sensors and actuators at a
One of the following functions is possible during operation: module level increases the availability of the system.
• Connecting and removing ET 200SP HA stations The following applies if an I/O module or a channel of one of the
two I/O modules fails:
• Replacing PROFINET cables
• Error-free inputs remain available in the system.
System redundancy
• Error-free outputs continue to be controlled in the system.
ET 200SP HA stations are connected to a redundant automation sys­
tem. All components used redundantly are in continuous operation. If One of the following functions is possible for an I/O module in a
a redundancy partner fails, the function is maintained by transferring module pair in error-free operation:
the master role or selecting a different communication path. • Firmware update
The ET 200SP HA stations remain available in the PROFINET IO system
if a CPU or a PROFINET cable fails. • Replacing a module
One of the following functions is possible during operation:
• Connecting and removing ET 200SP HA stations
• Replacing PROFINET cables

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/53

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

More information

See information on:

Catalog
https://mall.industry.siemens.com/mall/en/ww/Cata­
log/Products/10398144?tree=CatalogTree
Product information page
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109747953

15/54 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Interface module
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Interface module

Overview Function

Properties of the ET 200SP HA interface

The ET 200SP HA interface has the following technical features:
• 1L+ 24 V DC supply voltage (SELV/PELV). The supply voltage is fed
in via the IM carrier module. The connector is included in the scope
of delivery of the interface module.
• PROFINET connection over BusAdapter
The interface supports the following functions:
• Firmware update
• I&M identification data
• Adding/removing modules in RUN
• Value status QI
• I/O redundancy
• Time stamping
IM 155-6 PN HA
• Multi hot swap (removing/plugging in multiple I/O modules during
operation)
IM 155‑6 PN HA interface module
The IM 155‑6 PN HA together with the IM carrier module and the • Save service data
BusAdapter forms the interface of the ET 200SP HA. The interface is • Recording the value status of the I/O modules
used for communication between the CPU and the connected
ET 200SP HA I/O modules over PROFINET. • Reference temperature distribution
The interface can be configured with HW Config.
PROFINET functions
The ET 200SP HA interface supports the following PROFINET func­
tions:
• Integrated BusAdapter with 2 ports
• Ethernet services supported: ping, arp, network diagnostics
(SNMP)/MIB‑2, LLDP‑MIB and MRP‑MIB
• Port diagnostics
• Disabling ports
• Minimum update time 250 μs
• Device replacement without programming device
• Reset to factory settings using PROFINET IO
• System redundancy S2
• System redundancy R1
• Media redundancy (MRP)
• Support for submodules on suitable I/O modules

Selection and ordering data

Interface module

PROFINET IM 155‑6 PN interface 6DL1155-6AU00-0PM0

module
Max. 56 I/O modules, multi hot swap,
no server module
Accessories

IM cover 6DL1133-6CV50-0AM0
Slot cover for interface module slots,
to protect vacant slots
Width 50 mm, 5 units

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/55

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Interface module

Technical specifications

Article number 6DL1155-6AU00-0PM0

General information
Product type designation IM 155-6 PN
• Product function
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3
• Engineering with
• STEP 7 TIA Portal configurable/integrated from version V16
• STEP 7 configurable/integrated from version V5.6
• PCS 7 configurable/integrated from version V9.0
• PCS neo can be configured/integrated from version V3.0
Supply voltage
Rated value (DC) 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes
Address area
• Address space per station
• Address space per station, max. 1 440 byte; 1 440 bytes R1 and S1 without CiR, otherwise 1 000
bytes
Hardware configuration
Integrated power supply Yes; 24 V DC
• Rack
• Modules per rack, max. 56; 56 slots for I/O modules + server module (width without IM
≤ 1.3 m)
Time stamping
Accuracy 1 ms; In compliance with the supplementary conditions
described in the Equipment Manual
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1; 2 ports (switch)
1. Interface
• Interface types
• Number of ports 2; via BusAdapter
• integrated switch Yes
• BusAdapter (PROFINET) Yes; Compatible BusAdapters: BA 2x RJ45, BA 2x FC, BA 2x LC,
BA LC/RJ45, BA LC/FC, BA VD
• Protocols
• PROFINET IO Device Yes
• Open IE communication Yes
• Media redundancy Yes; as MRP client
Interface types
• RJ 45 (Ethernet)
• Transmission procedure PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full duplex (100BASE-TX)
• 100 Mbps Yes; PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full duplex (100BASE-TX)
• Autonegotiation Yes
• Autocrossing Yes
Protocols
• Redundancy mode
• PROFINET system redundancy (S2) Yes; S2, R1
• Media redundancy
• MRP Yes
• Open IE communication
• TCP/IP Yes
• SNMP Yes
• LLDP Yes

15/56 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Interface module

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1155-6AU00-0PM0

Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Status indicator Yes
Alarms Yes
Diagnostics function Yes
• Diagnostics indication LED
• RUN LED Yes; green LED
• ERROR LED Yes; red LED
• MAINT LED Yes; Yellow LED
• ACT LED Yes; green LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage (PWR-LED) Yes; green PWR LED
• Connection display LINK TX/RX Yes; 2x green link LEDs on BusAdapter
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C
• vertical installation, min. -40 °C
• vertical installation, max. 60 °C
Dimensions
Width 50 mm
Height 138 mm
Depth 89 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 192 g; without BusAdapter

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/57

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Digital I/O modules
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Digital I/O modules

Overview

• DI 16×24VDC HA digital input module

16 24 V DC digital inputs
• DI 32×24VDC HA digital input module
32 24 V DC digital inputs
• DI 16×NAMUR HA digital input module
16 NAMUR digital inputs
• DI 8×24...125VDC HA digital input module
8 24 … 125 V DC digital inputs
• DI 8×230VAC HA digital input module
8 230 V AC digital inputs
• DQ 16×24VDC/0.5A HA digital output module
16 24 V DC digital outputs, 0.5 A
• DQ 32×24VDC/0.5A HA digital output module
32 24 V DC digital outputs, 0.5 A
• RQ 4×120VDC-230VAC/5A CO HA digital output module
4 24 … 120 V DC, 24 … 230 V AC relay outputs, 5 A

15/58 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Digital I/O modules

Design

The ET 200SP HA digital I/O modules have the following technical features:

Digital input modules

DI 16×24VDC HA DI 32×24VDC HA DI 16×NAMUR HA DI 8×24 to 125VDC HA DI 8×230VAC HA

• 16 digital inputs with the fol­ • 32 digital inputs with the fol­ • 16 digital inputs with the fol­ • 8 digital inputs isolated from • 8 isolated digital inputs in
lowing features configurable lowing features configurable lowing features configurable the backplane bus and supply four groups (A to D) of two
per channel: per channel: per channel: voltage L+/ M grouping 8 channels
- Pulse stretching - Pulse stretching - Pulse stretching • Digital inputs with the follow­ • Suitable for connecting
- Diagnostics - Diagnostics - Hardware interrupts for ing features configurable per switches and 2-wire sensors
- Input delay - Input delay positive and negative edges channel: in accordance with
- Diagnostics IEC 61131, type 3
- Hardware interrupts for - Hardware interrupts for - Flutter monitoring
positive and negative edges positive and negative edges • I/O redundancy supported - Input delay
with terminal block type M1 - Hardware interrupts for
• Sink input (PNP, P‑reading) • Sink input positive and negative edges
(PNP, P‑reading) and M0 (D-sub)
• I/O redundancy supported
with terminal block type M1 • Diagnostics configurable per • Diagnostics for changeover • Rated input voltage range
and M0 (D-sub) module: no supply voltage L+ contact sensor types 24 V to 125 V DC
• Diagnostics configurable per • Suitable for connecting • Diagnostics configurable per • Diagnostics configurable per
module: no supply voltage L+ switches and 2-wire sensors channel, even in changeover module: no supply voltage L+
in accordance with contact operation • Suitable for connecting
• Suitable for connecting
switches and 2-wire sensors IEC 61131‑2, type 1 and 3 • Diagnostics configurable per switches and 2-/3-/4-wire
in accordance with module: no supply voltage L+ sensors in accordance with
IEC 61131‑2, type 1 and 3 IEC 61131, type 1 and 3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/59

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Digital I/O modules

Design (continued)

Digital output modules

DQ 16×24VDC/0.5 A DQ RQ
HA 32×24VDC/0.5 A HA 4×120VDC-230VAC/5­
A CO HA

• 16 digital outputs with the • 32 digital outputs with the • 4 isolated relay outputs
following features config­ following features config­
urable per channel: urable per channel: • Changeover contact (CO:
changeover)
- Configurable diagnostics - Configurable diagnostics
• Suitable for solenoid
- Programmable substitute - Programmable substitute valves, DC contactors and
values values indicator lights
• Source output (PNP, • Source output (PNP, • Substitute value configur­
P‑switching) P‑switching) able per channel
• I/O redundancy supported • Diagnostics configurable • Diagnostics configurable
with terminal block type per module: no supply per module: no supply
M1 and M0 (D-sub) voltage L+ voltage L+
• Diagnostics configurable • Output current per channel • Output current per output
per module: no supply 0.5 A 5A
voltage L+
• Suitable for solenoid
• Output current per channel valves, DC contactors and
0.5 A indicator lights
• Suitable for solenoid
valves, DC contactors and
indicator lights

15/60 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Digital I/O modules

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

DI 16×24VDC HA digital input 6DL1131-6BH00-0PH1 TM cover 6DL1133-6CV22-0AM0

module Slot cover for I/O modules, to protect
16 24 V DC digital inputs, color code vacant I/O slots
CC01, for terminal block type H1 and Width 22.5 mm, 5 units
M1, channel diagnostics
DI 32×24VDC HA digital input 6DL1131-6BL00-0PH1
module
32 24 V DC digital inputs, color code Accessories
CC00, for terminal block type P0 and
H1, channel diagnostics
Slot cover, labeling strips
DI 16×NAMUR HA digital input 6DL1131-6TH00-0PH1
module A slot cover is inserted in a terminal block:
16 NAMUR digital inputs, color code • When slots do not contain I/O modules
CC01, for terminal block type H1 and
M1, channel diagnostics • If slots are reserved for future expansion (empty)
DI 8×24...125VDC HA digital input 6DL1131-6DF00-0PK0
module
You can insert a labeling strip for the planned I/O module in the
8 24 … 125 V DC digital inputs, color front of the slot cover. The labeling strips can be ordered as
code CC42, for terminal block type K0, accessories:
channel diagnostics • For thermal transfer printers on a roll
DI 8×230VAC HA digital input 6DL1131-6GF00-0PK0
module • For laser printers as A4 sheets
8 230 V AC digital inputs, color code
CC42, for terminal block type K0, Color-coding system
module diagnostics Color-coded labels facilitate cable assignment and identification of
DQ 16×24VDC/0.5A HA digital 6DL1132-6BH00-0PH1 the potentials of an I/O module. A color code (for example CC01) is
output module printed on each color coding label and I/O module. The color code
16 24 V DC digital outputs, 0.5 A, col­ can be read straight off the I/O module to determine which color-
or code CC02, for terminal block type coded label you need for the terminal block.
H1 and M1, channel diagnostics
6DL1132-6BL00-0PH1
The reference identification labels in accordance with EN 81346 can
DQ 32×24VDC/0.5A HA digital
output module be attached to interface modules, BusAdapters and I/O modules.
32 24 V DC digital outputs, 0.5 A, col­ With the standard markings for printing, the reference identification
or code CC00, for terminal block type label is suitable for automatic labeling with E-CAD systems.
N0 and H1, channel diagnostics
RQ 4×120VDC-230VAC/5A CO HA 6DL1132-6HD50-0PK0
digital output module
4 24 … 120 V DC, 24 … 230 V AC relay
outputs, 5 A, color code CC40, for ter­
minal block type K0, module dia­
gnostics
Accessories

Labeling strips
For labeling the I/O modules
• Roll, light gray (with a total of 6DL1193-6LR00-0AA0
500 labeling strips), 1 unit
• DIN A4 sheet, light gray, 10 items 6DL1193-6LA00-0AA0
per packing unit, 45 labeling strips
per sheet (450)
• DIN A4 sheet, yellow, 10 items per 6DL1193-6LA00-0AG0
packing unit, 45 labeling strips per
sheet (450)
Color-coded labels
For push-in terminals
• Color code CC01, 10 units 6DL1193-6CP01-2HH1
gray (terminals 1 to 16), red (ter­
minals 17 to 32)
• Color code CC02, 10 units 6DL1193-6CP02-2HH1
gray (terminals 1 to 16), blue (ter­
minals 17 to 32)
• Color code CC40, 10 units 6DL1193-6CP40-2HK0
gray (terminals 1 to 16)
• Color code CC42, 10 units 6DL1193-6CP42-2HK0
gray (terminals 1 to 8), blue (termin­
als 9 to 16)
Equipment labeling plates 6ES7193-6LF30-0AW0
10 sheets with 16 labels each

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/61

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Digital I/O modules

Technical specifications

Article number 6DL1131-6GF00-0P­ 6DL1131-6BH00-0P­ 6DL1131-6DF00-0P­ 6DL1131-6BL00-0P­ 6DL1131-6TH00-0P­

K0 H1 K0 H1 H1
General information
Product type designation DI 8x230VAC HA DI 16x24VDC HA DI 8x24 ... 125 V DC HA DI 32x24VDC HA DI 16xNAMUR HA
• Engineering with
• STEP 7 TIA Portal configur­ V16 V16 V16 V16 V16
able/integrated from version
• STEP 7 configurable/integrated V5.6 V5.6 V5.6 V5.6 V5.6
from version
• PCS 7 configurable/integrated V9.0 V9.0 V9.0 V9.0 V9.0
from version
• PCS neo can be configured/integ­ V3.0 V3.0 V3.0 V3.0 V3.0
rated from version
• PROFINET from GSD version/GSD GSDML V2.3 GSDML V2.3 GSDML V2.3 GSDML V2.3 GSDML V2.3
revision
• Operating mode
• DI Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Counter No No No No
• Oversampling No No No
• MSI No No No
Supply voltage
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
Rated value (AC) 230 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes Yes
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 16 32; When terminal 16
block with encoder sup­
ply is used (type P0)
Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic Yes; When using TB Yes
(response threshold 0.7 type P0
A to 1.3 A; for IO
redundancy up to 2.6 A)
Ensure sufficient low-
resistance cable routing
to the sensor/actuator
in order to attain the
response threshold.
Depending on the cable
cross-section used,
there may be con­
straints regarding the
usable length of cable
• Output current
• up to 60 °C, max. 2 A; 1 A when mounted
vertically; see derating
information in Equip­
ment Manual
• up to 70 °C, max. 1 A; See derating
information in Equip­
ment Manual
• 24 V encoder supply
• 24 V Yes
• Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic
(response threshold 0.7
A to 1.3 A; for IO
redundancy up to 2.6 A)
Ensure sufficient low-
resistance cable routing
to the sensor/actuator
in order to attain the
response threshold.
Depending on the cable
cross-section used,
there may be con­
straints regarding the
usable length of cable

15/62 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Digital I/O modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1131-6GF00-0P­ 6DL1131-6BH00-0P­ 6DL1131-6DF00-0P­ 6DL1131-6BL00-0P­ 6DL1131-6TH00-0P­

K0 H1 K0 H1 H1
• Output current per channel, max. 0.5 A
• Output current per module, max. 2A
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8; Isolated 16 8 32 16; NAMUR
Digital inputs, parameterizable Yes Yes Yes
Source/sink input Yes; P-reading Yes; P-reading Yes; P-reading
Input characteristic curve in accord­ Yes Yes Yes
ance with IEC 61131, type 1
Input characteristic curve in accord­ No No
ance with IEC 61131, type 2
Input characteristic curve in accord­ Yes Yes Yes Yes
ance with IEC 61131, type 3
Pulse extension Yes No Yes; 0.5 s, 1 s, 2 s
• Length off, 50 ms, 100 ms, 200
ms, 500 ms, 1 s, 2 s
Time stamping Yes; Resolution 10 ms Yes; Resolution 10 ms Yes; Resolution 10 ms Yes; Resolution 10 ms
Time stamp (with precision of 1 ms) No Yes; Resolution 1ms Yes; Resolution 1ms No
Edge evaluation Yes; rising edge, falling Yes; rising edge, falling Yes; rising edge, falling
edge, edge change edge, edge change edge, edge change
Signal change flutter Yes; 2 to 32 signal
changes
Flutter observation window Yes; 0.5 s, 1 s to 100 s
in 1-s steps
• Input voltage
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 8.2 V
• Rated value (AC) 230 V
• for signal "0" 0V AC to 40V AC -30 to +5 V -125 ... +5 V -30 to +5 V
• for signal "1" 74 V AC to 264 V AC +11 to +30V +11 ... +125 V +11 to +30V
• Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 10.8 mA 2.5 mA 3.1 mA 2.5 mA
• for NAMUR encoders
• for signal "0", min. 0.35 mA
• for signal "0", max. 1.2 mA
• for signal "1", min. 2.1 mA
• for signal "1", max. 6.4 mA
• Input delay (for rated value of
input voltage)
• tolerated changeover time for 300 ms
changeover contacts
• for standard inputs
• parameterizable Yes; none / 0.05 / 0.1 / Yes; 0.05 / 0.1 / 0.4 / 0.8 No
0.4 / 0.8 / 1.6 / 3.2 / / 1.6 / 3.2 / 12.8 / 20 ms
12.8 / 20 ms (in each case + delay of
30 to 500 µs, depend­
ing on line length)
• for NAMUR inputs
• at "0" to "1", max. 17 ms
• at "1" to "0", max. 25 ms
Encoder
• Connectable encoders
• NAMUR encoder/changeover con­ Yes
tact according to EN 60947
• Single contact / changeover con­ Yes
tact unconnected

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/63

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Digital I/O modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1131-6GF00-0P­ 6DL1131-6BH00-0P­ 6DL1131-6DF00-0P­ 6DL1131-6BL00-0P­ 6DL1131-6TH00-0P­

K0 H1 K0 H1 H1
• Single contact / changeover con­ Yes
tact connected with 10 kΩ
• 2-wire sensor Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes; Acc. to NAMUR
• permissible quiescent current 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.2 mA
(2-wire sensor), max.
Interrupts/diagnostics/status
information
Diagnostics function Yes Yes
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes; channel by channel Yes Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel
• Hardware interrupt Yes; channel by channel Yes; Parameterizable, Yes; channel by channel Yes; Parameterizable,
channels 0 to 7, channels 0 to 15,
rising/falling edge rising/falling edge
• Diagnoses
• Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes; Module-wise Yes Yes; Module-wise Yes
• parameterizable Yes Yes Yes
• Monitoring of encoder power sup­ Yes Yes
ply
• Wire-break Yes; Channel-by-chan­ Yes; channel by channel Yes; Channel-by-chan­ Yes
nel, optional protective nel, optional protective
circuit for preventing circuit for preventing
wire-break diagnostics wire-break diagnostics
in the case of simple in the case of simple
encoder contacts: 15 encoder contacts: 15
kOhm to 18 kOhm kOhm to 18 kOhm
• Short-circuit No Yes
• Short-circuit to M Yes; Encoder supply to
M, channel by channel
• Group error Yes Yes
• Changeover contact error Yes
• Diagnostics indication LED
• MAINT LED Yes; Yellow LED Yes; Yellow LED Yes; Yellow LED Yes; Yellow LED Yes; Yellow LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; green PWR LED Yes; green PWR LED Yes; green PWR LED Yes; green PWR LED
(PWR-LED)
• Channel status display Yes; green LED Yes; green LED Yes; green LED Yes; green LED Yes; green LED
• for channel diagnostics Yes; red LED Yes; red LED No Yes; red LED
• for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED
Potential separation
• Potential separation channels
• between the channels and back­ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
plane bus
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during oper­
ation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C
• vertical installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C
• vertical installation, max. 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C
Dimensions
Width 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 22.5 mm
Height 115 mm 115 mm 115 mm 115 mm 115 mm
Depth 138 mm 138 mm 138 mm 138 mm 138 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 148 g 135 g 165 g 150 g 153 g

15/64 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Analog I/O modules
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog I/O modules

Overview

• AI 8×U/I/TC/4×RTD 2-/4-wire HA analog input module

8 analog inputs
Measuring range: Voltage: 1 … 5 V, 0 … 10 V, ±50 mV, ±80 mV,
±250 mV, ±500 mV, ±1 V, ±2.5 V, ±5 V, ±10 V; current: 4 … 20 mA
(2-/4-wire); und 0 … 20 mA (4-wire), ±20 mA (4-wire); TC ele­
ments: B, C, N, E, R, S, J, L, T, K, U, TXK; RTD elements: Pt100,
Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000, Ni100, Ni120, Ni200, Ni500, Ni1000, Cu10,
LG-Ni1000 | resistance areas: 150, 300, 600, 3000, 6000 Ohm |
PTC
• AI 16×I 2-wire HA analog input module
16 analog inputs
Measuring range 4 … 20 mA; 0 … 10 mA; 0 … 20 mA
• AI 16×I 2-wire HART HA analog input module
16 analog inputs
Measuring range 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
with HART
• AI 16×TC/8×RTD 2-/3-/4-wire HA analog input module
16 analog inputs for thermocouples; alternatively 8 analog inputs
for thermistors
• AI 16×I 2-wire HA analog input module
16 analog inputs
Measuring range 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 mA, 4 to 20 mA
• AI 16×I 2-wire HA analog input module
8 analog inputs for voltage measurements. current measurements,
thermocouples, alternatively 4 analog inputs for thermistors
• AQ 8×I HART HA analog output module
8 analog outputs
Power output in the output ranges 0 to 10 mA, 0 to 20 mA,
4 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA HART
• AI 4XI 2-/4-wire HART ISOL analog input module
4 galvanically isolated analog inputs (2-/4-wire)
• Analog output module AQ 4XI HART ISOL
4 galvanically isolated analog outputs (2-wire)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/65

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog I/O modules

Design

The ET 200SP HA analog I/O modules have the following technical Analog input modules
properties: AI 8×U/I/TC/4×RTD 2-/4-wire HA AI 16xI 2-wire HA

• 8 analog inputs for measuring voltages, • 16 analog inputs for measuring current:
current and temperatures
• Measuring ranges: Current: 4 … 20 mA;
• Measuring ranges: 0 … 10 mA; 0 … 20 mA
- Voltage: 1 … 5 V, 0 … 10 V, ±50 mV, • Suitable for terminal block H1, P0
±80 mV, ±250 mV, ±500 mV, ±1 V,
±2.5 V, ±5 V, ±10 V • Resolution: 16-bit including sign
- Current: 4 … 20 mA (2-/4-wire); und • External sensor power supply possible
0 … 20 mA (4-wire), ±20 mA (4-wire)
• Configurable diagnostics
- TC elements: B, C, N, E, R, S, J, L, T, K, U,
TXK
- RTD elements: Pt100, Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000, Ni100, Ni120, Ni200, Ni500,
Ni1000, Cu10, LG-Ni1000 | resistance
areas: 150, 300, 600, 3000, 6000 Ohm |
PTC
• Suitable for terminal block H1, N0, H0
• Resolution: 16-bit including sign
• Common-mode rejection of 15 V
• External sensor power supply possible
• Configurable diagnostics

Analog input modules

AI 16×I 2-wire HART HA AI 16×TC/8×RTD 2-/3-/4-wire HA AI 4XI 2-/4-wire HART ISOL

• 16 analog inputs • 16 analog inputs for connecting thermocouples • 4 galvanically isolated analog inputs (2-/4-wire)
• 16 outputs as encoder supply for 2-wire trans­ (TC) • Electric potential difference up to 125 V AC /
ducer • Alternatively 8 analog inputs for connecting ther­ 150 V DC (between the channels) and 125 V AC /
• The analog inputs have the following properties, mistors (RTD) 150 V DC (between channels and backplane bus)
configurable per channel: • The analog inputs have the following properties, • Inputs:
- Current measurement type for 2‑wire HART configurable per channel: - 0 ... 10 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
measuring transducer - Resolution: 16 bits including sign with HART
- Measuring range 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 mA, 4 - "Voltage" measurement type - 4x sensor supply with short-circuit limitation 24
to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA with HART - "Resistance" measurement type, 2-/3-/4-wire mA
- Resolution depends on measuring range and connection - A/D conversion with 16-bit resolution
interference frequency suppression; minimum of - "Thermistor" (RTD) measurement type, - 4x HART modems with parallel processing, up to
15 bits including sign, maximum of 16 bits 2-/3-/4-wire connection 16 HART variables
including sign
- "Thermocouple" (TC) measurement type can be • I/O redundancy supported with terminal block type
- Smoothing set per channel L0 and R0 (D-sub)
- Interference frequency suppression 10 Hz, 50 Hz - Smoothing
and 60 Hz
- Interference frequency suppression 16.6 Hz,
• I/O redundancy supported with terminal block type 50 Hz or 60 Hz
M1 and M0 (D-sub)

15/66 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog I/O modules

Design (continued)

Analog input modules

AI 16×I 2-wire HART HA AI 16×TC/8×RTD 2-/3-/4-wire HA AI 4XI 2-/4-wire HART ISOL
• Diagnostics configurable per channel • I/O redundancy supported with terminal block type • Channel-selective diagnostics:
• Diagnostics configurable per module: no supply M1 and M0 (D-sub) - Sensor supply, short-circuit to ground, wire
voltage L+ • Diagnostics configurable per channel break, short-circuit between sensor supply and
input, overflow and underflow
• Hardware interrupt • Diagnostics configurable per module: no supply
voltage L+
• Permissible common mode voltage between chan­
nels: 75 V DC / 60 V AC
• Temperature compensation:
- Reference channel of the module
- Internal reference junction
- Fixed temperature (0 °C)
• Conversion time depends on noise suppression of
16.6/50/60 Hz at 180/60/50 ms that can be set by
channel. (With 3‑wire measuring transducers, the
time is twice as long as 2 measurements are
required per channel).
• Max. cable length RTD, TC: 600 m
• Hardware interrupt on limit violation per channel
(two high and two low limits per channel)
• Automatic compensation of wire resistances with
3-wire connections

Analog output modules

AQ 8×I HART HA AQ 4XI HART ISOL

• Analog output module with 8 outputs • 4 galvanically isolated analog outputs

(8 D/A converters operating in parallel) (2-wire)
• Current output in output ranges 0 to • Electric potential difference up to
10 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA and 4 to 125 V AC / 150 V DC (between the chan­
20 mA HART nels) and 125 V AC / 150 V DC (between
channels and backplane bus)
• Resolution 16 bits including sign
• Inputs:
• Rated supply voltage 24 V DC
- 0 ... 10 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, 4 ...
• Output load max. 750 Ω, max. 10 mH 20 mA with HART
• I/O redundancy supported with terminal - A/D conversion with 16-bit resolution
block type M1 and M0 (D-sub)
- 4x HART modems with parallel pro­
• Diagnostics configurable per channel cessing, up to 16 HART variables
• Diagnostics configurable per module: no • I/O redundancy supported with terminal
supply voltage L+ block type L0 and R0 (D-sub)
• Channel-selective diagnostics:
- Short-circuit to ground, wire break, over­
flow and underflow

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/67

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog I/O modules

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

AI 8×U/I/TC/4×RTD 2-/4-wire HA 6DL1134-6AF00-0PH1 • DIN A4 sheet, light gray, 10 items 6DL1193-6LA00-0AA0

analog input module per packing unit, 45 labeling strips
8 analog inputs per sheet (450)
Measuring ranges:
• DIN A4 sheet, yellow, 10 items per 6DL1193-6LA00-0AG0
• Voltage: 1 … 5 V, 0 … 10 V, ±50 mV, packing unit, 45 labeling strips per
±80 mV, ±250 mV, ±500 mV, ±1 V, sheet (450)
±2.5 V, ±5 V, ±10 V
• Current: 4 … 20 mA (2-/4-wire); und Color-coded labels
0 … 20 mA (4-wire), ±20 mA For push-in terminals
(4-wire) • Color code CC00, 10 units 6DL1193-6CP00-2HH1
• TC elements: B, C, N, E, R, S, J, L, T, gray (terminals 1 to 32)
K, U, TXK • Color code CC01, 10 units 6DL1193-6CP01-2HH1
• RTD elements: Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, gray (terminals 1 to 16), red (ter­
Pt1000, Ni100, Ni120, Ni200, minals 17 to 32)
Ni500, Ni1000, Cu10, LG-Ni1000 |
Equipment labeling plates 6ES7193-6LF30-0AW0
resistance areas: 150, 300, 600,
3000, 6000 Ohm | PTC 10 sheets with 16 labels each
Color code CC00, for terminal block TM cover 6DL1133-6CV22-0AM0
type H1, N0 and H0, channel dia­ Slot cover for I/O modules, to protect
gnostics, 16-bit vacant I/O slots
Width 22.5 mm, 5 units
AI 16×I 2-wire HA analog input 6DL1134-6GH00-0PH1
module
16 analog inputs
Measuring range 4 … 20 mA;
0 … 10 mA; 0 … 20 mA
Color code CC01, for terminal block
type H1 and P1, channel diagnostics,
16-bit
AI 16×I 2-wire HART HA analog 6DL1134-6TH00-0PH1
input module
16 analog inputs
Measuring range 0 to 20 mA,
0 to 10 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
with HART
Color code CC01, for terminal block
type H1 and M1, channel diagnostics,
16-bit
AI 16×TC/8×RTD 2-/3-/4-wire HA 6DL1134-6JH00-0PH1
analog input module
16 analog inputs for thermocouples,
alternatively 8 analog inputs for ther­
mistors
Color code CC00, for terminal block
type H1 and M1, channel diagnostics,
16-bit
AQ 8×I HART HA analog output 6DL1135-6TF00-0PH1
module
8 analog outputs
Power output in the output ranges
0 to 10 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
and 4 to 20 mA HART
Color code CC00, for terminal block
type H1 and M1, channel diagnostics,
16-bit
AI 4XI 2-/4-wire HART ISOL analog 6DL1134-6UD00-0PK0
input module
14 analog inputs
Color code CC01, for terminal block
type K0, L0, channel diagnostics,
16-bit, +/-0.1%
Analog output module AQ 4XI HART 6DL1135-6UD00-0PK0
ISOL
4 analog outputs
Color code CC00, for terminal block
type K0, L0, channel diagnostics,
16-bit, +/-0.1%
Accessories

Labeling strips
For labeling the I/O modules
• Roll, light gray (with a total of 6DL1193-6LR00-0AA0
500 labeling strips), 1 unit

15/68 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog I/O modules

Technical specifications

Article number 6DL1134-6GH00-0PH1

General information
Product type designation AI 16xI 2-wire HA
• Engineering with
• STEP 7 TIA Portal configurable/integrated from version V18
• STEP 7 configurable/integrated from version V5.6
• PCS 7 configurable/integrated from version V9.1 SP2
• PCS neo can be configured/integrated from version V4.0
• PROFINET from GSD version/GSD revision GSDML V2.42 2023.01
• Operating mode
• Oversampling No
• MSI No
Supply voltage
Rated value (DC) 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 16
Short-circuit protection Yes
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 16
• For current measurement 16
permissible input current for current input (destruction limit), max. 30 mA
Cycle time (all channels), min. 400 ms
• Input ranges (rated values), currents
• 0 to 20 mA Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 800 m
• unshielded, max. 200 m
Analog value generation for the inputs
• Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange (bit including sign), max. 16 bit; 15 bit at 0 ... 10 mA and 60 Hz interference suppression
• Integration time, parameterizable Yes; channel by channel
• Integration time (ms) 16.6 / 20 / 100 ms
• Smoothing of measured values
• parameterizable Yes; none, weak, medium, strong, channel-by-channel
Encoder
• Connection of signal encoders
• for current measurement as 2-wire transducer Yes
Errors/accuracies
• Basic error limit (operational limit at 25 °C)
• Current, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.3 %
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes
• Limit value alarm No
• Diagnoses
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes
• Wire-break Yes; channel-by-channel, at 4 to 20 mA only
• Short-circuit No
• Overflow/underflow Yes; channel by channel

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/69

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog I/O modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1134-6GH00-0PH1

• Diagnostics indication LED
• MAINT LED Yes; Yellow LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage (PWR-LED) Yes; green PWR LED
• Channel status display Yes; green LED
• for channel diagnostics Yes; red LED
• for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED
Potential separation
• Potential separation analog inputs
• between the channels and backplane bus Yes
• Potential separation channels
• between the channels and backplane bus Yes
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C
• vertical installation, min. -40 °C
• vertical installation, max. 60 °C
Dimensions
Width 22.5 mm
Height 115 mm
Depth 138 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 148 g

15/70 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Analog/digital module
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog/digital module

Overview Design

The AI-DI 16/DQ16×24 V DC HART HA analog/digital module has the

following technical features:
• 16 inputs configurable as digital or analog inputs
• Digital inputs with the following features configurable per channel:
- Pulse stretching
- Time stamping in mixed mode
- Time stamping with a precision of 1 ms in digital-only mode
- Hardware interrupts for positive and negative edges
- Input delay
• Analog inputs with the following features configurable per chan­
nel:
- Current measurement type for 2-wire measuring transducer
- Measuring ranges 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 mA, 4 to 20 mA or 4 to
The I/O module AI-DI 16/DQ16×24VDC HART HA is available in the 20 mA with HART
following versions:
- Resolution depends on measuring range and interference fre­
• DI 16/DQ16x24VDC HA in digital-only mode quency suppression; minimum of 15 bits, maximum of 16 bits
including sign
• AI-DI 16/DQ 16x24VDC HART HA as digital/analog module in mixed
mode - Hardware interrupts for monitoring configurable limits
Time stamping is available with configuration in mixed mode. High- - Smoothing
precision time stamping (SoE: Sequence of Events) with a precision
of 1 ms is available with configuration in digital-only mode. - Interference frequency suppression 10 Hz, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
In mixed mode, the 16 inputs can also be set channel by channel as - Configurable wire break limit
either digital inputs or analog inputs with or without HART. HART is
only available in mixed mode and with configuration in a measuring • 16 outputs configurable as digital outputs or as sensor supplies for
range of 4 to 20 mA. analog current measurement
- Substitute value configurable per channel for the digital outputs
• Diagnostics configurable per channel
• Diagnostics configurable per module: no supply voltage L+

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/71

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog/digital module

Selection and ordering data

AI-DI 16/DQ16×24VDC HART HA 6DL1133-6EW00-0PH1

input/output module
16 channels, each with digital output
and digital/analog input
Color code CC01, for terminal block
type H1 and M1
Accessories

Labeling strips
For labeling the I/O modules
• Roll, light gray (with a total of 6DL1193-6LR00-0AA0
500 labeling strips), 1 unit
• DIN A4 sheet, light gray, 10 items 6DL1193-6LA00-0AA0
per packing unit, 45 labeling strips
per sheet (450)
• DIN A4 sheet, yellow, 10 items per 6DL1193-6LA00-0AG0
packing unit, 45 labeling strips per
sheet (450)
Color-coded labels
For push-in terminals
• Color code CC01, 10 units 6DL1193-6CP01-2HH1
gray (terminals 1 to 16), red (ter­
minals 17 to 32)
Equipment labeling plates 6ES7193-6LF30-0AW0
10 sheets with 16 labels each
Slot cover for I/O modules 6DL1133-6CV22-0AM0
22.5 mm wide

15/72 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog/digital module

Technical specifications

Article number 6DL1133-6EW00-0PH1

General information
Product type designation AI-DI 16/DQ 16x24VDC HART HA
• Engineering with
• STEP 7 TIA Portal configurable/integrated from version V16
• STEP 7 configurable/integrated from version V5.6
• PCS 7 configurable/integrated from version V9.0
• PCS neo can be configured/integrated from version V3.0
• PROFINET from GSD version/GSD revision GSDML V2.3
• Operating mode
• DI Yes
• Counter Yes
• DQ Yes
• DQ with energy-saving function No
• PWM No
• Oversampling No
• MSI No
• MSO No
Supply voltage
Rated value (DC) 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 16
Short-circuit protection Yes; per channel, electronic
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 16
Digital inputs, parameterizable Yes
Source/sink input Yes; P-reading
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 1 Yes
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 2 No
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 3 Yes
Pulse extension Yes; off, 50 ms, 100 ms, 200 ms, 500 ms, 1 s, 2 s
Time stamping Yes; Resolution 10 ms
Time stamp (with precision of 1 ms) Yes; Resolution 1ms
• Digital input functions, parameterizable
• Gate start/stop Yes; Partner channel of n+8 counter
• Freely usable digital input Yes; Parameterizable input filter
• Counter Yes; Incl. frequency measurement
• Input voltage
• Rated value (DC) 24 V
• for signal "0" -30 to +5 V
• for signal "1" +11 to +30V
• Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 2.5 mA
• Input delay (for rated value of input voltage)
• for standard inputs
• parameterizable Yes; 0.05 / 0.1 / 0.4 / 0.8 / 1.6 / 3.2 / 12.8 / 20 ms (in each case +
delay of 30 to 500 µs, depending on line length)
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 16
Current-sinking No

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/73

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog/digital module

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1133-6EW00-0PH1

Current-sourcing Yes
Digital outputs, parameterizable Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes; Response threshold 0.7 A to 1.3 A
Open-circuit detection Yes
Overload protection Yes
Limitation of inductive shutdown voltage to L+ -(37 to 41V)
Controlling a digital input Yes
• Switching capacity of the outputs
• with resistive load, max. 0.5 A
• on lamp load, max. 5W
• Load resistance range
• lower limit 48 Ω
• upper limit 12 kΩ
• Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.7 mA
• Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", typ. 50 µs
• "1" to "0", typ. 100 µs
• Parallel switching of two outputs
• for uprating No
• for redundant control of a load Yes
• Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz
• Total current of the outputs
• Current per channel, max. 0.5 A
• Current per module, max. 2A
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 16
permissible input current for current input (destruction limit), max. 30 mA
• Input ranges
• Current Yes; 0 ... 10 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA HART
• Input ranges (rated values), currents
• 0 to 10 mA Yes
• 0 to 20 mA Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
Analog value generation for the inputs
• Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange (bit including sign), max. 16 bit; Resolution with overrange (bit including sign), max. 16
bits, exception: 15 bits at 60 Hz interference suppression and 0
to 10 mA
• Integration time, parameterizable Yes; channel by channel
• Smoothing of measured values
• parameterizable Yes; none, weak, medium, strong, channel-by-channel
Encoder
• Connection of signal encoders
• for current measurement as 2-wire transducer Yes
• Connectable encoders
• 2-wire sensor Yes
• permissible quiescent current (2-wire sensor), max. 1.5 mA

15/74 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog/digital module

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1133-6EW00-0PH1

Errors/accuracies
• Basic error limit (operational limit at 25 °C)
• Current, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.1 %
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Diagnostics function Yes
Substitute values connectable Yes
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes
• Maintenance interrupt Yes
• Limit value alarm Yes; two upper and two lower limit values in each case
• Hardware interrupt Yes; Parameterizable, channels 0 to 15, rising/falling edge
• Diagnoses
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes
• Wire-break Yes; channel by channel
• Short-circuit to M Yes; Encoder supply to M, channel by channel
• Group error Yes
• Overflow/underflow Yes; channel by channel
• Diagnostics indication LED
• MAINT LED Yes; Yellow LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage (PWR-LED) Yes; green PWR LED
• Channel status display No
• for channel diagnostics No
• for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED
Integrated Functions
Frequency measurement Yes
• Number of frequency meters 8
• Counting functions
• Continuous counting Yes
• Counter response parameterizable Yes
• Hardware gate via digital input Yes; Via partner channel (digital input n+8)
• Software gate Yes
• Measuring functions
• Dynamic measurement period adjustment Yes
• Measuring range
• Frequency measurement, min. 0.1 Hz
• Frequency measurement, max. 5 kHz
• Accuracy
• Frequency measurement 100 ppm; depending on measuring interval and signal evalu­
ation
Potential separation
• Potential separation channels
• between the channels and backplane bus Yes
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; Observe derating
• vertical installation, min. -40 °C
• vertical installation, max. 60 °C; Observe derating

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/75

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Analog/digital module

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1133-6EW00-0PH1

Dimensions
Width 22.5 mm
Height 115 mm
Depth 138 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 150 g

15/76 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Technology modules
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Technology modules

Overview Overview (continued)

ET 200SP HA Fast Multi IO & Counter • Sensor supply: ±50 mA

• Integrated signal processing:
10 configurable function sequences for calculation of vibration-
specific performance characteristics (simultaneous use 8 function
sequences per module)
• 4 analog inputs
Measuring ranges: 0/4-20 mA, ±20 mA, ±30 mA, ±10 V, 0-20 V,
-20-0 V
• 8 analog outputs (up to 800 Hz)
Measuring range: 4x 0/4-20 mA, ±20 mA, ±50 mA and 4x ±10 V
• Sensor supply: ±50 mA via digital output
• 4 digital inputs 24 V
• 6 combined digital inputs and outputs (DI/DQ)

Selection and ordering data

• Analog/digital module, input/output, counter, speed measurement
ET 200SP HA TM Fast Multi IO & 6DL1138-6EA00-0EH1
• 8 analog outputs (up to 800 Hz) Counter
Measuring range: 4x 0/4-20 mA, ±20 mA, ±50 mA and 4x ±10 V 4xAI, 8xAQ, 4xDI, 6xDI/DQ
Color code CC00, terminal block type
• 4 analog inputs H1 and M1
Measuring ranges: 0/4-20 mA, ±20 mA, ±30 mA, ±10 V, 0-20 V, ET 200SP HA vibration protection 6DL1138-6EC00-0EH1
-20-0 V 4xAI, 8xAQ, 4xDI, 6xDI/DQ
Color code CC00, terminal block type
• Sensor supply: ±50 mA via digital output H1 and M1

• 4 digital inputs 24 V
• 3 counters up to 70 kHz
Counter functions: up/down, once/periodic, gate control, 32-bit
• 6 combined digital inputs and outputs (DI/DQ)
ET 200SP HA vibration protection

• Analog/digital module, input/output, vibration protection

• Vibration protection for rotating machinery (e.g. drives, com­
pressors, gears, fans)
• 4 analog inputs (up to 50 kHz signal frequency)
Measuring ranges: 0/4-20 mA, ±20 mA, ±30 mA, ±10 V, 0-20 V,
-20-0 V
Suitable for electrodynamic and piezoelectric vibration sensors

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/77

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Technology modules

Technical specifications

Article number 6DL1138-6EA00-0EH1 6DL1138-6EC00-0EH1

General information
Product type designation Fast Multi IO & Counter Vibration protection module 4 channels
• Product function
• Isochronous mode No No
• Engineering with
• SPPA-T3000 can be configured/integrated from version V8.2 SP2 V8.2 SP2
• Operating mode
• DI Yes Yes
• Counter Yes
• DQ Yes Yes
Supply voltage
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 6; max. depending on parameterization 6; max. depending on parameterization
Short-circuit protection Yes; per channel, electronic Yes; per channel, electronic
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 10; Of these, 6 combined DI/DQ 10; Of these, 6 combined DI/DQ
Digital inputs, parameterizable Yes Yes
Source/sink input Yes; DI0 ... DI3 (param.); sinking DIDQ4 ... Yes; DI0 ... DI3 (param.); sinking DIDQ4 ...
DIDQ9 DIDQ9
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 1 Yes Yes
Pulse extension Yes Yes
• Length 2 s; off, 50 ms, 100 ms, 200 ms, 500 ms, 1 s, 2 s; off, 50 ms, 100 ms, 200 ms, 500 ms, 1 s,
2s 2s
• Digital input functions, parameterizable
• Gate start/stop Yes; Selectable: Standard DI, encoder signals
A, B, N, gate start, gate stop, set counter
• Freely usable digital input Yes
• Counter Yes
• Input voltage
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
• for signal "0" 0 ... 5 V 0 ... 5 V
• for signal "1" +11 to +30V +11 to +30V
• Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 2.6 mA; 2.6 mA DI, 3.5 mA DIDQ 2.6 mA; 2.6 mA DI, 3.5 mA DIDQ
• Input delay (for rated value of input voltage)
• for standard inputs
• parameterizable Yes; 0.05 / 0.1 / 0.4 / 0.8 / 1.6 / 3.2 / 12.8 / 20 Yes; 0.05 / 0.1 / 0.4 / 0.8 / 1.6 / 3.2 / 12.8 / 20
ms (in each case + delay of 30 to 500 µs, ms (in each case + delay of 30 to 500 µs,
depending on line length) depending on line length)
• for technological functions
• parameterizable Yes; Adjustable filter: 5 µs, 25 µs
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 6; max. depending on parameterization 6; max. depending on parameterization
Current-sinking No No
Current-sourcing Yes Yes
Digital outputs, parameterizable Yes Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes
Open-circuit detection Yes Yes
Overload protection Yes Yes
Limitation of inductive shutdown voltage to L+ -(37 to 41V) L+ -(37 to 41V)
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes

15/78 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Technology modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1138-6EA00-0EH1 6DL1138-6EC00-0EH1

• Digital output functions, parameterizable
• Switching tripped by comparison values Yes; As output signal of a high-speed counter
• Freely usable digital output Yes Yes
• Switching capacity of the outputs
• with resistive load, max. 0.5 A 0.5 A
• Load resistance range
• lower limit 48 Ω 48 Ω
• Output voltage
• for signal "1", min. 18.1 V 18.1 V
• Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 0.5 A
• Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", typ. 1 ms 1 ms
• "1" to "0", typ. 100 µs 100 µs
• Parallel switching of two outputs
• for logic links No
• for uprating No
• for redundant control of a load Yes
• Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 800 Hz 800 Hz
• Total current of the outputs
• Current per channel, max. 0.5 A 0.5 A
• Current per module, max. 2A 2A
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 4 4
permissible input voltage for voltage input (destruction limit), max. 30 V 30 V
permissible input current for current input (destruction limit), max. 50 mA; Protection available against destruc­ 50 mA; Protection available against destruc­
tion tion
Cycle time (all channels), min. 1.25 ms; For up to 128 samples per channel
• Input ranges
• Voltage Yes; 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V, 0 ... 20 V, -20 ... 0 Yes; 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V, 0 ... 20 V, -20 ... 0
V V
• Current Yes; 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, -20 ... 20 mA, Yes; 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, -20 ... 20 mA,
-30 ... 30 mA, -20 ... 0 mA -30 ... 30 mA, -20 ... 0 mA
• Input ranges (rated values), voltages
• 0 to +10 V Yes Yes
• -10 V to +10 V Yes Yes
• Input ranges (rated values), currents
• 0 to 20 mA Yes; 0 mA or 4 mA to 20 mA Yes; 0 mA or 4 mA to 20 mA
• -20 mA to +20 mA Yes Yes
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes; and 0 to 20 mA Yes; and 0 to 20 mA
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 600 m 600 m
Analog outputs
Number of analog outputs 8; 4 AQ-I, 4 AQ-U 8; 4 AQ-I, 4 AQ-U
Cycle time (all channels), min. 625 µs
Current signal at analog output Yes; -50 ... 50 mA Yes; -50 ... 50 mA
• Output ranges, voltage
• -10 V to +10 V Yes Yes

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/79

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Technology modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1138-6EA00-0EH1 6DL1138-6EC00-0EH1

• Output ranges, current
• 0 to 20 mA Yes Yes
• -20 mA to +20 mA Yes; ±30 mA, ±50 mA Yes; ±30 mA, ±50 mA
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes Yes
• Connection of actuators
• for voltage output two-wire connection Yes Yes
• Load impedance (in rated range of output)
• with current outputs, max. 330 Ω; 150 ohms at ±50 mA 330 Ω; 150 ohms at ±50 mA
Analog value generation for the inputs
• Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange (bit including sign), max. 24 bit 24 bit
• Smoothing of measured values
• parameterizable Yes Yes
Analog value generation for the outputs
• Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange (bit including sign), max. 16 bit 16 bit
Encoder
• Connection of signal encoders
• for voltage measurement Yes Yes
• for current measurement as 2-wire transducer Yes Yes
• for current measurement as 4-wire transducer Yes
• Connectable encoders
• Single contact / changeover contact unconnected Yes Yes
• 2-wire sensor Yes Yes
• permissible quiescent current (2-wire sensor), max. 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Diagnostics function Yes Yes
Substitute values connectable Yes Yes
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes
• Diagnoses
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes Yes
• Wire-break Yes; AI 4 ... 20 mA, AQ, DQ, DI 0 ... 3 Yes; AI 4 ... 20 mA, AQ, DQ, DI 0 ... 3
• Short-circuit to M Yes; Encoder supply to M, channel by channel Yes; Encoder supply to M, channel by channel
• Short-circuit to L+ Yes; Analog inputs Yes; Analog inputs
• Group error Yes Yes
• Overflow/underflow Yes Yes
• Diagnostics indication LED
• RUN LED Yes; green LED Yes; green LED
• MAINT LED Yes; Yellow LED Yes; Yellow LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage (PWR-LED) Yes; green PWR LED Yes; green PWR LED
• for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED
Integrated Functions
Frequency measurement Yes; Speed measurement
• Counting functions
• Continuous counting Yes
• Counter response parameterizable Yes
• Hardware gate via digital input Yes
• Software gate Yes

15/80 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Technology modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1138-6EA00-0EH1 6DL1138-6EC00-0EH1

• Measuring functions
• Dynamic measurement period adjustment Yes; Speed measurement
• Measuring range
• Frequency measurement, min. 0.1 Hz
• Frequency measurement, max. 70 kHz; 70 kHz for DI; 7 kHz for DI/DQ; each
for P/M encoder and 50 m cable length; 10
kHz for DI; 0.7 kHz for DI/DQ; each for P
encoder and 50 m cable length
Potential separation
• Potential separation channels
• between the channels and backplane bus Yes Yes
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; Observe derating 70 °C; Observe derating
• vertical installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C
• vertical installation, max. 60 °C 60 °C
• Altitude during operation relating to sea level
• Installation altitude above sea level, max. 3 500 m 3 500 m
Dimensions
Width 22.5 mm 22.5 mm
Height 115 mm 115 mm
Depth 138 mm 138 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 200 g 200 g

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/81

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Fail-safe I/O-modules
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Fail-safe I/O-modules

Overview Selection and ordering data

F-DI 16×24VDC HA digital input 6DL1136-6BA00-0PH1

module
16 digital inputs 24 V DC, color code
CC01, for terminal block type H1 and
M1, channel diagnostics
F-DQ 10×24VDC/2A HA digital 6DL1136-6DA00-0PH1
output module
10 digital outputs 24 V DC, 2 A, color
code CC01, for terminal block type H1
and M1, channel diagnostics
F-AI 8xI 2-/4-wire HART HA analog 6DL1136-6AA00-0PH1
input module
8 digital inputs, color code CC00, for
terminal block type H1 and F1, chan­
nel diagnostics

Fail-safe I/O modules permit safety-oriented monitoring and thus, Note:

when required, bringing the plant to the defined safe state. The
communication and integration into the process control system is The use of fail-safe modules requires SIMATIC S7 F systems.
enabled with the proven technology SIMATIC Safety Integrated. The
fail-safe I/O modules for DI, DQ and AI correspond to the size of the
standard modules and are certified by the German Technical Inspect­
orate up to SIL 3 per channel. All fail-safe I/O modules can be set up
in redundant configuration guaranteeing not only fail-safe operation
but also highest availability. SIMATIC ET 200SP HA is perfectly adap­
ted for demanding fail-safe and standard applications in the manu­
facturing and process industries when high availability and
PROFINET R1 redundancy are imperative.
• www.siemens.com/process-safety

15/82 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Ex I/O modules
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Ex I/O modules

Overview Design

Power module for intrinsically ET 200SP HA Ex

safe power supply I/O modules Server module

ET200SP_Ex_IO_withPM
Digital Ex I/O modules Analog Ex I/O modules
The intrinsically safe ET 200SP HA Ex I/O modules extend the SIMAT­
IC ET 200SP HA and SIMATIC ET 200SP distributed I/O systems with
the option of integrating devices located in hazardous areas (intrins­
ically safe sensors, actuators and HART field devices) into the sys­
tem.
The ET 200SP HA Ex I/O modules with device protection according to
intrinsic safety "i" offer channel outputs in Zone 0 or 1. 2-channel
HART analog input and output modules and 2/4-channel digital
input and output modules with different characteristic curves as well
as a power module for intrinsically safe power supply of the mod­
ules.
Separate Ex isolators with correspondingly complex wiring and high
space requirements are no longer required. The I/O modules can be • Digital input module Ex-DI 4xNAMUR • Analog input module Ex-AI 2xI 2-wire
4 NAMUR digital inputs HART
installed up to ATEX Zone 2 and offer intrinsically safe circuits in Ex 2 analog inputs
ia design for field devices up to Zone 0. • Digital output module Ex-DQ
2x17.4VDC/27 mA Measuring range 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA,
2 digital outputs DC 17.4 V / 27 mA 4 to 20 mA with HART
The Ex modules offer channel diagnostics and Configuration in Run
• Analog input module Ex-AI 4xTC/2xRTD
and are approved for ambient temperatures from -40 to +70 °C. • Digital output module Ex-DQ
2-/3-/4-wire
2x23.1VDC/20 mA
2 digital outputs DC 23.1 V / 20 mA 2/4 analog inputs
Measuring ranges:
- Voltage
- TC (thermocouples) Type B, C, E, J, K, L,
N, R, S, T, U, TXK & TXK (L)
- RTD (resistance temperature sensors)
- Resistor
• Analog output module Ex-AQ 2xI HART
2 analog outputs
Measuring range 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA,
4 to 20 mA with HART

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/83

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Ex I/O modules

Design (continued) Selection and ordering data

Power module Ex-PM-E Terminal blocks Ex digital modules SIMATIC ET

200SP HA

Digital Ex-i input module, Ex-DI 6DL1131-6TD00-0HX1

4xNAMUR
Suitable for BaseUnit Type X1, channel
diagnostics
Digital Ex-i output module, Ex-DQ 6DL1132-6EB00-0HX1
2x23,1VDC/20 mA
Suitable for BaseUnit Type X1, channel
diagnostics
Digital Ex-i output module, Ex-DQ 6DL1132-6CB00-0HX1
2x17,4VDC/27 mA
Suitable for BaseUnit Type X1, channel
diagnostics
Ex analog modules SIMATIC ET
200SP HA

Analog Ex-i HART input module, Ex- 6DL1134-6TB00-0HX1

AI 2xI 2-wire HART
Suitable for BaseUnit Type X1, channel
diagnostics, 16 bits, +/-0.3%
Analog Ex-i input module, Ex-AI 6DL1134-6JD00-0HX1
4xTC/2xRTD 2-/3-/4-wire
Suitable for BaseUnit Type X1, channel
• Power supply module Ex-PM-E • BaseUnit Type W0 for power module Ex- diagnostics, 16 bits, +/-0.05%
24 V DC for intrinsically safe supply of the PM-E Analog Ex-i HART output module, 6DL1135-6TB00-0HX1
following Ex-ia I/O modules (Power Bus) Ex-AQ 2xI HART HF
• BaseUnit Type X1 for Ex electronics mod­
Horizontal / vertical installation ules Suitable for BaseUnit Type X1, channel
- Up to 60 °C / 50 °C: 0.8 A diagnostics, 16 bits, +/-0.3%
- Up to 70 °C / 60 °C: 0.6 A
Power module and BaseUnits

Power module Ex-PM E 6DL1133-6PX00-0HW0

24 V 0.8 A, W x H: 50 mm x 117 mm,
suitable for BaseUnit Type W0
BU Type X1 for I/O modules 6DL1193-6BP00-0BX1
Push-in terminals, W x H:
20 mm x 117 m
BU Type W0 for Ex power module 6DL1193-6BP00-0DW0
PM-E
W x H: 50 mm x 117 mm

15/84 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Ex I/O modules

Technical specifications

Article number 6DL1134-6TB00-0HX1 6DL1134-6JD00-0HX1

General information
Product type designation Ex-AI 2xI 2-wire HART Ex-AI 4xTC/2xRTD 2-/3-/4-wire
• Product function
• Isochronous mode No No
• Engineering with
• STEP 7 TIA Portal configurable/integrated from version V16 V16
• PCS 7 configurable/integrated from version V9.1 V9.1
• PCS neo can be configured/integrated from version V3.1 V3.1
• PROFINET from GSD version/GSD revision GSDML V2.35 GSDML V2.35
• Operating mode
• MSI Yes Yes
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 2; Differential inputs
• For current measurement 2
• For voltage measurement 4
• For resistance/resistance thermometer measurement 2
• For thermocouple measurement 4
Constant measurement current for resistance-type transmitter, typ. 0.5 mA
Cycle time (all channels), min. 3 ms
Technical unit for temperature measurement adjustable Yes; °C/°F/K
• Input ranges (rated values), voltages
• -1 V to +1 V Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• -250 mV to +250 mV Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• -50 mV to +50 mV Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• -80 mV to +80 mV Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Input ranges (rated values), currents
• 0 to 20 mA Yes
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes; 15 bit + sign
• Input ranges (rated values), thermocouples
• Type B Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type C Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type E Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type J Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type K Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type L Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type N Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type R Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type S Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type T Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type U Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type TXK/TXK(L) to GOST Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Input ranges (rated values), resistance thermometer
• Cu 10 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Ni 100 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• LG-Ni 1000 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Ni 120 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Ni 200 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/85

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Ex I/O modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1134-6TB00-0HX1 6DL1134-6JD00-0HX1

• Ni 500 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Pt 100 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Pt 1000 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Pt 200 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Pt 500 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Input ranges (rated values), resistors
• 0 to 150 ohms Yes; 15 bit
• 0 to 300 ohms Yes; 15 bit
• 0 to 600 ohms Yes; 15 bit
• 0 to 3000 ohms Yes; 15 bit
• 0 to 6000 ohms Yes; 15 bit
• PTC Yes; 15 bit
• Thermocouple (TC)
• Temperature compensation
• parameterizable Yes
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 500 m; Ex characteristic values must be 200 m; Ex characteristic values must be
observed observed; line resistance at RTD (simple)
max. 25 ohm; loop resistance at TC max. 8
kOhm
• unshielded, max. 300 m; Ex characteristic values must be
observed
Analog value generation for the inputs
• Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange (bit including sign), max. 16 bit 16 bit
• Integration time, parameterizable Yes; channel by channel Yes; Channel-by-channel, results from the
selected interference frequency suppression
• Interference voltage suppression for interference frequency f1 in 10 / 50 / 60 Hz 16.6 / 50 / 60 Hz, channel-by-channel
Hz
• Conversion time (per channel) 180 / 60 / 50 ms, results from the selected
interference frequency suppression
• Smoothing of measured values
• Number of smoothing levels 4; None; 4/8/16 times
• parameterizable Yes Yes; none, weak, medium, strong, channel-
by-channel
Encoder
• Connection of signal encoders
• for current measurement as 2-wire transducer Yes
• Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max. 750 Ω; At 20 mA input current
Errors/accuracies
• Basic error limit (operational limit at 25 °C)
• Voltage, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.05 %
• Current, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.2 %
• Resistance, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.05 %
• Interference voltage suppression for f = n x (f1 +/- 1 %), f1 = inter­
ference frequency
• Common mode voltage, max. 60 V; Applicable for use in non-hazardous
areas; no common mode voltage permissible
in hazardous areas
• Common mode interference, min. 90 dB
Protocols
HART protocol Yes
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Diagnostics function Yes Yes

15/86 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Ex I/O modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1134-6TB00-0HX1 6DL1134-6JD00-0HX1

• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes
• Limit value alarm Yes Yes; two upper and two lower limit values in
each case
• Diagnoses
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes Yes
• Wire-break Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel
• Short-circuit Yes; channel by channel
• Group error Yes
• Overflow/underflow Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel
• Diagnostics indication LED
• MAINT LED Yes; Yellow LED Yes; Yellow LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage (PWR-LED) Yes; green PWR LED Yes; green PWR LED
• Channel status display Yes; green LED Yes; green LED
• for channel diagnostics Yes; red LED Yes; red LED
• for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED
Ex(i) characteristics
• maximum values for connecting terminals for gas group IIC
• Uo (no-load voltage), max. 26 V 5.9 V
• Io (short-circuit current), max. 93 mA 18 mA
• Po (power output), max. 605 mW 27 mW
• Co (permissible external capacity), max. 99 nF 43 µF
• Lo (permissible external inductivity), max. 4 mH 110 mH
• Ui (intrinsically safe input voltage), max. 10 V
• Um (voltage at non-intrinsically safe connecting terminals), max. 60 V 60 V
Potential separation
• Potential separation channels
• between the channels and backplane bus Yes Yes
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C 70 °C
• vertical installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C
• vertical installation, max. 60 °C 60 °C
• Altitude during operation relating to sea level
• Installation altitude above sea level, max. 2 000 m 2 000 m
Dimensions
Width 20 mm 20 mm
Height 73 mm 73 mm
Depth 58 mm 58 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 55 g 55 g

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/87

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Carrier modules
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Carrier modules

Overview Overview (continued)

DIN rails
The DIN rail is required for fitting an ET 200SP HA station in the con­
trol cabinet. The IM carrier modules for interface modules, the carri­
er modules for the I/O modules and the server module are attached
to the DIN rail.
The DIN rails are available in lengths of 482 mm (for installation in a
19-inch rack) and 1 500 mm (for maximum configuration and vertic­
al installation in a cabinet).

Carrier module for I/O modules, 8-slot

IM single carrier module

Carrier module for I/O modules, 2-slot

Carrier modules for I/O modules

The slots for the I/O modules are created by the connection of these
carrier modules to the terminal blocks.
Carrier modules for I/O modules are available in the following vari­
ants:
• Carrier module, 2-slot, with 2 slots for I/O modules
IM redundant carrier module
• Carrier module, 8-slot, with 8 slots for I/O modules
IM carrier modules for interface modules • Carrier module, 8-slot, with 8 slots for I/O modules, without power
Two variants of the IM carrier modules for interface modules are bus function
available:
• IM single carrier module for 1 interface module, for single connec­
tion to PROFINET
• IM redundant carrier module for 2 interface modules, for redund­
ant connection to PROFINET
The IM carrier modules connect the interface module to the back­
plane bus. They enable data exchange with the I/O modules.

15/88 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Carrier modules

Overview (continued) Selection and ordering data

DIN rails for ET 200SP HA

482 mm (approx. 19 inch) DIN rail 6DL1193-6MC00-0AA0

Including grounding screw and integ­
rated DIN rail for fitting small compon­
ents such as clamps, miniature circuit-
breakers and relays
1 500 mm (approx. 59 inch) DIN rail 6DL1193-6MD00-0AA0
Including grounding screw and integ­
rated DIN rail for fitting small compon­
ents such as clamps, miniature circuit-
breakers and relays
Grounding screw 6ES7590-5AA00-0AA0
For connecting PE to the DIN rail;
essential for 1 500 mm DIN rail
20 units per packing unit
IM carrier modules for interface
modules
Note:
ET 200SP HA, server module A server module and a power bus cov­
er are supplied with each IM carrier
module for the interface module.
Server module IM single carrier module 6DL1193-6BH00-0SM0
Server module and power bus cover complete the design of the Rack for 1 SIMATIC ET 200SP HA inter­
ET 200SP HA. A server module and a power bus cover are supplied face module for single connection to
with each IM carrier module for the interface module. PROFINET
IM redundant carrier module 6DL1193-6BH00-0RM0
Rack for 2 SIMATIC ET 200SP HA inter­
face modules for redundant connec­
tion to PROFINET
Carrier modules for I/O modules

Carrier module, 2-slot 6DL1193-6GA00-0NN0

Rack for 2 SIMATIC ET 200SP HA I/O
modules
Carrier module 8-slot 6DL1193-6GC00-0NN0
Rack for 8 SIMATIC ET 200SP HA I/O
modules
Carrier module 8-slot 6DL1193-6GC00-8NN0
Carrier without Power Bus, can only be
operated with light-gray or black ter­
minal blocks, for holding 8 I/O mod­
ules of the SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Spare parts

Server module (spare part) for 6DL1193-6PA00-0AA0

ET 200SP HA

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/89

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Carrier modules

Technical specifications

Article number 6DL1193-6GA00-0NN0 6DL1193-6GC00-0NN0 6DL1193-6GC00-8NN0

General information
Product type designation Carrier module 2 times Carrier module 8 times carrier module 8x without power
bus
• Product function
• I&M data Yes; Asset data Yes; Asset data Yes; Asset data
Hardware configuration
• Slots
• Number of slots 2 8 8; for light gray and black terminal
blocks
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C
• vertical installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C
• vertical installation, max. 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C
Dimensions
Width 52.5 mm; 45 mm when installed 187.5 mm; 180 mm when installed 187.5 mm; 180 mm when installed
Height 203 mm 203 mm 203 mm
Depth 79 mm 79 mm 79 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 111 g 450 g 270 g

15/90 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Terminal blocks
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Terminal blocks

Overview

The slots for the I/O modules are created by connecting carrier mod­ • Requirement for design with redundant I/O modules (redundant
ules and terminal blocks. The terminal blocks contain the process ter­ partner in adjacent slot)
minals for connecting sensors, actuators and other devices.
• Requirement for design with potential distributors (e.g. when
Select the terminal block for the slot of an I/O module based on the using 32-channel I/O modules)
following dependencies:
The following table illustrates the terminal block / I/O module
• Definition of I/O modules associated with a potential group assignment (x = standard):

I/O modules in 24 V range (with push-in terminal blocks)

I/O module TB type H1 TB type M1 TB type F1 TB type P0 TB type N0

(IO-RED) (F-AI IO-RED) (32x L+) (32x M)
DI 16x24V x x xc)
DI 32x24V xa) x
DI 16xNAMUR x x xc)
DQ 16x24V / 0.5A x x xc)
DQ 32x24V / 0.5A xb) x
DI-AI 16x / DQ 16x HART x x xc)
AI 16xI HART x x xc)
AI 16xTC 8xRTD x x
AQ 8xI HART x x xc)
F-DI 16x24V x x xc)
F-DQ 10x24V / 2A x x xc)
F-AI 8xI HART x x xc)

Power bus infeed Light gray Light gray Light gray Light gray
Power bus continuer Dark gray Dark gray Dark gray Dark gray
No power bus Black
a)
Encoder supply must be realized separately
b)
Ground points must be realized separately
c)
Offers 32 additional ground points for field connection

I/O modules in 24 V range (with D-sub terminal blocks)

I/O module TB type H0 TB type M0 TB type F0

(D-sub) (D-sub, IO-RED) (D-sub, F-AI, IO-RED)
DI 16x24V x x
DI 32x24V xa)
DI 16xNAMUR x x
DQ 16x24V / 0.5A x x
DQ 32x24V / 0.5A xb)
DI-AI 16x / DQ 16x HART x x
AI 16xI HART x x
AI 16xTC 8xRTD xc) xc)
AQ 8xI HART x x
F-DI 16x24V x x
F-DQ 10x24V / 2A x x
F-AI 8xI HART x x

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/91

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Terminal blocks

Overview (continued)

I/O module TB type H0 TB type M0 TB type F0

(D-sub) (D-sub, IO-RED) (D-sub, F-AI, IO-RED)

Power bus infeed

Power bus continuer
No power bus Black Black Black
a)
Encoder supply must be realized separately
b)
Ground points must be realized separately
c)
No temperature compensation for TC

I/O modules with voltages >24 V (with push-in terminal blocks)

I/O modules with channel-selective isolation (with push-in and D-sub terminal blocks)

I/O module TB type K0 TB type L0 TB type S0 TB type R0

(ISOL) (ISOL, IO-RED) (D-sub, ISOL) (D-sub, ISOL, IO-RED)
DI 8x24 ... 125V DC x
DI 8x230VAC x
RQ 4x120-230V / 5A CO x
AI 4xI HART ISOL x x x x
AQ 4xI HART ISOL x x x x

Power bus infeed Light gray Light gray

Power bus continuer Dark gray
No power bus Black Black

Potential groups/color type of the terminal blocks

Number of terminal blocks Permissible load current in
To help you distinguish between potential groups on an ET 200SP HA amperes
station, the terminal blocks come in different colors: 4 10 A
• Light gray terminal blocks are for feeding in and start a new poten­ 5 8A
tial group. 6 7A
7 6A
• Dark gray terminal blocks forms a contact with the supply voltage of
8 5A
the terminal block to its left, thus extending the potential group.
10 4A
• Black terminal blocks do not support any potential groups and must 15 3A
be fed in manually. Dark gray terminal blocks must not be inserted 20 2A
to the right of them.
Note the maximum permissible load current depending on the num­
ber of I/O modules:

15/92 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Terminal blocks

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Terminal blocks 24 V DC (push-in) Terminal block, type S0, D-sub, ISOL 6DL1193-6TC00-0DS0
D-sub plug 37-pin, 24 V infeed per TB,
Terminal block type H1 light gray 6DL1193-6TP00-0DH1 width 22.5 mm
For starting a new potential group, Terminal block, type R0, D-sub, 6DL1193-6TC00-0DR0
with 32 push-in terminals, width ISOL, IO-RED
22.5 mm, with temperature compens­ D-sub plug 37-pin, 2 slots for I/O
ation redundancy, 24 V infeed per slot,
Terminal block type H1 dark gray 6DL1193-6TP00-0BH1 width 45 mm
For forwarding a potential group, with
32 push-in terminals, width 22.5 mm,
Terminal blocks insulated (24 V DC / 125 V DC / 230 V AC)
with temperature compensation
Terminal block type M1 light gray 6DL1193-6TP00-0DM1 6DL1193-6TP00-0DK0
Terminal block type K0 light gray
For starting a new potential group, For starting a new potential group,
with 32 push-in terminals, width with 16 push-in terminals, width
45 mm, for redundant configurations, 22.5 mm
with temperature compensation
Terminal block type K0 dark gray 6DL1193-6TP00-0BK0
Terminal block type M1 dark gray 6DL1193-6TP00-0BM1
For forwarding a potential group, with
For forwarding a potential group, with 16 push-in terminals, width 22.5 mm
32 push-in terminals, width 45 mm,
Terminal block type L0 light gray 6DL1193-6TP00-0DL0
for redundant configurations, with
temperature compensation For starting a new potential group,
with 16 push-in terminals, width
Terminal block, type F1, F-AI, IO-RED 6DL1193-6TP00-0DF1 45 mm
32 push-in terminals, width 45 mm,
for redundant configuration with fail-
safe analog module F-AI, no power Accessories
bus
Terminal block type P0 light gray 6DL1193-6TP00-0DP0 Shield connection for terminal block 6ES7193-6SC20-1AM0
For starting a new potential group, 5 shield supports including support
with 32 push-in terminals, additional foot and shield terminals each for
32 push-in terminals with encoder plugging onto BaseUnits with auto­
supply, width 45 mm, specifically for matic low-impedance connection to
use with DI 32x24 V DC functional grounding
(6DL1131-6BL00-0PH1)
Terminal block type P0 dark gray 6DL1193-6TP00-0BP0
For forwarding a potential group, with
32 push-in terminals, additional
32 push-in terminals with encoder
supply, width 45 mm, specifically for
use with DI 32x24 V DC
(6DL1131-6BL00-0PH1)
Terminal block type N0 light gray 6DL1193-6TP00-0DN0
For starting a new potential group,
with 32 push-in terminals, additional
32 push-in terminals for ground con­
nection, width 45 mm, for use with
DQ 32x 24 V DC
(6DL1132-6BL00-0PH1) and other
modules
Terminal block type N0 dark gray 6DL1193-6TP00-0BN0
For forwarding a new potential group,
with 32 push-in terminals, additional
32 push-in terminals for ground con­
nection, width 45 mm, for use with
DQ 32x 24 V DC
(6DL1132-6BL00-0PH1) and other
modules

Terminal blocks 24 V DC (D-sub)

Terminal block, type H0, D-sub 6DL1193-6TC00-0DH0

D-sub plug 37-pin, 24 V infeed per TB,
width 22.5 mm, no power bus
Terminal block, type M0, D-sub, IO- 6DL1193-6TC00-0DM0
RED
D-sub plug 37-pin, 2 slots for I/O
redundancy, 24 V infeed per slot,
width 45 mm
Terminal block, type F0, D-sub, F-AI, 6DL1193-6TC00-0DF0
IO-RED
D-sub plug 37-pin, for fail-safe analog
input, 2 slots for I/O redundancy, 24 V
infeed per slot, width 45 mm

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/93

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Terminal blocks

Technical specifications

Article number 6DL1193-6TC00-0D­ 6DL1193-6TC00-0D­ 6DL1193-6TC00-0D­ 6DL1193-6TC00-0D­ 6DL1193-6TC00-0D­

H0 M0 F0 S0 R0
General information
Product type designation type H0, SUB-D type M0, D-SUB, IO-RED type S0, D-SUB, ISOL type R0, D-SUB, ISOL,
IO-RED
• Product function
• I&M data Yes; Asset data Yes; Asset data Yes; Asset data Yes; Asset data Yes; Asset data
Hardware configuration
• Slots
• Number of slots 1 2; For IO redundancy 2; For IO redundancy 1 2; For IO redundancy
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during oper­
ation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C
• vertical installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C
• vertical installation, max. 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C
Dimensions
Width 22.5 mm 45 mm 45 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm
Height 175 mm 175 mm 175 mm 175 mm 175 mm
Depth 77 mm 77 mm 77 mm 77 mm 77 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 92 g 158 g 156 g 92 g 158 g

15/94 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
BusAdapters
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
BusAdapters

Overview Selection and ordering data

BusAdapters

2×RJ45 BusAdapter 6DL1193-6AR00-0AA0

2 × RJ45 sockets for PROFINET (stand­
ard Ethernet socket)
2×FC BusAdapter 6DL1193-6AF00-0AA0
2 × FastConnect (FC) connections for
PROFINET
2×LC BusAdapter 6DL1193-6AG00-0AA0
2 × glass fiber-optic connections for
PROFINET
BA LC/RJ45 BusAdapter 6DL1193-6AG20-0AA0
2 × glass fiber-optic connections
BA LC/FC BusAdapter 6DL1193-6AG40-0AA0
2 × glass fiber-optic connections
BA 2×RJ45 (VD) BusAdapter 6GK5991-2VA00-8AA2
2 × electrical connections for Ethernet
communication via 2, 4 or 8-wire cop­
per cables and distances up to 500 m
BA 2×RJ45, 2×FC and 2×LC BusAdapters 6ES7193-6AG50-0AA0
BA 2xLC-LD BusAdapter
2 × LC-LD port, for single-mode glass
BusAdapters fiber-optic, up to max. 20 km
BA LC-LD/RJ45 BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AG60-0AA0
A BusAdapter as a separate component allows a free choice of con­
1 × LC-LD port, for single-mode fiber-
nection technology: optic, up to max. 20 km, 1 × RJ45 port
• BA 2×RJ45: 2 electrical connections for bus cable with standard
RJ45 connector
• BA 2×FC: 2 electrical connections for direct connection of FastCon­
nect bus cable
• BA 2×LC: 2 optical ports for fiber-optic cables
• BA LC/RJ45: 1 optical connection and 1 electrical connection for
bus cable with standard RJ45 connector
• BA LC/FC: 1 optical connection and 1 electrical connection for dir­
ect connection of FastConnect bus cable
• BA 2×RJ45 (VD): 2 electrical connections for using PROFINET via
existing PROFIBUS cables

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/95

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
BusAdapters

Technical specifications

Article number 6DL1193-6AR00-0AA0 6DL1193-6AF00-0AA0 6DL1193-6AG00-0AA0

General information
Product type designation BA 2x RJ45 BA 2xFC BA 2xLC
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1; 2 ports (switch) RJ45 1; 2 ports (switch) FC 1; 2 ports (switch) LC Multimode
Glass Fibre
• Supports protocol for PROFINET IO
• Number of RJ45 ports 2
• Number of FC (FastConnect) connections 2
• Number of LC ports 2
• Cable length
• Cu conductors 100 m 100 m
• Multimode graded-index fiber 50/125 µm 3 km; min. transmit power -23.5
dB, min. receiver sensitivity -31 dB
• Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 μm 3 km; min. transmit power -20 dB,
min. receiver sensitivity -31 dB
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. -40 °C -40 °C -40 °C
• max. 70 °C 70 °C 65 °C; redundant design (2x
6DL1155-6AU00-0PM0): max. 60
°C horizontal, max. 50 °C vertical.
When using different I/O devices,
the derating specified there must
be observed
Dimensions
Width 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm
Height 69.5 mm 69.5 mm 75 mm; Without protective caps
(approx. 8 mm)
Depth 59 mm 59 mm 59 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 46 g 53 g 60 g

Article number 6DL1193-6AG20-0AA0 6DL1193-6AG40-0AA0

General information
Product type designation BA LC/RJ45 BA LC/FC
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1; 2 ports (switch) LC / RJ45 1; 2 ports (switch) LC / FC
• Supports protocol for PROFINET IO
• Number of RJ45 ports 1
• Number of FC (FastConnect) connections 1
• Number of LC ports 1; Wavelength of 1 270 ... 1 380 nm, corres­ 1; Wavelength of 1 270 ... 1 380 nm, corres­
ponds to 100BASE-FX ponds to 100BASE-FX
• Cable length
• Cu conductors 100 m 100 m
• Multimode graded-index fiber 50/125 µm 3 km; min. transmit power -23.5 dB, min. 3 km; min. transmit power -23.5 dB, min.
receiver sensitivity -31 dB receiver sensitivity -31 dB
• Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 μm 3 km; min. transmit power -20 dB, min. 3 km; min. transmit power -20 dB, min.
receiver sensitivity -31 dB receiver sensitivity -31 dB
Standards, approvals, certificates
RoHS conformity Yes Yes
China RoHS compliance Yes Yes
Ambient conditions

15/96 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
BusAdapters

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6DL1193-6AG20-0AA0 6DL1193-6AG40-0AA0

• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. -40 °C -40 °C
• max. 70 °C; = Tmax for horizontal installation; for 65 °C; = Tmax for horizontal installation; for
vertical installation Tmax = 60 °C; redundant vertical installation Tmax = 60 °C; redundant
setup (2x 6DL1155-6AU00-0PM0): max. 65 setup (2x 6DL1155-6AU00-0PM0): max. 60
°C horizontally, max. 60 °C vertically. When °C horizontally, max. 55 °C vertically. When
using different IO Devices, the derating spe­ using different IO Devices, the derating spe­
cified there must be observed. cified there must be observed.
Dimensions
Width 20 mm 20 mm
Height 75 mm; Without protective caps (approx. 8 75 mm; Without protective caps (approx. 8
mm) mm)
Depth 59 mm 59 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 32 g 50 g

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/97

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Additional I/O modules
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Additional I/O modules

Overview Selection and ordering data

Extending the SIMATIC ET 200SP HA system with specific additional CM PtP communications module
I/O modules from the SIMATIC ET 200SP system gives you more For serial communication connections
options and flexibility. with RS232, RS422, RS485 interfaces,
When these I/O modules are used, the following aspects need to be BU type A0, color code CC00
considered: • CM PtP communications module 6ES7137-6AA01-0BA0
(V2)
• Special slot rules apply (see System Manual for the SIMAT­
IC ET 200SP HA) Analog input module
• AI Energy Meter CT HF, for 1 A or 5 A 6ES7134-6PA01-0CU0
• Module redundancy is not supported for the additional I/O mod­ current transformers, with network
ules analysis functions, channel dia­
gnostics; BU type U0
• Attention must be paid to the specific properties of the additional
I/O modules, such as ambient temperature, painting, insulation • AI Energy Meter RC HF, for Rogowski 6ES7134-6PA21-0CU0
protection. These are usually limited compared to the ET 200SP HA coils or 333 mV current/voltage
I/O modules transformers, with network analysis
functions, channel diagnostics; BU
• Before use, check whether (Library) Support is already available for type U0
the desired purpose TM SIWAREX WP321 weighing 7MH4138-6AA00-0BA0
module
Note:
Single-channel, for platform scales or
Product partners are external companies outside Siemens AG and its hopper scales with analog load cells
associated companies. Information and descriptions of products (1 - 4 mV/V), 1 × LC, 1 × RS 485.
made by product partners are non-binding, and are the responsibil­ TM SIWAREX WP351 HF weighing
ity of the product partners. These products are manufactured inde­ module
pendently and under the responsibility of the respective product 7MH4138-6BA00-0CU0
SIMATIC ET 200SP, TM SIWAREX
partner, and are sold and supplied by it under its terms of business WP351 HF, legal-for-trade weighing
and delivery. module for automatic dosing, filling
Unless compulsory by law, Siemens assumes no liability or warranty and checking scales and totalizing
for these products or for connection with these products of the weighing instruments
product partners. Motor starters
Direct starter
• Adjustment range 0.1 ... 0.4 A 3RK1308-0AA00-0CP0

• Adjustment range 0.3 ... 1 A 3RK1308-0AB00-0CP0

• Adjustment range 0.9 ... 3 A 3RK1308-0AC00-0CP0

• Adjustment range 2.8 ... 9 A 3RK1308-0AD00-0CP0

• Adjustment range 4 ... 12 A 3RK1308-0AE00-0CP0

Reversing starter
• Adjustment range 0.1 ... 0.4 A 3RK1308-0BA00-0CP0

• Adjustment range 0.3 ... 1 A 3RK1308-0BB00-0CP0

• Adjustment range 0.9 ... 3 A 3RK1308-0BC00-0CP0

• Adjustment range 2.8 ... 9 A 3RK1308-0BD00-0CP0

• Adjustment range 4 ... 12 A 3RK1308-0BE00-0CP0

SITRANS FCT070
Transmitter for ET 200SP 7ME4138-6AA00-0BB1
AirLINE SP valve terminal type 8647
for integration into ET 200SP HA
For more detailed information about
the AirLINE SP, type 8647 (e.g. data
sheet, operating manual) please con­
tact Bürkert directly:
https://www.burkert-
usa.com/en/type/8647

* Disclaimer of liability
This information and the descriptions have been compiled with great care.
However, it is not possible for Siemens to verify that the data supplied by
product partners is complete, correct and up-to-date. The possibility that indi­
vidual items of information might be incorrect, incomplete, or not up-to-date
cannot therefore be ruled out. Unless compulsory by law, Siemens accepts no
liability for the usability of the data or of the products for the user per se.

15/98 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA

Process I/O
Pneumatics / AirLINE SP valve terminal type 8647 for integration into ET 200SP HA
SIMATIC ET 200SP HA
Pneumatics / AirLINE SP valve terminal type 8647 for integration into ET 200SP HA

Overview Benefits
• High degree of process safety by using non-return valves and
pneumatic infeed modules with pressure monitoring
• System-wide detailed diagnostics in plain text, and also locally on
an LC display
• Quick and easy valve change during operation (hot swapping)
• Reduced number of components in the control cabinet (enabling
compact control cabinet)
ET 200SP HA with Bürkert valve terminal AirLINE SP • Quick installation & configuration of the pneumatic connections

• For pneumatic control of actuators with ET 200SP HA Application

• Can be used together with system and IO components of the Valve terminals are widely used in industrial automation, and serve
ET 200SP HA distributed I/O system as pilot valves for controlling actuators in the food, pharmaceutical
• Product of the product partners Bürkert Fluid Control Systems, and and water treatment industries. In combination with the AirLINE SP,
can only be obtained from Bürkert Fluid Control Systems type 8647 from the Bürkert Co., SIMATIC ET 200SP HA forms a uni­
versal interface between process and plant control, and enables the
Note: flexible, modular structure of pilot valves and I/O modules. The new
Product partners are external companies outside Siemens AG and its diagnostic functions such as open circuit and short circuit detection
associated companies. Information and descriptions of products provide transparent system status and thereby increase system avail­
made by product partners are non-binding, and are the responsibil­ ability.
ity of the product partners. These products are manufactured inde­
pendently and under the responsibility of the respective product More information
partner, and are sold and supplied by it under its terms of business
and delivery. For more detailed information about the AirLINE SP, type 8647 (e.g.
Unless compulsory by law, Siemens assumes no liability or warranty data sheet, operating manual) please contact Bürkert directly:
for these products or for connection with these products of the https://www.burkert.co.uk/en/type/8647
product partners. Refer also to the note on disclaimer of liability/use * ) Disclaimer of liability
of hyperlinks*).
This information and the descriptions have been compiled with
great care. However, it is not possible for Siemens to verify that
the data supplied by product partners is complete, correct and
up-to-date. The possibility that individual items of information
might be incorrect, incomplete, or not up-to-date cannot there­
fore be ruled out. Unless compulsory by law, Siemens accepts no
liability for the usability of the data or of the products for the
user per se.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/99

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Overview Design

Terminal module for Power Supply Terminal modules

for electronics module
Interface module
Power Supply Electronics module
Ex db Ex ib

The ET 200iSP is a modular, intrinsically safe I/O system with IP30

degree of protection which can be operated in gas and dust atmo­
spheres at ambient temperatures from -20 to +70 °C. It is optimized 230 V AC /
for use with SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo, but can also be integrated 24 V DC PROFIBUS DP Connection terminal Ex ia
in other systems such as SIMATIC S5 by means of GSD/GSDML file. connection Ex ib
In accordance with ATEX directive 2014/34/EU, the ET 200iSP Terminal module for
remote I/O stations can be installed directly in the hazardous zones 1 PA-ground interface module
and 2 as well as in non-hazardous areas. The intrinsically safe
sensors, actuators and HART field devices can also be located in
zone 0 or 20 if necessary. Main components of the ET 200iSP distributed I/O system:
The modular design of the ET 200iSP makes it possible to optimally • Terminal modules
adapt the remote I/O stations to the respective automation task mounted on an S7‑300 DIN rail; for connecting power supply,
through individual configuration and flexible expansion. To increase interface, electronics, watchdog and reserve modules and for
plant availability, the pressure-encapsulated power supply and the prewiring
intrinsically safe PROFINET or PROFIBUS DP connection of the sta­
tions can also be of redundant design. The intrinsically safe, optical - with blue screw-type or spring-loaded terminals for hazardous
PROFINET connection allows redundancy functions S2 and R1 as well environments
as the setup of fail-safe MRP rings. - with black screw-type terminals for non-hazardous environments
The modern architecture with hardwiring and automatic slot coding
supports pre-wiring without the electronic modules, simple and reli­ • Power supply unit
able hot swapping of individual modules without a fire certificate as - 1 or 2 (redundant) pressure-encapsulated power supply modules
well as configuration in run (CiR). PS for feeding in 24 V DC or 120/230 V AC
In addition to analog and digital I/O modules for the automation of
technological functions of the process (Basic Process Control), the • Interface modules
range of electronic modules also includes fail-safe I/O modules for - 1 or 2 (redundant) IM 152 interface modules for connecting the
implementing safety applications. The various types of electronic station to PROFINET
module can be arranged mixed within a station. Comprehensive dia­
gnostic options facilitate commissioning and troubleshooting. - 1 or 2 (redundant) IM 152 interface modules for connecting the
station to the PROFIBUS DP
• Electronic modules (2/4/8 channels): Up to 32 in any combination
- Digital electronic modules (DI, DQ)
- Analog electronic modules (AI, AO)
- Safety-related electronic modules (F‑DI, F‑DO and F‑AI)
- Watchdog module
• Accessories
- Reserve module for reserving a slot for any electronic module
- Termination module (included in scope of delivery of terminal
modules for the PROFIBUS interface)
- Labeling sheets with printable labeling strips
- Inscription labels for slot numbering
Assembly
Assembly is quick and easy:
• Latching of terminal modules onto the S7‑300 DIN rail
• Prewiring of process signal cables on the terminal modules using
spring-loaded or screw-type connections

15/100 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Design (continued) Configuration

• Power supply, interface and electronic modules can be plugged in The ET 200iSP stations can be configured and parameterized per
without the need for additional tools HW Config in a SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7 environment. Parameters
of the ET 200iSP stations and the HART field devices can also be set
Expansion limits using the process device manager, SIMATIC PDM. Routing via
The station width is 107 cm in the maximum configuration with 32 PROFIBUS DP enables direct access to the HART field devices on the
electronic modules. ET 200iSP with SIMATIC PDM.
The maximum number of electronic modules which can be used per The system function CiR (Configuration in Run) is also supported for
station may be limited depending on the current consumption of the the configuration of SIMATIC PCS 7 and permits the following
modules required to solve the automation task. However, up to changes to be made to the configuration during runtime:
16 electronic modules can be used without limitation.
• Adding of ET 200iSP stations
Stainless steel wall box
• Adding modules to the ET 200iSP station
If the ET 200iSP is used in a hazardous area, it must be installed in
an appropriate Ex housing which at least corresponds to the IP54 • Re-configuration of modules
degree of protection. Appropriate versions of an IP65 housing are
offered in the Section "Stainless steel wall box". • Parameterization of connected HART field devices with SIMATIC
PDM
Outstanding design features
Minimum software requirements (with PROFIBUS DP interface
• Installation and testing of the wiring is possible in advance without
the electronic module (permanent wiring). module)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 environment: SIMATIC PCS 7 Version 6.1
• Isolation of the mechanical and electronic systems, in conjunction
with the independent process wiring, permits fast and easy • SIMATIC S7 environment: SIMATIC STEP 7 Version 5.3+SP1 includ­
replacement of the electronic modules ing Hardware Support Package (HSP) or SIMATIC STEP 7
(TIA Portal)
• Mechanical coding which is carried out when an electronic module
is plugged onto a terminal module for the first time prevents the • The latest SIMATIC PDM version is used to configure the HART field
connection of incorrect replacement modules devices.
• Hot swapping of the power supply modules and electronic mod­ Minimum software requirements (with PROFINET interface mod­
ules is possible without a fire certificate. ule)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 environment: SIMATIC PCS 7 Version 9.1 SP2
Update Collection 1
Integration
• SIMATIC S7 environment: SIMATIC STEP 7 Version 5.7 including
Distributed ET 200iSP remote I/O stations are connected to the auto­ Hardware Support Package (HSP) or SIMATIC STEP 7 (TIA Portal
mation systems (controllers) either via PROFINET by means of a suit­ V18)
able switch (e.g. SCALANCE X 212-2) with optically limited interface
Configuration with third-party systems and old SIMATIC
(Laser Class 1) or, alternatively, via PROFIBUS DP, which can be
routed intrinsically safe into hazardous zone 1 using an isolating PCS 7/STEP 7 versions
transformer (RS 485‑iS coupler) as barrier. Transfer rates of up to The station design (configuration) should be published over the
100 Mbps with PROFINET or 1.5 Mbps with PROFIBUS DP are pos­ PROFIBUS DP network per GSD file.
sible here. Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM is required for the configura­
The ET 200iSP remote I/O stations are integrated into the SIMAT­ tion. It can be used to define, for example, alarm limits for analog
IC PCS 7 process control system using standard driver blocks. modules, signal encoders for digital modules as well as settings for
The existing standard diagnostics drivers process the diagnostic mes­ outputting analog values and HART commands for analog HART
sages generated by internal or external faults (e.g. wire break or modules.
short-circuit) as well as status messages of the connected HART field
devices for the host Operator System and the SIMATIC PCS 7 Main­
tenance Station.
Vendor-specific information and maintenance data are saved, pro­
tected against power failure, on the electronic modules.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/101

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Technical specifications

ET 200iSP – general
Degree of protection IP30
Ambient temperature
• Horizontal mounting posi­ -20 … +70 °C
tion
• Other mounting positions -20 … +50 °C
Exposure to environmental According to ISA-S71.04 severity level G1; G2; G3 (except
substances for NH3, only level G2 in this case)
EMC Electromagnetic compatibility according to NE21
Vibration resistance 0.5 g continuously, 1 g periodically
Approvals, standards

• ATEX II 2 G (1) GD Ex db eb [ia/ib] IIC T4

I M2 Ex db eb [ia/ib] I
• IECEx Zone 1 Ex db eb [ia/ib] IIC T4

• INMETRO Zone 1 BR-Ex db eb [ia/ib] IIC T4

• cFMus NI Division 2,
Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, II, III AIS Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
Class I Zone 1, AEx de [ia/ib] IIC T4
• cULus Division 2,
Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, II, III providing int. safe circuits for
Division 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
Class I Zone 1, AEx de [ia/ib] IIC T4
• CCC Ex Ex de ib[ia] IIC T4
Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4
• PROFIBUS EN 50170, Volume 2

• PROFINET IEC 61158 and IEC 61784

• IEC IEC 61131, Part 2

• CE In accordance with ATEX directive 2014/34/EU, EMC

Directive 2014/30/EU and LVD-guideline 2014/35/EU
• UKCA According to Regulations UKSI 2016:1107

• KCC Korea Certification

• Marine approval Classification companies

• ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
• BV (Bureau Veritas)
• DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
• GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
• LRS (Lloyds Register of Shipping)
• Class NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)

15/102 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Process I/O
Power supply unit
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Power supply unit

Overview Design

Depending on the operating mode (standard or redundant), one or

two power supply modules are plugged onto the corresponding ter­
minal modules. In standard mode, a PS power supply module is
combined with a TM‑PS‑A terminal module. In redundant mode, a
second power supply unit is provided on the right of the first one.
This consists of a PS power supply module and a TM‑PS‑B terminal
module.
The power supply modules can also be used in hazardous areas. The
explosion protection is guaranteed by an explosion-proof metal
enclosure (explosion protection Ex db).
The power source (24 V DC or 120/230 V AC) must be installed in
the safe area. It is connected to the terminal module of the power
supply unit via Ex e terminals. The power source may only be con­
nected or disconnected in a safe operating environment and not in
hazardous areas.
The power supply module is moved into its working position by
means of a slide system, and manually fixed there by means of a
mechanical lock. Replacement through disconnection of the existing
An ET 200iSP power supply unit consists of a TM‑PS terminal module power supply module and insertion of a new module is also permiss­
(A or B) and a PS power supply module which is plugged onto this. ible in the hazardous area. To replace the module, the mechanical
Terminal modules and power supply modules can be ordered separ­ lock must first be released to remove the power supply module from
ately. its working position using the slide.
The power supply modules are suitable for both individual operation
(standard) and redundant operation. Depending on the operating Selection and ordering data
mode, they must be combined with the terminal modules as fol­
lows: PS 24 V DC power supply module for 6ES7138-7EA01-0AA0
• Standard: 1 × PS on TM‑PS‑A UC ET 200iSP
PS 120/230 V AC power supply 6ES7138-7EC00-0AA0
• Redundancy: 1 × PS on TM‑PS‑A UC (left) plus 1 × PS on module for ET 200iSP
TM‑PS‑B UC (right) TM‑PS‑A UC terminal module 6ES7193-7DA20-0AA0
Power supply modules are available for supplies of 24 V DC and For standard operation
120/230 V AC. TM‑PS‑B UC terminal module 6ES7193-7DB20-0AA0
The operating state of the power supply modules is indicated by two Additional terminal module for
redundant operation
LEDs on the IM 152 interface module (one for each module).

Application

Functions of the power supply modules

• Supply of ET 200iSP with safely isolated operating voltages for
- Powerbus (for supplying the electronics modules)
- Backplane bus (logic)
- Interface module (IM 152‑1)
• Safety-related limiting of output voltages

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/103

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Power supply unit

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7138-7EA01-0AA0 6ES7138-7EC00-0AA0

Supply voltage
Rated value (DC) 24 V
Rated value (AC) 230 V; 120/230 V AC
Reverse polarity protection Yes
• Line frequency
• permissible range, lower limit 47 Hz
• permissible range, upper limit 63 Hz
Input current
from supply voltage L+, max. 4A
from supply voltage L1, max. 1.04 A; at rated voltage 230 VAC:0.45A at
rated voltage 120 VAC:0.75A
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Status indicator Yes Yes
Alarms No No
• Diagnoses
• Diagnostic information readable Yes; via IM 152 Yes; via IM 152
• Diagnostics indication LED
• Group error SF (red) No No
Potential separation
primary/secondary Yes Yes
between supply voltage and electronics Yes No
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark CE 0344 CE 0344
UKCA mark DEKRA 21UKEX0027 Importer UK: Siemens
plc Manchester M20 2UR
BIS Yes Yes
• Use in hazardous areas
• ATEX marking II 2 G Ex db eb [ib] IIC T4 Gb I M2 Ex db eb
[ib] I Mb
Dimensions
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Height 190 mm 190 mm
Depth 136.5 mm 136.5 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 2 700 g 2 700 g

15/104 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Process I/O
Interface modules
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Interface modules

Overview Overview (continued)

• Backup of electronic module parameters
• Time stamping of digital process signals with an accuracy of 20 ms
Tasks of the IM 152-1DP interface module
• Connection of ET 200iSP to the intrinsically safe PROFIBUS DP
• Autonomous communication with the host automation system
• Preparation of data for the fitted electronic modules
• Backup of electronic module parameters
• Time stamping of digital process signals with an accuracy of 20 ms
The maximum address space of the interface module is 244 bytes
for inputs, and 244 bytes for outputs.

Design

The terminal module of the IM 152-1PN (TM‑IM/EM or TM‑IM/IM) is

connected directly next to the power supply unit on the DIN rail. The
PROFINET connection of the IM 152-1PN is made via the SFP mul­
timode transceivers with LC plug on the underside of the module.
These must be inserted into the intended SFP sockets of the module
during commissioning.
The IM 152 and the transceivers may be removed and inserted
under hazardous conditions.
Firmware updates can be performed over the PROFINET connection
using SIMATIC STEP 7.
LEDs on the front of the IM 152 signal the operating state, group
faults, bus faults, the link of the two optical transceivers and the
operating state of the fitted power supply modules.
The terminal module of the IM 152 (TM‑IM/EM or TM‑IM/IM) is con­
nected directly next to the power supply unit on the DIN rail. The
PROFIBUS DP connection of the IM 152 is made using the standard
Sub‑D socket on the terminal module. The matching connecting ele­
ment we provide is a special connection plug with selectable termin­
The IM 152 interface module realizes the connection of the ating resistance. The terminating resistance must be activated on
ET 200iSP to a PROFINET network with an intrinsically safe mul­ the last ET 200iSP station of each PROFIBUS DP line.
timode glass fiber-optic cable up to 100 Mbps or to PROFIBUS DP Hot swapping of the IM 152 and the PROFIBUS connection plug is
with intrinsically safe RS 485-iS transmission technology for transfer permissible under hazardous conditions.
rates of up to 1.5 Mbps. A redundant connection is also possible. In A termination module is provided together with the IM 152, and
this case, the ET 200iSP is connected via two interface modules to must be fitted at the right end of each ET 200iSP station following
two redundant segments of a high-availability automation system the last electronic module.
(PROFINET R1 redundancy or PROFIBUS redundancy). Alternatively,
the S2 redundancy function and the setup of fail-safe MRP rings is The IM 152 has a slot for micro memory cards (MMC). The firmware
possible with PROFINET. can therefore be updated either via the PROFIBUS DP or using MMCs.
The IM 152 is plugged onto a special terminal module (to be ordered The PROFIBUS addresses can be set using DIP switches at the front
separately). The following terminal modules are available: which are protected by a cover.
• TM-IM/IM terminal module for two interface modules (for device LEDs on the front of the IM 152 signal the supply voltage, group
faults, bus faults, the active IM with redundant operation, and the
redundancy)
operating state of the fitted power supply modules.
• TM-IM/EM60 terminal module for one interface module and one
watchdog, reserve or electronic module (except 2 DQ relay)
- with blue screw-type or spring-loaded terminals for hazardous
environments
- with black screw-type terminals for non-hazardous environments
Tasks of the IM 152-1PN interface module
• Connection of ET 200iSP to the intrinsically safe, optical PROFINET
network
• Autonomous communication with the host automation system
• Preparation of data for the fitted electronic modules

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/105

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Interface modules

Selection and ordering data

ET 200iSP IM 152‑1DP interface 6ES7152-1AA00-0AB0

module
ET 200iSP IM 152‑1PN interface 6ES7152-1BA00-0AB0
module
ET 200iSP TM‑IM/EM60 terminal
module
For an IM 152 and a watchdog,
reserve or electronic module (except
2 DQ relay), including termination
module
• For hazardous environments
- TM-IM/EM60S (blue screw-type ter­ 6ES7193-7AA00-0AA0
minals)
- TM-IM/EM60C (blue spring-loaded 6ES7193-7AA10-0AA0
terminals)
• For non-hazardous environments
- TM-IM/EM60S (black screw-type ter­ 6ES7193-7AA20-0AA0
minals)
ET 200iSP TM‑IM/IM terminal 6ES7193-7AB00-0AA0
module
For two IM 152 modules (redundant
operation), including termination
module
Accessories

SFP transceiver Ex A5E51793919

Spare part for IM 152‑1PN, multimode
glass fiber-optic cable, LC, 50/125 µm
and 62.5/125 µm
PROFIBUS connection plug with 6ES7972-0DA60-0XA0
selectable terminating resistor
For connection of IM 152-1DP to
PROFIBUS DP with RS 485‑iS transmis­
sion technology
RS 485-iS coupler 6ES7972-0AC80-0XA0
Isolating transformer for coupling
PROFIBUS DP segments with RS 485
and RS 485‑iS transmission techno­
logy
Labeling sheet
DIN A4, perforated, each consisting of
10 sheets of 30 strips each for elec­
tronic modules and 20 strips each for
IM 152
• Petrol 6ES7193-7BH00-0AA0

• Yellow 6ES7193-7BB00-0AA0

S7-300 DIN rails

• 585 mm long, suitable for assembly 6ES7390-1AF85-0AA0
of ET 200iSP in a 650 mm wide wall
box
• 885 mm long, suitable for assembly 6ES7390-1AJ85-0AA0
of ET 200iSP in a 950 mm wide wall
box

15/106 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Interface modules

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7193-7AA00-0AA0 6ES7193-7AA10-0AA0 6ES7193-7AA20-0AA0 6ES7193-7AB00-0AA0

Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark Yes Yes Yes CE 0344
• Use in hazardous areas
• ATEX marking see ET 200iSP system see ET 200iSP system
Dimensions
Width 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm
Height 190 mm 190 mm 190 mm 190 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 235 g 235 g 235 g 195 g

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/107

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Process I/O
Digital electronic modules
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Digital electronic modules

Overview Overview (continued)

Extra functions
Actuator shutdown function of the 4 DQ EEx i modules
The 4 DQ EEx i modules are equipped with a shutdown function.
This permits implementation of an external actuator switch-off inde­
pendent of the automation system (controller).
As soon as the intrinsically safe switch-off signal (High or Low) is
present at the actuator switch-off input of the electronic module, its
outputs are deactivated.
You can also combine several DQ modules into a switch-off group.
The intrinsically safe power supply for the switch-off device is either
via the watchdog module or a separate intrinsically safe source.

Design
• The digital electronics modules are installed on terminal modules
which must be ordered separately.
Digital input modules - TM-IM/EM60 terminal modules for one interface module and one
• 8-channel digital input module DI NAMUR EEx i, for evaluation of watchdog, reserve or electronics module (for versions, see sec­
tion Interface module)
NAMUR sensors, connected and non-connected contacts, as well
as for use as counter or frequency meter - TM‑EM/EM60 terminal modules with two slots for watchdog
Parameterizable connections: module, reserve module or electronics module (except 2 DO
relay), with blue screw-type or spring-loaded terminals for haz­
- NAMUR sensor on/off ardous environments or with black screw-type terminals for non-
- NAMUR changeover contact hazardous environments

- Single contact connected (mechanical NO contact) - TM‑RM/RM 60 terminal modules with two slots for relay or
reserve modules
- Changeover contact connected (mechanical changeover contact)
• The digital electronics module 2 DO Relays must be plugged onto
- Single contact non-connected (mechanical NO contact with the terminal module TM-RM/RM 60S (screw-type connection sys­
single contact) tem). All other digital electronics modules are plugged as planned
- Changeover contact non-connected (mechanical changeover onto terminal modules using screw-type systems (TM‑EM/EM60S)
contact) or spring-loaded systems (TM‑EM/EM60C).

- Counting function: optional use of 2 channels for recording • Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module
counter pulses or for frequency measurement TM‑EM/EM60S, TM‑EM/EM60C or TM‑RM/RM 60S, you can reserve
a slot for a digital electronics module or close a gap resulting from
- Short-circuit and wire-break monitoring the design. The spare module can be simply replaced by the envis­
aged electronics module at a later point in time.
Digital output modules
• The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is carried out
• 4-channel digital output modules DQ EEx i, 23.1 V DC/20 mA, when an electronics module is plugged on for the first time pre­
17.4 V DC/27 mA, 17.4 V DC/40 mA or 25.5 V DC/22 mA, with vents the connection of incorrect replacement modules.
external actuator switch-off via High or Low signal (H/L switch-off)
- Load-free switching of outputs via external intrinsically safe sig­ • Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under hazardous
nal conditions.

- Power boosting through parallel connection of two outputs for • The process signals are connected to the terminals of the terminal
one actuator with 4 DQ 17.4 V DC/27 mA or 4 DQ 17.4 V modules assigned according to the plan, using either conventional
DC/40 mA screw-type or spring-loaded systems (conductor cross-sections
0.14 mm² to max. 2.5 mm²) depending on the type of module.
- Short-circuit and wire-break monitoring
• 2-channel digital output module DQ Relay EEx e, e.g. for switching
solenoid valves, DC contactors or signaling lamps
- Can be plugged onto TM-RM/RM terminal module
- Output current up to 2 A with 60 V UC for each of the two relay
outputs
- Installation up to Ex zone 1
- Intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe signals can be mixed in
a station

15/108 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Digital electronic modules

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Digital input modules 4 DQ DC 23.1 V/20 mA 6ES7132-7GD00-0AB0

• 4 channels with 20 mA each
Digital input modules EEx i
• Short-circuit monitoring
8 DI NAMUR 6ES7131-7RF00-0AB0 • Wire-break monitoring
For evaluation of NAMUR sensors,
connected/non-connected contacts, as • Configurable connection of substi­
well as for recording count pulses or tute value in the event of CPU failure
measuring frequencies • Load-free switching of outputs via
• 8 × NAMUR (NAMUR sensor on/off, external intrinsically safe signal
NAMUR changeover contact) or con­ 4 DQ DC 17.4 V/27 mA 6ES7132-7GD10-0AB0
nected/non-connected inputs
• 4 channels with 27 mA each or
(single/changeover contact)
• 2 outputs connected in parallel with
• 2 channels optionally usable as
54 mA each
counters (max. 5 kHz) or frequency
meters (1 Hz ... 5 kHz) • Short-circuit monitoring
• Time stamping 20 ms, rising or fall­ • Wire-break monitoring
ing edge • Configurable connection of substi­
• Wire-break monitoring tute value in the event of CPU failure
• Short-circuit monitoring • Load-free switching of outputs via
external intrinsically safe signal
• Sensor power supply monitoring
• Flutter monitoring 4 DQ DC 17.4 V/40 mA 6ES7132-7GD21-0AB0
• 4 channels with 40 mA each or
Digital output modules
• 2 outputs connected in parallel with
Digital output modules EEx i with 80 mA each
H‑switch-off
• Short-circuit monitoring
(external actuator disconnection via • Wire-break monitoring
H-signal);
for switching of solenoid valves, DC • Configurable connection of substi­
relays, indicator lights, actuators tute value in the event of CPU failure
4 DQ DC 23.1 V/20 mA 6ES7132-7RD01-0AB0 • Load-free switching of outputs via
external intrinsically safe signal
• 4 channels with 20 mA each
• Short-circuit monitoring 4 DQ DC 25.5 V/22 mA1) 6ES7132-7GD30-0AB0

• Wire-break monitoring • 4 channels with 22 mA each

• Configurable connection of substi­ • Short-circuit monitoring

tute value in the event of CPU failure • Wire-break monitoring
• Load-free switching of outputs via • Configurable connection of substi­
external intrinsically safe signal tute value in the event of CPU failure
4 DQ DC 17.4 V/27 mA 6ES7132-7RD11-0AB0 • Load-free switching of outputs via
external intrinsically safe signal
• 4 channels with 27 mA each or
Digital output modules EEx e
• 2 outputs connected in parallel with
54 mA each For switching of solenoid valves, DC
• Short-circuit monitoring contactors or indicator lights
• Wire-break monitoring 2 DQ relay, 60 V AC/DC, 2 A 6ES7132-7HB00-0AB0

• Configurable connection of substi­ • Can be plugged onto TM-RM/RM ter­

tute value in the event of CPU failure minal module
• Load-free switching of outputs via • Output current up to 2 A with
external intrinsically safe signal 60 V AC/DC for each of the two relay
outputs
4 DQ DC 17.4 V/40 mA 6ES7132-7RD22-0AB0
• Installation up to hazardous zone 1
• 4 channels with 40 mA each or
• Configurable connection of substi­
• 2 outputs connected in parallel with tute value in the event of CPU failure
80 mA each
Terminal modules
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire-break monitoring ET 200iSP TM-EM/EM60 terminal
• Configurable connection of substi­ module
tute value in the event of CPU failure For two modules (reserve module,
watchdog module and all electronic
• Load-free switching of outputs via modules except 2 DQ relays can be
external intrinsically safe signal plugged in)
Digital output modules EEx i with • For hazardous environments
L‑switch-off
(external actuator disconnection via L- - TM-EM/EM60S (blue screw-type ter­ 6ES7193-7CA00-0AA0
signal); minals)
for switching of solenoid valves, DC - TM-EM/EM60C (blue spring-loaded 6ES7193-7CA10-0AA0
relays, indicator lights, actuators terminals)
• For non-hazardous environments

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/109

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Digital electronic modules

Selection and ordering data (continued)

- TM-EM/EM60S (black screw-type ter­ 6ES7193-7CA20-0AA0

minals)
ET 200iSP TM-RM/RM 60 terminal
module
For two modules (electronic module
2 DQ Relay and reserve module can be
plugged in)
• TM-RM/RM60S (screw-type termin­ 6ES7193-7CB00-0AA0
als)
Accessories

Reserve module 6ES7138-7AA00-0AA0

For any electronic module
Labeling sheet
DIN A4, perforated, each consisting of
10 sheets of 30 strips each for elec­
tronic modules and 20 strips each for
IM 151
• Petrol 6ES7193-7BH00-0AA0

• Yellow 6ES7193-7BB00-0AA0

S7-300 mounting rails

• 585 mm long, suitable for assembly 6ES7390-1AF85-0AA0
of ET 200iSP in a 650 mm wide wall
box
• 885 mm long, suitable for assembly 6ES7390-1AJ85-0AA0
of ET 200iSP in a 950 mm wide wall
box
1 ) Can be used with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP2 or higher

15/110 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Digital electronic modules

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7132-7RD01-0AB0 6ES7132-7RD11-0AB0 6ES7132-7RD22-0AB0

General information
Product type designation 4DQ 23.1 V DC/20 mA 4DQ 17.4 V DC/27 mA 4DQ 17.4 V DC/40 mA
Digital outputs
Type of digital output Transistor Transistor Transistor
Number of digital outputs 4; additionally 1 intrinsically-safe 4; additionally 1 intrinsically-safe 4; additionally 1 intrinsically-safe
input for H shutdown input for H shutdown input for H shutdown
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes Yes
No-load voltage Uao (DC) 23.1 V 17.4 V 17.4 V
Internal resistor Ri 275 Ω 150 Ω 167 Ω
• Trend key points E
• Voltage Ue (DC) 17.6 V 13.3 V 10.7 V
• Current Ie 20 mA 27 mA 40 mA; 80 mA when outputs con­
nected in parallel
• Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.02 A 0.027 A 0.04 A
• Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", max. 2 ms 2 ms 2 ms
• "1" to "0", max. 1.5 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms
• Parallel switching of two outputs
• for uprating No; for Ex reasons not possible; nor Yes Yes
for predecessor
• Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Diagnostics function Yes Yes
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes; Parameterizable Yes; Parameterizable Yes; Parameterizable
• Diagnoses
• Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes Yes
• Wire-break Yes; R > 10 kohms, I < 100 µA Yes Yes; R > 10 kohms, I < 100 µA
• Short-circuit Yes; R< 800 ohms (one output), R< Yes Yes; R< 80 Ohm (one output), R<
40 ohms (outputs connected in 40 Ohm (outputs connected in par­
parallel) allel)
• Diagnostics indication LED
• Group error SF (red) Yes Yes Yes
• Status indicator digital output (green) Yes Yes Yes; Per channel
Ex(i) characteristics
• maximum values for connecting terminals for gas
group IIC
• Uo (no-load voltage), max. 25.6 V 19.4 V 19.4 V
• Io (short-circuit current), max. 96 mA 132 mA 118 mA
• Po (power output), max. 0.61 W 0.64 W 0.57 W
• Co (permissible external capacity), max. 98 nF 0.23 µF 0.24 µF
• Lo (permissible external inductivity), max. 3 mH 1.9 mH 2.5 mH
• Ui (intrinsically safe input voltage), max. 28 V 28 V 28 V
Potential separation
• Potential separation digital outputs
• between the channels and backplane bus Yes Yes Yes
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark CE 0344 CE 0344 CE 0344
UKCA mark DEKRA 21UKEX0085 Importer UK: DEKRA 21UKEX0085 Importer UK: DEKRA 21UKEX0085 Importer UK:
Siemens plc Manchester M20 2UR Siemens plc Manchester M20 2UR Siemens plc Manchester M20 2UR

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/111

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Digital electronic modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7132-7RD01-0AB0 6ES7132-7RD11-0AB0 6ES7132-7RD22-0AB0

• Highest safety class achievable in safety mode
• SIL acc. to IEC 61508 No No
• Use in hazardous areas
• ATEX marking II 2 G (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb II II 2 G (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb II II 2 G (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb II
2 G (1) D Ex ib [ia IIIC Da] IIC T4 Gb 2 G (1) D Ex ib [ia IIIC Da] IIC T4 Gb 2 G (1) D Ex ib [ia IIIC Da] IIC T4 Gb
I M2 Ex ib [ia] I Mb I M2 Ex ib [ia] I Mb I M2 Ex ib [ia] I Mb
Dimensions
Width 30 mm 30 mm 30 mm
Height 129 mm 129 mm 129 mm
Depth 136.5 mm 136.5 mm 136.5 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 255 g 255 g 255 g

15/112 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Process I/O
Analog electronic modules
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Analog electronic modules

Overview Overview (continued)

Analog output modules

• 4-channel analog output module AO I HART EEx i for output of cur­
rent signals in the range 0/4 to 20 mA to field devices
(with/without HART functionality)
- Resolution 14 bit
- Parameterizable substitute value in case of CPU failure
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
Extra functions
Temperature compensation
A TC sensor module for internal temperature compensation is
provided with the 4 AI TC module, and is fitted on the corresponding
terminals of the associated terminal module.
External temperature compensation is possible via a Pt100 on a
4 AI RTD module.

Analog input modules

• 4-channel analog input module AI 2 WIRE HART EEx i for current Design
measurement in the range 4 to 20 mA, suitable for connection of • The analog electronics modules are installed on terminal modules
2-wire transmitters (with/without HART functionality)
which must be ordered separately:
- Resolution 12 bit + sign
- TM-IM/EM60 terminal modules for one interface module and one
- Max. load of transmitter 750 Ω watchdog, reserve or electronics module (for versions, see sec­
tion Interface module)
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
- TM‑EM/EM60 terminal modules with two slots for watchdog
• 4-channel analog input module AI 4 WIRE HART EEx i for current module, reserve module or electronics module (except 2 DO
measurement in the range 0/4 to 20 mA, suitable for connection of relay), with blue screw-type or spring-loaded terminals for haz­
4-wire transmitters (with/without HART functionality) ardous environments or with black screw-type terminals for non-
- Resolution 12 bit + sign hazardous environments

- Max. load of transmitter 750 Ω • The analog electronics modules are plugged as planned onto ter­
minal modules using screw-type systems (TM‑EM/EM60S) or
- Wire break monitoring spring-loaded systems (TM‑EM/EM60C).
• 4-channel analog input module AI RTD EEx i for resistance testing • Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module
and for temperature measurement by Pt100/Ni100 resistance ther­ TM‑EM/EM60S or TM‑EM/EM60C, you can reserve a slot for an ana­
mometer log electronics module or close a gap resulting from how the mod­
ules were placed. The spare module can be simply replaced by the
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
envisaged electronics module at a later point in time.
- 2, 3, or 4-wire connection possible • The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is carried out
- Resistance measurements 600 Ω absolute and 1 000 Ω absolute when an electronics module is plugged on for the first time pre­
vents the connection of incorrect replacement modules.
- Wire break monitoring
• Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under hazardous
• 4-channel analog input module AI TC EEx i for thermoelectric EMF conditions.
measurements and for temperature measurement by thermo­
couple, type B, E, N, J, K, L, S, R, T, U • The process signals are connected to the terminals of the terminal
modules assigned according to the plan, using either conventional
- Resolution 15 bit + sign screw-type or spring-loaded systems (conductor cross-sections
- Internal temperature compensation possible using TC sensor 0.14 mm² to max. 2.5 mm²) depending on the type of module.
module (included in scope of delivery of module)
- External temperature compensation by means of a temperature
value acquired at an analog module of the same ET 200iSP sta­
tion
- Wire break monitoring

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/113

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Analog electronic modules

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Analog input modules 4 AO I HART 6ES7135-7TD00-0AB0

For output of currents to field devices
EEx i analog input modules with/without HART functionality
6ES7134-7TD00-0AB0
• 4 × 0/4 ... 20 mA, HART (max. load
4 AI I 2 WIRE HART 750 Ω)
For measuring currents with 2-wire
transmitters with/without HART func­ • Resolution 14-bit
tionality • Short-circuit monitoring
• 4 × 4 ... 20 mA, HART, 2‑wire trans­ • Wire-break monitoring
mitter
• Parameterizable substitute value in
• Transmitter load: max. 750 Ω case of CPU failure
• Resolution 12 bit + sign
Terminal modules
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Wire-break monitoring ET 200iSP TM-EM/EM60 terminal
module
4 AI I 4 WIRE HART 6ES7134-7TD50-0AB0 For two modules (reserve module,
For measuring currents with 4-wire watchdog module and all electronic
transmitters with/without HART func­ modules except 2 DQ relays can be
tionality plugged in)
• 4 × 0/4 ... 20 mA, HART, 4‑wire
• For hazardous environments
transmitter
• Transmitter load: max. 750 Ω - TM-EM/EM60S (blue screw-type ter­ 6ES7193-7CA00-0AA0
minals)
• Resolution 12 bit + sign
- TM-EM/EM60C (blue spring-loaded 6ES7193-7CA10-0AA0
• Wire-break monitoring
terminals)
4 AI RTD 6ES7134-7SD51-0AB0
For measuring resistances as well as • For non-hazardous environments
for temperature measurements with - TM-EM/EM60S (black screw-type ter­ 6ES7193-7CA20-0AA0
resistance thermometers minals)
• 4 × RTD, resistance thermometer
Pt100/Ni100 Accessories
• 2, 3, 4-wire Reserve module 6ES7138-7AA00-0AA0
• Resolution 15 bit + sign For any electronic module
• Short-circuit monitoring Labeling sheet
• Wire-break monitoring DIN A4, perforated, each consisting of
10 sheets of 30 strips each for elec­
4 AI TC 6ES7134-7SD00-0AB0 tronic modules and 20 strips each for
For thermoelectric EMF measure­ IM 151
ments as well as for temperature • Petrol 6ES7193-7BH00-0AA0
measurements with thermocouples
• 4 × TC (thermocouples) • Yellow 6ES7193-7BB00-0AA0

• Type B [PtRh-PtRh] S7-300 DIN rails

• Type N [NiCrSi-NiSi] • 585 mm long, suitable for assembly 6ES7390-1AF85-0AA0
• Type E [NiCr-CuNi] of ET 200iSP in a 650 mm wide wall
box
• Type R [PtRh-Pt]
• Type S [PtPh-Pt] • 885 mm long, suitable for assembly 6ES7390-1AJ85-0AA0
of ET 200iSP in a 950 mm wide wall
• Type J [Fe-CuNi] box
• Type L [Fe-CuNi]
• Type T [Cu-CuNi]
• Type K [NiCr-Ni]
• Type U [Cu-CuNi]
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Internal compensation of reference
junction temperature possible using
TC sensor module (included in scope
of supply of module)
• External temperature compensation
via Pt100, connected to RTD module
of same ET 200iSP station
• Wire-break monitoring
Analog output modules
Analog output modules EEx i

15/114 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Analog electronic modules

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7135-7TD00-0AB0

General information
Product type designation 4AQ I HART
Analog outputs
Number of analog outputs 4
Cycle time (all channels) max. 3.6 ms
• Output ranges, current
• 0 to 20 mA Yes
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes
• Connection of actuators
• for current output two-wire connection Yes
• Load impedance (in rated range of output)
• with current outputs, max. 750 Ω
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 500 m
Analog value generation for the outputs
• Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange (bit including sign), max. 14 bit
• Settling time
• for resistive load 4 ms
• for capacitive load 40 ms
• for inductive load 40 ms
Errors/accuracies
• Basic error limit (operational limit at 25 °C)
• Current, relative to output range, (+/-) 0.1 %
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Substitute values connectable Yes
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes
• Diagnoses
• Diagnostic information readable Yes
• Wire-break Yes
• Short-circuit Yes
• Diagnostics indication LED
• Group error SF (red) Yes
Potential separation
• Potential separation analog outputs
• between the channels and backplane bus Yes
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark Yes
Dimensions
Width 30 mm
Height 129 mm
Depth 136.5 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 265 g

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/115

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Process I/O
Safety-related electronic modules
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Safety-related electronic modules

Overview Overview (continued)

- Performance enhancement through parallel connection of two
digital outputs for one actuator
- Short-circuit, overload and wire-break monitoring
- Configurable diagnostics
- Internal diagnostics buffer
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt
- Channel-selective passivation
- Firmware update using HW Config possible
- Exclusively for safety mode
- LED displays for safety mode, group errors and channel
status/fault
F-analog input modules
• 4 F-AI Ex HART (0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA)
The electronic modules of the SIMATIC ET 200iSP distributed I/O sys­
Safety-related digital input module for evaluating the signals from
tem equipped with safety functions can be used together with the
current simulators in hazardous and non-hazardous areas, e.g.
safety-related automation systems (controllers) for the implementa­
2-wire transmitters and HART field devices
tion of safety applications. The input modules record the process sig­
nals, evaluate them, and prepare them for additional processing by - SIL3/Cat.3/PLe with 4 inputs of one module (1‑channel/1oo1 eval­
the automation system. The output modules convert the safety- uation) or 4 inputs of two modules (2‑channel/1oo2 evaluation)
related signals output by the automation systems so that they are
suitable for controlling the connected actuators. - Measuring ranges: 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
F-digital input modules - Resolution 15 bit + sign
• 8 F-DI Ex NAMUR - HART communication in measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
Safety-related digital input module for evaluating the signals from - 4 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies (min. 12 V DC; max. 26
IEC 60947‑5‑6/NAMUR sensors and connected/non-connected V DC) for 1 channel each
mechanical contacts in hazardous and non-hazardous areas
- Inputs and sensor supplies electrically isolated from backplane
- SIL3/Cat.3/PLe with 8 inputs (1-channel/1oo1 evaluation) or
bus
4 inputs (2‑channel/1oo2 evaluation)
- Configurable diagnostics
- 8 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies (8 V DC) for 1 channel each
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt
- Inputs and sensor supplies electrically isolated from power bus
and backplane bus - Internal diagnostics buffer
- Diagnostics evaluation (deactivated for non-connected mechan­ - Firmware update using HW Config possible
ical contacts)
- Exclusively for safety mode
- Internal diagnostics buffer
- LED displays for safety mode, group errors, channel faults and
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt HART status per channel
- Supports time stamping
- Channel-selective passivation
- Firmware update using HW Config possible
- Exclusively for safety mode
- LED displays for safety mode, group errors and channel
status/fault
F-digital output modules
• 4 F-DO Ex DC 17.4 V/40 mA
Safety-related digital output module for controlling actuators in
hazardous and non-hazardous areas, e.g. solenoid valves, DC cur­
rent relays or indicator lights
- SIL3/Cat.3/PLe with 4 outputs, switching to P/P potential
- Electrical isolation from power bus and backplane bus
- Rated load voltage 17.4 V DC
- Max. output current 40 mA

15/116 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Safety-related electronic modules

Design Selection and ordering data

• The safety-related electronic modules are mounted on terminal Safety-related electronic modules
modules that are ordered separately:
F-digital input modules
- TM-IM/EM60 terminal modules for one interface module and one
watchdog, reserve or electronic module (for versions, see section 8 F-DI Ex NAMUR 6ES7138-7FN00-0AB0
"Interface module") For evaluating the signals from
IEC 60947‑5‑6/NAMUR sensors and
- TM‑EM/EM60 terminal modules with two slots for watchdog connected/non-connected mechanical
module, reserve module or electronic module (except 2 DO contacts in hazardous and non-haz­
relay), with blue screw-type or spring-loaded terminals for haz­ ardous areas
ardous environments or with black screw-type terminals for non- • SIL3/Cat.3/PLe with 8 inputs
(1‑channel/1oo1 evaluation) or
hazardous environments
4 inputs (2‑channel/1oo2 evalu­
ation)
• The safety-related electronic modules are plugged as planned onto
terminal modules using screw-type systems (TM‑EM/EM60S) or F-digital output modules
spring-loaded systems (TM‑EM/EM60C). 6ES7138-7FD00-0AB0
4 F-DO Ex 17.4 V DC/40 mA
• Using a reserve module plugged onto a terminal module For controlling actuators in hazardous
and non-hazardous areas, e.g. solen­
TM‑EM/EM60S or TM‑EM/EM60C, you can reserve a slot for a oid valves, DC current relays or indic­
safety-related electronic module or close a gap resulting from the ator lights
design. The reserve module can be simply replaced by the envis­ • SIL3/Cat.3/PLe with 4 outputs,
aged electronic module at a later point in time. switching to P/P potential
• The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is carried out F-analog input modules
when an electronic module is plugged in for the first time prevents 6ES7138-7FA00-0AB0
4 F-AI Ex HART (0 ... 20 mA or
the connection of incorrect replacement modules. 4 ... 20 mA)
• Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under hazardous For evaluating the signals from cur­
rent simulators in hazardous and non-
conditions. hazardous areas, e.g. 2-wire transmit­
• The process signals are connected to the terminals of the terminal ters and HART field devices
modules assigned according to the plan, using either conventional • SIL3/Cat.3/PLe with 4 inputs of one
module (1‑channel/1oo1 evaluation)
screw-type or spring-loaded systems (conductor cross-sections or 4 inputs of two modules
0.14 mm² to max. 2.5 mm²) depending on the type of module. (2‑channel/1oo2 evaluation)
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• HART communication in measuring
range 4 ... 20 mA
Terminal modules

ET 200iSP TM-EM/EM60 terminal

module
For two modules (reserve module,
watchdog module and all electronic
modules except 2 DQ relays can be
plugged in)
• For hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S (blue screw-type ter­ 6ES7193-7CA00-0AA0
minals)
- TM-EM/EM60C (blue spring-loaded 6ES7193-7CA10-0AA0
terminals)
• For non-hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S (black screw-type ter­ 6ES7193-7CA20-0AA0
minals)
Accessories

Reserve module 6ES7138-7AA00-0AA0

For any electronic module
Labeling sheet
DIN A4, perforated, each consisting of
10 sheets of 30 strips each for elec­
tronic modules and 20 strips each for
IM 151
• Petrol 6ES7193-7BH00-0AA0

• Yellow 6ES7193-7BB00-0AA0

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/117

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Safety-related electronic modules

Selection and ordering data (continued)

S7-300 DIN rails

• 585 mm long, suitable for assembly 6ES7390-1AF85-0AA0
of ET 200iSP in a 650 mm wide wall
box
• 885 mm long, suitable for assembly 6ES7390-1AJ85-0AA0
of ET 200iSP in a 950 mm wide wall
box

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7138-7FN00-0AB0

General information
Product type designation 8F-DI ExNAMUR
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 8
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8
• Input current
• for signal "0", max. (permissible quiescent current) 1.2 mA
• for signal "1", min. 2.1 mA
• for signal "1", typ. 9.5 mA
Encoder
Number of connectable encoders, max. 8
• Connectable encoders
• NAMUR encoder Yes
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Diagnostics function Yes
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes; Parameterizable
• Hardware interrupt No
• Diagnoses
• Diagnostic information readable Yes
• Wire-break Yes; NAMUR encoders or single contact with 10 kOhm parallel
resistor
• Short-circuit Yes; R load < 150 ohms with NAMUR sensor/sensor and NAMUR
changeover contact/sensor to DIN 19234
• Diagnostics indication LED
• Group error SF (red) Yes
Potential separation
• Potential separation digital inputs
• between the channels and backplane bus Yes
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark Yes
• Highest safety class achievable in safety mode
• Performance level according to ISO 13849-1 PLe
• SIL acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 3
• Use in hazardous areas
• ATEX marking II 2 G (1) GD Ex ib[ia Ga][ia IIIC Da] IIC T4 GB and I M2 Ex ib[ia
Ma] I Mb
Dimensions
Width 30 mm
Height 129 mm
Depth 136.5 mm

15/118 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Safety-related electronic modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7138-7FN00-0AB0

Weights
Weight, approx. 288 g

Article number 6ES7138-7FD00-0AB0

General information
Product type designation 4F-DQ Ex(i) 17.4 V DC/40 mA
Digital outputs
Type of digital output Transistor
Number of digital outputs 4
Short-circuit protection Yes
Controlling a digital input No
No-load voltage Uao (DC) 17.4 V
Internal resistor Ri 167 Ω
• Load resistance range
• lower limit 270 Ω
• upper limit 18 kΩ
• Trend key points E
• Voltage Ue (DC) 10.7 V
• Current Ie 40 mA
• Output voltage
• for signal "1", max. 17.4 V
• Output current
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 10 µA
• Parallel switching of two outputs
• for uprating Yes
• for redundant control of a load No
• Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 30 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Substitute values connectable Yes
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes; Parameterizable
• Diagnoses
• Diagnostic information readable Yes
• Wire-break Yes
• Short-circuit Yes
• Diagnostics indication LED
• Group error SF (red) Yes
• Status indicator digital output (green) Yes
Potential separation
• Potential separation digital outputs
• between the channels and backplane bus Yes
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark Yes
• Highest safety class achievable in safety mode
• Performance level according to ISO 13849-1 PLe
• SIL acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 3
Dimensions
Width 30 mm
Height 129 mm

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/119

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Safety-related electronic modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7138-7FD00-0AB0

Depth 136.5 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 285 g

15/120 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Process I/O
Watchdog module
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Watchdog module

Overview Selection and ordering data

Watchdog module

Watchdog module 6ES7138-7BB00-0AB0

For failure monitoring and for the
intrinsically safe power supply of an
external actuator disconnection
Terminal modules

ET 200iSP TM-EM/EM60 terminal

module
For two modules (reserve module,
watchdog module and all electronic
modules except 2 DQ relays can be
plugged in)
• For hazardous environments
- TM-EM/EM60S (blue screw-type ter­ 6ES7193-7CA00-0AA0
minals)
- TM-EM/EM60C (blue spring-loaded 6ES7193-7CA10-0AA0
The watchdog module has two fundamental functions: terminals)
• Monitoring of the ET 200iSP remote I/O station for hardware fail­ • For non-hazardous environments
ures (hardware lifebeat); external, applicative failure monitoring is - TM-EM/EM60S (black screw-type ter­ 6ES7193-7CA20-0AA0
also possible via an I/O address area of the module minals)
• Intrinsically-safe power supply for external actuator switch-off Accessories
The watchdog module must be plugged onto a terminal module Labeling sheet
(order separately). The following terminal modules are suitable for DIN A4, perforated, each consisting of
this: 10 sheets of 30 strips each for elec­
tronic modules and 20 strips each for
• TM-IM/EM60 terminal modules for one interface module and one IM 151
watchdog, reserve or electronics module (for versions, see Inter­
• Petrol 6ES7193-7BH00-0AA0
face module section)
• Yellow 6ES7193-7BB00-0AA0
• TM‑EM/EM60 terminal modules with two slots for watchdog mod­
ule, reserve module or electronics modules (except 2 DO relay):
- with blue screw-type or spring-loaded terminals for hazardous
environments
- with black screw-type terminals for non-hazardous environments
The first slot directly next to the interface module is provided for the
watchdog module.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/121

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Watchdog module

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7138-7BB00-0AB0

General information
Product type designation Watchdog module
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 0
Ex(i) characteristics
• maximum values for connecting terminals for gas group IIC
• Uo (no-load voltage), max. 12.7 V
• Io (short-circuit current), max. 329 mA
• Po (power output), max. 0.91 W
• Co (permissible external capacity), max. 1 µF
• Lo (permissible external inductivity), max. 0.3 mH
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark CE 0344
• Use in hazardous areas
• ATEX marking II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb I M2 Ex ib I Mb
Dimensions
Width 30 mm
Height 129 mm
Depth 136.5 mm

15/122 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Process I/O
RS 485-iS coupler
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
RS 485-iS coupler

Overview Selection and ordering data

RS 485-iS coupler 6ES7972-0AC80-0XA0

Isolating transformer for connection
of PROFIBUS DP segments with RS 485
and RS 485‑iS transmission systems
Accessories

PROFIBUS connection plug with 6ES7972-0DA60-0XA0

selectable terminating resistor
For connection of IM 152 to PROFIB­
US DP with RS 485-iS transmission
technology
S7-300 DIN rails
Lengths:
• 160 mm 6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0

• 482 mm 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0

• 530 mm 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0

• 830 mm 6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0

• 2 000 mm 6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
Tasks of the RS 485-iS coupler PROFIBUS FastConnect standard 6XV1830-0EH10
• Conversion of the electrical PROFIBUS DP RS 485 transmission tech­ cable, violet
nology into the intrinsically-safe RS 485‑iS transmission technology Standard type with special design for
fast mounting, 2-wire, shielded, cut-
with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbps to-length
• Required to connect intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP stations, e.g. Specify length in m
Max. delivery unit 1 000 m, minimum
ET 200iSP or devices from other vendors with Ex i DP connection order quantity 20 m
• Acts as a safety barrier Preferred lengths

• Additional use as a repeater in the hazardous area - 20 m 6XV1830-0EN20

- 50 m 6XV1830-0EN50
• Passive bus station (no configuration necessary)
- 100 m 6XV1830-0ET10
• Certified according to ATEX 100a
- 200 m 6XV1830-0ET20

- 500 m 6XV1830-0ET50
Design - 1 000 m 6XV1830-0EU10

• The RS 485-iS coupler is an open unit; assembly is only permissible PROFIBUS FastConnect standard 6XV1831-2A
in enclosures, cabinets or rooms for electrical equipment. cable IS GP, blue
Cable type for use in potentially
• The RS 485-iS coupler is approved for use in Zone 2 hazardous explosive atmospheres, with special
design for fast mounting, 2-wire,
areas. For this purpose, it must be fitted in an enclosure complying
shielded, cut-to-length
at least with degree of protection IP54. A manufacturer's declara­ Specify length in m
tion for zone 2 (according to EN 50021) is required for the enclos­ Max. delivery unit 1 000 m, minimum
ure and the necessary cable glands. order quantity 20 m
• The RS 485-iS coupler can be used in a horizontal or vertical posi­
tion.
• Installation is on a SIMATIC S7-300 rail.
• Diagnostics LEDs on the front panel signal the operating status.
Connection to PROFIBUS DP
• Connection to standard PROFIBUS DP via standard Sub‑D socket (at
the bottom on the RS 485‑iS coupler, behind the right front door).
Integrated bus connection for PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS trans­
mission technology
• Connection of PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS transmission techno­
logy via screw terminals (at the top of the RS 485-iS coupler,
behind the right front door)
• The last bus node on the intrinsically safe PROFIBUS DP segment
(not further RS 485‑iS couplers) must be terminated by a selectable
terminating resistor using the connector, article number
6ES7972-0DA60-0XA0.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/123

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
RS 485-iS coupler

Technical specifications Technical specifications (continued)

Technical specifications - RS 485-iS coupler Technical specifications - RS 485-iS coupler

Dimensions and weight P0 0.1 Watts
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 80 × 125 × 130 Vmax ±4.2 V
Weight Approx. 500 g LI 0
Technical specifications - Ci 0
General
Um AC 250 V
Degree of protection IP20
Ta -25 ... +60 °C
Ambient temperature - 20 …+ 60 °C
RS 485-IS segment
Standards and approvals
permissible cable length on a RS 485‑iS DP Ex i
• PROFIBUS IEC 61784-1:2002 Ed1 CP 3/1 single line

• EU directive 94/9/EG (ATEX 100a) • 9.6 to 187.5 Kbps 1 000 m 200 m

• CENELEC II 3 (2) G EEx nA[ib] IIC T4 • 500 kbit/s 400 m 200 m

• UL and CSA Class I, Division2, Group A, B, C, D T4 • 1.5 Mbps 200 m 200 m

Class I Zone 2, Group IIC T4
Number of PROFIBUS DP 31 16
AIS Class I, Divison 1, Group A, B, C, D
nodes that can be
[Aexib] IIC, Class I, Zone1, 2, Group IIC
connected, max.
• FM Class I, Division2, Group A, B, C, D T4
PROFIBUS RS 485‑iS bus integrated, can be added
Class I Zone 2, Group IIC T4
terminator switch
AIS Class I, Divison 1, Group A, B, C, D
[Aexib] IIC, Class I, Zone1, 2, Group IIC
• IEC IEC61131-2, Part 2

• CE Conforming with 89/336/EWG

Conforming with 73/23/EWG
• Ship-building certification Classification companies
• ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
• BV (Bureau Veritas)
• DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
• GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
• LRD (Lloyds Register of Shipping)
• Class NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)
Module-specific Data
Transfer rate on 9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5; 500 kbps
PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS 1.5 Mbps
RS 485‑iS
Bus-Protocol PROFIBUS DP
Voltages, Currents,
Potentials
Rated supply voltage of 24 V DC (20.4 ... 28.8 V)
RS 485‑iS coupler
• Reverse polarity protection Yes
• Voltage failure bypass Min. 5 ms
Electrical isolation of 24 V
power supply
• to PROFIBUS DP Yes

- tested with 500 V DC

• to PROFIBUS RS 485‑iS Yes

- tested with AC 500 V

Current consumption 150 mA
RS 485‑iS coupler (24 V DC),
max.
Power loss of the module, 3 Watts
typically
Status, alarms, diagnostics
Status display no
Alarms None
Diagnostic functions Yes
• Bus monitoring PROFIBUS Yellow LED "DP1"
DP (primary)
• Bus monitoring PROFIBUS Yellow LED "DP2"
RS 485‑iS (secondary)
• Monitoring 24 V power Green LED "ON"
supply
Technical safety notice
VDC ±4.2 V
ISC ±93 mA

15/124 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Design
SIMATIC ET 200iSP

Process I/O
Stainless steel wall enclosure
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Stainless steel wall enclosure

Design

ET 200iSP modules can also be installed in stainless steel wall boxes

designed to meet more exacting degree of protection requirements.
The enclosures are available in various sizes. They comply with
degree of protection IP65/66 and can be used in Ex zones 1 and 21
(including hazardous zones 2 and 22).
Depending on requirements, delivery is possible as an empty enclos­
ure with ATEX component certificate or including installations with
ATEX device certificate.
Send your request to: [email protected]

Selection and ordering data

Article No.
Stainless steel enclosure IP65/IP66 for SIMATIC ET 200iSP 6DL2804-
● ● ● ● ●
Enclosure
Ex enclosure, stainless steel 1.4404, IP65/IP66, with mounting plate and PA rail, empty enclosure prepared for installation of 0
ET 200iSP components1), including ATEX component certificate
Ex device, IP65/IP66, consisting of stainless steel enclosure 1.4404 with built-in ET 200iSP components2), including ATEX Ex 1
device certificate
Ex device, IP65/IP66, consisting of stainless steel enclosure 1.4404 with built-in ET 200iSP and pneumaticcomponents2), includ­ 2
ing ATEX Ex device certificate
Device group
Device group II, up to zone 1 (including zone 2) A
Device group II, up to zone 1 and zone 21 (including zone 2 and zone 22) D
Enclosure dimensions W × H × D (in mm)
650 × 450 × 230, for up to 14 ET 200iSP modules (IM/EM), with redundant power supply up to 12 ET 200iSP modules (IM/EM) D
950 × 450 × 230, for up to 24 ET 200iSP modules (IM/EM), with redundant power supply up to 22 ET 200iSP modules (IM/EM) E
Cable entries/number
M16 cable entries for signals, 3 rows, 39 or 66 units3), 2 × M32 for supply voltage, 4 × M20 for bus cables 3
M20 cable entries for signals, 3 rows, 36 or 57 units3), 2 × M32 for supply voltage, 4 × M20 for bus cables 4
M16 cable entries for signals, 5 rows, 65 or 110 units3), 2 × M32 for supply voltage, 4 × M20 for bus cables 5
M20 cable entries for signals, 5 rows, 60 or 95 units3), 2 × M32 for supply voltage, 4 × M20 for bus cables 6
Degree of protection, material cable entries, material air breather glands
IP65, cable entries polyamide black, breather glands polyamide 0
IP66, cable entries nickel-plated brass, breather glands stainless steel 1.4404 1
IP65, cable entries polyamide blue, breather glands polyamide 2
1) The supplied certificate is only valid for the empty enclosure.
2) The supplied certificate is valid for the supplied enclosure, including the installed components.
3) Number of cable entries/signals depends on enclosure dimensions

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/125

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
Stainless steel wall enclosure

Technical specifications Options

SIMATIC ET 200iSP, stainless steel wall box Special configurations

Material Stainless steel 1.4404 (SS 316L), sheet For special configurations which differ from the standard configura­
thickness 1.5 mm
tions, we will gladly make you a customized offer to suit your indi­
Cover seal Silicone foam vidual needs.
Range of ambient temperature • -20 °C ... +xx °C, maximum temperature
depending on the installed components Please send your request to
• Minus temperatures down to -40 °C when
[email protected]
heater installed. This takes up 2 slots for
ET 200iSP modules. The heater
(6DL9910-8AA) must be ordered separ­
ately.
Other special features • With breather glands
• Door opens upwards with gas compres­
sion springs
• With sealing plug for unused cable entries
• With suspension for wall mounting

15/126 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Overview Design

An ET 200M remote I/O station comprises:

• 1 or 2 (redundant) power supply modules (can be omitted in the
case of a central 24 V DC supply for the plant)
• Up to 2 interface modules:
- 1 or 2 (redundant) IM 153-2 High Feature for PROFIBUS DP con­
nection or
- 1 IM 153-4 PN High Feature for PROFINET connection
• Up to 12 I/O modules for connection of sensors/actuators
All I/O modules have optical electrical isolation from the backplane
Within the SIMATIC ET 200 range, ET 200M represents one of the bus. Up to 12 I/O modules can connected to an IM 153-2 High Fea­
main series of distributed I/O systems for process control applica­ ture or IM 153-4 PN High Feature interface module. The IM 153-2
tions with SIMATIC PCS 7. High Feature interface modules can also be configured redundantly.
The ET 200M I/O system offers a comprehensive range of I/O mod­ In addition to the standard SIMATIC S7 I/O modules, special I/O mod­
ules of S7‑300 design, including ones with special I&C functions: ules with diagnostics capability offer the following functions, among
others:
• Standard analog and digital modules
• Channel-based diagnostics, e.g. open-circuit, short-circuit, limit
• Redundant I/O modules violations
• I/O modules with enhanced diagnostics capability • Internal module monitoring, e.g. configuration error, RAM error,
tripped fuse
• Ex I/O modules
• Flatter monitoring for sensors
• Controller and counter modules
• Pulse stretching
• HART modules
• Output of a programmable substitute value on failure of the cent­
• F-modules for safety-related applications ral unit
When using active bus modules, faulty I/O modules can be replaced In the event of a fault, the modules with diagnostics capability auto­
while the plant is in operation (RUN) without influencing adjacent matically pass on the corresponding message to the operator sta­
modules (hot swapping function). tion, permitting fast and simple troubleshooting.
The following actions are possible with the automation system in The ET 200M stations can be operated in standard environments as
RUN: well as in Ex zone 2. The actuators/sensors can be positioned in Ex
• Adding new modules to the station zone 1/21 when suitable Ex input/output modules are used. Hot
swapping of I/O modules within Ex zone 2 is allowed with the right
• Re-configuration of modules permit (e.g. fire certificate).
• Addition of ET 200M stations
• Configuration of connected HART field devices with SIMATIC PDM Technical specifications
Note: You can find detailed technical data on the ET 200M and S7‑300 I/O
Apart from these selected modules, it is also possible to use - with modules in the following places:
limitations in functions - all other I/O modules from the current
range of S7‑300 signal modules. • Catalog ST 70, Chapter "IO Systems" or
• Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation technology - Automation
systems - SIMATIC industrial automation systems - IO systems -
SIMATIC ET 200 systems for control cabinets" – SIMATIC ET 200M"

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/127

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Options

SIPLUS extreme range for extended temperature ranges and

corrosive environments
The "standard" properties of an individual device or system are often
insufficient for harsh environmental conditions, applications in cor­
rosive environments or extreme temperature ranges. Depending on
the location of use, the result could be limitations in functionality or
operational safety or even total failure of the plant.
The SIPLUS extreme range offers individually adapted standard
products which permit retention of the functionality of your plant or
process even under extreme conditions of use. These include:
• Ambient temperature range from -25 to +60/+70 °C
• Condensation, high humidity
• Increased mechanical stress
• Extreme loading by media, e.g. toxic atmospheres
• Voltage ranges deviating from the standard
• Increased degree of protection (dust, water)
You can find a summary of the available range of products classified
according to their special properties on the Internet. The corres­
ponding SIPLUS product is assigned there to the standard product:

Note:
SIPLUS products are also included in the ST 70 Catalog.

15/128 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Power supply
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power supply

Overview Selection and ordering data

PS 307 load power supply

with power connector
• 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC

- 2 A; 40 mm wide 6ES7307-1BA01-0AA0

- 5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7307-1EA01-0AA0

- 5 A, extended temperature range; 6ES7307-1EA80-0AA0

80 mm wide
- 10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7307-1KA02-0AA0

PS 305 load power supply

with power connector
• 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC

- 2 A, extended temperature range; 6ES7305-1BA80-0AA0

80 mm wide

You can use the PS 307 or PS 305 load power supplies as the power
supply module for the ET 200M. You can select different input
voltages and output currents (120/230 V AC with 2 A, 5 A or 10 A or
24 to 110 V DC with 2 A) depending on the application.
With a redundant ET 200M configuration, it is also recommendable
to have a redundant 24 V DC supply, e.g. with two PS 307/PS 305
load current supplies.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/129

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Interface modules
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface modules

Overview Function

IM 153‑2 High Feature and IM 153‑2 High Feature Outdoor

The IM 153-2 High Feature and IM 153‑2 High Feature Outdoor sup­
port the following functions:
• HART configuring of intelligent field devices
• Configuration of ET 200M I/Os in RUN mode of the automation sys­
tem
• Connection to redundant automation systems
• Use of ET 200M function modules (controller and counter mod­
ules)
• Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station
• Time stamping (SOE) with the safety-related SM 326F digital input
module (F‑DI24)
• Transmission of additional values with HART secondary variables of
the HART SM 331 and SM 332 analog modules (up to 4 per chan­
Interface module IM 153‑2 High Feature Outdoor for PROFIBUS connec­ nel or up to 8 per module)
tion
IM 153-4 PN High Feature
Interface module for the PROFIBUS connection • Integrated 2-port switch
The IM 153‑2 High Feature and IM 153‑2 High Feature Outdoor • Baud rate 10 Mbps / 100 Mbps (Autonegotiation/Full Duplex)
(electrical PROFIBUS DP transmission mode) interface modules are
available for connecting the ET 200M remote I/O station to the • Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station
PROFIBUS DP fieldbus. Depending on the fieldbus configuration • I&M functions in accordance with PROFIBUS International
(single/redundant), the ET 200M remote I/O station can be connec­
Guidelines, order no. 3.502, version V1.1
ted via one single or two redundant interface modules.
Note:
In order to be able to use the hot swap function, use of the active
bus module and the mounting rail for hot swap is necessary (see
under the following section "Accessories").

Selection and ordering data

Interface module for the PROFIBUS

connection

IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor 6ES7153-2BA70-0XB0

Interface module for PROFIBUS DP for
ET 200M, PA Link and Y Link; redund­
ancy capable; conformal coating, IP20
degree of protection; permissible
operating temperature ‑25 … +60 °C
IM 153-2 High Feature 6ES7153-2BA10-0XB0
Interface module for PROFIBUS DP for
ET 200M; redundancy capable; per­
IM 153-4 High Feature interface module for PROFINET connection missible operating temperature 0 ...
+60 °C
Interface module for PROFINET connection Interface module for the PROFINET
connection
The IM 153-4 PN High Feature interface module is used to connect
the ET 200M remote I/O station to PROFINET via copper cables IM 153-4 PN High Feature 6ES7153-4BA00-0XB0
(RJ45). It autonomously handles communication between the I/O Interface for connecting an ET 200M
modules and the higher-level PROFINET I/O controller. station to PROFINET

15/130 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Accessories
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Accessories

Overview Overview (continued)

Following components are available as accessories for the ET 200M: DM 370 dummy module
• Bus modules for connection/disconnection of modules during • Reservation of slots for unconfigured I/O modules
operation (hot swapping)
• Retention of design and address assignment when replacing by I/O
• Mounting rail for connection and disconnection of modules during module
operation
• Covers for backplane bus and bus modules
Load voltage supply
• Front connectors
• Ex partition for ET 200M

intrinsically-safe area
• DM 370 dummy module Cable duct Process connector

G_PCS7_XX_00391
• LK 393 cable guide with screw-type
connection

Ex(i) process cables

LK 393 cable guide

LK 393 cable guide

The LK 393 cable guide provides the prescribed isolation between
the load voltage input and the intrinsically safe inputs/outputs. The
cable guide is easy to fit following insertion of the load voltage
inputs L+.

Design

Redundant connection
Ex partition for ET 200M

Redundant ET 200M Special modules,

Ex partition IM 153-2 standard 80 mm wide,
Mechanical isolation is required between the IM 153 interface mod­ High Feature modules e.g. FM 355
ule and the first Ex I/O module. For the hot swapping function, an Ex
partition is installed which guarantees the prescribed isolation dis­
tance between non-intrinsically safe and intrinsically safe areas of an
ET 200M remote I/O station.
Note:
The Ex partition must be used in connection with bus modules with
active backplane bus. If no bus modules with active backplane bus Bus module BM 1 × 80
are being used, the DM 370 dummy module can be used instead. Bus module BM 2 × 40
Bus module IM 153/IM 153

Singular connection

IM 153-2 ET 200M
High Feature standard modules
G_PCS7_XX_00134

Bus module BM 2 × 40
Bus module PS/IM

DM 370 dummy module

The figure shows the use of the various bus modules for hot swap­
ping modules ‑ at the top for a redundant connection, at the bottom
for a non-redundant connection.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/131

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Accessories

Selection and ordering data

Bus modules for hot swapping

• BM PS/IM for load current supply and 6ES7195-7HA00-0XA0
IM 153, including 1 bus module cov­
er
• BM 2 × 40 for 2 modules, width 6ES7195-7HB00-0XA0
40 mm
• BM 1 × 80 for 1 module, width 6ES7195-7HC00-0XA0
80 mm
• BM IM/IM Outdoor for 2 IM 153-2 for 6ES7195-7HD80-0XA0
configuring redundant systems
• BM IM/IM for 2 IM 153-2/-2 FO for 6ES7195-7HD10-0XA0
configuring redundant systems
DIN rail for hot swapping
• 482 mm long (19 inches) 6ES7195-1GA00-0XA0

• 530 mm long 6ES7195-1GF30-0XA0

• 620 mm long 6ES7195-1GG30-0XA0

• 2 000 mm long, for vertical installa­ 6ES7195-1GC00-0XA0

tion
Covers 6ES7195-1JA00-0XA0
Package with 4 backplane bus covers
and 1 bus module cover
Front connector (1 unit)
• 20-pin, with screw contacts 6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0

• 20-pin, with spring contacts 6ES7392-1BJ00-0AA0

• 40-pin, with screw contacts 6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0

• 40-pin, with spring contacts 6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0

Front connector for Ex analog input 6ES7392-1AJ20-0AA0

module 6ES7331-7SF00-0AB0
(1 unit)
• 20-pin, with screw contacts
Enables an accuracy of ±1.5 °K for the
internal cold junction temperature
when taking thermocouple temperat­
ure measurements in the "internal
compensation" measuring mode at
ambient temperatures of 0 to 60 °C
Ex partition for ET 200M1) 6ES7195-1KA00-0XA0
• Separation of IM 153 and down­
stream Ex modules within an
ET 200M line
• Mixed operation of non-Ex and Ex
modules within an ET 200M line
• For supporting the hot swapping
function in connection with
IM 153-2
DM 370 dummy module1) 6ES7370-0AA01-0AA0
Including bus connector, labeling
strips
LK 393 cable duct 6ES7393-4AA00-0AA0
[EEx ib] IIC-conform routing of load
voltage cable in front plug, 5 units
1) The Ex partition must be used in connection with bus modules with active
backplane bus. If no bus modules with active backplane bus are being used,
the DM 370 dummy module can be used instead.

15/132 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Bundles
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Bundles

Overview Selection and ordering data

I/O subsystem for PA Link or 6ES7654-0XX10-1XA0

ET 200M
For PA Link or for ET 200M stations
with up to 8 I/O modules, suitable for
hot swapping, consisting of:
• DIN rail for active bus modules,
482 mm long (19 inches)
• PS/IM bus module
• PROFIBUS DP interface IM 153-2
High Feature Outdoor
I/O subsystem extended for PA Link 6ES7654-0XX10-1XB0
or ET 200M
For PA Link or for ET 200M stations
with up to12 I/O modules, suitable for
hot swapping, consisting of:
• DIN rail for active bus modules, 620
mm long
I/O subsystem for ET 200M • PS/IM bus module
• PROFIBUS DP interface IM 153-2
High Feature Outdoor
The following bundles are available for ET 200M:
RED I/O subsystem for PA Link or 6ES7654-0XX20-0XA0
• I/O subsystem for PA Link or ET 200M stations with up to 8 I/O ET 200M
modules suitable for hot swapping, consisting of: For operation of a PA Link or an
ET 200M station on a redundant auto­
- DIN rail for active bus modules, 482 mm long (19 inches) mation system of the S7-400 series,
- PS/IM bus module suitable for hot swapping, consisting
of:
- PROFIBUS DP interface IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor • 2 PROFIBUS DP interfaces IM 153-2
High Feature Outdoor
• I/O subsystem extended for PA Link or ET 200M stations with up to • 1 active bus module IM/IM Outdoor
12 I/O modules suitable for hot swapping, consisting of:
- DIN rail for active bus modules, 620 mm long
- PS/IM bus module
- PROFIBUS DP interface IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor
• RED I/O subsystem for operation of a PA Link or an ET 200M station
on a redundant automation system of the S7-400 series, suitable
for hot swapping, consisting of:
- 2 PROFIBUS DP interface modules IM 153-2 High Feature Outdoor
- 1 active bus module IM/IM Outdoor

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/133

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Digital modules
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules

Overview Selection and ordering data

Digital input modules

SM 321 for floating contacts (supply

with DC voltage)

16 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7321-1BH02-0AA0
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 16
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
16 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7321-1BH50-0AA0
• Isolated in groups of 16; active low
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
16 inputs, 24 V DC, high-speed 6ES7321-1BH10-0AA0
• Isolated in groups of 16
• 0.05 ms input delay
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
32 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7321-1BL00-0AA0
Digital input modules Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Simple signal modules for DC and AC voltage
• Isolated in groups of 16
• Modules with diagnostics capability that automatically output a • Front connector required: 40‑pin
corresponding message to the Operator System in the event of a 6ES7321-1CH20-0AA0
16 inputs, 48 … 125 V DC
fault
• Isolated in groups of 8
Digital output modules • Front connector required: 20‑pin
• Simple signal modules for DC and AC voltage with different output 64 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7321-1BP00-0AA0
currents per channel, where various relay modules are available for • Isolated in groups of 16; active
larger output currents and voltages high/low
Note:
• Modules with diagnostics capability which provide information for 2 connection cables
fault diagnosis and also permit parameterizable reactions to failure 6ES7392-4B..0-0AA0 and 2 terminal
of the automation system blocks 6ES7392-1.N00-0AA0 required
per module.
Digital input/output modules
S7-300 cable for 64-channel
• Standard signal module for DC voltage (24 V DC) with 8 digital modules; 2 units
inputs and 8 digital outputs •1m 6ES7392-4BB00-0AA0

• For connection of switches, 2‑wire proximity switches (BERO), • 2.5 m 6ES7392-4BC50-0AA0

solenoid valves, contactors, signal lamps •5m 6ES7392-4BF00-0AA0

Terminal block for 64-channel

modules; 2 units
• With screw contacts 6ES7392-1AN00-0AA0

• With spring-loaded contacts 6ES7392-1BN00-0AA0

SM 321 for floating contacts (supply

with DC/AC voltage)

16 inputs, 24 … 48 V AC/DC 6ES7321-1CH00-0AA0

• Isolated in groups of 1
• Front connector required: 40‑pin
SM 321 for floating contacts (supply
with AC voltage)

32 inputs, 120 V AC 6ES7321-1EL00-0AA0

• Isolated in groups of 8
• Front connector required: 40‑pin
8 inputs, 120/230 V AC 6ES7321-1FF01-0AA0
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 2
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
16 inputs, 120/230 V AC 6ES7321-1FH00-0AA0
• Isolated in groups of 4
• Front connector required: 20‑pin

15/134 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SM 321 for non-floating contacts Digital output modules

(supply with AC voltage)
SM 322 for DC voltage
8 inputs, 120/230 V AC 6ES7321-1FF10-0AA0
• Isolated in groups of 1 Suitable for solenoid valves, contact­
ors, indicator lights, etc.
• Front connector required: 40‑pin
8 outputs, 24 V DC / 2 A 6ES7322-1BF01-0AA0
SM 321 modules with diagnostics Redundancy optional
capability (IM 153-2 High Feature (channel-granular redundancy)
interface module required) • Isolated in groups of 4
for isolated contacts (supplied with
DC voltage) • Front connector required: 20‑pin
16 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7322-1BH01-0AA0
16 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7321-7BH01-0AB0
• Isolated in groups of 8
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy) • Front connector required: 20‑pin
• Isolated in groups of 16 16 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A, high 6ES7322-1BH10-0AA0
• Time stamping in association with speed
IM 153-2 High Feature, accuracy • Isolated in groups of 8
1 ms, rising or falling edge, can be • Output delay max. 0.2 ms
configured channel-granular
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
• Two short-circuit-proof sensor sup­
plies for 8 channels each 32 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A 6ES7322-1BL00-0AA0
• Sensor supply by the module, addi­ Redundancy optional
tional external redundant sensor (module-granular redundancy)
supply possible • Isolated in groups of 8
• Diagnostics of missing sensor supply • Front connector required: 40‑pin
for channel group (8 channels) 8 outputs, 48 ... 125 V DC / 1.5 A 6ES7322-1CF00-0AA0
• Diagnostics inside module • Isolated in groups of 4
• Channel-granular wire break monit­ • Front connector required: 20‑pin
oring
64 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.3 A, source 6ES7322-1BP00-0AA0
• Front connector required: 20‑pin output
16 inputs, NAMUR 6ES7321-7TH00-0AB0 • Isolated in groups of 16
Redundancy optional Note:
(channel-granular redundancy) 2 connection cables
• Isolated in groups of 8 6ES7392-4B..0-0AA0 and 2 terminal
• Time stamping in association with blocks 6ES7392-1.N00-0AA0 required
IM 153-2 High Feature, accuracy per module.
10 ms, rising or falling edge, can be 64 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.3 A, sink 6ES7322-1BP50-0AA0
configured channel-granular output
• Two sensor supplies (8.2 V DC or • Isolated in groups of 16
18 V DC each) Note:
• Connection of NAMUR sensors or 2 connection cables
contacts with resistor circuit 6ES7392-4..0-0AA0 and 2 terminal
blocks 6ES7392-1.N00-0AA0 required
• Pulse stretching per module.
• Channel-granular diagnostics (short- S7-300 cable for 64-channel
circuit, open-circuit, chatter monit­ modules; 2 units
oring, discrepancy with changeover
contacts) •1m 6ES7392-4BB00-0AA0

• Diagnostics inside module • 2.5 m 6ES7392-4BC50-0AA0

• Front connector required: 40‑pin •5m 6ES7392-4BF00-0AA0
16 inputs, 24 to 125 V DC 6ES7321-7EH00-0AB0
Terminal block for 64-channel
• Isolated in groups of 16 modules; 2 units
• Time stamping in association with • With screw contacts 6ES7392-1AN00-0AA0
IM 153-2 High Feature, accuracy
1 ms, rising or falling edge, can be • With spring-loaded contacts 6ES7392-1BN00-0AA0
configured channel-granular SM 322 for AC voltage
• Diagnostics inside module
Suitable for AC solenoid valves, con­
• Channel-granular wire break monit­ tactors, motor starters, small-power
oring motors and indicator lights
• Front connector required: 40‑pin 8 outputs, 120/230 V AC / 2 A 6ES7322-1FF01-0AA0
Redundancy optional
(module-granular redundancy)
• Isolated in groups of 4
• Front connector required: 20‑pin

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/135

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

16 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 1 A 6ES7322-1FH00-0AA0 for AC voltage

• Isolated in groups of 8 Suitable for AC solenoid valves, con­
• Front connector required: 20‑pin tactors, motor starters, small-power
motors and indicator lights
32 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 1 A 6ES7322-1FL00-0AA0
8 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 2 A 6ES7322-5FF00-0AB0
• Isolated in groups of 8
• Isolated in groups of 1
• Front connector required: 2 × 20‑pin
• Connection of a default value per
SM 322 for relay output channel in the event of CPU stop
Suitable for AC/DC solenoid valves, (configurable)
contactors, motor starters, small- • Module-internal diagnostics func­
power motors, and indicator lights tions
8 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC, 6ES7322-1HF01-0AA0 • Front connector required: 40‑pin
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 2 A
16 outputs, 24/48 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7322-5GH00-0AB0
• Isolated in groups of 2
• Isolated in groups of 1
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
• Connection of a default value per
8 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC, 6ES7322-1HF10-0AA0 channel in the event of CPU stop
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 5 A (configurable)
• Isolated in groups of 1 • Module-internal diagnostics func­
• Front connector required: 40‑pin tions
6ES7322-1HH01-0AA0 • Front connector required: 40‑pin
16 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC,
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 2 A For relay output
• Isolated in groups of 8
Suitable for AC/DC solenoid valves,
• Front connector required: 20‑pin contactors, motor starters, small-
power motors and indicator lights
SM 322 modules with diagnostics
capability (with channel and mod­ 8 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC, 6ES7322-5HF00-0AB0
ule diagnostics) for DC voltage 24 ... 230 V AC, max. 5 A
Suitable for solenoid valves, DC con­ • Isolated in groups of 1
tactors and indicator lights • With RC suppressor element for pro­
6ES7322-8BF00-0AB0 tection of contacts per channel
8 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A
Redundancy optional • Connection of a default value per
(module-granular redundancy) channel in the event of CPU stop
• Isolated in groups of 8 (configurable)
• 2 connections per output (with and • Module-internal diagnostics func­
without series diode) tions
• Connection of a default value per • Front connector required: 40‑pin
channel in the event of CPU stop
(configurable)
Digital input/output modules
• Wire break monitoring per channel
• Load voltage monitoring per chan­ SM 323 for DC voltage
nel
Suitable for switches, BERO proximity
• Short-circuit monitoring to M/L+ per switches, solenoid valves, contactors,
channel indicator lights, etc.
• Module-internal diagnostics func­ • 8 inputs 24 V DC 6ES7323-1BH01-0AA0
tions
- Suitable for connection of 2‑wire
• Front connector required: 20‑pin proximity switches (BERO) as
6ES7322-8BH10-0AB0 sensors
16 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A
Redundancy optional • 8 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A
(module-granular redundancy) • Inputs and outputs electrically isol­
• Isolated in groups of 4 ated in groups of 8
• Connection of a default value per • Front connector required: 20‑pin
channel in the event of CPU stop
(configurable)
• Wire break monitoring per channel The technical specifications of the other modules listed in the order­
(with 0 and 1 signals) ing data can be found in Catalog ST 70.
• Signaling of output overload
• Discrepancy error monitoring
• Load voltage monitoring or ground
monitoring per channel group
• Short-circuit monitoring to M/L+ per
channel group
• Module-internal diagnostics func­
tions
• Front connector required: 40‑pin

15/136 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7321-7TH00-0AB0 6ES7321-7EH00-0AB0

Supply voltage
• Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
Input current
from load voltage L+ (without load), max. 100 mA
from backplane bus 5 V DC, max. 100 mA 90 mA
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 4
• Output current
• Rated value 190 mA; at 18V: 190mA, at 8.2V: 60mA
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 11 W 2 W; V_in = 24 V DC
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 16 16
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 1 No Yes
Input characteristic curve in accordance with IEC 61131, type 2 Yes
• Input voltage
• Type of input voltage DC
• Rated value (DC) 8.2 V; 8.2V/18V 24 V; 24 V DC to 125 V DC
• for signal "0" -146 to 5V
• for signal "1" 15 to 146V
• Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 10 mA; for NAMUR: 2.1 to 7 mA, for 10k 3.5 mA
ohm/47k ohm contact: typical 10mA, for 4
wire BEROs: typical 10 mA
• Input delay (for rated value of input voltage)
• for standard inputs
• parameterizable Yes; 0.1 / 0.5 / 3 / 15 / 20 ms
• at "0" to "1", min. 2.5 ms
• at "0" to "1", max. 3.5 ms
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 400 m; max. 200m with 8.2 V sensor, max. 1 000 m
400m with 18 V sensor
Encoder
• Connectable encoders
• 2-wire sensor Yes
• permissible quiescent current (2-wire sensor), max. 1 mA
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Alarms Yes
Diagnostics function Yes Yes; Parameterizable
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes; Parameterizable
• Hardware interrupt Yes Yes; Parameterizable
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• min. 0 °C 0 °C
• max. 60 °C 60 °C
connection method / header
required front connector 1x 40-pin 1x 40-pin
Dimensions
Width 40 mm 40 mm
Height 125 mm 125 mm

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/137

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7321-7TH00-0AB0 6ES7321-7EH00-0AB0

Depth 120 mm 120 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 200 g

Article number 6ES7322-8BH10-0AB0

Supply voltage
• Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V
Input current
from load voltage L+ (without load), max. 100 mA
from backplane bus 5 V DC, max. 100 mA
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 6W
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 16
Short-circuit protection Yes
Limitation of inductive shutdown voltage to L+ (-68 V)
• Switching capacity of the outputs
• on lamp load, max. 5W
• Load resistance range
• lower limit 48 Ω
• upper limit 4 kΩ
• Output voltage
• for signal "1", min. L+ (-0.7 V)
• Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.7 mA
• Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz
• Total current of the outputs (per group)
• horizontal installation
• up to 60 °C, max. 2A
• vertical installation
• up to 40 °C, max. 2A
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Alarms Yes
Diagnostics function Yes
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes
connection method / header
required front connector 1x 40-pin
Dimensions
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 350 g

15/138 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Analog modules
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules

Overview Selection and ordering data

Analog input modules

SM 331 modules for current, voltage

and temperature measurements

8 inputs, individually configurable 6ES7331-1KF02-0AB0

• Resolution 12 bit + sign
• Current measurement (8 channels)
0/4 ... 20 mA, ±20 mA (2 wires with
external supply or 4 wires)
• Voltage measurement (8 channels)
1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V, ±50 mV,
±500 mV, ±1 V, ±5 V, ±10 V
• Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Ni100, Ni1000, LG-Ni1000 (8 chan­
nels; 2, 3 or 4 wires)
• Front connector required: 40‑pin
8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7331-7KF02-0AB0
Redundancy optional
Analog input modules (module-granular redundancy)
• Changeover of measurement type
• Multi-function modules for current, voltage and temperature by range module per channel group
measurements • Resolution 14 bit + sign
• Special, highly accurate modules for current and voltage measure­ • Current measurement (8 channels)
ments or temperature measurements 0 ... 20 mA, ±3.2 mA, ±10 mA,
±20 mA (4 wires) or 4 ... 20 mA
All modules automatically supply channel-specific and module- (2 or 4 wires)
internal diagnostics data, except module 6ES7331-1KF02-0AB0. • Voltage measurement (8 channels)
With this module, a channel failure is detected by the SIMATIC PCS 7 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V, ±50 mV,
analog driver block. ±500 mV, ±1 V, ±5 V, ±10 V
The channels of the analog input modules can be parameterized in • Resistance thermometer Pt100,
groups independent of each other. Ni100 (4 channels; 2, 3 or 4 wires)
• Thermocouples type E, N, J, K, L
Analog output modules (8 channels)
• Modules with 12-bit resolution and different numbers of channels Internal compensation or external
compensation with compensating
• Highly accurate module with 15-bit resolution box or 0 °C cold junction
• Wire break monitoring
The analog output modules can be parameterized in groups inde­
pendent of each other, and automatically provide all channel-specif­ • Internal module diagnostics
ic and module-internal diagnostics information. • Front connector required: 20‑pin
2 inputs in 1 channel group 6ES7331-7KB02-0AB0
• Changeover of measurement type
by range module
• Adjustable resolution per channel
group: 9/12/14 bits + sign
• Current measurement (2 channels)
0 ... 20 mA, ±3.2 mA, ±10 mA,
±20 mA (4 wires) or 4 ... 20 mA
(2 or 4 wires)
• Voltage measurement (2 channels)
1 ... 5 V, ±80 mV, ±250 mV,
±500 mV, ±1 V, ±2.5 V, ±5 V, ±10 V
• Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Ni100 (1 channel, 2 or 4 wires)
• Thermocouples type E, N, J, K, L
(2 channels)
Internal compensation or external
compensation with compensating
box or 0 °C cold junction
• Wire break monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20‑pin

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/139

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SM 331 modules for current and SM 331 modules for temperature

voltage measurements measurement

8 inputs in 4 channel groups, high 6ES7331-7HF01-0AB0 8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7331-7PF01-0AB0

speed • Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Resolution 13 bit + sign • Resistance thermometer
• Measurement type and range selec­ Pt100 ... 1000, Ni100 ... 1000, Cu10
tion adjustable per channel group (8 channels; 2, 3 or 4 wires)
• Current measurement 0 ... 20 mA, • Resistance measurement 150 Ω,
±20 mA (4 wires) or 4 ... 20 mA 300 Ω, 600 Ω
(2 or 4 wires) • Measuring mode (temperature or
• Voltage measurement 1 ... 5 V, ±1 V, resistance) and measuring range
±5 V, ±10 V adjustable per channel group
• Limit monitoring adjustable for 2 • Short-circuit-proof
channels • Wire break monitoring
• Fast updating of measured value • Internal module diagnostics
• Supporting of isochronous mode • Front connector required: 40‑pin
• Internal module diagnostics
8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7331-7PF11-0AB0
• Front connector required: 20‑pin • Resolution 15 bit + sign
8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7331-7NF00-0AB0 • Thermocouples type B, C, N, E, R, S,
Redundancy optional J, L, T, K, U (8 channels),
(channel-granular redundancy) internal compensation; external
• Resolution 15 bit + sign compensation with Pt100 through
• Current measurement 0/4 ... 20 mA, separate inputs possible
±20 mA (8 channels; 2 or 4 wires) • Measuring range adjustable per
• Voltage measurement 1 ... 5 V, ±5 V, channel group
±10 V (8 channels) • Fast module cycle (10 ms for 4 chan­
• Wire break monitoring with nels)
4 ... 20 mA and 1 ... 5 V • Short-circuit-proof
• Internal module diagnostics • Wire break monitoring
• Front connector required: 40‑pin • Internal module diagnostics
8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7331-7NF10-0AB0 • Front connector required: 40‑pin
Redundancy optional 6 inputs in 6 channel groups 6ES7331-7PE10-0AB0
(channel-granular redundancy) Redundancy optional
• Resolution 15 bit + sign (channel-granular redundancy)
• Fast module cycle (min. 10 ms for • Resolution 15 bit + sign
4 channels) • Electrical isolation up to 250 V AC
• Current measurement 0/4 ... 20 mA, between the channels
±20 mA (8 channels, 2 wires with • Measuring mode (temperature or
external supply or 4 wires) voltage) and measuring range
• Voltage measurement 1 ... 5 V, ±5 V, adjustable per channel
±10 V (8 channels) • Temperature measurement with
• Wire break monitoring with thermocouple type B, C, N, E, R, S, J,
4 ... 20 mA and 1 ... 5 V, ±5 V, ±10 V L, T, K, U, TxK/ XK (L); internal com­
• Short-circuit-proof pensation; external compensation
possible with Pt100
• Electrical isolation between channel
groups • Voltage measurement 25 mV,
±50 mV, ±80 mV, ±250 mV,
• Internal module diagnostics ±500 mV, ±1 V
• Front connector required: 40‑pin • Input impedance 10 MΩ each
• Programmable diagnostics and dia­
gnostics alarm
• Programmable process alarm on lim­
it violation
• Calibration possible using SIMATIC
PDM
• Front connector required: 40‑pin

15/140 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Analog output modules

SM 332 modules for current and

voltage outputs

2 outputs in 2 channel groups 6ES7332-5HB01-0AB0

• Resolution 12 bit/11 bit + sign
• Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V; ±10 V
(2 channels; 2 or 4 wires)
• Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; ±20 mA
(2 channels; 2 wires)
• Configurable substitute value output
in case of CPU stop
• Wire break monitoring (only for cur­
rent)
• Short circuit monitoring (only for
voltage)
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
4 outputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7332-5HD01-0AB0
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Resolution 12 bit/11 bit + sign
• Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V, ±10 V
(4 channels; 4 wires)
• Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; ±20 mA
(4 channels; 2 wires)
• Configurable substitute value output
in case of CPU stop
• Wire break monitoring (only for cur­
rent)
• Short circuit monitoring (only for
voltage)
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
8 outputs in 8 channel groups 6ES7332-5HF00-0AB0
Optional redundancy
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Resolution 12 bit/11 bit + sign
• Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V, ±10 V
(8 channels; 4 wires)
• Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; ±20 mA
(8 channels; 2 wires)
• Configurable substitute value output
in case of CPU stop
• Wire break monitoring (only for cur­
rent)
• Short circuit monitoring (only for
voltage)
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 40‑pin
4 outputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7332-7ND02-0AB0
• Resolution 14/15/16 bit
• Voltage 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 10 V, ±10 V
(4 channels; 4 wires)
• Current 0/4 ... 20 mA; ±20 mA
(4 channels; 2 wires)
• Configurable substitute value output
in case of CPU stop
• Isolated by channel
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20‑pin

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/141

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Analog modules with HART
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules with HART

Overview Function

HART is a serial transmission procedure with which additional para­

meter data such as measuring ranges, attenuation etc. can be sent
to transmitters and actuators over a 4 to 20-mA current loop. The
HART jobs for each channel can be remotely initiated over the
PROFIBUS DP. This usually takes place from the central engineering
system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system per SIMATIC
PDM.
The modules with HART have the following features:
• Connections compatible with the conventional analog modules of
the ET 200M
• Additional communications possibility over the current loop
• Up to 8 analog channels per module (2 analog channels with Ex
modules; 6 analog channels with safety-related SM 336 F‑AI HART
module)
• Each channel is a primary master of the HART protocol
• Selectable input range per channel (AI):
The modules with HART which can be used in ET 200M remote I/O
stations (with IM 153-2 High Feature interface module) permit con­ - 0 to 20 mA (without HART function)
nection of HART devices to the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system. - ± 20 mA (without HART function, not with Ex module or SM 336
Transmitters and HART actuators that are certified for digital com­ F-AI HART module)
munication with the HART protocol can be connected through these
modules. - 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function)
With 0/4 to 20 mA technology, conventional transmitters/actuators • Selectable output range per channel (AO):
without HART protocol can also be connected.
- 0 to 20 mA (with/without HART function; in the case of Ex mod­
All modules with HART come with diagnostics capability (channel ule, only without HART function)
and module diagnostics). The diagnostics and monitoring functions
are directly available in SIMATIC PCS 7. They require no additional - 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function)
engineering. Plain text messages output on the operator station
provide information on faults or changes in the HART parameter set­ Additional functions of the 6ES7331-7TF01-0AB0 and
tings. 6ES7332-8TF01-0AB0 HART analog modules:
Homogenous integration in the SIMATIC Process Device Manager • Supplementary HART variables (up to 4 per channel, up to 8 per
(PDM) and the PCS 7 Asset Management permit intuitive online dia­ module) allow the transmission of additional values from/to the
gnostics and parameterization of all connected field devices from a HART devices
central position. • Modules can be used redundant (channel-granular redundancy)
Additional functions of the SM 336 F‑AI HART module:
• Modules can be used redundant (channel-granular redundancy)
• HART communication can be activated safety-related in online
mode, or switched off
Parameterization
• For the analog input modules (AI), it is possible to parameterize
e.g. conversion time, input range, limits, alarms, smoothing of
measured values
• For the analog output modules (AO), it is possible to parameterize
e.g. output range, response on stoppage of AS (CPU), diagnostics
• Remote parameterization (per PROFIBUS DP) of the HART transmit­
ters and actuators with SIMATIC PDM
• It is still possible to parameterize the HART devices using an operat­
or terminal (handheld).

15/142 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules with HART

Selection and ordering data

Analog input module SM 331 HART 6ES7331-7TF01-0AB0

Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
8 inputs, 0/4 … 20 mA or ±20 mA
• Resolution: 15 bit + sign
• Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitters possible
• HART (2-wire or 4-wire)
• Wire break monitoring
• Short-circuit-proof
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
Analog output module SM 332 HART 6ES7332-8TF01-0AB0
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
8 outputs, 0/4 … 20 mA
• Resolution: 15 bit + sign
• For 2-wire actuators
• HART (2-wire)
• Wire break monitoring
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
SM 331 HART Ex analog input 6ES7331-7TB10-0AB0
module [EEx ib]
2 inputs, 0/4 … 20 mA in 2 channel
groups, as of HART revision 5.0
• Individual electrically isolated chan­
nels
• Resolution: 15 bit + sign
• Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitters possible
• Wire break monitoring
• Short-circuit-proof
• HART (2-wire or 4-wire)
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
SM 332 HART Ex analog output 6ES7332-5TB10-0AB0
module [EEx ib]
2 outputs, 0/4 … 20 mA in 2 channel
groups, as of HART revision 5.0
• Individual electrically isolated chan­
nels
• Resolution: 12 bit + sign
• For 2-wire actuators
• Wire break monitoring
• HART
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
SM 336 F‑AI HART safety-related For detailed ordering data, see the
analog input module section "F digital/analog modules"
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
6 inputs, 0/4 … 20 mA

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/143

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules with HART

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7332-8TF01-0AB0 6ES7332-5TB10-0AB0

Supply voltage
• Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
Input current
from load voltage L+ (without load), max. 350 mA 150 mA
from backplane bus 5 V DC, max. 110 mA 100 mA
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 6W 3.5 W
Analog outputs
Number of analog outputs 8 2
Current output, no-load voltage, max. 24 V 19 V
Cycle time (all channels) max. 5 ms
• Output ranges, current
• 0 to 20 mA Yes Yes
• -20 mA to +20 mA No No
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes Yes
• Connection of actuators
• for current output two-wire connection Yes Yes
• Load impedance (in rated range of output)
• with current outputs, max. 750 Ω 650 Ω
• with current outputs, inductive load, max. 10 mH 7.5 mH
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 800 m 400 m
Analog value generation for the outputs
• Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange (bit including sign), max. 16 bit 12 bit; + sign
• Conversion time (per channel) 40 ms
• Basic execution time of the module (all channels released) 10 ms; 10 ms in AO mode 50 ms in HART-AO
mode
• Settling time
• for resistive load 0.1 ms 2.5 ms
• for capacitive load 4 ms
• for inductive load 0.5 ms 2.5 ms
Errors/accuracies
• Operational error limit in overall temperature range
• Current, relative to output range, (+/-) 0.2 % 0.55 %
• Basic error limit (operational limit at 25 °C)
• Current, relative to output range, (+/-) 0.1 % 0.15 %
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Diagnostics function Yes Yes; Parameterizable
• Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes; Parameterizable
Ex(i) characteristics
Module for Ex(i) protection Yes
• maximum values for connecting terminals for gas group IIC
• Uo (no-load voltage), max. 19 V
• Io (short-circuit current), max. 66 mA
• Po (power output), max. 506 mW
• Co (permissible external capacity), max. 230 nF
• Lo (permissible external inductivity), max. 7.5 mH
• Um (voltage at non-intrinsically safe connecting terminals), max. 60 V; DC

15/144 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules with HART

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7332-8TF01-0AB0 6ES7332-5TB10-0AB0

Degree and class of protection
IP degree of protection IP20 IP20
Standards, approvals, certificates
FM approval Yes
• Use in hazardous areas
• ATEX marking ATEX II 3 G (2) GD Ex nA [ib Gb] [ib IIIC Db]
IIC T4 Gc
• FM marking Class I, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D T4; Class I,
Zone 2, Group IIC T4
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• max. 60 °C
connection method / header
required front connector 20-pin 20-pin
Dimensions
Width 40 mm 40 mm
Height 125 mm 125 mm
Depth 117 mm 120 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 220 g 290 g

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/145

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Ex digital/analog modules
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Ex digital/analog modules

Overview Selection and ordering data

Ex digital input modules

4 NAMUR inputs in 4 channel 6ES7321-7RD00-0AB0

groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Voltage supply to sensors 8.2 V
• Individual electrically isolated chan­
nels
• Time stamping in association with
IM 153-2 High Feature, accuracy
10 ms, rising or falling edge, can be
configured channel-granular
• Wire break and short-circuit monit­
oring (directly at the contact for con­
tacts with external resistor circuit)
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
Ex digital output modules
The following analog and digital input and output modules are suit­
4 outputs, 24 V DC, 10 mA in 6ES7322-5SD00-0AB0
able for use in hazardous plants. They separate the non-intrinsically
safe electrical circuits of the automation system and the intrinsically 4 channel groups
Redundancy optional
safe electrical circuits of the process. Sensors and actuators suitable (channel-granular redundancy)
for placing in zone 1 or 21 and 2 or 22 hazardous areas as well as • Individual electrically isolated chan­
intrinsically safe equipment compliant with DIN 50020 and nels
[EEx ib] IIC can be operated on these modules.
• Wire break monitoring
All Ex modules come with diagnostics capability (channel and mod­ • Short-circuit monitoring
ule diagnostics).
• Internal module diagnostics
If hazardous area modules are marked as being capable of redund­ • Front connector required: 20‑pin
ancy (6ES7321-7RD00-0AB0, 6ES7322-5SD00-0AB0,
6ES7331-7RD00-0AB0, 6ES7332-5RD00-0AB0), they can also be 4 outputs, 15 V DC / 20 mA in 6ES7322-5RD00-0AB0
operated redundantly in non-hazardous areas. 4 channel groups
• Individual electrically isolated chan­
nels
• Wire break monitoring
• Short-circuit monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
Ex analog input modules

4 inputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA in 4 channel 6ES7331-7RD00-0AB0

groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Individual electrically isolated chan­
nels
• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitters possible
• Wire break monitoring
• Measurement range monitoring
• Short-circuit-proof
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20‑pin

15/146 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Ex digital/analog modules

Selection and ordering data (continued)

8 inputs in 4 channel groups 6ES7331-7SF00-0AB0

• Resolution 15 bit + sign
• Thermocouples type T, U, E, J, L, K,
N, R, S, B (8 channels)
Internal compensation; external
compensation with Pt100 (2 chan­
nels), compensating box or 0/50 °C
cold junction
• Resistance thermometer Pt100,
Pt200, Ni100 (4 channels; 2-wire or
4-wire, 3-wire Pt100 on request)
• Wire break monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20‑pin
Note:
A special front connector for the Ex
analog input module
6ES7331-7SF00-0AB0 enables greater
accuracy when making thermocouple
temperature measurements in "Intern­
al compensation" measuring mode
(see the section "Accessories").
Ex analog output modules

4 outputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA in 4 channel 6ES7332-5RD00-0AB0

groups
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
• Individual electrically isolated chan­
nels
• Resolution 15 bit
• For 2-wire transmitters
• Wire break monitoring
• Internal module diagnostics
• Front connector required: 20‑pin

For additional Ex modules, refer to the "Analog modules with HART" section.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/147

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Ex digital/analog modules

Technical specifications

Article number 6ES7322-5SD00-0AB0 6ES7322-5RD00-0AB0

Supply voltage
• Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
Input current
from load voltage L+ (without load), max. 160 mA 160 mA
from backplane bus 5 V DC, max. 85 mA 85 mA
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 3W 3W
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 4 4
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic Yes; Electronic
• Load resistance range
• upper limit 390 Ω; Two-wire connection 200 Ω; Two-wire connection
• Output voltage
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 15 V
• Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Diagnostics function Yes Yes
Ex(i) characteristics
Module for Ex(i) protection Yes Yes
• maximum values for connecting terminals for gas group IIC
• Uo (no-load voltage), max. 25.2 V 15.75 V
• Io (short-circuit current), max. 70 mA 85 mA
• Po (power output), max. 440 mW 335 mW
• Co (permissible external capacity), max. 90 nF 500 nF
• Lo (permissible external inductivity), max. 6.7 mH 5 mH
Standards, approvals, certificates
• Use in hazardous areas
• ATEX marking [EEx ib] IIC [EEx ib] IIC
• FM marking AIS CL.1, DIV 1, GP A, B, C, D; CL.I, DIV 2, GP AIS CL.1, DIV 1, GP A, B, C, D; CL.I, DIV 2, GP
A, B, C, D T4 A, B, C, D T4
• Test number PTB Ex-96.D.2093X Ex-96.D.2102X
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• max. 60 °C 60 °C
connection method / header
required front connector 20-pin 20-pin
Dimensions
Width 40 mm 40 mm
Height 125 mm 125 mm
Depth 120 mm 120 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 230 g 230 g

Article number 6ES7332-5RD00-0AB0

Supply voltage
• Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V
Input current
from load voltage L+ (without load), max. 200 mA
from backplane bus 5 V DC, max. 80 mA

15/148 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Ex digital/analog modules

Technical specifications (continued)

Article number 6ES7332-5RD00-0AB0

Power loss
Power loss, typ. 4W
Analog outputs
Number of analog outputs 4
Voltage output, short-circuit protection Yes
Voltage output, short-circuit current, max. 70 mA
Current output, no-load voltage, max. 14 V
• Output ranges, current
• 0 to 20 mA Yes
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes
• Load impedance (in rated range of output)
• with current outputs, max. 500 Ω
• Cable length
• shielded, max. 200 m
Analog value generation for the outputs
• Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange (bit including sign), max. 15 bit
Errors/accuracies
• Operational error limit in overall temperature range
• Current, relative to output range, (+/-) 0.55 %
• Basic error limit (operational limit at 25 °C)
• Current, relative to output range, (+/-) 0.2 %
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Diagnostics function Yes
Ex(i) characteristics
Module for Ex(i) protection Yes
• maximum values for connecting terminals for gas group IIC
• Uo (no-load voltage), max. 14 V
• Io (short-circuit current), max. 70 mA
• Po (power output), max. 440 mW
• Co (permissible external capacity), max. 850 nF
• Lo (permissible external inductivity), max. 6.6 mH
Standards, approvals, certificates
• Use in hazardous areas
• ATEX marking [EEx ib] IIC
• FM marking Class I, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D T4
• Test number PTB Ex-96.D.2026X
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation
• max. 60 °C
connection method / header
required front connector 20-pin
Dimensions
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 280 g

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/149

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
F-digital/analog modules
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
F-digital/analog modules

Overview Selection and ordering data

SM 326 F-DI safety-oriented digital

input module for floating contacts

24 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7326-1BK02-0AB0
80 mm wide
Isolated in groups of 12
Optional redundancy
(channel-granular redundancy)
• 4 short-circuit-proof sensor power
supplies, each for 6 channels, isol­
ated in groups of 3
• External sensor power supply pos­
sible
• SIL 2: 1oo1 evaluation, 24 channels
• SIL 3: 1oo2 evaluation on the mod­
ule, 12 channels (adjustable discrep­
ancy time)
• SIL 3 achievable without safety pro­
tector
• Short-circuit monitoring to L+
The safety functions of the safety-related automation systems are
• Discrepancy monitoring
matched to the safety-related I/O modules (F‑modules) of the
ET 200M distributed I/O system. The F‑signal modules (DI/DO/AI) in • Supports 20 ms time stamping
the ET 200M remote I/O stations comply with safety requirements (SOE)
up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508). They can diagnose both internal and extern­ • Module internal diagnostics
al faults. To this end, they carry out self-tests, e.g. for short-circuit or • PROFIsafe telegram
open-circuit, and automatically monitor the discrepancy time • Front connector required: 40‑pin
defined in the parameter settings. They are able to guarantee plant
safety even if there is a CPU failure in the automation system. 8 inputs, NAMUR [EEx ib]1) 6ES7326-1RF01-0AB0
80 mm wide
Depending on the version, the input modules support 1oo1 and Isolated by channel
1oo2 evaluation on the module. 2oo3 evaluation of three sensors is • 8 short-circuit-proof sensor power
possible using the corresponding voter block (component of the S7 supplies, each for 1 channel, mutu­
F block library) within the safety program. ally isolated
In the event of a faulty output, the digital output modules allow a • SIL 2: 1oo1 evaluation, 8 channels
safe shutdown via a second shutdown path. • SIL 3: 1oo2 evaluation on the mod­
ule, 4 channels (adjustable discrep­
Note: ancy time)
The SM 326 F‑DI NAMUR digital input module, Article No. • Wire break and short-circuit monit­
6ES7326-1RF01-0AB0, does not support PROFINET. oring (for contacts with external res­
istor circuit)
• Discrepancy monitoring
Design • Module internal diagnostics
• PROFIsafe telegram
SM 336 F-AI HART analog input module • Front connector required: 40‑pin
The safety-oriented SM 336 F-AI HART analog input module has
SM 326 F‑DO safety-oriented digital
6 inputs for current measurement in the range from 0 to 20 mA or 4 output module
to 20 mA, all of which are designed for SIL 3. The compact width of
40 mm means that a relatively high packing density can be achieved Suitable for solenoid valves, DC con­
for F-modules, allowing a design which saves space and costs. tactors and indicator lights
10 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7326-2BF10-0AB0
The module can also handle HART communication with appropriate 40 mm wide
HART field devices. HART communication can be activated safety-ori­ Isolated in groups of 5 (outputs with
ented in online mode, or switched off. internal diode)
Digital output module SM 326 F-DO Optional redundancy
(channel-granular redundancy)
The 40-mm wide safety-oriented SM 326 F‑DQ digital output mod­ • 10 outputs, isolated in groups of 5
ule with 10 outputs (24 V DC, 2 A) and parameterizable redundancy • SIL 3 achievable without safety pro­
extends the range of compact F‑modules introduced with the tector
SM 336 F‑AI HART. The module features short response times, and
• Sourcing/sourcing output (for non-
can be used in SIL 3 applications even without a safety protector. It floating loads; ground and earth
supports the "Keep last valid value" function as well as channel- connected together)
selective passivation. • Wire break and short-circuit monit­
oring
• Configurable diagnostics
• "Keep last valid value" parameter
• Channel-selective passivation
• PROFIsafe telegram
• Front connector required: 40‑pin

15/150 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
F-digital/analog modules

Selection and ordering data (continued) Options

8 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7326-2BF41-0AB0

80 mm wide Isolating
Electrically isolated in groups of 4 module F-modules
• SIL 2, SIL 3 configurable (8 chan­ IM 153-2
nels) ET 200 rack
• SIL 3 achievable without safety pro­ only for SIL 3 operation,
tector SIL 2 also possible
without isolating
• Sinking/sourcing output (for module
ungrounded loads; ground and
earth separate)
• Wire break and short-circuit monit­ PROFIBUS Isolating bus submodule
oring copper cable for active
• Module internal diagnostics backplane bus

• PROFIsafe telegram
• Front connector required: 40‑pin IM 153-2

SM 336 F‑AI HART safety-oriented ET 200 rack

analog input module

G_PCS7_XX_00128
6 inputs, 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA 6ES7336-4GE00-0AB0
40 mm wide
Electrically isolated in groups of 3
Optional redundancy
PROFIBUS Isolating module for isolation of
(channel-granular redundancy) standard and F-modules
copper cable
• Resolution: 15 bits + sign or fiber-optic cable
• 2-wire or 4-wire connection
• 6 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies
for 1 channel each Safety protector
• External sensor power supply pos­ The following components are available as accessories for the F-
sible modules:
• SIL 3: 1oo1 evaluation (6 channels)
and 1oo2 evaluation (3 channels) on
• Safety protector
the module - Isolation of F- and standard modules in an ET 200M remote I/O
• SIL 3 achievable without safety pro­ station
tector
• Discrepancy monitoring with 1oo2
- Signal isolation when using a copper bus connection (only F-
evaluation (adjustable discrepancy modules in an ET 200M remote I/O station with IM 153-2)
time)
• Isolating bus submodule for safety protector, when using an active
• Wire-break monitoring
backplane bus
• Module and channel diagnostics
The safety protector is required in SIL 3 applications with F-signal
• HART communication in measuring
range 4 ... 20 mA (can be switched modules SM 326; AI 6 x 13 bit, SM 326; DI 8 x NAMUR and SM 326;
on/off online) DO 10 x DC 24 V/2 A (width 80 mm) in the following cases:
• HART status display • Design of PROFIBUS DP with copper cables
• PROFIsafe telegram
• Design of PROFIBUS DP with fiber-optic cables and joint operation
• Front connector required: 20‑pin of the mentioned F-signal modules with standard modules in an
Options ET 200M station

Safety protector 6ES7195-7KF00-0XA0 Note:

For F-modules, 40 mm wide The safety protector for F-modules and the isolating bus submodule
• Isolation of F- and standard modules can only be used together. The 40-mm wide gap cannot be used for
in an ET 200M rack other modules.
• Signal isolation when using a copper
bus connection (only F-modules in a
rack with IM 153-2)
Isolating bus submodule 6ES7195-7HG00-0XA0
80 mm wide, for safety protector,
when using an active backplane bus
1) The SM 326 F‑DI NAMUR module does not support PROFINET

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/151

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Controller modules
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Controller modules

Overview Function

The FM 355 and FM 355-2 modules have four separate control chan­
nels. The controllers have the following features:
• Predefined controller structures for
- Fixed setpoint control
- Cascade controller
- Ratio control
- 3-component control
• Different operating modes
- Automatic mode
- Manual mode
- Safety mode
- Follow-up mode

The FM 355 is an intelligent 4-channel controller module for univer­

- Backup mode
sal control tasks. It can be used to control temperature, pressure and • Sampling time (depending on the resolution of the analog inputs
flow. and the compensation input):
The following versions of the FM 355 are available:
- At 12 bits: 20 ms to 100 ms (FM 355‑2 only)
• FM 355 C
- At 14 bits: 100 ms to 500 ms (depending on the number of
Continuous-action controller with 4 analog outputs for controlling released analog inputs)
analog actuators
• FM 355 S • 2 control algorithms:
Step or pulse controller with 8 digital outputs for controlling - Self-optimizing temperature control algorithm
motor-driven (integrating) actuators or binary controlled actuators - PID algorithm
(e.g. electrical heating strips and cartridges)
• Integrated online self-optimization without configuration
• FM 355-2 C/S
(FM 355‑2 only)
Specially optimized for temperature controls with user-friendly
online self-optimization integrated - Faster adjustment to the operating point
• Convenient controller optimization
• Backup mode
The controller can continue to control independently in the event
of CPU failure or CPU stop. To this end, configurable safety set­
points or safety manipulated variables are set.
• Feed forward control
The analog inputs can optionally be used for feed forward control
in addition to actual value recording.

15/152 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Controller modules

Integration Selection and ordering data

FM 355 C controller module 6ES7355-0VH10-0AE0

OP Automation With 4 analog outputs for 4 continu­
system ous-action controllers
Front connector required: 2 x 20‑pin
Incl. multi-lingual configuration pack­
age, manual and Getting Started (Eng­
lish, German, French, Italian) on CD-
ROM
FM 355 S controller module 6ES7355-1VH10-0AE0
With 8 digital outputs for 4 step or
FM-355 module
pulse controllers
(80 mm wide)
IM 153-2 Front connector required: 2 x 20‑pin
Incl. multi-lingual configuration pack­
age, manual and Getting Started (Eng­

G_PCS7_XX_00135G
lish, German, French, Italian) on CD-
ET 200 Rack
ROM
FM 355-2 C temperature controller 6ES7355-2CH00-0AE0
module
Standard
with 4 analog outputs for 4 continu­
modules ous-action controllers
Front connector required: 2 x 20‑pin
Incl. multi-lingual configuration pack­
Use in SIMATIC PCS 7 age, manual and Getting Started (Eng­
lish, German, French, Italian) on CD-
The FM 355/FM 355-2 modules can be used to implement control ROM
tasks outside the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system. The modules FM 355-2 S temperature controller 6ES7355-2SH00-0AE0
have not only controller structures but also analog and digital chan­ module
nels, thus eliminating the need for additional modules to detect the With 8 digital outputs for 4 step or
setpoint/actual value or to control the actuator. pulse controllers
Front connector required: 2 x 20‑pin
On the one hand this reduces the work load for the CPU, on the oth­ Incl. multi-lingual configuration pack­
er hand it enables backup mode with which the control system con­ age, manual and Getting Started (Eng­
tinues to work even if the CPU fails. In this case the FM 355 module lish, German, French, Italian) on CD-
can be operated further with an OP operator panel (does not apply ROM
to FM 355-2).
The operator panel is connected to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus for this Note:
purpose. The CPU of the automation system can surrender input In the case of the FM 355 C and FM 355 S controller modules, the
privilege to the operator panel in normal operation as well. The channels are not electrically isolated from one another
parameters that can be accessed with the operator panel are the set­
point and manipulated variable. If the FM 355 module is operated
from the operator panel, the automation system reads back the val­
ues accessible from the operator panel after the input privilege is
withdrawn or recovered again. Bumpless continuation of the opera­
tions is thus assured.
IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules are needed for the PROFIB­
US DP connection when the FM 355/FM 355-2 controller modules
are used in ET 200M.
SIMATIC PCS 7 blocks
CFC blocks with OS faceplates for all FM 355 modules are included
in the scope of supply of the standard SIMATIC PCS 7 library (part of
engineering software). These blocks are integrated into the SIMATIC
PCS 7 driver concept. This guarantees homogenous system integra­
tion (including automatic diagnostics messages).
Parameterization in HW-Config
A configuration package containing all parameterization masks
required for configuring, parameterizing and commissioning is
included in the scope of supply of the FM 355 controller modules.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/153

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Counter modules
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Counter modules

Overview Selection and ordering data

FM 350-1 counter module 6ES7350-1AH03-0AE0

Counting functions up to 500 kHz
1 channel for the connection of 5 V
and 24 V incremental encoders
Front connector required: 1 x 20-pin
incl. configuration package on CD-
ROM
FM 350-2 counter module 6ES7350-2AH01-0AE0
8 channels with maximum 20 kHz
counting frequency; for 24 V
encoders, for the following tasks:
counting, frequency measurement,
speed measurement, period measure­
ment, dosing
Front connector required: 1 x 40-pin
incl. configuration package on CD-
ROM

The FM 350-1 counter module is a single-channel intelligent counter

module for simple counting tasks, suitable for the direct connection
of incremental encoders. It provides a comparison function with
2 preselectable reference values, as well as integrated digital out­
puts for outputting a reaction upon reaching the reference value.
The FM 350-2 counter module is an eight-channel intelligent
counter module for universal counting and measuring tasks, as well
as for simple positioning jobs (max. 4 axes).

15/154 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
MTA terminal modules
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
MTA terminal modules

Overview

MTA AI HART terminal module, 8‑channel

MTA terminal modules (Marshalled Termination Assemblies) can be

used to connect field devices, sensors and actuators to the I/O mod­
ules of the ET 200M remote I/O stations simply, rapidly and reliably.
They can be used to significantly reduce the costs and required work
for cabling and commissioning, and prevent wiring errors.
The individual MTA terminal modules are each tailored to specific I/O
modules from the ET 200M range (see design for assignment table).
MTA versions are available for standard I/O modules as well as for
redundant and safety-related I/O modules.
The MTA terminal modules are connected to the I/O modules using
3 m or 8 m long preassembled cables.
The MTA Power Supply 24 V DC terminal module comes with 16
24 V DC, 0.5 A outputs protected against short-circuit for redundant
power supply of field devices that are no longer supplied by means
of signal lines by some of the newer MTAS, for example 4‑wire trans­
mitters. If 0.5 A is insufficient, you can also connect two or more
outputs in parallel.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/155

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
MTA terminal modules

Design
• MTA terminal modules in versions for standard, redundant and
ET 200M ET 200M safety-related I/O modules of the ET 200M distributed I/O system
redundant single
• Redundant 24 V DC supply
• Power Monitor Board for diagnostics of the redundant power sup­
ply (partially integrated or can be ordered as option)
• 3 or 8 m long preassembled cables for connecting MTA terminal
module and ET 200M module, in each case with:
- 50/25-contact Sub-D socket or 25-contact Sub-D plug, for con­
nection to MTA terminal
MTA MTA - 40/20-pole Siemens front connector, female version, for con­
nection to ET 200M module

Preassembled • Screw terminals for the 1:1 connection of field devices, sensors
cable with and actuators
front connector
• Protection of channels frequently by fuse or electronic current
G_PCS7_XX_00136

limitation, partially with LED display

• Test and release as SIMATIC PCS 7 system component with corres­
ponding approvals (FM, UL, CE, ATEX, TÜV)

Product overview with information on combinable ET 200M modules and connection cables

MTA type Input/output area Order No. of MTA Order No. of ET Order No. of connecting I/O redundancy
and accessories 200M module cable
8 channels, AI 1 ... 5 V; ± 5 V; ± 10 V; 6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX01) 6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0BA0 (3 m) Yes
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA; (from product version 5) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BA0 (8 m)
± 20 mA
8 channels, AI 1 ... 5 V; ± 5 V; ± 10 V; 6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX01) 6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0BB0 (3 m) Yes
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA; (from product version 8) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BB0 (8 m)
± 20 mA
8 channels, AO 0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA 6ES7 650-1AB51-2XX0 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) Yes
(from product version 3) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
8 channels, AI HART 0 ... 20 mA (without use of 6ES7 650-1AA61-2XX01) 6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) Yes
HART) 6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
4 ... 20 mA (with/without use
of HART)
8 channels, AO 0 ... 20 mA (with/without use 6ES7 650-1AB61-2XX0 6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) Yes
HART of HART) 6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
4 ... 20 mA (with/without use
of HART)
8 channels, AI TC Thermocouple types B, C, N, E, 6ES7 650-1AF51-2XX0 6ES7 331-7PF10-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) No
R, S, J, L, T, K, U (from product version 4) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0
8 channels, AI RTD Resistance thermometers 6ES7 650-1AG51-2XX0 6ES7 331-7PF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) No
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000, (from product version 8) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
Ni100, Ni120, Ni200, Ni500, or
Ni1000, Cu10 6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0
16 channels, DO 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 650-1AD11-2XX0 6ES7 322-8BH10-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AT0 (3 m) Yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AT0 (8 m)
6 channels F‑AI 0 ... 20 mA (without use of 6ES7 650-1AH62-5XX01) 6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AU0 (3 m) Yes
HART (safety- HART); 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AU0 (8 m)
related) 4 ... 20 mA (with/without use
of HART)

15/156 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
MTA terminal modules

Design (continued)

MTA type Input/output area Order No. of MTA Order No. of ET Order No. of connecting I/O redundancy
and accessories 200M module cable
16 channels, DI 24 V DC 6ES7 650-1AC11-3XX0 6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) Yes
(from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
24 channels F-DI 24 V DC 6ES7 650-1AK11-7XX0 6ES7 326-1BK00-0AB0, 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) Yes
(safety-related) 6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0
10 channels F‑DO 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7 650-1AL11-6XX0 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AN0 (3 m) Yes
(safety-related) (from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AN0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
16 channels DO 120 … 230 V AC, 5 A; 6ES7 650-1AM30-3XX0 6ES7 322-8BH01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) Yes
relay 24 V DC, 5 A or 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
6ES7 322-8BH10-0AB0
10 channels F DO 120 … 230 V AC, 5 A; 6ES7 650-1AM31-6XX0 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) Yes
relays (safety- 24 V DC, 5 A (from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
related) or
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
1) These new terminal modules can no longer deliver a 24 V DC current for feeding 4‑wire transmitters. You require an additive terminal module MTA power sup­
ply 24 V DC (Order No. 6ES7 650-1BE10-3XX0) if you wish to continue supplying 4‑wire transmitters centrally per MTA and redundant with 24 V DC.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/157

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
MTA terminal modules

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

MTA terminal modules for SIMATIC MTA F-AI HART terminal module, 6ES7650-1AH62-5XX0
PCS 7 6‑channel
Terminal module for connection of
MTA AI terminal module, 8‑channel 6ES7650-1AA52-2XX0 field devices/sensors to a single or two
Terminal module for connection of redundant safety-related ET 200M
field devices/sensors to a single or two analog input modules
redundant ET 200M analog input 6ES7336-4GE00-0AB0
modules 6ES7331-7NF00-0AB0 or Input range: 0 ... 20 mA (without use
6ES7331-7NF10-0AB0 of HART), 4 ... 20 mA (with/without
Input range: 1 to 5 V; ± 5 V; ± 10 V use of HART)
und 0/4 ... 20 mA; ± 20 mA Note:
Note: 4-wire devices must be supplied separ­
4-wire devices must be supplied separ­ ately with current.
ately with current. MTA DI terminal module, 6ES7650-1AC11-3XX0
MTA AO terminal module, 8‑channel 6ES7650-1AB51-2XX0 16‑channel
Terminal module for connection of Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single or field devices/sensors to a single or two
two redundant ET 200M analog out­ redundant ET 200M digital input mod­
put modules 6ES7332-5HF00-0AB0 ules 6ES7321-7BH01-0AB0
Output range: 0/4 ... 20 mA Input range: 24 V DC
MTA AI HART terminal module, 6ES7650-1AA61-2XX0 MTA F‑DI terminal module, 6ES7650-1AK11-7XX0
8‑channel 24‑channel
Terminal module for connection of Terminal module for connection of
field devices/sensors to a single or two field devices/sensors to a single or two
redundant ET 200M analog input redundant safety-related ET 200M
modules 6ES7331-7TF01-0AB0 digital input modules
Input range: 0 ... 20 mA (without use 6ES7326-1BK00-0AB0,
of HART), 4 ... 20 mA (with/without 6ES7326-1BK01-0AB0 or
use of HART) 6ES7326-1BK02-0AB0
Note: Input range: 24 V DC
4-wire devices must be supplied separ­ MTA F‑DO terminal module, 6ES7650-1AL11-6XX0
ately with current. 10‑channel
MTA AO HART terminal module, 6ES7650-1AB61-2XX0 Terminal module for connection of
8‑channel field devices/actuators to a single or
Terminal module for connection of two redundant safety-related ET 200M
field devices/actuators to a single or digital output modules
two redundant ET 200M analog out­ 6ES7326-2BF01-0AB0 or
put modules 6ES7332-8TF01-0AB0 6ES7326-2BF10-0AB0
Output range: 0 to 20 mA Output range: 24 V DC, 2A
(with/without use of HART), 4 ... MTA DO Relay terminal module, 6ES7650-1AM30-3XX0
20 mA (with/without use of HART) 16‑channel
MTA AI TC terminal module, 6ES7650-1AF51-2XX0 Terminal module for connection of
8‑channel field devices/actuators to a single or
Terminal module for connection of two redundant ET 200M digital output
field devices/sensors to a single modules 6ES7322-8BH01-0AB0 or
ET 200M analog input module 6ES7322-8BH10-0AB0
6ES7331-7PF10-0AB0 or Output range: 120 to 230 V AC, 5 A;
6ES7331-7PF11-0AB0 24 V DC, 5 A
Input range: Thermocouple types B, C, MTA F‑DO Relay terminal module, 6ES7650-1AM31-6XX0
N, E, R, S, J, L, T, K, U 10‑channel
MTA AI RTD terminal module, 6ES7650-1AG51-2XX0 Terminal module for connection of
8‑channel field devices/actuators to a single or
Terminal module for connection of two redundant safety-related ET 200M
field devices/sensors to a single digital output modules
ET 200M analog input module 6ES7326-2BF01-0AB0 or
6ES7331-7PF00-0AB0 or 6ES7326-2BF10-0AB0
6ES7331-7PF01-0AB0 Output range: 120 to 230 V AC, 5 A;
Measuring range: Resistance thermo­ 24 V DC, 5 A
meters Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000, Separate power supply for field
Ni100, Ni120, Ni200, Ni500, Ni1000, devices, for example 4-wire trans­
Cu10 mitter
MTA DO terminal module, 6ES7650-1AD11-2XX0
16‑channel MTA terminal module 24 V DC 6ES7650-1BE10-3XX0
Terminal module for connection of power supply, 16-channel
field devices/actuators to a single or Terminal module for the redundant
two redundant ET 200M digital output power supply of field devices separ­
modules 6ES7322-8BH10-0AB0 ated from the signal transmission
Output range: 24 V DC, 0.5 A Output range: 24 V DC, 0.5 A

15/158 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
MTA terminal modules

Selection and ordering data (continued) More information

Pre-assembled cable for connection Detailed information on the MTA terminal modules can be found in
of ET 200 module and MTA terminal the manual "ET 200M Marshalled Termination Assemblies Remote
module I/O Modules".
Connecting cable with 40-pin front
connector for ET 200M and 50-pin
Sub‑D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m 6ES7922-3BD00-0AS0

•8m 6ES7922-3BJ00-0AS0

Connecting cable with 40-pin front

connector for ET 200M and 25-pin
Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m 6ES7922-3BD00-0BA0

•8m 6ES7922-3BJ00-0BA0

Connecting cable with 40-pin front

connector for ET 200M and 25-pin
Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m 6ES7922-3BD00-0BB0

•8m 6ES7922-3BJ00-0BB0

Connecting cable with 40-pin front

connector for ET 200M and 25-pin
Sub-D plug for MTA
Lengths:
•3m 6ES7922-3BD00-0AT0

•8m 6ES7922-3BJ00-0AT0

Connecting cable with 40-pin front

connector for ET 200M and 25-pin
Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m 6ES7922-3BD00-0AN0

•8m 6ES7922-3BJ00-0AN0

Connecting cable with 20-pin front

connector for ET 200M and 25-pin
Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m 6ES7922-3BD01-0AM0

•8m 6ES7922-3BJ01-0AM0

Connecting cable with 20-pin front

connector for ET 200M and 50-pin
Sub-D socket for MTA
Lengths:
•3m 6ES7922-3BD00-0AU0

•8m 6ES7922-3BJ00-0AU0

Accessories

Power monitor board (PMB) 6ES7650-1BA02-0XX0

for display of status of redundant MTA
power supply

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/159

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7

Overview Overview (continued)

- Self-assembling potential groups without external wiring or
jumpers
- Individual load groups can be formed without extra power mod­
ules
- Partial commissioning: Tolerating of gaps in the design through
reservation of slots for further configuration
- Electronic rating plate (I&M data 0...3)
- Extensive diagnostics, channel-specific

Design

SIMATIC ET 200SP is a highly flexible and scalable I/O system with

IP20 protection which can communicate with SIMATIC PCS 7 auto­
mation systems (controllers) via PROFINET IO or PROFIBUS DP. DIN rail
Designed for installation in enclosures or control cabinets, it con­
vinces with a particularly compact design, exceptional usability, and
impressive performance.
The comprehensive, channel-specific and easy-to-program dia­
gnostics with plain text messages means that faults can be located

G_PCS7_XX_00371
and eliminated in an extremely short time.
Summary of main features
IM 155-6PN I/O BaseUnit Server
• Remote I/O stations with IP20 protection, can be networked via interface module modules module
PROFINET IO and PROFIBUS DP with BusAdapter

• Free selection of PROFINET connection system and hardware using

BusAdapter (BA 2×RJ45, BA 2×FC, BA 2×SCRJ, BA 2xLC, BA LC/FC,
BA LC/RJ45, BA SCRJ/RJ45 or BA SCRJ/FC) ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7, design

• System redundancy S2: ET 200SP station can establish communica­

tion to each of the two CPUs of an AS redundancy station via an Main components of the SIMATIC ET 200SP distributed I/O sys­
interface module tem

• >Up to 64 I/O modules (digital/analog); full data volume up to • PROFINET IM 155-6PN/2 High Feature interface module
1 440 bytes (with S2 system redundancy to 1 000 bytes) with BusAdapter (separate component for establishing the connec­
tion system) for communication with the SIMATIC PCS 7 automa­
• Compact, rugged, and easy-to-service design with permanent wir­ tion system (controller) via PROFINET IO
ing:
• PROFIBUS IM 155-6DP High Feature interface module
- Shielded backplane bus, designed as module rack using
BaseUnits is used as DP slave on PROFIBUS DP and connects the ET 200SP
with the DP master
- Push-in terminals for quick, one-handed wiring without the use
of tools • I/O modules
4, 8 or 16 digital channels (DI, DQ, RQ) and 2, 4 or 8 analog chan­
- Excellent accessibility of terminals arranged in rows nels (AI, AQ); up to 64 I/O modules can be plugged into passive
- I/O module and terminal box can be replaced during operation BaseUnits in any combination
(hot swapping) • BaseUnits
- Automatic coding of the I/O modules prevents destruction of the Supports for the plug-in I/O modules and the terminal box; for con­
electronics due to faulty equipping struction of the backplane bus and for the mechanical/electrical
connections
- Simple retrofitting of modules at the station end without recon­
figuration • Server module
- Unambiguous inscription and color concept helps avoid faults for connection of ET 200SP station

- Consistent shielding of conductor via terminal box and backplane • DIN rail
bus to the PROFINET cable for latching-in of interface module, BaseUnits and server module;
for installation of ET 200SP station in control cabinet
- Low space requirement allows high packing density in the con­
trol cabinet The extremely compact design allows a high packing density. With a
depth of approx. 75 mm, the overall height is e.g.:
• Significant system functions

15/160 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7

Design (continued) Technical specifications

• 117 mm with 16 channels and 1‑wire connection (without AUX Selected technical specifications of the ET 200SP in the context of
terminals) SIMATIC PCS 7:
• 141 mm with 8 channels and 3‑wire connection and AUX terminals Design
Replaceable BusAdapters enable free selection of the PROFINET con­ Degree of protection IP20
nection system.
Design Discretely scalable
The BaseUnits mounted on a DIN rail can already be wired and Installation DIN rail (standard mounting rail)
tested prior to connection of the I/O modules (permanent wiring). Connection system for sensors/actuators Single-conductor or multi-conductor con­
Hot swapping of the I/O modules and terminal boxes plugged onto nection; push‑in terminals
the BaseUnits is possible. Mechanical coding prevents the use of an Power supply
incorrect slot and the resulting destruction of the module electron­
Rated voltage 24 V DC; tolerance range: 19.2 ... 28.8 V DC
ics. (static); 18.5 ... 30.2 V DC (dynamic)
A BU cover is available for reserved, unequipped slots (BaseUnit Relevant properties
without I/O module) as protection for the BaseUnit connectors. It
can be provided with a reference ID label. Safety engineering No
For use in hazardous areas Zones 2, 22
For connection of cable shields that is both space-saving and optim­
Increased availability No (can be operated on the redundant
ized in terms of EMC, a shield connection is available that is quick automation system using system redund­
and easy to mount. This consists of a shield connection element that ancy S2)
can be plugged onto the BaseUnit and a shield terminal. Temperature range
An inscription and color identification system with the following • Horizontal installation 0 … +60 °C1)
components facilitates orientation: • Vertical installation 0 ... +50 °C1)
• Labeling strips for insertion in interface and I/O modules (foil on Resistance to vibration Up to 1 g with BA 2×RJ45; up to 5 g with BA
rolls for thermal transfer printers or pre-perforated A4 size paper 2×FC
for laser printers) System functions

• Color-coded labels for cable assignment and identification of I/O Permanent wiring Yes
module potentials Hot swapping Yes

• Equipment labeling plates for interface module, BusAdapter, Expansion/configuration during ongoing No
operation
BaseUnits and I/O modules for identifying system components
Diagnostics (module-dependent) Channel-discrete
Installation Functions
Installation of an ET 200SP station is quick and easy: Digital channels Yes
• Latching-in of interface module, BaseUnits and server module on a Analog channels Yes
DIN rail (35 x 15 × 7.5 mm or 35 × 15 × 15 mm) HART Yes
Motor starters No
• Connection of the cables for the 24 V DC power supply on the
interface module Pneumatic connection No
Technological functions No
• Plugging on and screwing tight the BusAdapter Approvals, standards
• Prewiring of the 24 V DC power supply and process signal cables • CE for industrial applications According to 94/9/EC, 2004/108/EC and
on the BaseUnits 2006/95/EC
• Interference emission EN 61000-6-4:2007
• Plugging on the I/O modules
• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2:2005
The ET 200SP station can be installed in any orientation in an enclos­
ure or control cabinet. The preferred position is horizontal. • ATEX in accordance with EN 60079‑15 and II 3 G Ex nA IIC Tx Gc DEKRA 12ATEX0038X
EN 60079‑0
Configuration limits and guidelines • IECEx in accordance with EN 60079‑15 and Ex nA IIC Tx Gc IECEx DEK 13.0011X
EN 60079‑0
• PROFINET IO: up to 64 I/O modules (digital/analog); full data
volume up to 1 440 bytes (with S2 system redundancy up to • AS/NZS for Australia and New Zealand AS/NZS CISPR 16
1 000 bytes) • cULus Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, Tx
in accordance with UL 508, CSA C22.2 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC Tx
• PROFIBUS DP: up to 32 I/O modules; up to 244 bytes of user data No. 142 and No. 213, ANSI/ISA 12.12.01

• The thermal continuous current for the load or encoder supply can • PROFIBUS IEC 61784-1:2010 Ed3 CP 3/1
be a maximum of 10 A per potential group. • IEC IEC 61131-2

• CE According to 94/9/EC, 2004/108/EC and

2006/95/EC
• CCC Certificate for China Compulsory Product
Certification

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/161

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7

Technical specifications (continued) More information

• KCC Korean Certification KCC‑REM‑S49‑ET200SP General information

• Shipbuilding approval Classification companies http://www.siemens.com/et200sp
• ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
TIA Selection Tool
• BV (Bureau Veritas)
• DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
Note:
• GL (Germanischer Lloyd) When working with the TIA Selection Tool in the context of SIMATIC
• LRS (Lloyds Register of Shipping) PCS 7, please note the specified limitations for the ET 200SP in the
"SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7" section with regard to area of
• Class NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)
application and product range.
1 ) Also available in a SIPLUS version for extended temperature range (up to http://www.siemens.com/tia-selection-tool
‑40 ... +70 °C) and aggressive atmosphere/condensation (for details, see
http://www.siemens.com/siplus and catalog ST 70).
For a large number of components of the ET 200SP distributed system, the
ambient temperature range during operation is extended to -30 °C (without
condensation or icing) in all mounting positions. The permissible installa­
tion elevation for some modules has also been extended to installation alti­
tudes up to 5,000 m. For details, see https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109767369

For detailed technical specifications, especially on individual com­

ponents such as interface modules, BaseUnits or I/O modules, see:
• Catalog ST 70, section "IO Systems"
• Industry Mall under "Automation technology - Automation systems
- SIMATIC industrial automation systems - IO systems - SIMATIC
ET 200 systems for control cabinets – SIMATIC ET 200SP"
• SIMATIC ET 200SP Manual Collection:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/84133942

15/162 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Interface modules and BusAdapters
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface modules and BusAdapters

Overview Overview (continued)

PROFINET IM 155‑6PN High Feature interface module, with equipment BA 2×RJ45 BusAdapter
labeling plate

BusAdapters (BA)
PROFINET IM 155-6PN/2 High Feature interface module
A BusAdapter can be used to adapt the universal PROFINET IO inter­
• Interface module for connecting the ET 200SP station to face of the interface module to the specific requirements of the
PROFINET IO environment of use. If a connection socket is faulty or when chan­
• 24 V DC supply for interface module and backplane bus ging the connection system at a later stage, it is only necessary to
replace the BusAdapter.
• Integrated 2-port switch for line configuration The following BusAdapters are available:
• Handling of complete data transfer with the controller • BA 2×RJ45
• Data exchange with the I/O modules via the backplane bus With two sockets for commercially available RJ45 plugs; suitable
for standard applications with moderate mechanical strength and
• Support of identification data I&M0 to I&M3 EMI resistance
• Delivery including server module • BA 2×FC
• BusAdapter with integrated 2-port switch for individual selection of With two FastConnect terminals for direct connection of the bus
the PROFINET IO connection system can be ordered separately cables; suitable for applications with higher mechanical strength
and/or EMC resistance (5x higher resistance against vibrations and
PROFIBUS IM 155‑6DP High Feature interface module EMC)
• Max. 32 I/O modules, also PROFIsafe modules with complete dia­ • BA 2×SCRJ
gnostic support
With two optical PROFINET interfaces for connection of optical-
• Max. 244 bytes in each case for input and output data per module fiber cables via SC RJ plug-in connectors (5x higher resistance
and per station against vibrations and EMC; PROFINET cable lengths between two
stations up to 300 m)
• Data update time: Typ. 5 ms
• BA 2×LC
• PROFIBUS connection via 9-pin sub‑D socket
With two optical PROFINET interfaces for connecting fiber-optic
• Bundle including server module and PROFIBUS plug cables LC multimode glass-fiber
• BA LC/RJ45
With two PROFINET interfaces:
- 1 × optical, for connection of fiber-optic cables via LC multimode
fiber-optic cable (port 1)
- 1 × electrical, for connection of bus cable with standard RJ45
plug (port 2)
• BA LC/FC
With two PROFINET interfaces:
- 1 × optical, for connection of fiber-optic cables via LC multimode
fiber-optic cable (port 1)
- 1 × electrical, for direct connection of FastConnect bus cable
(port 2)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/163

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface modules and BusAdapters

Overview (continued) Selection and ordering data

• BA SCRJ/RJ45 PROFINET IM 155-6PN/2 High 6ES7155-6AU01-0CN0
With two PROFINET interfaces: Feature interface module
Including server module, without
- 1 × optical, for connection of fiber-optic cables via SC RJ connect­ BusAdapter
ors (port 1) PROFIBUS IM 155-6DP High Feature 6ES7155-6BA01-0CN0
interface module
- 1 × electrical, for connection of bus cable with standard RJ45 Bundle comprising interface module,
plug (port 2) server module and PROFIBUS plug
• BA SCRJ/FC Accessories

With two PROFINET interfaces (5x higher resistance against vibra­ BA 2×RJ45 BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AR00-0AA0
tions and EMC): 2 × RJ45 connection for PROFINET
BA 2×FC BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AF00-0AA0
- 1 × optical, for connection of fiber-optic cables via SC RJ connect­
2 × FastConnect (FC) connection for
ors (port 1) PROFINET
- 1 × electrical, for direct connection of FastConnect bus cable BA 2×SCRJ BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AP00-0AA0
(port 2) 2 × SCRJ FO connection for PROFINET
BA 2XLC BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AG00-0AA0
2 × glass fiber-optic cable connection
for PROFINET
Design
BA LC/RJ45 BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AG20-0AA0
With media converter glass FOC - Cu;
The IM 155-6PN/2 High Feature interface module is snapped directly
1 x LC connection and 1 x RJ45 con­
onto the DIN rail. nection for PROFINET
Device features: BA LC/FC BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AG40-0AA0
• Diagnostics displays for errors (ERROR), Maintenance (MAINT), With media converter glass FOC - Cu;
1 × LC connection and 1 × FastCon­
operation (RUN) and power supply (PWR) as well as one link LED nect connection for PROFINET
per port
BA SCRJ/RJ45 BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AP20-0AA0
• Optional inscription with labeling strips (light gray), available as: With media converter FOC-Cu; 1 ×
SCRJ FO and 1 × RJ45 connection for
- Roll for thermal transfer continuous feed printer with 500 strips PROFINET
each BA SCRJ/FC BusAdapter 6ES7193-6AP40-0AA0
- Paper sheets for laser printer, A4 format, with 100 strips each With media converter FOC-Cu; 1 ×
SCRJ FO and 1 × FastConnect connec­
• Optional equipping with a reference ID label tion for PROFINET
Equipment labeling plates 6ES7193-6LF30-0AW0
The selected BusAdapter is simply plugged onto the interface mod­ 10 sheets of 16 labels
ule and secured with a screw. It can be equipped with a reference ID
Labeling strips
label.
• 500 labeling strips on roll, light gray 6ES7193-6LR10-0AA0
• 1 000 labeling strips, A4 format, 6ES7193-6LA10-0AA0
light gray
DIN rail 35 mm
• Length: 483 mm for 19" cabinets 6ES5710-8MA11

• Length: 530 mm for 600 mm cabin­ 6ES5710-8MA21

ets
• Length: 830 mm for 900 mm cabin­ 6ES5710-8MA31
ets
• Length 2 m 6ES5710-8MA41

Spare parts

Server module (spare part) 6ES7193-6PA00-0AA0

Power supply connector interface
module (spare part)
For 24 V DC supply
• With push-in terminals (10 units) 6ES7193-4JB00-0AA0

• With screw-type terminals (10 units) 6ES7193-4JB50-0AA0

15/164 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
BaseUnits and I/O modules
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
BaseUnits and I/O modules

Overview Design

BaseUnits
• Type A0 BaseUnits with 16 process terminals
- Terminal box light
- Terminal box light, with 10 additional AUX terminals (internally
jumpered)
- Terminal box dark
- Terminal box dark, with 10 additional AUX terminals (internally
jumpered)
• Type A1 BaseUnits for analog modules for temperature detection
with 16 process terminals
- Terminal box light
- Terminal box light, with 2 × 5 internally jumpered add-on termin­
als
- Terminal box dark ET 200SP BaseUnit
- Terminal box dark, with 2 × 5 internally jumpered add-on termin­
als BaseUnits
The I/O modules are plugged into BaseUnits (BU). Suitable BaseUnit
• BaseUnit type B1 for digital input module, terminal box dark; versions include all those which correspond to the BU type
12 process terminals (A0/A1/B0/B1/D0) of the selected I/O module.
• Type B0 BaseUnit for digital output module with relays, terminal The BaseUnits provide electrical and mechanical connections
box dark; 12 process terminals and 4 internally jumpered AUX ter­ between the I/O modules. To this end, the BaseUnits are mounted
minals on a standard rail and latched into each other from the side.
I/O modules The module slot also has a position for a coding element. This auto­
matically codes the I/O module type when it is inserted for the first
• Digital I/O modules time, and prevents any different type of module from being inser­
- Digital input modules, 4, 8 or 16 channels ted.
Each BaseUnit has a replaceable terminal box. In addition to the pro­
- Digital output modules, 4, 8 or 16 channels, including relay mod­
cess terminals, this has two terminals (L+ and M) for the 24 V DC
ule
supply for the I/O modules and sensors. The plug-in terminals are
• Analog I/O modules designed to be space-saving and easy to fit.
- Analog input modules, 2, 4 or 8 channels BaseUnits are available with light or dark terminal boxes. BaseUnits
with a light terminal block (light BUs) separate the self-assembling
- Analog output modules, 2 or 4‑channel voltage buses (P1, P2, and AUX) from the adjacent module on the
left and thus open up a new load group. The 24 V DC supply for the
Supplementary material I/O modules and sensors of this load group (max. thermal continu­
• BU cover ous load 10 A) is connected to P1 (+) and P2 (-) via the terminals at
the bottom with red and blue spring NC contacts.
• Labeling strips BaseUnits with dark terminal box (dark BUs) are connected onto the
• Equipment labeling plates right of a light BU. Contrary to the light BUs, they link the voltage
buses P1, P2 and AUX to the adjacent module on the left and thus
• Color-coded labels extend the voltage group. A new power supply is therefore only
necessary at the next light BU.
• Shield connection
Certain BaseUnits additionally have internally jumpered AUX termin­
als. Potentials of up to 24 V DC or protective earth (PE) conductors
can be connected to the AUX rails.
The BaseUnits of type A1 which can be connected to analog mod­
ules for temperature detection enable recording of the terminal tem­
perature using an integrated sensor for automatic temperature com­
pensation for thermocouples. These BaseUnits are also available
with 2 × 5 add-on terminals (internally jumpered).
Supplementary material for I/O modules and BaseUnits
BU cover
Unequipped BaseUnit slots reserved for later use can be protected by
a BU cover. A 15 or 20 mm wide BU cover must be selected depend­
ing on the type of BaseUnit. It can be provided with a reference ID
label.
Labeling strips
Appropriate light gray labeling strips for insertion in I/O modules are
available in two different materials:

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/165

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
BaseUnits and I/O modules

Design (continued) Selection and ordering data

• Roll for thermal transfer roll printer with 500 labeling strips each Refer to the I/O modules for ordering data of the BaseUnits
• Paper sheets for laser printer, A4 format, with 100 labeling strips
each
Equipment labeling plates
The reference ID labels delivered as a package comprising 10 sheets
with 16 strips each are used to identify bus adapters and BaseUnits
as well as interface and I/O modules. The labels suitable for printing
with commercially available thermal transfer printers are easy to
insert into the corresponding module.
Color-coded labels
To prevent wiring errors, the potentials at the terminals of the
BaseUnits can be coded using color-coded labels. The color-coded
labels are simply attached to the terminal box. The following ver­
sions are available:
• Module-specific color-coded labels for process terminals. Selection
is made depending on the color code (CCxx) printed on the front
of the I/O module. The color code CC00 means that a color-coded
label is not available for the process terminals of this I/O module.
• Color-coded labels for the 10 AUX terminals of BaseUnit type A0 in
red, blue, and yellow/green.
• Color-coded labels for the 2 × 5 add-on terminals of the BaseUnit
type A1 in red/blue.
• Color-coded labels for the 4 AUX terminals of BaseUnits type B0 in
red, blue, and yellow/green.
Shield connection
A shield connection that is quick and easy to mount, comprising a
shield connection element (can be plugged into the BaseUnit) and a
shield terminal, permit the connection of cable shields that is both
space-saving as well as optimized in terms of EMC. The shielded
cable is fixed to the shield connecting element by means of the
shield terminal. The low-impedance connection to the functional
ground (standard mounting rail) does not require any additional wir­
ing by the user.
The shield connection is supplied as a package containing 5 shield
connection elements and 5 shield terminals.

15/166 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Digital I/O modules
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital I/O modules

Overview Design

Digital input modules

• 4, 8 or 16 channels
• Color coding of the module type DI: White
• Usable types:
- DI 8x24VDC Standard for BU type A0, color code CC01
- DI 8x24VDC High Feature for BU type A0, color code CC01
- DI 16x24VDC Standard for BU type A0, color code CC00
- DI 8x24VDC NAMUR High Feature for BU type A0, color code
CC01
- DI 4x 120...230VAC Standard for BU type B1, color code CC41
Digital output modules
• 4, 8 or 16 channels
ET 200SP I/O module • Color coding of module types DQ and RQ: Black
• Usable types:
• Can be plugged into type A0 and B1 BaseUnits (BU) with automatic
coding - DQ 4x24VDC/2A Standard for BU type A0, color code CC02
• LED display for error, operation, power, and status - DQ 8x24VDC/0.5A Standard for BU type A0, color code CC02
• Clear labeling on front of module - DQ 8x24VDC/0.5A High Feature for BU type A0, color code CC02
- Plain text identification of the module type and function class - DQ 16x24VDC/0.5A Standard for BU type A0, color code CC00
- 2D matrix code (article and serial number) - DQ 4x24...230VAC/2A Standard for BU type B0, B1, color code
CC41
- Connection diagram
- RQ NO 4x120VDC-230VAC/5A Standard, BU type B0, color code
- Hardware and firmware version CC00
- Color code CC for module-specific color coding of the potentials
at the BU terminals
- Complete Article No.
• Optional labeling accessories
- Labeling strips
- Equipment labeling plate
• Optional module-specific color identification of the terminals
according to the color code CC

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/167

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital I/O modules

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Digital input modules Color-coded labels

• Width 15 mm
Digital input modules
- Color code CC01, module-specific, 6ES7193-6CP01-2MA0
• DI 8x24VDC Standard, BU type A0, 6ES7131-6BF01-0BA0
for 16 push-in terminals; for
color code CC01 BaseUnit type A0, A1; terminals 1 to
• DI 16x24VDC Standard, BU type A0, 6ES7131-6BH01-0BA0 8 gray, terminals 9 to 16 red;
color code CC00 10 units
• DI 8x24VDC High Feature, BU type 6ES7131-6BF00-0CA0 - Color code CC71, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP71-2AA0
A0, color code CC01 als 1A to 10A, yellow/green; for BU
type A0 with push-in terminals;
• DI 8x24VDC High Speed, BU type A0, 6ES7131-6BF00-0DA0 10 units
color code CC01
- Color code CC72, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP72-2AA0
• DI 8x24VDC NAMUR High Feature, 6ES7131-6TF00-0CA0 als 1A to 10A, red; for BU type A0
for BU type A0, color code CC01 with push-in terminals; 10 units
• DI 4x120...230VAC Standard, for BU 6ES7131-6FD01-0BB1 - Color code CC73, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP73-2AA0
type B1, color code CC41 als 1A to 10A, blue; for BU type A0
Suitable BaseUnits with push-in terminals; 10 units
• Width 20 mm
BU15-P16+A0+2D 6ES7193-6BP00-0DA0
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm - Color code CC41, for 16 process ter­ 6ES7193-6CP41-2MB0
wide, with 16 process terminals to the minals, BU type B1, terminals 1 to 4
module; for starting a new load group gray, terminals 5 to 8 rot, terminals
(max. 10 A) 9 to 12 blue; 10 units
BU15-P16+A0+2B 6ES7193-6BP00-0BA0
BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm Digital output modules
wide, with 16 process terminals to the
module; for continuing the load group
Digital output modules
BU15-P16+A10+2D 6ES7193-6BP20-0DA0
• DQ 4x24VDC/2A Standard, BU type 6ES7132-6BD20-0BA0
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm
A0, color code CC02
wide, with 16 process terminals
(1...16) to the module and an addi­ • DQ 8x24VDC/0.5A Standard, BU type 6ES7132-6BF01-0BA0
tional 10 internally bridged AUX ter­ A0, color code CC02
minals (1A to 10 A); for starting a new
load group (max. 10 A) • DQ 8x24VDC/0.5A High Feature, BU 6ES7132-6BF00-0CA0
type A0, color code CC02
BU15-P16+A10+2B 6ES7193-6BP20-0BA0
BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm • DQ 16x24VDC/0.5A Standard, BU 6ES7132-6BH01-0BA0
wide, with 16 process terminals type A0, color code CC00
(1...16) to the module and an addi­ 6ES7132-6FD00-0BB1
• DQ 4x24..230VAC/2A Standard, BU
tional 10 internally bridged AUX ter­
type B0, B1, color code CC41
minals (1A to 10 A); for continuing
the load group • RQ NO 4x 120V DC...230VAC/5A 6ES7132-6HD01-0BB1
BU20-P12+A0+4B 6ES7193-6BP20-0BB1 Standard, normally open contact, for
BU type B1; BaseUnit (dark), 20 mm BU type B0 or B1, module dia­
wide, with 12 process terminals to the gnostics, color code CC00
module; for continuing the load group Suitable BaseUnits
Accessories
BU15-P16+A0+2D 6ES7193-6BP00-0DA0
Equipment labeling plates 6ES7193-6LF30-0AW0 BU type A0; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm
10 sheets with 16 labels each wide, with 16 process terminals to the
module; for starting a new load group
Labeling strips (max. 10 A)
• 500 labeling strips on roll, light gray 6ES7193-6LR10-0AA0 BU15-P16+A0+2B 6ES7193-6BP00-0BA0
• 1 000 labeling strips on paper sheet 6ES7193-6LA10-0AA0 BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm
in A4 format, light gray wide, with 16 process terminals to the
module; for continuing the load group
BU cover
BU15-P16+A10+2D 6ES7193-6BP20-0DA0
For covering empty slots (gaps),
5 units BU type A0; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm
wide, with 16 process terminals
• 15 mm wide 6ES7133-6CV15-1AM0 (1...16) to the module and an addi­
• 20 mm wide 6ES7133-6CV20-1AM0 tional 10 internally bridged AUX ter­
minals (1A to 10 A); for starting a new
Shield connection 6ES7193-6SC20-1AM0 load group (max. 10 A)
5 shield supports including support BU15-P16+A10+2B 6ES7193-6BP20-0BA0
foot and shield terminals each for BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm
plugging onto BaseUnits with auto­ wide, with 16 process terminals
matic low-impedance connection to (1...16) to the module and an addi­
functional grounding tional 10 internally bridged AUX ter­
minals (1A to 10 A); for continuing
the load group

15/168 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital I/O modules

Selection and ordering data (continued)

BU20-P12+A4+0B 6ES7193-6BP20-0BB0
BU type B0; BaseUnit (dark), 20 mm
wide, with 12 process terminals
(1...12) to the module and an addi­
tional 4 internally bridged AUX termin­
als (1A to 4A); for continuing the load
group
BU20-P12+A0+4B 6ES7193-6BP20-0BB1
BU type B1; BaseUnit (dark), 20 mm
wide, with 12 process terminals to the
module; for continuing the load group
Accessories

Equipment labeling plates 6ES7193-6LF30-0AW0

10 sheets with 16 labels each
Labeling strips
• 500 labeling strips on roll, light gray 6ES7193-6LR10-0AA0
• 1 000 labeling strips on paper sheet 6ES7193-6LA10-0AA0
in A4 format, light gray
BU cover
For covering empty slots (gaps);
5 units
• 15 mm wide 6ES7133-6CV15-1AM0

• 20 mm wide 6ES7133-6CV20-1AM0

Shield connection 6ES7193-6SC20-1AM0

5 shield supports including support
foot and shield terminals each for
plugging onto BaseUnits with auto­
matic low-impedance connection to
functional grounding
Color-coded labels
• Width 15 mm
- Color code CC02, for 16 push-in ter­ 6ES7193-6CP02-2MA0
minals; for BU type A0, A1; terminals
1 to 8 gray, terminals 9 to 16 blue,
10 units
- Color code CC71, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP71-2AA0
als 1A to 10A, yellow/green; for BU
type A0 with push-in terminals;
10 units
- Color code CC72, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP72-2AA0
als 1A to 10A, red; for BU type A0
with push-in terminals; 10 units
- Color code CC73, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP73-2AA0
als 1A to 10A, blue; for BU type A0
with push-in terminals; 10 units
• Width 20 mm
- Color code CC41, for 16 process ter­ 6ES7193-6CP41-2MB0
minals, BU type B1, gray (terminals
1 to 4), red (terminals 5 to 8), blue
(terminals 9 to 12); 10 units
- Color code CC81, for 4 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP81-2AB0
als 1A to 4A, yellow/green, for BU
type B0; 10 units
- Color code CC82, for 4 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP82-2AB0
als 1A to 4A, red, for BU type B0;
10 units
- Color code CC83, for 4 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP83-2AB0
als 1A to 4A, blue, for BU type B0;
10 units

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/169

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Analog I/O modules
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog I/O modules

Overview Design

Analog input modules

• 2, 4 or 8‑channels
• Color coding of the module type AI: Light blue
• Usable types:
- AI 4xU/I 2-wire Standard for BU type A0 or A1, color code CC03
- AI 4xI 2/4-wire Standard for BU type A0 or A1, color code CC03
- AI 2xU/I 2/4-wire High Feature for BU type A0 or A1, color
code CC05
- AI 4xI 2-wire HART High Feature for BU type A0 or A1, color
code CC03
- AI 4xRTD/TC 2-, 3-, 4‑wire High Feature for BU type A0 or A1, col­
or code CC00
- AI 8xRTD/TC 2-wire High Feature for BU type A0 or A1, color
ET 200SP I/O module code CC00
- AI Energy Meter Standard for BU type D0
• Can be plugged into type A0, D0 or A1 BaseUnits (BU) with auto­
matic coding Analog output modules
• LED display for error, operation, power, and status • 2 or 4 channels

• Clear labeling on front of module • Color coding of the module type AQ: Dark blue
- Plain text identification of the module type and function class • Usable types:
- 2D matrix code (article and serial number) - AQ 4xU/I Standard for BU type A0 or A1, color code CC00

- Connection diagram - AQ 2xU/I High Feature for BU type A0 or A1, color code CC00

- Hardware and firmware version - AQ 4xI HART High Feature for BU type A0 or A1, color code CC00

- Color code CC for module-specific color coding of the potentials

at the terminals of the BU
- Complete Article No.
• Optional labeling accessories
- Labeling strips
- Equipment labeling plate
• Optional module-specific color identification of the terminals
according to the color code CC

15/170 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog I/O modules

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Analog input modules BU15-P16+A0+12B/T 6ES7193-6BP40-0BA1

BU type A1; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm
Analog input modules wide, with 16 process terminals
(1...16) to the module and an addi­
• AI 2xU/I 2/4-wire High Feature, BU 6ES7134-6HB00-0CA1
tional 2 × 5 internally bridged add-on
type A0 or A1, color code CC05, terminals (1B to 5B and 1C to 5C); for
16-bit, ± 0.1 % continuing the load group
• AI 4xI 2-wire HART High Feature, BU 6ES7134-6TD00-0CA1 Suitable type D0 BaseUnits
type A0 or A1, color code CC03,
16-bit, ± 0.3 % BU20-P12+A0+0B 6ES7193-6BP00-0BD0
• AI 4xRTD/TC 2-, 3-, 4-wire High Fea­ 6ES7134-6JD00-0CA1 BU type D0; BaseUnit with 12 push-in
ture BU type A0 or A1, color code terminals, without AUX terminals,
CC00, 16-bit, ± 0.1 % bridged to the left
Accessories
• AI 8xRTD/TC 2-wire High Feature BU 6ES7134-6JF00-0CA1
type A0 or A1, color code CC00, Equipment labeling plates 6ES7193-6LF30-0AW0
16-bit, ± 0.1 % 10 sheets with 16 labels each
• AI 4 × I 2-/4-wire Standard, BU type 6ES7134-6GD01-0BA1 Labeling strips
A0 or A1, color code CC03, 16-bit,
± 0.3% • 500 labeling strips on roll, light gray 6ES7193-6LR10-0AA0

• AI 4XU/I 2-wire Standard, BU type A0 6ES7134-6HD01-0BA1 • 1 000 labeling strips on paper sheet 6ES7193-6LA10-0AA0
or A1, color code CC03, 16-bit, in A4 format, light gray
± 0.3% BU cover
• AI Energy Meter Standard 480 V AC, 6ES7134-6PA20-0BD0 For covering empty slots (gaps);
BU type D0 5 units
• 15 mm wide 6ES7133-6CV15-1AM0
Suitable type A0 BaseUnits
• 20 mm wide 6ES7133-6CV20-1AM0
BU15-P16+A0+2D 6ES7193-6BP00-0DA0
Shield connection 6ES7193-6SC20-1AM0
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm
wide, with 16 process terminals to the 5 shield supports including support
module; for starting a new load group foot and shield terminals each for
(max. 10 A) plugging onto BaseUnits with auto­
matic low-impedance connection to
BU15-P16+A0+2B 6ES7193-6BP00-0BA0 functional grounding
BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm
wide, with 16 process terminals to the Color-coded labels, width 15 mm
module; for continuing the load group • Color code CC00, for 16 push-in ter­ 6ES7193-6CP00-2MA0
BU15-P16+A10+2D 6ES7193-6BP20-0DA0 minals; for BU type A0, A1; terminals
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm 1 to 8 gray, terminals 9 to 16 red;
wide, with 16 process terminals 10 units
(1...16) to the module and an addi­ • Color code CC03, module-specific, 6ES7193-6CP03-2MA0
tional 10 internally bridged AUX ter­ for 16 push-in terminals; for BU type
minals (1A to 10 A); for starting a new A0, A1; terminals 1 to 8 gray, ter­
load group (max. 10 A) minals 9 to 12 red; terminals 13 to
BU15-P16+A10+2B 6ES7193-6BP20-0BA0 16 gray; 10 units
BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm 6ES7193-6CP05-2MA0
• Color code CC05, module-specific,
wide, with 16 process terminals
for 16 push-in terminals; for BU type
(1...16) to the module and an addi­
A0, A1; terminals 1 to 12 gray, ter­
tional 10 internally bridged AUX ter­
minals 13 to 14 red, terminals 15 to
minals (1A to 10 A); for continuing
16 blue; 10 units
the load group
Suitable type A1 BaseUnits (temper­ • Color code CC71, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP71-2AA0
ature detection) als 1A to 10A, yellow/green; for
BU‑type A0 with push‑in terminals;
BU15-P16+A0+2D/T 6ES7193-6BP00-0DA1 10 units
BU type A1; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm • Color code CC72, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP72-2AA0
wide, with 16 process terminals to the als 1A to 10A, red; for BU‑type A0
module; for starting a new load group with push‑in terminals; 10 units
(max. 10 A)
6ES7193-6BP00-0BA1
• Color code CC73, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP73-2AA0
BU15-P16+A0+2B/T
als 1A to 10A, blue; for BU type A0
BU type A1; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm
with push-in terminals; 10 units
wide, with 16 process terminals to the
module; for continuing the load group • Color code CC74, for 2 × 5 add-on 6ES7193-6CP74-2AA0
BU15-P16+A0+12D/T 6ES7193-6BP40-0DA1 terminals, 5 × red, 5 × blue, for BU
BU type A1; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm type A1, with push-in terminals; 10
wide, with 16 process terminals units
(1...16) to the module and an addi­
tional 2 × 5 internally bridged add-on
terminals (1B to 5B and 1C to 5C); for
starting a new load group (max. 10 A)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/171

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog I/O modules

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

Analog output modules BU cover 6ES7133-6CV15-1AM0

For covering empty slots (gaps), width
Analog output modules 15 mm; 5 units
• AQ 4xU/I Standard, BU type A0 or 6ES7135-6HD00-0BA1 Shield connection 6ES7193-6SC20-1AM0
A1, color code CC00, 16-bit, ± 0.3 % 5 shield supports including support
foot and shield terminals each for
• AQ 2xU/I High Feature, BU type A0 6ES7135-6HB00-0CA1 plugging onto BaseUnits with auto­
or A1, color code CC00, 16-bit, matic low-impedance connection to
± 0.1% functional grounding
• AQ 4xI HART High Feature, BU type 6ES7135-6TD00-0CA1 Color-coded labels, width 15 mm
A0 or A1, color code CC00, 16-bit, ±
• Color code CC00, for 16 push-in ter­ 6ES7193-6CP00-2MA0
0.3 %
minals; for BU type A0, A1; terminals
Suitable type A0 BaseUnits 1 to 8 gray, terminals 9 to 16 red;
10 units
BU15-P16+A0+2D 6ES7193-6BP00-0DA0
• Color code CC71, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP71-2AA0
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm
als 1A to 10A, yellow/green; for
wide, with 16 process terminals to the
BU‑type A0 with push‑in terminals;
module; for starting a new load group
10 units
(max. 10 A)
BU15-P16+A0+2B 6ES7193-6BP00-0BA0 • Color code CC72, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP72-2AA0
BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm als 1A to 10A, red; for BU‑type A0
wide, with 16 process terminals to the with push‑in terminals; 10 units
module; for continuing the load group • Color code CC73, for 10 AUX termin­ 6ES7193-6CP73-2AA0
BU15-P16+A10+2D 6ES7193-6BP20-0DA0 als 1A to 10A, blue; for BU‑type A0
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm with push‑in terminals; 10 units
wide, with 16 process terminals 6ES7193-6CP74-2AA0
• Color code CC74, for 2 × 5 add-on
(1...16) to the module and an addi­
terminals, 5 × red, 5 × blue; for
tional 10 internally bridged AUX ter­
BU‑type A1, with push‑in terminals;
minals (1A to 10 A); for starting a new
10 units
load group (max. 10 A)
BU15-P16+A10+2B 6ES7193-6BP20-0BA0
BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm
wide, with 16 process terminals
(1...16) to the module and an addi­
tional 10 internally bridged AUX ter­
minals (1A to 10 A); for continuing
the load group
Suitable type A1 BaseUnits (temper­
ature detection)

BU15-P16+A0+2D/T 6ES7193-6BP00-0DA1
BU type A1; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm
wide, with 16 process terminals to the
module; for starting a new load group
(max. 10 A)
BU15-P16+A0+2B/T 6ES7193-6BP00-0BA1
BU type A1; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm
wide, with 16 process terminals to the
module; for continuing the load group
BU15-P16+A0+12D/T 6ES7193-6BP40-0DA1
BU type A1; BaseUnit (light), 15 mm
wide, with 16 process terminals
(1...16) to the module and an addi­
tional 2 × 5 internally bridged add-on
terminals (1B to 5B and 1C to 5C); for
starting a new load group (max. 10 A)
BU15-P16+A0+12B/T 6ES7193-6BP40-0BA1
BU type A1; BaseUnit (dark), 15 mm
wide, with 16 process terminals
(1...16) to the module and an addi­
tional 2 × 5 internally bridged add-on
terminals (1B to 5B and 1C to 5C); for
continuing the load group
Accessories

Equipment labeling plates 6ES7193-6LF30-0AW0

10 sheets with 16 labels each
Labeling strips
• 500 labeling strips on roll, light gray 6ES7193-6LR10-0AA0
• 1 000 labeling strips on paper sheet 6ES7193-6LA10-0AA0
in A4 format, light gray

15/172 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7

Overview Design

The architecture of the ET 200pro is based on the proven separation

of modules from the bus/power supply connection system. This per­
mits the T functionality for bus and 24 V DC power supply for the
interface module, and prewiring of sensor/actuator connections for
the electronic modules (permanent wiring). When servicing, the per­
manent wiring permits "hot swapping" of an electronic module
without having to switch off the remaining station. This can contin­
ue without interruption during the replacement. When replacing an
electronic module, the complete I/O wiring remains on the connec­
tion module, and need be neither labeled nor removed.
Up to 16 electronic modules can be arranged in any order between
the interface module (left) and the termination module (right limit).
Modules of an ET 200pro remote I/O station
SIMATIC ET 200pro is a modular I/O system with high IP65/66/67
degree of protection suitable for use at machine level outside the The ET 200pro modules are usually designed in two or three parts.
control cabinet. As a result of the innovative design, the ET 200pro Interface and power modules as well as digital and analog electronic
has a relatively small size and can be flexibly adapted to the require­ modules comprise:
ments of the respective automation task with regard to the connec­ • Bus module as mechanical and electrical connecting element of
tion system and I/Os. Summary of the most important features of the individual ET 200pro modules (they form the backplane bus of
the SIMATIC ET 200pro: the system)
• Distributed I/O system with IP65/67 degree of protection for cabin­ • Electronics or interface module
et-free use at machine level
• Connection module
• Small, multi-functional complete solution: analog and digital I/O
modules as well as safety-related digital I/O modules The ET 200pro modules are fitted when delivered on the associated
bus module.
• Communication over PROFIBUS DP, transmission rate up to
An ET 200pro remote I/O station consists of:
12 Mbps
• Module support
• Mixed arrangement of safety-oriented and standard modules in
the same station possible • Interface module for PROFIBUS DP
• Free selection of connection system: direct, ECOFAST or M12 7/8" • Connection module for the PROFIBUS DP interface module
• Power module for simple implementation of load groups - CM IM DP direct with up to 6 M20 cable glands
• Hot swapping of modules - CM IM DP ECOFAST Cu
• Simple assembly and independent wiring - CM IM DP M12 7/8"
• Comprehensive diagnostics: exact to the module or channel • Max. 16 electronic modules with associated connection modules
which may be assembled up to a station width of 1 m
• Termination module (included in scope of delivery of interface
module)
Expansion modules
The following expansion modules are available:
• Digital electronic modules
• Analog electronic modules
• Safety-related electronic modules
• I/O connection modules
- CM IO 4 × M12 for digital or analog electronic modules
- CM IO 8 × M12 for digital electronic modules
- CM IO 12 × M12 for 4/8 F‑DI/4 F‑DO
- CM IO 16 × M12 for 8/16 F‑DI
• Power module electronics PM‑E
• Connection modules for power module
- CM PM-E direct with up to 2 M20 cable glands
- CM PM-E ECOFAST Cu
- CM PM-E 7/8"
Module support
Various module supports are available for mounting the ET 200pro:

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/173

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7

Design (continued) Integration

• Narrow module support The distributed ET 200pro remote I/O stations are connected to
With two mounting flanges, the ET 200pro remote I/O station can SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems (controllers) via PROFIBUS DP.
be completely pre-installed on this module support on the work­ Data transfer rates of up to 12 Mbit/s are possible.
bench. The SIMATIC ET 200pro is integrated into SIMATIC PCS 7 using stand­
ard driver blocks. You can therefore configure and parameterize the
ET 200pro remote I/O stations in the SIMATIC Manager of the engin­
eering system very simply using HW Config.

Technical specifications

Technical specifications - General

Electronics modules • Digital inputs/outputs

• Analog inputs/outputs
• Safety-related digital inputs/outputs
Connection system for actuator/sensor M12 round plug connection with standard
assignments for actuator/sensor
Data transfer rate, max. 12 Mbit/s (PROFIBUS DP)
Supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption of an ET 200pro ≤5A
(internal and sensor supply, non-switched
voltage), up to 55 °C, max.
• Compact-narrow module support Load current for ET 200pro per incoming 10 A
The compact-narrow module support permits the most space-sav­ supply (IM, PM, switched voltage), up to
55 °C, max.
ing design.
For total configuration with looping through 16 A (with direct connection module)
(several ET 200pro), up to 55 °C, max.
Degree of protection IP65/66/IP67 for interface, digital and analog
modules
Material Thermoplast (glass-fiber reinforced)
Ambient conditions

Temperature 0 … 55 °C (‑25 °C on request)

Relative humidity 5 … 100 %
Atmospheric pressure 795 … 1 080 hPa
Mechanical stress

Vibrations Vibration test in accordance with IEC 60068

Part 2‑6 (sine)
• Constant acceleration 5 g, occasionally
10 g, for interface, digital and analog mod­
ules
• 2 g for motor starters
Expansion limits Shock • Shock test according to IEC 680068
Part 2‑27, half-sine, 30 g, 18 ms duration
• Number of electronic modules per station (between interface mod­ for interface, digital and analog modules
ule and termination module): up to 16 • 15 g, 11 ms duration for motor starters

• Max. width (without module support): 1 m Approvals UL, CSA and cULus

• Electronics/sensor supply 1L+ max. 5 A per station For detailed technical specifications, especially for individual com­
• Load voltage supply 2L+ max. 10 A per potential group ponents such as interface modules, power modules and electronic
modules, see Catalog ST 70, Chapter "IO systems" or Industry Mall
• Maximum address range of a station: 244 bytes for inputs and under “Automation technology - Automation systems - SIMATIC
244 bytes for outputs industrial automation systems - IO systems - SIMATIC ET 200 sys­
tems without control cabinets" – SIMATIC ET 200pro".
ET 200pro configuration
The TIA Selection Tool can be used to assemble an ET 200pro
remote I/O station quickly and easily. The tool is familiar with the
configuration rules and supports users in the selection of all com­
ponents and associated accessories in interactive mode.

Note:
Please note when working with the TIA Selection Tool that the
applications and product range of ET 200pro are limited in the con­
text of SIMATIC PCS 7!

15/174 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
IM 154-2 DP High Feature Interface Module
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
IM 154-2 DP High Feature Interface Module

Overview Selection and ordering data

IM154-2 High Feature interface 6ES7154-2AA01-0AB0

module
for ET 200pro; for communication
between ET 200pro and host masters
over PROFIBUS DP; supports PROFIsafe
Connection modules for IM154-2
High Feature interface module
• CM IM DP ECOFAST connection 6ES7194-4AA00-0AA0
module for connection of PROFIB­
US DP and 24 V DC power supply to
PROFIBUS interface modules, 2 ECO­
FAST Cu connectors
• CM IM DP direct connection module 6ES7194-4AC00-0AA0
for direct connection of PROFIB­
The IM 154‑2 DP High Feature interface module is responsible for US DP and 24 V DC power supply to
PROFIBUS communication between the ET 200pro station and the PROFIBUS interface modules, up to
host automation system (controller) as PROFIBUS DP master. The six M20 cable glands
scope of delivery of the interface module also includes a terminating • CM IM DP M12 7/8" connection 6ES7194-4AD00-0AA0
module which is plugged in following the last electronics module of module for connection of PROFIB­
the station. US DP and 24 V DC power supply to
PROFIBUS interface modules,
2 × M12 and 2 × 7/8"
Function
Cables and further accessories
Features of the IM 154‑2 DP High Feature interface module For cables and further accessories for
• Mounted on delivery on the bus module CM IM DP ECOFAST, CM IM DP direct
and CM IM DP M12 7/8" connection
• Connects the ET 200pro station to the PROFIBUS DP via the con­ modules, see Catalog ST 70, Chapter
nection module "IO systems" or Industry Mall under
“Automation technology – Automa­
• Prepares the data for the connected electronics modules tion systems – SIMATIC industrial
automation systems – IO systems –
• Max. 16 electronics modules can be operated on an interface mod­ SIMATIC ET 200 systems without con­
ule ‑ also safety-related trol cabinets – SIMATIC ET 200pro"
General accessories
• PROFIBUS DP address of the ET 200pro station can be set on the
connection module ET 200pro module support
• Terminating resistor of the PROFIBUS DP can be switched on and • Narrow, for interface, electronics
and power modules
off on the connection module
- 500 mm 6ES7194-4GA00-0AA0
• Maximum address range: 244 bytes for inputs and 244 bytes for
- 1 000 mm 6ES7194-4GA60-0AA0
outputs
- 2 000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7194-4GA20-0AA0
• Powers the ET 200pro station via the connection module with the
sensor/electronics supply 1L+ and the load power supply 2L+ • Compact-narrow, for interface, elec­
tronics and power modules
• Integral power module for the load power supply 2L+ 6ES7194-4GC70-0AA0
- 500 mm
• Can be operated as DP-V1 slave on Y link - 1 000 mm 6ES7194-4GC60-0AA0

- 2 000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7194-4GC20-0AA0

Spare fuse 6ES7194-4HB00-0AA0

12.5 A fast-blow, for interface and
power modules, 10 units per pack

Accessories

Connection modules
The connection module for the IM 154‑2 DP High Feature interface
module (to be ordered separately) is available in three different con­
nection versions:
• CM IM DP direct
• CM IM DP ECOFAST Cu
• CM IM DP M12 7/8"
The PROFIBUS address can be set on the connection module per DIL
switch. The segmenting terminating resistor can be connected using
a further DIL switch.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/175

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Digital electronic modules EM 141, EM 142
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronic modules EM 141, EM 142

Overview Selection and ordering data

Digital electronic modules

Digital input modules

Digital input module 8 DI High 6ES7141-4BF00-0AB0

Feature
24 V DC, with channel diagnostics,
including bus module. Connection
module must be ordered separately
Digital output modules

Digital output module 4 DO High 6ES7142-4BD00-0AB0

Feature
24 V DC, 2 A, with channel dia­
gnostics, including bus module. Con­
nection module must be ordered sep­
arately
Accessories
The following digital electronics modules can be used for connecting 6ES7194-4CA00-0AA0
Connection module CM IO 4 × M12
actuators/sensors in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7: 4 M12 sockets for connecting digital
Digital input modules or analog sensors/actuators to
ET 200pro
• EM 8 DI DC 24 V High Feature 6ES7194-4CB00-0AA0
Connection module CM IO 8 × M12
- Digital electronics module with eight inputs 8 M12 sockets for connecting digital
sensors/actuators to ET 200pro
- Suitable for standard switches and proximity switches (BEROs) Module labels 6ES7194-4HA00-0AA0

- Rated input voltage 24 V DC for color-coded identification of the

CM IOs in white, red, blue and green;
- Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to ground" per channel pack with 100 units of each color
Further accessories
- Diagnostics "Open-circuit" per channel
Connectors, cables and further
- Process alarm accessories, see Catalog ST 70, section
"IO systems" or Industry Mall under
- Configurable input delay "Automation engineering – Automa­
tion systems – SIMATIC industrial
Digital output modules automation systems – IO systems –
• EM 4 DO, 24 V DC; 2 A High Feature SIMATIC ET 200 systems without con­
trol cabinets – SIMATIC ET 200pro"
- Digital electronics module with four outputs
- Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors and indicator lights
- Output current 2 A per output Accessories
- Rated load voltage 24 V DC Connection modules
- Diagnostics "Short-circuit of outputs to ground" per channel Actuators and sensors are connected using commercially-available
5‑contact M12 plugs on the connection module. The connection
- Diagnostics "Short-circuit of outputs to P" per channel module is plugged onto the electronics module, and screwed to the
- Diagnostics "Open-circuit in outputs" per channel latter. The following connection modules (to be ordered separately)
are available for the above-mentioned electronics modules:
- Diagnostics "Load voltage missing" per module
• CM IO 4x M12 (for EM DI and EM DO)
- Configurable substitute value
• CM IO 8x M12 (for EM DI)
Depending on the selected connection module, each plug for the
8-channel digital input module has one or two channels:
• 4 x M12 round plug connections with 2 channels per plug (double
assignment)
• 8 x M12 round plug connections with 1 channel per plug (single
assignment)

15/176 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Analog electronic modules EM 144, EM 145
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronic modules EM 144, EM 145

Overview Overview (continued)

• Input ranges:
- Resistance measurement: 150 Ω; 300 Ω; 600 Ω; 3000 Ω; resolu­
tion 15 bit
- Resistance thermometer: Pt100; Ni100; Ni120; Pt200; Ni200;
Pt500; Ni500; Pt1000; Ni1000; resolution 15 bit + sign
• Automatic compensation of line resistances with 3-wire and 4-wire
connection systems
• Parameterizable temperature coefficient with resistance-type
sensors
• Electrically isolated from load voltage supply 1L+ and 2L+
• Linearization of sensor characteristics
• Diagnostics Open-circuit per channel (terminals 1 and 3 are mon­
The following analog electronics modules can be used for connect­ itored for open-circuit)
ing actuators/sensors in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7: • Permissible common mode voltage 10 V AC pp
Analog input modules
EM 4 AI TC High Feature
EM 4 AI U High Feature
• 4 inputs for isolated/non-isolated thermocouples or voltage meas­
• 4 inputs for voltage measurements urement; resolution 15 bits + sign
• Input ranges: • Input ranges:
- ±10 V, resolution 15 bits + sign - Voltage measurement: ± 80 mV
- ±5 V, resolution 15 bits + sign - Thermocouples: Type B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T
- 0 to 10 V, resolution 15 bit • Inputs are isolated from the encoder voltage supply 1L+ and load
- 1 to 5 V, resolution 15 bit voltage supply 2L+
• Linearization of the voltage characteristic (conversion of the ther­
• Electrically isolated from load voltage 2L+
moelectric voltage to a temperature value)
• Diagnostics Short-circuit of sensor supply to ground per module • Smoothing
• Diagnostics Short-circuit, open-circuit per channel (depending on • Interference frequency suppression
measuring range)
• Various options to compensate for the reference temperature
• Process interrupt with limit violation on channel 0
• Overflow and underflow diagnostics
• Permissible common mode voltage 5 V AC pp
Analog output modules
EM 4 AI I High Feature
EM 4 AO U High Feature
• 4 inputs for current measurements
• 4 outputs for voltage output
• Input ranges:
• Output ranges:
- ±20 mA, resolution 15 bits + sign
- ±10 V, resolution 15 bits + sign
- 0 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bit
- 1 to 5 V, resolution 14 bit
- 4 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bit
- 0 to 10 V, resolution 15 bit
• Two-wire and four-wire transmitters can be connected
• Electrically isolated from sensor supply voltage 1L+
• Electrically isolated from load voltage 2L+
• Diagnostics Short-circuit of sensor supply to ground per module
• Diagnostics Short-circuit of sensor supply to ground per module
• Diagnostics Short-circuit in outputs per channel
• Diagnostics Short-circuit, open-circuit per channel (depending on
measuring range) • Substitute value output
• Process interrupt with limit violation on channel 0 EM 4 AO I High Feature
• Permissible common mode voltage 5 V AC pp • 4 outputs for current output

EM 4 AI RTD High Feature • Output ranges:

• 4 inputs for isolated (floating) resistance measurement or resist­ - ±20 mA, resolution 15 bits + sign
ance thermometers with 2-, 3- and 4-wire connection systems - 4 to 20 mA, resolution 14 bit
- 0 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bit
• Electrically isolated from sensor supply voltage 1L+

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/177

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronic modules EM 144, EM 145

Overview (continued) Accessories

• Diagnostics Short-circuit of sensor supply to ground per module Connection modules
• Diagnostics Open-circuit per channel Actuators and sensors are connected using commercially-available
5‑contact M12 plugs on the connection module. The connection
• Substitute value output module is plugged onto the electronics module, and screwed to the
latter. The connection module CM IO 4 x M12 (to be ordered separ­
ately) is available for the electronics modules.
Selection and ordering data

Analog electronic modules

Analog input modules

Analog input module 4 AI U 6ES7144-4FF01-0AB0

High Feature, ±10 V; ±5 V; 0 … 10 V;
1 … 5 V, channel diagnostics, includ­
ing bus module. The terminal module
must be ordered separately.
Note: Only in spare part-compatible
operation to 6ES7144-4FF00-0AB0!
Analog input module 4 AI I 6ES7144-4GF01-0AB0
High Feature, ±20 mA; 0 … 20 mA;
4 … 20 mA, channel diagnostics,
including bus module. The terminal
module must be ordered separately.
Note: Only in spare part-compatible
operation to 6ES7144-4GF00-0AB0!
Analog input module 4 AI RTD 6ES7144-4JF00-0AB0
High Feature; resistances: 150, 300,
600 and 3 000 Ohm; resistance ther­
mometers: Pt100, 200, 500, 1000,
Ni100, 120, 200, 500 and 1000; chan­
nel diagnostics, including bus module.
The terminal module must be ordered
separately.
Analog input module 4 AI TC 6ES7144-4PF00-0AB0
High Feature; thermocouples: Type B,
E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T; voltage measure­
ment ±80 mV; channel diagnostics,
including bus module. The terminal
module must be ordered separately.
Analog output modules

Analog output module 4 AO U 6ES7145-4FF00-0AB0

High Feature, ±10 V; 0 … 10 V;
1 … 5 V, channel diagnostics, includ­
ing bus module. The terminal module
must be ordered separately.
Analog output module 4 AO I 6ES7145-4GF00-0AB0
High Feature, ±20 mA; 0 … 20 mA;
4 … 20 mA, channel diagnostics,
including bus module. The terminal
module must be ordered separately.
Accessories

Connection module CM IO 4 × M12 6ES7194-4CA00-0AA0

4 M12 sockets for connecting digital
or analog sensors/actuators to
ET 200pro
Module labels 6ES7194-4HA00-0AA0
for color-coded identification of the
CM IOs (white, red, blue, green); pack
with 100 units of each color
Further accessories

For plugs, cables and further accessor­

ies, see Catalog ST 70, section "IO sys­
tems" or Industry Mall under "Automa­
tion engineering – Automation sys­
tems – SIMATIC industrial automation
systems – IO systems – SIMATIC
ET 200 systems without control cabin­
ets – SIMATIC ET 200pro"

15/178 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Safety-related electronic modules
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronic modules

Overview Design

The following modules are available:

Safety-related digital input module EM 8/16 F-DI PROFIsafe
• 16 inputs (SIL2/Cat.3) or 8 inputs (SIL3/Cat.3 or Cat.4)
• Suitable for standard switches and 3/4-wire proximity switches
(BEROs)
• Rated input voltage 24 V DC
• 4 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies for 4 inputs each
• External sensor power supply possible
• Group fault display (SF; red LED)
• Fault display for each sensor power supply (Vs1F to Vs4F) is output
on the VsF LED and the associated channels
• Status and fault displays per input (dual-color green/red LED)

In combination with the safety-related automation systems of the • Identification data

SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, the safety-related electronics • Configurable diagnostics
modules of SIMATIC ET 200pro can be used to implement safety
applications. The safety-related digital inputs record the signal • Can only be operated in safety mode
statuses from safety-related sensors, and generate corresponding
Safety-related digital input/output module EM 4/8 F-DI, 4 F-DO
safety message frames for the automation system. Depending on
the safety message frames of the automation system, the safety- 2A
related digital outputs trigger safe shut-down procedures. They are • Inputs
also responsible for monitoring short-circuits and cross-circuits up to
the actuator. The safe communication with the automation systems
- 8 inputs (SIL 2/Cat. 3) or 4 inputs (SIL 3/Cat. 3 or Cat. 4)
is carried out over PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe. - Suitable for standard switches and 3/4-wire proximity switches
All modules are certified up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508) and Cat. 4 (BEROs)
(EN954-1).
- Rated input voltage 24 V DC
- 2 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies for 4 inputs each
- External sensor power supply possible
• Outputs
- 4 outputs, current sourcing/sinking
- Output current 2 A
- Rated load voltage 24 V DC
- Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors and indicator lights
• Group fault display (SF; red LED)
• Fault display for each sensor power supply (Vs1F to Vs2F) is output
on the VsF LED and the associated channels
• Status and fault displays per input/output (dual-color green/red
LED)
• Identification data
• Configurable diagnostics
• Achievable safety class SIL 3
• Can only be operated in safety mode

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/179

 © Siemens AG 2024

Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronic modules

Selection and ordering data Accessories

Safety-related electronics modules Connection modules

Safety-related digital input module Actuators and sensors are connected using commercially available
5‑pin M12 plugs on the connection module. The connection module
Safety-related digital input module 6ES7148-4FA00-0AB0 is plugged onto the electronics module, and screwed to the latter.
8/16 F‑DI PROFIsafe One of the following connection modules (to be ordered separately)
24 V DC, including bus module. Con­ is required for each of the above-mentioned electronics modules:
nection module must be ordered sep­
arately • Connection module CM IO 16 x M12
Safety-related digital input/output mod­ for the electronics module 8/16 F‑DI, 24 V DC/2 A
ule
• Connection module CM IO 12 x M12
Safety-related digital input/output 6ES7148-4FC00-0AB0
module 4/8 F‑DI, 4 F‑DO 2 A for the electronics module 4/8 F‑DI/4 F-DO, 24 V DC/2 A
24 V DC, including bus module. Con­
nection module must be ordered sep­
arately
Accessories

Connection module
• CM IO 16 × M12 for the electronics 6ES7194-4DD00-0AA0
module 8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC/2 A
• CM IO 12 × M12 for the electronics 6ES7194-4DC00-0AA0
module 4/8 F-DI4 F‑DO, 24 V DC/2 A
Further accessories

Connectors, cables and further

accessories, see Catalog ST 70, section
"IO systems" or Industry Mall under
"Automation engineering – Automa­
tion systems – SIMATIC industrial
automation systems – IO systems –
SIMATIC ET 200 systems without con­
trol cabinets – SIMATIC ET 200pro"

15/180 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Power Module PM-E
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power Module PM-E

Overview Selection and ordering data

Power module

Power module PM-E DC 24 V 6ES7148-4CA00-0AA0

For generating 24 V DC load voltage
groups for electronic modules within
an ET 200pro station
Accessories

Connection modules for power

module
• Connection module CM PM‑E ECO­ 6ES7194-4BA00-0AA0
FAST for supply of 24 V DC load
voltage, 1 ECOFAST Cu connector
• Connection module CM PM‑E direct 6ES7194-4BC00-0AA0
for supply of 24 V DC load voltage,
one or two M20 cable glands
• Connection module CM PM‑E 7/8" 6ES7194-4BD00-0AA0
for supply of 24 V DC load voltage,
1 x 7/8"
The power module PM-E DC 24 V is used within an ET 200pro station Spare fuse 6ES7194-4HB00-0AA0
when generating 24 V DC load voltage groups for electronics mod­ 12.5 A fast-blow, for interface and
ules. power modules, 10 units per pack
You can position power modules in an ET 200pro station anywhere Further accessories
to the right of the interface module. The first power module is
For connectors, cables and further
already integrated in the interface module. accessories, see Catalog ST 70 or
Each power module installed in the ET 200pro remote I/O station Industry Mall under "Automation tech­
interrupts the load voltage busbar and opens a new potential group nology – Automation systems –
(common potential) for the 2L+ load voltage supply. All subsequent SIMATIC industrial automation sys­
tems – I/O systems – SIMATIC ET 200
load voltages of the electronics modules are fed from this power systems without control cabinet –
module. Each power module has a replaceable fuse for protecting SIMATIC ET 200pro".
the device. Only line protection according to DIN VDE 0100 need be
provided externally in addition.
The electronics/sensor supply 1L+ is not interrupted by the power Accessories
module, it is looped through.
The power module is fitted on the associated bus module when Connection module
delivered.
The connection module for the power module PM-E is used to con­
nect the load voltage 2L+. It is fitted on the power module.
The module must be ordered separately, and is available with the
following types of connection:
• CM PM-E direct
• CM PM-E ECOFAST
• CM PM-E 7/8"

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 15/181

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7

Process I/O
Power supply for ET 200pro
SIMATIC ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power supply for ET 200pro

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC ET 200pro PS, 8 A 6ES7148-4PC00-0HA0

Stabilized power supply in the techno­
logy and design of the ET 200pro dis­
tributed I/O system, permitting the
loop-through of energy to further
modules; with degree of protection
IP67
Input: 3 400 ... 480 V AC
Output: 24 V DC, 8 A
Accessories

Cable connectors for power

connection
• For X1 (power input); 3RK1911-2BE30
Socket insert HAN Q4/2, angled,
with screw; 5 contact sockets
6 mm², 2 auxiliary contacts 0.5 mm²
• For X2 (looping mains voltage) 3RK1911-2BF10
Pin insert HAN Q4/2, angled, with
screw; 4 contact pins 4 mm²
SIMATIC ET 200pro PS, 24 V, 8 A
Sealing cap
For 9-pole power sockets
The SIMATIC ET 200pro PS is a power supply with IP67 degree of
• X2 (1 unit) 3RK1902-0CJ00
protection which features the same technology and design as the
ET 200pro distributed I/O system. • X2 (10 units) 3RK1902-0CK00

It is suitable for single-line installation on the ET 200pro module

rack, but can also be mounted directly on a mounting plate.
Locating the power supply away from the electronics cabinet/enclos­ More information
ure reduces the thermal load and the required size for the cabin­
et/enclosure. For more information and technical specifications of the SIMATIC
The power is supplied at connector X1. The X2 connector allows the ET 200pro PS power supply, see "SITOP Power Supplies in SIMATIC
mains voltage to be looped to other modules. Design" in the Catalog KT 10.1.
The cable for the 24 V DC supply of the ET 200pro is connected via Additional information is available via the Internet at:
ECOFAST standard connectors to the SIMATIC ET 200pro PS. The oth­ • SITOP power supplies:
er cable end is left open, enabling it to be fitted with an ECOFAST http://www.siemens.com/sitop
connector, 7/8" round connector or a programming device screw
connector and individually adapted to the various connection sys­ • CAx data (2D, 3D, circuit diagram macros):
tems of power module terminal modules of the ET 200pro. http://www.siemens.com/sitop-cax
SIMATIC ET 200pro PS reports its status via signaling contacts for
"24 V DC OK" and "Overtemperature". • Operating instructions:
http://www.siemens.com/sitop/manuals
• SITOP Selection Tool for selecting power supplies:
http://www.siemens.com/tst

15/182 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 16
© Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages

16/2 Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to

V10.0
16/3 Upgrades for Engineering System
16/5 Upgrades for Operator System incl. Open­
PCS 7 and Web Option for OS
16/7 Upgrades for Process Historian and
Information Server
16/8 Upgrades for Maintenance Station
16/9 Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
16/10 Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
16/11 Operating System Packages for SIMATIC
Process Control System IPC
16/13 Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0
to V9.1
16/14 Upgrades for Engineering System
16/16 Upgrades for Operator System incl. Open­
PCS 7 and Web Option for OS
16/19 Upgrades for Process Historian and
Information Server
16/20 Upgrades for Maintenance Station
16/21 Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
16/23 Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
16/24 Operating System Packages for SIMATIC
Process Control System IPC
16/26 Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0
16/27 Upgrades for Engineering System and
Management Console
16/28 Upgrades for Operator System incl. Open­
PCS 7 and Web Option for OS
16/30 Upgrades for Process Historian and
Information Server
16/31 Upgrades for Maintenance Station
16/32 Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
16/33 Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
16/34 Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the
PCS 7 version
16/34 Upgrades for SIMATIC Logon
16/35 Upgrades for SIMATIC PDM
16/37 Upgrades for Safety Integrated for Process
Automation
16/39 Upgrades for S7-PLCSIM Simulation
Software
16/40 System communication via Industrial
Ethernet
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0

Overview

You can learn here about the upgrade packages that are available
for upgrading SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0, and the system com­
ponents that are involved in the various upgrade packages.
The upgrades are divided into:
• Upgrades for Engineering System
• Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for
OS
• Upgrades for Process Historian and Information Server
• Upgrades for Maintenance Station
• Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
• Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
Products outside the SIMATIC PCS 7 product range
Upgrades for products from the product line of Totally Integrated
Automation (TIA) that do not directly belong to the product range of
SIMATIC PCS 7 and are therefore subject to their own version cycle
are summarized in a separate section "Updates/upgrades asynchron­
ous to PCS 7 version". These include, for example:
• SIMATIC PDM
• Software for Safety Integrated for Process Automation
• S7‑PLCSIM simulation software
• Industrial Ethernet communications software for CP
Information is also provided there on the relationship between the
various product versions and the SIMATIC PCS 7 versions.

16/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Engineering System
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0
Upgrades for Engineering System

Overview Selection and ordering data

Engineering Upgrade Package AS/OS V9.x to V10.0 Engineering software

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System with Engineering software
V9.x can be upgraded to Version 10.0 using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering software upgrade from
V9.x to V10.0, based on the existing
Engineering Upgrade Package AS/OS. number of POs
The licenses included in the Engineering Upgrade Package AS/OS
V9.x to V10.0 apply to the following SIMATIC PCS 7 software SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade
products: Package AS/OS V9.x to V10.0
Software class A, runs with Win­
• PCS 7 ES Single Station, PCS 7 AS Engineering software, PCS 7 dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
AS/OS Engineering software and Windows Server 2019/2022
Standard Edition 64-bit (see SIMATIC
• PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for more inform­
ation), floating license for 1 user
• SIMATIC Version Cross Manager 5 languages (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish)
• SIMATIC Version Trail
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
• PCS 7 SFC Visualization Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-5AX78-0YE5
• PCS 7 BCE
- License key on USB flash drive,
• SIMATIC Management Console Certificate of License, bundled
with 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
• Industrial Ethernet communications software for CP Media Package per order item

SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station SN ASIA Upgrade Package V9.x • Online delivery 6ES7651-5AX78-0YK5

to V10.0 - License key download, online Cer­

tificate of License, combined with
The ASIA regional product variant "SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
SN ASIA" that comes with SOFTNET-REDCONNECT communications Package (software download and
software can be upgraded to V10 with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single online Certificate of License)
Station SN ASIA upgrade package specifically designed for this pur­ Note: Email address required!
pose. ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Upgrade With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
A separate upgrade is available for upgrading the SIMATIC PCS 7 Package ASIA
Logic Matrix Viewer to V9.1. • Goods delivery 6ES7651-5AX78-0CE5
- ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager Upgrade Certificate of License, bundled
The further developed SIMATIC Version Cross Manager V10.0 is with 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
available for use in SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0. The upgrade of SIMATIC Media Package ASIA per order item
Version Cross Manager to V10.0 is part of the Engineering Upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station SN 6ES7651-5AA78-6CE0
Package AS/OS V9.x to V10.0. ASIA Upgrade Package V9.x to V10.0
Advanced Engineering System Upgrade (incl. SOFTNET REDCONNECT)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System V9.x (incl. SP) can 2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
be used in SIMATIC PCS 7 10.0. Consequently, there is no need to ware class A, runs with Windows 10
offer a SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System upgrade pack­ Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC and Win­
age for upgrading to V10.0. dows Server 2019/2022 Standard Edi­
tion 64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0
Readme for more information), single
license for 1 installation
without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media
Package ASIA
• Goods delivery
- ASIA license key USB hardlock,
Certificate of License

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/3

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0
Upgrades for Engineering System

Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Upgrade

from V9.x to V10.0

SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Viewer 6ES7658-1JB78-2YE0

Upgrade from V9.x to V10.0

Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­

lish, German), software class A, runs
with Windows 10 Enterprise
2019/2021 LTSC and Windows Server
2019/2022 Standard Edition 64-bit
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for
more information), single license for 1
installation without SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package
• Goods delivery
- License key USB flash drive and
Certificate of License

16/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for OS
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0
Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for OS

Overview Selection and ordering data

Upgrades combined in packages allow existing Operator Systems to OS software

be upgraded from V9.x to V10.0 in line with the number of existing
process objects and archive tags. OS software upgrade from V9.x to
V10.0 based on the existing PO
OS software upgrades V9.x to V10.0 count
The following upgrade packages for upgrading to V10.0 will be
offered for SIMATIC PCS 7 operator stations with OS software V9.x: SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station
Upgrade Package V9.x to V10.0
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Upgrade Package For OS Single Station, software class A,
runs with Windows 10 Enterprise
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade Package 2019/2021 LTSC (see SIMATIC PCS 7
V10.0 Readme for more information),
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/SFC Visualization Upgrade Package single license for 1 installation
The ASIA product variants "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station SN ASIA" 5 languages (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish)
and "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SN ASIA" that come with SOFTNET-
REDCONNECT communications software can be upgraded to V9.1 With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
with specific upgrade packages: Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5AX78-0YE0
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station SN ASIA Upgrade Package
- License key on USB flash drive, Cer­
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SN ASIA Upgrade Package tificate of License, bundled with
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Two upgrade packages of type OS Single Station or OS Server are Package per order item
required in each case for redundant SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator Sta­
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5AX78-0YK0
tions.
- License key download, online Certi­
In addition to the licenses for the PCS 7 OS software Single Station ficate of License, combined with
or Server, the upgrade packages for OS Single Station and OS Server SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
include upgrade licenses for: Package (software download and
online Certificate of License)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization
Note: Email address required!
• SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)

• Industrial Ethernet communications software for CP With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA
The upgrade license for SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization is also part • Goods delivery 6ES7652-5AX78-0CE0
of the upgrade package SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/SFC Visualization. - ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
With a SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server upgrade package, only one SIMATIC Certificate of License, bundled with
PCS 7 OS Server can be upgraded. 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA per order item
Upgrade of the Web Option for OS V9.x to V10.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station SN
Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server upgrade package, you can ASIA Upgrade Package V9.x to V10.0
upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server, SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Dia­ (incl. SOFTNET REDCONNECT)
gnostics Server and SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Clients from For OS Single Station
V9.x to V10.0. 2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
ware class A, runs with Windows 10
Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for more
information), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2AA78-6CE0
- ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
Certificate
of License

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/5

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0
Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for OS

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade • Online delivery 6ES7652-5CX78-0YK5

Package V9.x to V10.0 - License key download, online Certi­
For OS Server ficate of License
Software class A, runs with Windows
Server 2019/2022 Standard Edition Note: Email address required!
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
Readme for more information), single Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
license for 1 installation Media Package ASIA
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package • Goods delivery 6ES7652-5CX78-0CF5

5 languages (English, German, French, - ASIA license key USB hardlock, Cer­
Italian, Spanish) tificate of License
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package Web Option for OS
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5BX78-0YE0
- License key on USB flash drive, Cer­ PCS 7 Web Server Upgrade from
tificate of License, bundled with V9.x to V10.0
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package per order item SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server Upgrade
Package V9.x to V10.0
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5BX78-0YK0 For SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server, SIMAT­
- License key download, online Certi­ IC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server,
ficate of License, combined with SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media 6 languages (English, German,
Package (software download and French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
online Certificate of License) software class A
Note: Email address required! Runs with the following operating sys­
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0
ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
Readme for more information):
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media • Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­
Package ASIA ard Edition 64-bit (Web Server/Web
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5BX78-0CE0 Diagnostics Server)
- ASIA license key on USB hardlock, • Windows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021
Certificate of License, bundled with LTSC (Web Diagnostics Client)
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Single license for 1 installation,
Package ASIA per order item without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SN ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5DX78-0YF0
Upgrade Package V9.x to V10.0
For OS Server - License key USB flash drive, Certi­
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­ ficate of License
ware class A, runs with Windows Serv­
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5DX78-0YK0
er 2019/2022 Standard Edition 64-bit
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for - License key download, online Cer­
more information), single license for tificate of License
1 installation Note: Email address required!
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2BA78-6CE0
- ASIA license key USB hardlock, Cer­
tificate of License
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client/SFC Visualization Upgrade
Package V9.x to V10.0
Software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for
the latest information), floating license
for 1 user
5 languages (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish)
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5CX78-0YF5
- License key USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License

16/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Process Historian and Information Server
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0
Upgrades for Process Historian and Information Server

Overview Selection and ordering data

You can upgrade the following products from V9.x to version PCS 7 Process Historian and Inform­
V10.0 with the SIMATIC PCS 7 PH/IS Upgrade Package: ation Server upgrade from V9.x to
V10.0
• Process Historian and Information Server V9.x (bundle license)
SIMATIC PCS 7 PH/IS Upgrade
• Process Historian Archive - BATCH V9.x Package V9.x to V10.0
5 languages (English, German,
• Process Historian Server Redundancy V9.x (bundle license, upgrade French, Italian, Spanish), without soft­
package is required 2×) ware, without documentation, runs
with Windows Server 2019 (see
• Information Server V9.x SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for the
latest information), license key on USB
• Process Historian Server V9.x flash drive, Class A
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-7AX78-2YE0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-7AX78-2YK0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-7BX78-2YE0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-7BX78-2YK0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/7

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Maintenance Station
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0
Upgrades for Maintenance Station

Overview Selection and ordering data

Maintenance Station Upgrade Package SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station

Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade Package, you Upgrade from V9.x to V10.0
can upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime Basic SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Package and the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering Upgrade Package V9.x to V10.0 for
from V9.x to V10.0. The SNMP OPC server license is also taken into installation on SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX,
account for the upgrade. Single Station or Server
6 languages (English, German,
The cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
licenses are independent of the version. Existing asset TAGs of these software class A, runs with Win­
licenses are therefore completely available following the upgrade. dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
and Windows Server
2019/2022 Standard Edition 64-bit
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V10.0 Readme for
more information), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5FX78-0YF0
- License key USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5FX78-0YK0
- License key download, online Cer­
tificate of License
Note: Email address required!

16/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade Packages SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade from V9.x

Upgrades combined in packages allow you to upgrade existing to V10.0
SIMATIC BATCH systems from V9.x to V10.0: SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade
SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade Package Package V9.x to V10.0
6 languages (English, German,
With upgrade licenses for: French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
• SIMATIC BATCH Server software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
• SIMATIC BATCH Basic or Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­
ard Edition 64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7
• SIMATIC BATCH Single Station User V10.0 Readme for more information),
single license for 1 installation
• SIMATIC BATCH Single Station System Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• SIMATIC BATCH API • Goods delivery 6ES7657-5XX78-0YF0
• PCS 7 BCE - License key USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Industrial Ethernet communications software for CP
• Online delivery 6ES7657-5XX78-0YK0
SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade Package - License key download, online Cer­
With upgrade licenses for: tificate of License
Note: Email address required!
• SIMATIC BATCH Client
SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade
• SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System Package V9.x to V10.0
6 languages (English, German,
The cumulative SIMATIC BATCH UNITs are independent of the ver­ French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
sion. Existing UNITs are completely available following the upgrade. software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
or Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­
ard Edition 64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7
V10.0 Readme for the latest informa­
tion), floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-5XX78-0YF5
- License key USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7657-5XX78-0YK5
- License key download, online Cer­
tificate of License
Note: Email address required!

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/9

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade Packages SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade

With SIMATIC Route Control upgrade packages, you can upgrade from V9.x to V10.0
Route Control Engineering, Route Control Server and Route Control SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade
Center from V9.x to V10.0. The number of existing "Routes" (quant­ Package V9.x to V10.0
ity option for number of simultaneous material transports) is fully 6 languages (English, German,
available again after the upgrade. French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
SIMATIC Route Control Center upgrades, which are only available for dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
online delivery, allow you to upgrade the Route Control Center soft­ or Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­
ware separately from V9.x to V10.0. ard Edition 64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7
V10.0 Readme for more information),
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5XX78-0YF0
- License key USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5XX78-0YK0
- License key download, online Cer­
tificate of License
Note: Email address required!
SIMATIC Route Control Center
Upgrade V9.x to V10.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSC
or Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­
ard Edition 64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7
V10.0 Readme for more information),
floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Online delivery 6ES7658-7EX78-0YK0
- License key download, online Cer­
tificate of License
Note: Email address required!

16/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0

Update/upgrade packages
Operating System Packages for SIMATIC Process Control System IPC
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0
Operating System Packages for SIMATIC Process Control System IPC

Overview Selection and ordering data

Operating System Packages for SIMATIC Process Control System SIMATIC Process Control System IPC – Operating System Pack­
IPC ages
For the SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs listed below, different
Operating System Packages are offered to upgrade existing SIMATIC SIMATIC Process Control System IPC
– Operating System Packages
Process Control System IPCs to Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise
2021 LTSC and Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard. SIMATIC Process Control System
• Operating System Package with Restore USB flash drive: Contains IPC547J - Operating System Package
Software class B, single license for 1
the license label (COA) and the Restore data storage medium for installation, COA sticker and USB flash
the respective SIMATIC Process Control System IPC drive with Restore Image A1 / A2
(operating system + PCS 7 V10.0);
• Operating System Package without Restore USB flash drive: Con­ Reference HW:
tains only a license label (COA) for the SIMATIC Process Control IPC547J - 6ES7660-8*
System IPC 6ES7650-4MB01-0UD0
• Microsoft® Windows® 10 IoT Enter­
Upgrading of only one SIMATIC Process Control System IPC requires prise 2021 LTSC, 64-bit
the package with the Restore USB flash drive. • Microsoft® Windows® Server IoT 6ES7650-4MB01-0US0
If multiple SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs are to be upgraded, 2022 Standard, 16-core, 5 clt, 64-bit
the costs can be reduced by purchasing the Operating System Pack­ SIMATIC Process Control System
ages without Restore USB flash drive. IPC647E / IPC847E - Operating
This means that the package with the Restore USB flash drive is System Package
Software class B, single license for 1
needed at least once. This Restore USB flash drive can then also be installation, COA sticker and USB flash
used for other SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs of the same drive with Restore Image A1 / A2
type. (operating system + PCS 7 V10.0);
Licensing of the other SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs (of the Reference HW:
same type) is by acquiring the packages, which contain only the IPC647E - 6ES7661-0*
IPC847E - 6ES7661-1*
license label (COA).
• Microsoft® Windows® 10 IoT Enter­ 6ES7650-4MB01-3UD0
Of course, the package with the Restore USB flash drive can also be prise 2021 LTSC, 64-bit
procured for each of the SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs.
• Microsoft® Windows® Server IoT 6ES7650-4MB01-3US0
Components of packages with Restore USB flash drive: 2022 Standard, 16-core, 5 clt, 64-bit
• Restore data storage medium corresponding to the respective IPC SIMATIC Process Control System IPC
BX-39A / IPC PX-39A - Operating
• License label (COA) System Package
Software class B, single license for 1
• Certificate of License (COL) installation, COA sticker and USB flash
drive with Restore Image A1 / A2
Components of packages without Restore USB flash drive:
(operating system + SIMATIC PCS 7
• License label (COA) V10.0);
Reference HW:
• Certificate of License (COL) IPC BX-39A / IPC PX-39A - 6ES7662-1*
• Microsoft® Windows® 10 IoT Enter­ 6ES7650-4MB01-2UD0
With the Restore USB flash drive, the operating system is transferred
prise 2021 LTSC, 64-bit
to the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC through the familiar
restore process. You can find more information in the supplied docu­ SIMATIC Process Control System
mentation and on the Restore USB flash drive. IPC427E / IPC477E - Operating
System Package
The SIMATIC Process Control System IPC Operating System Packages Software class B, single license for 1
require activation (online or by telephone) with Microsoft. installation, COA sticker and USB flash
Delivered in a foil envelope. This reduces packaging material and the drive with Restore Image A1 (operat­
size of shipping packaging, especially when ordering multiple Oper­ ing system only);
Reference HW:
ating System Packages. IPC427E / IPC477E - 6ES7
650-0VG..-....
• Microsoft® Windows® Server IoT 6ES7650-4MB01-4UD0
2022 Standard, 16-core, 5 clt, 64-bit

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/11

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.x to V10.0
Operating System Packages for SIMATIC Process Control System IPC

Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC Process Control System IPC

- Operating System Packages
Software class B, single license for 1
installation, COA sticker and USB flash
drive with Restore Image A1 (operat­
ing system only);
Reference HW:
IPC547J - 6ES7660-8*
IPC647E - 6ES7661-0*,
6ES7650-0XH03-*YA0;
IPC847E - 6ES7661-1*,
6ES7650-0XH03-*YB0;
IPC BX-39A / IPC PX-39A - 6ES7662-1*
IPC427E / IPC477E - 6ES7
650-0VG..-....

• Microsoft® Windows® 10 IoT Enter­ 6ES7650-4MB01-8XD0

prise 2021 LTSC, 64-bit
SIMATIC Process Control System IPC
- Operating System Packages
Software class B, single license for 1
installation, COA sticker and USB flash
drive with Restore Image A1 / A2
(operating system + SIMATIC PCS 7
V10.0);
Reference HW:
IPC RC- / RW- / RS-545A - 6ES7661-2*
IPC547J - 6ES7660-8*
IPC647E - 6ES7661-0*,
6ES7650-0XH03-*YA0;
IPC847E - 6ES7661-1*,
6ES7650-0XH03-*YB0
• Microsoft® Windows® Server IoT 6ES7650-4MB01-8XS0
2022 Standard, 16-core, 5 clt, 64-bit

16/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1

Overview

You can learn here about the upgrade packages that are available
for upgrading SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1, and the system
components that are involved in the various upgrade packages.
The upgrades are divided into:
• Upgrades for Engineering System
• Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for
OS
• Upgrades for Process Historian and Information Server
• Upgrades for Maintenance Station
• Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
• Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
Products outside the SIMATIC PCS 7 product range
Upgrades for products from the product line of Totally Integrated
Automation (TIA) that do not directly belong to the product range of
SIMATIC PCS 7 and are therefore subject to their own version cycle
are summarized in a separate section "Updates/upgrades asynchron­
ous to PCS 7 version". These include, for example:
• SIMATIC PDM
• Software for Safety Integrated for Process Automation
• S7‑PLCSIM simulation software
• Industrial Ethernet communications software for CP
Information is also provided there on the relationship between the
various product versions and the SIMATIC PCS 7 versions.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/13

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Engineering System
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrades for Engineering System

Overview Selection and ordering data

Engineering Upgrade Package AS/OS V9.0 to V9.1 Engineering software

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System with Engineering Software
V9.0 can be upgraded to Version 9.1 using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engin­ Engineering software upgrade from
V9.0 to V9.1, based on the existing
eering Upgrade Package AS/OS. number of POs
The licenses included in the Engineering Upgrade Package AS/OS
V9.0 to V9.1 apply to the following SIMATIC PCS 7 software SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade
products: Package AS/OS V9.0 to V9.1
Software class A, runs with Win­
• PCS 7 ES Single Station, PCS 7 AS Engineering Software, PCS 7 dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC and
AS/OS Engineering Software Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
tion 64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
• PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant Readme for the latest information),
floating license for 1 user
• SIMATIC Version Cross Manager 5 languages (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish)
• SIMATIC Version Trail
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
• PCS 7 SFC Visualization Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-8AX68-0YE5
• PCS 7 BCE License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License, bundled with 1 ×
• SIMATIC Management Console SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
• Industrial Ethernet communications software for CP age per order item
• Online delivery 6ES7651-8AX68-0YK5
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station SN ASIA Upgrade Package V9.0 License key download, online Certi­
to V9.1 ficate of License, combined with
The ASIA regional product variants "SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age (software download and online
SN ASIA" that comes with communications software SOFTNET-RED­ Certificate of License)
CONNECT can be upgraded to V9.1 with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single : Email address required!
Station SN ASIA upgrade package specifically designed for this pur­
ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
pose.
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Upgrade Package ASIA
A separate upgrade is available for upgrading the SIMATIC PCS 7 • Goods delivery 6ES7651-8AX68-0CE5
Logic Matrix Viewer to V9.1. ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager Upgrade Certificate of License, bundled with
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
The further developed SIMATIC Version Cross Manager V9.1 is avail­ Package ASIA per order item
able for use in SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1. The upgrade to SIMATIC Version SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station SN 6ES7651-8AA68-6CE0
Cross Manager V9.1 is part of the Engineering Upgrade Package ASIA Upgrade Package V9.0 to V9.1
AS/OS V8.x to V9.1. (incl. SOFTNET REDCONNECT)
Advanced Engineering System Upgrade 2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
ware class A, runs with Windows 10
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System V8.0 (incl. SP) can Enterprise 2019 LTSC and Windows
be used in SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0, V8.1, V8.2, V9.0 and V9.1. Con­ Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit
sequently, there is no need to offer a SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for
Engineering System upgrade package for upgrading to V9.1. the latest information), single license
for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery
ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
Certificate of License
SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Upgrade
from V9.0 to V9.1

SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Viewer 6ES7658-8JB68-2YE0

Upgrade from V9.0 to V9.1
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
lish, German), software class A, runs
with Windows 10 Enterprise
2019 LTSC and Windows Server 2019
Standard Edition 64-bit (see SIMATIC
PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for the latest
information), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive and
Certificate of License

16/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrades for Engineering System

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Engineering software upgrade from

V8.x to V9.1, based on the existing
number of POs

SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade

Package AS/OS V8.x to V9.1
Software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC and
Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
tion 64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
floating license for 1 user
5 languages (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish)
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-5AX68-0YE5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License, bundled with 1 ×
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age per order item
• Online delivery 6ES7651-5AX68-0YK5
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License, combined with
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age (software download and online
Certificate of License)
: Email address required!
ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-5AX68-0CE5
ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
Certificate of License, bundled with
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA per order item
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station SN 6ES7651-5AA68-6CE0
ASIA Upgrade Package V8.x to V9.1
(incl. SOFTNET REDCONNECT)
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
ware class A, runs with Windows 10
Enterprise 2019 LTSC and Windows
Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for
the latest information), single license
for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery
ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
Certificate of License
SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Upgrade
from V8.2 to V9.1

SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Viewer 6ES7658-1JB68-2YE0

Upgrade from V8.2 to V9.1
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
lish, German), software class A, runs
with Windows 10 Enterprise
2019 LTSC and Windows Server 2019
Standard Edition 64-bit (see SIMATIC
PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for the latest
information), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive and
Certificate of License

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/15

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for OS
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for OS

Overview Selection and ordering data

Upgrades combined in packages allow existing operator systems to OS software

be upgraded from V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1 in line with the number of
existing process objects and archive tags. OS software upgrade from V9.0 to
V9.1, based on existing PO number
OS Software Upgrades V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
The following upgrade packages for upgrading to V9.1 will be SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station
offered for SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator Stations with OS software Upgrade Package V9.0 to V9.1
V8.x/V9.0: For OS Single Station, software class A,
runs with Windows 10 Enterprise
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station upgrade package 2019 LTSC (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server upgrade package single license for 1 installation
5 languages (English, German, French,
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/SFC Visualization upgrade package Italian, Spanish)
The ASIA product variants "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station SN ASIA" With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
and "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SN ASIA" that come with SOFTNET- Package
REDCONNECT communication software can be upgraded to V9.1 • Goods delivery 6ES7652-8AX68-0YE0
with specific upgrade packages: License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License, bundled with 1 ×
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station SN ASIA upgrade package SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age per order item
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SN ASIA upgrade package
• Online delivery 6ES7652-8AX68-0YK0
Two upgrade packages of type OS Single Station or OS Server are License key download, online Certi­
required in each case for redundant SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator Sta­ ficate of License, combined with
tions. SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
In addition to the licenses for the PCS 7 OS Software Single Station age (software download and online
Certificate of License)
or Server, the upgrade packages for OS Single Station and OS Server : Email address required!
include upgrade licenses for:
ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
• SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
• SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE Package ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-8AX68-0CE0
• Industrial Ethernet communication software for CP ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
Certificate of License, bundled with
The upgrade license for SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization is also part 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
of the upgrade package SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/SFC Visualization. Package ASIA per order item
With a SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server upgrade package, only one SIMATIC SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station SN
PCS 7 OS Server can be upgraded. ASIA Upgrade Package V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrade of the Web Option for OS V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1 (incl. SOFTNET REDCONNECT)
For OS Single Station
Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server upgrade package, you can 2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server, SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Dia­ ware class A, runs with Windows 10
gnostics Server and SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Clients from Enterprise 2019 LTSC (see SIMATIC
V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1. PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for the latest
information), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-8AA68-6CE0
ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
Certificate of License
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade
Package V9.0 to V9.1
For OS Server
Software class A, runs with Windows
Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit
(see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for
the latest information), single license
for 1 installation
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
5 languages (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish)
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-8BX68-0YE0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License, bundled with 1 ×
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age per order item

16/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for OS

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

• Online delivery 6ES7652-8BX68-0YK0 • Goods delivery 6ES7652-5AX68-0YE0

License key download, online Certi­ License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License, combined with ficate of License, bundled with 1 ×
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­ SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age (software download and online age per order item
Certificate of License)
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5AX68-0YK0
: Email address required!
License key download, online Certi­
ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese) ficate of License, combined with
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
Package ASIA age (software download and online
Certificate of License)
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-8BX68-0CE0 : Email address required!
ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
Certificate of License, bundled with ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA per order item Package ASIA
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SN ASIA • Goods delivery 6ES7652-5AX68-0CE0
Upgrade Package V9.0 to V9.1 ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
For OS Server Certificate of License, bundled with
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­ 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
ware class A, runs with Windows Serv­ Package ASIA per order item
er 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station SN
latest information), single license for ASIA Upgrade Package V8.x to V9.1
1 installation (incl. SOFTNET REDCONNECT)
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software For OS Single Station
Media Package ASIA 2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
ware class A, runs with Windows 10
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-8BA68-6CE0 Enterprise 2019 LTSC (see SIMATIC
ASIA license key on USB hardlock, PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for the latest
Certificate of License information), single license for
SIMATIC PCS 7 1 installation
OS Client/SFC Visualization Upgrade Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Package V9.0 to V9.1 Media Package ASIA
Software class A, runs with Win­ • Goods delivery 6ES7658-2AA68-6CE0
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC (see ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for the Certificate of License
latest information), floating license for
1 user SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade
Package V8.x to V9.1
5 languages (English, German, French, For OS Server
Italian, Spanish)
Software class A, runs with Windows
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Server 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit
Media Package (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-8CX68-0YF5 the latest information), single license
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ for 1 installation
ficate of License With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
• Online delivery 6ES7652-8CX68-0YK5 5 languages (English, German, French,
License key download, online Certi­ Italian, Spanish)
ficate of License
: Email address required! With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5BX68-0YE0
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
Media Package ASIA ficate of License, bundled with 1 ×
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-8CX68-0CF5 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
ASIA license key on USB hardlock, age per order item
Certificate of License • Online delivery 6ES7652-5BX68-0YK0
OS software upgrade from V8.x to License key download, online Certi­
V9.1, based on the existing number ficate of License, combined with
of POs SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age (software download and online
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Certificate of License)
Upgrade Package V8.x to V9.1 : Email address required!
For OS Single Station, software class A, ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
runs with Windows 10 Enterprise
2019 LTSC (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Readme for the latest information), Package ASIA
single license for 1 installation • Goods delivery 6ES7652-5BX68-0CE0
5 languages (English, German, French, ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
Italian, Spanish) Certificate of License, bundled with
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA per order item
Package

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/17

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for OS

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SN ASIA PCS 7 Web Server Upgrade from

Upgrade Package V8.x to V9.1 V8.x to V9.1
For OS Server
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­ SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server Upgrade
ware class A, runs with Windows Serv­ Package V8.x to V9.1
er 2019 Standard Edition 64-bit (see For SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server, SIMAT­
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for the IC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server,
latest information), single license for SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Client
1 installation 6 languages (English, German,
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
Media Package ASIA software class A
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2BA68-6CE0 Runs with the following operating sys­
ASIA license key on USB hardlock, tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme
Certificate of License for the latest information):
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
SIMATIC PCS 7 tion 64-bit (Web Server/Web Dia­
OS Client/SFC Visualization Upgrade gnostics Server)
Package V8.x to V9.1
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC
Software class A, runs with Win­
64-bit (Web Diagnostics Client)
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for the Single license for 1 installation,
latest information), floating license for without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
1 user Media Package
5 languages (English, German, French, • Goods delivery 6ES7652-5DX68-0YF0
Italian, Spanish) License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software ficate of License
Media Package • Online delivery 6ES7652-5DX68-0YK0
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5CX68-0YF5 License key download, online Certi­
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­ ficate of License
ficate of License : Email address required!

• Online delivery 6ES7652-5CX68-0YK5

License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5CX68-0CF5
ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
Certificate of License

Web Option for OS

PCS 7 Web Server Upgrade from

V9.0 to V9.1

SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server Upgrade

Package V9.0 to V9.1
For SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server, SIMAT­
IC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server,
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Client
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A
Runs with the following operating sys­
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme
for the latest information):
• Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
tion 64-bit (Web Server/Web Dia­
gnostics Server)
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC
64-bit (Web Diagnostics Client)
Single license for 1 installation,
without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-8DX68-0YF0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-8DX68-0YK0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!

16/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Process Historian and Information Server
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrades for Process Historian and Information Server

Overview Selection and ordering data

You can upgrade the following products from V9.0 to version PCS 7 Process Historian and Inform­
V9.1 with the SIMATIC PCS 7 PH/IS Upgrade Package: ation Server Upgrade from V9.0 to
V9.1
• Process Historian and Information Server V9.0 (bundle license)
SIMATIC PCS 7 PH/IS Upgrade
• Process Historian Archive - BATCH V9.0 Package V9.0 to V9.1
5 languages (English, German,
• Process Historian Server Redundancy V9.0 (bundle license, French, Italian, Spanish), without soft­
upgrade package is required 2×) ware, without documentation, runs
with Windows Server 2019 (see
• Information Server V9.0 SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Readme for the
latest information), license key on USB
• Process Historian Server V9.0 flash drive, Class A
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-8AX68-2YE0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-8AX68-2YK0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-8BX68-2YE0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-8BX68-2YK0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/19

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Maintenance Station
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrades for Maintenance Station

Overview Selection and ordering data

Maintenance Station Upgrade Package PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade

Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade Package, you from V8.x to V9.1
can upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime Basic SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Package and the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering Upgrade Package V8.x to V9.1
from V8.x to V9.1 and from V9.0 to V9.1. The SNMP OPC server SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
license is also taken into account for the upgrade. Upgrade Package V8.x to V9.1 for
installation on SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX,
The cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime Single Station or Server
licenses are independent of the version. Existing asset TAGs of these 6 languages (English, German,
licenses are therefore completely available following the upgrade. French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC and
Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
tion 64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5FX68-0YF0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5FX68-0YK0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade
from V9.0 to V9.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Upgrade Package V9.0 to V9.1 for
installation on SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX,
Single Station or Server
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC and
Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
tion 64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-8FX68-0YF0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-8FX68-0YK0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!

16/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade Packages SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade from V9.0

Upgrades combined in packages allow you to upgrade existing to V9.1
SIMATIC BATCH systems from V8.x or V9.0 to V9.1: SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade
SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade Package Package V9.0 to V9.1
6 languages (English, German,
With upgrade licenses for: French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
• SIMATIC BATCH Server software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC or Win­
• SIMATIC BATCH Basic dows Server 2019 Standard Edition
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
• SIMATIC BATCH single station user Readme for the latest information),
single license for 1 installation
• SIMATIC BATCH single station system Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• SIMATIC BATCH API • Goods delivery 6ES7657-8XX68-0YF0
• PCS 7 BCE License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Industrial Ethernet communication software for CP • Online delivery 6ES7657-8XX68-0YK0
License key download, online Certi­
SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade Package
ficate of License
With upgrade licenses for: : Email address required!
• SIMATIC BATCH Client SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade
Package V9.0 to V9.1
• SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System 6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
The cumulative SIMATIC BATCH UNITs are independent of the ver­ software class A, runs with Win­
sion. Existing UNITs are completely available following the upgrade. dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC or Win­
dows Server 2019 Standard Edition
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-8XX68-0YF5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7657-8XX68-0YK5
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade from V8.x
to V9.1

SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade

Package V8.x to V9.1
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC or Win­
dows Server 2019 Standard Edition
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-5XX68-0YF0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7657-5XX68-0YK0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/21

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH

Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade

Package V8.x to V9.1
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC or Win­
dows Server 2019 Standard Edition
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-5XX68-0YF5
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7657-5XX68-0YK5
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!

16/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control

Overview Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC Route Control upgrade packages • Online delivery 6ES7652-8XX68-0YK0

With SIMATIC Route Control upgrade packages, you can upgrade License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
Route Control Engineering, Route Control Server and Route Control : Email address required!
Center from V8.x to V9.1 and from V9.0 to V9.1. The number of
existing "Routes" (quantity option for number of simultaneous SIMATIC Route Control Center
material transports) is fully available again after the upgrade. Upgrade V9.0 to V9.1
6 languages (English, German,
SIMATIC Route Control Center upgrades, which are only available for French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
online delivery, allow you to upgrade the Route Control Center soft­ software class A, runs with Win­
ware separately from V8.x to V9.1 and from v9.0 to V9.1. dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC or Win­
dows Server 2019 Standard Edition
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Selection and ordering data Readme for the latest information),
floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade
Media Package
from V8.x to V9.1
• Online delivery 6ES7658-8EX68-0YK0
SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade License key download, online Certi­
Package V8.x to V9.1 ficate of License
6 languages (English, German, : Email address required!
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC or Win­
dows Server 2019 Standard Edition
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5XX68-0YF0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5XX68-0YK0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
SIMATIC Route Control Center
Upgrade V8.x to V9.1
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC or Win­
dows Server 2019 Standard Edition
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Online delivery 6ES7658-7EX68-0YK0
License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
: Email address required!
SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade
from V9.0 to V9.1

SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade

Package V9.0 to V9.1
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC or Win­
dows Server 2019 Standard Edition
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-8XX68-0YF0
License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/23

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1

Update/upgrade packages
Operating System Packages for SIMATIC Process Control System IPC
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Operating System Packages for SIMATIC Process Control System IPC

Overview Selection and ordering data

Operating System Packages for SIMATIC Process Control System SIMATIC Process Control System IPC – Operating System Pack­
IPC ages
For the SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs listed below, different
Operating System Packages are offered to upgrade existing SIMATIC SIMATIC Process Control System IPC
– Operating System Packages
Process Control System IPCs to Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise
2019 LTSC and Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard. SIMATIC Process Control System
• Operating System Package with Restore USB flash drive: Contains IPC547G - Operating System
Package
the license label (COA) and the Restore data storage medium for Software class B, single license for 1
the respective SIMATIC Process Control System IPC installation
COA sticker and USB flash drive with
• Operating System Package without Restore USB flash drive: Con­ Restore Image A1 (operating system
tains only a license label (COA) for the SIMATIC Process Control only)
System IPC Reference HW: IPC547G - 6ES7660-7*
Upgrading of only one SIMATIC Process Control System IPC requires • Microsoft Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 6ES7650-4MB00-0UA0
the package with the Restore USB flash drive. 2019 LTSC, 64-bit
If multiple SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs are to be upgraded, • Microsoft Windows Server IoT 2019 6ES7650-4MB00-0UB0
the costs can be reduced by purchasing the Operating System Pack­ Standard, 16-core, 5 clt, 64-bit
ages without Restore USB flash drive. SIMATIC Process Control System
This means that the package with the Restore USB flash drive is IPC647D / IPC847D - Operating
System Package
needed at least once. This Restore USB flash drive can then also be Software class B, single license for 1
used for other SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs of the same installation
type. COA sticker and USB flash drive with
Licensing of the other SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs (of the Restore Image A1 (operating system
same type) is by acquiring the packages, which contain only the only)
Reference HW:
license label (COA). IPC647D - 6ES7660-5*
Of course, the package with the Restore USB flash drive can also be IPC847D - 6ES7660-6*
procured for each of the SIMATIC Process Control System IPCs. • Microsoft Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 6ES7650-4MB00-1UA0
Components of packages with Restore USB Flash Drive: 2019 LTSC, 64-bit
• Microsoft Windows Server IoT 2019 6ES7650-4MB00-1UB0
• Restore data storage medium corresponding to the respective IPC Standard, 16-core, 5 clt, 64-bit
• License label (COA) SIMATIC Process Control System
IPC647E / IPC847E - Operating
• Certificate of License (COL) System Package
Software class B, single license for 1
Components of packages without Restore USB Flash Drive:
installation
• License label (COA) COA sticker and USB flash drive with
Restore Image A1 / A2 (operating sys­
• Certificate of License (COL) tem + SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1)
Reference HW:
With the Restore USB flash drive, the operating system is transferred IPC647E - 6ES7661-0*,
to the SIMATIC Process Control System IPC through the familiar 6ES7650-0XH03-*YA0;
restore process. You can find more information in the supplied docu­ IPC847E - 6ES7661-1*,
mentation and on the Restore USB flash drive. 6ES7650-0XH03-*YB0
The SIMATIC Process Control System IPC Operating System Packages • Microsoft Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 6ES7650-4MB00-3UA0
require activation (online or by telephone) with Microsoft. 2019 LTSC, 64-bit
• Microsoft Windows Server IoT 2019 6ES7650-4MB00-3UB0
Delivered in a foil envelope. This reduces packaging material and the
size of shipping packaging, especially when ordering multiple Oper­ Standard, 16-core, 5 clt, 64-bit
ating System Packages. SIMATIC Process Control System
IPC627D / IPC677D - Operating
System Package
Software class B, single license for 1
installation
COA sticker and USB flash drive with
Restore Image A1 (operating system
only)
Reference HW: IPC627D / IPC677D -
6ES7650-4B*
• Microsoft Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 6ES7650-4MB00-2UA0
2019 LTSC, 64-bit

16/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
Operating System Packages for SIMATIC Process Control System IPC

Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC Process Control System

IPC427E / IPC477E - Operating
System Package
Software class B, single license for 1
installation
COA sticker and USB flash drive with
Restore Image A1 / A2 (operating sys­
tem + SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1)
Reference HW: IPC427E / IPC477E -
6ES7650-0VG*
• Microsoft Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 6ES7650-4MB00-4UA0
2019 LTSC, 64-bit
SIMATIC Process Control System IPC
- Operating System Packages
Software class B, single license for 1
installation
COA sticker only (without Restore USB
flash drive)
• Microsoft Windows 10 IoT Enterprise 6ES7650-4MB00-8XA0
2019 LTSC, 64-bit
Reference HW: IPC547G -
6ES7660-7*
IPC647D - 6ES7660-5*
IPC847D - 6ES7660-6*
IPC647E - 6ES7661-0*,
6ES7650-0XH03-.YA0
IPC847E - 6ES7661-1*,
6ES7650-0XH03-.YB0
IPC627D / IPC677D - 6ES7650-4B*
IPC427E / IPC477E - 6ES7650-0VG*
• Microsoft Windows Server IoT 2019 6ES7650-4MB00-8XB0
Standard, 16-core, 5 clt, 64-bit
Reference HW:
IPC547G - 6ES7660-7*
IPC647D - 6ES7660-5*
IPC847D - 6ES7660-6*
IPC647E - 6ES7661-0*,
6ES7650-0XH03-.YA0
IPC847E - 6ES7661-1*,
6ES7650-0XH03-.YB0

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/25

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0

Overview

You can learn here about the upgrade packages that are available
for upgrading SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0, and the system compon­
ents that are involved in the various upgrade packages.
The upgrades are divided into:
• Upgrades for Engineering System and Management Console
• Upgrades for Operator System including OpenPCS 7 and Web
Option for OS
• Upgrades for Process Historian and Information Server
• Upgrades for Maintenance Station
• Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
• Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
Products outside the SIMATIC PCS 7 product range
Upgrades for products from the product line of Totally Integrated
Automation (TIA) that do not directly belong to the product range of
SIMATIC PCS 7 and are therefore subject to their own version cycle
are summarized in a separate Section "Updates/upgrades asynchron­
ous to PCS 7 version". These include, for example:
• SIMATIC PDM
• Software for Safety Integrated for Process Automation
• S7‑PLCSIM simulation software
• Industrial Ethernet communication software for CP
Information is also provided there on the relationship between the
various product versions and the SIMATIC PCS 7 versions.

16/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Engineering System and Management Console
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0
Upgrades for Engineering System and Management Console

Overview Selection and ordering data

Engineering upgrade package AS/OS V8.x to V9.0 Engineering software

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System with Engineering Software
V8.x and Management Console V8.x can be upgraded to Version 9.0 Engineering Software Upgrade from
V8.x to V9.0, based on the existing
using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering upgrade package AS/OS. number of POs
The licenses included in the Engineering upgrade package AS/OS
V8.x to V9.0 apply to the following SIMATIC PCS 7 software SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering upgrade
products: package AS/OS V8.x to V9.0
Software class A, runs with Windows 7
• PCS 7 ES Single Station, PCS 7 AS Engineering Software, PCS 7 Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­
AS/OS Engineering Software prise 2015 LTSB 64-bit or Windows
Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit (see
• PCS 7 Import-Export Assistant SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for the
latest information), floating license for
• SIMATIC Version Cross Manager 1 user
5 languages (English, German, French,
• SIMATIC Version Trail Italian, Spanish)

• PCS 7 SFC Visualization With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media

Package
• PCS 7 BCE • Goods delivery 6ES7651-5AX58-0YE5
License key on USB flash drive, certi­
• PCS 7 Management Console ficate of license, bundled with 1 ×
• Industrial Ethernet communication software for CP SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
age per order item
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station SN ASIA upgrade package V8.x • Online delivery 6ES7651-5AX58-0YK5
to V9.0 License key download, online certi­
The ASIA regional product version "SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station ficate of license, combined with
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
SN ASIA" that comes with communication software SOFTNET-RED­ age (software download and
CONNECT can be upgraded to V9.0 with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ES single online certificate of license)
station SN ASIA upgrade package specifically designed for this pur­ : Email address required!
pose. ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Upgrade With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
A separate upgrade is available for upgrading the SIMATIC PCS 7 Package ASIA
Logic Matrix Viewer to V9.0. • Goods delivery 6ES7651-5AX58-0CE5
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager Upgrade ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
certificate of license, bundled with
The further developed SIMATIC Version Cross Manager V9.0 is avail­ 1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
able for use in SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0. The upgrade to SIMATIC Version Package ASIA per order item
Cross Manager V9.0 is part of the Engineering upgrade package SIMATIC PCS 7 ES Single Station SN 6ES7651-5AA58-6CE0
AS/OS V8.x to V9.0. ASIA upgrade package V8.x to V9.0
Advanced Engineering System Upgrade (including SOFTNET REDCONNECT)
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System V8.0 (incl. SP) can ware class A, runs with Windows 7
be used in SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0, V8.1, V8.2 and V9.0. Consequently, Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­
there is no need to offer a SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering Sys­ prise 2015 LTSB 64-bit or Windows
tem upgrade package for upgrading to V9.0. Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for the
latest information), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery
ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
certificate of license
SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Upgrade
from V8.2 to V9.0

SIMATIC PCS 7 Logic Matrix Viewer 6ES7658-1JB58-2YE0

Upgrade from V8.2 to V9.0
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
lish, German), software class A, runs
with Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB 64-bit
or Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0
Readme for the latest information),
single license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
Goods delivery
License key on USB flash drive and cer­
tificate of license

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/27

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for OS
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0
Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for OS

Overview Selection and ordering data

Upgrades combined in packages allow existing Operator Systems to OS software

be upgraded from V8.x to V9.0 in line with the number of existing
process objects and archive tags. OS software upgrade from V8.x to
V9.0, based on the existing number
OS software upgrades from V8.x to V9.0 of POs
The following upgrade packages for upgrading to V9.0 will be
offered for SIMATIC PCS 7 operator stations with OS software V8.x: SIMATIC PCS 7 OS single station
upgrade package V8.x to V9.0
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station upgrade package For OS single station, software class A,
runs with Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server upgrade package or Windows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB
64-bit (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/SFC Visualization upgrade package Readme for the latest information),
The ASIA product versions "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station SN ASIA" single license for 1 installation
and "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SN ASIA" that come with communica­ 5 languages (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish)
tion software SOFTNET-REDCONNECT can be upgraded to V9.0 with
specific upgrade packages: With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station SN ASIA upgrade package • Goods delivery 6ES7652-5AX58-0YE0
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SN ASIA upgrade package License key on USB flash drive, certi­
ficate of license, bundled with 1 ×
Two upgrade packages of type OS Single Station or OS Server are SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
required in each case for redundant SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator Sta­ age per order item
tions. • Online delivery 6ES7652-5AX58-0YK0
In addition to the licenses for the PCS 7 OS Software Single Station License key download, online certi­
or Server, the upgrade packages for OS Single Station and OS Server ficate of license, combined with
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­
include upgrade licenses for: age (software download and
• SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization online certificate of license)
: Email address required!
• SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)

• Industrial Ethernet communication software for CP With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package ASIA
• SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 and SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7/OS Client • Goods delivery 6ES7652-5AX58-0CE0
The upgrade license for SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization is also part ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
of the upgrade package SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/SFC Visualization. certificate of license, bundled with
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
With a SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server upgrade package, only one SIMATIC Package ASIA per order item
PCS 7 OS Server can be upgraded.
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station SN
Upgrade of the Web Option for OS ASIA upgrade package V8.x to V9.0
(including SOFTNET REDCONNECT)
Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server upgrade package, you can For OS Single Station
upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server, SIMATIC PCS 7 Web dia­ 2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­
gnostics server and SIMATIC PCS 7 Web diagnostics clients from V8.x ware class A, runs with Windows 7
to V9.0. Ultimate 64-bit or Windows 10 Enter­
prise 2015 LTSB 64-bit (see SIMATIC
PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for the latest
information), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2AA58-6CE0
ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
certificate of license

16/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0
Upgrades for Operator System incl. OpenPCS 7 and Web Option for OS

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server upgrade • Online delivery 6ES7652-5CX58-0YK5

package V8.x to V9.0 License key download, online certi­
For OS Server ficate of license
Software class A, runs with Windows : Email address required!
Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit (see ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for the
latest information), single license for Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
1 installation Media Package ASIA
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media • Goods delivery 6ES7652-5CX58-0CF5
Package ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
5 languages (English, German, French, certificate of license
Italian, Spanish)
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package Web Option for OS
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5BX58-0YE0
PCS 7 Web Server Upgrade from
License key on USB flash drive, certi­
V8.x to V9.0
ficate of license, bundled with 1 ×
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­ SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server upgrade
age per order item package V8.x to V9.0
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5BX58-0YK0 For SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server, SIMAT­
License key download, online certi­ IC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server,
ficate of license, combined with SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics client
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Pack­ 6 languages (English, German,
age (software download and French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
online certificate of license) software class A
: Email address required! Runs with the following operating sys­
tems (see SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Readme
ASIA, 2 languages (English, Chinese)
for latest information):
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard
Package ASIA 64-bit (Web server/Web diagnostics
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5BX58-0CE0 server)
ASIA license key on USB hardlock, • Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, Win­
certificate of license, bundled with dows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB 64-bit
1 × SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media (Web diagnostics client)
Package ASIA per order item Single license for 1 installation,
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SN ASIA without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
upgrade package V8.x to V9.0 Media Package
For OS Server • Goods delivery 6ES7652-5DX58-0YF0
2 languages (English, Chinese), soft­ License key on USB flash drive, certi­
ware class A, runs with Windows Serv­ ficate of license
er 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit (see
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5DX58-0YK0
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for the
latest information), single license for License key download, online certi­
1 installation ficate of license
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software : Email address required!
Media Package ASIA
• Goods delivery 6ES7658-2BA58-6CE0
ASIA license key on USB hardlock,
certificate of license
SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client/SFC Visualization upgrade
package V8.x to V9.0
Software class A, runs with Windows 7
Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­
prise 2015 LTSB 64-bit or Windows
Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for the
latest information), floating license for
1 user
5 languages (English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish)
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5CX58-0YF5
License key on USB flash drive, certi­
ficate of license

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/29

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Process Historian and Information Server
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0
Upgrades for Process Historian and Information Server

Overview Selection and ordering data

You can upgrade the following products from V8.x to version V9.0 PCS 7 Process Historian and Inform­
with the SIMATIC PCS 7 PH/IS Upgrade Package: ation Server upgrade from V8.x to
V9.0
• Process Historian and Information Server V8.0/V8.1/V8.2 (bundle
license) SIMATIC PCS 7 PH/IS Upgrade
Package V8.x to V9.0
• Process Historian Archive - BATCH V8.0/V8.1/V8.2 5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), software
• Process Historian Server Redundancy V8.0/V8.1/V8.2 (bundle class A, runs with Windows Server
license, upgrade package is required 2×) 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit (see SIMATIC
PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for latest informa­
• Information Server V8.0 tion), single license for 1 installation
• Process Historian Server V8.0 Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-7AX58-2YE0
License key on USB flash drive, certi­
ficate of license
• Online delivery 6ES7652-7AX58-2YK0
License key download, online certi­
ficate of license
: Email address required!

16/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Maintenance Station
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0
Upgrades for Maintenance Station

Overview Selection and ordering data

Maintenance Station Upgrade Package PCS 7 Maintenance Station upgrade

Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Upgrade Package, you from V8.x to V9.0
can upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime Basic SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Package and the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering Upgrade Package V8.x to V9.0
from V8.x to V9.0. The SNMP OPC server license is also taken into For installation on SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX,
account for the upgrade. single station or server
6 languages (English, German,
The cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
licenses are independent of the version. Existing asset TAGs of these software class A, runs with Windows 7
licenses are therefore completely available following the upgrade. Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­
prise 2015 LTSB 64-bit or Windows
Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit, single
license for 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5FX58-0YF0
License key on USB flash drive, certi­
ficate of license
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5FX58-0YK0
License key download, online certi­
ficate of license
: Email address required!

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/31

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade Packages SIMATIC BATCH upgrade from V8.x

Upgrades combined in packages allow you to upgrade existing to V9.0
SIMATIC BATCH systems from V8.x to V9.0: SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade
SIMATIC BATCH Server Upgrade Package Package V8.x to V9.0
6 languages (English, German,
With upgrade licenses for: French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
• SIMATIC BATCH Server software class A, runs with Windows 7
Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­
• SIMATIC BATCH Basic prise 2015 LTSB 64 Bit or Windows
Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit (see
• SIMATIC BATCH Single Station User SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for the
latest information), single license for
• SIMATIC BATCH Single Station System 1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
• SIMATIC BATCH API Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-5XX58-0YF0
• PCS 7 BCE
License key on USB flash drive, certi­
• Industrial Ethernet communication software for CP ficate of license
• Online delivery 6ES7657-5XX58-0YK0
SIMATIC BATCH Client upgrade package
License key download, online certi­
With upgrade licenses for: ficate of license
: Email address required!
• SIMATIC BATCH Client
SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade
• SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System Package V8.x to V9.0
6 languages (English, German,
The cumulative SIMATIC BATCH UNITs are independent of the ver­ French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
sion. Existing UNITs are completely available following the upgrade. software class A, runs with Windows 7
Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­
prise 2015 LTSB 64 Bit or Windows
Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for the
latest information), floating license for
1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7657-5XX58-0YF5
License key on USB flash drive, certi­
ficate of license
• Online delivery 6ES7657-5XX58-0YK5
License key download, online certi­
ficate of license
: Email address required!

16/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
Upgrades for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x to V9.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade Packages SIMATIC Route Control upgrade

With SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade Packages, you can upgrade from V8.x to V9.0
Route Control Engineering, Route Control Server and Route Control SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade
Center from V8.x to V9.0. The number of existing "Routes" (quantity Package V8.x to V9.0
option for number of simultaneous material transports) is fully avail­ 6 languages (English, German,
able again after the upgrade. French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Windows 7
SIMATIC Route Control Center upgrades, which are only available for Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­
online delivery, allow you to upgrade the Route Control Center soft­ prise 2015 LTSB 64 Bit or Windows
ware separately from V8.x to V9.0. Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for the
latest information), single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7652-5XX58-0YF0
License key on USB flash drive, certi­
ficate of license
• Online delivery 6ES7652-5XX58-0YK0
License key download, online certi­
ficate of license
: Email address required!
SIMATIC Route Control Center
upgrade V8.x to V9.0
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Windows 7
Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­
prise 2015 LTSB 64 Bit or Windows
Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit (see
SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Readme for the
latest information), floating license for
1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Online delivery 6ES7658-7EX58-0YK0
License key download, online certi­
ficate of license
: Email address required!

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/33

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for SIMATIC Logon
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for SIMATIC Logon

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC Logon is a central user administration system with access SIMATIC Logon Upgrade to V1.6 6ES7658-7BX61-0YE0
control which was introduced into the process control system as of 7 languages (English, German,
SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.0. Up to and including V6.1, SIMATIC Logon was French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese and
offered in the form of separate products whose version cycle was Japanese), software class A
asynchronous to the version cycle of SIMATIC PCS 7. Runs with the following operating sys­
tems
As of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0, the SIMATIC Logon software and licenses • Windows Vista (Business/Enter­
are fully integrated in the process control system. Since then, updat­ prise/Ultimate) up to SP2 32/64-bit
ing is carried out synchronous with SIMATIC PCS 7. • Windows 7 (Professional/Enter­
With the online compatibility tool, you can determine the SIMATIC prise/Ultimate) up to SP1 32/64-bit
Logon versions that are suitable for the various SIMATIC PCS 7 ver­ • Windows 8.0 (Standard/Pro/Enter­
sions: prise) 32/64-bit
• Windows 8.1 (Standard/Pro/Enter­
prise) 32/64-bit
• Windows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB
64-bit
• Windows Server 2003 SP1/SP2
32-bit
• Windows Server 2003 R2/2003 R2
SP2 32-bit
• Windows Server 2008 (Stand­
ard/Enterprise/Datacenter) up to SP2
32/64-bit
• Windows Server 2008 R2 (Stand­
ard/Enterprise/Datacenter) up to SP1
64-bit
• Windows Server 2012 (Founda­
tion/Essentials/Standard/Datacenter)
64-bit
• Windows Server 2012 R2 (Essen­
tials/Standard/Datacenter) 64-bit
Single license for 1 installation
Goods delivery: License key on USB
flash drive, Certificate of License, soft­
ware and electronic documentation
on CD

SIMATIC Logon Upgrade V1.5/1.6 to 6ES7658-7BX02-0YE0

V2.0
7 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese and
Japanese), software class A
Runs with the following operating sys­
tems
• Windows 10
• Windows Server 2016
• Windows Server 2019
Single license for 1 installation
Goods delivery: License key on USB
flash drive, Certificate of License, soft­
ware and electronic documentation
on USB

16/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for SIMATIC PDM
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for SIMATIC PDM

Overview Selection and ordering data

SIMATIC PDM can be integrated in the engineering system, i.e. in the SIMATIC PDM Upgrade/Update Ser­
configuration environment of SIMATIC PCS 7, or operated in stand- vice
alone mode. The version cycle of SIMATIC PDM is asynchronous to
the version cycle of SIMATIC PCS 7: SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package V6.x
to V9.1
The following overview shows some of the SIMATIC PDM versions For product packages and optional
and the compatible SIMATIC PCS 7 versions: product components of SIMATIC PDM
V6.0/V6.1
SIMATIC PDM Compatible SIMATIC PCS 7 version 6 languages (English, German,
version French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
V9.2 V8x, V9x
software class A, runs with Windows 7
Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­
V9.1 V9.0 prise 2015 LTSB 64-bit, Windows Serv­
V9.0 V8.2 er 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit or Win­
V8.1, V8.1+SP1 dows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit
V8.0+SP2 (without Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus) (see SIMATIC PDM V9.1 Readme for
V8.2 V8.0+SP2, V8.1, V8.1+SP1 latest information), floating license for
V8.1 V8.0, V8.0+SP1/SP2 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
V6.1 V6.1, V7.1 and V8.0
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-5CX68-0YE5
The compatibility tool on the internet provides detailed information License key on USB flash drive and
on how the various SIMATIC PCS 7 versions correlate with the ver­ Certificate of License, bundled with
sions of SIMATIC PDM: 1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/64847781 Package per order item
• Online delivery 6ES7651-5CX68-0YK5
Existing installations with SIMATIC PDM V7.0 can only be upgraded
License key download and online
to version 8.0 by first upgrading to version 9.2. Projects based on
Certificate of License combined with
SIMATIC PDM V8.x/V9.0 (including SP in each case) can be upgraded SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­
straight to V9.2 with upgrade packages. Alternatively, an upgrade is age (SIMATIC PDM and device library
also possible via the Software Update Service (for details, see "Soft­ software download)
ware Media and Logistics" chapter, "Software Update Service" sec­ : Email address required!
tion). SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package
Two upgrade packages are offered for SIMATIC PDM V8.x/V9.0: Basic from V8.x/V9.x to V9.2
For configurations based on SIMATIC
• SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package Basic1) (with/without SIMATIC PDM PDM Basic, Service, S7, PCS 7
HART Server option) for configurations based on: (with/without SIMATIC PDM HART
Server)
- SIMATIC PDM Basic 6 languages (English, German,
- SIMATIC PDM Service French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
- SIMATIC PDM S7 dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSB 64-bit
or Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 tion 64-bit (see SIMATIC PDM V9.1
Readme for the latest information),
• SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package Complete1) for configurations floating license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
based on:
Media Package
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Server • Goods delivery 6ES7651-5EX78-0YE5
License key on USB flash drive and
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7‑FF Certificate of License, bundled with
1) Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM such as PDM Extended, 1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media
PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7, PDM Routing, PDM Server and PDM Com­ Package per order item
munication FOUNDATION Fieldbus are each included in a product package SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package
listed in the SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package Basic or SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Basic from V8.x/V9.x to V9.3
Package Complete and are implicitly authorized to be updated via the cor­ For configurations based on SIMATIC
responding license. The SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package Complete is PDM Basic, Service, S7, PCS 7
required for use of the product components PDM Server or PDM Communic­ (with/without SIMATIC PDM HART
ation FOUNDATION Fieldbus. Server)
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Win­
dows 10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSB
64-bit or Windows Server 2019/2022
Standard Edition 64-bit, floating
license for 1 user
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-5EX88-0YE5
- License key USB flash drive

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/35

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for SIMATIC PDM

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package

Basic from V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1 Complete from V8.x/V9.0 to V9.1
For configurations based on SIMATIC For configurations based on SIMATIC
PDM Basic, Service, S7, PCS 7 PDM PCS 7 Server, PCS 7‑FF
(with/without SIMATIC PDM HART 6 languages (English, German,
Server) French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
6 languages (English, German, software class A, runs with Windows 7
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­
software class A, runs with Windows 7 prise 2015 LTSB 64-bit, Windows Serv­
Ultimate 64-bit, Windows 10 Enter­ er 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit or Win­
prise 2015 LTSB 64-bit, Windows Serv­ dows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit
er 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit or Win­ (see SIMATIC PDM V9.1 Readme for
dows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64-bit latest information), single license for
(see SIMATIC PDM V9.1 Readme for 1 installation
latest information), floating license for Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
1 user Media Package
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software • Goods delivery 6ES7651-5FX68-0YE5
Media Package License key on USB flash drive and
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-5EX68-0YE5 Certificate of License, bundled with
License key on USB flash drive and 1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media
Certificate of License, bundled with Package per order item
1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media
• Online delivery 6ES7651-5FX68-0YK5
Package per order item
License key download and online
• Online delivery 6ES7651-5EX68-0YK5 Certificate of License combined with
License key download and online SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­
Certificate of License combined with age (SIMATIC PDM and device library
SIMATIC PDM Software Media Pack­ software download)
age (SIMATIC PDM and device library : Email address required!
software download)
: Email address required! SIMATIC PDM Upgrade from V7.0 to
V8.0
SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package For product configurations based on
Complete from V8.x/V9.x to V9.2 SIMATIC PDM PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM
For configurations based on SIMATIC PCS 7‑FF or SIMATIC PDM S7
PDM PCS 7 Server, PCS 7‑FF 6 languages (English, German,
6 languages (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, runs with Windows 7
software class A, runs with Win­ Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows Server
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSB 64-bit 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or Windows
or Windows Server 2019 Standard Edi­ Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit, float­
tion 64-bit (see SIMATIC PDM V9.1 ing license for 1 user
Readme for the latest information), Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
single license for 1 installation Media Package
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software • Goods delivery 6ES7651-5DX08-0YE5
Media Package SIMATIC PDM V8.0 software and
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-5FX78-0YE5 device library on DVD, license key on
License key on USB flash drive and USB flash drive, Certificate of
Certificate of License, bundled with License
1 × SIMATIC PDM Software Media
• Online delivery 6ES7651-5DX08-0YK5
Package per order item
Software image download (SIMATIC
SIMATIC PDM Upgrade Package PDM and device library), license key
Complete from V8.x/V9.x to V9.3 download, online Certificate of
For configurations based on SIMATIC License
PDM PCS 7 Server, PCS 7‑FF : Email address required!
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with Windows
10 Enterprise 2019/2021 LTSB 64-bit
or Windows Server 2019/2022 Stand­
ard Edition 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package
• Goods delivery 6ES7651-5FX88-0YE5
- License key USB flash drive

16/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for Safety Integrated for Process Automation
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for Safety Integrated for Process Automation

Overview

SIMATIC S7 F Systems and SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix software The version cycle of these software components is not synchronous
products can be optionally integrated in the process control system with that of SIMATIC PCS 7, however.
for the implementation and operation of safety applications.

SIMATIC PCS 7 version Compatible versions

SIMATIC S7 F Systems SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Tool, SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer
V8.1, V8.2, V9.0 V6.1 SP2 or higher V6.2 SP2 or higher
V6.2
V6.3

Compatibility tool https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/64847781

With the compatibility tool on the Internet you can determine which
SIMATIC S7 F Systems and SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix versions are cur­
rently suitable for the various SIMATIC PCS 7 versions:

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/37

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for Safety Integrated for Process Automation

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC S7 F Systems SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Tool

SIMATIC S7 F Systems V6.3 Upgrade SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Tool V6.3

Package Upgrade Package V6.x -> V6.3
For SIMATIC S7 F Systems upgrade 2 languages (English, German), soft­
from V6.2 to V6.3 ware class A, runs on Windows 7 SP1
2 languages (English, German), soft­ (Enterprise/Ultimate), Windows 10
ware class A, runs on the following Enterprise LTSB 2015, Windows Server
operating systems: MS Windows 10 2008 R2 SP1, Windows Server
Enterprise 2015 LTSB 64-bit, MS Win­ 2012 R2, Windows Server 2016
dows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSC 64-bit, Floating License for 1 user
MS Windows Server 2012 R2 Update Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Standard Edition 64-bit, MS Windows Media Package
Server 2016 Standard Edition 64-bit, • Goods delivery 6ES7833-1SM03-0YE5
MS Windows Server 2016 Datacenter License key on USB flash drive and
Edition 64-bit, Floating License for Certificate of License, bundled with
1 user 1 × SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Soft­
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software ware Media Package per order item
Media Package
• Online delivery 6ES7833-1SM03-0YK5
• Goods delivery 6ES7833-1CC36-0YE5
License key on USB flash drive and License key download and online
Certificate of License, bundled with Certificate of License, combined
1 × SIMATIC S7 F Systems Software with SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Soft­
Media Package per order item ware Media Package (software
download and online Certificate of
• Online delivery 6ES7833-1CC36-0YK5 License)
License key download and online : Email address required!
Certificate of License combined with
SIMATIC S7 F Systems Software SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Viewer
Media Package (software download
and online Certificate of License) SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Viewer
: Email address required! V6.3
Upgrade Package V6.x -> V6.3
SIMATIC S7 F Systems V6.2 Upgrade 2 languages (English, German), soft­
Package ware class A,
For SIMATIC S7 F Systems upgrade Runs on Windows 7 SP1 (Enter­
from V6.0/V6.1 to V6.2 prise/Ultimate), Windows 10 Enter­
2 languages (English, German), soft­ prise LTSB 2015, Windows Server
ware class A, runs on the engineering 2008 R2 SP1, Windows Server
station under Windows 7 SP1 64-bit 2012 R2, Windows Server 2016
(Professional, Enterprise, Ultimate) or Floating License for 1 user
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 Stand­ Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
ard 64-bit; on the operator station Media Package
additionally under Windows 7 SP1 • Goods delivery 6ES7833-1SM63-0YE5
32-bit (Enterprise, Ultimate), Win­ License key on USB flash drive and
dows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB 64-bit Certificate of License, bundled with
or Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard 1 × SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Soft­
64-bit (see SIMATIC S7 F Systems V6.2 ware Media Package per order item
Readme for latest information), Float­
ing License for 1 user • Online delivery 6ES7833-1SM63-0YK5
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software License key download and online
Media Package Certificate of License, combined
• Goods delivery 6ES7833-1CC26-0YE5 with SIMATIC S7 Safety Matrix Soft­
License key on USB flash drive and ware Media Package (software
Certificate of License, bundled with download and online Certificate of
1 × SIMATIC S7 F Systems Software License)
Media Package per order item : Email address required!

• Online delivery 6ES7833-1CC26-0YK5

License key download and online
Certificate of License combined with
SIMATIC S7 F Systems Software
Media Package (software download
and online Certificate of License)
: Email address required!

16/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version

Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades for S7-PLCSIM Simulation Software
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for S7-PLCSIM Simulation Software

Overview Selection and ordering data

The S7‑PLCSIM software used for simulation of SIMATIC PCS 7 auto­ S7-PLCSIM Upgrade from V3.x, V4.x, 6ES7841-0CC05-0YE5
mation systems when debugging CFC/SFC user programs can be V5.0, V5.2 or V5.3 to V5.4 (incl. SP)
integrated into the Engineering System, i.e. into the configuration 5 languages (English, German,
environment of SIMATIC PCS 7. The version cycle of S7‑PLCSIM is French, Italian, Spanish), software
asynchronous to the version cycle of SIMATIC PCS 7. class A, runs with Windows 7 Ultimate
32/64-bit, Windows Server
S7-PLCSIM as of V5.4 SP8 Upd1 is compatible with SIMATIC PCS 7 2003/2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or Win­
V9.1 dows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
With the compatibility tool on the Internet you can determine which Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
S7-PLCSIM versions are suitable for the various SIMATIC PCS 7 ver­ Media Package
sions: Goods delivery
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/64847781 License key on USB flash drive, certific­
ate of license, software and electronic
documentation on CD

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/39

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version

Update/upgrade packages
System communication via Industrial Ethernet
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
System communication via Industrial Ethernet

Overview Design

With SIMATIC PCS 7, communications software and licenses of SIMATIC NET products are delivered together with the SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC NET are used for the system communication via Industrial software and are correctly installed automatically.
Ethernet. Their version cycle is not usually synchronous with that of You may need appropriate licenses for the respective SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC PCS 7. version of the following communications products to activate the
The SIMATIC PCS 7 versions correspond to the SIMATIC NET products software:
as follows:
Communication products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 Article No.
• SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 with SIMATIC NET products V16
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 V16, goods/online delivery 6GK1716-1CB16-0AA0/
• SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 with SIMATIC NET products V14 6GK1716-1CB16-0AK0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT V16, goods/online 6GK1716-0HB16-0AA0/
• SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.2 with SIMATIC NET products V13 delivery 6GK1716-0HB16-0AK0
When SIMATIC PCS 7 is upgraded, the BCE and the Hardnet IE bundle SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack V16, 6GK1716-0HB16-0AC0/
licenses with the PCS 7 upgrade packages (for ES and OS) are taken goods/online delivery 6GK1716-0HB16-0AK1
into consideration. REDCONNECT and SOFTNET licenses need to be SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE RNA V16 6GK1711-1EW16-0AA0
purchased separately. Communication products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Article No.

SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 V14, goods/online delivery 6GK1716-1CB14-0AA0/

6GK1716-1CB14-0AK0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT V14, goods/online 6GK1716-0HB14-0AA0/
delivery 6GK1716-0HB14-0AK0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack V14, 6GK1716-0HB14-0AC0/
goods/online delivery 6GK1716-0HB14-0AK1
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE RNA V14 6GK1711-1EW14-0AA0
Upgrades for communication software

• SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 Upgrade Edition 2006 or higher 6GK1716-1CB00-3AE0

• SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT upgrade from Edi­ 6GK1716-0HB00-3AE0

tion 2006 (V6.4)
• SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT upgrade for V6.0, 6GK1716-0HB00-3AE1
V6.1, V6.2 and Edition 2005 (V6.3)
• SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE RNA upgrade 6GK1711-1EW00-3AE0
BCE license

PCS 7 BCE V9.0, goods/online delivery 6ES7650-1CD58-2YB5/

6ES7650-1CD58-2YH5
Communication products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.2 Article No.

SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 V13, goods/online delivery 6GK1716-1CB13-0AA0/

6GK1716-1CB13-0AK0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7‑REDCONNECT V13, goods/online 6GK1716-0HB13-0AA0/
delivery 6GK1716-0HB13-0AK0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack V13, 6GK1716-0HB13-0AC0/
goods/online delivery 6GK1716-0HB13-0AK1
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA V13 6GK1711-1EW13-0AA0
Upgrades for communication software

• SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 Upgrade Edition 2006 or higher 6GK1716-1CB00-3AE0

• SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT upgrade from Edi­ 6GK1716-0HB00-3AE0

tion 2006 (V6.4)
• SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT upgrade for V6.0, 6GK1716-0HB00-3AE1
V6.1, V6.2 and Edition 2005 (V6.3)
• SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE RNA upgrade 6GK1711-1EW00-3AE0
BCE license

PCS 7 BCE V8.2, goods/online delivery 6ES7650-1CD28-2YB5/

6ES7650-1CD28-2YH5

16/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
System communication via Industrial Ethernet

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (continued)

Communication products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.1 SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA V16 6GK1711-1EW16-0AA0
Redundant network access, network
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 V16 access software for PRP network struc­
Software for S7, open communica­ tures with integrated SNMP, floating
tion, OPC, PG/OP communication license
Configuration software, up to Runtime software, software and elec­
120 connections, floating license tronic manual on DVD, license key on
Runtime software, software and elec­ USB flash drive, Class A, 2 languages
tronic manual on DVD, license key on (English, German) for
USB flash drive, Class A, 2 languages 64-bit: Windows 7 SP1 Profession­
(English, German) for al/Enterprise/Ultimate, Windows 10
64-bit: Windows 7 SP1 Profession­ Professional/Enterprise Version 1809,
al/Enterprise/Ultimate, Windows 10 1903
Professional/Enterprise Version 1809, Windows Server 2012 R2 Update
1903 (Standard Edition), Windows Server
Windows Server 2012 R2 Update 2016 (Standard Edition, Datacenter),
(Standard Edition), Windows Server Windows Server 2019 (Standard Edi­
2016 (Standard Edition, Datacenter), tion, Enterprise)
Windows Server 2019 (Standard Edi­
tion, Enterprise)
Communication products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0
• Goods delivery 6GK1716-1CB16-0AA0
Software and electronic manual on SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 V14
CD, license key on USB flash drive Software for S7, open communica­
• Online delivery 6GK1716-1CB16-0AK0 tion, OPC, PG/OP communication
Software and license key download Configuration software; up to
: Email address required! 120 connections; floating license
Runtime software, software and elec­
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE tronic manual on DVD; license key, 2
S7‑REDCONNECT V16 languages (English, German) for
incl. OPC server and HARDNET IE-S7 32/64-bit: Windows 7 SP1 Profession­
Software for fail-safe S7 communica­ al/Ultimate,
tion, floating license 64-bit: Windows 8.1 Professional, Win­
Runtime software, software and elec­ dows 10, Server 2008 R2 SP1, Server
tronic manual on DVD, license key on 2012 R2
USB flash drive, Class A, 2 languages For max. 4 CP 1623, CP 1628
(English, German) for 6GK1716-1CB14-0AA0
• Goods delivery
64-bit: Windows 7 SP1 Profession­
Software and electronic manual on
al/Enterprise/Ultimate, Windows 10
CD, license key on USB flash drive
Professional/Enterprise Version 1809,
1903 • Online delivery 6GK1716-1CB14-0AK0
Windows Server 2012 R2 Update Software and license key download
(Standard Edition), Windows Server : Email address required!
2016 (Standard Edition, Datacenter),
Windows Server 2019 (Standard Edi­ SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE
tion, Enterprise) S7‑REDCONNECT V14
S7 communication software for fail-
• Goods delivery 6GK1716-0HB16-0AA0
safe S7 communication over redund­
Software and electronic manual on ant networks with license for up to
CD, license key on USB flash drive 4 Industrial Ethernet CPs
• Online delivery 6GK1716-0HB16-0AK0 Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
Software and license key download lish, German); for
: Email address required! 32/64-bit: Windows 7 SP1 Profession­
al/Ultimate,
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE 64-bit: Windows 8.1 Professional; Win­
S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack V16 dows 10, Server 2008 R2 SP1, Server
For expansion of HARDNET IE S7 V15 2012 R2
communication software to HARD­ For max. 4 CP 1623, CP 1628
NET IE S7 REDCONNECT, floating 6GK1716-0HB14-0AA0
• Goods delivery
license
Software and electronic manual on
License key on USB flash drive, Class
CD, license key on USB flash drive
A, 2 languages (English, German) for
64-bit: Windows 7 SP1 Profession­ • Online delivery 6GK1716-0HB14-0AK0
al/Enterprise/Ultimate, Windows 10 Software and license key download
Professional/Enterprise Version 1809, : Email address required!
1903
Windows Server 2012 R2 Update
(Standard Edition), Windows Server
2016 (Standard Edition, Datacenter),
Windows Server 2019 (Standard Edi­
tion, Enterprise)
• Goods delivery 6GK1716-0HB16-0AC0
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB flash drive
• Online delivery 6GK1716-0HB16-0AK1
Software and license key download
: Email address required!

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/41

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
System communication via Industrial Ethernet

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V9.0

S7‑REDCONNECT PowerPack V14 Runtime license for plant bus commu­
For expansion of HARDNET‑IE S7 com­ nication via standard network adapter
munication software to HARDNET‑IE and Basic Communication Ethernet;
S7‑REDCONNECT, with license for up already integrated with SIMATIC PCS 7
to 4 Industrial Ethernet CPs Industrial Workstations
2 languages (English, German) for 3 languages (English, German,
32/64-bit: Windows 7 SP1 Profession­ French), software class A, runs with
al/Ultimate, Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, Win­
64-bit: Windows 8.1 Professional, Win­ dows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB 64-bit
dows 10, Server 2008 R2 SP1, Server or Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard
2012 R2 64-bit, floating license for 1 user
For max. 4 CP 1623, CP 1628 • Goods delivery 6ES7650-1CD58-2YB5
• Goods delivery 6GK1716-0HB14-0AC0 License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
Software and electronic manual on ficate of License
CD, license key on USB flash drive
• Online delivery 6ES7650-1CD58-2YH5
• Online delivery 6GK1716-0HB14-0AK1 License key download, online Certi­
Software and license key download ficate of License
: Email address required! : Email address required!
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA V14 6GK1711-1EW14-0AA0
Software for connecting PCS 7 sta­ Communication products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.2
tions to PRP-enabled networks with
integrated SNMP
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 V13
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
S7 communication software with
lish, German), software class A, for
license for up to 4 Industrial Ethernet
32/64-bit: Windows 7 SP1 Profession­
CPs
al/Ultimate,
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
64-bit: Windows 8.1 Professional; Win­
lish, German), software class A, runs
dows 10, Server 2008 R2 SP1, Server
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
2012 R2
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
Single license for 1 installation
64-bit, or Windows Server 2012 R2
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Standard 64-bit, single license for
Media Package
1 installation
Goods delivery
Software and electronic manual on • Goods delivery 6GK1716-1CB13-0AA0
CD, license key on USB flash drive Software and electronic manual on
Upgrades for communication software CD, license key on USB flash drive
• Online delivery 6GK1716-1CB13-0AK0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 6GK1716-1CB00-3AE0
Software and license key download
Upgrade : Email address required!
Edition 2006 or higher
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT V13
S7-REDCONNECT upgrade
S7 communication software for fail-
Software upgrade for
safe S7 communication over redund­
S7‑REDCONNECT
ant networks with license for up to
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
4 Industrial Ethernet CPs
lish, German), software class A, runs
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
lish, German), software class A, runs
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
64-bit or Windows Server 2012 R2
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
Standard 64-bit, single license for
64-bit or Windows Server 2012 R2
1 installation
Standard 64-bit, single license for
Goods delivery
1 installation
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB flash drive • Goods delivery 6GK1716-0HB13-0AA0
6GK1716-0HB00-3AE0
Software and electronic manual on
• Edition 2006 (V6.4) or higher
CD, license key on USB flash drive
• For V6.0, V6.1, V6.2, and Edition 6GK1716-0HB00-3AE1
• Online delivery 6GK1716-0HB13-0AK0
2005 (V6.3)
Software and license key download
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE RNA 6GK1711-1EW00-3AE0 : Email address required!
upgrade
Upgrade for SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE
RNA V8.1 or higher
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
lish, German), software class A, runs
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit or Windows Server 2012 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Goods delivery
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB flash drive

16/42 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
System communication via Industrial Ethernet

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)

SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V8.2

S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack V13 Runtime license for plant bus commu­
For expansion of HARDNET‑IE S7 com­ nication via standard network adapter
munication software to HARDNET‑IE and Basic Communication Ethernet;
S7‑REDCONNECT, with license for up already integrated with SIMATIC PCS 7
to 4 Industrial Ethernet CPs Industrial Workstations
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­ 3 languages (English, German,
lish, German), software class A, runs French), software class A, runs with
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit, Win­
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard dows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB 64-bit,
64-bit or Windows Server 2012 R2 Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
Standard 64-bit, single license for 64-bit or Windows Server 2012 R2
1 installation Standard 64-bit, floating license for
• Goods delivery 6GK1716-0HB13-0AC0 1 user
Software and electronic manual on • Goods delivery 6ES7650-1CD28-2YB5
CD, license key on USB flash drive License key on USB flash drive, Certi­
ficate of License
• Online delivery 6GK1716-0HB13-0AK1
Software and license key download • Online delivery 6ES7650-1CD28-2YH5
: Email address required! License key download, online Certi­
ficate of License
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-IE RNA V13 6GK1711-1EW13-0AA0
: Email address required!
Software for linking of PCS 7 stations
to PRP-enabled networks with integ­
rated SNMP
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
lish, German), software class A, runs
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit or Windows Server 2012 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Goods delivery
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB flash drive
Upgrades for communication software

SIMATIC NET HARDNET‑IE S7 6GK1716-1CB00-3AE0

Upgrade
Edition 2006 or higher
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT upgrade
Software upgrade for
S7‑REDCONNECT
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
lish, German), software class A, runs
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit or Windows Server 2012 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Goods delivery
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB flash drive
• Edition 2006 (V6.4) or higher 6GK1716-0HB00-3AE0

• For V6.0, V6.1, V6.2, and Edition 6GK1716-0HB00-3AE1

2005 (V6.3)
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE RNA 6GK1711-1EW00-3AE0
upgrade
Upgrade for SIMATIC NET SOFTNET‑IE
RNA V8.1 or higher
Runtime software, 2 languages (Eng­
lish, German), software class A, runs
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit or Windows Server 2012 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Goods delivery
Software and electronic manual on
CD, license key on USB flash drive

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 16/43

 17
© Siemens AG 2024

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

17/2 Lifecycle Services

17/2 Introduction
17/3 Lifecycle Management Suite
17/4 Managed System Services
17/5 Preventive System Analysis
17/6 Inventory Baseline Services
17/7 SIMATIC System Audit
17/8 Lifecycle Information Services
17/9 Asset Optimization Services
17/10 Legacy System Services
17/11 DCS Application Services
17/13 DCS Modernization Services
17/15 Lifecycle Services Contract
17/16 Technology services
17/16 SIMATIC Virtualization as a Service
17/17 SIMATIC DCS / SCADA Infrastructure
17/18 Multi-Vendor Device Integration
17/20 Power Control Integration Services
17/22 SIMATIC Software Platform as a Service
17/23 Industrial Communication Gateway
Services
 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Introduction
Lifecycle Services
Introduction

Overview

The service capability of your process control system is the key suc­ vices provide an efficient service program for everything to do with
cess criterion when it comes to making operating costs predictable the SIMATIC PCS 7 control system. These services can be easily
and optimizing them continuously, to protect investments and thus integrated into individual service contracts that are customized to
ensure plant availability. meet your specific requirements.
Reactive, proactive and preventive lifecycle services therefore ensure The standardized yet still flexible structure of the SIMATIC PCS 7
the service capability of the process control system in modern plants Lifecycle Services offers a future-proof basis for:
at optimized costs throughout the entire lifecycle. • Protection of your investments
The high pressure for innovation, especially through the use of IT sys­
tems that are constantly being upgraded, requires regular moderniza­ • Securing plant availability
tions - even in automation. Only process control systems that can be • Ability to calculate long-term maintenance costs
updated/upgraded throughout their entire lifecycle can keep pace
with the ongoing development of system technology at reasonable • Cost-optimized modernizations
costs.
The requirements and specifications for operation of a plant are very
specific, especially with a service life of 15 years and more. The ser­
vice requirements are just as diverse. The SIMATIC PCS 7 Lifecycle Ser­

More information

More information is available on the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/PCS7LCS
www.siemens.com/pils

17/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Lifecycle Management Suite
Lifecycle Services
Lifecycle Management Suite

Overview Benefits

Lifecycle Management Suite is a COMOS MRO-based Computerized • Full transparency thanks to effective import and analysis functions
Maintenance Management System (CMMS). The pre-configured • Fast system deployment through online setup
cloud-based system provides Standard Operation Procedures (SOP)
in the form of checkpoints for lifecycle services assigned to SIMATIC • Optimized maintenance and comprehensive asset lifecycle inform­
PCS 7 system components and field devices of process instrumenta­ ation
tion
Support: Application
If you have questions about this service, please contact
SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo, Step 7, TIA Portal, field devices of process
[email protected] instrumentation, 6ES7658
Your need:
• Efficient maintenance of the plant and ensuring availability and
serviceability of the control technology Options
• Feedback of service activities and continuous analysis of mainten­ LMS Standard* 9LA1110-5CA00-0DA0
ance histories
LMS Additional plant add on 9LA1110-5CA00-1DB0
• Availability of monitoring information also on mobile devices LMS Additional concurrent user add on 9LA1110-5CA00-1DC0
Our service offer: LMS Calibration add on 9LA1110-5CA00-1DD0
• COMOS MRO-based and pre-configured CMMS system with stand­ LMS MobileWorker add on 9LA1110-5CA00-1DE0
ard operation procedures LMS Online Monitoring add on** 9LA1110-5CA00-0DF0
LMS Demo*** 9LA1110-5CA00-0DA1
• Comprehensive range of calibration and verification functions for
field devices LMS Additional Tech Support 10h 9LA1110-5CA00-1CD0

• Generation of maintenance, obsolescence and IT security reports * Use of the LMS software via cloud access for the subscription period 1 year.
Administration of customer-specific software instances including software
update, including 10 hours of technical support / subscription term (Monday -
Friday 8:00 - 17:00 CET). 1x Floating License for one plant and one user simul­
taneously from a pool of users within "territory“.
** Provision of PRTG Network Monitor in the cloud, to monitor up to 500
aspects of your devices in your network, which usually means about 50
devices.
*** Access to a fully functional LMS instance for 3 months. Some restrictions
apply (one concurrent user, limited number of plants).

More information

More information is available online at:

siemens.com/lms

Lifcycle Management Suite

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/3

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Managed System Services
Lifecycle Services
Managed System Services

Overview Options

One year exclusive and individual technical product support contract Contents of all MSS options:
for automation, process instrumentation (field devices) and DCS sys­ • 1 year service contract
tems to minimize the risk of a production downtime.
• 30 hrs technical support
Support:
Should you have any question about the ordering process, please • Service Manager as central contact person
contact us at [email protected] • Access to further information in SiePortal
Your needs:
• Quarterly reporting on processed service requests
• Outsourcing of service activities and concentration on core busi­
ness MSS for automation systems 9LA1110-1BA01-0AA0-Z Y01
• Competent, high-performance support for engineering tasks and MSS for process instrumentation (field 9LA1110-1BD01-0AA0-Z Y01
devices)
maintenance
MSS for DCS systems 9LA1110-1BH01-0AA0-Z Y01
• Avoidance of on-site service calls by using future-oriented IT-based MSS Remote Desktop Sharing 9LA1110-1BR01-0AA0-Z Y01
services
MSS 25 hrs support extension – for DCS sys­ 9LA1110-1BL00
Our service offer: tems and/or field devices

This service includes comprehensive system inventory, central

coordination of all service activities by an exclusive Siemens support MSS for PCS neo Premium 9LA1110-1BN01-0AA0-ZY01
manager and regular status reporting. MSS for PCS neo – Ready for Virtualization – 9LA1110-1BN01-0VA0-ZY01
Siemens support manager: clarification of a possibility of virtualization
25 hrs support extension for PCS neo 9LA1110-1BL00-0AA0-ZY01
• Gets familiar with the plant and maintenance processes to integ­
rate them into the system
• Coordinates and manages all your support requests with the MSS for machine tools systems

highest priority Small Package 9MC1110-0MS00-0AA0

Medium Package 9MC1110-0MS00-0AA1
• Sends you quarterly status reports – from the initial system accept­
Large Package 9MC1110-0MS00-0AA2
ance to the final report, over the entire period of the contract.
25 hrs support extension for machine tools 9MC1110-0MS00-0AA3
systems

Benefits
MSS for Drive Systems 9MC3110-0MS00-0AA0
• Exclusive channel for fast callback and central request coordination 30 hrs technical support for one year
MSS for Drive Systems – 25 hrs support 9MC3110-0MS00-0AA1
• Avoid on-site service extension

• Exclusive access to the Extranet with contract-relevant contents

Application More information

SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo, Step 7, TIA Portal, field devices of process For any further technical information, please visit the Product Sup­
instrumentation, machine tools, drive systems, 6ES7658, 6DL89, port at https://sup­
6ES74, 6ES76 port.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109806719
Visit our website at siemens.com/mss

17/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Preventive System Analysis
Lifecycle Services
Preventive System Analysis

Overview Application

Identification of potential risks for SIMATIC PCS 7 systems SIMATIC PCS 7, Step 7, TIA Portal and WinCC, 6ES7658, 6DL89
Your need:
• Preventive system analysis to minimize risks Options

• Reduction of maintenace costs Preventive System Analysis one- System scope: max. 10 systems* 9LA1110-1CD00
time System Status Report generated
• Avoidance of system downtime one time
Preventive System Analysis 5 System scope: max. 5 systems 9LA1110-1CA00
Our service offer:
Preventive System Analysis 20 System scope: max. 20 systems 9LA1110-1CB00
• Detailed system analyses provided by Siemens experts Preventive System Analysis 50 System scope: max. 50 systems 9LA1110-1CC00
• Specific “Tailor-made“ measures to increase the maintenance effi­ Preventive System Analysis 75 System scope: max. 75 systems 9LA1110-1CE00
ciency Preventive System Analysis 100 System scope: max. 100 systems 9LA1110-1CF00

• Detailed reports on system condition and recommendation

More information
Benefits
Further information is available online at:
• Fast data acquisition
siemens.com/psa
• Intensive data analysis
• Transparent reporting

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/5

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Inventory Baseline Services
Lifecycle Services
Inventory Baseline Services

Overview Application

Inventory Baseline Services show which products are used where in SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC PCS neo, Step 7, WinCC, 6ES7658
the system and represent the lifecycle status of the automation sys­
tem. The system information is comprehensively recorded and the Options
plant situation is transparently displayed.
Support: Automation systems
If you have questions about this service, please contact us: Complete execution of the data collection of 9LA1110-8AJ00-1AA0
[email protected] the installed base on site by Siemens and
data evaluation (available only for Germany)
Your need:
Evaluation of the installed base, collected 9LA1110-8AJ00-2AA0
• Knowledge of the current inventory for planning and preparation with the SAS DC tool (SIMATIC Assessment
of further service measures Suite Data Collector)
Extension of the data collection and analysis 9LA1110-8AJ00-4AA0
• Standardized and complete recording of all installed automation with additional 20 PCs or VMs
components
Process instrumentation (field devices)
• Simultaneously lowest possible time and cost expenditure
Our service offer: Complete execution of the data collection of 9LA1110-8AJ00-1AB0
the installed base on site by Siemens and
• Cost-efficient, data-based inventory of the automation system analysis of process instruments (available
only for Germany)
• Transparent overview of the currently installed system inventory
This service can only be ordered upon request, please contact us via e-mail: ser­
and the spare parts stock
[email protected]
• Supply of the result through standardized reports Evaluation of the installed base, collected 9LA1110-8AJ00-2AB0
with the SAS DC tool (SIMATIC Assessment
• Professional evaluation by Siemens experts Suite Data Collector)
This service can only be ordered upon request, please contact us via e-mail: ser­
[email protected]
Benefits
• Decision support for planning future maintenance and moderniza­ More information
tion measures
More information is available online at:
• Data basis for further lifecycle services, e.g., SIMATIC System Audit,
Lifecycle Information Services or Asset Optimization Services siemens.com/ibs-sios
• Preparation for updates or upgrades

17/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

SIMATIC System Audit
Lifecycle Services
SIMATIC System Audit

Overview Application

Analysis and evaluation of the system status of SIMATIC PCS 7 sys­ SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC PCS neo, Step 7 and WinCC SCADA projects
tems or SIMATIC WinCC-based SCADA systems with subordinate
SIMATIC S7 level.
Support: Options
Should you have any question about the ordering process, please
SIMATIC System Audit is designed in a modular way - you only order
contact us at [email protected]
the modules you need. Prices on request.
Your need:
• Economic efficiency and productivity of the plant over the entire SIMATIC System Audit for SIMATIC PCS 7
life cycle
DCS Status 9LA1110–8AC10–4AA1
• Availability and serviceability of the SIMATIC automation systems
DCS Upgrade Study 9LA1110–8AC10–4AA2​
used
DCS Lifecycle Services 9LA1110–8AC10–4AA3​
• Services tailored to the systems and products DCS PCS neo Readiness 9LA1110–8AC10–4AA4​
• Preparation of a long-term service contract DCS (Special configuration) 9LA1110–8AC10–3AA1
Our service offer:
• Analysis and evaluation of service capability, upgrade capability, SIMATIC System Audit for WIN CC/S7
lifecycle contract compliance or PCS neo readiness. SCADA Status 9LA1110–8AD10–1AA1

Benefits Other

• Comprehensive overview of the condition of your automation sys­ Travelling expenses and other additional 9LA1110-8AC10-8AA1
tem costs

• Weak point and risk analysis with recommendations

• Reduction of downtimes by ensuring service capability More information
• Basis for long-term lifecycle service contracts More information is available online at:
siemens.com/ssa

SIMATIC System Audit

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/7

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Lifecycle Information Services
Lifecycle Services
Lifecycle Information Services

Overview Application

Continuous supply with information regarding product cycle of SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo, Step 7, TIA Portal, field devices of process
deployed automatization components, product-related statistical instrumentation, 6ES7658
failure rate as well as plant-specific information about
upgrades/updates. Options
Support:
The module “Basic One“ provides general product information for
If you have questions about this service, please contact us: product lifetime analysis fully automatically. The key point here is
[email protected] analyzing functional obsolescence.
Your need: In the module “Comprehensive One“, a team of experts evaluates
the extended product information, expands it with MTBF considera­
• Protection of your plant investment
tion, plant-specific information on updates and upgrades and
• Ensuring plant and machine avilability and serviceability provides recommendations for action.
For tech-savvy experts, the API interface provides the most import­
• Prevention of unplanned downtime or cost-intensive supply bottle­ ant product information for integration into your own applications.
necks
Our service offer:
Basic One 9LA1110-8AG10-1AM0
• Basic Information: focal point on functional obsolescence Comprehensive One 9LA1110-8AG10-3AM0
• Extended Analysis: Analysis from the produced related statistical API Setup 9LA1110-8AG10-0AS0
failure rate (MTBF) API 9LA1110-8AG10-0AM0
• Comprehensive Operation: addition of plant specific information
about upgrades/updates and recommended action
More information
Benefits For more information please visit:
• Regular proactive service information for reducing obsolescene siemens.com/lis
risks to a minimum
• Information about new functions in successor products provide
pointers regarding optimization potential
• Utilization of new technological functions

17/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Asset Optimization Services
Lifecycle Services
Asset Optimization Services

Overview Benefits

Optimize overall spare parts supply for your maintenance activities • Avoid the lack of spare parts
with a systematic four phases approach to reach high plant availabil­ • Minimize inventory and the budget allocated to it
ity.
Support: • Transparency about actual spare parts requirements
Should you have any question about the ordering process, please • Ensuring spare parts availability over the entire life cycle, thus
contact us at [email protected] providing the basis for improved serviceability
Your need: • Technical and economic warehouse optimization (lower capital
• Secure reliable supply of spare parts commitment)

• Minimize risks related to functional obsolescence

Application
• Reduce maintenance costs by optimizing the stock
SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo, Step 7, TIA Portal, field devices of process
• Optimize inventory, technically and economically (reduced capital instrumentation, 6ES7658, 6ES74, 6ES76
lockup)
• Maximize transparency in inventory management
• Maintain the balance between a high plant availability and pro­ Options
ductivity of your installations and a minimal budget dedicated to
Modules
the stock of spare parts replacement
Analysis 9LA1110-8AE10-1AA0​
Our service offer:
Concept 9LA1110-8AE10-2AA0​
• Analysis of the spare parts situation on site: availability, product
life cycle, spare parts delivery times. Implementation 9LA1110-8AE10-3AA0​
• Concept: Analysis of actual demand and development of a spare Operation Spare Parts Supply 9LA1110-8AE10-4AA0​
parts concept Operation Spare Parts Management 9LA1110-8AE10-4BA0​
• Implementation: Establishment of required storage structures,
storage locations and spare parts Options

• Operation: Continuous spare parts supply, depending on agreed Product Extension 9LA1110-8AE10-8AA0​
scope cyclical inventory analysis Time Extension 9LA1110-8AE10-8BA0​

More information

More information is available online at:

siemens.com/aos

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/9

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Legacy System Services
Lifecycle Services
Legacy System Services

Overview Application

Legacy System Services bridge the time until a planned plant • SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo, Step 7, TIA Portal and field devices of pro­
modernization of the SIMATIC PCS 7-based control technology. cess instrumentation
Support: • 6ES7658
Should you have any question about the ordering process, please
contact us at [email protected] Options
Your need:
1-year Legacy System Services Agree­
• Time bridging until a scheduled plant modernization of the SIMAT­ ment
IC PCS 7-based control system
Basic Agreement for SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Sys­ 9LA1110-8LA14-1AA0-ZY01
• Contractual assurances of delivery, maintenance, and support tems
Basic Agreement for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x Sys­
Our service offer: tems
• Basic Agreement for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.x Sys­ 9LA1110-8LA11-1AA0-ZY01
tems
secured access to technical support for obsolete components, spe­ Basic Agreement for SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x Sys­ 9LA1110-8LA10-1AA0-ZY01
cialized experts for coordination of all requests tems

•
only available in combination with the System Support module, 25-hour extension of technical processing
access to obsolete components of SIMATIC PCS 7 with reference For a SIMATIC PCS 7 V9.0 Agreement 9LA1110-8LA14-1AX0-ZY01
via standard ordering processes and known part numbers
For a SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x Agreement 9LA1110-8LA13-1AX0-ZY01
For a SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.x Agreement 9LA1110-8LA11-1AX0-ZY01
Benefits
• Proactive support: assured plant operation through contractually
guaranteed support for obsolete SIMATIC PCS 7 components More information
• Investment protection: time and financial freedom until a plant More information is available online at:
modernization is implemented
• Website siemens.com/lss
• Cost transparency: Improving the ability to plan maintenance costs
• Product Support https://sup­
and ensuring the economical operation of the plant
port.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/28706

17/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

DCS Application Services
Lifecycle Services
DCS Application Services

Overview Selection and ordering data

The comprehensive service package for the modernization of exist­ Library exchange to APL 9LA1110-8DA00-3AA0
ing DCS software components when using independent DCS Applic­ Basic expenses for a PCS 7 multi-
ation Services performance modules. project
Note: at least 1 AS required
Your need: (AS414/416/417/410)
• Holistic DCS system modernization Small library exchange to APL 9LA1110-8DA00-3AB0
For a small PCS 7 AS (AS414 or up to
• Modernization and standardization of individual applications 200 process objects)
• Maintenance of the plant operation and its serviceability Note: only available in combination
with 9LA1110-8DA00-3AA0
Our service offer: Medium library exchange to APL 9LA1110-8DA00-3AC0
For a medium PCS 7 AS (AS416 or up to
• Standardized library exchange at a fixed price and project-specific 800 process objects)
Note: only available in combination with
implementation of AS and OS components 9LA1110-8DA00-3AA0
• Ensuring the availability and serviceability of the PCS 7 configura­ Large library exchange to APL 9LA1110-8DA00-3AD0
tion For a large PCS 7 AS (AS417 or 800 up to
1800 process objects)
Note: only available in combination with
• Permanent guarantee of the availability of historical process data 9LA1110-8DA00-3AA0
• Structural analysis to create transparency DCS Modernization Flexible Use 9LA1110-8DA00-0CA0
Usage and quantity according to 9LA1276-8DA00-0CA0

Benefits agreement e.g., individual advice or

additional project services.
• Innovation: Modernization of the system to take advantage of cur­ • Delivery from Karlsruhe
rent and future DCS innovations • Delivery from Cologne
DCS Modernization travel costs 9LA1110-8DAXX-0CB0
• Cost-efficiency: Reduction of maintenance and care costs as well
Travel expenses for services onsite 9LA1276-8DAXX-0CB0
as avoidance of unplanned service costs
(will be charged according to actual
• Effectiveness: Efficient solutions for complex tasks thanks to pro­ expenses)
cessing with a standardized approach Note: Order only in combination: with
9LA1110-8DA00-0CA0 DCS Moderniz­
ation Flexible Use.
Application • Delivery from Karlsruhe
• Delivery from Cologne
SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo, Step 7, TIA Portal, 6ES7658 DCS Modernization Flexible Use small (S) 9LA1110-8DA00-0CC0
Usage and quantity as agreed e.g., indi­
vidual consultation or additional project 9LA1276-8DA00-0CC0
services.

• Delivery from Karlsruhe

• Delivery from Cologne
AS Option - Reposition CFC Blocks 9LA1110-8DA00-8AA0
Repositioning of CFC blocks for a PCS 7 AS
Note: only available in combination with 9LA1276-8DA00-8AA0
Block Exchange per AS Description of ser­
vice.

• Delivery from Karlsruhe

• Delivery from Cologne
AS Option - SFC Parameter Exchange 9LA1110-8DA00-8AB0
Exchange of parameters in steps, and
transitions for a PCS 7 AS 9LA1276-8DA00-8AB0
Note: only available in combination with
Block Exchange per AS Description of ser­
vice.

• Delivery from Karlsruhe

• Delivery from Cologne
AS Option – Dissolve chart-in-chart 9LA1110-8DA00-8AC0
Ungrouping of chart-in-chart elements for
a PCS 7 AS 9LA1276-8DA00-8AC0
Note: only available in combination with
Block Exchange per AS Description of ser­
vice.

• Delivery from Karlsruhe

• Delivery from Cologne
Block Exchange AS Analysis 5AS 9LA1110-8DA00-1AA0
AS analysis for max. 5 AS per multi-
project as basis for the technical clarifica­ 9LA1276-8DA00-1AA0
tion of the library exchange.
Note: the AS analysis is a prerequisite for
a customer-specific offer.

• Delivery from Karlsruhe

• Delivery from Cologne

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/11

 © Siemens AG 2024

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Lifecycle Services
DCS Application Services

Selection and ordering data (continued) Selection and ordering data (continued)
Block Exchange AS Analysis 10AS 9LA1110-8DA00-1AB0 Expansion of the Replacement OnlineT­ 9LA1110-8DA00-5BB0
AS analysis for max. 10 AS per multi- rendControl 10
project as basis for the technical clarifica­ 9LA1276-8DA00-1AB0 Replacement of 10 additional classic
tion of the library exchange. OnlineTrendControls in the process pic­
Note: the AS analysis is a prerequisite for tures with current OnlineTrendControls.
a customer-specific offer. Note: only available in combination with
9LA1110-8DA00-5BA0 (OS Replacement
• Delivery from Karlsruhe Online TrendControls Basis 50)
• Delivery from Cologne AS Option Structural Analysis 9LA1110-8DA00-6AA0
Detection of recurring structures in CFCs
Block Exchange AS Analysis 20AS 9LA1110-8DA00-1AC0 for standardization and preparation for a 9LA1276-8DA00-6AA0
AS analysis for max. 20 AS per multi- CM/CMT conversion, for up to 10 search
project as basis for the technical clarifica­ 9LA1276-8DA00-1AC0 structures with up to 3 options in maxim­
tion of the library exchange. um 10 AS.
Note: the AS analysis is a prerequisite for
a customer-specific offer.
• Delivery from Karlsruhe
• Delivery from Karlsruhe • Delivery from Cologne
• Delivery from Cologne Conversion OS Image Resolution Basic 80 9LA1110-8DA00-5BC0
Basic effort for adaption of image resolu­
Block Exchange AS Analysis 30AS 9LA1110-8DA00-1AD0 tions for up to 80 images including manu­ 9LA1276-8DA00-5BC0
AS analysis for max. 30 AS per multi- al post-editing.
project as basis for the technical clarifica­ 9LA1276-8DA00-1AD0
tion of the library exchange.
Note: the AS analysis is a prerequisite for • Delivery from Karlsruhe
a customized offer. • Delivery from Cologne
• Delivery from Karlsruhe Extension OS Image Resolution 20 9LA1110-8DA00-5BD0
Basic effort for adaption of 20 additional
• Delivery from Cologne images, including manual post-editing. 9LA1276-8DA00-5BD0
Block Exchange AS Analysis 50AS 9LA1110-8DA00-1AE0
AS analysis for max. 50 AS per multi- • Delivery from Karlsruhe
project as basis for the technical clarifica­ 9LA1276-8DA00-1AE0 • Delivery from Cologne
tion of the library exchange.
Note: the AS analysis is a prerequisite for Conversion OS Image Resolution Basic 20 9LA1110-8DA00-5BE0
a customer-specific offer. Basic effort for adaptation of image resol­
utions for up to 20 images, including 9LA1276-8DA00-5BE0
• Delivery from Karlsruhe manual post-editing.
• Delivery from Cologne • Delivery from Karlsruhe
Block Exchange OS Analysis 9LA1110-8DA00-1BA0 • Delivery from Cologne
Required for each PCS 7 server (OS image
analysis for identification of OS activit­ Control Module (CM) Conversion per AS 9LA1110-8DA00-4AA0
ies). Analysis data are transferred in Excel Conversion of defined block-structures to
file. Control Modules for one AS. 9LA1276-8DA00-4AA0
Note: Only available in combination with
OS Option Analysis Detail 9LA1110-8DA00-6BA0 AS option structural analysis
Required for each PCS 7 server (additional (9LA1110-8DA00-6AA0) and Control Mod­
comprehensive detailed analysis data as ule conversion per AS
MS Access database for internal evalu­ (9LA1110-8DA00-4AB0).
ations).
Note: only available in combination with • Delivery from Karlsruhe
9LA1…-8DA00-1BA0 Block Exchange OS
Analysis. • Delivery from Cologne
Block Exchange OS Standard Basis 80 Control Module Conversion per CMT 9LA1110-8DA00-4AB0
9LA1110-8DA00-3BA0 Conversion of recurring structures in Con­
Library exchange to APL 9LA1276-8DA00-4AB0
Basic effort required for up to 80 images trol Module, per CM type.
per PCS 7 OS server. Note: only available in combination with
AS option structural analysis
(9LA1110-8DA00-6AA0) and Control Mod­
Extension OS Standard 10 pictures 9LA1110-8DA00-3BB0 ule Conversion per AS
Additional processing of 10 process pic­ (9LA1110-8DA00-4AA0).
tures
• Delivery from Karlsruhe
Conversion to System Archives Basis 400 9LA1110-8DA00-8BA0
Basic effort for setting the archiving at • Delivery from Cologne
the block connection in the CFC, based on
available process value archives, and con­ SFC documentation per chain 9LA1110-8DA00-4GA0
version to system archives for up to 400 Graphical representation of an SFC chain
archive variables. in an Excel file (per single SFC chain). 9LA1276-8DA00-4GA0
Connection of the OnlineTrendControls to
the new variables of the system archives. • Delivery from Karlsruhe
Note: only available in combination with
Block Exchange AS/OS. • Delivery from Cologne

Extension System Archives 100 9LA1110-8DA00-8BB0

Setting the archiving at the block connec­
tion in the CFC, based on available pro­
cess value archives, and conversion to
system archives for additional 100
archive tags.
Note: only available in combination with
9LA1110-8DA00-8BA0 (Conversion to Sys­
tem Archives Basis 400)

OS Replacement OnlineTrendControl 9LA1110-8DA00-5BA0

Basis 50
Basic effort required per PCS 7 OS server
for the replacement of up to 50 classic
OnlineTrendControls with current
OnlineTrendControls.

17/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

DCS Modernization Services
Lifecycle Services
DCS Modernization Services

Overview Options

Holistic and individual support for the modernization of existing DCS OS Image Resolution Adjustment
systems. Conversion OS Image Resolution Basic 80​​ 9LA1110-8DA00-5BC0​
Your need: Basic cost for changing image resolutions for
up to 80 images, including manual follow-up
• Long-term investment protection work.​
Conversion OS Image Resolution Basic 20 9LA1110-8DA00-5BE0
• Reduced time and costs for system operation Basic cost for changing image resolutions for
up to 20 images, including manual follow-up
• Compliance with current IT security standards work.​
Our service offer: Extended OS Image Resolution 20 9LA1110-8DA00-5BD0
Change of image resolution for 20 additional
• Upgrades to current PCS 7 versions images, including manual follow-up work
Note:​ Can only be ordered in combination
• Preparation for changeover to SIMATIC PCS neo with Conversion OS Image Resolution Basic
80​lbar​
• Preparation for lifecycle service contract
• Support for modernization of TELEPERM M systems OS OnlineTrendControl Replacement

OS Replacement OnlineTrendControl Basic 9LA1110-8DA00-5BA0

Benefits 50​

Expansion Replacement OnlineTrendCon­ 9LA1110-8DA00-5BB0

• High quality of the upgrade reducing downtimes trol 10​

• All SIMATIC PCS 7 services from a single source with clear respons­ Note: Can only be ordered in combination
with OS Replacement OnlineTrendControl
ibilities and many years of modernization know-how Basic 50

• Innovative through the use of current and future DCS technologies

with simultaneous reduction of maintenance costs Modernization Consulting & Support​

Service Agreement TELEPERM M Basic 9LA1110-8DA00-0FA0

Application Entitles the customer to order still avail­
able TELEPERM M software compon­
SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo, Step 7, TIA Portal, field devices of process ents, including technical support​
Term: 1 year​
instrumentation, 6ES7658, 6DL89

PCS 7/ TM-OS Coupling Package Upgrade

V5.2 for PCS 7 V8.2 SP2, V9.0 SP1, SP2, SP3
Possible for Win Server 2016​

Full version PCS 7/TM-OS V5.2 6DS5128-1XX40-3XX3

Upgrade to PCS 7/TM-OS V5.2​ 6DS5128-1XX40-2XX3

Upgrade to PCS 7/TM-OS V5.2 ​ 6DS5128-1XX42-2XX3

+ Upgrade to PCS 7/TM-OCX V5.2​

PROGRAF AS for Windows 10 Enterprise

2015​

PROGRAF AS+/Win10 Upgrade with new Customer specific solution

USB-Dongle

Modernization Consulting & Support​

DCS Modernization Flexible Use 9LA1110-8DA00-0CA0

Use and quantity by agreement
e.g., individual advice or additional project
services​
DCS Modernization Flexible Use S​ 9LA1110-8DA00-0CC0
Small (S)​
Use and quantity by agreement
e.g., individual advice or additional project
services​
DCS Modernization travel costs​ 9LA1110-8DA00-0CB0
Travel costs for on-site services
Note: Can only be ordered in combination
with 9LA1110-8DA00-0CA0 DCS Moderniza­
tion Flexible Use ​

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/13

 © Siemens AG 2024

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Lifecycle Services
DCS Modernization Services

More information

More information is available online at:

siemens.com/das

17/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Lifecycle Services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Lifecycle Services Contract
Lifecycle Services
Lifecycle Services Contract

Overview Benefits

Modular service program for a lifecycle service contract ensuring • Transparency of costs for services and modernization
sustainable serviceability and increasing plant availability. • Increased system availability due to assured start-up times for ser­
Support: vice, spare parts supply and preventive maintenance measures
If you have questions about this service offering, please contact us • Preservation of the serviceability of the system
at
[email protected]
Your need: Application
• Long-term assurance of investment protection SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo and WinCC SCADA systems
• Consistent functionality on renewed and maintained system plat­
form More information
• Plannability of necessary service measures and costs More information is available online at:
Our service offer: siemens.com/pcs7lcs
• System modernizations
• On-call service and on-site and remote repairs
• Inspection, maintenance, spare parts & repairs
• Contract management, support and consulting
• Obsolescence management

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/15

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Technology services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

SIMATIC Virtualization as a Service
Technology services
SIMATIC Virtualization as a Service

Overview

Virtualization solution for SIMATIC systems - with efficient main­ Our service offer:
tenance, modernization and care of deployed system components Everything from a single source - virtualization solution, including
for a smooth plant operation. the suitable software and hardware components as well as services
Support: throughout the entire lifecycle
If you have questions about this service offering, please contact us at • Setup of complete visualization hosts and configuration of virtual
[email protected] machines
Your need: • Installation of SIMATIC software ready-to-use and additional con­
• Maintenance and care of installed software components figuration of operating systems

• Reduce lifecycle costs • Comprehensive service package: From installation and configura­
tion to a 3/5-year service contract and additional options such as
• Fast, reliable service and support Managed System Services, Remote Services or Industrial Security
Services

SIMATIC Virtualization as a Service

Benefits Application
• From a single source lifecycle services for SIMATIC products, SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo, Step 7, TIA Portal, 6ES7658, 6DL89
VMware, hardware and software
• Simple implementation of a virtualization solution, with prefabric­
ated, configured, ready-to-use, tested systems for DCS systems - More information
easy connection to MES systems possible
More information is available online at:
• Cost reduction through energy/space savings and optimized main­
www.siemens.com/sivaas
tenance/servicing

17/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Technology services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

SIMATIC DCS / SCADA Infrastructure
Technology services
SIMATIC DCS / SCADA Infrastructure

Overview Benefits

Deployment of powerful and preconfigured IT infrastructure • Providing services during the entire life cycle
with preinstalled software for data backup, data archiving and • Coverage of all installed components and the complete system
visualization.
Support: • All-round support for all hardware and software components
included
If you have questions about this service offering, please contact us
at [email protected]
Your need: Application
• Increased availability of your automation systems SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo, Step 7, TIA Portal and field devices of pro­
cess instrumentation, 6ES7658, 6DL89
• Productivity boost through historical data from operations
Our service offer: Options
• Transparent reporting, archiving and backup system
• Different architectures available - contact our consulting
• Comprehensive IT solution comprising server hardware and soft­
ware
More information
• Customized services from a single source
More information is available online at:
www.siemens.com/sidsi

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/17

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Technology services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Multi-Vendor Device Integration
Technology services
Multi-Vendor Device Integration

Overview Benefits

Integration of field devices that are not supported by the SIMATIC • Cost savings during commissioning because of proven MVDI librar­
(PCS 7/ neo) standard system ies (20 years of experience)
Support: • As part of the service contract, no update costs for upgrades
If you have questions about this service, please contact us at • All-round carefree system & support package from a single source
[email protected] and directly from the manufacturer
Your need:
• Risk minimization through testing possibilities with SIMIT
• Seamless and system compliant integration of 3rd party devices in
SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo AS/OS • Siemens libraries can be combined with a 5 year Lifecycle Services
Contract
Our service offer:
• The first step is to provide advice and clarify customer require­
ments in an evaluation process
• Once the evaluation has been completed, the desired library can
be ordered
• Depending on the requirements delivery of library with:
• APL-compliant AS / OS driver library, if necessary with Maintenance
Station
• Driver generator ( generate assembly driver )
• Manual and online help
• 5-year service agreement for updates and support included

17/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Technology services
Multi-Vendor Device Integration

Application

S7 400, S7-410, PCS 7 ES

6ES741, 6ES76546, 6ES7656, 6ES765
Example: Connection of 3rd Party devices in SIMATIC PCS 7 and PCS neo AS/OS

7,$3RUWDO
3&6:LQ&&
:LQ&&3DQHOV
26&OLHQWV
67(37,$3RUWDO3&6

3&6:LQ&&
266HUYHU

6 6

0RGEXV7&3

0RGEXVVHULDO

&0

G_ST70_XX_04787
6LHPHQV UG3DUW\ 6LHPHQV UG3DUW\ 6LHPHQV UG3DUW\ 6LHPHQV UG3DUW\ 6LHPHQV UG3DUW\
,26\VWHPV 0RWRUVDQGIUHTXHQF\FRQYHUWHUV ,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ &RQWUROOHUV ,26\VWHPV

MVDI (Multi-Vendor Device Integration)

Options

Licence for AS Driver Library + 5 year Service Agreement

Evaluation AS Driver Library 9LA1110-6MV00-0AA0
AS Building Block Driver Feasibility Study
and Functional Testing of Project-Specific
Requirements
AS Driver Library incl. Service Agreement 9LA1110-6MV00-0AB0
(valid for one plant)

Licence for + 5 year Service Agreement

Evaluation OS Driver Library 9LA1110-6MV00-0BA0
OS Driver Library incl. Service Agreement 9LA1110-6MV00-0BB0
(valid for one plant)

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/19

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Technology services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Power Control Integration Services
Technology services
Power Control Integration Services

Overview Benefits

Integration of switchgear (protection devices) per IEC 61850 into • Carefree system and support package from a single source and dir­
process automation systems ectly from the manufacturer
Support: • One point of contact for support on all PCS 7 or STEP 7 devices
If you have questions about this service, please contact us via e-mail with no limit on requests
at [email protected] • Wide range of connection options for IEC 61850 devices in SIMAT­
Your need: IC systems - customizable and expandable on request
• Integration of medium-voltage devices into SIMATIC process auto­ • One automation system for processes and energy
mation systems
• Project consulting and feasibility studies Application
• Customized services and products, to meet project requirements • S7 400, PCS 7 ES, STEP 7, S7 1500, PCL, TIA, WinCC, SIPROTEC 5
Our service offer:
• 6ES74, 6ES7651-5AA68, 6ES78, 6ES751, 6ES765, 6ES7822-0A,
• Software and hardware in combination with a 5-year service agree­ 6AV6271, 7SJ8, 7SJ6, 7SA8,7SA5, 7SA6, 7SD8, 7SD5, 7SD6, 7SL8,
ment 7UT8, 7UT6, 7SK8, 7UM8, 7UM62, 7VE85, 7VA6, 7VK87, 7VK61,
7SS85, 7SS52, 7MD8, 7SC80, 7RW80, 7VU68, 6MD6
• Clarification of general technical questions and concerns about
system operation
• Support in search, analysis, and elimination of errors
• Support in the selection and implementation of software updates
for new
PCS 7, WinCC, TIA or PCS neo versions
• Upgrades for functional enhancements
• Spare parts for Station Gateway
• Further project-specific functional extensions and feasibility stud­
ies on request
Watch how to integrate your medium-voltage switchgear
according to IEC 61850 into SIMATIC PCS 7.

17/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Technology services
Power Control Integration Services

Options

SIMATIC PCS 7 or STEP 7

Station Gateway for singular / redundant connection of up to 128 IEDs via IEC 61850 in PCS 7
IPC227E Station Gateway for 64 IEDs 9LA1110-6BC10-0AA0 128 IEDs 9LA1110-6BC10-0AA1
CN 4100 Station Gateway CPU (incl. license for 64 IEDs) 9LA1110-6CN10-0AA0
CN 4100 Station Gateway Rack 9LA1110-6CN10-0AX0
CN 4100 Station Gateway Upgrade to 128 IEDs (for one CPU) 9LA1110-6CN10-0AA1
IPC227E or CN 4100 Station Gateway only in combination with Service Agree­ 9LA110-6BC10-0AX0
ment over 5 years
5-year Service Agreement extension 9LA1110-6BC10-0AX1
5-year Service Agreement re-activation 9LA1110-6BC10-0AX2
IPC227E Station Gateway optional license upgrade IEC 61850 for up to 128 IEDs 9LA1110-6BC10-0AU0
Only in combination with 5-year Service Agreement 9LA1110-6BC10-0AX0

IEC 61850 MMS Client AS Library - Plant license for integration

of up to 8 IED/CPU in PCS 7/STEP 7
Delivery online (OSD – Online Software Delivery)

Software for PCS 7/STEP7 9LA1110-6PC10-3BB8

Only in combination with 5-year Service 9LA1110-6PC10-3CA0
Agreement

WinCC

WinCC IEC 61850 MMS Channel - Pure software solution for the integration of up to 255 IEDs in WinCC
Software for 20 IEDs 9LA1110-6PC10-1BE3 50 IEDs 9LA1110-6PC10-1BE4 255 IEDs 9LA1110-6PC10-1BE5
Only in combination with 5-year Service Agreement 9LA1110-6PC10-1CA0

TIA Portal
IEC 61850 MMS Client AS Library - Plant license for integration
of up to 8 IED/CPU in TIA Portal
TIA Station Gateway - for singular connection of up to 20 IEDs Delivery online (OSD – Online Software Delivery)
via IEC 61850 in TIA Portal
Hardware and software, including 5-year 9LA1110-6BC10-0AB0 Software for TIA Portal
service Agreement 9LA1110-6PC10-3BC8
Only in combination with 5-year Service 9LA1110-6PC10-3CA0
Agreement

More information
• Visit us on web! www.siemens.com/pcis
• Product Support: https://sup­
port.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109800036
• Download the brochure here: https://assets.new.siemens.com/con­
tent/siemens/assets/ui/en/search.html#/asset/sid:716b102a-
c240-4126-a830-a2ae1615dad8

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/21

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Technology services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

SIMATIC Software Platform as a Service
Technology services
SIMATIC Software Platform as a Service

Overview Benefits

Cloud-based, ready-to-run IT infrastructure with preinstalled SIMATIC • Reduction of investment costs through transition from CAPEX to
software as an efficient method for providing engineering- and OPEX
operator training-environments. • Location-independent multi-project and multi-user engineering
Support: through flexible use of distributed engineering resources
If you have questions about this service offering, please contact us • Fast availability of different SIMATIC software versions
at
[email protected]
Your need: Application
• SIMATIC software for short-term, temporally limited and flexible SIMATIC PCS 7, PCS neo, Step 7, TIA Portal, field devices of process
use automation, 6ES7658
• Flexible / demand-based utilization of additionally required
resources
More information
• Provision of necessary resources such as computing power,
memory and networks More information is available online at:
Our service offer: www.siemens.com/sipaas
• Preinstalled and preconfigured virtual appliance in the cloud
accessible through our website
• Adaptability to individual needs during use
• Demand-oriented pricing model to reduce investment costs to
actual usage

17/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024
Overview
Technology services

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Industrial Communication Gateway Services
Technology services
Industrial Communication Gateway Services

Overview

Modbus/ M-Bus connection of devices or systems to SIMATIC PCS 7, • PCS 7 typical engineering
Step 7, PCS neo and TIA Portal via standard gateways software and Our service offer:
hardware
• Project consulting and support by our service experts are included
Support:
If you have questions about this service offering, please contact us at • Engineering support and integration of the standard protocols
[email protected] into your systems can be ordered optionally on request
Your need: • Our plant licenses allow the multiple usage as often as required
within a plant
• Connection of devices to the SIMATIC S7 via protocols that are not
supported by the system standard

Example: Connection of serial MODBUS slaves for S7-400

CM101 CPU 410-5H

Modbus
Serial (763+$
ET-200M
CP341
Profibus

&03W3 0RGEXV7&3
G_ST70_XX_04376
G_ST70_EN_0437

Modbus
Modbus
Serial
Serial

Step 7 / PCS 7 Modbus

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/23

 © Siemens AG 2024

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Technology services
Industrial Communication Gateway Services

Overview (continued)

Example: Connection of EtherNet/IP Adapter

&UIFSOFU*1
&UIFSOFU*1
&UIFSOFU*1
3FNPUF
*0 1/.' $16
)

4DBOOFS 'JFME
%FWJDF $PVQMFS

(@45@99@
4XJUDI

130'*/&5*OEVTUSJBM
&UIFSOFU
&UIFSOFU*1

Benefits
• Cost optimization by project or single CPU licenses
• Wide range of connection possibilities for standard protocols into
the SIMATIC world
• Siemens as a supplier of hardware and software

Application

SIMATIC PCS 7, Step 7, PCS neo and TIA Portal 6ES7651-5AA68,

6ES7651-5AA68, 6ES78, 6ES74

17/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens AG 2024

Services for SIMATIC PCS 7

Technology services
Industrial Communication Gateway Services

Options

1. Standard Gateways Soft- and Hardware​

Library to connect serial Modbus Slaves per ET 200M CP341 or

ET 200SP HA CM PtP
Library to connect serial Modbus Slaves per 9LA1110-6CG30-0AA0
ET 200M CP341 or ET 200SP HA CM PtP

Modbus Advanced Library to connect serial Modbus Slaves per

ET 200SP HA CM PtP
Single CPU License 9LA1110-6CG31-0AA0

Library for Connection of MODBUS TCP Slaves for

Singular S7-400 Systems 9AE4110-1MB10
Singular S7-400 Systems delivery via OSD 9AE4110-1MB11
Redundant S7-400H Systems 9AE4110-1MB20
Redundant S7-400H Systems delivery via 9AE4110-1MB21
OSD

Gateway incl. library for connection of Serial MODBUS Slaves

for
Singular S7-400 Systems 9AE4110-2MB10
Redundant S7-400H Systems 9AE4110-2MB20
Spare parts for CM101 communication 9AE4111-1AA00
modul (without license)​

Library to connect serial Modbus Slaves per ET 200M CP341 or

ET 200SP HA CM PtP
Plant License S7HMODM3 Migration Library 9LA1110-6CG30-0AA0
(max 20 CPU)

Modbus Advanced Library to connect serial Modbus Slaves per

ET 200SP HA CM PtP
Single CPU License 9LA1110-6CG31-0AA0

Library for M-BUS for

PCS 7 CFC Library 9AE4110-6BA00
TIA Portal Library 9AE4110-6BB00

2. Industrial Communication Gateway Services

Library for connecting EtherNet/IP PN/MF Coupler Library or

PN/PN Coupler at PCS 7
Library (Plant license) 9LA1110-6CG20-0AA0

PCS 7 EtherNet/IP Gateway

PCS 7 EtherNet/IP Gateway Library (Plant 9LA1110-6CG10-0AA0
License)
EtherNet/IP Gateway Hardware 9LA1110-6CG11-0AA0

3. ABB MasterBus 300

Gateway for ABB MasterBus 300

Hardware inclusive Software 9LA1110-6CG40-0AA0

4. Customized Gateways

Further individual connection solutions to special devices, adapta­

tions to Siemens gateways, as well as the development of gateways
for new communication protocols can be realized by our service
experts on request

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 17/25

 18
© Siemens 2024

Appendix

18/2 Training Services

18/2 SITRAIN

18/4 Partners
18/4 Partners at Siemens
18/5 Siemens Partner Program

18/6 Industry Services

18/6 Industry Services – Portfolio
18/8 Online Support

18/9 Software licenses

18/11 Conditions of sale and delivery

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024

 © Siemens 2024

Appendix
Training Services
SITRAIN

■ Introduction
Learn the way you like it – with SITRAIN
SITRAIN imparts a wide range of technical knowledge for all
industries and applications. Our offering is oriented toward the
needs of learners and the demands of innovative companies.
Get pleasure out of learning - thanks to innovative learning
methods, personal support, and knowledge that will help you in
your work and further development. For successful, flexible, and
continuous learning.
Education and training directly from the manufacturer
SITRAIN provides you with training from the industrial product
and solution portfolio from Siemens and benefits from 30 years
of expertise in technical training. Take a look at the many options
for expanding your knowledge with SITRAIN and find the course
that meets your needs! The following training and further
education units are available to you for your individual
knowledge building:

,QGXVWULDO$XWRPDWLRQ 'ULYH7HFKQRORJ\ 6,180(5,.&1& 3URFHVV&RQWURO6\VWHPV

6\VWHPV6,0$7,& 7UDLQLQJDYDLODEOHIRU DXWRPDWLRQV\VWHP 7UDLQLQJDYDLODEOHIRU
7UDLQLQJDYDLODEOHIRU 6,1$0,&66DQG 7UDLQLQJDYDLODEOHIRU 6,0$7,&3&6
6,0$7,&67,$3RUWDO 6,1$0,&6*ORZYROWDJH 6,180(5,.'6,180(5,. 6,0$7,&3&6QHR
6,0$7,&6 FRQYHUWHUV 'VODQG6,180(5,.21(
6,0$7,&6 6,1$0,&6**
*6

'LJLWDO(QWHUSULVH ,QGXVWULDO&RPPXQLFDWLRQV ,GHQWLILFDWLRQDQG 2SHUDWRU&RQWURODQG

7UDLQLQJDYDLODEOHIRU 7UDLQLQJDYDLODEOHIRU /RFDWLQJ 0RQLWRULQJ6\VWHPV
2SHQQHVV6,0,723&8$ 352),1(76&$/$1&(5 7UDLQLQJDYDLODEOHIRU 7UDLQLQJDYDLODEOHIRU
,QGXVWULDO(GJH9LUWXDO 8**('20,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW 5),'57/66\VWHPV 6,0$7,&:LQ&&8QLILHGLQ7,$
FRPPLVVLRQLQJ )LHOGEXVFRPPXQLFDWLRQ 3RUWDO6,0$7,&:LQ&&LQ7,$
,QGXVWULDO6HFXULW\5HPRWH 3RUWDO6,0$7,&:LQ&&9[
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ

0RWLRQ&RQWURO6\VWHP 6PDUW,QIUDVWUXFWXUH 3URFHVV$QDO\WLFV , $GGLWLRQDOWUDLQLQJRIIHU

6,027,21 7UDLQLQJDYDLODEOHIRU QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ 6,029(ZLWK$XWRPDWHG
7UDLQLQJDYDLODEOHIRU 6,5,866(175216,9$&21 7UDLQLQJLVDYDLODEOHIRUSURFHVV *XLGHG9HKLFOHV $*9 6,3/86
6,027,21 3URJUDPPLQJ $/3+$6,02&2'( DQDO\WLFVDQGLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQ &06*XLGHOLQHVDQGVWDQGDUGV
&RPPLVVLRQLQJ'LDJQRVWLFV &LUFXLWEUHDNHUV H[SORVLRQSURWHFWLRQSURFHVV IRUFRQWUROFDELQHWV
6HUYLFH JDVFKURPDWRJUDSKV

18/2
18/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024
 © Siemens 2024

Appendix
Training Services
SITRAIN

■ Introduction
Different learning formats and methods for maximum learning success
With our SITRAIN training formats, you learn in the way that best With a personal learning consultant, in the team, or on your
suits your preferences and routine. You decide whether you own – you can explore all the possibilities.
would rather take online training or face-to-face training. It is up
to you whether you would like to study on demand or at fixed
times.
Discover our three learning formats:

Learning Event Learning Membership Learning Journey

SITRAIN Access
SITRAIN Learning Events are the The Learning Journey is the perfect
perfect choice when you want to With SITRAIN access, you enter a world combination of units taken live and self-
achieve a defined learning goal in the of extensive and constantly expanding study units for sustainable learning
shortest possible time. You learn in a self-study units on our digital learning success. The modular approach
protected learning environment outside platform for industry. With SITRAIN enables simple integration into your
of the daily work routine under the access, you can implement a modern daily work. This also includes one-year
guidance of a learning consultant - learning culture in your team or membership for using the SITRAIN
virtually, in the training center, or at your company with independent and access digital learning platform.
company. continuous learning.

Live Self-reliant On demand Individual

Learn together with others, Expand your knowledge self-deter- Get the knowledge you need, exactly Talk directly with the learning
simultaneously and guided by a mined with industry learning and when you need it. Be it to answer a consultant, clarify detailed
learning consultant. Online, in the work on your learning units at your current question or to work on a questions and get personal
SITRAIN training center or at your own pace and according to your special topic. coaching for transferring the
company. own schedule. learned topics to your own
application.

Training cases catalog

https://www.siemens.com/
sitrain-catalog-training-cases

www.siemens.com/sitrain

Find
your local
offer here

Siemens ST PCS 7 · 2024 18/3

18/3
 © Siemens 2024

Appendix
Partners
Partners at Siemens

■ Overview

At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,

training, service, support, spare parts on the entire portfolio of
Siemens.
Your partner can be found in our Personal Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation-contact
You start by selecting
• the required competence,
• products and branches,
• a country and a city
or by a
• location search or free text search.

18/4
18/4 SiemensST
Siemens STPCS
PCS7 ·72024
· 2024
 © Siemens 2024

Appendix
Partners
Siemens Partner Program

■ Overview
Siemens Solution and Approved Partner –  Siemens Approved Partner – Industry Services
Partners for your success
Siemens Approved Partner – 
Industry Services put their unique
expertise entirely at the service of
enhancing your productivity and can be
instrumental in ensuring the availability
of your plants.



Partner Finder
The ideal partner for your task is just a mouse click away!

Highest competence in automation and drive technology

Siemens works closely together with selected partner
companies around the world in order to ensure that customer
requirements for all aspects of automation and drives are fulfilled
as best as possible  wherever you are, and whatever the time.
We place great value on our customers acting in accordance
with the same ideals which characterize Siemens as a whole:
Competence, professionalism and quality. That is why
continuous development through qualification and certification
measures in line with global standards is a central aspect of our
Partner Program. This means that with our partners, you benefit
from the same high quality standards all over the world. 
The partner emblem is the symbol for tried and tested quality.
The partner network for industry
The Siemens Partner Program offers you expertise and
experience close at hand. In the Siemens global Solution Partner Program, customers are
certain to find the optimum partner for their specific require-
Within our global network, we distinguish between Solution ments – with no great effort. The Partner Finder is basically a
Partners and Approved Partners. We currently work with more comprehensive database that showcases the profiles of all our
than 1,500 Solution Partners around the world. Our network of partners.
over 150 Approved Partners continues to grow. In more than 
80 countries worldwide. Easy selection: 
Set filters in the search screen form according to the criteria that
Siemens Solution Partner – Automation Drives are relevant to you. You can also directly enter the name of an
At present we are working with more existing partner.
than 1,500 Solution Partners worldwide. Skills at a glance: 
They are characterized by extensive Gain a quick insight into the specific competencies of any
application, system and sector particular partner with the reference reports.
knowledge, as well as proven project
experience, and are able to implement Direct contact option: 
future-proof tailored solutions of the Use our electronic query form:
highest quality, based on our product www.siemens.com/partnerfinder
and system portfolio.
 Additional information of the Siemens Partners for industry is
available online at:
Siemens Approved Partner – Value Added Reseller www.siemens.com/partnerprogram
With their detailed technical knowledge,
Siemens Approved Partners – Value
Added Resellers offer a combination of
products and services that range from
specialist technologies and customized
modifications to the provision of high-
quality system and product packages.
They also provide qualified technical
support and assistance.

Siemens STST
Siemens PCS
PCS77· ·2024
2024 18/5
18/5
 © Siemens 2024

Appendix
Industry Services

■ Overview

Support and Training Digital Industry Service

Consulting Services Services Programs and
Services Agreements

Spare Parts
Services

Repair Field and Retrofit and

Services Maintenance Modernization
Services Services

G_DA65_XX_00272b

Keep your business running and shaping your digital future – with Industry Services
Optimizing the productivity of your equipment and operations You can rely on our highly dedicated team of engineers, techni-
can be a challenge, especially with constantly changing market cians and specialists to deliver the services you need – safely,
conditions. Working with our service experts makes it easier.  professionally and in compliance with all regulations. We are
We understand your industry's unique processes and provide there for you, where you need us, when you need us.
the services needed so that you can better achieve your
business goals. www.siemens.com/digital-enterprise-services

You can count on us to maximize your uptime and minimize your

downtime, increasing your operations' productivity and
reliability. When your operations have to be changed quickly to
meet a new demand or business opportunity, our services give
you the flexibility to adapt. Of course, we take care that your
production is protected against cyber threats. We assist in
keeping your operations as energy and resource efficient as
possible and reducing your total cost of ownership. As a trend-
setter, we ensure that you can capitalize on the opportunities of
digitalization and by applying data analytics to enhance
decision making: You can be sure that your plant reaches its full
potential and retains this over the longer lifespan.

18/6
18/6 SiemensST
Siemens STPCS
PCS7 ·72024
· 2024
 © Siemens 2024

Appendix
Industry Services
Industry Services – Portfolio overview

■ Overview
Digital Industry
Digital Industry Services Repair
Repair Services
Services Services
Digital Industry Services make your industrial Repair Services are offered on-site and in
processes transparent to gain improvements in regional repair centers for fast restoration of
productivity, asset availability, and energy faulty devices’ functionality.
efficiency.
Also available are extended repair services,
Production data is generated, filtered and which include additional diagnostic and repair
translated with intelligent analytics to enhance decision-making. measures, as well as emergency services.
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2154
This is done whilst taking data security into consideration and
with continuous protection against cyber-attack threats. 
www.siemens.com/digital-enterprise-services

Training
Training Services Field and
Field and Maintenance Services
Services Maintenance
From the basics and advanced to specialist Services Siemens specialists are available globally to
skills, SITRAIN courses provide expertise right provide expert field and maintenance services,
from the manufacturer – and encompass the including commissioning, functional testing,
entire spectrum of Siemens products and preventive maintenance and fault clearance.
systems for the industry.
All services can be included in customized
Worldwide, SITRAIN courses are available wherever you need a service agreements with defined reaction times or fixed mainte-
training course in more than 170 locations in over 60 countries. nance intervals.
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2226 https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2265

Support and
Support and Consulting Services Retrofit and
Retrofit and Modernization Services
Consulting Modernization
Services Industry Online Support site for compre- Services Provide a cost-effective solution for the
hensive information, application examples, expansion of entire plants, optimization of
FAQs and support requests. systems or upgrading existing products to the
latest technology and software, e.g. migration
Technical and Engineering Support for services for automation systems.
advice and answers for all inquiries about
functionality, handling, and fault clearance. The Service Card as Service experts support projects from planning through commis-
prepaid support for value added services such as Priority Call sioning and, if desired over the entire extended lifespan, e.g.
Back or Extended Support offers the clear advantage of quick Retrofit for Integrated Drive Systems for an extended lifetime of
and easy purchasing. your machines and plants.
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2286
Information & Consulting Services, e.g. SIMATIC System
Audit; clarity about the state and service capability of your 
automation system or Lifecycle Information Services; trans- 
parency on the lifecycle of the products in your plants. 
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2235

Spare Parts
Spare Parts Service Service Programs and Agreements
Programs and
Services
Spare Parts Services are available worldwide Agreements A technical Service Program or Agreement
for smooth and fast supply of spare parts – and enables you to easily bundle a wide range of
thus optimal plant availability. Genuine spare services into a single annual or multi-year
parts are available for up to ten years. Logistic agreement.
experts take care of procurement, transport,
custom clearance, storage and order You pick the services you need to match your
management. Reliable logistics processes ensure that compo- unique requirements or fill gaps in your organization’s mainte-
nents reach their destination as needed. nance capabilities.

Since not all spare parts can be kept in stock at all times, Programs and agreements can be customized as KPI-based
Siemens offers a preventive measure for spare parts provi- and/or performance-based contracts.
sioning on the customer's premises with optimized Spare Parts https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2275
Packages for individual products, custom-assembled drive
components and entire integrated drive trains – including risk
consulting.
Asset Optimization Services help you design a strategy for
parts supply where your investment and carrying costs are
reduced and the risk of obsolescence is avoided.
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2110

Siemens STST
Siemens PCS
PCS77· ·2024
2024 18/7
18/7
 © Siemens 2024

Appendix
Industry Services
Online Support

■ Overview

Online Support – fast, intuitive, whenever you want,

wherever you need

Web

www.siemens.com/online-support

App

Scan the QR code

for information on
our Online Support
app.

FAQ / Application examples

Information about industrial products, programming and configuration as well as application
examples

Technical information
Videos, documentation, manuals, updates, product notes, compatibility tool, certificates, planning data
such as dimensional drawings, product data, 3D models

Forum
Exchange information and experience with other users and experts

Online Support for Siemens Industry Products

Siemens Industry and Online Support with some 1.7 million
visitors per month is one of the most popular web services
provided by Siemens. It is the central access point for compre-
hensive technical know-how about products, systems and
services for automation and drives applications as well as for
process industries.
In connection with the challenges and opportunities related to
digitalization you can look forward to continued support with
innovative offerings.

18/8
18/8 SiemensST
Siemens STPCS
PCS7 ·72024
· 2024
 © Siemens 2024

Appendix

Software licenses

■ Overview
Software types Rental floating license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The rental floating license corresponds to the rental license,
The following software types have been defined: except that a license is not required for each installation of the
• Engineering software software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
• Runtime software
Trial license
Engineering software
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameter- It can be transferred to another license.
izing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable Demo license
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third- The demo license support the "sporadic use" of engineering
parties free-of-charge. software in a non-productive context, for example, use for
testing and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another
Runtime software license. After the installation of the license key, the software can
This includes all software products required for plant/machine be operated for a specific period of time, whereby usage can be
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- interrupted as often as required.
sions, drivers, etc. One license is required per installation of the software.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable
programs created with the runtime software for your own use or Demo floating license
for use by third-parties is subject to a charge. The demo floating license corresponds to the demo license,
You can find information about license fees according to use in except that a license is not required for each installation of the
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, user or device).
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. Certificate of License (CoL)
Information about extended rights of use for parameter- The CoL is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has
ization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of
the scope of supply can be found in the readme file supplied use and must be kept in a safe place.
with the relevant product(s).
Downgrading
License types
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier
Siemens Digital Industries and Smart Infrastructure offers version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
various types of software license: such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
• Floating license
Delivery versions
• Single license
Software is constantly being updated.
• Rental license The following delivery versions
• Rental floating license • PowerPack
• Trial license • Upgrade
• Demo license can be used to access updates.
• Demo floating license Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
Floating license PowerPack
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
begins when the software is started.  with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new
A license is required for each concurrent user. software is licensed. 
Single license A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software per license. Upgrade
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
example per instance, per axis, per channel, etc. is already held.
One single license is required for each type of use defined. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
Rental license product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software of the software to be upgraded.
can be used for a specific period of time (the operating hours do
not have to be consecutive). 
One license is required for each installation of the software.

Siemens STST
Siemens PCS
PCS77· ·2024
2024 18/9
18/9
 © Siemens 2024

Appendix

Software licenses

■ Overview
ServicePack Software Update Service (SUS)
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. As part of the SUS contract, all software updates for the
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed respective product are made available to you free of charge for
according to the number of existing original licenses. a period of one year from the invoice date. The contract will
automatically be extended for one year if it is not canceled three
License key months before it expires.
Siemens Digital Industries and Smart Infrastructure supplies The possession of the current version of the respective software
software products with and without license keys. is a basic condition for entering into an SUS contract.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license, You can download explanations concerning license conditions from
rental license, etc.). https://mall.industry.siemens.com/legal/ww/en/terms_of_trade_en.pdf
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license). 

18/10
18/10 SiemensST
Siemens STPCS
PCS7 ·72024
· 2024
 © Siemens 2024

Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery

■ 1. General Provisions ■ 2. Prices

By using this catalog you can purchase hard- and software The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of
products as well as services (together hereinafter referred to as packaging.
“products”) described therein from Siemens Aktiengesellschaft The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. 
subject to the following Terms and Conditions of Sale and It shall be charged separately at the respective rate according
Delivery (hereinafter referred to as "T&C"). Note, for products to the applicable statutory legal regulations.
purchased from any Siemens entity having a registered office
outside of Germany, the respective terms and conditions of sale Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charge
and delivery of the respective Siemens entity apply exclusively. the prices valid at the time of delivery.
The following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g.
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Germany. silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym),
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in metal factor for products containing these raw materials. 
European Union A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a
For customers with a seat or registered office in European Union, supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of
the following terms and conditions apply subordinate to T&C: the raw material in question is exceeded.
• for products, which include specific terms and conditions in The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price
the text of the product description, these specific terms and (for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges
conditions shall apply and subordinate thereto,, on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of
• for stand-alone software products and software products calculation. The metal factor, provided it is relevant, can be
forming a part of a product or project, the "General Conditions found in the respective product description.
for Software Products for Infrastructure & Industry Business An exact explanation of the metal factor can be downloaded at:
(German law)"1) and/or https://mall.industry.siemens.com/legal/ww/en/
• for consulting services the “Allgemeine Geschäftsbedin- terms_of_trade_en.pdf
gungen für Beratungsleistungen für Infrastructure & Industry To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of copper,
Geschäft (Deutsches Recht)”1) (available only in German) dysprosium and neodym), the official price from the day prior to
and/or that on which the order was received or the release order was
• for other services, the „Supplementary Terms and Conditions effected is used.
for Services for Infrastructure & Industry Business (German To calculate the surcharge applicable to copper, the official
Law) (“BL”)"1) and/or price from two days prior to that on which the order was received
• for other products the "General Conditions for the Supply of or the release order was effected is used.
Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and
Industry"1).  neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
In case such products should contain Open Source Software, average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
the conditions of which shall prevail over the "General Condi- received or the release order was effected is used with a one-
tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical month buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
and Electronics Industry"1), the Product will be given a note as explanation of the metal factor).
to which special conditions apply to this open source
software. This shall apply mutatis mutandis for notices
referring to other third-party software components. ■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside
German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
European Union
apply only to devices for export.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside European
Illustrations are not binding.
Union, the following terms and conditions apply subordinate to
T&C: Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
catalog – especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
• for products, which include specific terms and conditions in
given – these are subject to change without prior notice.
the description text, these specific terms and conditions shall

apply and subordinate thereto,

• for consulting services the “Standard Terms and Conditions 
for Consulting Services for Infrastructure & Industry Business 
(Swiss Law)"1 ) and/or 
• for other services the "International Terms & Conditions for 
Services"1) supplemented by "Software Licensing 
Conditions"1) and/or 
• 
for other products the "International Terms & Conditions for

Products"1) supplemented by "Software Licensing Condi-

tions"1)

1.3 For customers with master or framework agreement 

To the extent products offered are covered by an existing master

or framework agreement, the terms and conditions of that

agreement shall apply instead of T&C.



1)
The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be
downloaded at
https://mall.industry.siemens.com/legal/ww/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf

Siemens STST
Siemens PCS
PCS77· ·2024
2024 18/11
18/11
 © Siemens 2024

Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery

4.4 Semiconductor Development

■ 4. Export Control and Sanctions Compliance Customer will not, without advance written authorization from
4.1 General Siemens, use offerings for the development or production of
Customer shall comply with all applicable sanctions, embargoes integrated circuits at any semiconductor fabrication facility
and (re-)export control laws and regulations, and, in any event, located in China meeting the criteria specified in the U.S. Export
with those of the European Union, the United States of America Administration Regulations, 15 C.F.R. 744.23.
and any locally applicable jurisdiction (collectively “Export 4.5 Information
Regulations”).
Upon request by Siemens, customer shall promptly provide
4.2 Checks for Products Siemens with all information pertaining to users, the intended
Prior to any transaction by customer concerning products use and the location of use or the final destination (in the case of
(including hardware, documentation and technology) delivered hardware, documentation and technology) of the products.
by Siemens, or products (including maintenance and technical Customer will notify Siemens prior to customer disclosing any
support) performed by Siemens with a third party, customer shall information to Siemens that is defense-related or requires
check and certify by appropriate measures that controlled or special data handling pursuant to applicable
government regulations, and will use the disclosure tools and
• (i) the customer’s use, transfer, or distribution of such methods specified by Siemens.
products, the brokering of contracts or the provision of other
economic resources in connection with products will not be in 4.6 Reservation
violation of any Export Regulations, also taking into account Siemens shall not be obligated to fulfill this agreement if such
any prohibitions to circumvent these (e.g., by undue fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of
diversion) national or international foreign trade or customs requirements
• (ii) the products are not intended or provided for prohibited or or any embargoes or other sanctions. Customer acknowledges
unauthorized non-civilian purposes (e.g. armaments, nuclear that Siemens may be obliged under the Export Regulations to
technology, weapons, or any other usage in the field of limit or suspend access by customer and/or users to products.
defense and military);
• (iii) customer has screened all direct and indirect parties ■ 5. Miscellaneous
involved in the receipt, use, transfer, or distribution of the Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
products against all applicable restricted party lists of the
Export Regulations concerning trading with entities, persons 
and organizations listed therein and 

• (iv) products within the scope of items-related restrictions, as 
specified in the respective annexes to the Export Regulations, 
will not, unless permitted by the Export Regulations, be  
(a) exported, directly or indirectly (e.g., via Eurasian Economic 
Union (EAEU) countries), to Russia or Belarus, or  
(b) resold to any third party business partner that does not 
take a prior commitment not to export such products to Russia 
or Belarus. 
4.3 Non-Acceptable Use of Software and Cloud Services 

Customer shall not, unless permitted by the Export Regulations 
or respective governmental licenses or approvals, 
(i) download, install, access or use the products from or in any 
location prohibited by or subject to comprehensive sanctions or 
subject or to license requirements according to the Export 
Regulations;  
(ii) grant access to, transfer, (re-)export (including any "deemed 
(re-)exports"), or otherwise make available the products to any 
entity, person, or organization identified on a restricted party list 
of the Export Regulations;  
(iii) use the products for any purpose prohibited by the Export 
Regulations (e.g. use in connection with armaments, nuclear 
technology or weapons);  
(iv) upload to a products platform any customer content  
unless it is non-controlled (e.g. in the EU: AL = N;  
in the U.S.: ECCN = N or EAR99);  
(v) facilitate any of the afore mentioned activities by any user. 
Customer shall provide all users with all information necessary 
to ensure compliance with the Export Regulations. 











18/12
18/12 SiemensST
Siemens STPCS
PCS7 ·72024
· 2024
© Siemens 2024

Selection and ordering at Siemens

SiePortal – Ordering products and downloading catalogs

Easy product selection and ordering with SiePortal

SiePortal > Products & Services
The internet ordering platform of Siemens AG is located in
SiePortal. It provides you with online access to a comprehensive
product spectrum that is presented in an informative, well-
organized way.
Powerful search functions help you select the required products,
while configurators enable you to configure complex product
and system components quickly and easily. CAx data are also
available for you to use.
Data transfer allows the entire procedure, from selection through
ordering to tracking and tracing, to be carried out online.
Availability checks, individual customer discounting, and
quotation preparation are also possible.
https://sieportal.siemens.com

Downloading catalogs
SiePortal > Support > Knowledge base
You can download catalogs and brochures in PDF format from
Siemens Industry Online Support without having to register.
The filter box makes it possible to perform targeted searches.
https://sieportal.siemens.com
 © Siemens 2024

&\EHUVHFXULW\LQIRUPDWLRQ
6LHPHQVSURYLGHVSURGXFWVDQGVROXWLRQVZLWK )RUDGGLWLRQDOLQIRUPDWLRQRQLQGXVWULDOF\EHUVHFX
LQGXVWULDOF\EHUVHFXULW\IXQFWLRQVWKDWVXSSRUWWKH ULW\PHDVXUHVWKDWPD\EHLPSOHPHQWHGSOHDVHYLVLW
VHFXUHRSHUDWLRQRISODQWVV\VWHPVPDFKLQHVDQG www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-industry
QHWZRUNV 6LHPHQV·SURGXFWVDQGVROXWLRQVXQGHUJRFRQWLQ
,QRUGHUWRSURWHFWSODQWVV\VWHPVPDFKLQHVDQG XRXVGHYHORSPHQWWRPDNHWKHPPRUHVHFXUH
QHWZRUNVDJDLQVWF\EHUWKUHDWVLWLVQHFHVVDU\WR 6LHPHQVVWURQJO\UHFRPPHQGVWKDWSURGXFWXSGDWHV
LPSOHPHQW²DQGFRQWLQXRXVO\PDLQWDLQ²DKROLVWLF DUHDSSOLHGDVVRRQDVWKH\DUHDYDLODEOHDQGWKDW
VWDWHRIWKHDUWLQGXVWULDOF\EHUVHFXULW\FRQFHSW WKHODWHVWSURGXFWYHUVLRQVDUHXVHG8VHRISURGXFW
6LHPHQV·SURGXFWVDQGVROXWLRQVFRQVWLWXWHRQH YHUVLRQVWKDWDUHQRORQJHUVXSSRUWHGDQGIDLOXUH
HOHPHQWRIVXFKDFRQFHSW WRDSSO\WKHODWHVWXSGDWHVPD\LQFUHDVHFXVWRPHU·V
&XVWRPHUVDUHUHVSRQVLEOHIRUSUHYHQWLQJXQDXWKR H[SRVXUHWRF\EHUWKUHDWV
UL]HGDFFHVVWRWKHLUSODQWVV\VWHPVPDFKLQHVDQG 7RVWD\LQIRUPHGDERXWSURGXFWXSGDWHVVXEVFULEH
QHWZRUNV6XFKV\VWHPVPDFKLQHVDQGFRPSRQHQWV WRWKH6LHPHQV,QGXVWULDO&\EHUVHFXULW\566)HHG
VKRXOGRQO\EHFRQQHFWHGWRDQHQWHUSULVHQHWZRUN XQGHU
RUWKHLQWHUQHWLIDQGWRWKHH[WHQWVXFKDFRQQHF www.siemens.com/cert
WLRQLVQHFHVVDU\DQGRQO\ZKHQDSSURSULDWH
VHFXULW\PHDVXUHV HJILUHZDOOVDQGRUQHWZRUN
VHJPHQWDWLRQ DUHLQSODFH

Get more information

&RPSUHKHQVLYHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQFHUQLQJWKH
6,0$7,&3&6SURFHVVFRQWUROV\VWHP
www.siemens.com/simatic-pcs7
6XEMHFWWRFKDQJHVDQGHUURUV7KHLQIRUPDWLRQ
JLYHQLQWKLVGRFXPHQWRQO\FRQWDLQVJHQHUDO
3XEOLVKHGE\ GHVFULSWLRQVDQGRUSHUIRUPDQFHIHDWXUHVZKLFK
6LHPHQV$* PD\QRWDOZD\VVSHFLILFDOO\UHIOHFWWKRVHGHVFULEHG
RUZKLFKPD\XQGHUJRPRGLILFDWLRQLQWKHFRXUVH
'LJLWDO,QGXVWULHV RIIXUWKHUGHYHORSPHQWRIWKHSURGXFWV7KH
3URFHVV$XWRPDWLRQ UHTXHVWHGSHUIRUPDQFHIHDWXUHVDUHELQGLQJRQO\
gVWOLFKH5KHLQEUFNHQVWU ZKHQWKH\DUHH[SUHVVO\DJUHHGXSRQLQWKH
.DUOVUXKH*HUPDQ\ FRQFOXGHGFRQWUDFW
$OOSURGXFWGHVLJQDWLRQVPD\EHWUDGHPDUNVRU
3') (.$& SURGXFWQDPHVRI6LHPHQV$*RURWKHUFRPSDQLHV
.*(Q ZKRVHXVHE\WKLUGSDUWLHVIRUWKHLURZQSXUSRVHV
3URGXFHGLQ*HUPDQ\ FRXOGYLRODWHWKHULJKWVRIWKHRZQHUV
‹6LHPHQV